As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 29, 2001

File No. _________

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of The Securities and Exchange Act of 1934

Stage Stores, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

NEVADA
(State or other jurisdiction of
Incorporation or organization)

91-1826900
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

10201 Main Street, Houston, Texas
(Address of principal executive offices)

77025
(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (800) 579-2302

Copies to:

                         Michael E. McCreery
                         Stage Stores, Inc.
                         10201 Main Street
                         Houston, TX 77025

                     Phillip B. Sears, Esq.
                     McKinney & Stringer, P.C.
                     101 North Robinson, Suite 1300
                     Oklahoma City, OK 73102

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: NONE

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock ($0.01 par value)
Series A Warrants (Expiration Date August 23, 2006)
Series B Warrants (Expiration Date August 23, 2006)
(Title of each Class to be so registered)

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page No

Item 1.

Business

 

1

Item 2.

Financial Information

 

7

Item 2A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures

 

 

 

About Market Risk

 

25

Item 3.

Properties

 

25

Item 4.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

 

 

 

and Management

 

26

Item 5.

Directors and Executive Officers

 

27

Item 6.

Executive Compensation

 

29

Item 7.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

33

Item 8.

Legal Proceedings

 

34

Item 9.

Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant's

 

 

 

Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

 

36

Item 10.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

36

Item 11.

Description of Registrant's Securities to be Registered

 

37

Item 12.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

39

Item 13.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

39

Item 14.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on

 

 

 

Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

39

Item 15.

Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

40

 INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES   

42

 EXHIBIT INDEX   

X-1


 

          In conjunction with the Company's Plan of Reorganization, on August 24, 2001, Stage Stores, Inc., a Delaware corporation, merged into its wholly-owned subsidiary, Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV), a Nevada corporation. On the merger date, Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV), the surviving corporation, changed its name to Stage Stores, Inc. Depending on the context and the period being referenced, Stage Stores, Inc., its affiliates and their predecessors in interest will, from time-to-time, be referred to collectively as the "Company", "Stage Stores", "Predecessor Company" or "Reorganized Company" in this Registration Statement.

          Certain statements in this Registration Statement contain or may contain forward-looking statements that are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements were based on various factors and were derived utilizing numerous assumptions and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited to, the ability of Stage Stores and its subsidiaries to maintain normal trade terms with vendors, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to comply with the various covenant requirements contained in the Company's Financing Agreements (see Item 2. "Liquidity and Capital Resources"), the ability of the Company to maintain its private label credit card program, including the quality of its accounts receivable portfolio, the demand for apparel and other factors. The demand for apparel can be affected by an economic downturn, a decline in consumer confidence, unusual weather patterns, an increase in the level of competition in the Company's market areas, competitors' marketing strategies, changes in fashion trends, availability of product on normal payment terms and the failure to achieve the expected results of the Company's merchandising and marketing plans as well as its store opening and closing plans. In addition, the Company cannot predict, with any degree of certainty, what effect, if any, the tragic events of September 11, 2001 and subsequent and continuing events of terrorism will have on the Company and its operations. The occurrence of any of the above could have a material and adverse impact on the Company's operating results. Most of these factors are difficult to predict accurately and are generally beyond our control. Readers should consider the areas of risk described in connection with any forward-looking statements that may be made in this Registration Statement. Readers should carefully review this Registration Statement in its entirety, including but not limited, to the Company's financial statements and the notes thereto and the risks described in Item 2. "Risk Factors." Except for the Company's ongoing obligations to disclose material information under the Federal securities laws, the Company undertakes no obligation to release publicly any revisions to any forward-looking statements, to report events or to report the occurrence of unanticipated events. For any forward-looking statements contained in any document, the Company claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

          References in this Registration Statement to a particular year are to the Company's fiscal year which is the 52 or 53 week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31 of the following calendar year (e.g., a reference to "2000" is a reference to the fiscal year ended February 3, 2001 and a reference to "2001" is a reference to the fiscal year ending February 2, 2002). The 2000 fiscal year consisted of 53 weeks. The 2001 fiscal year consists of 52 weeks.

ITEM 1.           BUSINESS

Overview

          Stage Stores is a Houston, Texas-based regional department store retailer offering moderately priced, nationally recognized brand name and private label apparel, accessories, cosmetics and footwear for the entire family. At September 1, 2001, the Company operated 342 stores under the "Stage", "Bealls" and "Palais Royal" trade names in 13 south central states. With an average size store of 17,190 selling square feet, the Company's principal focus is on consumers in under-served and less competitive small to mid-size markets. Utilizing a 10 mile radius from each store, approximately 57% of the Company's stores are located in small towns and communities with populations below 50,000 people, while an additional 21% of the Company's stores are located in mid-sized communities with populations between 50,000 and 150,000 people. The remainder of the Company's stores are located in metropolitan areas, such as Houston and San Antonio, Texas. The Company believes that it is able to differentiate itself from the competition in the small and mid-size communities in which it operates by offering consumers access to basic as well as fashionable, brand name merchandise not typically carried by other retailers in the same market area.

History

          The Company was formed in 1988 when the management of Palais Royal, together with several venture capital firms, acquired the family-owned Bealls and Palais Royal chains, both of which were originally founded in the 1920's. At the time of the acquisition, Palais Royal operated primarily larger stores, which were located in and around the Houston metropolitan area while Bealls operated primarily smaller stores, which were principally located in rural Texas towns. Over the next five years, the Company concentrated on integrating the two businesses, identifying their respective strengths and developing and refining its growth strategy. During the period, the Company developed a unique growth strategy that was focused on expanding the Company's presence in small and under-served markets across the country through new store openings and strategic acquisitions. Starting in 1994, the Company aggressively pursued its strategy, increasing its store count from 188 at the end of fiscal 1994 to a high of 688 stores at the end of the first quarter of fiscal 1999, and expanding its geographic presence to 34 states over the same period.

          However, as a result of many factors including, but not limited to, the Company's rapid growth during 1997 and 1998, significant turnover in key executive positions, significant leverage coupled with an inflexible capital structure and changes in the retail environment, the Company's financial performance deteriorated significantly during 1999 and 2000. Because of the Company's rapidly deteriorating financial performance, the Company's suppliers significantly curtailed merchandise shipments to the Company during spring of 2000, thereby further exacerbating the Company's financial difficulties. In order to address these financial and operational issues facing the Company, the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Specialty Retailers, Inc. ("SRI") and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV) ("SRI NV"), filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") (the "Chapter 11 Proceedings") in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division (the "Court") on June 1, 2000 (the "Petition Date"). On June 2, 2000, the Company entered into a $450 million debtor-in-possession credit facility (the "DIP Facility") with a lender to finance, among other things, the Company's working capital requirements during the Chapter 11 Proceedings. During the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Company continued to manage and operate its assets and business as a debtor-in-possession, pending the formulation and confirmation of a Plan of Reorganization (the "Plan") and subject to the supervision and orders of the Court.

          Subsequent to the Petition Date, the Company developed a Plan which it believed would fairly address pre-petition creditors while also allowing it to emerge from the Chapter 11 Proceedings without significant leverage. In addition, in order to strengthen the Company and improve its financial condition, during the reorganization period the Company rationalized its existing store base, exited markets that did not fit its current strategic focus, replaced the majority of its senior management team, including the Chief Executive Officer, re-established its historically strong relationship with its merchandise vendors, brought the stores' merchandise inventory and mix closer to planned levels, improved execution at the store level, reduced store operating expenses and reduced headcount at the Company's central office. As a result of the Company's review of its store base and geographic markets, the number of stores in operation was reduced over the reorganization period from 647 at April 29, 2000 to 342 at September 1, 2001, and the Company's geographic presence was reduced from 33 states to 13 states over the same period.

          The Plan was approved by the requisite number of pre-petition creditors and was confirmed by the Court on August 8, 2001. The Plan was subsequently consummated by the Company on August 24, 2001 (the "Effective Date"). In conjunction with the Company's emergence from the Chapter 11 Proceedings, on the Effective Date the Company entered into two separate financing agreements (see Item 2. "Liquidity and Capital Resources"). A portion of the initial loan proceeds was used to retire the DIP Facility on the Effective Date. Under the Plan, the Company generally settled pre-petition debt claims by issuing shares of a new class of Common Stock in a reorganized Stage Stores to those pre-petition creditors entitled to receive such distribution under the Plan. As set forth in the Plan, the pre-petition bank group, in the aggregate, received approximately 46% of the new Common Stock while the previous holders of the Company's pre-petition 8 1/2% Senior Notes, in the aggregate, similarly received approximately 46% of the new Common Stock. The remaining shares of new Common Stock issuable under the Plan were either distributed to other pre-petition creditors or are currently being held in escrow for future distribution. The Plan did not provide for any distribution to the holders of pre-petition equity interest in the Company, including holders of the Company's old Common Stock and holders of the Company's old Class B Common Stock. Further, under the Plan, all pre-petition equity interests, including all shares of old Common Stock and old Class B Common Stock outstanding on the Effective Date were cancelled. As a result of the consummation of the Plan, the Company's leverage and debt service requirements were significantly reduced from pre-petition levels.

Review of Current Operations

          Stage Stores is a Houston, Texas-based regional department store retailer offering moderately priced, nationally recognized brand name and private label apparel, accessories, cosmetics and footwear for the entire family. The Company has recognized the high level of brand awareness and demand for fashionable, quality apparel by consumers in small and mid-size markets and has identified these markets as a profitable and under-served niche. The Company believes that it has developed a unique retailing concept in these markets by offering a broad range of brand name merchandise with a high level of customer service in convenient locations.

          Stores. As of September 1, 2001, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, operated 342 stores located in 13 states throughout the south central United States. Although the Company's stores may be operated under the "Stage", "Bealls" and "Palais Royal" trade names depending on the geographical market, the Company operates the vast majority of its stores under one concept and one strategy. Utilizing a 10 mile radius from each store, approximately 57% of the Company's stores are located in small towns and communities with populations below 50,000 people, while an additional 21% of the Company's stores are located in mid-sized communities with populations between 50,000 and 150,000 people. The remainder of the Company's stores are located in metropolitan areas, such as Houston and San Antonio, Texas.

          In targeting small to mid-size markets, the Company has developed a store format, generally ranging in size from 10,000 to 35,000 selling square feet, which is smaller than typical department stores yet large enough to offer a well edited, but broad selection of merchandise. With an average size store of 17,190 selling square feet, approximately 74% of the Company's stores are located in strategically positioned strip shopping centers in which they are typically one of the anchor stores. In addition, 22 % of the Company's stores are located in local or regional shopping malls while the remaining 4% are located in either free standing or downtown buildings. The Company attempts to locate its stores by, or in the vicinity of, other tenants that it believes will help attract additional foot traffic to the area, such as grocery stores, drug stores or major discount stores such as Wal-Mart.

          The Company's typical interior store layouts and visual merchandising displays are designed to create a friendly, modern department store environment, which is frequently not found in other department stores in small and mid-size markets. The Company's carefully edited assortment of merchandise is divided into distinct departments within each store which are clearly marked and easy to navigate as a result of the Company's standard "racetrack" configuration. In this configuration, the various merchandise departments are situated throughout the store in such a way that a central loop, or "racetrack", is created, which the Company believes helps enhance the customer's shopping experience by providing an open, easy-to-shop interior.

          The Company's current expansion strategy focuses on carefully managed growth. New store locations will be selected which either fill gaps in existing markets or expand the Company's presence into new, but contiguous, markets. During 2002, the Company anticipates opening 5 to 10 new stores.

           Customer Service. A primary corporate objective is to provide excellent customer service through conveniently located stores staffed with highly trained and motivated sales associates. In order to ensure consistency of execution, each sales associate is evaluated based on the attainment of specific customer service standards, such as offering prompt and knowledgeable assistance, suggesting complementary items, helping customers open store charge accounts and establishing consistent contact with customers to facilitate repeat business. The Company continuously monitors the quality of its service by utilizing "secret shoppers" and by making calls each month to Company credit card holders who have recently made a purchase to determine their level of satisfaction. The results of these customer surveys are shared and discussed with the appropriate sales associates so that excellent service can be recognized and, conversely, counseling can be used if improvements are needed. To further reinforce the Company's focus on customer service, associates who consistently display outstanding performance and who "go the extra mile for the customer" are recognized through the Company's Associate of the Quarter and President's Award programs. Depending on the program, associates who are chosen receive such things as a certificate of accomplishment, a recognition letter from the President, a plate with their name added to an Award Plaque, a gold or platinum name badge, a gold VIP credit card and a 50% off shopping spree. In addition, a President's Platinum Award Trip is awarded to one President's Award winner each year via a drawing. The Company further extends its service philosophy through the design of its stores, as discussed above, and by locating the store manager on the selling floor to increase accessibility to customers. In addition, the Company's customer-friendly merchandise return and exchange policies add to the high level of customer service.

          Competitive Advantages . As a result of its small and mid-size market focus, the Company generally faces less competition for brand name apparel because consumers in these markets generally are able to shop for branded merchandise only in regional malls, which are usually located more than 30 miles away. In those small to mid-size markets where the Company does compete for brand name apparel sales, competition generally comes from local retailers, small regional chains, such as Goody's, and to a lesser extent, national department stores, such as JC Penney. The Company believes it has a competitive advantage over local retailers and small regional chains due to its: (i) distinctive retail concept, (ii) economies of scale, (iii) historically good vendor relationships and (iv) private label credit card program. The Company also believes it has a competitive advantage in small and mid-size markets over national department stores due to its experience with smaller markets. In addition, due to minimal merchandise overlap, the Company generally does not directly compete for branded apparel sales with national discounters such as Wal-Mart. In the highly competitive metropolitan markets in which it operates, the Company competes against other national department store chains, which similarly offer moderately priced, name brand and private label merchandise. As a way of differentiating itself from the competition in these larger markets, the Company offers consumers a high level of customer service in convenient locations, along with its private label credit card. In addition, over the years, the Company has endeavored to nurture customer loyalty and foster name recognition.

           Merchandising Strategy . The Company's merchandising strategy focuses on matching merchandise assortments and offerings with customers' aspirations for fashionable, quality name brand apparel in order to maximize sales and earnings potential. The Company's merchandise assortments fall into the traditionally higher margin categories of women's, men's and children's branded apparel, accessories, cosmetics and footwear, and range from basics, which covers such things as denim, underwear and foundations, to more upscale, fashionable offerings. Merchandise mix may also vary from store to store to accommodate differing demographic factors. Over 90% of sales consist of nationally recognized brands such as Levi Strauss, Liz Claiborne, Chaps, Tommy Hilfiger, Polo Jeanswear, Sag Harbor, Jockey, Nike, Reebok and Adidas. The top 100 vendors currently account for approximately 75% of annual sales. Levi accounted for approximately 6.8% of the Company's 2000 retail purchases. No other vendor accounted for more than 5%. In addition, the Company, through its membership in Associated Merchandising Corporation ("AMC"), a cooperative buying service, purchases imported merchandise. The membership in AMC provides the Company with high quality, opening price-point merchandise for its private label program, allowing it to augment its branded merchandise assortments. Private label merchandise purchased through AMC accounted for approximately 5.3% of the Company's total retail purchases for 2000. The Company's merchandising activities are conducted centrally from its corporate headquarters in Houston, Texas.

          The Company offers a well edited selection of moderately priced, branded merchandise. The following tables set forth the distribution of net sales between the Company's various merchandise categories for the periods indicated:

   

Fiscal Year

Last 12 Months
            Ended

Department

 

2000

 

1999

 

September 1, 2001

             
Men's/Young Men's      22%     22%     22%
Misses Sportswear   15   15   15
Footwear   12   12   12
Children's   11   12   12
Junior Sportswear   10   12   11
Accessories   7   7   7
Cosmetics   6   5   6
Dresses   6   4   5
Special Size Sportswear   5   5   4
Intimate   4   4   4
Outerwear   1   1   1
Gifts   1
  1
1
    100%   100%   100%
    =====     =====   ============

          Marketing Strategy. The Company's primary target customers are women between the ages of 25 and 59 with annual household incomes of over $25,000 who are the decision makers for family clothing purchases. The Company's broad based marketing strategy is designed to establish brand loyalty, convenience and promotional positioning. The Company uses a multi-media advertising approach, including newspapers, direct mail, radio and television to position its stores as the local destination for basic as well as fashionable, moderately priced brand name merchandise . In addition, the Company strongly promotes its private label credit card and relies heavily on creating strong customer loyalty through continuous one-on-one communication with its core private label credit card holders. The Company's best customers are recognized through a VIP credit card program, as discussed below, that creates greater customer retention and promotes increased purchasing activity.

          To complement its marketing efforts, the Company strongly supports local store involvement in the communities that they serve by encouraging store managers and associates to partner with local organizations and to participate in community activities.

          Private Label Credit Card. The Company aggressively promotes its private label credit card, and as a result, approximately 49% of net sales for the thirty weeks ended September 1, 2001 were attributable to customers using their Company credit card. This is up from approximately 46% for the comparable period last year. With more than 1.5 million active accounts, the Company considers its private label credit card program to be a critical component of its retailing concept because it (i) enhances customer loyalty, (ii) allows the Company to identify and regularly contact its best customers and (iii) creates a comprehensive database that enables the Company to implement detailed, segmented marketing and merchandising strategies for each store. As an example of how the Company encourages its customers to use their Company credit card, frequent credit card users, through the Company's VIP credit card program, enjoy an increasing array of benefits. The Company's most active charge customers are awarded a bronze, silver or gold VIP card based on their level of annual purchases. Depending on their level, holders of these cards receive such benefits as discounted or free gift-wrapping, special promotional discounts, invitations to private "VIP Only" sales and emergency check cashing. In addition, new holders of the Company's credit card receive a 10% discount the first time they use their new card. The Company believes that holders of the Company's credit card tend to buy more merchandise from the Company than those customers who do not have a Company credit card. To encourage associates to focus on getting customers to open new Company credit card accounts, the Company provides increasing incentive award payments based on the number of new charge accounts activated. In addition, top performers become eligible for additional year-end bonuses.

          The Company administers its private label credit card program through a dedicated in-house facility and staff located in Jacksonville, Texas. The Company's internally developed, fully computerized and highly automated credit systems analyze customer payment histories, automatically approve or reject new sales at point of sale and enable account representatives to efficiently manage delinquent account collections.

          Granite National Bank, N.A. ("GNB"), a nationally chartered bank founded in 1998 and indirectly wholly-owned by the Company, originates the Company's credit card accounts relating to all amounts charged by cardholders. On a daily basis, GNB sells the accounts receivables to another wholly-owned entity, who in turn sells substantially all receivables to another wholly-owned special purpose entity in connection with the Company's securitization of accounts receivable (see Item 2. "Liquidity and Capital Resources").

          Store Operations. The Company's stores are divided into two territories and then are further divided into two regions within each territory. Within the four regions, there are a total of 25 District Managers. The number of stores that each District Manager oversees depends on their proximity to each other and varies from a low of 11 to a high of 17. Within the stores, each one is managed by a team consisting of a Manager and a number of Assistant Managers, which is dependent on the size of the store. The selling floor staff within each store consists of both full-time and part-time associates, with temporary associates added during peak selling seasons. With a chain of 342 stores spread across 13 south central states, the Company believes that this structure provides a high level of oversight, strong management and tight operational control.

          Merchandise Distribution. The Company currently distributes merchandise to its stores through its 450,000 square foot automated distribution center located in Jacksonville, Texas. The Jacksonville facility is equipped with automated merchandise handling equipment that facilitates efficient distribution of merchandise to the Company's stores and provides for efficient cross docking of prepackaged and preticketed merchandise by store. Merchandise for individual stores is typically processed through the distribution centers within 48 hours of its receipt from vendors. The Company utilizes a third party contract carrier to deliver merchandise to its stores. Incoming merchandise received at the distribution center is inspected for quality control. The Company has formal guidelines for vendors with respect to shipping, receiving and invoicing for merchandise. Vendors that do not comply with the guidelines are charged specified fees depending upon the degree of non-compliance. These fees are intended to offset higher costs associated with the processing of, and payment for, such merchandise.

          The Company continues to improve its logistical systems, focusing on the adoption of new technology and operational best practices, with the goals of receiving, processing and distributing merchandise to stores at a faster rate and at a lower cost per unit. As an example, the Company is currently developing enhancements to its sortation and shipping processes to improve inventory control and unit tracking. In addition, the Company expects to install a fully integrated warehouse management system, which it believes will improve logistics, productivity and efficiency.

           Information Systems . Utilizing a central mainframe computer, the Company supports its retail concept with highly automated and integrated systems in areas such as merchandising, distribution, sales promotions, credit, personnel management, store design and accounting. The Company's merchandising systems assist merchandise planners in allocating merchandise assortments for each store based on specific characteristics and recent sales trends. The Company's point of sale systems include bar code scanning and electronic credit and check authorization, all of which allow the Company to capture customer specific sales data for use in its merchandising system. Other systems allow the Company to identify and mark down slow moving merchandise or efficiently transfer it to stores selling those items more rapidly, and to maintain planned levels of in-stock positions in basic items, such as jeans and underwear. These systems have enabled the Company to efficiently manage its inventory, improve sales productivity and reduce costs. The Company has also developed and utilizes an automated store personnel scheduling system that analyzes historical hourly and projected sales trends to efficiently schedule sales personnel. This system is designed to minimize labor costs while producing a higher level of customer service.

          The Company has made, and will continue to make, substantial investments in its information systems in order to enhance its store operations, merchandising, distribution and financial controls. Information systems projects and upgrades currently planned or underway by the Company include improving store communication capabilities by moving from a satellite-based network to a land-based network, upgrading the Company's point of sale systems to enhance customer service and improve data-capture and administrative support capabilities and installing a fully integrated warehouse management system to improve logistics, productivity and efficiency.

           Employees. At September 1, 2001, the Company employed a total of 9,342 full and part-time employees at all of its locations, of which 1,283 were salaried and 8,059 were hourly. The Company's central office (which includes corporate and credit offices) employed 450 salaried and 347 hourly employees. In its distribution center, the Company employed 32 salaried and 284 hourly employees. In its stores, the Company employed 801 salaried and 7,428 hourly employees. Those totals will vary during the year as the Company traditionally hires additional employees and increases the hours of part-time employees during peak seasonal selling periods. There are no collective bargaining agreements in effect with respect to any of the Company's employees. The Company believes that relationships with its employees are good.

           Seasonality. The Company's business is seasonal and sales traditionally are lower during the first nine months of the year (February through October) and higher during the last three months of the year (November through January). Working capital requirements fluctuate during the year and generally reach their highest levels during the third and fourth quarters. See also Item 2. "Seasonality and Inflation".

ITEM 2.          FINANCIAL INFORMATION

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

          The following sets forth selected consolidated financial data for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated financial data for the fiscal years 1996 through 2000 were derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. The selected consolidated financial data for the thirty weeks ended September 1, 2001 and August 26, 2000 includes all adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim periods. All dollar amounts are stated in thousands, except for per share data. The Plan was confirmed by the Court on August 8, 2001 and was consummated on August 24, 2001. For financial reporting purposes here, the Effective Date was assumed to be September 1, 2001, the last day of the Company's seventh fiscal period.

          With the change in ownership resulting from the Plan, the Company has adopted fresh-start reporting in accordance with the recommended accounting principles for entities emerging from Chapter 11 set forth in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7 Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code. The adjustments to reflect the consummation of the Plan, including the gain on discharge of pre-petition liabilities and the adjustment to record assets and liabilities at their fair values , have been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial data for the period ended September 1, 2001. Accordingly, the financial data as of September 1, 2001 and subsequent to September 1, 2001 for the Reorganized Company are not prepared on a basis comparable to the prior periods presented.

 

 

Predecessor Company

 

Predecessor Company

 
 

Fiscal Year

 

Thirty Weeks Ended

 
   
                      September 1,   August 26,  
 

2000

(1)

1999

 

1998

 

1997

 

1996

 

2001

 

2000

 
Statement of operations data:                            
Net sales

$ 952,274

(1)

$ 1,121,567

 

$ 1,173,547

 

$ 1,073,316

 

$ 776,550

 

$ 461,642

 

$ 525,066

 
Cost of sales and related buying, occupancy and distribution expenses

 714,192 

   897,117 (2) 839,238   730,179   532,563   322,029   396,422  
____________ __________ __________ __________ __________ _________ __________

Gross profit

     238,082   224,450   334,309   343,137   243,987   139,613   128,644  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

246,206   387,816 (3) 271,477   240,011   172,579   104,103   147,330  

Store opening costs

-   749   10,192   8,686   2,838   -   -  

Reorganization items and store closure costs

114,236 (4) 44,237

(5)

-   -   -   23,141 (4) 76,674 (4)
Fresh-start adjustments -   -   -   -   -   35,249 (6) -  
Interest, net 39,807 (7) 48,634   46,471   38,277   45,954   10,651 (7) 26,448 (7)

Income (loss) before income tax, extraordinary item and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

(162,167)   (256,986)   6,169   56,163   22,616   (33,531)   (121,808)  
Income tax expense  48   20,217

(8)

2,455   21,623   8,594   15   75  
____________ __________ __________ __________ __________ _________ __________
Income (loss) before extraordinary items and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (162,215)   (277,203)   3,714   34,540   14,022   (33,546)   (121,883)  

Extraordinary item, net of tax, early retirement of debt

-   (749)   -   (18,295)   (16,081)   -   -  

Extraordinary item, net of tax, gain on debt discharge

-   -   -   -   -   265,978 (6) -  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax, reporting costs of start-up activities

-   (3,938)   -   -   -   -   -  

Net income (loss)

$ (162,215)

 

$ (281,890)

 

$ 3,714

 

$ 16,245

 

$ (2,059)

 

$ 232,432

 

$ (121,883)

 

Basic earnings per common share before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

$ (5.77)

 

$ (9.89)

 

$ 0.13

 

$ 1.34

 

$ 0.91

 

$ (1.19)

 

$ (4.34)

 

Basic earning (loss) per common share 

$ (5.77)

 

$( 10.06)

 

$ 0.13

 

$ 0.63

 

$ (0.13)

 

$ 8.27

 

$ (4.34)

 

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

28,098   28,028   27,885   25,808   15,394   28,096   28,093  

Diluted earnings per common share before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

$ (5.77)

 

$ (9.89)

 

$ 0.13

 

$ 1.30

 

$ 0.88

 

$ (1.19)

 

$ (4.34)

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share 

$ (5.77)

 

$ (10.06)

 

$ 0.13

 

$ 0.61

 

$ (0.13)

 

$ 8.27

 

$ (4.34)

 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

28,098   28,028   28,428   26,483   15,927   28,096   28,093  

Cash dividends

-   -   -   -   -   -   -  
                             
Margin and other data:                            

Gross profit margin

25.0%   20.0%   28.5%   32.0%   31.4%   30.2%   24.5%  

Selling, general and administrative expense rate 

25.9%   34.6%   23.1%   22.4%   22.2%   22.6%   28.1%  

Capital expenditures 

$ 5,390

 

$ 22,037

 

$ 88,719

 

$ 64,859

 

$ 26,096

 

$ 6,318

 

$ 2,773

 
                             
Store data:                            

Comparable store sales growth (1) 

(7.2%)   (7.0%)   (3.0%)   4.1%   3.3%   19.0%   (13.7%)  

Store openings

1   10   86   301 (9) 69   0   1  

Store closings

301 (10) 41   14   9   10   6   153  

Number of stores open at end of period 

348   648   679   607   315   342   496  

Total selling area square footage at end of period ( thousands)

5,979   10,290   10,548   9,557   5,670   5,817   8,157  

For the stores operating at September 1, 2001:

 

Number of stores open 

342   341   337   317   194   342   342  

Net sales

$ 748,142

(1)

$ 785,353

 

$ 813,951

 

$ 755,402

 

$ 586,243

 

$ 458,338

 

$ 385,149

 

Total selling area square footage at end of period (thousands)

5,879   5,859   5,796   5,522   3,703   5,879   5,879  
                      Reorganized   Predecessor  

Predecessor Company

 

Company

 

Company

 
                      September 1,   August 26,  
 

2000

(1)

1999

 

1998

 

1997

 

1996

 

2001

 

2000

 
Balance sheet data  (at end of period )                            

Working capital 

$ 200,049

 

$ (268,606)

(11)

$ 368,138

 

$ 318,064

 

$ 235,219

 

$ 208,409

 

$ 207,572

 

Total assets

665,999   554,687   857,680   759,396   509,283   421,101   739,059  

Long-term debt

-   - (11) 487,968   395,248   298,453   873   -  

Pre-petition liabilities subject to compromise 

574,968 (12) -   -   -   -   -   570,264 (12)

Stockholders' equity (deficit)

(240,487)   (74,967)   204,392   205,078   92,266   300,000   (196,381)  

(1)   

2000 includes 53 weeks. Comparable store sales growth for 2000 has been determined based on a comparable 53-week  period.

(2)   

Includes $69.3 million of unusual charges related to store closings, lower of cost or market reserves for inventory and LIFO inventory reserves. See "Results of Operations" below.

(3)   

Includes $115.9 million of unusual charges related to the write down of long-lived assets, including goodwill, and certain other charges. "Results of Operations" below.

(4)   

Represents the net expense resulting from the Company's Chapter 11 filing and subsequent reorganization efforts. See "Results of Operations" below.

(5)   

Represents costs associated with the Company's 1999 store closure program. See "Results of Operations" below.

(6)   

With the change in ownership resulting from the Plan, the Company has adopted fresh-start reporting in accordance with the recommended accounting principles for entities emerging from Chapter 11 set forth in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7 Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code. The adjustments to reflect the consummation of the Plan, including the gain on discharge of pre-petition liabilities and the adjustment to record assets and liabilities at their fair values have been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial data for the period ended September 1, 2001.

(7)   

The Company ceased accruing interest expense on pre-petition debt after the Petition Date. In addition, interest expense related to the previously existing accounts receivable securitization program was charged to selling, general and administrative expense while all interest on the DIP Facility was charged to interest expense. See "Results of Operations" below.

(8)   

Includes an $89.5 million valuation allowance provided for certain deferred tax assets. See "Results of Operations" below.

(9)   

Includes 104 stores acquired from C. R. Anthony Company in 1997 that were not converted to the Company's format and trade names until 1998.

(10)   

Includes 108 stores that were in the process of being closed. These stores were closed by the end of the first quarter of 2001. Revenues and expenses associated with liquidation sales in closing stores subsequent to the Petition Date are included reorganization items and store closure costs. See "Result of Operations" below.

(11)   

As a result of the Company being in default under its various pre-petition debt agreements, all of the Company's long-term debt at January 29, 2000 was classified as current.

(12)   

Substantially all of the Company's pre-petition liabilities were subject to compromise under reorganization proceedings. For financial reporting purposes subsequent to the Petition Date, those liabilities and obligations were segregated and reclassified as liabilities subject to compromise under reorganization proceedings on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

PROFORMA OPERATING RESULTS

          The following unaudited Consolidated Proforma Statement of Operations reflects the financial results of the Company for the thirty weeks ended September 1, 2001, the thirty weeks ended August 26, 2000 and the year ended February 3, 2001 as if the Plan had been effective and the 1999 and 2000 Store Closures Programs had been completed as of the beginning of fiscal 2000.

 

For the Thirty Weeks Ended September 1, 2001

 
    Restructuring Closed Fresh-Start Financing    
 

As Reported

Items and Taxes

Stores

Adjustments

Agreements

Proforma

 
               
Net sales $461,642 $ - $(3,304) $- $ - $458,338 (1)
Cost of sales and related buying,              
occupancy and distribution expenses 322,029 - (2,405) (3,529) - 316,095 (1),(5)
  __________________________________________________  
Gross profit 139,613 - (899) 3,529 - 142,243  
               
Selling, general and administrative expenses 104,103 - (660) (2,888) (4,063) 96,492 (1),(3),(5)
Reorganization items and store closure costs 23,141 (23,141) - - - - (1)
Fresh-start adjustments 35,249 - - (35,249) - - (2)
Interest, net 10,651 - - - (9,635) 1,016 (4)
  __________________________________________________  
Income (loss) before income tax and extraordinary item (33,531) 23,141 (239) 41,666 13,698 44,735  
Income tax expense 15 17,432 - - - 17,447 (6)
  __________________________________________________  
Income (loss) before extraordinary item (33,546) 5,709 (239) 41,666 13,698 27,288  
  ============================================  
Basic earnings per share before extraordinary item           $ 1.37  
               
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding           19,973 (7)
               
Diluted earnings per share before extraordinary item           $ 1.37  
               
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding           19,973 (7)

(1)   

To eliminate the net expense resulting from the Company's Chapter 11 Proceedings, subsequent reorganization efforts and store closures, including sales, cost of sales including occupancy costs and direct operating expenses of six stores closed in 2001 prior to the Effective Date. See Note 3 in the accompanying Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)   

To eliminate the effect of fresh-start adjustments. See Note 6 in the accompanying Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3)   

To record proforma interest of $4.6 million and amortization of debt issue costs of $0.4 million on the Securitization Facility and eliminate adjustments to accrete yield on repurchased accounts receivable of $9.0 million. Proforma interest on the Securitization Facility is based on $175.0 million of outstanding borrowings bearing interest of 3.95% plus a facility fee of 0.5% on $200.0 million.

(4)   

To eliminate interest on the DIP Facility and related debt issue costs and record interest on Revolving Facility of $0.6 million plus amortization of new debt issue costs of $0.4 million. Revolving Facility interest is based on fees associated with outstanding letters of credit of $14.1 million and no outstanding borrowings.

(5) To eliminate historical depreciation expense and record pro-forma depreciation using the "fresh start" cost basis for property, plant and equipment.  The Company estimates that annual depreciation expense will be approximately $12.0 million.

(6)  

To adjust tax expense to 39.0% effective tax rate.

(7) Proforma weighted average common shares outstanding include the shares of new common stock issued under the Plan.  All common share equivalents are anti-dilutive.


 

For the Thirty Weeks Ended August 26, 2000

 
    Restructuring Closed Fresh-Start Financing    
 

As Reported

Items and Taxes

Stores

Adjustments

Agreements

Proforma

 
               
Net sales

$525,066

$- $(139,917) $- $- $385,149 (1)
Cost of sales and related buying,              
occupancy and distribution expenses 396,422 - (122,954) (3,529) - 269,939 (1),(5)
________________________________________________
Gross profit 128,644 - (16,963) 3,529 - 115,210  
               
Selling, general and administrative expenses 147,330 - (30,055) (2,888) (16,378) 98,009 (1),(3),(5)
Reorganization items and store closure costs 76,674 (76,674) - - - - (2)
Interest, net 26,448 - - - (25,432) 1,016 (4)
________________________________________________
Income (loss) before income tax (121,808) 76,674 13,092 6,417 41,810 16,185  
Income tax expense 75 6,237 - - - 6,312 (6)
________________________________________________
Net income (loss) (121,883) 70,437 13,092 6,417 41,810 9,873  
===========================================
Basic earnings per share           $ 0.49  
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding           19,973 (7)
Diluted earnings per share           $ 0.49  
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding           19,973 (7)

 

(1)

To eliminate the net sales, cost of sales including occupancy costs and direct operating expenses of the stores included in the 1999 and 2000 Store Closure Program and six stores closed during 2001 prior to the Effective Date. See Note 6 in the accompanying Audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)   

To eliminate the net expense resulting from the Company's Chapter 11 Proceedings, subsequent reorganization efforts and store closures. See Note 6 in the accompanying Audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3)   

To eliminate pre-petition securitization interest of $7.5 million, record proforma interest of $4.6 million and amortization of debt issue costs of $0.4 million on the Securitization Facility and eliminate adjustments to accrete yield on repurchased accounts receivable of $13.7 million. Proforma interest on the Securitization Facility is based on $175.0 million of outstanding borrowings bearing interest of 3.95% plus a facility fee of 0.5% on $200.0 million.

(4)   

To eliminate interest on pre-petition debt, DIP Facility, and related debt issue costs and record interest on Revolving Facility of $0.6 million plus amortization of new debt issue costs of $0.4 million. Revolving Facility interest is based on fees associated with outstanding letters of credit of $14.1 million and no outstanding borrowings.

(5) To eliminate historical depreciation expense and record pro-forma depreciation using the "fresh start" cost basis for property, plant and equipment.  The Company estimates that annual depreciation expense will be approximately $12.0 million.

(6)   

To adjust tax expense to 39.0% effective tax rate.

(7)

Proforma weighted average common shares outstanding include the shares of new common stock issued under the Plan. All common share equivalents are anti-dilutive.

 

 

For the Fifty-Three Weeks Ended February 3, 2001

 
    Restructuring Closed Fresh-Start Financing    
 

As Reported

Items and Taxes

Stores

Adjustments

Agreements

Proforma

 
               
Net sales $952,274 $- $(204,132) $- $- $748,142 (1)
Cost of sales and related buying,              
occupancy and distribution expenses 714,192 - (170,373) (6,050) - 537,769 (1),(5)
________________________________________________
Gross profit 238,082 - (33,759) 6,050 - 210,373  
               
Selling, general and administrative expenses 246,206 - (41,301) (4,950) (36,738) 163,217 (1),(3),(5)
Reorganization items and store closure costs 114,236 (114,236) - - - - (2)
Interest, net 39,807 - - - (38,054) 1,753 (4)
________________________________________________
Income (loss) before income tax (162,167) 114,236 7,542 11,000 74,792 45,403  
Income tax expense 48 17,659 - - - 17,707 (6)
________________________________________________
Net Income (loss) (162,215) 96,577 7,542 11,000 74,792 27,696  
===========================================
Basic earnings per share           $1.39  
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding           19,973 (7)
Diluted earnings per share           $1.39  
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding           19,973 (7)

(1)   

To eliminate the net sales, cost of sales including occupancy costs and direct operating expenses of the stores included in the 1999 and 2000 Store Closure Programs and six stores closed during 2001 prior to the Effective Date. See Note 6 in the accompanying Audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)   

To eliminate the net expense resulting from the Company's Chapter 11 Proceedings, subsequent reorganization efforts and store closures. See Note 6 in the accompanying Audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3)   

To eliminate pre-petition securitization interest of $7.5 million, record proforma interest of $7.9 million and amortization of debt issue costs of $0.6 million on the Securitization Facility and eliminate adjustments to accrete yield on repurchased accounts receivable of $37.8 million. Proforma interest on the Securitization Facility is based on $175.0 million of outstanding borrowings bearing interest of 3.95% plus a facility fee of 0.5% on $200.0 million.

(4)   

To eliminate interest on pre-petition debt, DIP Facility, and related debt issue costs and record interest on Revolving Facility of $1.0 million plus amortization of new debt issue costs of $0.7 million. Revolving Facility interest is based on fees associated with outstanding letters of credit of $14.1 million and no outstanding borrowings.

(5) To eliminate historical depreciation expense and record pro-forma depreciation using the "fresh start" cost basis for property, plant and equipment.  The Company estimates that annual depreciation expense will be approximately $12.0 million.

(6)   

To adjust tax expense to 39.0% effective tax rate.

(7)   

Proforma weighted average common shares outstanding include the shares of new common stock issued under the Plan. All common stock equivalents are anti-dilutive.

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

"Safe Harbor" Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 .

          Certain statements contain or may contain forward-looking statements that are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements were based on various factors and were derived utilizing numerous assumptions and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited to, the ability of Stage Stores and its subsidiaries to maintain normal trade terms with vendors, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to comply with the various covenant requirements contained in the Company's Financing Agreements (as defined below), the ability of the Company to maintain its private label credit card program, including the quality of its accounts receivable portfolio, the demand for apparel and other factors. The demand for apparel can be affected by an economic downturn, a decline in consumer confidence, unusual weather patterns, an increase in the level of competition in the Company's market areas, competitors' marketing strategies, changes in fashion trends, availability of product on normal payment terms and the failure to achieve the expected results of the Company's merchandising and marketing plans as well as its store opening and closing plans. In addition, the Company cannot predict, with any degree of certainty, what effect, if any, the tragic events of September 11, 2001 and subsequent and continuing events of terrorism will have on the Company and its operations. The occurrence of any of the above could have a material and adverse impact on the Company's operating results. Most of these factors are difficult to predict accurately and are generally beyond our control. Readers should consider the areas of risk described in connection with any forward-looking statements that may be made in this Registration Statement. Readers should carefully review this Registration Statement in its entirety, including but not limited to the Company's financial statements and the notes thereto and the risks described in this section under "Risk Factors." Except for the Company's ongoing obligations to disclose material information under the Federal securities laws, the Company undertakes no obligation to release publicly any revisions to any forward-looking statements, to report events or to report the occurrence of unanticipated events. For any forward-looking statements contained in any document, the Company claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

General

          Overview . Stage Stores is a Houston, Texas-based regional department store retailer offering moderately priced, nationally recognized brand name and private label apparel, accessories, cosmetics and footwear for the entire family. The Company has recognized the high level of brand awareness and demand for fashionable, quality apparel by consumers in small and mid-size markets and has identified these markets as a profitable and under-served niche. The Company believes that it has developed a unique retailing concept in these markets by offering a broad range of brand name merchandise with a high level of customer service in convenient locations.

          As of September 1, 2001, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, operated 342 stores located in 13 states throughout the south central United States. Although the Company's stores may be operated under its "Stage", "Bealls" and "Palais Royal" trade names depending on the geographical market, the Company operates the vast majority of its stores under one concept and one strategy. Utilizing a 10 mile radius from each store, approximately 57% of the Company's stores are located in small towns and communities with populations below 50,000 people, while an additional 21% of the Company's stores are located in mid-sized communities with populations between 50,000 and 150,000 people. The remainder of the Company's stores are located in metropolitan areas, such as Houston and San Antonio, Texas.

          Chapter 11 Filing and Reorganization. As a result of many factors including, but not limited to, the Company's rapid growth during 1997 and 1998, significant turnover in key executive positions, significant leverage coupled with an inflexible capital structure and changes in the retail environment, the Company's financial performance deteriorated significantly during 1999 and 2000. Because of the Company's rapidly deteriorating financial performance, the Company's suppliers significantly curtailed merchandise shipments to the Company during Spring of 2000, thereby further exacerbating the Company's financial difficulties. In order to address these financial and operational issues facing the Company, the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, SRI and SRI NV, filed voluntary petitions under the Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court on June 1, 2000. On June 2, 2000, the Company entered into a $450 million debtor-in-possession credit facility with a lender to finance, among other things, the Company's working capital requirements during the Chapter 11 Proceedings. During the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Company continued to manage and operate its assets and business as a debtor-in-possession, pending the formulation and confirmation of a Plan of Reorganization and subject to the supervision and orders of the Court.

          Subsequent to the Petition Date, the Company developed a Plan which it believed would fairly address pre-petition creditors while also allowing it to emerge from the Chapter 11 Proceedings without significant leverage. In addition, in order to strengthen the Company and improve its financial condition, during the reorganization period the Company rationalized its existing store base, exited markets that did not fit its current strategic focus, replaced the majority of its senior management team, including the Chief Executive Officer, re-established its historically strong relationship with its merchandise vendors, brought the stores' merchandise inventory and mix closer to planned levels, improved execution at the store level, reduced store operating expenses and reduced headcount at the Company's central office. As a result of the Company's review of its store base and geographic markets, the number of stores in operation was reduced over the reorganization period from 647 at April 29, 2000 to 342 at September 1, 2001, and the Company's geographic presence was reduced from 33 states to 13 states over the same period.

          The Plan was approved by the requisite number of pre-petition creditors and was confirmed by the Court on August 8, 2001. The Plan was subsequently consummated by the Company on August 24, 2001. For financial reporting purposes here, the Effective Date was assumed to be September 1, 2001, the last day of the Company's seventh fiscal period. In conjunction with the Company's emergence from the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Company entered into two separate financing agreements (see Item 2. "Liquidity and Capital Resources"). A portion of the initial loan proceeds was used to retire the DIP Facility. Under the Plan, the Company generally settled pre-petition debt claims by issuing shares of a new class of Common Stock in a reorganized Stage Stores to those pre-petition creditors entitled to receive such distribution under the Plan. As set forth in the Plan, the pre-petition bank group, in the aggregate, received approximately 46% of the new Common Stock while the previous holders of the Company's pre-petition 8 1/2% Senior Notes, in the aggregate, similarly received approximately 46% of the new Common Stock. The remaining shares of new Common Stock issuable under the Plan were either distributed to other pre-petition creditors or are currently being held in escrow for future distribution. The Plan did not provide for any distribution to the holders of pre-petition equity interest in the Company, including holders of the Company's old Common Stock and holders of the Company's old Class B Common Stock. Further, under the Plan, all pre-petition equity interests, including all shares of old Common Stock and old Class B Common Stock outstanding on the Effective Date were cancelled. As a result of the consummation of the Plan, the Company's leverage and debt service requirements were significantly reduced from pre-petition levels.

The financial information, discussion and analysis that follow should be read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein.

Results of Operations

          The following sets forth the results of operations as a percentage of sales for the periods indicated:

              Thirty Weeks   Thirty Weeks  
              Ended   Ended  
              September 1,   August 26,  
 

2000

 

1999

 

1998

 

2001

 

2000

 
                     
Net sales 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
Cost of sales and related buying,                    
   occupancy and distribution expenses 75.0   80.0   71.5   69.8   75.5  
  _____   _____   _____   __________   __________  
Gross profit margin 25.0   20.0   28.5   30.2   24.5  
Selling, general and administrative                    
expenses 25.9   34.6   23.1   22.6   28.1  
Store opening costs -   0.1   0.9   -   -  
Reorganization items and stores closure costs 12.0   3.9   -   5.0   14.6  
Fresh-start adjustments -   -   -   7.6   -  
Interest, net 4.1   4.3   4.0   2.3   5.0  
  _____   _____   _____   __________   __________  
Income (loss) before income tax,                    
   extraordinary item and cumulative effect                    
   of change in accounting principle (17.0) % (22.9) % 0.5 % (7.3) % (23.2) %
  ====   ====   ====   ========   ========  


Thirty Weeks Ended September 1, 2001 Compared to Thirty Weeks Ended August 26, 2000

          Sales for the thirty weeks ended September 1, 2001 (the "current year") decreased 12.1% to $461.6 million from $525.1 million for the thirty weeks ended August 26, 2000 (the "prior year"). The decrease in sales for the current year was primarily due to the impact of fewer stores in operation during the current year as compared to the number of stores in operation during the prior year. Comparable store sales, for stores opened for fourteen months, increased $73.3 million, or 19.0% during the current year as compared to a comparable sales decline of 13.7% in the prior year.

          Prior to the Petition Date, there was a significant disruption in the flow of merchandise from the Company's vendors due to the financial difficulties experienced by the Company. This disruption negatively affected the execution of merchandise and advertising plans during the prior year resulting in decreased sales and gross margin due to frequent use of "percent-off" promotions on available inventory to drive sales. Subsequent to the Petition Date and the implementation of the DIP Facility, the level of trade support increased significantly. As a result, the flow of merchandise from the Company's vendors normalized, thereby allowing the Company to properly inventory its stores. In the current year, the flow and content of merchandise receipts has been consistent with merchandising and advertising plans allowing for effective execution of those plans. The positive impact of the Company's improved inventory levels and merchandise mix is reflected in the comparable store sales and gross profit reported for the period.

          Although the Company has experienced a 19.0% increase in comparable store sales in the current year through September 1, 2001 as compared to a 13.7% decline in the comparable prior year period, this rate of improvement is not expected to continue as the Company began to benefit from the factors discussed above in the fall of 2000. To illustrate, comparable store sales for September 2001 increased 9.3% as compared to a comparable store sales decline of 1.1% in September 2000, while comparable store sales increased 2.2% for the period October 2000 through January 2001.

          Gross profit increased 8.5% to $139.6 million for the current year from $128.6 million for the prior year. Gross profit, as a percent of sales, increased to 30.2% for the current year from 24.5% for the prior year. The gross profit percentage for the current year benefited from, among other things, (i) a reduction in the level of markdowns taken during the period as a result of a lower level of clearance merchandise and (ii) an improved merchandise flow and content as discussed above. Gross profit in the current year includes shrink expense of $8.2 million, or 1.8% of sales, as compared to $9.0 million, or 1.7% of sales, in the prior year. Because of the volatility in shrink expense in the prior two fiscal years (See 2000 compared to 1999 comments), the Company took physical inventories of all stores during June 2001. The current year accrual rate is consistent with results realized on those physical inventories.

          Selling, general and administrative expenses ("SG&A") for the current year decreased 29.3% to $104.1 million from $147.3 million in the prior year and, as a percent of sales, decreased to 22.6% from 28.1% in the comparable period last year. SG&A expenses for the current year benefited from, among other things, (i) fewer stores in operation during the current year (approximately $29.4 million) and (ii) the Company's continuing efforts in controlling SG&A expenses. The improvement in SG&A expense expressed as a percent to sales reflects (i) improved leverage of store labor resulting from higher sales volume in the current year, (ii) improved leverage in advertising expense, (iii) reduction in costs in the Company's corporate office, and (iv) an increase in net credit income from the Company's private label credit card program.

          As discussed in Note 2 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements, prior to the Petition Date, the Company securitized substantially all accounts receivable under the Company's private label credit card (the "Accounts Receivable Securitization Program") through a wholly owned special purpose entity prior to the Petition Date. The Company held a retained interest (the "Retained Interest") in the securitization vehicle, a special purpose trust (the "Trust"). In connection with the bankruptcy filing and DIP Financing, the Company repurchased the accounts receivable from the Trust. The Company accounted for the repurchase as described in Note 2 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. The following table summarizes the total credit card portfolio results when combining the Trust and the Company, the net of which is included in the Company's SG&A expense:

   

Thirty Weeks Ended

    September 1,   August 26,
   

2001

 

2000

Billed service charge and late fee revenue, net of        
   reserves of $9,904 and $14,142, respectively  

$35,593

 

$43,334

Interest expense on securitized receivables   -   (7,537)
Charge-offs on receivables sold and provision for        
   credit losses on unsold receivables   (12,606)   (13,906)
Adjustment to accrete yield on repurchased        
   accounts receivable   (9,000)   (13,747)
    __________   _________
Net credit income before servicing costs  

$13,987

 

$8,144

    ========   =======

          Average outstanding accounts receivable during the thirty weeks ended September 1, 2001 and August 26, 2000 were $282.9 million and $331.9 million respectively. Interest expense on securitized receivables represents interest on the third party certificates outstanding in the Trust prior to the repurchase. The estimated future cash flows on the repurchased portfolio resulted in an implicit yield of 15.0% on the investment. The adjustment to accrete yield on repurchased receivables is intended to adjust the yield on the accounts comprising the repurchased accounts receivable to approximately 15.0%.

          Reorganization items and store closure costs decreased to $23.1 million for the current year from $76.7 million for the prior year. The net expense resulting from the Company's Chapter 11 Proceedings, subsequent reorganization efforts and store closures is as follows (in thousands):

 

        Predecessor Company

  Thirty Weeks   Thirty Weeks
  Ended   Ended
  September 1,   August 26,
 

2001

 

2000

Costs associated with the store closures

$2,454

 

$47,135

Professional fees associated with the bankruptcy 14,600   5,993
Write-off of pre-petition debt issue costs      
   and original issue discount -   17,987
Write-down of undivided interest in      
   accounts receivable trust -   6,155
Key employee retention and emergence bonuses 5,925   -
Other 162   (596)
  ____________   ___________
Total

$23,141

 

$76,674

  =========  

=========

          The Company expects to close 4 stores, open 4 new stores and relocate 3 stores from September 2001 through February 2002.

          With the change in ownership resulting from the Plan, the Company has adopted fresh-start reporting in accordance with the recommended accounting principles for entities emerging from Chapter 11 set forth in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7 Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code. The adjustments to reflect the consummation of the Plan, including the gain on discharge of pre-petition liabilities of $266.0 million and the adjustment of $35.2 million to record assets and liabilities at their fair values have been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial data for the period ended September 1, 2001. Accordingly, the financial data as of September 1, 2001 and subsequent to September 1, 2001 for the Reorganized Company are not prepared on a basis comparable to the prior periods presented.

          Net interest expense for the current year decreased 59.5% to $10.7 million from $26.4 million for the prior year. The current year benefited from, among other things, (i) the suspension of interest accrued on the pre-petition borrowings and (ii) a lower level of average borrowings outstanding during the current year as compared to the prior year. In addition, all gains or losses associated with the Company's previously existing Accounts Receivable Securitization Program (which included $7.5 million of interest expense incurred on borrowings under the Accounts Receivable Securitization Program during the prior year) were charged to SG&A expenses in the prior year, while all interest expense incurred on borrowings subsequent to the Petition Date is charged to net interest expense. As discussed and defined in "Liquidity and Capital Resources" below, on the Effective Date the Company entered into a Revolving Facility and a Securitization Facility. Management believes that the majority of borrowings required to support the Company's funding needs going forward will be made under the Securitization Facility. As a result, most of the interest expense incurred on borrowings subsequent to the Effective Date will be charged to SG&A expenses. The amount of contractual interest expense not recognized in the Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Statement of Operations related to the pre-petition borrowings for the current year and prior year was $16.3 million and $6.7 million, respectively.

          As a result of the foregoing, the Company had net income of $232.4 million for the current year as compared to a net loss of $121.9 million for the prior year.

2000 Compared to 1999

          Sales for the year ended February 3, 2001, which included one extra week as compared to 1999, decreased 15.1% to $952.3 million from $1,121.6 million for the year ended January 29, 2000. The decrease in sales for 2000 reflects, among other things, (i) the impact of significantly fewer stores in operation during 2000 as compared to the number of stores in operation during 1999 and (ii) a 7.2% decline in comparable store sales. Comparable store sales declined 12.2% from February 2000 through September 2000 due to a significant disruption in the flow of merchandise from the Company's vendors due to the financial difficulties experienced by the Company. Subsequent to the Petition Date and the implementation of the DIP Facility, the level of trade support increased significantly. As a result, the flow of merchandise from the Company's vendors improved significantly, thereby allowing the Company to properly inventory its stores. As a result, comparable store sales increased 2.2% for the period October 2000 through January 2001.

          Gross profit increased 6.1% to $238.1 million for 2000 from $224.5 million for 1999. Gross profit, as a percent of sales, increased to 25.0% for 2000 from 20.0% for 1999. Both years gross profit percent were below historical rates. In 1999, gross profit included $69.3 million of charges related to store closings, lower of cost or market reserves for seasonal inventory and LIFO inventory reserves. Additionally, shrink expense for 1999 was $30.7 million, or 2.7% of sales, while in 2000 shrink expense was only $5.2 million, or 0.5% of sales. Negative factors affecting gross profit percentage for 2000 include, among other things, (i) the impact of the increased level of promotional and liquidation activity utilized during the 2000 first quarter, (ii) additional markdowns taken during the 2000 second quarter to implement the Company's new markdown program, (iii) the negative sales leverage associated with the Company's fixed buying, occupancy and distribution expenses which are included in cost of goods sold and (iv) lower vendor discounts during the first two quarters of 2000 as a result of reduced inventory purchases.

          Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2000 decreased 36.5% to $246.2 million from $387.8 million for 1999. SG&A expenses, as a percent of sales, decreased to 25.9% in 2000 from 34.6% in 1999. In 1999, SG&A expenses included $115.9 million of charges related to the write down of long-lived assets, including goodwill, and certain other charges. SG&A expenses for 2000 benefited from, among other things, (i) the net reduction of 300 stores during the year and (ii) the Company's continuing efforts in controlling SG&A expenses. SG&A expenses for 2000 also include $5.7 million of operating costs at the stores, which were in the process of being, closed prior to the Chapter 11 filing. The net revenues and expenses associated with stores in the process of closing subsequent to the Petition Date were recorded as a component of reorganization items and store closure costs.

          As discussed in Note 2 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements prior to the Petition Date, the Company securitized substantially all accounts receivable under the Company's private label credit card through a wholly-owned special purpose entity. The Company held a retained interest in the securitization vehicle, a special purpose trust. In connection with the bankruptcy filing and DIP Financing, the Company repurchased the accounts receivable from the Trust. The Company accounted for the repurchase as described in Note 2 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements. The following table summarizes the total credit card portfolio results when combining the Trust and the Company, the net of which is included in the Company's SG&A expense:

   

Fiscal Year

   

2000

 

1999

Billed service charge and late fee revenue, net of        
   reserves of $24,475 and $25,135, respectively   $ 74,243   $ 79,169
Interest expense on securitized receivables  

(7,537)

  (19,348)
Charge-offs on receivables sold and provision for        
   credit losses on unsold receivables  

(27,963)

  (32,671)
Change in fair value in Retained Interest  

-

 

7,281

Adjustment to accrete yield on repurchased accounts receivable  

(37,751)

 

-

   

__________

 

__________

Net credit income (expense) before servicing costs  

$ 992

 

$ 34,431

   

=========

 

=========

          Average outstanding accounts receivable during 2000 and 1999 were $324.6 million and $349.7 million, respectively. Interest expense on securitized receivables represents the interest on the third party certificates outstanding in the Trust prior to repurchase. The estimated future cash flows on the repurchased portfolio resulted in an implicit yield of 15.0% on the investment. The adjustment to yield on repurchased receivables is intended to adjust the yield on the accounts comprising the repurchased accounts receivable to approximately 15.0%

          There were no store opening costs for 2000. Store opening costs of $0.8 million for 1999 reflect costs associated with the opening of 10 new stores during 1999's first quarter.

          Reorganization items and store closure costs for 2000 increased to $114.2 million from $44.2 million for 1999. The net expense for 2000 resulting from the Company's Chapter 11 Proceedings, subsequent reorganization efforts and store closures is as follows (in thousands):

   

Fiscal Year

   

2000

 

1999

Costs associated with the store closures  

$76,778

 

$44,237

Professional fees associated with the bankruptcy   10,515   -
Write-off of pre-petition debt issue costs        
and original issue discount   17,987   -
Write-down of undivided interest in        
accounts receivable trust   6,155   -
Other   2,801   -
    _________   _________
Total  

$114,236

 

$44,237

    =======   =======

        Net interest expense for 2000 decreased 18.1% to $39.8 million from $48.6 million for 1999. The 2000 fiscal year benefited from the suspension of interest accrued on the pre-petition borrowings partially offset by a higher interest rate on the balance outstanding under the DIP Facility. In addition, all gains or losses associated with the Company's previously existing Accounts Receivable Securitization Program prior to the Petition Date were previously charged to SG&A expenses while all interest expense incurred on borrowings subsequent to the Petition Date is charged to net interest expense. The amount of contractual interest expense not recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations related to the pre-petition borrowings for the period June 1, 2000 through February 3, 2001 was $19.3 million.

          Because of the foregoing, the Company's net loss for 2000 was $162.2 million as compared to a net loss in 1999 of $277.2 million before extraordinary item and the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.

          In April 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee issued Statement of Position 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities" ("SOP 98-5"), effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998. In connection with the adoption of SOP 98-5 in 1999, the Company recorded the cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax, of $3.9 million. The charge reflects the write-off of the unamortized organizational costs associated with the Company's accounts receivable trust and credit card bank. During the fourth quarter of 1999, the Company recorded an extraordinary item, net of tax, of $0.7 million in connection with the early retirement in November 1999 of the then outstanding $30.0 million aggregate principal amount of SRPC 12.5% Trust certificate-backed notes.

1999 Compared to 1998

          Sales for the year ended January 29, 2000 decreased 4.4% to $1,121.6 million from $1,173.5 million for the year ended January 30, 1999. The decrease in sales for 1999 reflects, among other things, the net reduction of 31 stores during the year and a 7.0% decline in comparable store sales. Management believes the majority of the decline in comparable store sales was attributable to (i) the impact on the first quarter of the aggressive management of the Company's inventory levels throughout the 1998 fall selling season, (ii) the impact on the second and third quarters of the Company's more conservative promotional strategy throughout the two periods and (iii) the impact on the fourth quarter of the softness in the Company's sales during the Christmas selling period.

          The Company's aggressive inventory management activities that were put into place during the 1998 fall selling season negatively impacted the Company's merchandise mix and, to a lesser extent, the Company's customer base. As a result, the Company began the first quarter with significantly lower levels of inventory on a comparable store basis as compared to the prior year's first quarter levels, particularly with respect to clearance merchandise. The lower levels of clearance inventory, as well as the continued aggressive pricing on this clearance merchandise throughout February, was a significant contributor to the decline in comparable store sales for the first quarter. In addition, sales for the Easter selling period were softer than expected as a result of lower than planned inventory levels during the period.

          Sales results for the second and third quarters were negatively impacted by a reduction in the number of promotional events and a lower level of price discounting as compared to the same periods in the prior year. While the Company anticipated that this strategy would negatively impact sales, the more conservative promotional strategy was designed to improve merchandise margins by increasing the sell-through of regular priced goods. In addition, comparable store sales for the third quarter were negatively impacted by a reduction in the level of clearance activities during the early part of the quarter as compared to last year. Due to inventory management initiatives that the Company put into place during the early part of 1999, the level of seasonal clearance merchandise on hand at the beginning of the third quarter of 1999 was significantly below the prior year's level and, therefore, sales for the third quarter of 1999 were negatively impacted as compared to the third quarter of 1998.

          Finally, management believes that the weakness in sales over the Christmas holiday period reflected an increased level of competitive promotional activity during the period as well as inventory management issues during the fourth quarter of 1999. As a result, the Company ended the year with an abnormally high portion of its inventory in fall clearance product that required significant markdowns to sell during the first quarter of 2000. As a result, the Company recorded a lower of cost or market reserve for this seasonal inventory during the fourth quarter.

           Gross profit decreased 32.8% to $224.5 million for 1999 from $334.3 million for 1998. Gross profit, as a percent of sales, decreased to 20.0% for 1999 from 28.5% for the prior year. The lower gross profit percentage for 1999 reflects, among other things, (i) the impact of the increased level of promotional activity utilized during the fourth quarter of 1999, (ii) the negative sales leverage associated with the Company's fixed buying, occupancy and distribution expenses which are included in cost of goods sold, (iii) lower vendor discounts on new store inventory purchases and reduced levels of store grand opening sales, which typically carry a higher level of gross margin, as a result of the reduction in the number of new stores opened during 1999 as compared to 1998, (iv) the recording of lower of cost or market reserves during the second and fourth quarters aggregating $61.3 million, (v) an $8.0 million LIFO charge relating to an overall decrease in inventories which resulted in the liquidation of certain high cost historical inventory layers and (vi) higher than anticipated net shrinkage expense. The lower of cost or market reserves recorded during these two periods relate to inventory liquidated in conjunction with store closures and the excess Christmas clearance inventory as discussed above. The decline in the gross profit percentage was partially offset by higher merchandise margins during the second and third quarters of 1999 resulting from a reduction in the level of clearance sales and a more conservative promotional strategy followed during these periods.

          SG&A expenses for 1999 increased 42.8% to $387.8 million from $271.5 million in the comparable period of 1998 and, as a percent of sales, increased to 34.6% from 23.1% in the comparable period last year. SG&A expenses for 1999 reflect, among other things, a $110.6 million write down of long-lived assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121 and Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 17 consisting of increased depreciation and amortization of $26.0 million related to property, equipment and leasehold improvements associated with under performing stores and associated goodwill and other intangibles of $84.6 million, a $2.8 million provision against certain miscellaneous receivables, $0.6 million of severance for workforce reduction programs and $1.9 million associated with certain costs related to the refinancing of the Company's Accounts Receivable Program which was completed in November 1999. SG&A expenses for 1999 benefited from an increase in the fair value of the Company's retained interest in its accounts receivable trust, the result of which is included in SG&A expenses, reduced payroll and payroll related costs and the Company's continuing efforts in controlling SG&A expenses. The reduction in payroll related costs were primarily associated with reduced vacation expense resulting from a change in the Company's employee benefit program during the first quarter of 1999. SG&A expenses in 1999 also benefited from a reduction in operating costs associated with the stores included in the store closure program that was implemented during the second quarter of 1999.

          Store opening costs for 1999 of $0.8 million reflect the costs associated with 10 new stores opened during 1999.

          Reorganization items and store closure costs of $44.2 million in 1999 reflect costs associated with the Company's 1999 store closure program.

          Net interest expense for 1999 increased 4.5% to $48.6 million from $46.5 million for the comparable period in 1998 due to a higher level of average borrowings outstanding and an increase in overall borrowing rates.

          Income tax expense for 1999 of $20.2 million includes an $89.5 million valuation allowance provided for certain deferred tax assets.

          As a result of the foregoing, the Company's net loss, before extraordinary item and the cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, for the year ended January 29, 2000 was $277.2 million as compared to net income of $3.7 million for the year ended January 30, 1999.

          In connection with the adoption of SOP 98-5, the Company recorded the cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax, of $3.9 million during the first quarter of 1999. The charge reflects the write-off of the unamortized organizational costs associated with the Company's accounts receivable trust and credit card bank. During the fourth quarter of 1999, the Company recorded an extraordinary item, net of tax, of $0.7 million in connection with the early retirement in November 1999 of the $30.0 million aggregate principal amount of SRPC 12.5% Trust certificate-backed notes.

Seasonality and Inflation

          The Company's business is seasonal and sales traditionally are lower during the first three quarters of the year (February through October) and higher during the last three months of the year (November through January). Working capital requirements fluctuate during the year and generally reach their highest levels during the third and fourth quarters.

           Unaudited quarterly financial data is summarized as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

   

Fiscal Year 2001

   

Q1

Q2

Net sales   $195,549 $195,538
Gross profit   62,253 55,941
Net income   6,311 2,341
Basic earnings per common share   0.22 0.08
Diluted earnings per common share   0.22 0.08

 

   

          Fiscal Year 2000

   

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Net sales   $230,352 $215,455 $216,582 $289,885
Gross profit   58,318 39,204 50,155 90,405
Net loss   (24,201) (97,837) (15,938) (24,239)
Basic loss per common share   (0.86) (3.48) (0.57) (0.86)
Diluted loss per common share   (0.86) (3.48) (0.57) (0.86)
           
   

          Fiscal Year 1999

   

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Net sales   $262,591 $269,848 $264,327 $324,801
Gross profit   70,359 74,021 77,203 2,867
Income (loss) before extraordinary item and          
cumulative effect of change in accounting principle   (2,269) (15,091) 224 (260,067)
Extraordinary item, net of tax - early retirement of debt   - - - (749)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax          
reporting costs of start-up activities   (2,402) - - (1,536)
Net income (loss)   (4,671) (15,091) 224 (262,352)
           
Basic earnings (loss) per common share data:          
Basic earnings (loss) per common share before extraordinary          
item and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle   (0.08) (0.54) 0.01 (9.26)
Extraordinary item - early retirement of debt, net of tax   - - - (0.03)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle - reporting          
costs of start-up activities, net of tax   (0.09) - - (0.05)
Basic earnings (loss) per common share   (0.17) (0.54) 0.01 (9.34)
           
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share data:          
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share before extraordinary          
item and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle   (0.08) (0.54) 0.01 (9.26)
Extraordinary item - early retirement of debt, net of tax   - - - (0.03)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle - reporting          
costs of start-up activities, net of tax   (0.09) - - (0.05)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share   (0.17) (0.54) 0.01 (9.34)


          The Company does not believe that inflation had a material effect on its results of operations during the past two years. However, there can be no assurance that the Company's business will not be affected by inflation in the future.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          The Company's liquidity is currently provided by (i) existing cash balances, (ii) operating cash flows, (iii) normal trade credit terms from the vendor and factor community and (iv) the Financing Agreements (as defined below).

          In conjunction with the Company's emergence from the Chapter 11 Proceedings, on the Effective Date the Company entered into a three year, $125 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Facility"), which also supports the Company's outstanding letters of credit, and a three year, $200 million accounts receivable securitization facility (the "Securitization Facility") (collectively, the "Financing Agreements"). The initial proceeds from the Securitization Facility were used by the Company to (i) repay the total amount outstanding under the DIP Facility as of the Effective Date, (ii) make certain payments under the Plan in connection with priority claims, administrative claims and secured claims and (iii) pay related transaction costs, fees and expenses. On a go-forward basis, the Financing Agreements will be used by the Company, in conjunction with other liquidity sources, to provide financing for working capital, letters of credit, capital expenditures, interest payments and other general corporate purposes.

          Borrowings under the Revolving Facility are limited to the availability under a borrowing base based on eligible inventory, while borrowings under the Securitization Facility are limited to eligible accounts receivable under the Company's private label credit card program. Borrowings under both facilities are payable upon maturity. The daily interest rates under the Revolving Facility are based upon a Base rate or Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin based on availability as set forth in the Revolving Facility agreement, while the daily interest rates under the Securitization Facility are based upon commercial paper rates of the applicable conduit purchasers. On September 1, 2001, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Facility, while borrowings under the Securitization Facility totaled $175.0 million. On September 1, 2001, availability under the Revolving Facility, net of letters of credit outstanding of $14.1 million, was $105.4 million, while availability under the Securitization Facility was $25.0 million. In addition, the Company had permitted cash investments of $13.0 million on September 1, 2001.

          The Company continually monitors its liquidity position and compliance with its Financing Agreements. The Revolving Facility contains covenants which, among other things, restrict the (i) incurrence of additional debt, (ii) incurrence of capital lease obligations, (iii) aggregate amount of capital expenditures and (iv) transactions with related parties. In addition, the Revolving Facility requires the Company to maintain compliance with specific financial covenants, including specified Leverage Ratio, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Tangible Net Worth levels calculated quarterly. Further, the Securitization Facility describes certain conditions and events that could cause an early amortization of the amounts then outstanding under the Securitization Facility. These include such things as the Company not maintaining compliance with certain financial covenants, having a material adverse change in the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Securitization Facility, having a material adverse change in the collectibility of the accounts receivable and other specific conditions and events. Each facility contains cross default provisions.

          Capital expenditures are generally for new store openings, remodeling of existing stores and facilities, customary store maintenance and operating and information system enhancements and upgrades. For the thirty weeks ended September 1, 2001, capital expenditures were $6.3 million as compared to $2.8 million for the prior year period. This year's capital expenditures have primarily been related to information system enhancements and upgrades and store maintenance. Management estimates that capital expenditures will be approximately $17.0 million for the full fiscal year 2001. While there can be no assurances, management believes that there should be sufficient liquidity to cover both the Company's short-term and long-term funding needs.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In June 1998 the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities". SFAS No. 133, as amended, establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activity. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. SFAS No. 133 is effective for all fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. The Company adopted SFAS No. 133, as amended, effective February 4, 2001. The adoption did not have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

          In September 2000, the FASB issued SFAS No. 140, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities". SFAS No. 140, which replaces SFAS No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities", provides accounting and reporting standards for securitizations and other transfers of assets. Those standards are based on consistent application of a financial components approach that focuses on control. Under that approach, after a transfer of assets, an entity recognizes the assets it controls and derecognizes assets when control has been surrendered. SFAS No. 140 provides consistent standards for distinguishing transfers of financial assets that are sales from those that are secured borrowings. The accounting requirements of this standard are effective for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities occurring after March 31, 2001 and must be applied prospectively. The Company has accounted for the Securitization Facility entered into on the Effective Date in accordance with SFAS No. 140.

          On July 20, 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations," and SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets."  The statements will change the accounting for business combinations and goodwill in two significant ways.  SFAS No. 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001.  Use of the pooling-of-interests method will be prohibited.  SFAS No. 142 changes the accounting for goodwill from an amortization method to an impairment-only approach.  Thus, amortization of goodwill, including goodwill recorded in past business combinations, will cease upon adoption of that statement, which for the Compan y will be February 3, 2002.  In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations", which addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement costs. In October 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets", which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, of adopting these pronouncements.

Risk Factors

          Events of September 11, 2001 and Subsequent Events: As of the date of this Registration Statement, the Company cannot predict, with any degree of certainty, what effect, if any, the tragic events of September 11, 2001 and subsequent and continuing events of terrorism, such as those related to the use of the U.S. Postal System to spread anthrax, will have on the Company, its operations, the other risk factors discussed below and the forward-looking statements made by the Company in this Registration Statement. However, the consequences of these events could have a material and adverse effect on the Company's business and financial condition.

          Economic and Market Conditions: A substantial portion of the Company's operations is located in the south central United States. In addition, many of the Company's stores are situated in small towns and rural environments that are substantially dependent upon the local economy. The retail apparel business is dependent upon the level of consumer spending, which may be adversely affected by an economic downturn or a decline in consumer confidence. An economic downturn or decline in consumer confidence, particularly in the south central United States and any state (such as Texas) from which the Company derives a significant portion of its net sales, could have a material and adverse effect on the Company's business and financial condition, including affecting demand for the Company's product and the underlying quality of the private label credit card portfolio.

          The Company's success depends, in part, upon its ability to anticipate and respond to changing consumer preferences and fashion trends in a timely manner. Although the Company attempts to stay abreast of emerging lifestyle and consumer preferences affecting its merchandise, any sustained failure by the Company to identify and respond to such trends could have a material and adverse effect on the Company's business and financial condition.

          The Company's business is seasonal and its quarterly sales and profits traditionally have been lower during the first three fiscal quarters of the year (February through October) and higher during the fourth fiscal quarter (November through January). In addition, working capital requirements fluctuate throughout the year, increasing substantially in October and November in anticipation of the holiday season due to requirements for significantly higher inventory levels. Any substantial decrease in sales for the last three months of the year could have a material and adverse effect on the Company's business and financial condition.

          The Company's business depends, in part, on normal weather patterns across its markets. Any unusual weather patterns in the Company's markets can have a material and adverse impact on the Company's business and financial condition.

          Competition: The retail apparel business is highly competitive. Although competition varies widely from market to market, the Company faces the risk of increased competition, particularly in its more highly populated markets, from national, regional and local department and specialty stores. In fact, Kohl's, who has a similar retailing concept only in larger stores, has recently opened or announced their intention to open new stores in and around several of the Company's larger market areas, namely El Paso (2), Austin (3), Oklahoma City (4) and Houston (12 - as reported in the Houston Chronicle). As a result, the Company will face increased competition in these markets once these stores are opened. Some of the Company's competitors are considerably larger than the Company and have substantially greater financial and other resources. Although the Company currently offers labels not available at certain other retailers (including regional department stores, such as Goody's, national department stores, such as JC Penney and large national discounters, such as Wal-Mart) in its small to mid-size market stores, there can be no assurance that existing or new competitors will not carry similar branded merchandise in the future, which could have a material and adverse effect on the Company's business and financial condition.

          Dependence on Key Personnel: The success of the Company depends largely on its executive management team, including the Company's Chief Executive Officer and President, James Scarborough. Although the Company has entered into employment agreements with certain of its executive officers, it is possible that members of executive management may leave the Company, and such departures could have a material and adverse effect on the Company's business and financial condition.

          Expansion Strategy: The Company's current expansion strategy focuses on carefully managed growth. The success of the Company's expansion strategy depends upon many factors, including the ability of the Company to obtain suitable sites for new stores at acceptable costs, to hire, train and retain qualified personnel and to integrate new stores into existing information systems and operations. The Company cannot guarantee that it will reach its targets for opening new stores or that such stores will operate profitably when opened. If the Company fails to effectively implement its expansion strategy, it could have a material and adverse effect on the Company's business and financial condition.

          Consumer Credit Risks - Private Label Credit Card Program : Sales under the Company's private label credit card program represent a significant portion of the Company's business. Any significant deterioration in the quality of the Company's accounts receivable portfolio or any adverse changes in laws regulating the granting or servicing of credit (including late fees and the finance charge applied to outstanding balances) could have a material and adverse effect on the Company's business and financial condition. In addition, the ability of GNB to maintain its bank charter and to continue to generate new accounts receivable under the Company's private label credit card program is dependant upon its ability to maintain compliance with all applicable banking laws and regulations.

          Compliance with Financing Agreements: The Company's Financing Agreements impose operating and financial restrictions on the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. Such restrictions limit the Company's ability to incur additional indebtedness, to make dividend payments, to make capital expenditures in excess of authorized amounts and to enter into related party transactions. In addition, any material or adverse developments affecting the business of the Company could significantly limit its ability to meet its obligations as they become due or to comply with the various covenant requirements contained in the Company's Financing Agreements.

           Availability of Merchandise Product on Normal Trade Terms: The Company is highly dependent on obtaining merchandise product on normal trade terms. If the Company does not meet its performance objectives, the Company's key vendors and factors may become more restrictive in granting trade credit by either reducing the Company's credit lines or shortening payment terms. The tightening of credit from the vendor or factor community would have a material adverse impact on the Company's business and financial condition.

          Interest Rate Risk: Borrowings under the Company's Financing Agreements bear a floating rate of interest. If market rates of interest increase, the Company's financial results could be materially and adversely affected. See Item 2A. "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk".

           Centralized Operations: The Company's buying, credit, distribution and other corporate operations are highly centralized in three main locations. The Company's operations could be materially and adversely affected if a catastrophic event (such as, but not limited to, fire, hurricanes or floods) impacts the use of these facilities. There can be no assurances that the Company would be successful in obtaining alternative servicing facilities in a timely manner if such a catastrophic event should occur.

ITEM 2A.          QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Borrowings under the Company's Securitization Facility, which totaled $175.0 million at September 1, 2001, bear a floating rate of interest. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates from the September 1, 2001 levels would have an approximate $0.6 million effect on the Company's annual results of operations and cash flows.

ITEM 3.           PROPERTIES

          The Company's corporate headquarters is located in a 130,000 square foot building in Houston, Texas. The Company leases the building and most of the land at its Houston facility. The Company owns a 450,000 square foot distribution center, as well as a credit department facility, which are located in Jacksonville, Texas. The Jacksonville distribution center and credit department facility, along with substantially all of the Company's other assets, serve as collateral for the Company's Revolving Facility.

          At September 1, 2001, the Company operated 342 stores, located in 13 states, as follows:

    Number of

State

 

Stores

     
Alabama   3
Arizona   2
Arkansas   16
Colorado   1
Florida   2
Iowa   1
Kansas   5
Louisiana   39
Mississippi   8
Missouri   10
New Mexico   18
Oklahoma   42
Texas   195
    _________
Total   342
    =======

          Full line stores generally range in size from 10,000 to 35,000 selling square feet, with the average being approximately 17,190 selling square feet. As discussed in Item 1. "Review of Current Operations", the Company's stores are primarily located in strip shopping centers. All store locations are leased except for three Bealls stores, aggregating approximately 93,000 selling square feet, which are owned. The majority of leases provide for a base rent plus contingent rentals, generally based upon a percentage of net sales.

ITEM 4.          SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

          The table below sets forth certain information regarding ownership of Common Stock as of September 21, 2001 (the Plan Initial Distribution Date) by (i) any person or entity who is known to the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent (5%) of the Common Stock, (ii) each director and each named executive officer and (iii) all directors and executive officers as a group.

            Percentage of
        Number of Shares   Shares of
        of   Common

NAME

Common Stock

 

Stock

5% Stockholders            
             
   Oak Hill Securities Fund LP     (1) 1,681,506   8.42%
   Oak Hill Securities Fund II LP     (1) 1,546,879   7.74%
   Lerner Enterprises, LP     (1) 37,473   0.19%
   P&PK Family Ltd. Partnership     (1) 46,263   0.23%
   65 East 55th St. 32nd Floor            
   New York, NY 10022            
             
   Union Bank of California NA       1,616,924   8.10%
   445 South Figueroa St.            
   Los Angeles, CA 90071            
             
   Washington Mutual Bank, FA       1,154,946   5.78%
   3200 Southwest Freeway, Suite 1            
   Houston, TX 77027            
             
   Greenlight Capital Qualified LP       1,154,946   5.78%
   420 Lexington Ave. Suite 1740            
   New York, NY 10170            
             
Directors and Named Executive Officers:            
             
   James Scarborough       -    
   Michael McCreery       -    
   Ron Lucas       -    
   Ernest Cruse       -    
   Dennis Abramcyzk       -    
    John Wiesner       -    
   Glenn August     (1) 172,330   0.86%
   Scott Davido       -    
   Alan Gilman       -    
   Michael Glazer       -    
   John Mentzer       -    
   Walter Salmon       -    
   Ronald Wuensch       -    
             
   All executive officers and directors as a group (19 persons)       172,330   0.86%

(1)      Affiliated parties - Total shares of 3,484,451 represent a combined ownership interest of 17.44%.

ITEM 5.          DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

          The following table lists the names, ages and all positions held by the directors and executive officers of Stage Stores as of September 1, 2001. All of the executive officers in the table were employed by the Company's predecessors or a subsidiary during the Chapter 11 Proceedings.

Name

Age

Position

James Scarborough 51 President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors
Michael McCreery 53 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Director
Ron Lucas 54 Executive Vice President, Human Resources
Ernest Cruse 50 Executive Vice President, Store Operations
Dennis Abramczyk 54 Senior Vice President, General Merchandise Manager
Vivian Baker 59 Senior Vice President, General Merchandise Manager
Ken Brumfield 37 Senior Vice President, Credit
Jeff Kish 37 Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer
Richard Stasyszen 41 Senior Vice President, Finance, Controller and Treasurer
Joanne Swartz 42 Senior Vice President, Advertising and Marketing
Mel Ward 48 Senior Vice President, Real Estate
Glenn August 40 Director
Scott Davido 40 Director
Alan Gilman 57 Director
Michael Glazer 53 Director
John Mentzer 49 Director
Walter Salmon 70 Director
Ronald Wuensch 59 Director

          Mr. Scarborough joined the Company's predecessor as President and Chief Executive Officer in August 2000. Mr. Scarborough also acts as the Company's Chief Merchandising Officer. He has been a Director of the Company since August 24, 2001. Between 1996 and 2000, Mr. Scarborough was President and Chief Executive Officer of Busy Body, Inc. and held the same positions with Seattle Lighting, Inc. from 1993 to 1996. From 1989 to 1993 he held the positions of President and Chief Operating Officer of Enstar Specialty Retail, Inc. and previous to that, between 1982 and 1989, he held various senior level positions, ultimately attaining the position of Executive Vice President in the merchandising division of Bealls Department Stores, which is now part of Stage Stores. Prior to joining Bealls, Mr. Scarborough held various merchandising and store positions at Filene's of Boston, formerly a division of Federated Department Stores, where he was employed between 1972 and 1982.

          Mr. McCreery joined the Company's predecessor as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in February 2001. He has been a Director of the Company since August 24, 2001. Previously, Mr. McCreery was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Levitz Furniture from 1998 to 2001. From 1990 to 1997, Mr. McCreery held various positions at C.R. Anthony Company, where he served as Vice Chairman and Chief Administrative Officer from 1995 to 1997, as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1992 to 1995 and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1990 to 1992. Before joining C.R. Anthony Company, Mr. McCreery was employed at Deloitte & Touche LLP from 1973 to 1990, where he served as an audit partner from 1983 to 1990.

          Mr. Lucas joined the Company in July 1995 as Senior Vice President, Human Resources and was promoted to Executive Vice President, Human Resources in March 1998. Between 1987 and 1995, Mr. Lucas served as Vice President, Human Resources at two different divisions of Limited, Inc., the Limited Stores Division and Lane Bryant. Previously, he spent seventeen years at the Venture Stores Division of May Co. where from 1985 to 1987 he was Vice President, Organization Development.

          Mr. Cruse, who was promoted to Executive Vice President, Store Operations in August 2001, joined Bealls Department Stores, which is now part of Stage Stores, in 1966 and held various store positions. In 1983, Mr. Cruse was promoted to Vice President District Manager. He served as Senior Vice President Regional Manager from 1994 to 1998, as Senior Vice President Planning and Allocation from 1999 to 2000, and prior to his promotion to Executive Vice President, served as Senior Vice President, Director of Stores.

          Mr. Abramczyk joined the Company in 1999 as Vice President of mens sportswear and furnishings. He was promoted to Senior Vice President, General Merchandise Manager of mens, young mens, cosmetics and shoes in May of 1999. In January 2000, the childrens and intimate apparel divisions were added to his responsibility. From 1996 to 1999 Mr. Abramczyk was Chief Operations Officer of Ralph Marlin, a manufacturer, wholesaler and retailer of licensed mens neckwear, womens neckwear and apparel. At Ralph Marlin he was responsible for sourcing, manufacturing, sales and marketing. From 1988 to 1996 Mr. Abramczyk held several positions at Carson Pirie Scott that included Senior Vice President, General Merchandise Manager of mens, young mens and childrens divisions. Prior to that, Mr. Abramczyk was Senior Vice President, Director of Stores for the Boston Stores division of Carson Pirie Scott Co. Mr. Abramczyk started his career as an executive trainee with the Boston Stores, which was a division of Federated Department Stores, where he worked from 1970 to 1988.

          Ms. Baker came out of retirement to rejoin the Company as General Merchandise Manager in September 2000. From 1983 and 1998, Ms. Baker held various merchandising positions at Bealls Department Stores, which is now part of Stage Stores, where she served as Divisional Merchandise Manager and later was promoted to Vice President, General Merchandise Manager. Between 1979 and 1983, Ms. Baker served as Divisional Merchandise Manager at Dillard's. Prior to joining Dillard's, Ms. Baker was employed at Woodward and Lothrop, where she served as Buying and Store Management from 1964 to 1979.

          Mr. Brumfield joined the Company in November 1997 as Vice President, Credit Services and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Credit Services in November 2000. Prior to taking over responsibility for the entire division, Mr. Brumfield had been involved in establishing/managing Granite National Bank, NA, directing credit systems development/implementation, directing the human resources/staffing/training functions for the credit division, and leading all budgeting/accounting activities for the credit division. Between 1986 and 1997, Mr. Brumfield served as Senior Operations Manager at Zale Corp., where he established and managed credit-marketing function, helped establish Customer Marketing Database infrastructure for the corporation, managed budgeting and accounting functions for the credit division, provided staff oversight of all Authorization Department activities, and was the Audit Team Leader for operational audits of all credit processing centers.

          Mr. Kish joined the Company in May 1999 as Vice President, Systems Development and was promoted to Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer in August 2000. From 1994 to 1999, he held various positions with Caldor Corporation, including Director of Store Systems and Vice President, Systems Development. Between 1993 and 1994, Mr. Kish served as Director of Store Systems for Ann Taylor. Previously, he held various positions within the Information Systems organization at Walden Books from 1988 to 1993, and was with the United States Surgical Corporation during 1987 and 1988. Prior to United States Surgical, he held various positions with Allied stores from 1983 to 1987.

          Mr. Stasyszen joined the Company in March 1998 as Assistant Controller and was subsequently promoted to Vice President and Controller in February 1999. In July 2001, Mr. Stasyszen was promoted to Senior Vice President Finance and Controller. Previously, Mr. Stasyszen was Vice President and Controller of C.R. Anthony Company between August 1992 and February 1998 and was Assistant Controller from April 1991 to July 1992. Before joining C.R. Anthony Company, Mr. Stasyszen was employed at Deloitte & Touche LLP from May 1982 to March 1991, where he served as an audit manager from 1988 to 1991.

          Ms. Swartz joined the Company in January 1994 as Vice President, Marketing and was subsequently promoted to Senior Vice President, Marketing in November 1995. Between 1988 and 1994, Ms. Swartz served as Advertising Director for the Southwest Retail Division of U.S. Shoe and NAL Texas Specialty Stores. Between 1985 and 1988, she held the position of Advertising Manager at Foley's, formerly a division of Federated Department Stores. Prior to joining Foley's, Ms. Swartz spent four years in the advertising agency industry, where she held various media planning and retail account management positions.

          Mr. Ward started with Beall's Department Stores in March of 1979. In April of 1980 he became a Contract Assistant Manager in San Antonio. In June of 1983 he was relocated to the corporate office as Store Opener. He began his career in Real Estate in May of 1985 as a Real Estate Negotiator. In April of 1993 he was promoted to Vice President, Real Estate and as of April 1996 he has been Senior Vice President, Real Estate. Prior to his career with Stage Stores, he was a buyer for various department stores in Central Texas from 1976 to 1979.

          Mr. August has been a Director since August 24, 2001. Since August 1996, he has served as President of Oak Hill Advisors, Inc., an investment management firm. Mr. August and affiliates of Oak Hill Advisors, Inc. hold an aggregate of approximately 17.4% of the Company's Common Stock. Mr. August is also a Director of Ivex Packaging Corporation.

          Mr. Davido has been a Director since August 24, 2001. Since March 1999, he has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of The Elder-Beerman Stores Corp. ("Elder-Beerman"). Elder-Beerman operates department stores that sell a wide range of moderate to better branded merchandise, including women's, men's and children's apparel and accessories, cosmetics, home furnishings, and other consumer goods. From January 1998 to March 1999, Mr. Davido served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Elder-Beerman. From September 1994 to December 1997, he was a partner at Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue, a law firm located in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, where he specialized in corporate and bankruptcy law.

          Mr. Gilman has been a Director since August 24, 2001. Since July 2000, he has been a financial and business consultant. From September 1978 to July 2000, Mr. Gilman was a partner at Arthur Andersen LLP, during the last twelve years of which he served as Worldwide Managing Partner of Consumer Products and Retail Industry Programs. He is also a Director of Catuity, Inc.

          Mr. Glazer has been a Director since August 24, 2001. Since May of 1996, he has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of KB Toys, a division of Consolidated Stores. Prior to that, from 1995, Mr. Glazer served as President of Consolidated Stores. He is also a Director of Big Lots, Inc., Brookstone, Inc. and Berkshire Life Insurance Company.

          Mr. Mentzer has been a Director since August 24, 2001. Since January 1994, he has been a professor of Business Policy in the Department of Marketing, Logistics and Transportation at the University of Tennessee. Mr. Mentzer is also President of JTM & Associates, a consulting firm.

          Mr. Salmon has been a Director since August 24, 2001. Since 1997, he has been the Stanley Roth Sr., Professor of Retailing, Emeritus at the Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration. He has been a member of the Harvard Business School faculty since 1956. Professor Salmon is also a Director of Cole National Corporation, Harrah's Entertainment, Inc., Luby's Cafeterias, Inc., The Neiman Marcus Group, PetsMart, Inc. and Party City, Inc.

          Mr. Wuensch has been a Director since August 24, 2001. Since 1992, he has been the President of Wuensch Consulting Group. In his position with Wuensch Consulting Group, Mr. Wuensch provides executive and financial consulting services to other companies. Mr. Wuensch is also a Director of American Homestar Corporation.

ITEM 6.           EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation of Directors

          Directors who are full-time employees of the Company receive no additional compensation for serving on the Board of Directors. Directors who are not full-time employees of the Company (the "Outside Directors"), namely Messrs. August, Davido, Gilman, Glazer, Mentzer, Salmon and Wuensch, receive monthly cash compensation of $2,500 for services rendered as a Director including quarterly Board of Director meetings, periodic telephone consultations and any other occasional actions requiring a Board Resolution. The Outside Directors also receive $1,500 for each special meeting of the Board and committee meeting held at times other than regularly scheduled quarterly meetings. In addition, the Outside Directors, in the aggregate, have been granted 140,000 options effective August 24, 2001 pursuant to the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan.

          At the direction of Mr. August, the options to purchase 20,000 shares of Company Common Stock granted to Mr. August were issued to Oak Hill Advisors L.P. rather than to Mr. August. In addition, Mr. August has directed that any fees payable to him for his service as a director are to be paid to Oak Hill Advisors L.P.

Compensation of Executive Officers

          The following table summarizes, for the fiscal years indicated, the principal components of compensation for the Company's Chief Executive Officer (the "CEO"), the Company's former CEO who held the position during 2000 and the Company's four most highly compensated executive officers other than the CEO (collectively, the "named executive officers")

                    Long-term    
                    Compensation    
       

Annual Compensation

 

Awards

   
                Other       Securities    
                Annual   Restricted   Underlying   All Other
    Fiscal   Salary   Bonus   Compensation   Stock   Options/   Comp.

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

($)

 

($)(1)

 

($)

 

($)(2)

 

SARs (#)

 

($)(3)

                             
James Scarborough,   2000   302,308   300,000   219,418 (4) -   -   1,112
Chairman, Chief Executive   1999   -   -   -   -   -   -
Officer and President   1998   -   -   -   -   -   -
                             
Michael E. McCreery   2000   -   -   - (5) -   -   -
Executive Vice President and   1999   -   -   -   -   -   -
Chief Financial Officer   1998   -   -   -   -   -   -
                             
Ron Lucas   2000   232,500   69,750   540,937 (6) -   -   2,107
Executive Vice President,   1999   231,250   46,500   17,002 (7) 62,500   12,500   3,408
Human Resources   1998   222,500   -   1,027,495 (8) 165,500   22,500   5,313
                             
Ernest Cruse,   2000   223,958   67,500   150,777 (9) -   10,000   1,544
Executive Vice President,   1999   197,917   17,500   -   16,312   3,000   1,344
Store Operations   1998   172,500   -   327,481 (10) 66,200   8,000   1,794
                             
Dennis Abramczyk   2000   227,500   72,000   43,337 (11) -   10,000   1,701
Senior Vice President,   1999   183,750   -   66,714 (12) -   10,000   851
General Merchandise Manager   1998   -   -   -   -   -   -
                             
John J. Wiesner   2000   325,460   -   102,975 (13) -   - (14) -
Former Chairman, Chief   1999   -   -   300,000 (13) -   -   -
Executive Officer and President   1998   -   -   820,333 (13) -   -   -

(1)   

Amounts reflect bonuses earned during the fiscal year covered (and paid during the subsequent fiscal year).

(2)   

Represents the restricted stock awards of the Company's predecessor to the named executives multiplied by the market price of the underlying common stock as of the grant date. These shares, which were subject to various vesting requirements, were cancelled upon effectiveness of the Plan of Reorganization.

(3)   

Amounts reflect premiums paid for life insurance coverage.

(4)   

Amount shown reflects moving expenses of $127,918, automobile allowance of $5,000, health insurance benefits of $1,257 and gross up for taxes of $85,243 paid to Mr. Scarborough during 2000.

(5)   

Mr. McCreery joined the Company's predecessor as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in February 2001.

(6)   

Amount shown reflects debt forgiveness of $150,000 during 2000. Amount shown also reflects deferred compensation distribution of $257,999, pension equalization benefit of $23,954, gross up for taxes of $50,000, Key Employee Retention Program bonus of $41,850, automobile allowance of $12,000 and health insurance benefits of $5,134 paid to Mr. Lucas during 2000.

(7)   

Amount reflects automobile allowance of $12,000 and health insurance benefits of $5,002 paid to Mr. Lucas during 1999.

(8)   

Amount shown reflects the value realized upon the exercise of options for common stock of $985,139 during 1998. Value realized is based upon the fair market value of the stock at the exercise date minus the exercise price. Amount shown also reflects imputed interest on executive loans of $25,788, automobile allowance of $12,000 and health insurance benefits of $4,568 paid to Mr. Lucas during 1998.

(9)   

Amount shown reflects deferred compensation distribution of $109,801, pension equalization benefit of $476 and a Key Employee Retention Program bonus of $40,500 paid to Mr. Cruse during 2000.

(10)   

Amount shown reflects the value realized upon the exercise of options for common stock of $326,657 during 1998. Value realized is based upon the fair market value of the stock at the exercise date minus the exercise price. Amount shown also reflects miscellaneous compensation of $824 paid to Mr. Cruse during 1998.

(11)   

Amount shown reflects deferred compensation distribution of $137 and a Key Employee Retention Program bonus of $43,200 paid to Mr. Abramczyk during 2000.

(12)   

Amount shown reflects moving expenses of $16,339, gross up for taxes of $10,375 and a lump sum relocation allowance of $40,000 paid to Mr. Abramczyk during 1999.

(13)   

Amounts shown reflect payments to Mr. Wiesner pursuant to employment and severance agreements with C.R. Anthony Company, which the Company's predecessor acquired in 1997.

(14)   

At the time of Mr. Wiesner's appointment by the Company's predecessor to the positions of Chairman, Interim Chief Executive Officer and President in February 2000, he signed an Employment Agreement, which provided a fully vested stock option for 200,000 shares. Although fully vested, the option was not exercised. On May 5, 2000, Mr. Wiesner signed a First Amendment to his Employment Agreement by which he voluntarily and unconditionally revoked any and all previously granted stock option agreements he had with the Company's predecessor.

Employment Agreements

          On July 31, 2000 and February 28, 2001, the Company entered into Employment Agreements (the "Agreements") with James Scarborough and Michael McCreery, respectively (individually, the "Executive" and collectively, the "Executives"). Under the terms of the Agreements, Mr. Scarborough is employed as Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, while Mr. McCreery is employed as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The Agreements provide for a Base Salary, as well as a Merit Bonus commencing with the fiscal year ending February 2, 2002 based upon the Company's operating results for, and the Executives' performance during, the applicable fiscal year and such other performance targets and criteria as the Board and the Executives may establish and adjust for that fiscal year. The Agreements also provide for the Executives' participation in all other bonus and benefit plans available to executive officers of the Company. The specific details of the Agreements are contained in copies included as exhibits to the Registration Statement.

          The Agreements provide that if any Executive is terminated by the Company for Good Cause (as defined in the Agreements), he will be entitled to receive any Base Salary earned through the date of termination. If any Executive is terminated by the Company without Good Cause, he will be entitled to receive (i) any Base Salary earned through the date of termination and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of (1) one times the Base Salary in effect as of the date of termination and (2) one times the targeted Merit Bonus of fifty percent (50%), in the case of Mr. Scarborough, and forty percent (40%), in the case of Mr. McCreery, of Base Salary (collectively, payments under clause (i) and (ii) constitute the "Severance Payment"). If any Executive terminates his Employment Agreement for Good Reason (as that term is defined in the Agreements and which includes the assignment of duties or responsibilities materially inconsistent with his position or status with the Company at the time of a Change of Control, as defined in the Agreements), he will be entitled to receive (i) any Base Salary earned through termination and (ii) the Severance Payment. If any Executive terminates his Employment Agreement without Good Reason, he will be entitled to receive only any Base Salary earned through the date of termination.

Company Retirement Plans

Retirement Plan

          The Stage Stores, Inc. Retirement Plan (the "Plan") is a qualified defined benefit plan. Benefits under the Plan are administered through a trust arrangement providing benefits in the form of monthly payments or a single lump sum payment. The Plan covers substantially all employees who have completed one year of service with 1,000 hours of service as of June 30, 1998. Effective June 30, 1998, the Plan was frozen. There are no future benefit accruals after that date. Any service after that date will continue toward vesting and eligibility for normal and early retirement.

          The Plan is administered by the retirement plan committee (the "Retirement Committee"), and the Company appoints its three to five members. All determinations of the Retirement Committee are made in accordance with the provisions of the Plan in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

          Generally, a participant is eligible for a benefit on his/her normal retirement date, which is the later of age 65 or the fifth anniversary of the date of hire. A participant may elect an early retirement benefit if he/she is at least 55 years old, has ten (10) Years of Service (as defined below) and retires from active employment with the Company. Early retirement benefits are reduced according to a formula established in the Plan based upon each full month that the participant's age is less than 65 on the date the payments commence. If a participant who is vested terminates employment, he/she is entitled to a deferred benefit payable at his/her normal retirement date or an earlier date, if requested, but not before age 55.

          The amount of a participant's retirement benefit is based on each Year of Credited Service (as defined below) and on his/her earnings for that year. The individual yearly benefits are then totaled to determine the annual benefit at age 65. The annual amount of the participant's normal retirement benefit is derived, subject to certain limitations, by adding (i) 1% of earnings up to $30,600 plus 1-1/2% of the excess of such earnings over $30,600 for each Year of Credited Service earned on or after July 1, 1989 through December 31, 1991, (ii) 1% of earnings up to $31,800 plus 1-1/2% of the excess of such earnings over $31,800 for each Year of Credited Service earned after December 31, 1991 and (iii) 1% of earnings up to $42,500 plus 1-1/2% of the excess of such earnings over $42,500 for each Year of Credited Service earned after December 31, 1994 through June 30, 1998. The normal retirement benefit formula produces an annual benefit which is paid to the participant in equal monthly installments. The standard form of payment for a single participant is a monthly benefit payable for the participant's life only. The standard form of payment for a married participant is a 50% joint and survivor benefit, which provides a reduced monthly benefit to the participant during his/her lifetime, and 50% of that benefit to the participant's spouse for his/her lifetime in the event of the participant's death. Other forms of the payment are also provided including lump sum payouts, but they require participant election. In addition, the Retirement Committee may elect to pay the benefit equivalent of a benefit payable at normal retirement date in the form of a lump sum payment, if the lump sum payment does not exceed $5,000.

          Any participant who is credited with 1,000 or more hours of service in a calendar year receives a "Year of Service", while any participant who is credited with 1,284 or more hours of service in a calendar year receives a "Year of Credited Service". Years of Service determine a participant's eligibility for benefits under the Plan, and the percentage vested in those benefits. After five Years of Service, a participant is 100% vested.

          The Plan is funded entirely by Company contributions that are held by a trustee for the exclusive benefit of the participants. The Company voluntarily agreed to contribute the amounts necessary to provide the assets required to meet the future benefits payable to Plan participants. Under the Retirement Plan, contributions are not specifically allocated to individual participants.

401(K) Savings Plan

          The Company has a contributory 401(k) savings plan covering substantially all qualifying employees. Under the 401(k), participants may contribute up to 15% of their qualifying earnings, subject to certain restrictions. The Company currently matches 50% of each participant's contributions, limited to 6% of each participant's salary. The Company's matching contributions were approximately $0.8 million for 2000, $1.0 million for 1999 and $0.8 million for 1998.

2001 Equity Incentive Plan

           Pursuant to the Plan, the Company has established the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan to reward, retain and attract key personnel and has reserved 4,000,000 shares for issuance of awards under the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan. The 2001 Equity Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, who has the power to select the key employees and other key individuals to be granted awards under the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, to determine the size, type and term of awards to be made to each individual selected, to modify the terms of any award that has been granted, to determine the time when awards will be granted, to establish performance objectives and to prescribe the form of the instruments embodying awards under the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan. Key employees and Outside Directors are eligible to receive grants of options under the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan. Awards under the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan include, but need not be limited to, qualified and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights or restricted stock grants. See also Item 11. "Options".

ITEM 7.           CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with Directors

          Glenn August, a Director of the Company, is also the President of Oak Hill Advisors, Inc. As of September 21, 2001, by virtue of their positions as holders of allowed pre-petition claims in the Chapter 11 Proceedings, Mr. August and his affiliates were issued Common Stock as detailed in Item 4.

Certain Business Relationships

          Beginning in April 2000, Ronald Wuensch, a Director of the Company, began providing certain bankruptcy related consulting services to the Company's predecessors through Wuensch Consulting Group. Under the consulting agreement, Wuensch Consulting Group was paid $440,906 plus $2,473 as reimbursement for expenses during the 2000 fiscal year and $265,212 plus $1,100 as reimbursement for expenses during the 2001 fiscal year. The consulting agreement expired on August 24, 2001 and Mr. Wuensch is no longer providing consulting services to the Company.

Transactions with Management

          Pursuant to the Plan and for their efforts during the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the following executive officers received bonuses upon the Company's emergence from bankruptcy on August 24, 2001 and, effective August 24, 2001, were granted options to purchase the Company's Common Stock under the Company's 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, as follows:

Executive

 

Emergence Bonus

 

Stock options

         
James Scarborough   $ 1,000,000   1,175,000
Michael McCreery   500,000   235,000
Ron Lucas   100,000   150,000
Ernest Cruse   100,000   150,000
Dennis Abramczyk   100,000   150,000
Vivian Baker   100,000   150,000
Jeff Kish   100,000   150,000
Joanne Swartz   100,000   150,000
Mel Ward   100,000  

-

John Wiesner   200,000  

-


Indebtedness of Management

          As part of his retention agreement, Ron Lucas, the Company's Executive Vice President, Human Resources, had the $143,252 balance of his indebtedness to the Company forgiven upon the Company's emergence from bankruptcy on August 24, 2001.

ITEM 8.          LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         From time to time the Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of their business.

          On March 30, 1999, a class action lawsuit was filed against one of the predecessors, Stage Stores, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Stage Delaware"), and certain of its officers, directors and stockholders in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division by John C. Weld, Jr., a stockholder who purchased 125 shares of Stage Delaware's common stock on August 3, 1998, alleging violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated there under (the "Weld Suit"). Stage Delaware believed that the allegations of the Weld Suit were without merit, and on July 23, 1999, Stage Delaware filed a motion to dismiss. United States District Judge Kenneth Hoyt entered an order on December 8, 1999 dismissing the Weld Suit. Mr. Weld appealed the order to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit (the "Fifth Circuit"). Because of Stage Delaware's bankruptcy proceeding (see below), the appeal was stayed as to Stage Delaware. On May 16, 2001, the Fifth Circuit affirmed the District Court's dismissal of the Weld Suit as to the other defendants in the case. The plaintiffs have now consented to the dismissal of the action against  the Company pending in the Fifth Circuit, and that Court entered its order dismissing those claims on October 15, 2001.   In addition, in the Chapter 11 Proceedings, Mr. Weld filed and asserted a "Class Proof of Claim" making the same allegation as in the Weld Suit. The Company filed a claim objection to the Weld Class Proof of Claim which claim objection has been sustained by the Bankruptcy Court.

          In March 2000, eleven former employees of one of the Company's subsidiaries, Specialty Retailers, Inc., a Texas corporation d/b/a Palais Royal ("SRI"), filed two separate suits in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas against Stage Delaware, SRI and Mary Elizabeth Pena, arising out of alleged conduct occurring over an unspecified time while the plaintiffs were working at one or more Palais Royal stores in the Houston, Texas area. The plaintiffs allege that on separate occasions they were falsely accused of stealing merchandise and other company property and giving discounts for purchases against company policy. The suits accuse the defendants of defamation, false imprisonment, intentional infliction of mental distress, assault and violation of the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations (RICO) Act. The claims seek unspecified damages for mental anguish, lost earnings, exemplary damages, treble damages, interest, attorneys' fees and costs. SRI denies the allegations and intends to vigorously defend the claims. These claims are currently stayed pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. SRI has agreed to liquidate the claims through its compulsory ADR program for employee disputes. The payment of any amounts deemed owed by SRI, however, is subject to the Plan.

          On June 1, 2000, the Company's predecessors (Stage Delaware and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV)) and SRI (collectively, the "Debtors") filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division. During the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Debtors continued to manage and operate their assets and business as a debtors-in-possession, pending the formulation and confirmation of a plan of reorganization and subject to the supervision and orders of the Court. Additionally, an unsecured creditor committee was formed and had the right to review and participate in the Chapter 11 Proceedings. On April 24, 2001, the Debtors filed, and subsequently amended on May 14, May 21, May 25 and June 6, 2001, a "Disclosure Statement," pursuant to Section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, and a "Plan of Reorganization" with the Court. On June 6, 2001, the Court approved the Disclosure Statement. On August 8, 2001, the Plan, as modified on August 8, 2001, was confirmed by the Court (the "Confirmation Order"). On August 24, 2001 (the "Effective Date") the Debtors emerged from the Chapter 11 Proceedings. Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court will retain jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Proceedings after the Effective Date as is legally permissible, including jurisdiction over matters set forth in Article XII Retention of Jurisdiction in the Plan including, but not limited to, jurisdiction to (i) issue injunctions, enforce the injunctions contained in the Plan and the Confirmation Order, enter and implement other orders or take such other actions as may be necessary to restrain interference by any entity with consummation, implementation or enforcement of the Plan or the Confirmation Order; (ii) enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason or in any respect modified, stayed, reversed, revoked or vacated or distributions pursuant to the Plan are enjoined or stayed; and (iii) determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or the Confirmation Order. One pre-petition shareholder has appealed the Confirmation Order. The Bankruptcy Court has denied his request for a stay pending appeal.

          On November 3, 2000, Stage Delaware received a copy of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission's (the "SEC") August 3, 2000 Order Directing Private Investigation "In the Matter of Stage Stores, Inc." (the "SEC Order"). The SEC Order is a confidential document directing a non-public investigation into related party transactions previously reported by Stage Delaware on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2000. The Company is cooperating with the SEC in the investigation, which is still ongoing.

          On April 14, 2000, Stage Delaware was named as one of 135 defendants in a patent infringement action brought by The Lemelson Medical, Education & Research Foundation, in the United States District Court for the District of Arizona. The plaintiff claims to be the owner of various patents covering optical scanning devices commonly used by retail outlets at checkout counters to scan prices for customer purchases. The complaint seeks injunctive relief to prevent alleged continuing infringement and unspecified damages for alleged past infringement. The court and the plaintiff were advised of the Chapter 11 Proceedings, and Stage Delaware asserted the protection of the automatic stay. The remaining defendants have formed a common defense group and plan to vigorously defend against the claims. The plaintiffs' several actions against retailers allegedly using the scanning technology have been stayed, pending the outcome of the affirmative actions filed by certain manufacturers of the scanning equipment to declare the plaintiffs' patents invalid. The Company disputes the plaintiff's allegations and plans to monitor the action closely.

          In the Chapter 11 Proceedings, Stage Delaware engaged in litigation with General Electric Capital Corporation ("GE Capital") regarding the proceeds received from Stage Delaware's sale of an aircraft (the "Aircraft"), which was financed by GE Capital. On July 19, 2000, the Court entered its Order Authorizing Sale of Aircraft Located in Houston, Texas, Subject to All Liens Attaching to the Proceeds and Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 363, which enabled Stage Delaware to sell the Aircraft but provided that excess proceeds in the amount of $1,065,217 would be held in escrow, pending resolution of the entitlement to such proceeds. On January 1, 2001, in its Order Authorizing Disbursement of "Excess Proceeds" Upon Sale of Aircraft and the Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law Concerning Entitlement to "Excess Proceeds" After Sale of Aircraft, the Court ordered that GE Capital was entitled to the excess proceeds. Stage Delaware appealed this ruling and this matter is currently before the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division. The Company has obtained court approval of a settlement in principle. Generally, the Company will keep certain leased equipment not involved in the litigation for a limited period of time. The disputed escrow funds will be applied to reduce other obligations due to GE Capital. The pending litigation will be dismissed. The details of the final settlement agreement are being negotiated. The settlement is contingent on the final settlement agreement.

          Management believes that none of the litigation matters described above, either individually or in the aggregate, is material to the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company or its subsidiaries.

ITEM 9.          MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Market Information

          While the Common Stock is currently being quoted over-the-counter on the Pink Sheets Electronic Quotation Service under the symbol "STGS," trading is sporadic and there is no established public trading market for the Common Stock and Warrants.

Holders

           Common Stock . As of October 1, 2001, 19,972,653 shares of Common Stock were outstanding and held by approximately 580 holders of record.

           Warrants . Pursuant to the Plan, the Company intends to issue up to 512,821 Series A Warrants and up to 1,079,622 Series B Warrants.

           Options . As of October 1, 2001, options to purchase an aggregate of 2,450,000 shares of Common Stock were outstanding and held by 8 officers and 7 Outside Directors of the Company under the Company's 2001 Equity Incentive Plan. The Company intends to issue an additional 1,191,000 options to other key employees with an effective date of August 24, 2001 at the same exercise price and vesting provisions as those outstanding.

          For a description of the Common Stock, Warrants and Options, see Item 11. "Description of Registrant's Securities to be Registered".

Dividends

          The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock and does not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company anticipates that, for the foreseeable future, earnings will be reinvested in the business and used to service indebtedness. The declaration and payment of dividends by the Company are subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors (the "Board"). Any future determination to pay dividends will depend on the Company's results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions under its Financing Agreements and other factors deemed relevant by the Board. See Item 2. Financial Information - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources.

ITEM 10.          RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

           As of October 1, 2001 under the Plan, the Company has issued 19,972,653 shares of Common Stock to former creditors, of which 904,166 shares were issued to escrow related to unresolved claims of unsecured creditors under the Plan. Pursuant to the cash share option under the Plan, up to approximately 28,500 of the shares held in escrow may be cancelled if the eligible claimholders subject to the escrow shares elect the partial cash payment option.

          Pursuant to the Plan, the Company intends to issue up to 512,821 Series A Warrants and up to 1,079,622 Series B Warrants to purchase Common Stock to former creditors.

          The Company believes that the offer and sale of Common Stock and Warrants under the Plan satisfies the requirements under Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and state securities laws.

          As of October 1, 2001, there were outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 2,450,000 shares of Common Stock granted by the Company to key executives and Outside Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries pursuant to the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan. The Company has approved a maximum of 4,000,000 shares of restricted Common Stock for sale pursuant to the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan. These grants of options were made, or will be made, pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which exempts issuances of security under certain written compensatory employee benefit plans. The Company intends to issue an additional 1,191,000 options to other key employees with an effective date of August 24, 2001 at the same exercise price and vesting provisions as those outstanding.

ITEM 11.          DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT'S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

Common Stock

          The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01. As of October 1, 2001, 19,972,653 shares of Common Stock were outstanding, of which 904,166 shares were issued to escrow related to unresolved claims of unsecured creditors under the Plan. Pursuant to the cash share option under the Plan, up to approximately 28,500 of the shares held in escrow may be cancelled if the eligible claimholders subject to the escrow shares elect the partial cash payment option.

          The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders. A majority of the outstanding shares of the Company, represented by person or by proxy, constitutes a quorum at each meeting of the shareholders. If a quorum exists, action on a matter, other than the election of directors is approved if the votes cast favoring the action exceeds the votes cast opposing the action. Every shareholder entitled to vote for the election of directors has the right to cast, in person or by proxy, all of the votes to which the shareholder's shares are entitled for as many persons as there are directors to be elected and for whom election such shareholder has the right to vote. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote for each director in the election at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors. A director may be removed only if the number of votes cast to remove him is at least two thirds (2/3) of the votes cast.

          Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratable dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board out of funds legally available for them. In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and any shares of Common Stock to be issued by the Company will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

          The Company's Board of Directors may provide by resolution for the issuance of preferred stock, in one or more series, and fix the powers, preferences, and rights, and the qualifications, limitations, and restrictions upon, preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund provisions, if any, and the number of shares constituting any series of preferred stock or the designation of any series of preferred stock. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of decreasing the market price of the Common Stock and could adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of the Common Stock.

Certain Provisions of Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

          Some provision of the Company's Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, which provisions are summarized in the following paragraphs, may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer, or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a shareholder may consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the Common Stock held by shareholders.

           Acquisition of Controlling Interest . In Article VIII- Acquisition of Controlling Interest of the Company's Restated Articles of Incorporation, the Company expressly elected to be governed by Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes. However, the Amended or Restated Articles of Incorporation, the Bylaws, or a resolution adopted by the Directors of the Company may impose stricter requirements on the acquisition of a controlling interest in the Company than the provisions of Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes. Furthermore, this election to be governed by Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes is not intended to, and shall not, restrict the Directors of the Company from taking any action to protect the interests of the Company and its shareholders including, but not limited to, adopting or executing plans, arrangements or instruments that deny rights, privileges, power or authority to a holder of a specified number of shares or percentage of share ownership or voting power.

           Shareholder Action; Special Meeting of Shareholders . The Bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if one or more consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof were present and voted. Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, may be called by the Company's President, or by the Board, and shall be called by the President at the request of the holders of not less than one-fourth of all outstanding votes of the Company entitled to be cast on any issue at the meeting.

           Classified Board . Pursuant to the Company's Bylaws, the Board, at its discretion, is authorized to fix the number of Directors constituting the Board up to eleven. While the Bylaws currently provide that the term of office for each Director is one year, the Board may, in its discretion, increase the term of office and divide the Board into classes with staggered terms so that only a percentage of the Board will be elected each year. That provision, when coupled with the provision limiting the voting rights of certain persons, may prevent a shareholder from removing incumbent directors and simultaneously gaining control of the Board by filling the vacancies created by such removal with its own nominees. In addition, a director may be removed only if the number of votes cast to remove him is at least two thirds (2/3) of the votes cast.

           Authorized But Unissued Shares . The authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock and preferred stock, if any, will be available for future issuance without shareholder approval. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future pubic or private offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

           Nevada Business Combination Statute . The Company is organized under Nevada law. Under Section 78.438 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, the Company may not engage in any "combination" with any "interested shareholder" of the Company for three years after the shareholder's date of acquiring shares unless the combination or the purchase of shares made by the interested shareholder on the interested shareholder's date of acquiring shares is approved by the Board before that date. Under Section 78.439 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, the Company may not engage in any combination with an interested shareholder of the Company after the expiration of 3 years after his date of acquiring shares unless either (i) the combination is approved by the Board before the interested shareholder's date of acquiring shares, or as to which the purchase of shares made by the interested shareholder on that date had been approved by the Board, or (ii) the combination is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of the Common Stock representing a majority of the outstanding voting power not beneficially owned by the interested shareholder proposing the combination, or any affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder proposing the combination, at a meeting called for that purpose no earlier than 3 years after the interested shareholder's date of acquiring shares. An "interested shareholder" is a person who is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting shares. A "combination" includes any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition, in one transaction or a series of transactions, to or with the interested shareholder or any affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder of the assets of the corporation or any subsidiary of the corporation.

Options

          Pursuant to the Plan, the Company has established the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan to reward, retain and attract key personnel. To fund the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, 4,000,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock have been reserved.

          Of the 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, the Company has issued options to key executives and directors for 2,450,000 shares as of August 24, 2001, in three equal groupings, and with per share exercise prices of $13.75, $15.00 and $16.25 respectively. The right to exercise these options will vest over four years from August 24, 2001, with 25% of each grouping vesting at the end of each of the first four years following the date of grant, and will expire if not exercised ten years from the date of the grant. The Company intends to issue an additional 1,191,000 options to other key employees with an effective date of August 24, 2001 at the same price and vesting provisions as those outstanding.

Warrants

          Pursuant to the Plan, the Company intends to issue up to 512,821 Series A Warrants (exercise price: $15 per share) and up to 1,079,622 Series B Warrants (exercise price: $20 per share). The Series A and Series B Warrants expire on August 23, 2006.

ITEM 12.            INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

          As permitted by Section 78.7502 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, Article 5 of the Company's First Amended Bylaws provides that the Company will indemnify any individual made a party to a proceeding because the individual is or was a director or officer of the Company against liability and expenses incurred in the proceeding, but only if the individual demonstrates that (a) he or she conducted himself or herself in good faith, and (b) he or she reasonably believed (i) in the case of conduct in his or her official capacity with the Company, that his or her conduct was in the Company's best interests; (ii) in all other cases, that his or her conduct was at least not opposed to the Company's best interests; and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Indemnification of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

            The Company requested PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP ("PWC"), as the Company's former independent accountant, to consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of its audit report on the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of January 29, 2000 and for each of the two years in the period ended January 29, 2000.  As one of the terms under which PWC agreed to give its consent, the Company agreed to indemnify PWC for the payment of all legal costs and expenses incurred in PWC's successful defense of any legal action or proceeding that arises as a result of the inclusion of PWC's previous audit report on the Company's past financial statements in this Registration Statement.

ITEM 13.            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See Item 2. "Seasonality and Inflation" and "Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules" included on page 42 for information required under this Item 13.

ITEM 14.            CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

          On January 4, 2001, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP ("PricewaterhouseCoopers"), the independent accountant which was previously engaged as the principal accountant to audit the Company's financial statements, was dismissed so that the Company could engage the auditing services of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

          PricewaterhouseCoopers' report on the Company's financial statements for the fiscal year ended January 30, 1999 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. However, in its report on the Company's financial statements for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2000, it described certain adverse financial developments, which resulted in the Company's filing for protection under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code on June 1, 2000, and qualified its report as follows: "These matters raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2 to the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty."

          The decision to change accountants was recommended by the Company's audit committee.

          During the Company's two most recent fiscal years and through January 4, 2001, there were not any disagreements with PricewaterhouseCoopers on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreement if not resolved to the satisfaction of PricewaterhouseCoopers would have (i) caused them to make reference thereto in their report on the financial statements for such years and/or (ii) required disclosure herein.

          The year ended February 3, 2001 was audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP. There were no disagreements with Deloitte & Touche on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure.

ITEM 15.            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

(a)       Financial Statements - See "Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules" included on page 42.

(b)       Exhibits - See "Exhibit Index" at X-1.

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Stage Stores, Inc.

Date:    October 29, 2001

By:   /s/ Michael E. McCreery
        Michael E. McCreery

      Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

Audited Financial Statements :

Page

 

Number

 

 

Independent Auditors' Report

F-1

Report of Independent Accountants

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets at February 3, 2001 and January 29, 2000

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for 2000, 1999 and 1998

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for 2000, 1999 and 1998

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for 2000, 1999 and 1998

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7

 

 

Unaudited Financial Statements:

 

 

 

Consolidated Unaudited Balance Sheets at September 1, 2001 (Reorganized Company) 

 

   and February 3, 2001 (Predecessor Company)

F-33

Consolidated Unaudited Statements of Operations (Predecessor Company) for the Thirty Weeks

 

   ended September 1, 2001 and August 26, 2000

F-34

Consolidated Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows (Predecessor Company) for the Thirty Weeks

 

   ended September 1, 2001 and August 26, 2000

F-35

Consolidated Unaudited Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

 

   for the Thirty Weeks Ended September 1, 2001

F-36

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

F-37

 

Schedules

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Independent Auditors' Report

 

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Stage Stores, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Stage Stores, Inc. and subsidiaries (debtor-in-possession) (the "Company") as of February 3, 2001 and the related statement of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of February 3, 2001, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 1, the Company has filed for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code. The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not purport to reflect or provide for the consequences of the bankruptcy proceedings. In particular, such financial statements do not purport to show (a) as to assets, their realizable value on a liquidation basis or their availability to satisfy liabilities; (b) as to pre-petition liabilities, the amounts that may be allowed for claims or contingencies, or the status and priority thereof; (c) as to stockholder accounts, the effect of any changes that may be made in the capitalization of the Company; or (d) as to operations, the effect of any changes that may be made in its business.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company incurred a net loss of $162.2 million for the year ended February 3, 2001 and had a stockholders' deficit of $240.5 million at February 3, 2001. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, on June 1, 2000 the Company filed voluntary petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. The Company's ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon confirmation of a plan of reorganization, future profitable operations, the ability to comply with the debtor-in-possession financing agreement and the ability to generate sufficient cash from operations and financing sources to meet the Company's obligations. These matters raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans concerning these matters are also discussed in Note 1. The financial statements do not include adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Houston, Texas
April 13, 2001

 

Report of Independent Accountants

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Stage Stores, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Stage Stores, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") at January 29, 2000, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended January 29, 2000, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. We have not audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries for any period subsequent to January 29, 2000.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company incurred a net loss of $281.9 million for the year ended January 29, 2000 and had a working capital deficit and stockholders' deficit of $268.6 million and $75.0 million, respectively, at January 29, 2000. As described in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company's financial performance to date for the year ending February 3, 2001 has resulted in restrictions on the credit terms for the purchase of merchandise inventory. Additionally, the Company is in violation of certain terms of its loan agreements. As a result, on June 1, 2000 the Company filed for protection under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. These matters raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1 to the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Position 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities," during the year ended January 29, 2000.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
March 9, 2000, except as to Notes 1, 5, 11, 13 and 14 to the financial statements, which are as of June 1, 2000

 

Stage Stores, Inc.
Debtor-in-Possession
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except par values)
       
 

February 3, 2001

 

January 29, 2000

       
ASSETS      
Cash and cash equivalents

$20,510

 

          $20,179

Undivided interest in accounts receivable trust -   41,600
Accounts receivable, net 272,435   -
Merchandise inventories, net 218,683   261,104
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 15,577   23,866
______________ ______________
   Total current assets 527,205   346,749
       
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net 128,811   181,834
Other assets 9,983   26,104
______________ ______________
   Total assets

$665,999

 

$554,687

=========== ===========
       
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT      
Accounts payable

$56,224

 

$40,955

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 46,644   72,177
Debtor-in-possession facility 224,288   -
Current portion of long-term debt -   9,830
Long-term debt classified as current -   492,393
______________ ______________
   Total current liabilities 327,156   615,355
       
Other long-term liabilities 4,362   14,299
Liabilities subject to compromise under reorganization proceedings 574,968   -
______________ ______________
   Total liabilities 906,486   629,654
______________ ______________
       
Commitments and contingencies      
       
Preferred stock, par value $1.00, non-voting,      
   3 shares authorized, no shares      
   issued or outstanding -   -
Common stock, par value $0.01, 75,000 shares      
   authorized, 26,846 and 26,834 shares      
   issued and outstanding, respectively 268   268
Class B common stock, par value $0.01, non-voting,      
   3,000 shares authorized, 1,250 shares      
   issued and outstanding 13   13
Additional paid-in capital 267,002   266,590
Accumulated deficit (499,715)   (337,500)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (8,055)   (4,338)
______________ ______________
   Stockholders' deficit (240,487)   (74,967)
______________ ______________
   Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit

$665,999

 

$554,687

=========== ===========


                                The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

                                                                                 

Stage Stores, Inc.
(Debtor-in-Possession)
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except earnings per share)
           
 

Fiscal Year

 

2000

 

1999

 

1998

Net sales

$952,274

 

$1,121,567

 

$1,173,547

Cost of sales and related buying, occupancy and distribution expenses 714,192   897,117   839,238
________ ________ _________
Gross profit 238,082   224,450   334,309
           
Selling, general and administrative expenses 246,206   387,816   271,477
Store opening costs -   749   10,192
Reorganization items and store closure costs 114,236   44,237   -
Interest, net 39,807   48,634   46,471
________ ________ _________
Income (loss) before income tax, extraordinary item and          
   cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (162,167)   (256,986)   6,169
Income tax expense 48   20,217   2,455
________ ________ _________
Income (loss) before extraordinary item and cumulative          
   effect of change in accounting principle (162,215)   (277,203)   3,714
Extraordinary item, net of tax - early retirement of debt -   (749)   -
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net          
   of tax - reporting costs of start-up activities -   (3,938)   -
________ ________ _________
Net income (loss)

$(162,215)

 

$(281,890)

 

$3,714

====== ====== =======
           
Basic earnings (loss) per common share data:          
Basic earnings (loss) per common share before          
   extraordinary item and cumulative effect of change in          
   accounting principle

$(5.77)

 

$(9.89)

 

$0.13

Extraordinary item, net of tax - early retirement of debt -   (0.03)   -
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net          
   of tax - reporting costs of start-up activities -   (0.14)   -
________ ________ _________
Basic earnings (loss) per common share

$(5.77)

 

$(10.06)

 

$0.13

====== ====== =======
           
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding 28,098   28,028   27,885
====== ====== =======
           
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share data:          
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share before          
   extraordinary item and cumulative effect of change in          
   accounting principle

$(5.77)

 

$(9.89)

 

$0.13

Extraordinary item, net of tax - early retirement of debt -   (0.03)   -
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net          
   of tax - reporting costs of start-up activities -   (0.14)   -
________ ________ _________
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

$(5.77)

 

$(10.06)

 

$0.13

====== ====== =======
           
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding 28,098   28,028   28,428
====== ====== =======


                                       
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

                                                                                        

Stage Stores, Inc.
(Debtor-in-Possession)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
 

Fiscal Year

 

2000

 

1999

 

1998

Cash flows from operating activities:          
Net income (loss)

$(162,215)

 

$(281,890)

 

$3,714

________ ________ ________
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash          
provided by (used in) operating activities:          
   Depreciation and amortization 23,765   63,554   33,474
   Accretion of discount 436   1,254   1,138
   Amortization of debt issue costs 6,409   2,930   2,577
   Provision for bad debts 17,712   -   -
   Adjustment to accrete yield on repurchased accounts receivable 37,751   -   -
   Write-off of property, equipment and leasehold improvements          
      and other assets associated with closed stores 37,063   20,094   -
   Write-off of pre-petition debt issue costs and original issue discount 17,987   -   -
   Write-off of goodwill and other intangibles 3,130   92,808   -
   Write-down of undivided interest in account receivable trust 6,155   -   -
   Deferred income taxes -   20,151   2,371
   Loss on early retirement of debt -   749   -
   Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle -   3,938   -
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:          
   Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable (5,950)   28,216   (8,605)
   Decrease (increase) in merchandise inventories 42,421   80,212   (38,201)
   Decrease (increase) in other assets 7,348   21,804   (2,637)
   Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities 40,262   (29,919)   (9,341)
________ ________ ________
      Total adjustments 234,489   305,791   (19,224)
________ ________ ________
   Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 72,274   23,901   (15,510)
________ ________ ________
Cash flows from investing activities:          
   Additions to property, equipment and leasehold improvements (5,390)   (22,037)   (88,719)
   Proceeds from retirement of fixtures and equipment 567   -   -
________ ________ ________
      Net cash used in investing activities (4,823)   (22,037)   (88,719)
________ ________ ________
Cash flows from financing activities:          
Proceeds from:          
   Debtor-in-possession credit facility 224,288   -   -
   Pre-petition working capital facility 5,916   43,000   96,300
   Issuance of common stock -   128   955
Payments on:          
   Long-term debt (204)   (34,813)   (2,596)
   Addition to debt issue costs (10,617)   (2,832)   (913)
   Repurchase of accounts receivable from account receivable trust (286,503)   -   -
________ ________ ________
      Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (67,120)   5,483   93,746
________ ________ ________
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 331   7,347   (10,483)
Cash and cash equivalents:          
   Beginning of year 20,179   12,832   23,315
________ ________ ________
   End of year

$20,510

 

$20,179

 

$12,832

====== ====== ======
Supplemental disclosures:          
Cash flow information:          
   Interest paid

$21,623

 

$45,528

 

$43,015

====== ====== ======
   Income taxes paid (refunded)

$15

 

$197

 

$(2,872)

====== ====== ======

                                        The accompanying notes are integral part of this statement

                                                                                      

Stage Stores, Inc.
(Debtor-in-Possession)
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
(in thousands)
           
 

Fiscal Year

 

2000

 

1999

 

1998

Shares Outstanding          
Shares of common stock issued:          
Beginning balance 26,834   26,718   26,500
Issuance of stock 12   116   218
Ending balance 26,846   26,834   26,718
           
Shares of Class B stock issued:          
Beginning balance 1,250   1,250   1,250
Ending balance 1,250   1,250   1,250
           
Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)          
Common stock issued:          
Beginning balance

$268

 

$267

 

$265

Issuance of stock -   1   2
Ending balance 268   268   267
           
Class B stock issued:          
Beginning balance 13   13   13
Ending balance 13   13   13
           
Additional Paid-in Capital:          
Beginning balance 266,590   265,716   264,679
Issuance of stock 412   874   953
Vested compensatory stock options -   -   84
Ending balance 267,002   266,590   265,716
           
Accumulated deficit and accumulated other          
comprehensive loss:          
Beginning balance (341,838)   (61,604)   (59,879)
Comprehensive income (loss):          
Net income (loss) (162,215)   (281,890)   3,714
Other comprehensive income (loss) (3,717)   1,656   (5,439)
Total comprehensive loss (165,932)   (280,234)   (1,725)
Ending balance (507,770)   (341,838)   (61,604)
Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

$(240,487)

 

$(74,967)

 

$204,392

           
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:          
Beginning balance

$(4,338)

 

$(5,994)

 

$(555)

Comprehensive income (loss) -          
Minimum pension liability adjustment,          
net of tax (3,717)   1,656   (5,439)
Ending balance

$(8,055)

 

$(4,338)

 

$(5,994)

                The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement             

NOTE 1 - REORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

          As a result of many factors including, but not limited to, rapid growth during 1997 and 1998, significant turnover in key executive positions, significant leverage coupled with an inflexible capital structure and changes in the retail environment, Stage Stores, Inc.'s (the "Company" or "Stage Stores") financial performance deteriorated significantly during 1999 and 2000. The Company experienced a net loss of $281.9 million in 1999 and a net loss of $162.2 million in 2000. Because of the Company's rapidly deteriorating financial performance, the Company's suppliers significantly curtailed merchandise shipments to the Company during the spring of 2000, thereby further exacerbating the Company's financial difficulties. In order to address these financial and operational issues facing the Company, Stage Stores and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Specialty Retailers, Inc. ("SRI") and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV) ("SRI NV") (collectively, the "Debtors"), filed voluntary petitions under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") (the "Chapter 11 Proceedings") in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division (the "Court") on June 1, 2000 (the "Petition Date"). During the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Company has continued to manage and operate its assets and business as a debtor-in-possession, pending the formulation and confirmation of a reorganization plan and subject to the supervision and orders of the Court. Additionally, an unsecured creditor committee was formed and has the right to review and participate in the Chapter 11 Proceedings.

          As of the Petition Date, actions to collect pre-petition indebtedness were stayed and other contractual obligations may not be enforced against the Company. In addition, the Company may reject pre-petition executory contracts and lease obligations, and parties affected by these rejections may file claims with the Court in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code. Substantially all liabilities as of the Petition Date are subject to settlement under a plan of reorganization which will be voted upon by creditors and subject to approval by the Court. The Court has extended the Company's exclusive right to file a plan of reorganization until June 30, 2001 and until September 15, 2001 to obtain acceptance of a plan of reorganization. The Company has reserved the right to seek further extensions, if necessary.

          On April 24, 2001, the Debtors filed a "Disclosure Statement" and a "Plan of Reorganization" (the "Plan"), pursuant to Section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, with the Court. The Disclosure Statement sets forth certain information regarding, among other things, significant events that have occurred during the Chapter 11 Proceedings and the anticipated organization, operation and financing of "Reorganized Stage Stores". The Disclosure Statement describes the Plan of Reorganization, certain effects of Plan confirmation, certain risk factors associated with securities to be issued under the Plan and the manner in which distribution will be made under the Plan. In addition, the Disclosure Statement discusses the confirmation process and the voting procedures that holders of claims in impaired classes must follow for their votes to be counted. The Plan of Reorganization sets forth certain information regarding, among other things, the classification and treatment of claims and interests, means for implementation of the Plan, acceptance or rejection of the Plan and effect of rejection by one or more classes of claims or interests, provisions for governing distributions, the treatment of executory contracts and unexpired leases, conditions precedent to confirmation of the Plan and the occurrence of the Effective Date of the Plan. Upon confirmation of the Plan, all claims and interest of the Debtors will be discharged.

          The type and amount of distributions that each creditor receives will depend upon the class in which the claim is placed. The Plan, as filed, does not provide for any distribution to the holders of the Company's Common Stock or to the holders of the Company's Class B Common Stock. Further, the Plan calls for the cancellation of the currently outstanding Common Stock and Class B Common Stock upon confirmation of the Plan.

          The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been presented in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7, "Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code" and have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates continuity of operations, realization of assets and liquidation of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. Because of the Chapter 11 Proceedings and circumstances related to this event, such realization of assets and liquidation of liabilities is subject to uncertainty. Further, a plan of reorganization could materially change the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements, which do not give effect to any adjustments to the carrying value of assets or amounts of liabilities that might be necessary because of a plan of reorganization. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon, among other things, confirmation of a plan of reorganization, future profitable operations, the ability to comply with the debtor-in-possession financing agreement and the ability to generate sufficient cash from operations and financing sources to meet the Company's obligations. Additionally, the accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that would be required if the Company were in liquidation.

          Substantially all of the Company's pre-petition liabilities are subject to compromise under reorganization proceedings. The Company's pre-petition debt to banks and bondholders is in default with the terms of the applicable loan agreements, notes and debentures. For financial reporting purposes subsequent to the Petition Date, those liabilities and obligations have been segregated and reclassified as liabilities subject to compromise under reorganization proceedings on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Certain pre-petition liabilities were paid during the Chapter 11 Proceedings after approval by the Bankruptcy Court and accordingly have been included in the appropriate liability captions on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company discontinued accruing interest on all pre-petition debt obligations. The ultimate adequacy of security for any secured debt obligations and settlement of all liabilities and obligations cannot be determined until a plan of reorganization is confirmed.

NOTE 2 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

           Description of Business: The Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary SRI, operates family apparel stores primarily under the names "Bealls", "Palais Royal" and "Stage" offering nationally recognized brand name family apparel, accessories, cosmetics and footwear. As of February 3, 2001 the Company operated 348 stores, excluding stores in the process of liquidation, in fourteen states located throughout the south central United States.

           Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Stage Stores and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

           Fiscal Year: References to a particular year are to the Company's fiscal year which is the 52 or 53 week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31 of the following calendar year (e.g., a reference to "2000" is a reference to the fiscal year ended February 3, 2001). Fiscal years 1999 and 1998 were 52 week years. Fiscal year 2000 is a 53 week year.

           Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

           Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Company considers highly liquid investments with initial maturities of less than three months to be cash equivalents in its statement of cash flows.

           Accounts Receivable and Securitization: Prior to the Chapter 11 filing, the Company securitized substantially all of its trade accounts receivable (the "Accounts Receivable Securitization Program") through a wholly-owned special purpose entity, SRI Receivables Purchase Co., Inc. ("SRPC"). SRPC held a retained interest in the securitization vehicle (the "Retained Interest"), a special purpose trust (the "Trust"). The Company accounted for the Retained Interest in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" ("SFAS 115"). Under SFAS 115, the Retained Interest was accounted for as an investment in debt securities and classified as trading securities. Accordingly, the Retained Interest was recorded at fair value in the accompanying balance sheet with any change in fair value reflected currently in income. The unrealized gain (loss) recorded to income in 2000, 1999 and 1998 was $(6.2) million, $7.3 million and $3.2 million, respectively.

          On June 7, 2000, the Company paid the Trust $288.4 million in cash and surrendered its retained interest in the Trust in exchange for all accounts receivable balances held by the Trust on that date. The Trust used the cash proceeds to retire all remaining certificates and pay other costs associated with the termination of the Trust. The accounts receivable balances repurchased by the Company have been recorded at $312.3 million, the aggregate of the cash paid and the estimated fair value of the retained interest surrendered. The Company accretes the yield resulting from the estimated net future cash flows associated with these balances using the interest method. The yield is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying financial statements. Service charge income, late fees and estimated bad debt expense related to credit sales made after June 7, 2000 are also included in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying financial statements. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for uncollectible accounts receivable based upon management's estimate of the Company's risk of credit loss. At February 3, 2001, the recorded allowance for doubtful accounts receivable was $39.7 million.

          Merchandise Inventories: The Company states its merchandise inventories at the lower of cost or market based upon the retail method of accounting, cost being determined using the last-in, first-out ("LIFO") method. During 1999 inventory quantities were reduced. This reduction resulted in a liquidation of LIFO inventory quantities carried at higher costs prevailing in prior years as compared with the cost of 1999 purchases, the effect of which increased cost of goods sold by approximately $8.8 million and increased net loss by approximately $8.8 million or $0.31 per share.

           Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements: Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives of leasehold improvements do not exceed the term of the related lease, including renewal options. The estimated useful lives in years are generally as follows:

Buildings   20-25
Store and office fixtures and equipment   5-12
Warehouse equipment   5-15
Leasehold improvements   5-30

           Goodwill and Other Intangibles: The Company amortizes goodwill and intangible assets on a straight-line basis over the estimated future periods benefited, not to exceed forty years. Amortization periods for goodwill and other intangibles associated with acquisitions was five to forty years. Each year, the Company evaluated the remaining useful life associated with goodwill based upon, among other things, historical and expected long-term results of operations. Due to the factors leading to the Company's filing for bankruptcy, the Company reevaluated the recoverability of its remaining goodwill and certain other intangible assets. As a result, the Company wrote-off the remaining balance of goodwill and certain other intangible assets during 1999.

           Debt Issue Costs: Debt issue costs are accounted for as a deferred charge and amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related issue.

           Liabilities Subject to Compromise Under Reorganization Proceedings: Those petition date liabilities that are expected to be paid or compromised under a plan of reorganization are separately classified in the consolidated balance sheet.

           Financial Instruments: Except for the Retained Interest, the Company records all financial instruments at cost. The cost of all financial instruments, except long-term debt and the Retained Interest, approximates fair value.

           Comprehensive income: Other comprehensive income refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that under generally accepted accounting principles are recorded directly as an adjustment to stockholders' equity. Minimum pension liability adjustment is the Company's only component of comprehensive income. The minimum pension liability adjustments recorded in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) are net of tax expense (benefit) of ($1.5) million, $1.7 million, and $(3.5) million in 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The minimum pension liability adjustment in the accompanying Consolidated  Statement of Stockholders' Equity is also net of the $1.5 million full valuation allowance provided against the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainties concerning realization as a result of the Company's Chapter 11 filing.

           Revenue Recognition: Revenue from sales is recognized at the time of sale, net of any returns. A reserve has been established for the estimated merchandise returns.

           Store Pre-Opening Expenses: Costs related to the opening of new stores are expensed as incurred.

           Advertising Expenses : Advertising costs are charged to operations when the related advertising first takes place. Advertising costs were $35.7 million, $52.5 million and $50.4 million for 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. Prepaid advertising costs were $0.2 million and $1.3 million at February 3, 2001and January 29, 2000, respectively.

           Impairment of Assets: The Company reviews for the impairment of long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount. The amount of impairment recognized is determined by the excess of estimated discounted future cash flows over recorded book value.

           Income Taxes: The provision for income taxes is computed based on the pretax income included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The asset and liability approach is used to recognize deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is to be established if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

           Earnings per Share: Basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the periods. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares as well as all potentially dilutive common share equivalents outstanding. Stock options and restricted stock are the only potentially dilutive share equivalents the Company has outstanding for the periods presented. Incremental shares of 543 thousand in 1998 were used in the calculation of diluted earnings per common share. All common share equivalents (See Note 8) were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share in 2000 and 1999 as they were anti-dilutive. Common share equivalents of 408 thousand in 1998 were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as they were anti-dilutive.

           Start-up Costs: In April 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee issued Statement of Position 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities" ("SOP 98-5"), effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998. SOP 98-5 provides guidance on the financial reporting of start-up costs and organization costs. It requires costs of start-up activities and organization costs to be expensed as incurred. Initial adoption of SOP 98-5 is to be reported as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. The Company adopted SOP 98-5 in the first quarter of 1999 which resulted in a net of tax charge of $3.9 million.

           Reclassifications: The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include reclassifications from financial statements issued in previous years.

           New Accounting Pronouncements: In June 1998 the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities". SFAS No. 133, which as amended, establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activity. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. SFAS No. 133 is effective for all fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. The Company adopted SFAS No. 133, as amended, effective February 4, 2001. The adoption did not have a material effect on the Company's financial statements as all financial instruments and other contracts held or entered into by the Company either do not meet the definition of a derivative or qualify for the normal purchases and sales exemption.

          In September 2000, the FASB issued SFAS No. 140, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities". SFAS No. 140, which replaces SFAS No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities", provides accounting and reporting standards for securitizations and other transfers of assets. Those standards are based on consistent application of a financial components approach that focuses on control. Under that approach, after a transfer of assets, an entity recognizes the assets it controls and derecognizes assets when control has been surrendered. SFAS No. 140 provides consistent standards for distinguishing transfers of financial assets that are sales from those that are secured borrowings. The accounting requirements of this standard are effective for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities occurring after March 31, 2001 and must be applied prospectively. Under the Company's current structure for accounts receivable financing, adoption of the accounting requirements of this standard will not have a material effect on the statements of operations or financial position. The Company will re-evaluate application of this standard at the time of emergence from Chapter 11 Proceedings in the context of their exit financing and other contractual agreements related to credit.

NOTE 3 - ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE SECURITIZATION PROGRAM

          As discussed in Note 2, on June 7, 2000, the Company paid the Trust $288.4 million in cash and surrendered its retained interest in the Trust in exchange for all accounts receivable balances held by the Trust on that date. The Trust used the cash proceeds to retire all remaining certificates and pay other costs associated with the termination of the Trust.

          Pursuant to the Accounts Receivable Securitization Program, the Company sold substantially all of the accounts receivable generated by the holders of the Company's private label credit card accounts to SRPC on a daily basis in exchange for cash or an increase in the Company's interest. SRPC is a separate limited-purpose subsidiary that is operated in a fashion intended to ensure that its assets and liabilities are distinct from those of the Company and its other affiliates as SRPC's creditors have a claim on its assets prior to becoming available to any creditor of the Company.

          On November 9, 1999, the Company completed a refinancing of the existing term and revolving certificates outstanding under its Accounts Receivable Securitization Program. In connection with the refinancing, the previously existing term and revolving certificates were replaced with new term and revolving certificates. Based upon the amount of receivables in the Trust at the time of closing, the Company received $292.4 million of proceeds. Of this amount, $259.3 million was used to retire the outstanding balances under the previously existing Trust certificates, which were scheduled to begin amortizing in December of 1999. The remainder of the proceeds were used to redeem the previously existing $30.0 million aggregate principal amount of SRPC 12.5% Trust certificate-backed notes and other costs associated with the refinancing. In connection with the refinancing, the Company recorded an after-tax extraordinary charge of approximately $0.7 million in the fourth quarter of 1999 related to the early retirement of debt.

          Total accounts receivable transferred to the Trust during 2000, 1999 and 1998 were $150.5 million, $567.1 million and $585.3 million, respectively. The cash flows generated from the accounts receivable in the Trust were dedicated to: (i) the purchase of new accounts receivable generated by the Company; (ii) payment of a return on the certificates; and (iii) the payment of a servicing fee to SRI. Any remaining cash flows were remitted to SRPC. The outstanding balances under term certificates and revolving certificates at January 29, 2000 totaled $46.4 million and $270.7 million, respectively. The certificates outstanding at January 29, 2000 entitled the holders to receive a return, based upon the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), plus a specified margin. At January 29, 2000, the blended rate of return on the outstanding certificates was 6.5%.

NOTE 4 - PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

          Property, equipment and leasehold improvements were as follows (in thousands):

    February 3,   January 29,
   

2001

 

2000

Land  

$3,074

 

$3,074

Buildings   16,980   16,980
Fixtures and equipment   184,738   203,832
Leasehold improvements   106,757   135,643
_________ _________
    311,549   359,529
Accumulated depreciation   182,738   177,695
_________ _________
   

$128,811

 

$181,834

======= =======

          Depreciation expense was $28.3 million, $56.6 million and $25.9 million for 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. Depreciation expense for 2000 and 1999 includes impairment charges of $1.7 million and $26.0 million, respectively, related to property, equipment and leasehold improvements associated with underperforming stores.

NOTE 5 - FINANCING AND LONG-TERM DEBT

          On June 2, 2000, the Company entered into a three year, $450.0 million debtor-in-possession financing agreement (the "DIP Financing Agreement") with a lender to finance, among other things, the Company's working capital requirements during Chapter 11 reorganization proceedings. Borrowings under the DIP Financing Agreement are limited to the availability under a borrowing base which includes eligible inventory and accounts receivable and certain leasehold interests. Borrowings under the DIP Financing Agreement are payable upon maturity and the daily interest rates are based upon a Base rate or Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin based on availability as set forth in the DIP Financing Agreement. As of February 3, 2001, availability under the DIP Financing Agreement was $116.2 million. The weighted average borrowing rate for the $224.3 million outstanding under the DIP Financing Agreement at February 3, 2001 was 9.3%.

          Initial borrowings under the DIP Financing Agreement were used to terminate the Company's existing Accounts Receivable Securitization Program, retire the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and for certain closing costs associated with the DIP Financing Agreement. As a result of the termination of the Company's existing Accounts Receivable Securitization Program, accounts receivable generated under the Company's private label credit card program are no longer transferred to the Trust, but, rather, owned by SRI. Such receivables, along with substantially all of the Company's other assets, serve as collateral for the DIP Financing Agreement.

          The DIP Financing Agreement contains covenants which, among other things, restrict the (i) incurrence of additional debt, (ii) incurrence of capital lease obligations, (iii) aggregate amount of capital expenditures and (iv) transactions with related parties. In addition, the DIP Financing Agreement requires the Company to maintain compliance with a certain specified level of earnings before depreciation, interest, taxes and special charges.

          As a result of the bankruptcy filing, all pre-petition debt has been classified as liabilities subject to compromise under reorganization proceedings after the Petition Date. As discussed in Note 1, payment of this debt, including principal and interest payments due on the maturity of debt obligations, is stayed during the Chapter 11 proceedings unless the stay is lifted by the Court.

          Pre-petition long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

    February 3,   January 29,
   

2001

 

2000

Senior Notes  

$200,000

 

$200,000

Senior Subordinated Notes, net of discount   100,000   99,721
Pre-Petition Credit Facility   190,916   185,000
Other long-term debt   24,799   17,502
_________ _________
    515,715   502,223
Less debt classified as liabilities subject to        
   compromise under reorganization proceedings   515,715   -
Less debt classified as current   -   492,393
Less current maturities   -   9,830
_________ _________
   

$-

 

$-

======= =======

          As discussed in Note 1, the Company was in default under its various pre-petition debt agreements. Therefore, the Company's debt has been classified as current prior to the Petition Date.

          The Senior Notes were issued during June 1997 by SRI with a principal amount of $200.0 million, bear interest at 8.5% payable semi-annually on January 15 and July 15, and mature July 15, 2005. The Senior Notes are general unsecured obligations and rank senior to all subordinated debt of SRI including the Senior Subordinated Notes.

          The Senior Subordinated Notes were issued during June 1997 by SRI with a principal amount of $100.0 million and at a discount which results in a combined effective interest rate of 9.03%. The Senior Subordinated Notes bear interest at 9% payable semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 and mature July 15, 2007. The Senior Subordinated Notes are subordinated to the obligations under the Senior Notes.

          Concurrently with the issuance of the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes, SRI entered into a new credit facility, maturing on June 14, 2002, with a group of lenders (the "Pre-Petition Credit Facility"). The Pre-Petition Credit Facility provided for: (i) a $100.0 million working capital and letter of credit facility (the "Working Capital Facility"), of which up to $50 million could be used for letters of credit; and (ii) a $100.0 million expansion facility (the "Expansion Facility"). A commitment fee on the unused commitments of each of the Working Capital Facility and Expansion Facility was payable quarterly in arrears. The amount of the commitment fee was determined based on the Adjusted Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Pre-Petition Credit Facility), and ranged from 0.25% to 0.50% per annum. Advances under the Working Capital Facility and Expansion Facility bore interest at the Company's option, at the Base Rate plus the applicable Margin Percentage or at the Eurodollar Rate plus the applicable Margin Percentage (each as defined in the Pre-Petition Credit Facility). A portion of the Pre-Petition Credit Facility is collateralized by SRI's distribution center located in Jacksonville, Texas, including equipment located therein and a pledge of SRPC stock. The net book value of the distribution center was approximately $4.9 million at February 3, 2001.

          In connection with various acquisitions, the Company has other pre-petition indebtedness, which bears interest between 7% and 12% and have maturity dates between 2000 through 2004.

          Given the matters discussed in Note 1, the current market value of the Company's long-term debt would be substantially below the recorded amounts and is not readily estimable.

NOTE 6 - REORGANIZATION PROCEEDINGS

           Liabilities Subject to Compromise Under Reorganization Proceedings: Those petition date liabilities that are expected to be paid or compromised under a plan of reorganization are separately classified in the consolidated balance sheet and include the following items as of February 3, 2001:

Long-term debt  

$515,715

Accrued interest on pre-petition long-term debt   10,706
Accounts payable   19,569
Reserve for lease rejection claims   25,014
Accrued expenses and other liabilities   3,964
    ________
Total  

$574,968

    ======

          In accordance with the Chapter 11 reorganization process, the Company has complied with the requirement to notify all known or potential creditors for purpose of identifying all pre-petition date claims against the Company. Generally, creditors had until October 9, 2000 (the "bar date") to file claims or be barred from asserting claims in the future, except in instances where claims relating to any future rejection of executory contracts as part of the Chapter 11 Proceedings and certain other claims. A supplemental bar date of November 28, 2000 was established with respect to governmental agency claims.

          The amounts above vary significantly from the stated amount of proofs of claim that were filed by the bar date. The differences between claim amounts scheduled by the Company and the claim amounts filed are being investigated and will be either amicably resolved or adjudicated before the Court. The amounts in total will be subject to future adjustment depending on Court action, further developments with respect to potential disputed claims, determination as to the value of any collateral securing claims, or other events. Additional claims may arise from the rejection of additional real estate leases and executory contracts by the Company.

          As a result of the Chapter 11 filing, no principal or interest payments will be made on most pre-petition debt without Court approval or until a plan of reorganization providing for the repayment terms has been confirmed by the Court and becomes effective. Interest on pre-petition unsecured obligations has not been accrued after the Petition Date. Contractual interest expense of $19.3 million was not recorded for the period June 1, 2000 through February 3, 2001.

           Reorganization Items and Store Closure Costs: The net expense resulting from the Company's Chapter 11 Proceedings, subsequent reorganization efforts and prior year store closures are as follows (in thousands):

   

2000

 

1999

Costs associated with the store closures  

$76,778

 

$44,237

Professional fees associated with the bankruptcy   10,515   -
Write-off of pre-petition debt issue costs and        
   original issue discount   17,987   -
Write-down of undivided interest in accounts        
   receivable trust   6,155   -
Other   2,801   -
    _ _______   _______
Total  

$114,236

 

$44,237

    = =====   = =====

           During 2000, as part of the restructuring process, the Court approved the Company's plan to close 241 stores (the "2000 Store Closing Program"). The 2000 Store Closing Program was conducted in two phases, the first of which was completed during the third quarter of 2000. The second phase, which commenced in January 2001, was completed in April 2001. The Company engaged third parties to manage the inventory liquidation process in these stores. Cost associated with these closures of $76.8 million consisted of approximately $16.9 million loss on inventory, including the cost to dispose, approximately $19.4 million for severance, for affected store employees, and lease termination damage claims, while the balance related primarily to the write-offs of prepaid supplies and signage, fixed assets and other intangibles associated with these stores.

          During the second quarter of 1999, the Company implemented a store closure program under which the Company closed 35 underperforming stores during the last three quarters of 1999. During the fourth quarter of 1999, the Company implemented a store closure program to close an additional 64 stores. In connection with these closures, the Company recorded $59.0 million of pretax costs, of which $14.8 million is included in cost of sales while the remaining $44.2 million is included in reorganization items and store closure costs. Of the $59.0 million of costs, approximately $9.4 million represents severance and lease termination costs, approximately $2.8 million represents a reserve for uncollectible accounts receivable associated with the Company's private label credit card program, approximately $3.4 million represents write-off of prepaid supplies and signage, approximately $14.8 million represents a lower of cost or market reserve related to the inventory being liquidated in the stores in the store closure program, while the balance relates primarily to the write-off of fixed assets and intangibles associated with these stores. As of January 29, 2000, the accompanying balance sheet includes a lower of cost or market reserve of $6.2 million related to the inventory remaining to be liquidated in the stores in the closure program and $8.2 million for estimated severance and lease termination costs to be paid.

          The 340 stores that were included in the 2000 and 1999 Store Closure Programs had the following operating results prior to store closure charges (in thousands):

   

2000

 

1999

 

1998

Net sales   $195,030   $318,225   $337,367
Cost of sales including occupancy costs   163,632   250,741   255,157
Direct operating expense   39,517   73,383   72,084
___________ ___________ ___________
Contribution before corporate allocations   $(8,119)   $(5,899)   $10,126
========= ========= =========
NOTE 7 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

          The Company's authorized common equity securities consist of par value $0.01 per share common stock ("Common Stock") and par value $0.01 per share Class B common stock ("Class B Common Stock"). Except as otherwise described herein, all shares of Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are identical and entitle the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges (except with respect to voting privileges). Holders of Class B Common Stock may elect at any time to convert any or all of such shares into Common Stock, on a share-for-share basis, to the extent the holder thereof is not prohibited from owning additional voting securities by virtue of regulatory restrictions. The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Except as required by law, holders of Class B Common Stock do not have the right to vote on any matters to be voted upon by the stockholders.

          In November 1998, the Company adopted a Stockholder Rights Plan designed to protect Company stockholders in the event of takeover activity that would deny them the full value of their investment. Terms of this plan provide for a dividend distribution of one right for each share of Common Stock of the Company to holders of record at the close of business on November 13, 1998. The rights will become exercisable only in the event, with certain exceptions, a person or group of affiliated or associated persons accumulates 15% or more of the Company's voting stock, or if a person or group announces an offer to acquire 15% or more. The rights will expire on November 10, 2008. Each right will entitle the holder to buy one one-hundred thousandth of a share of a new series of preferred stock at a price of $60. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events, holders of the rights would be entitled to purchase either Company stock or shares in an "acquiring entity" at half of market value. Further, at any time after a person or group acquires 15% or more (but less than 50%) of the Company's outstanding voting stock, the Board of Directors may, at its option, exchange part or all of the Rights (other than Rights held by the acquiring person or group, which would become void) for shares of the Company's common stock on a one-for-one basis. The Company generally will be entitled to redeem the rights at $0.01 per right at any time until the tenth day following the acquisition of a 15% position in its voting stock.

NOTE 8 - STOCK OPTION PLANS

          In 1993, the Company adopted the Third Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan (the "1993 Stock Option Plan") designed to provide incentives to present and future executive, managerial and other key employees and advisors to the Company (the "Participants") as selected by the Board of Directors or the compensation committee of the Board of Directors (the "Board"). All options granted under the 1993 Stock Option Plan were non-qualified within the meaning of Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code. The number of shares of common stock which could be granted under the 1993 Stock Option Plan was 1,894,540 shares. As of February 3, 2001, there were 201,524 options outstanding under the 1993 Stock Option Plan.

           During 1996, the Company adopted the 1996 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan"). The Incentive Plan provides for the granting of the following types of awards: stock options, stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), restricted stock, performance units, performance grants and other types of awards that the Board deems to be consistent with the purposes of the Incentive Plan. An aggregate of 3,500,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the Incentive Plan. No Participant shall be entitled to receive grants of common stock, stock options or SARs with respect to common stock, in any calendar year in excess of 400,000 shares in the aggregate. As of February 3, 2001, there were 567,282 options and 44,026 shares of restricted stock outstanding under the Incentive Plan.

          The Board has exclusive discretion to select the Participants and to determine the type, size and terms of each award, to modify the terms of awards, to determine when awards will be granted and paid, and to make all other determinations which it deems necessary or desirable in the interpretation and administration of the Incentive Plan. The Incentive Plan is scheduled to terminate ten years from the date that the Incentive Plan was initially approved and adopted by the stockholders of the Company, unless extended for up to an additional five years by action of the Board. With limited exceptions, including termination of employment as a result of death, disability or retirement, or except as otherwise determined by the Board, rights to these forms of contingent compensation are forfeited if a recipient's employment or performance of services terminates within a specified period following the award. Generally, a Participant's rights and interest under the Incentive Plan will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

          Options are rights to purchase a specified number of shares of common stock at a price fixed by the Board. The option price may be equal to or greater than the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock, but in no event less than the fair market value on the date of grant. Options granted under the 1993 Stock Option Plan generally become exercisable in installments of 20% per year on each of the first through the fifth anniversaries of the grant date and have a maximum term of ten years. Options granted under the Incentive Plan generally become exercisable in installments of 25% per year on each of the first through fourth anniversaries of the grant date and have a maximum term of ten years.

A summary of the option activity under the various plans follows:

        Weighted
    Number of   Average
    Outstanding   Option
   

Options

 

Price

Options outstanding at January 31, 1998   1,714,093   12.39
   Granted   505,200   38.08
   Surrendered   (147,185)   26.35
   Exercised   (217,218)   4.57
    __________   __________
Options outstanding at January 30, 1999   1,854,890   19.15
   Granted   497,608   6.80
   Surrendered   (144,107)   25.94
   Exercised   (97,784)   0.84
    __________   __________
Options outstanding at January 29, 2000   2,110,607   16.62
   Granted   391,000   14.62
   Surrendered   (1,732,801)   13.86
   Exercised   -   -
    __________   __________
Options outstanding at February 3, 2001   768,806   14.62
    ========   ========

           Exercisable options under the various plans at January 29, 2000 and January 30, 1999 were 751,489 and 526,752 with a weighted average exercise price of $14.56 and $7.88, respectively. A summary of outstanding and exercisable options as of February 3, 2001 follows:
            Weighted        
        Weighted   Average       Weighted
    Number of   Average   Remaining   Number of   Average
Option   Outstanding   Exercise   Contractual   Exercisable   Exercise

Price

 

Options

 

Price

 

Life

 

Options

 

Price

$0.11 - $3.75   227,649   $1.78   7.6   74,244   $2.72
5.28 - 8.00   257,829   6.42   7.0   106,218   5.97
10.50 - 11.63   53,651   10.52   7.6   27,876   10.52
19.50 - 22.38   103,527   21.81   6.0   63,284   21.97
28.88 - 37.63   10,500   36.67   6.8   7,375   36.61
51.63 - 51.88   115,650   51.63   7.2   57,825   51.63
__________ __________
    768,806   14.62       336,822   17.15
======== ========

A summary of the restricted stock activity under the various plans follows:

        Weighted
        Average
        Grant
    Number of   Date
   

Shares

 

Fair value

Restricted stock grants outstanding at January 31, 1998   220,000   $ 32.04
   Granted   73,300   41.48
   Surrendered   -   -
   Issuance of vested shares   -   -
    ________    
Restricted stock grants outstanding at January 30, 1999   293,300   34.40
   Granted   123,750   6.45
   Surrendered   (20,475)   35.00
   Issuance of vested shares   (18,050)   41.38
    ________    
Restricted stock grants outstanding at January 29, 2000   378,525   24.90
   Granted   -   -
   Surrendered   (322,676)   25.19
   Issuance of vested shares   (11,823)   34.89
    ________    
Restricted stock grants outstanding at February 3, 2001   44,026   21.55
    ======    
          The 1999 and 1998 grants vest 25% per year on each of the first through fourth anniversary dates of the grant date and contain certain accelerated vesting provisions. Prior year grants vested at the end of a three-year period and contained certain accelerated vesting provisions. The issuance of shares, which have vested, has been recorded as non-cash increase in stockholders equity.

          The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" in accounting for its plans. Compensation expense was ($4.6) million, $3.1 million and $3.2 million in 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The credit to expense in 2000 was the result of restricted stock grants surrendered during 2000. The following pro forma data is calculated as if compensation cost for the Company's stock option plans were determined based upon the fair value at the grant date for awards under these plans consistent with the methodology prescribed under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation":

   

      Fiscal Year

   

2000

 

1999

 

1998

             
Pro forma net income (loss) (in thousands)   $ (164,364)   $ (283,396)   $ 1,106
Pro forma basic earnings (loss) per common share   (5.85)   (10.11)   0.04
Pro forma diluted earnings (loss) per common share   (5.85)   (10.11)   0.04
Weighted average grant-date value of options granted   10.50   5.63   22.30
          The fair value of the options granted is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions for 2000: no dividend yield; volatility of 100%; risk-free interest rate of 4.8%; assumed forfeiture rate at 100.00% and an expected life of 3.94 years. For 1999, the following assumptions were used: no dividend yield; volatility of 88.95%; risk-free interest rate of 6.7%; assumed forfeiture rate at 100.00% and an expected life of 7.86 years. For 1998, the following assumptions were used: no dividend yield; volatility of 47.32%; risk-free interest rate of 4.9%; assumed forfeiture rate of 71.27% and an expected life of 7.8 years.

NOTE 9 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

          Pension benefits for employees are provided under the SSI Restated Retirement Plan (the "Retirement Plan"), a qualified defined benefit plan. Benefits are administered through a trust arrangement which provides monthly payments or lump sum distributions. The Retirement Plan covers substantially all employees who have completed one year of service with 1,000 hours of service as of June 30, 1998. Benefits under the plan are based upon a percentage of the participant's earnings during each year of credited service. Supplemental pension benefits for certain key executives were provided under the SRI Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "Supplemental Retirement Plan"), a non-qualified defined benefit plan. The Supplemental Retirement Plan was terminated by the Board of Directors on March 7, 2000. At the time of termination, there were no participants eligible for benefits under this plan. The Company recorded a $0.6 million gain associated with the plan termination.

Information regarding the Retirement Plan and the Supplemental Retirement Plan is as follows (in thousands):

    February 3,   January 29,
   

2001

 

2000

Change in benefit obligation:        
Benefit obligation at beginning of year  

$29,170

 

$31,639

Service cost   222   731
Interest cost   2,153   2,109
Actuarial (gain) loss   1,957   (2,860)
Plan disbursements   (2,611)   (2,449)
Plan termination   (1,091)   -
_________ _________
Projected benefit obligation at end of year   29,800   29,170
_________ _________
         
Change in plan assets:        
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year   23,231   21,711
Actual return on plan assets   (13)   1,089
Employer contributions   6,733   2,880
Plan disbursements   (2,611)   (2,449)
_________ _________
Fair value of plan assets at end of year   27,340   23,231
_________ _________
         
Funded status   (2,460)   (5,939)
Unrecognized prior service cost   -   306
Unrecognized net actuarial loss   10,828   7,317
_________ _________
Net amount recognized   $8,368   $1,684
======= =======
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet consist of:        
Accrued benefit liability  

$(2,460)

 

$(5,427)

Accumulated other comprehensive income   10,828   7,111
_________ _________
Net amount recognized  

$8,368

 

$1,684

======= =======
    February 3,   January 29,
   

2001

 

2000

Weighted-average assumptions as of year end:        
Discount rate   7.75%   7.00%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets   9.00%   9.00%
Rate of annual compensation increase   N/A   5.00%
Rate of increase in maximum benefit and compensation limits   N/A   N/A
Assumed rate of increase in taxable wage base   N/A   N/A


          The components of pension cost for the Retirement Plan and the Supplemental Retirement Plan were as follows (in thousands):

   

Fiscal Year

   

2000

 

1999

 

1998

Net periodic pension cost for the fiscal year ended:            
Service cost  

$222

 

$731

 

$917

Interest cost   2,153   2,109   2,191
Expected return on plan assets   (2,166)   (1,888)   (2,367)
Amortization of prior service cost   0   20   18
Recognized actuarial loss   419   512   127
    __________   __________   __________
Net periodic pension cost  

$628

 

$ 1,484

 

$886

    ========   ========   ========

          Included in accrued expenses and other accrued liabilities is $2.0 million and $6.3 million at February 3, 2001 and January 29, 2000, respectively, for estimated contributions to the Retirement Plan in 2001 and 2000, respectively.

          The Company's funding policy for the Retirement Plan is to contribute the minimum amount required by applicable regulations. Retirement Plan assets include 100,000 shares of Stage Stores common stock purchased during the Company's initial public offering.

          Effective June 30, 1998, the Retirement Plan was frozen. There will be no future benefit accruals after that date. Any service after that date will continue to count toward vesting and eligibility for normal and early retirement. The Company recorded a gain in 1998 of $2.0 million associated with the plan curtailment.

          The Company has a contributory 401(k) savings plan covering substantially all qualifying employees. Under the 401(k), participants may contribute up to 15% of their qualifying earnings, subject to certain restrictions. The Company currently matches 50% of each participant's contributions, limited to 6% of each participant's salary. The Company's matching contributions were approximately $0.8 million for 2000, $1.0 million for 1999 and $0.8 million for 1998.

NOTE 10 - OPERATING LEASES

          The Company leases stores, service center facilities, the corporate headquarters and equipment under operating leases. A number of store leases provide for escalating minimum rent. Rental expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of such leases. The majority of the Company's store leases provide for contingent rentals, generally based upon a percentage of net sales. The Company has renewal options for most of its store leases; such leases generally require that the Company pay for utilities, taxes and maintenance expense. A summary of rental expense associated with operating leases follows (in thousands):

       

Fiscal Year

       

2000

 

1999

 

1998

Minimum rentals      

$44,092

 

$51,926

 

$48,022

Contingent rentals       2,564   3,838   3,993
Equipment rentals       5,871   4,544   3,854
        _____________   _____________   _____________
       

$52,527

 

$60,308

 

$55,869

        ==========   ==========   ==========
          Minimum rental commitments on long-term operating leases at February 3, 2001, net of sub-leases, are as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal Year    
2001   $28,862
2002   24,323
2003   20,307
2004   16,542
2005   12,169
Thereafter   56,742
________
    $158,945
======

NOTE 11 - INCOME TAXES

          All Company operations are domestic. Income tax expense charged to continuing operations consisted of the following (in thousands):

   

  Fiscal Year

   

2000

 

1999

 

1998

Federal income tax expense (benefit):            
   Current  

$ -

 

$-

 

$(66)

   Deferred   -   28,617   3,246
________ ________ ________
    -   28,617   3,180
________ ________ ________
State income tax expense (benefit):            
   Current   48   66   150
   Deferred   -   (8,466)   (875)
________ ________ ________
    48   (8,400)   (725)
________ ________ ________
   

$48

 

$20,217

 

$2,455

====== ====== ======

          Reconciliation between the federal income tax expenses charged to continuing operations computed at statutory tax rates and the actual income tax expense recorded follows (in thousands):

   

Fiscal Year

   

2000

 

1999

 

1998

Federal income tax expense at the statutory rate  

$ (56,758)

 

 $(91,585)

 

$2,159

State income taxes, net   (4,546)   (5,460)   (471)
Goodwill amortization   -   26,040   742
Permanent differences, net   1,070   1,674   25
Valuation allowance   60,282   89,548   -
    _______   _______   _______
   

$48

 

$20,217

 

$2,455

    = ====   =====   =====

           In connection with the early retirement of debt, the Company recorded an extraordinary charge of $0.7 million in 1999, net of applicable income taxes of $0.0 million. During 1999, the Company recorded a charge of $3.9 million in connection with the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle reporting costs of start-up activities, net of applicable income taxes of $0.0 million.

Deferred tax liabilities (assets) consist of the following (in thousands):

    February 3,   January 29,
   

2001

 

2000

Gross deferred tax liabilities:        
   State income taxes  

$7,929

 

$5,183

   Inventory reserves   5,101   -
   Other   3,002   5,711
_________ _________
    16,032   10,894
    _________   _________
Gross deferred tax assets:        
   Net operating loss carryforwards   (116,307)   (74,747)
   Bad debt reserve   (13,367)   -
   Retained Certificates   -   (3,033)
   AMT tax credit carryforward   (2,686)   (2,686)
   Depreciation and amortization   (12,984)   (2,860)
   Accrued expenses   (8,893)   (5,109)
   Pensions   (1,048)   (2,599)
   Lease obligations   (11,470)   (5,884)
   Inventory reserves   -   (2,841)
   Other   (557)   (683)
_________ _________
    (167,312)   (100,442)
Valuation allowance   151,280   89,548
_________ _________
Net deferred tax assets  

$-

 

$-

======= =======

          The net change in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was an increase of $61.7 million and $89.5 million in 2000 and 1999, respectively. The Company has provided a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets due to the uncertainties concerning realization as a result of the Company's Chapter 11 filing.

          The Company has net operating loss carry forwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $283.1 million, which if not utilized will expire in varying amounts between 2007 and 2022. The Company has net operating loss carry forwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $303.9 million, which if not utilized, will expire in varying amounts between 2002 and 2022. The Company's ability to utilize net operating loss carry forwards may be limited if certain changes in ownership occur or as a result of the bankruptcy process.

NOTE 12 - QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Unaudited quarterly financial data is summarized as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

   

Fiscal Year 2000

   

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Net sales  

$230,352

$215,455

$216,582

$289,885

Gross profit   58,318 39,204 50,155 90,405
Net loss   (24,201) (97,837) (15,938) (24,239)
Basic loss per common share   (0.86) (3.48) (0.57) (0.86)
Diluted loss per common share   (0.86) (3.48) (0.57) (0.86)
           
   

Fiscal Year 1999

   

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Net sales  

$262,591

$269,848

$264,327

$324,801

Gross profit   70,359 74,021 77,203 2,867
Income (loss) before extraordinary item and          
   cumulative effect of change in accounting principle   (2,269) (15,091) 224 (260,067)
Extraordinary item, net of tax - early retirement of debt   - - - (749)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax          
   reporting costs of start-up activities   (2,402) - - (1,536)
Net income (loss)   (4,671) (15,091) 224 (262,352)
           
Basic earnings (loss) per common share data:          
Basic earnings (loss) per common share before extraordinary          
   item and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle   (0.08) (0.54) 0.01 (9.26)
Extraordinary item - early retirement of debt, net of tax   - - - (0.03)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle - reporting          
   costs of start-up activities, net of tax   (0.09) - - (0.05)
Basic earnings (loss) per common share   (0.17) (0.54) 0.01 (9.34)
           
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share data:          
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share before extraordinary          
   item and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle   (0.08) (0.54) 0.01 (9.26)
Extraordinary item - early retirement of debt, net of tax   - - - (0.03)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle - reporting          
   costs of start-up activities, net of tax   (0.09) - - (0.05)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share   (0.17) (0.54) 0.01 (9.34)

          During the fourth quarter of 1999, the Company recorded certain one-time pretax charges aggregating $205.7 million, including $62.0 million of charges to cost of sales related to store closings, lower of cost or market reserves for seasonal inventory and LIFO inventory reserves, $26.0 million of impairment charges associated with underperforming stores, $89.6 million write-off of goodwill and other intangible assets and $22.8 million of other store closure costs.

NOTE 13 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

          At February 3, 2001, the Company has a loan outstanding with a current executive officer in the amount of $0.3 million. The loan bears interest of 8.0% and is secured by a pledge of the shares of common stock owned by such executive.

          During 2000, the Company settled loans, which were outstanding at January 29, 2000, with two former executive officers in an aggregate principal amount of $1.0 million, of which $0.5 million was charged to the reserve for uncollectibility provided for during 1999.

          On February 21, 2000, Carl Tooker left employment with the Company, effective that date. Mr. Tooker was Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company. Mr. Tooker's departure followed an inquiry conducted by a Special Committee consisting of all of the non-management members of the Board of Directors, which reviewed certain transactions between the Company and Mr. Tooker. The effects of the transactions reviewed have been reflected in the Company's results for prior periods, and the Committee believes they are not material to the financial condition or operations of the Company. However, these transactions had not been properly reported to the Company's Board of Directors.

          The Company purchased Mr. Tooker's personal residence in 1997 at a price specified by him, and assumed all liability for the property, including upkeep and existing debt payments, until it was sold in 1999. The Company sustained a loss of $806,556 as a result of this transaction.

          In May 1997 the Company entered into a severance agreement and a separate consulting contract in connection with the separation of an employee who shortly thereafter became Mr. Tooker's spouse. The Company recorded in its books and records payments to or for the benefit of his spouse beginning in May 1997, and ending in August 1998, totaling $608,317. The Special Committee also determined that while employed by the Company in 1996 and 1997, this employee entered into transactions with a company with whom her sister was believed to be affiliated, in which the Company paid a total of $313,260 for purchases of clothing inventory. The Special Committee did not find any overcharges with respect to the inventory purchases.

          The Special Committee further determined that during the years 1997 through 1999, the Company maintained a contractual relationship with Stage Planning and Design, Inc. ("SPAD"), believed to be a wholly owned subsidiary of U.S. Builders, Inc., to manage the construction of store remodeling. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company was required to and did reimburse or pay direct all of SPAD's costs, including all payroll expenses. In 1997, the Company paid SPAD in excess of $2.4 million, and in 1998 in excess of $9.9 million. Until late 1999, Mr. Tooker's son-in-law was an officer and project manager for SPAD, whose compensation was included as a reimbursable expense billed to the Company during this time. Although the expenditures were recorded on the Company's books and records for the years in which they were accrued, the relationship involving Mr. Tooker's son-in-law was not previously discussed with and approved by the Board of Directors.

          The Company sought to recover not less than an aggregate of $2,755,672 for debt owed by Mr. Tooker to the Company pursuant to loans and promissory notes Mr. Tooker caused the Company to make to him while serving as President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board and for damages as a result of other transactions between the Company and Mr. Tooker. On March 20, 2001, the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Proceedings entered an order that authorized the Company and its subsidiaries to enter into and perform a Compromise, Settlement and Release Agreement dated January 31, 2001 with Mr. Tooker and his wife (the "Settlement Agreement"). Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, Mr. Tooker and his wife executed a promissory note dated March 30, 2001 payable to SRI in the principal sum of $1,215,567 (the "Maximum Principal Amount"), with an annual interest rate of 6.5%, and with a maturity date of February 11, 2011 (the "Note"). The Note provides that in the event $532,000 of the Maximum Principal Amount is paid on or before August 1, 2008 as provided in the Note, the remaining unpaid Maximum Principal Amount will not be payable and will be irrevocably waived by SRI. On March 30, 2001, Mr. Tooker also resigned from the Company's Board of Directors and as an officer of the Company and all of its affiliates, in both cases with the resignations to be deemed effective as of February 21, 2000.

          In connection with the aforementioned matters, the Company has received and responded to an information request as part of an informal inquiry by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

NOTE 14 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

           Litigation: From time to time the Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of their business. Due to the bankruptcy case described below, certain of the cases described below have been stayed pursuant to the automatic stay of the Court. These cases require Court approval or must be specifically exempt for litigation proceedings to continue.

          On March 30, 1999, a class action lawsuit was filed against the Company and certain of its officers, directors and stockholders in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division by John C. Weld, Jr., a stockholder who purchased 125 shares of the Company's common stock on August 3, 1998, alleging violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated there under (the "Weld Suit"). The Company believes that the allegations of the Weld Suit are without merit, and on July 23, 1999, the Company filed a motion to dismiss. United States District Judge Kenneth Hoyt entered an order on December 8, 1999 dismissing the Weld Suit. Mr. Weld has appealed the order, and the Company has now agreed to an order by the Bankruptcy Court lifting the automatic stay to permit the appeal to go forward. The matter has been briefed and is pending for review by the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit (the "Fifth Circuit"). The Company believes that the Fifth Circuit should affirm the dismissal. If the Fifth Circuit affirms this ruling, the plaintiffs in the Weld Suit will have the option to appeal that decision to the United States Supreme Court, but the United States Supreme Court may or may not decide to hear the appeal.

          In March 2000, eleven former employees of SRI d/b/a Palais Royal, filed two separate suits in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas against the Company, SRI and Mary Elizabeth Pena, arising out of alleged conduct occurring over an unspecified time while the plaintiffs were working at one or more Palais Royal stores in the Houston, Texas area. The plaintiffs allege that on separate occasions they were falsely accused of stealing merchandise and other company property and giving discounts for purchases against company policy. The suits accuse the defendants of defamation, false imprisonment, intentional infliction of mental distress, assault and violation of the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations (RICO) Act. The claims seek unspecified damages for mental anguish, lost earnings, exemplary damages, treble damages, interest, attorneys' fees and costs. The Company denies the allegations and intends to vigorously defend the claims. It is expected that these claims will be submitted to binding arbitration through the Company's compulsory ADR Program for employee disputes.

          On June 1, 2000, the Company, SRI and SRI NV filed voluntary petitions under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division. During the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Company has continued to manage and operate its assets and business as a debtor-in-possession, pending the formulation and confirmation of a reorganization plan and subject to the supervision and orders of the Court. Additionally, an unsecured creditor committee was formed and has the right to review and participate in the Chapter 11 Proceedings.

          On November 3, 2000, the Company received a copy of the SEC's August 3, 2000 Order Directing Private Investigation "In the Matter of Stage Stores, Inc." (the "SEC Order"). The SEC Order is a confidential document directing a non-public investigation into related party transactions previously reported by the Company on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2000. The Company is cooperating with the SEC in the investigation.

          The Company was named as one of 135 defendants in a patent infringement action brought by The Lemelson Medical, Education & Research Foundation, in the United States District Court for the District of Arizona. The plaintiff claims to be the owner of various patents covering optical scanning devices commonly used by retail outlets at checkout counters to scan prices for customer purchases. The complaint seeks injunctive relief to prevent alleged continuing infringement and unspecified damages for alleged past infringement. The court and the plaintiff were advised of the Company's Chapter 11 Proceeding, and the Company has asserted the protection of the automatic stay. The remaining defendants have formed a common defense group and plan to vigorously defend against the claims. The Company disputes the plaintiff's allegations and plans to monitor the action closely.

          In the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Company engaged in litigation with General Electric Capital Corporation ("GE Capital") regarding the proceeds received from the Company's sale of an aircraft (the "Aircraft") which was financed by GE Capital. On July 19, 2000, the Court entered its Order Authorizing Sale of Aircraft Located in Houston, Texas, Subject to All Liens Attaching to the Proceeds and Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 363, which enabled the Company to sell the Aircraft but provided that excess proceeds in the amount of $1,065,217 would be held in escrow, pending resolution of the entitlement to such proceeds. On January 1, 2001, in its Order Authorizing Disbursement of "Excess Proceeds" Upon Sale of Aircraft and the Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law Concerning Entitlement to "Excess Proceeds" After Sale of Aircraft, the Court ordered that GE Capital was entitled to the excess proceeds. The Company has appealed this ruling and this matter is currently before the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas.

          Management believes that none of the matters in which the Company or its subsidiaries are currently involved, either individually or in the aggregate, is material to the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company or its subsidiaries.

           Letters of Credit: The Company issues letters of credit to support certain merchandise purchases which are required to be collateralized. The Company had outstanding letters of credit totaling approximately $2.4 million at February 3, 2001, all of which were collateralized by the DIP Financing Agreement (see Note 5). These letters of credit expire within twelve months of issuance.

           Concentration of Credit Risk: Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and accounts receivable. The Company's cash management and investment policies restrict investments to low-risk, highly-liquid securities and the Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions with which it deals. The credit risk associated with the accounts receivable is limited by the large number of customers in the Company's customer base. The Company's customers primarily reside in the central United States.

NOTE 15 - CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

          SRI is the primary obligor under the long-term indebtedness issued in connection with the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes (see Note 5). Stage Stores and SRI NV, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Stage Stores (which was incorporated during June, 1997), are guarantors under such indebtedness. The consolidating condensed financial information for Stage Stores and its wholly-owned subsidiaries are presented below.

Consolidating Condensed Balance Sheet  
February 3, 2001  
(in thousands)  
           
  Specialty   Specialty    
  Retailers, Stage Retailers,   Stage Stores
 

Inc.

Stores, Inc.

Inc. (NV)

Eliminations

Consolidated

ASSETS          
Cash and cash equivalents

$17,285

$ 2

$3,223

$-

$20,510

Accounts receivable 272,435 - - - 272,435
Merchandise inventories, net 218,683 - - - 218,683
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 15,577 - - - 15,577

_________________________________________

   Total current assets 523,980 2 3,223 - 527,205
           
Property, equipment and leasehold          
   improvements, net 128,811 - - - 128,811
Other assets 9,921 - 62 - 9,983

_________________________________________

   Total assets

$662,712

$2

$3,285

$ -

$665,999

====================================

           
LIABILITIES AND          
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY          
(DEFICIT)          
Accounts payable

$56,224

$-

$-

$ -

$56,224

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 46,644 - - - 46,644
Debtor-in-possession facility 224,288 - - - 224,288

_________________________________________

   Total current liabilities 327,156 - - - 327,156
           
Other long-term liabilities 4,362 - - - 4,362
Intercompany notes/advances 192,370 (472) (191,898) - -
Investment in subsidiaries - 240,961 - (240,961) -
Liabilities subject to compromise under          
   reorganization proceedings 574,968 - - - 574,968

_________________________________________

Total liabilities 1,098,856 240,489 (191,898) (240,961) 906,486

_________________________________________

Preferred Stock - - - - -
Common stock - 268 - - 268
Class B common stock - 13 - - 13
Additional paid-in capital 3,317 267,002 160,915 (164,232) 267,002
Accumulated earnings (deficit) (431,406) (499,715) 34,268 397,138 (499,715)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (8,055) (8,055) - 8,055 (8,055)
_________________________________________
   Stockholders' equity (deficit) (436,144) (240,487) 195,183 240,961 (240,487)
_________________________________________
           
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)

$662,712

$2

$3,285

$-

$665,999

====================================


Consolidating Condensed Balance Sheet  
January 29, 2000  
(in thousands)  
           
  Specialty   Specialty    
  Retailers, Stage Retailers,   Stage Stores
 

Inc.

Stores, Inc.

Inc. (NV)

Eliminations

Consolidated

ASSETS          
Cash and cash equivalents

$18,077

$102

$2,000

$-

$20,179

Undivided interest in accounts receivable trust 41,600 - - - 41,600
Merchandise inventories, net 261,104 - - - 261,104
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 23,866 - - - 23,866
 

___________________________________________

   Total current assets 344,647 102 2,000 - 346,749
           
Property, equipment and leasehold          
   improvements, net 180,761 - 1,073 - 181,834
Other assets 26,044 - 60 - 26,104
 

___________________________________________

   Total assets

$ 551,452

$102

$3,133

$-

$554,687

 

======================================

LIABILITIES AND          
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY          
(DEFICIT)          
Account payable

$40,955

$-

$-

$-

$40,955

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 72,155 22 - - 72,177
Current portion of long-term debt 9,830 - - - 9,830
Long-term debt classified as current 492,393 - - - 492,393
 

_________________________________________________

   Total current liabilities 615,333 22 - - 615,355
           
Long-term debt - - - - -
Other long-term liabilities 14,299 - - - 14,299
Intercompany notes/advances 187,279 18

(187,297)

- -
Investment in subsidiaries - 75,029 - (75,029) -
  _________________________________________________
   Total liabilities 816,911 75,069 (187,297) (75,029) 629,654
  _________________________________________________
Preferred stock - - - - -
Common stock - 268 - - 268
Class B common stock - 13 - - 13
Additional paid-in capital 3,317 266,590 160,915 (164,232) 266,590
Accumulated earnings (deficit) (264,438) (337,500) 29,515 234,923 (337,500)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (4,338) (4,338) - 4,338 (4,338)
  _________________________________________________
   Stockholders' equity (deficit) (265,459) (74,967) 190,430 75,029 (74,967)
  _________________________________________________
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)

$551,452

$102

$3,133

$-

$554,687

 

======================================


Consolidating Condensed Statement of Operations  
Fiscal Year ended February 3, 2001  
(in thousands)  
           
  Specialty   Specialty    
  Retailers, Stage Retailers,   Stage Stores
 

Inc.

Stores, Inc.

Inc. (NV)

Eliminations

Consolidated

Net sales

$952,274

$-

$-

$-

$952,274

Cost of sales and related buying, occupancy          
   and distribution expenses 714,192 - - - 714,192

__________________________________________

Gross profit 238,082 - - - 238,082
           
Selling, general and administrative expenses 247,721 - (1,515) - 246,206
Reorganization items and store closure costs 114,236 - - - 114,236
Interest expense, net 45,604 - (5,797) - 39,807

__________________________________________

Income (loss) before income taxes (169,479) - 7,312 - (162,167)
Income tax expense (benefit) (2,511)   2,559   48
__________________________________________
Income (loss) before equity in net earnings of          
   subsidiaries (166,968) - 4,753 - (162,215)
Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries - (162,215) - 162,215 -
__________________________________________
Net income (loss)

$(166,968)

$(162,215)

$4,753

$162,215

$(162,215)

======================================

Consolidating Condensed Statement of Operations  
Fiscal Year ended January 29, 2000  
(in thousands)  
           
  Specialty   Specialty    
  Retailers, Stage Retailers,   Stage Stores
 

Inc.

Stores, Inc.

Inc. (NV)

Eliminations

Consolidated

Net sales

$1,121,567

$-

$-

$-

$1,121,567

Cost of sales and related buying, occupancy          
   and distribution expenses 897,117 - - - 897,117
_________________________________________
Gross profit 224,450 - - - 224,450
           
Selling, general and administrative expenses 388,276 125 (585) - 387,816
Store opening costs 749 - - - 749
Reorganization items and store closure costs 44,237 - - - 44,237
Interest expense, net 65,351 - (16,717) - 48,634

___________________________________________

Income (loss) before income taxes, equity in net          
   earnings of subsidiaries, extraordinary item and          
   cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (274,163) (125) 17,302 - (256,986)
Income tax expense (benefit) 14,205 (44) 6,056 - 20,217
___________________________________________
Income (loss) before equity in net earnings of          
   subsidiaries, extraordinary item and cumulative          
   effect of change in accounting principle (288,368) (81) 11,246 - (277,203)
Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries - (281,809) - 281,809 -
___________________________________________
Income (loss) before extraordinary item and cumulative          
   effect of change in accounting principle (288,368) (281,890) 11,246 281,809 (277,203)
Extraordinary item - early retirement of debt, net of tax (749) - - - (749)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle -          
   reporting costs of start-up activities, net of tax (3,938) - - - (3,938)
___________________________________________
Net income (loss)

$(293,055)

$(281,890)

$11,246

$281,809

$(281,890)

======================================

Consolidating Condensed Statement of Operations  
Fiscal Year ended January 30, 1999  
(in thousands)  
           
  Specialty   Specialty    
  Retailers, Stage Retailers,   Stage Stores
 

Inc.

Stores, Inc.

Inc. (NV)

Eliminations

Consolidated

Net sales

$1,173,54 7

$ -

$-

$-

$1,173,547

Cost of sales and related buying, occupancy          
   and distribution expenses 839,238 - - - 839,238
______________________________________________
Gross profit 334,309 - - - 334,309
           
Selling, general and administrative expenses 276,056 93

(4,672)

- 271,477
Store opening costs 10,192 - - - 10,192
Interest expense, net 61,910 - (15,439) - 46,471
______________________________________________
Income (loss) before income taxes (13,849) (93) 20,111 - 6,169
Income tax expense (benefit) (4,551) (33) 7,039 - 2,455
______________________________________________
Income (loss) before equity in net earnings of          
   subsidiaries (9,298) (60) 13,072 - 3,714
Equity in net earnings of subsidiaries - 3,774 - (3,774) -
______________________________________________
Net income (loss)

$ (9,298)

$ 3,714

$ 13,072

$(3,774)

$ 3,714

=========================================


Consolidating Condensed Statement of Cash Flows  
Fiscal Year ended February 3, 2001  
(in thousands)  
           
  Specialty   Specialty    
  Retailers, Stage Retailers,   Stage Stores
 

Inc.

Stores, Inc.

Inc. (NV)

Eliminations

Consolidated

Cash flows from operating activities:          
Net cash provided by (used in) operating          
   activities

71,151

$(100)

$1,223

$-

$72,274

__________________________________________
Cash flows from investing activities:          
Additions to property, equipment and leasehold          
   improvements (5,390) - - - (5,390)
Proceeds from retirement of fixtures and equipment 567 - - - 567
__________________________________________
   Net cash used in investing activities (4,823) - - - (4,823)
__________________________________________
Cash flows from financing activities:          
Proceeds from debtor-in-possession credit facility 224,288 - - - 224,288
Proceeds from pre-petition working capital facility 5,916 - - - 5,916
Payments on long-term (204) - - - (204)
Additions to debt issue costs (10,617) - - - (10,617)
Repurchase of accounts receivable from accounts          
   receivable trust (286,503) - - - (286,503)
__________________________________________
   Net cash used in financing activities (67,120) - - - (67,120)
__________________________________________
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (792) (100) 1,223 - 331
Cash and cash equivalents:          
   Beginning of period 18,077 102 2,000 - 20,179
__________________________________________
   End of period

$17,285

$2

$3,223

$-

$20,510

=====================================


Consolidating Condensed Statement of Cash Flows  
Fiscal Year ended January 29, 2000  
(in thousands)  
           
  Specialty   Specialty    
  Retailers, Stage Retailers,   Stage Stores
 

Inc.

Stores, Inc.

Inc. (NV)

Eliminations

Consolidated

Cash flows from operating activities:          
Net cash provided by operating          
   activities

$23,877

$-

$24

$-

$23,901

__________________________________________
Cash flows from investing activities:          
Investment in subsidiaries - (128) - 128 -
Additions to property, equipment and leasehold            
   improvements (22,037) - - - (22,037)
Dividend from subsidiary - 100 - (100) -
__________________________________________
   Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities (22,037) (28) - 28 (22,037)
__________________________________________
Cash flows from financing activities:          
Proceeds from working capital facility 43,000 - - - 43,000
Proceeds from issuance of common stock - 128 - - 128
Proceeds from capital contribution - - 128 (128) -
Payments on long-term debt (34,813) - - - (34,813)
Additions to debt issue costs (2,832) - - - (2,832)
Dividend paid - - (100) 100 -
__________________________________________
   Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 5,355 128 28 (28) 5,483
__________________________________________
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 7,195 100 52 - 7,347
Cash and cash equivalents:          
   Beginning of period 10,882 2 1,948 - 12,832
__________________________________________
   End of period

$18,077

$102

$2,000

$-

$20,179

=====================================


Consolidating Condensed Statement of Cash Flows  
Fiscal Year ended January 30, 1999  
(in thousands)  
           
  Specialty   Specialty    
  Retailers, Stage Retailers,   Stage Stores
 

Inc.

Stores, Inc.

Inc. (NV)

Eliminations

Consolidated

Cash flows from operating activities:          
Net cash provided by (used in) operating          
   activities

$(17,161)

$(31)

$1,682

$-

$(15,510)

  _________________________________________
           
Cash flows from investing activities:          
Investment in subsidiaries - (1,038) - 1,038

                    -

Additions to property, equipment and leasehold          
   improvements (88,047) - (672) - (88,719)
Dividend from subsidiary - 100 - (100) -
  _________________________________________
   Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities (88,047) (938) (672) 938 (88,719)
  _________________________________________
Cash flows from financing activities:          
Proceeds from working capital facility 96,300 - - - 96,300
Proceeds from issuance of common stock - 955 - - 955
Proceeds from capital contribution - - 1,038 (1,038) -
Payments on long-term debt (2,596) - - - (2,596)
Additions to debt issue costs (913) - - - (913)
Dividend paid - - (100) 100 -
  _________________________________________
   Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 92,791 955 938 (938) 93,746
  _________________________________________
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (12,417) (14) 1,948 - (10,483)
Cash and cash equivalents:          
   Beginning of period 23,299 16 - - 23,315
  _________________________________________
   End of period

$10,882

$2

$1,948

$-

$12,832

  ====================================


Stage Stores, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except par values)
 

 

  Reorganized   Predecessor
 

Company

     

Company

 

September 1, 2001

     

February 3, 2001

  (Unaudited)        
ASSETS          
Cash and cash equivalents

$28,107

     

$20,510

Retained interest in receivables sold 82,058       -
Accounts receivable, net 9,621       272,435
Merchandise inventories, net 181,839       218,683
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 12,945       15,577
______________   ______________
   Total current assets 314,570       527,205
           
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net 100,324       128,811
Other assets 6,207       9,983
______________   ______________
   Total assets

$421,101

     

$665,999

===========   ===========
           
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)          
Accounts payable $56,277       $56,224
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 49,687       46,644
Debtor-in-possession facility -       224,288
Current portion of long-term debt 197       -
______________   ______________
   Total current liabilities 106,161       327,156
           
Long-term debt 873       -
Other long-term liabilities 14,067       4,362
Liabilities subject to compromise under reorganization proceedings -       574,968
______________   ______________
Total liabilities 121,101       906,486
______________   ______________
Commitments and contingencies          
           
Preferred stock, par value $1.00, non-voting,          
   3 shares authorized, no shares          
   issued or outstanding -       -
Common stock, par value $0.01, 50,000 shares authorized,          
   19,973 shares issued and outstanding 200       -
Common stock, par value $0.01, 75,000 shares          
   authorized, 26,846 shares issued          
   and outstanding -       268
Class B common stock, par value $0.01, non-voting,          
   3000 shares authorized, 1250 shares          
   issued and outstanding -       13
Additional paid-in capital 299,800       267,002
Accumulated deficit -       (499,715)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) -       (8,055)
______________   ______________
   Stockholders' equity (deficit) 300,000       (240,487)
______________   ______________
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit) $421,101       $665,999
===========   ===========


                                          
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement

 

Stage Stores, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except earnings per share)
 
  Predecessor
 

Company

  Thirty Weeks   Thirty Weeks
  Ended   Ended
 

September 1, 2001

 

August 26, 2000

  (unaudited)   (unaudited)
       
Net sales

$461,642

 

$525,066

Cost of sales and related buying, occupancy and distribution expenses 322,029   396,422
Gross profit 139,613   128,644
Selling, general and administrative expenses 104,103   147,330
Reorganization items and store closure costs 23,141   76,674
Fresh-start adjustments 35,249   -
Interest, net 10,651   26,448
  _____________   _____________
(Loss) before income tax and extraordinary item (33,531)   (121,808)
Income tax expense 15   75
  _____________   _____________
(Loss) before extraordinary item (33,546)   (121,883)
Extraordinary item - gain on debt discharge 265,978   -
  _____________   _____________
Net income (loss)

$232,432

 

$(121,883)

  ==========   ==========
       
Basic earnings (loss) per common share data:      
Basic (loss) per common share before      
   extraordinary item

$(1.19)

 

$(4.34)

Extraordinary item - gain on debt discharge 9.47   -
  _____________   _____________
Basic earnings (loss) per common share

$8.27

 

$(4.34)

  ==========   ==========
       
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding 28,096   28,093
  ==========   ==========
       
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share data:      
Diluted (loss) per common share before      
   extraordinary item

$(1.19)

 

$(4.34)

Extraordinary item - gain on debt discharge 9.47   -
  _____________   _____________
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

$8.27

 

$(4.34)

  ==========   ==========
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding 28,096   28,093
  ==========   ==========


                                           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement

 

Stage Stores, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
  Predecessor
 

Company

  Thirty Weeks   Thirty Weeks
  Ended   Ended
 

September 1, 2001

 

August 26, 2000

  (unaudited)   (unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities:      
Net income (loss)

$232,432

 

$(121,883)

  _____________   _____________
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash      
provided by (used in) operating activities:      
   Depreciation and amortization 13,165   12,947
   Accretion of discount -   436
   Amortization of debt issue costs 2,882   3,428
   Provision for bad debts 12,606   5,979
   Adjustment to accrete yield on repurchased accounts receivable 9,000   13,747
   Write-off of property, equipment and leasehold improvements      
      and other assets associated with closed stores 1,931   15,000
   Fresh-start adjustments 35,249   -
   Gain on debt discharge (265,978)   -
   Write-off of pre-petition debt issue costs and original issue discount -   17,987
   Write-off of goodwill and other intangibles -   3,130
   Write-down of undivided interest in account receivable trust -   6,155
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:      
   Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable (255)   7,837
   Decrease in merchandise inventories 26,988   29,204
   Decrease in other assets 858   3,131
   Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities (2,547)   62,941
  _____________   _____________
      Total adjustments (166,101)   181,922
  _____________   _____________
   Net cash provided by operating activities 66,331   60,039
  _____________   _____________
Cash flows from investing activities:      
   Additions to property, equipment and leasehold improvements (6,318)   (2,773)
   Proceeds from retirement of fixtures and equipment 355   -
  _____________   _____________
      Net cash used in investing activities (5,963)   (2,773)
  _____________   _____________
Cash flows from financing activities:      
Proceeds from (payments on):      
   Debtor-in-possession credit facility (224,288)   252,257
   Pre-petition working capital facility 832   (13,000)
   Sale (repurchase) of accounts receivable to (from) account receivable trust 175,000   (286,503)
   Long-term debt (185)   (204)
   Addition to debt issue costs (4,130)   (10,605)
  _____________   _____________
      Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (52,771)   (58,055)
  _____________   _____________
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 7,597   (789)
Cash and cash equivalents:      
   Beginning of year 20,510   20,179
  _____________   _____________
   End of period

$28,107

 

$19,390

  ==========   ==========
Supplemental disclosures:      
Cash flow information:      
   Interest paid

$11,053

 

$11,654

  ==========   ==========
   Income taxes paid (refunded)

$-

 

$(14)


                                              
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement

 

Stage Stores, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity (Deficit)
For the Thirty Weeks Ended September 1, 2001
(in thousands)
                         
                    Accumulated    
    Common Additional   Retained   Other    
   

Stock

Paid-in   Earnings   Comprehensive    
   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

(Deficit)

 

Income (Loss)

 

Total

Predecessor Company:                        
                         
Balance, February 3, 2001   28,096  

$281

 

$267,002

 

$(499,715)

 

$(8,055)

 

$(240,487)

Comprehensive Income:                        
Net income (unaudited)       -   -  

    232,432

  -   232,432
Fresh-start adjustment -                        
   minimum pension liability                        
   adjustment, net of tax (unaudited)       -   -   -   8,055   8,055
Cancellation of predecessor                        
   stock (unaudited)   (28,096)   (281)   (267,002)   267,283   -   -
Issuance of new stock (unaudited)   19,973   200   299,800   -   -   300,000
______ _______ ________ ________ ____________ ________
                         
Reorganized Company:                        
                         
Balance, September 1, 2001 (unaudited)   19,973  

$200

 

$299,800

 

$-

 

$-

 

$300,000

===== ====== ====== ====== ========= ======


                                                    
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement

NOTE 1 - BASIS OF PRESENTATION

          The accompanying Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements of Stage Stores, Inc. ("Stage Stores" or the "Company") have been prepared in accordance with Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X and do not include all the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. Those adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim periods, have been made. The results of operations for such interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year. The Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto filed with this Registration Statement for the year ended February 3, 2001. References to a particular year are to Stage Stores' fiscal year, which is the 52 or 53 week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31 of the following calendar year. For example, references to "2001" mean the fiscal year ending February 2, 2002. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year balances to conform to the current year presentation.

NOTE 2 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

          Stage Stores conducts its business primarily through its wholly-owned subsidiary Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, ("SRLP") which, as of September 1, 2001, operated 342 family apparel stores in 13 states located primarily in the south central United States. Stage Stores and SRLP are collectively referred to herein as the "Company".

NOTE 3 - CHAPTER 11 PROCEEDINGS

          Stage Stores and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Specialty Retailers, Inc ("SRI") and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV) ("SRI NV") (collectively, the "Debtors"), filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") (the "Chapter 11 Proceedings") in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division (the "Court") on June 1, 2000 (the "Petition Date"). During the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Company continued to manage and operate its assets and business as a debtor-in-possession, pending the formulation and confirmation of a plan of reorganization and subject to the supervision and orders of the Court. On April 24, 2001, the Debtors filed, and subsequently amended on May 14, May 21, May 25 and June 6, 2001, a "Disclosure Statement", pursuant to Section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, and a "Plan of Reorganization" (the "Plan" or "Plan of Reorganization") with the Court. On June 29, 2001, the Bankruptcy Court approved the Disclosure Statement, as amended, which allowed the Company to proceed with the solicitation of creditors' votes in favor of the Plan. The Company's Plan, as modified on August 8, 2001, was confirmed by the Court on August 8, 2001 and was consummated on August 24, 2001 (the "Effective Date"). For financial reporting purposes here, the Effective Date of the Plan was assumed to be September 1, 2001, the last day of the Company's seventh fiscal period.

          Under the Plan, the Company generally settled pre-petition debt claims by issuing shares of a new class of Common Stock in a reorganized Stage Stores to those pre-petition creditors entitled to receive such distribution under the Plan. As set forth in the Plan, the pre-petition bank group, in the aggregate, received approximately 46% of the new Common Stock while the previous holders of the Company's pre-petition 8 1/2% Senior Notes, in the aggregate, similarly received approximately 46% of the new Common Stock. The remaining shares of new Common Stock were either distributed to other classes of pre-petition creditors or are currently being held in escrow for future distribution. As of October 1, 2001, 904,166 of the shares issued were held in escrow related to unresolved claims of former creditors under the Plan. Pursuant to the cash share option under the Plan, up to approximately 28,500 of the shares held in escrow may be cancelled. In addition, pursuant to the Plan, the Company intends to issue up to 512,821 Series A Warrants with an exercise price of $15.00 and up to 1,079,622 Series B Warrants with an exercise price of $20.00 to other subordinated pre-petition note holders. These warrants will expire August 23, 2006. The Plan did not provide for any distribution to the holders of pre-petition equity interest in the Company, including holders of the Company's old Common Stock and holders of the Company's old Class B Common Stock. Further, under the Plan, all pre-petition equity interests, including all shares of old Common Stock and old Class B Common Stock outstanding on the Effective Date were cancelled.

          The net expense resulting from the Company's Chapter 11 Proceedings, subsequent reorganization efforts and store closures has been classified as reorganization items and store closure costs in the accompanying Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Statements of Operations. Components of reorganization items and store closure costs are as follows (in thousands):

   

Predecessor Company

    Thirty Weeks   Thirty Weeks
    Ended   Ended
    September 1,   August 26,
   

2001

 

2000

Costs associated with the store closures  

$2,454

 

$47,135

Professional fees associated with the bankruptcy   14,600   5,993
Write-off of pre-petition debt issue costs        
   and original issue discount   -   17,987
Write-down of undivided interest in        
   accounts receivable trust   -   6,155
Key employee retention and emergence bonuses   5,925   -
Other   162   (596)
    __________   __________
Total  

$23,141

 

$76,674

    ========   ========


          The Company ceased accruing interest on pre-petition long-term debt on June 1, 2000. Reported interest does not include contractual interest on pre-petition debt of $16.3 million and $6.7 million for the thirty weeks ended September 1, 2001 and August 26, 2000 respectively.

NOTE 4 - FINANCING AGREEMENTS

          In conjunction with the Company's emergence from the Chapter 11 Proceedings, on the Effective Date the Company entered into a three year, $125 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Facility"), which also supports the Company's outstanding letters of credit, and a three year, $200 million accounts receivable securitization facility (the "Securitization Facility") (collectively, the "Financing Agreements"). The initial proceeds from the Securitization Facility were used by the Company to (i) repay the total amount outstanding under the DIP Facility as of the Effective Date, (ii) make certain payments under the Plan in connection with priority claims, administrative claims and secured claims and (iii) pay related transaction costs, fees and expenses. On a go-forward basis, the Financing Agreements will be used by the Company, in conjunction with other liquidity sources, to provide financing for working capital, letters of credit, capital expenditures, interest payments and other general corporate purposes.

          Borrowings under the Revolving Facility are limited to the availability under a borrowing base based on eligible inventory, while borrowings under the Securitization Facility are limited to eligible accounts receivable under the Company's private label credit card program. Borrowings under both facilities are payable upon maturity. The daily interest rates under the Revolving Facility are based upon a Base rate or Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin based on availability as set forth in the Revolving Facility agreement, while the daily interest rates under the Securitization Facility are based upon commercial paper rates of the applicable conduit purchasers. On September 1, 2001, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Facility, while borrowings under the Securitization Facility totaled $175.0 million. On September 1, 2001, availability under the Revolving Facility, net of letters of credit outstanding of $14.1 million, was $105.4 million, while availability under the Securitization Facility was $25.0 million. In addition, the Company had permitted cash investments of $13.0 million on September 1, 2001.

          The Company continually monitors its liquidity position and compliance with its Financing Agreements. The Revolving Facility contains covenants which, among other things, restrict the (i) incurrence of additional debt, (ii) incurrence of capital lease obligations, (iii) aggregate amount of capital expenditures and (iv) transactions with related parties. In addition, the Revolving Facility requires the Company to maintain compliance with specific financial covenants, including specified Leverage Ratio, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Tangible Net Worth levels calculated quarterly. Further, the Securitization Facility describes certain conditions and events that could cause an early amortization of the amounts then outstanding under the Securitization Facility. These include such things as the Company not maintaining compliance with certain financial covenants, having a material adverse change in the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Securitization Facility, having a material adverse change in the collectibility of the accounts receivable and other specific conditions and events. Each facility contains cross default provisions.

NOTE 5 - INCOME TAXES

          The Company has net operating loss deduction carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $66.0 million, after reduction for the extraordinary gain on debt discharge, which arose from pre-reorganization operations and will expire in 2021. The Company's ability to utilize the operating loss is limited to an annual deduction of approximately $15.0 million annually under the Internal Revenue Code. There is no tax calculated on the extraordinary gain on debt discharge in the thirty weeks ended September 1, 2001, as such gain is specifically excluded from taxable income under the Internal Revenue Code.

          SFAS 109 requires recognition of future tax benefits of deferred tax assets to the extent such realization is more likely than not. Prior to the Effective Date, the Company provided a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets due to uncertainties concerning realization as a result of the Chapter 11 Proceedings (see Note 11 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements). Consistent with the requirements of SFAS 109, any tax benefits recognized related to pre-reorganization deferred assets in future periods will be recorded as a direct addition to additional paid-in capital.

NOTE 6 - FRESH-START ACCOUNTING

          With the change in ownership resulting from the Plan, the Company has adopted fresh-start reporting in accordance with the recommended accounting principles for entities emerging from Chapter 11 set forth in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7 Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code. The adjustments to reflect the consummation of the Plan, including the gain on discharge of pre-petition liabilities and the adjustment to record assets and liabilities at their fair value have been reflected in the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements for the period ended September 1, 2001. Accordingly, the financial position as of September 1, 2001 and subsequent to September 1, 2001 for the Reorganized Company are not prepared on a basis comparable to the prior periods presented.

          In adopting "fresh-start" reporting, the Company was required to determine its enterprise value, which represents the fair market value of all assets of a business available to satisfy the fixed debt obligations of the firm.   The Company's enterprise value was determined with the assistance of its financial advisors to be within a range that centered around a point estimate of $307,500,000. The enterprise value of the Company was determined by consideration of several factors and reliance on various valuation methods, including discounted future cash flows, peer group comparables, sales and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA"). Based on the comparative assessment of the Company to its peer group, a 5.25 multiple of EBITDA and a 0.375 multiple of sales was selected. In addition, a discount rate of 14.2% was selected for use in discounting projected future cash flows.  After taking into account appropriate deductions from enterprise value, a reorganized equity value, on a fair market value basis, of $300,000,000 was derived.

          The adjustments made to record the effect of the Plan on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 1, 2001 were as follow:

     

Adjustment to record plan confirmation

   
      (a)   (b)     (c)    
          Financing          
          Agreements,          
      Debt          
  Predecessor   Cancellation   Discharge,         Reorganized
  Company   of   and     Fresh-Start   Company
  Balance Sheet   Predecessor   Issuance of     Fair Value   Balance Sheet
 

September 1, 2001

 

Stock

 

New Stock

   

Adjustments

 

September 1, 2001

ASSETS                    
Cash and cash equivalents

$20,558

 

$-

 

$ 7,549

   

$-

 

$28,107

Retained interest in receivables sold -   -   82,058         82,058
Accounts receivable, net 247,922   -   (253,896)     15,595   9,621
Merchandise inventories,  net 191,695   -   -     (9,856)   181,839
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 14,679   -   (150)     (1,584)   12,945
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
   Total current assets 474,854   -   (164,439)     4,155   314,570
                     
Property, equipment and leasehold                    
   improvements, net 119,830   -   -     (19,506)   100,324
Other assets 7,006   -   2,896     (3,695)   6,207
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
Total assets

$601,690

 

$-

 

$(161,543)

   

$(19,046)

 

$ 421,101

========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
                     
LIABILITIES AND                    
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                    
(DEFICIT)                    
Account payable

$57,476

 

$-

 

$(1,199)

   

$-

 

$56,277

Accrued expenses and other   current liabilities 59,694   -   (10,007)         49,687
Debtor-in-Possession facility 137,133       (137,133)     -   -
Current portion long-term debt 197   -   -     -   197
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
Total current liabilities 254,500   -   (148,339)     -   106,161
                     
Long-term debt 873   -   -     -   873
Other long-term liabilities 7,006   -   (1,087)     8,148   14,067
Liabilities subject to        compromise under                    
 reorganization proceedings 578,095   -   (578,095)     -   -
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
Total liabilities 840,474   -   (727,521)     8,148   121,101
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
                     
Common stock 268   (268)   200     -   200
Class B common stock 13   (13)   -     -   -
Additional paid-in capital 267,002   (267,002)   299,800     -   299,800
Accumulated earnings (deficit) (498,012)   267,283   265,978     (35,249)   -
Accumulated other comprehensive income (8,055)   -   -     8,055   -
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
Stockholders' equity (deficit) (238,784)   -   565,978     (27,194)   300,000
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)

$ 601,690

 

$-

 

$ (161,543)

   

$(19,046)

 

$421,101

========== ========== ========== ========== ==========

(a)   

To record the cancellation of all pre-petition ownership interests as of the Effective Date.

(b)   

To write-off Debtor-in-Possession debt issue cost, record settlement of liabilities subject to compromise under reorganization proceedings by payment of cash of $46.4 million and issuance of 19,972,653 shares of new common stock valued at $300,000,000, and record proceeds received from the sale of accounts receivable under the Securitization Facility.

(c)   

To record the adjustments to state assets and liabilities at the reorganization value.

NOTE 7 - ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE SECURITIZATION

          Prior to the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Company securitized substantially all of its trade accounts receivable (the "Accounts Receivable Securitization Program") through a wholly-owned special purpose entity, SRI Receivables Purchase Co., Inc. ("SRPC"). SRPC held a retained interest in the securitization vehicle (the "Retained Interest"), a special purpose trust (the "Trust"). Accordingly, the Company accounted for its Retained Interest as an investment in trading securities, which was recorded at fair value. Any change in the fair value in the Retained Interest was reflected currently in income.

          In connection with the Chapter 11 Proceedings, on June 7, 2000, the Company paid the Trust $288.4 million in cash and surrendered its Retained Interest in exchange for all accounts receivable balances held by the Trust. The Trust used the cash proceeds to retire all remaining certificates and pay other costs associated with the termination of the Trust. The accounts receivable balances repurchased by the Company were recorded at the aggregate of the cash paid and the estimated fair value of the Retained Interest surrendered. The Company accreted the yield resulting from the estimated net future cash flows associated with the accounts receivable repurchased at June 1, 2000 using the interest method. The yield is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying financial statements. Service charge income, late fees and estimated bad debt expense related to credit sales made subsequent to June 1, 2000 are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying financial statements.

          As part of the Financing Agreements, the Company entered into the Securitization Facility to finance up to $200.0 million of accounts receivable purchases. The Company originates receivables through Granite National Bank, N.A. ("GNB"), a nationally chartered bank founded in 1998 and indirectly wholly-owned by the Company. On a daily basis, GNB sells the receivables to SRLP. Pursuant to the accounts receivable securitization (the "Accounts Receivable Program"), SRLP sells all of the accounts receivable generated that meet certain eligibility requirements of the Accounts Receivable Program to Stage Receivable Funding LP ("SRFLP"), a wholly-owned entity, which simultaneously conveys the receivables to a special purpose trust (the "Securitization Trust"). SRFLP is a separate special purpose, bankruptcy remote entity. The accounts receivable that are sold pursuant to the Accounts Receivable Program are accounted for as a sale pursuant to the guidelines of SFAS No. 140, Accounting for the Transfer and Servicing of Financial Assets and the Extinguishment of Liabilities.

          The initial sale of receivables to the Securitization Trust on the Effective Date were $271.0 million. As part of fresh-start adjustments, the Company adjusted the carrying value of receivables to estimated fair value. The cash flows generated from the accounts receivable in the Securitization Trust are dedicated to: (i) the purchase of new accounts receivable generated by the Company; (ii) payment of a return on the certificates; and (iii) the payment of a 2% servicing fee on the average outstanding third party certificates. Any remaining cash flows are remitted to SRFLP. The outstanding balances under the revolving third party certificates at September 1, 2001 was $175.0 million.

          The Company's retained ownership interest in receivables sold under the program is comprised of an exchangeable transferor certificate, a subordinated transferor certificate, an uncertificated ownership of interest-only strips and amounts held in cash reserve accounts. The retained interest is recorded at estimated fair value of $78.9 million using management's best estimates of the key assumptions of repayment speed, expected credit losses, future yield and discount rate commensurate with the risks involved. Changes in the estimated fair value of the retained interest and gains (losses) on receivables sold are recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expense. The key assumptions used to measure the fair value were as follows:

Repayment speed

 

14.0%

Weighted average life (in months)

 

7.1

Expected credit losses as a % of net sales (annual rate)

 

4.5%

Residual cash flows discount rate

 

15.0%

Variable return to certificate holders:

 

30 day commercial paper plus 0.37%

          At September 1, 2001, the reduction in the carrying amount of the retained interest caused by immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in those key assumptions are as follows (in thousands):

Repayment speed:

 

 

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

 

$(1,643)

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

 

(3,502)

Expected credit losses as a % of net sales (annual rate):

 

 

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

 

(2,201)

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

 

(4,360)

Residual cash flows discount rate:

 

 

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

 

(612)

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

 

(1,218)

Variable return to certificate holders:

 

 

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

 

(146)

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

 

(293)

          These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10 percent variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

NOTE 8 - STOCK OPTIONS

          Pursuant to the Plan, the Company has established the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan to reward, retain and attract key personnel. To fund the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, 4,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock have been reserved. Although discretionary with the Company, the Company anticipates that the options under the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan will be grouped into three equal groupings, with separate per share exercise prices. The Company also anticipates that the right to exercise these options will vest over four years from the date the options are granted, with 25% of each grouping vesting at the end of each of the first four years following the date of grant, and will expire if not exercised ten years from the date of the grant.

          Of the 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, the Company has issued options to key executives and directors for 2,450,000 shares as of August 24, 2001, in three equal groupings, and with per share exercises prices of $13.75, $15.00 and $16.25, respectively. The right to exercise these options will vest over four years from August 24, 2001, with 25% of each grouping vesting at the end of each of the first four years following the date of grant, and will expire if not exercised ten years from the date of the grant. The Company intends to issue an additional 1,191,000 options to other key employees with an effective date of August 24, 2001 at the same exercise price and vesting provisions as those outstanding.

NOTE 9 - NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

          In June 1998 the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities". SFAS No. 133, as amended, establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activity. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. SFAS No. 133 is effective for all fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. The Company adopted SFAS No. 133, as amended, effective February 4, 2001. The adoption did not have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

          In September 2000, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 140, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities". SFAS No. 140, which replaces SFAS No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities", provides accounting and reporting standards for securitizations and other transfers of assets. Those standards are based on consistent application of a financial components approach that focuses on control. Under that approach, after a transfer of assets, an entity recognizes the assets it controls and derecognizes assets when control has been surrendered. SFAS No. 140 provides consistent standards for distinguishing transfers of financial assets that are sales from those that are secured borrowings. The accounting requirements of this standard are effective for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities occurring after March 31, 2001 and must be applied prospectively.

          On July 20, 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations," and SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets."  The statements will change the accounting for business combinations and goodwill in two significant ways.  SFAS No. 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001.  Use of the pooling-of-interests method will be prohibited.  SFAS No. 142 changes the accounting for goodwill from an amortization method to an impairment-only approach.  Thus, amortization of goodwill, including goodwill recorded in past business combinations, will cease upon adoption of that statement, which for the Compan y will be February 3, 2002.  In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations", which addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement costs. In October 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets", which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, of adopting these pronouncements.

NOTE 10 - LITIGATION

          From time to time the Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of their business.

          On March 30, 1999, a class action lawsuit was filed against one of the predecessors, Stage Stores, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Stage Delaware"), and certain of its officers, directors and stockholders in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division by John C. Weld, Jr., a stockholder who purchased 125 shares of Stage Delaware's common stock on August 3, 1998, alleging violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated there under (the "Weld Suit"). Stage Delaware believed that the allegations of the Weld Suit were without merit, and on July 23, 1999, Stage Delaware filed a motion to dismiss. United States District Judge Kenneth Hoyt entered an order on December 8, 1999 dismissing the Weld Suit. Mr. Weld appealed the order to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit (the "Fifth Circuit"). Because of Stage Delaware's bankruptcy proceeding (see below), the appeal was stayed as to Stage Delaware. On May 16, 2001, the Fifth Circuit affirmed the District Court's dismissal of the Weld Suit as to the other defendants in the case. The plaintiffs have now consented to the dismissal of the action against the Company pending in the Fifth Circuit, and that Court entered its order dismissing those claims on October 15, 2001.   In addition, in the Chapter 11 Proceedings, Mr. Weld filed and asserted a "Class Proof of Claim" making the same allegation as in the Weld Suit. The Company filed a claim objection to the Weld Class Proof of Claim which claim objection has been sustained by the Bankruptcy Court.

          In March 2000, eleven former employees of one of the Company's subsidiaries, Specialty Retailers, Inc., a Texas corporation d/b/a Palais Royal ("SRI"), filed two separate suits in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas against Stage Delaware, SRI and Mary Elizabeth Pena, arising out of alleged conduct occurring over an unspecified time while the plaintiffs were working at one or more Palais Royal stores in the Houston, Texas area. The plaintiffs allege that on separate occasions they were falsely accused of stealing merchandise and other company property and giving discounts for purchases against company policy. The suits accuse the defendants of defamation, false imprisonment, intentional infliction of mental distress, assault and violation of the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations (RICO) Act. The claims seek unspecified damages for mental anguish, lost earnings, exemplary damages, treble damages, interest, attorneys' fees and costs. SRI denies the allegations and intends to vigorously defend the claims. These claims are currently stayed pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. SRI has agreed to liquidate the claims through its compulsory ADR program for employee disputes. The payment of any amounts deemed owed by SRI, however, is subject to the Plan.

          On June 1, 2000, the Company's predecessors (Stage Delaware and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV)) and SRI (collectively, the "Debtors") filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division. During the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Debtors continued to manage and operate their assets and business as a debtors-in-possession, pending the formulation and confirmation of a plan of reorganization and subject to the supervision and orders of the Court. Additionally, an unsecured creditor committee was formed and had the right to review and participate in the Chapter 11 Proceedings. On April 24, 2001, the Debtors filed, and subsequently amended on May 14, May 21, May 25 and June 6, 2001, a "Disclosure Statement," pursuant to Section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, and a "Plan of Reorganization" with the Court. On June 6, 2001, the Court approved the Disclosure Statement. On August 8, 2001, the Plan, as modified on August 8, 2001, was confirmed by the Court (the "Confirmation Order"). On August 24, 2001 (the "Effective Date") the Debtors emerged from the Chapter 11 Proceedings. Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court will retain jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Proceedings after the Effective Date as is legally permissible, including jurisdiction over matters set forth in Article XII Retention of Jurisdiction in the Plan including, but not limited to, jurisdiction to (i) issue injunctions, enforce the injunctions contained in the Plan and the Confirmation Order, enter and implement other orders or take such other actions as may be necessary to restrain interference by any entity with consummation, implementation or enforcement of the Plan or the Confirmation Order; (ii) enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason or in any respect modified, stayed, reversed, revoked or vacated or distributions pursuant to the Plan are enjoined or stayed; and (iii) determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or the Confirmation Order. One pre-petition shareholder has appealed the Confirmation Order. The Bankruptcy Court has denied his request for a stay pending appeal.

          On November 3, 2000, Stage Delaware received a copy of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission's (the "SEC") August 3, 2000 Order Directing Private Investigation "In the Matter of Stage Stores, Inc." (the "SEC Order"). The SEC Order is a confidential document directing a non-public investigation into related party transactions previously reported by Stage Delaware on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2000. The Company is cooperating with the SEC in the investigation, which is still ongoing.

          On April 14, 2000, Stage Delaware was named as one of 135 defendants in a patent infringement action brought by The Lemelson Medical, Education & Research Foundation, in the United States District Court for the District of Arizona. The plaintiff claims to be the owner of various patents covering optical scanning devices commonly used by retail outlets at checkout counters to scan prices for customer purchases. The complaint seeks injunctive relief to prevent alleged continuing infringement and unspecified damages for alleged past infringement. The court and the plaintiff were advised of the Chapter 11 Proceedings, and Stage Delaware asserted the protection of the automatic stay. The remaining defendants have formed a common defense group and plan to vigorously defend against the claims. The plaintiffs' several actions against retailers allegedly using the scanning technology have been stayed, pending the outcome of the affirmative actions filed by certain manufacturers of the scanning equipment to declare the plaintiffs' patents invalid. The Company disputes the plaintiff's allegations and plans to monitor the action closely.

          In the Chapter 11 Proceedings, Stage Delaware engaged in litigation with General Electric Capital Corporation ("GE Capital") regarding the proceeds received from Stage Delaware's sale of an aircraft (the "Aircraft"), which was financed by GE Capital. On July 19, 2000, the Court entered its Order Authorizing Sale of Aircraft Located in Houston, Texas, Subject to All Liens Attaching to the Proceeds and Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 363, which enabled Stage Delaware to sell the Aircraft but provided that excess proceeds in the amount of $1,065,217 would be held in escrow, pending resolution of the entitlement to such proceeds. On January 1, 2001, in its Order Authorizing Disbursement of "Excess Proceeds" Upon Sale of Aircraft and the Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law Concerning Entitlement to "Excess Proceeds" After Sale of Aircraft, the Court ordered that GE Capital was entitled to the excess proceeds. Stage Delaware appealed this ruling and this matter is currently before the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division. The Company has obtained court approval of a settlement in principle.  Generally, the Company will keep certain leased equipment not involved in the litigation for a limited period of time. The disputed escrow funds will be applied to reduce other obligations due to GE Capital. The pending litigation will be dismissed. The details of the final settlement agreement are being negotiated. The settlement is contingent on the final settlement agreement.

          Management believes that none of the litigation matters described above, either individually or in the aggregate, is material to the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company or its subsidiaries.

EXHIBIT INDEX

          The following documents are the exhibits to the Form 10. For convenient reference, each exhibit is listed according to the Exhibit Table of Regulation S-K.

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit

2.1

Third Amended Plan of Reorganization of Stage Stores, Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV), as Modified.

2.2

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated August 15, 2001, between Stage Stores, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV), a Nevada corporation.

2.3

Articles of Merger of Stage Stores, Inc. (A Delaware Corporation) Into Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV)(A Nevada Corporation) dated August 24, 2001.

3.1

Restated Articles of Incorporation of Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV).

3.2

Articles of Incorporation of Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV).

3.3

First Amended By-Laws of Stage Stores, Inc.

3.4

Bylaws of Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV).

4.1

Form of Common Stock Certificate

4.2

Series A Warrant Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001 by and among Stage Stores, Inc. and the holders named therein with form of warrant certificate.

4.3

Series B Warrant Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001 by and among Stage Stores, Inc. and the holders named therein with form of warrant certificate.

10.1

Stage Stores, Inc. 2001 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.2

Consulting Agreement between Wuensch Consulting Group and Stage Stores, Inc. dated April 29, 2000.

10.3

Employment Agreement between James Scarborough and Stage Stores, Inc. dated July 31, 2000.

10.4

Employment Agreement between Michael McCreery and Stage Stores, Inc. dated February 28, 2001.

10.5

Credit Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001 by and among Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, Stage Stores, Inc. and the named subsidiaries of Stage Stores, Inc. and the initial lenders named therein, Citicorp USA, Inc. and Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

10.6

Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement dated August 24, 2001, by and between Granite National Bank and Specialty Retailers (TX) LP.

10.7

Purchase and Sale Agreement dated August 24, 2001, by and between Specialty Retailers (TX) LP and Stage Receivable Funding LP.

10.8

Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated August 24, 2001, by and among Stage Receivable Funding LP, Specialty Retailers (TX) LP and Bankers Trust Company.

10.9

Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement to Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated August 24, 2001, by and among Stage Receivable Funding LP, Specialty Retailers (TX) LP and Bankers Trust Company.

10.10

Series 2001-1-VFC Certificate Purchase Agreement dated August 24, 2001, by and among Stage Receivable Funding LP, Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, Corporate Receivables Corporation, Blue Keel Funding, LLC, other commercial paper conduits from time to time parties thereto, Citibank, N.A., Fleet National Bank and other financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc., Fleet Securities, Inc., Citicorp North America, Inc. and Bankers Trust Company.

10.11

Intercreditor Agreement dated August 24, 2001, by and among Citicorp North America, Inc., Stage Receivable Funding LP, Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, Granite National Bank, Stage Stores, Inc., Bankers Trust Company and Citicorp USA, Inc.

10.12

Parent Undertaking Agreement dated August 24, 2001, by and between Stage Stores, Inc. and Bankers Trust Company.

10.13 Engagement Letter dated October 17, 2001 by and between Stage Stores, Inc. and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

16.1

Letter of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP dated January 11, 2001.

16.2

Letter of Deloitte & Touche LLP dated January 11, 2001.

21.1.

List of Registrant's Subsidiaries

99.1

Charter for the Audit Committee of Stage Stores, Inc. dated September 13, 2001.

Exhibit 2.1

IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS

HOUSTON DIVISION

IN RE:

STAGE STORES, INC., CASE NO. 0035078-H2-11

A Delaware Corporation,

SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC., CASE NO. 0035079-H2-11

A Texas Corporation, and

SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC. (NV), CASE NO. 0035080-H5-11

A Nevada Corporation, Chapter 11

Debtors and Debtors in Possession. (Jointly Administered Under Case No. 0035078-H2-11)

 

THIRD AMENDED PLAN OF REORGANIZATION OF STAGE STORES, INC.,

SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC. AND SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC. (NV),

AS MODIFIED

 

 

 

JENKENS & GILCHRIST,

A Professional Corporation

1445 Ross Avenue, Suite 3200

Dallas, Texas 75202-2799

Telephone: (214) 855-4500

Telecopy: (214) 855-4300

Attorneys for Stage Stores, Inc., Specialty Retailers,

Inc., and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV)

DATED: June 6, 2001

Houston, Texas

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION, AND COMPUTATION OF TIME 1

A. Defined Terms                                                 1

B. Rules of Interpretation and Computation of Time                                    13

ARTICLE II. CLASSES OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS 14

A. Classes of Claims 14

ARTICLE III. TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS 15

A. Unclassified Claims 15

B. Unimpaired Classes of Claims 18

C. Impaired Classes of Claims and Interests 19

ARTICLE IV. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN 22

A. Legal Entity Restructuring and Vesting of Assets in Reorganized Debtor 22

B. Corporate Governance, Directors and Officers, Employment-Related Agreements and Compensation Programs 22

C. Exit Financing Facility, Obtaining Cash for Plan Distributions 24

D. Preservation of Rights of Action; Settlement Agreements and Releases 25

E. Continuation of Certain Employee, Retiree and Workers' Compensation Benefits 26

F. Cancellation and Surrender of Instruments, Securities and Other Documentation 26

G. Release of Liens 27

H. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions; Exemption from Certain Transfer

Taxes 27

ARTICLE V. TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED

LEASES 28

A. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to Be Assumed or Assumed and Assigned 28

B. Payments Related to the Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases 29

C. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to Be Rejected 29

D. Bar Date for Rejection Damages 30

E. Special Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease Issues 30

F. Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date 31

ARTICLE VI. PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS 31

A. Distributions for Claims Allowed as of the Initial Distribution Date 31

B. Method of Distributions to Holders of Claims 31

C. Compensation and Reimbursement for Services Related to Distributions 32

D. Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions 32

E. Distribution Record Date 33

F. Means of Cash Payments 33

G. Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed 34

H. Provisions Governing the Unsecured Claims Reserve 35

I. Setoffs 35

J. Surrender of Canceled Instruments or Securities 36

ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING DISPUTED CLAIMS 37

A. Prosecution of Objections to Claims 37

B. Treatment of Disputed Claims 37

C. Distributions on Account of Disputed Claims Once Allowed 37

ARTICLE VIII. SUBSTANTIVE CONSOLIDATION OF THE DEBTORS 37

ARTICLE IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION AND

CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN 38

A. Conditions to Confirmation 38

B. Conditions to the Effective Date 38

C. Waiver of Conditions to the Confirmation or Effective Date 39

D. Effect of Nonoccurrence of Conditions to the Effective Date 39

ARTICLE X. CRAMDOWN 39

ARTICLE XI. DISCHARGE, TERMINATION, INJUNCTION AND SUBORDINATION RIGHTS 39

A. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests 39

B. Injunctions 40

C. Termination of Subordination Rights and Settlement of Related Claims and

Controversies 41

ARTICLE XII. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION 41

ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 43

A. Dissolution of the Creditors' Committee 43

B. Limitation of Liability 43

C. Modification of the Plan 44

D. Revocation of the Plan 44

E. Severability of Plan Provisions 44

F. Successors and Assigns 45

G. Service of Documents 45

 

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION,
AND COMPUTATION OF TIME

A. Defined Terms

As used in the Plan, capitalized terms have the meanings set forth below. Any term that is not otherwise defined herein, but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, will have the meaning given to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as applicable.

    1. "Additional Bar Date" means July 6, 2001.
    2. "Administrative Claim Bar Date" means the date by which requests for Administrative Claims must be filed pursuant to Article III of the Plan.
    3. "Administrative Claim" means a Claim for costs and expenses of administration allowed under sections 503(b), 507(b) or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred after the Petition Date of preserving the respective Estates and operating the businesses of the Debtors, such as wages, salaries, commissions for services, and payments for inventories, leased equipment and premises, real and personal ad valorem taxes for the year 2001, and the DIP Financing Claims; (b) compensation for legal, financial advisory, accounting, and other services and reimbursement of expenses awarded or allowed under sections 330(a) or 331 of the Bankruptcy Code, including Fee Claims; (c) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates under chapter 123 of title 28, United States Code, 28 U.S.C. Section 1911-1930; (d) Claims for reclamation allowed in accordance with section 546(c)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code and section 2-702 of the Uniform Commercial Code; (e) all Intercompany Claims accorded priority pursuant to section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code; (f) to discharge any charging lien against the consideration for Classes 5C and 6A, the reasonable post-petition fees and expenses of the Indenture Trustees, including any predecessors or successors thereto, subject to Bankruptcy Court approval; (g) the post-petition fees and expenses (to the extent unpaid) of counsel and advisors to the Bank Group; and (h) Claims for substantial contribution pursuant to section 503(b)(3)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code.
    4. "Aggregate Amount of . . ." means, with respect to a particular Class(es) (or subclass(es) thereof), (a) on the Initial Distribution Date, the sum, as of the Effective Date of (1) the total amount of Claims in such Class(es) (or subclass(es) thereof) as Filed or listed in the Schedules, including contingent and unliquidated Claims which have been estimated at the Effective Date, whether or not such Claims are Allowed Claims or Disputed Claims and (2) if applicable, the total amount of Rejection Claims which could be included in such Class(es) (or subclass(es) thereof) for all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases which have not been assumed prior to the Effective Date (subject to the limitations of section 502(b)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code), and (b) on a Quarterly Effective Date, (1) the Aggregate Amount of such Class(es) (or Subclass(es) thereof) on the Initial Distribution Date minus (2) the amount of Disputed Claims in such Class(es) (or Subclass(es) thereof) which have been disallowed since the Initial Distribution by means of a Final Order or a Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim.
    5. "Allowed Claim" means:
    6. a. a Claim that (i) has been listed by a particular Debtor on its Schedules as other than disputed, contingent, or unliquidated and (ii) is not otherwise a Disputed Claim;

      b. a Claim (i) for which a proof of Claim or request for payment of Administrative Claim has been Filed by the Bar Date or, if applicable, the Additional Bar Date, or otherwise been deemed timely Filed under applicable law and (ii) that is not otherwise a Disputed Claim; or

      c. a Claim that is allowed: (1) in any Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim executed by the applicable Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor and Claim holder on or after the Effective Date; (ii) in any contract, instrument, or other agreement entered into in connection with the Plan and, if prior to the Effective Date, approved by the Bankruptcy Court; (iii) in a Final Order; or (iv) pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

    7. "Allowed . . . Claim" means an Allowed Claim in the particular Class or category specified. Any reference herein to a particular Allowed Claim includes both the secured and unsecured portions of such Claim.
    8. "Assumption Deadline" means (a) with respect to an Executory Contract, the Confirmation Date and (b) with respect to an Unexpired Lease, the first business day which is one hundred eighty days after the Effective Date.
    9. "Ballot" means the form or forms distributed to each holder of an impaired Claim entitled to vote on the Plan on which the holder indicates acceptance or rejection of the Plan or any election for treatment of such Claim under the Plan.
    10. " Bank Group " means the lenders and participants under and in the Prepetition 1997 Credit Facility and/or the Prepetition 2000 Credit Facility and any successors or assigns.
    11. "Bank Group Claim" means Claims under the Prepetition 1997 Credit Facility and/or the Prepetition 2000 Credit Facility.
    12. "Bankruptcy Code" means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. Section 101-1330, as now in effect or hereafter amended.
    13. "Bankruptcy Court" means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division, or such other court having jurisdiction over the Reorganization Cases, and, to the extent of any reference made pursuant to 28 U.S.C. Section 157, the bankruptcy unit of such District Court.
    14. "Bankruptcy Rules" means, collectively, the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and the local rules of the Bankruptcy Court, as now in effect or hereafter amended.
    15. "Bar Date" means October 9, 2000, the date by which a proof of Claim must have been Filed.
    16. "Board of Directors Designation" means the designation of the members of the post-Effective Date Board of Directors Filed by the Debtors and the Creditors' Committee on or before ten days prior to the commencement of the Confirmation Hearing.
    17. "Business Day" means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or "legal holiday" (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)).
    18. "Cash Management Order" means the Final Order Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 363, 1107(A) and 1108(A) Authorizing (I) Maintenance of Existing Bank Accounts and Cash Management System and (II) Continued Use of Business Forms, entered by the Bankruptcy Court on or about June 30, 2000.
    19. "Cash-Share Option" means the option of holders of Class 5B Claims to make an election on the Class 5 Ballot to receive cash and shares of New Common Stock in full satisfaction of their Allowed Claims.
    20. "Claim" means a "claim," as defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, against any Debtor.
    21. "Claims Objection Bar Date" means, for all Claims other than Rejections Claims, thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, and for Rejections Claims, the later of (a) 180 days after the Effective Date; and (b) such other period of limitation as may be specifically fixed by the Plan, the Confirmation Order, the Bankruptcy Rules or a Final Order for objecting to such Claim.
    22. "Class" means a class of Claims or Interests, as described in Article II of the Plan.
    23. " Class 5B Cash Percentage" means the lesser of (a) .0625 or (b) 3,273,018 divided by the total amount of Allowed Class 5B Claims of holders who elect the Cash-Share Option.
    24. " Class 5B Cash Payment " means up to $3,273,018 in cash to be paid by the Reorganized Debtor to holders of Class 5B Claims which elect the Cash-Share Option.
    25. " Class 5B Repurchase Percentage " means the Class 5B Cash Percentage divided by .75.
    26. " Class 6 Share Allocation " means (a) prior to the final Quarterly Distribution Date, 17,022,857 shares of New Common Stock multiplied by the ratio of the total amount of Allowed Claims in Class 6 to the Aggregate Amount of Classes 5 and 6, as of such date and (b) on the final Quarterly Distribution Date, 17,022,857 shares of New Common Stock multiplied by the ratio of the total amount of Allowed Claims in Class 6 to the total amount of Allowed Claims in Classes 5 and 6.
    27. "Confirmation" means the entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket by the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court.
    28. "Confirmation Date" means the date on which the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on its docket, within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.
    29. "Confirmation Hearing" means the hearing held by the Bankruptcy Court on Confirmation of the Plan, as such hearing may be continued from time to time.
    30. "Confirmation Order" means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
    31. "Creditors' Committee" means the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of the Debtors appointed by the United States Trustee in the Reorganization Cases pursuant to section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code on or about June 8, 2000.
    32. "Cure Amount Claim" means a Claim based upon a Debtor's defaults pursuant to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at the time such contract or lease is assumed by that Debtor under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
    33. "Debtors" means, collectively, Stage, SRI, and SRINV, the debtors and debtors in possession in these Reorganization Cases.
    34. "DIP Credit Agreement" means, collectively: (a) that certain $450,000,000 Debtor-In-Possession Credit Agreement Dated as of June 2, 2000 Among Specialty Retailers, Inc., as Borrower; Stage Stores, Inc., as Parent Guarantor; the Initial Lenders, Initial Issuing Bank, and Swing Line Bank Named Therein; Citicorp USA, Inc., as Collateral Agent; and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent, as it may be subsequently amended and modified; (b) all amendments thereto and extensions thereof, and (c) all security agreements and instruments related to the documents identified in (a) and (b).
    35. "DIP Financing Claim" means a Claim arising under or pursuant to (i) the DIP Credit Agreement, or (ii) the DIP Order.
    36. "DIP Lenders" means, collectively: (a) those entities identified as "Lenders" in the DIP Credit Agreement and their respective successors and assigns and (b) Citicorp USA, Inc. (as agent bank).
    37. "DIP Order" means the Final Order (1) Authorizing Post-Petition Secured Superpriority Financing Pursuant to Bankruptcy Code Sections 105(a), 362, 364(c)(1), 364(c)(2), 364(c)(3) and 364(d), (II) Authorizing the Debtors Use of Cash Collateral Pursuant to Bankruptcy Code Section 363(c), (III) Granting Adequate Protection Pursuant to Sections 363 and 364 of the Bankruptcy Code, (IV) Authorizing the Debtors to Enter into, and Approving, the Receivables Program Termination Agreement, and (V) Authorizing the Debtors to Enter Into New Receivables Purchase and Pledge Transactions entered by the Bankruptcy Clerk on June 27, 2000.
    38. "Disbursing Agent" means the Reorganized Debtor, in its capacity as a Disbursing Agent pursuant to the terms of this Plan, or any Third Party Disbursing Agent.
    39. "Disclosure Statement" means the disclosure statement (including all exhibits and schedules thereto or referenced therein) that relates to the Plan, as approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented.
    40. "Disputed Claim" means:
    41. a. if no proof of Claim has been Filed by the Bar Date or the Additional Bar Date or has otherwise been deemed timely Filed pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court or under applicable law: (i) a Claim that is listed on a Debtor's Schedules as other than disputed, contingent, or unliquidated, but as to which the applicable Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, or, prior to the Confirmation Date, any other party in interest, has Filed an objection by the Claims Objection Bar Date and such objection has not been withdrawn or denied by a Final Order, but in the case of a Disputed Claim, only to the extent disputed; and (ii) a Claim that is listed on a Debtor's Schedules as disputed, contingent, or unliquidated, but in the case of a Disputed Claim, only to the extent disputed; or

      b. if a proof of Claim or request for payment of an Administrative Claim has been Filed by the Administrative Claim Bar Date or has otherwise been deemed timely Filed under applicable law: (i) a Claim for which no corresponding Claim is listed on a Debtor's Schedules; (ii) a Claim for which a corresponding Claim is listed on a Debtor's Schedules as other than disputed, contingent, or unliquidated, but the nature or amount of the Claim as asserted in the proof of Claim varies from the nature and amount of such Claim as it is listed on the Schedules; (iii) a Claim for which a corresponding Claim is listed on a Debtor's Schedules as disputed, contingent or unliquidated; (iv) a Claim for which an objection has been Filed by the applicable Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, or, prior to the Confirmation Date, any other party in interest, by the Claims Objection Bar Date, and such objection has not been withdrawn or denied by a Final Order; and (v) with respect to a Claim in 39.b.(ii)-(iv), if a Disputed Claim, only to the extent disputed.

    42. "Distribution Record Date" means fifteen days (15) after the Bankruptcy Court enters an order approving the Disclosure Statement.
    43. "Effective Date" means a Business Day, as determined by the Debtors, as soon as reasonably practicable after all conditions to the Effective Date in the Plan have been met or waived pursuant to Section IX.C of the Plan.
    44. "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
    45. "Estate" means, as to each Debtor, the estate created for that Debtor in its Reorganization Case pursuant to section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.
    46. "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. Section 78a-78jj, as now in effect or hereafter amended.
    47. "Executory Contract" means a contract to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code which is not an Unexpired Lease.
    48. "Exit Financing Facility" means a senior secured revolving credit facility up to the amount of $125,000,000, and a receivables purchase program up to the amount of $225,000,000 that will be entered into by the Debtors, and the Exit Financing Facility Agent Bank on the Effective Date.
    49. "Exit Financing Facility Agent Bank" means the agent bank under the Exit Financing Facility.
    50. "Fashion Bar Notes" means those certain FB Holding, Inc. 7% Subordinated Notes Dated June 9, 1992.
    51. "Fee Claim" means a Claim under sections 330(a), 331, 503, or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code for compensation of a Professional or other entity for services rendered or expenses incurred in the Reorganization Cases.
    52. "Fee Claim Bar Date" means the date by which requests for payment of Professional fees be Filed pursuant to Article III of the Plan.
    53. "Fee Procedure Order" means the Order Authorizing Debtors to Establish Procedures for Interim Compensation and Reimbursement of Expenses of Professionals and Committee Members, entered by the Bankruptcy Court on or about July 11, 2000.
    54. "File," "Filed" or "Filing" means file, filed, or filing with the Bankruptcy Court or its authorized designee in the Reorganization Cases.
    55. "Final Order" means an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court, or other court of competent jurisdiction, as entered on the docket in any Reorganization Case or the docket of any other court of competent jurisdiction, that has not been reversed, stayed, modified, or amended, and as to which the time to appeal or seek certiorari or move for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing has expired, and no appeal or petition for certiorari or other proceedings for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing has been timely taken, or as to which any appeal that has been taken or any petition for certiorari that has been timely filed has been withdrawn or resolved by the highest court to which the order or judgment was appealed or from which certiorari was sought or the new trial, reargument, or rehearing shall have been denied or resulted in no modification of such order.
    56. "Granite" means Granite National Bank.
    57. "Indenture Trustee of " means an indenture trustee for either the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Senior Notes, the Subordination Debentures, or the Junior Subordinated Debentures, or any successors thereto.
    58. "Intercompany Claim" means any Claim by one Debtor against another Debtor or between the Reorganized Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiaries.
    59. "Initial Distribution Date" means as soon as practicable following the Effective Date but not later than thirty (30) days after the Effective Date.
    60. "Interest" means the rights of the holders of Old Common Stock of any Debtor and the rights of an entity to purchase or demand the issuance of any of the foregoing, including: (a) redemption, conversion, exchange, voting, participation, and dividend rights; (b) liquidation preferences; and (c) stock options and warrants, including the Amended and Restated 1996 Equity Incentive Plan.
    61. "Junior Subordinated Debentures" means the U.S. Bank Trust, N.A. 7% Junior Subordinated Debentures Dated December 1, 1988 Due 2003.
    62. "Master Trust" means the SRI Receivables Master Trust.
    63. "National Securities Exchange" means any exchange registered pursuant to section 6(a) of the Exchange Act, including the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System.
    64. "New Common Stock" means the shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Reorganized Debtor, authorized pursuant to the certificate of incorporation of the Reorganized Debtor.
    65. " Notes" means the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes.
    66. "Old Common Stock of ..." means, when used with reference to a particular Debtor or Debtors, the common stock, membership interests, or partnership interests issued by such Debtor or Debtors and outstanding immediately prior to the Petition Date.
    67. "Ordinary Course Professional" means a Professional employed by the Debtors pursuant to the Ordinary Course Professional Order.
    68. "Ordinary Course Professional Order" means the Order Authorizing Compensation of Professionals used in the Ordinary Course of Business entered by the Bankruptcy Court.
    69. "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
    70. "Petition Date" means June 1, 2000.
    71. "Plan" means this Plan of Reorganization of Stage Stores, Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV), to the extent applicable to any Debtor, and all Exhibits attached hereto or referenced herein, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented.
    72. "Prepetition 1997 Credit Facility" means, collectively: (a) that certain Credit Agreement Among Specialty Retailers, Inc., as Borrower, Stage Stores, Inc. and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV), as Guarantors, the Banks Named Therein and Credit Suisse First Boston, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Bank, and L/C Bank, dated as of June 17, 1997 in the original principal amount of $200,000,000, as it may have been subsequently amended and modified and (b) all amendments thereto and extensions thereof, and all related security agreements and instruments related to the foregoing documents.
    73. "Prepetition 2000 Credit Facility" means (a) that certain Credit Agreement Among Specialty Retailers, Inc., as Borrower, Stage Stores, Inc. and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV), as Guarantors, the Banks Named Therein and Credit Suisse First Boston, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, dated as of March 6, 2000 in the original principal amount of $35,000,000, as it may have been subsequently amended and modified and (b) all amendments thereto and extensions thereof, and all related security agreements and instruments related to the foregoing documents.
    74. "Prepetition Senior Notes Indenture" means the Indenture, dated as of June 17, 1997 with SRI as Issuer, Stage and SRINV as Guarantors on $200,000,000 of 8 1/2% Senior Notes due 2005, as the same may have been subsequently modified, amended, or supplemented, together with all instruments and agreements related thereto.
    75. "Prepetition Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture" means the Indenture, dated as of June 17, 1997, with SRI as Issuer and Stage and SRINV as Guarantors, on $100,000,000 of 9% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007, as the same may have been subsequently modified, amended or supplemented, together with all instruments and agreements related thereto.
    76. "Priority Claim" means a Claim that is entitled to priority in payment pursuant to Section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and is not an Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax Claim.
    77. "Priority Tax Claim" means a Tax Claim that is entitled to priority in payment pursuant to section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.
    78. "Professional" means any Professional employed in the Reorganization Cases pursuant to sections 327 or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code or any Professional or other entity seeking compensation or reimbursement of expenses in connection with the Reorganization Cases pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.
    79. "Quarterly Distribution Date" means the last Business Day of the month following the end of the period three months after the Initial Distribution Date, and thereafter until all distributions required by the Plan have been made.
    80. "Receivables Facility" means that certain private label credit card receivable purchasing facility created in 1993 and refinanced in 1999.
    81. "Recovery Actions" means, collectively and individually: (a) preference actions, fraudulent conveyance actions, rights of setoff, and other claims or causes of action under sections 510, 544, 547, 548, 549, 550 and 553 of the Bankruptcy Code and other applicable bankruptcy or nonbankruptcy law; (b) claims or causes of action arising out of illegal dividends or similar theories of liability; (c) claims or causes of action based on piercing the corporate veil, alter ego liability, or similar legal or equitable theories of recovery arising out of the ownership or operation of the Debtors; (d) claims or causes of action based on unjust enrichment; (e) claims or causes of action for breach of fiduciary duty, mismanagement, malfeasance, or, to the extent they are claims or causes of action of any of the Debtors, fraud; and (f) claims or causes of action relating to the provision of retiree medical benefits and the provision of director and officer liability insurance or indemnification.
    82. "Reinstated" or "Reinstatement" means rendering a Claim or Interest unimpaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code. Unless the Plan specifies a particular method of Reinstatement, when the Plan provides that an Allowed Claim or Interest will be Reinstated, such Claim or Interest will be Reinstated, at the applicable Reorganized Debtor's sole discretion, in accordance with one of the following:
    83. a. The legal, equitable, and contractual rights to which such Claim or Interest entitles the holder will be unaltered; or

      b. Notwithstanding any contractual provision or applicable law that entitles the holder of such Claim or Interest to demand or receive accelerated payment of such Claim or Interest after the occurrence of a default:

      i. any such default that occurred before or after the commencement of the applicable Reorganization Case, other than a default of a kind specified in Section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, will be cured;

      ii. the maturity of such Claim or Interest as such maturity existed before such default will be reinstated;

      iii. the holder of such Claim or Interest will be compensated for any damages incurred as a result of any reasonable reliance by such holder on such contractual provision or such applicable law; and

      iv. the legal, equitable, or contractual rights to which such Claim or Interest entitles the holder of such Claim or Interest will not otherwise be altered.

    84. "Rejection Claims" means Claims arising from the rejection of an executory contract or lease of personal property or real property by a Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity.
    85. "Reorganization Case(s)" means: (a) when used with reference to a particular Debtor, the chapter 11 case pending for that Debtor in the Bankruptcy Court and (b) when used with reference to all Debtors, the chapter 11 cases pending for the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court.
    86. "Reorganized Debtor" means SRINV, after the merger of Stage into SRINV, with the surviving entity renamed as Stage Stores, Inc.
    87. " Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities " means the entities which shall be continued or created as of the Effective Date as subsidiaries of the Reorganized Debtor, including SRI.
    88. " Repurchased Shares " means, with respect to a holder of an Allowed Class 5B Claim that elects the Cash-Share Option, the number of shares of New Common Stock equal to the Repurchased Share Value divided by 15.
    89. " Repurchased Share Value " means the product of (a) an Allowed Class 5B Claim multiplied by (b) the Class 5B Repurchase Percentage.
    90. " Reserved Shares " means 17,022,857 shares of New Common Stock to be placed in the Unsecured Claims Reserve for distribution to holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5.
    91. " Restructuring Transactions" means the transactions contemplated in Article IV of the Plan.
    92. "Schedules" means the schedules of assets and liabilities and the statements of financial affairs Filed by the Debtors, as required by section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code and the Official Bankruptcy Forms as the same may have been or may be amended, modified, or supplemented prior to the Effective Date.
    93. "Secured Claim" means a Claim that is secured by a lien on property in which an Estate has an interest or that is subject to setoff under section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the value of the Claim holder's interest in the applicable Estate's interest in such property or to the extent of the amount subject to setoff, as applicable, as determined pursuant to sections 506 and, if applicable, 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
    94. "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. Section 77a-77aa, as now in effect.
    95. "Senior Notes" means the Wells Fargo, N.A. 8 1/2 % Senior Notes in the original principal amount of $200,000,000 Dated June 17, 1997 Due 2005 pursuant to the Prepetition Senior Notes Indenture.
    96. "Senior Subordinated Notes" means the State Street Bank & Trust 9% Senior Subordinated Notes in the original principal amount of $100,000,000 Dated June 17, 1997 Due 2007 pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture.
    97. "Senior Subordinated 11% Notes" means the $100 million 11% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes Dated August 2, 1993 Due 2003.
    98. "SRI" means Specialty Retailers, Inc., a Texas corporation, and Debtor in these Reorganization Cases.
    99. "SRINV" means Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV), a Nevada corporation, and Debtor in these Reorganization Cases.
    100. "SRIPC" means the special purpose entity wholly owned by SRI.
    101. "Stage" means Stage Stores, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Debtor in these Reorganization Cases.
    102. "Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim" means a stipulation or other agreement between the applicable Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity and a holder of a Claim or Interest, or an agreed order of the Bankruptcy Court, establishing the amount and nature of a Claim or Interest.
    103. "Subordinated Debentures" means, collectively, (i) the 3 Bealls Holding Corporation Increasing Rate Subordinated Debentures Dated December 1, 1988, Due 2002 and (ii) the Series B Debentures dated April 15, 1989 Due 2002, for which Bankers Trust Company is the trustee.
    104. "Subordination Provisions" means, collectively, the various provisions in the indentures and other debt instruments by which payment of certain obligations are subordinated to the payment of other obligations.
    105. "Substantial Consummation" shall occur once the Restructuring Transactions are concluded, appropriate regulatory approval is obtained, the Exit Financing Facility is documented and proceeds therefrom are distributed to the Reorganized Debtor and/or the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities.
    106. "Tax" means (a) any net income, alternative or add-on minimum, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, profits, license, property, environmental, or other tax, assessment, or charge of any kind whatsoever (together in each instance with any interest, penalty, addition to tax or additional amount) imposed by any federal, state, local, or foreign taxing authority; or (b) any liability for payment of any amounts of the foregoing types as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, or unitary group, or being a party to any agreement or arrangement whereby liability for payment of any such amounts is determined by reference to the liability of any other entity.
    107. "Third Party Disbursing Agent" means an entity designated by a Reorganized Debtor to act as a Disbursing Agent pursuant to Section VI.B of the Plan.
    108. "Tort Claim" means any Claim that has not been settled, compromised, or otherwise resolved that (a) arises out of allegations of personal injury, wrongful death, property damage, products liability, or similar legal theories of recovery; or (b) arises under any federal, state, or local statute, rule, regulation, or ordinance governing, regulating or relating to health, safety, hazardous substances, or the environment.
    109. "Trade Claim" means any Unsecured Claim arising from or with respect to the sale of goods or rendition of services prior to the Petition Date in the ordinary course of the applicable Debtor's business, including any Claim of an employee that is not a Priority Claim.
    110. "Unexpired Lease" means, collectively, any unexpired lease or agreement relating to a Debtor's interest in real property and any unexpired lease or agreement granting rights or interests related to or appurtenant to the applicable real property, including all easements; licenses; permits; rights; privileges; immunities; options; rights of first refusal; powers; uses; usufructs; reciprocal easement or operating agreements; vault, tunnel, or bridge agreements or franchises; development rights; and any other interests in real estate or rights in rem, related to the applicable real property to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
    111. "Unsecured Bank Group Claim " means, as of the Effective Date, the Allowed Unsecured Claim of the Bank Group in the approximate amount of $141,423,665.88, plus the interest, expenses and fees owed under the Prepetition 1997 Credit Facility as of May 31, 2000; provided however, if any outstanding, undrawn letter of credit under the Prepetition 1997 Credit Facility is drawn on or after May 16, 2001, the amount of the Unsecured Bank Group Claim shall increase by the amount of such draw(s).
    112. "Unsecured Claim" means any Claim that is not an Administrative Claim, Cure Amount Claim, Priority Claim, Priority Tax Claim, Secured Claim, or Intercompany Claim.
    113. " Unsecured Claims Reserve" means the escrow for Reserved Shares established for Allowed Claims in Class 5, which will not constitute property of the Reorganized Debtor or any of the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiaries.
    114. "Voting Deadline" means the deadline for submitting Ballots to accept or reject the Plan in accordance with section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code that is specified in the Disclosure Statement, the Ballots or related solicitation documents approved by the Bankruptcy Court.
    115. "Warrant Rights" means the rights to purchase shares of New Common Stock in an aggregate amount equal to 2.5% of the total shares of New Common Stock issued on the Effective Date and after giving effect to the exercise of this Warrant A (or, if 20 million shares are issued at the Effective Date, then the warrant shares on this Warrant A would equal 512,821) at a price calculated using an equity value of $300,000,000 ($15 per share) (the "Warrant A") and the right to purchase shares of New Common Stock in an aggregate amount equal to 5% of the sum of (x) total shares of New Common Stock issued on the Effective Date, (y) the Warrant A shares, and (z) the effect of the exercise of this Warrant B (or, if 20 million shares are issued at the Effective Date, then the warrant shares on this Warrant B would equal 1,079,622) at a price calculated using an equity value of $400,000,000 ($20 per share) (the "Warrant B").
    116. "Weld Litigation" means that certain securities class action filed against Stage and others on March 30, 1999, pending in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division.
    117. "Workers' Compensation Order" means the Order Authorizing Debtors to (i) Pay Prepetition Obligations Under Workers Compensation Insurance and General Liability Insurance Policies, (ii) to Continue to Administer These Policies, and (iii) to Continue to Pay Claims to the Extent They Become Due and Payable, entered by the Bankruptcy Court on or about June 5, 2000.

B. Rules of Interpretation and Computation of Time

1. Rules of Interpretation

For purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise provided herein: (a) whenever from the context it is appropriate, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, will include both the singular and the plural; (b) unless otherwise provided in the Plan, any reference in the Plan to a contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that such document will be substantially in such form or substantially on such terms and conditions; (c) any reference in the Plan to an existing document or Exhibit Filed or to be Filed means such document or Exhibit, as it may have been or may be amended, modified, or supplemented pursuant to the Plan or Confirmation Order; (d) any reference to an entity as a holder of a Claim or Interest includes that entity's successors, assigns, and affiliates; (e) all references in the Plan to Sections, Articles, and Exhibits are references to Sections, Articles and Exhibits of or to the Plan; (f) the words "herein," "hereunder" and "hereto" refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to a particular portion of the Plan; (g) captions and headings to Articles and Sections are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation of the Plan; (h) subject to the provisions of any contract, certificates of incorporation, by-laws, similar constituent documents, instrument, release, or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the rights and obligations arising under the Plan will be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, federal law, including the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules; and (i) the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code will apply.

2. Computation of Time

In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by the Plan, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) will apply.

 

ARTICLE II.

CLASSES OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

All Claims and Interests, except Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims, are placed in the following Classes. In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims, as described in Section III.A, have not been classified and thus are excluded from the following Classes. A Claim or Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any remainder of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes.

A. Classes of Claims

1. Class 1 (Unsecured Non-Tax Priority Claims): Unsecured Non-Tax Priority Claims that are entitled to priority under section 507(a)(3), 507(a)(4), and 507(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code.

2. Class 2 (Convenience Claims): Unsecured Claims which would otherwise be classified in Class 5 and that are (a) equal to or less than $2,500 or (b) reduced to $2,500 pursuant to the election by the holder of such Claim on the Class 5 Ballot.

3. Class 3 (Secured Bank Group Claim): The Secured Bank Group Claim.

4. Class 4 (Other Secured Claims): Secured Claims other than the Class 3 Secured Bank Group Claim.

    1. Class 5 (Unsecured Claims): Unsecured Claims which are not otherwise classified in the Plan. Class 5 includes the following subclasses:

A. Unsecured Bank Group Claim;

B. Unsecured Claims, including Trade, Claims, Tort Claims and Rejection Claims; and

C. Senior Notes Claims.

6. Class 6 (Subordinated Claims): Unsecured Claims which are subordinated as a matter of law, contract or court order. Class 6 includes the following subclasses:

A. Senior Subordinated Notes Claims;

B. Senior Subordinated 11% Notes Claims;

C. Subordinated Debentures Claims;

D. Junior Subordinated Debentures Claims; and

E. Fashion Bar Notes.

7. Class 7 (Intercompany Claims): Claims of one Debtor against another Debtor.

8. Class 8 (Old Common Stock of Stage): Interests in Stage, and any Allowed Claims arising out of the Weld Litigation.

9. Class 9 (Old Common Stock of SRI): Interests in SRI.

10. Class 10 (Old Common Stock of SRINV): Interests in SRINV.

ARTICLE III.

TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

A. Unclassified Claims

1. Payment of Administrative Claims

a. Administrative Claims in General

Except as specified in this Section III.A.1, and subject to all applicable bar date provisions herein, unless otherwise agreed by the holder of an Administrative Claim and the applicable Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, each holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim will receive, in full satisfaction of its Administrative Claim, cash equal to the Allowed amount of such Administrative Claim either (i) on the Effective Date or (ii) if the Administrative Claim is not allowed as of the Effective Date, thirty days after the date on which an order allowing such Administrative Claim becomes a Final Order or a Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim is executed by a Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity and the holder of the Administrative Claim.

b. Statutory Fees

On or before the Effective Date, Administrative Claims for fees due and payable pursuant to 28 U.S.C. Section 1930, will be paid in cash equal to the amount of such Administrative Claims. All fees payable pursuant to 28 U.S.C. Section 1930 will be paid by the Reorganized Debtor in accordance therewith until the Reorganization Cases are closed pursuant to a final decree, dismissed or converted by entry of an order by the Bankruptcy Court. Until entry of such an order, the Reorganized Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities shall file with the Bankruptcy Court and serve upon the United States Trustee a financial report for each quarter, or portion thereof. As of the Effective Date, the Stage Reorganization Case will be deemed closed, and no further fees pursuant to 28 U.S.C. Section 1930 shall accrue after that date.

c. Ordinary Course Liabilities

Administrative Claims based on liabilities incurred by a Debtor in the ordinary course of its business will be paid by the applicable Debtor pursuant to the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Administrative Claims, without any further action by the holders of such Administrative Claims.

d. DIP Financing Claims

All DIP Financing Claims outstanding as of the Effective Date shall be Allowed Administrative Claims as provided in the DIP Order and shall be paid (i) in full on the Effective Date in cash, or (ii) in a manner or on such other terms as may be otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of the DIP Credit Agreement and the DIP Order and mutually agreed upon among the DIP Lenders and the Debtors; provided that, as set forth in the DIP Order, the protections afforded to the DIP Lenders thereunder and under the DIP Credit Agreement shall survive the Effective Date until the date on which all Obligations (as defined in the DIP Credit Agreement) have been paid in full, and any DIP Financing Claims that do not arise until subsequent to the Effective Date shall be Allowed Administrative Claims and shall be paid in full in cash by the Reorganized Debtor as soon as practicable after such Claims become Allowed Administrative Claims.

e. Bar Dates for Administrative Claims

i. General Bar Date Provisions

Unless Filed prior to the entry of the Confirmation Order, requests for payment of Administrative Claims must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtor, pursuant to the procedures specified in the Confirmation Order and the notice of entry of the Confirmation Order, no later than ninety days after the Effective Date (the "Administrative Claim Bar Date"). Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to File and serve a request for payment of such Administrative Claims and that do not File and serve such a request by the Administrative Claim Bar Date will be forever barred from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtor or its respective property, and such Administrative Claims will be deemed discharged as of the Effective Date. Objections to such requests must be Filed and served by the Reorganized Debtor forty-five days after the Filing of the applicable request for payment of Administrative Claims.

ii. Bar Dates for Certain Administrative Claims

A. Professional Compensation

Professionals or other entities asserting a Fee Claim for services rendered before the Effective Date must File and serve on the Reorganized Debtor and such other entities who are designated by the Bankruptcy Rules or the Confirmation Order an application for final allowance of such Fee Claim no later than ninety days after the Effective Date (the Fee Claim Bar Date); provided, however, that any Professional who may receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses pursuant to the Ordinary Course Professionals Order may continue to receive such compensation and reimbursement of expenses for services rendered before the Effective Date, without further Bankruptcy Court review or approval, pursuant to the Ordinary Course Professionals Order. Objections to any Fee Claim must be Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtor and the requesting party forty-five days after the Filing of the applicable request for payment of the Fee Claim. To the extent necessary, the Confirmation Order will amend and supersede any previously entered order of the Bankruptcy Court, including the Fee Procedure Order, regarding the payment of Fee Claims.

B. Ordinary Course Liabilities

Holders of Administrative Claims based on liabilities incurred by a Debtor in the ordinary course of its business, including Claims for ad valorem property taxes for 2001, will not be required to File or serve any request for payment of such Administrative Claims. Such Administrative Claims will be satisfied pursuant to Section III.A.1.a.

C. Claims Under the DIP Credit Agreement

Holders of the DIP Financing Claims will not be required to File or serve any request for payment of such Claims. Such Administrative Claims will be satisfied pursuant to Section III.A.1.d.

2. Payment of Priority Tax Claims

a. Priority Tax Claims

Pursuant to section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code, unless otherwise agreed by the holder of a Priority Tax Claim and the applicable Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity, each holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim will receive, in full satisfaction of its Priority Tax Claim, deferred cash payments over a period not exceeding six years from the date of assessment of such Priority Tax Claim. Payments will be made in equal annual installments of principal, plus simple interest accruing from the Effective Date at 6% per annum on the unpaid portion of each Allowed Priority Tax Claim (or upon such other terms determined by the Bankruptcy Court to provide the holders of Priority Tax Claims with deferred cash payments having a value, as of the Effective Date, equal to the Allowed amount of such Priority Tax Claims). Unless otherwise agreed by the holder of a Priority Tax Claim and the applicable Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, or a Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity, the first payment on account of such Priority Tax Claim will be payable on the Initial Distribution Date or, if the Priority Tax Claim is not allowed as of the Initial Distribution Date, the first Quarterly Distribution Date after the date on which (i) an order allowing such Priority Tax Claim becomes a Final Order or (ii) a Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim is executed by the Reorganized Debtor and the holder of the Priority Tax Claim; provided, however, that the Reorganized Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity will have the right to pay any Allowed Priority Tax Claim, or any remaining balance of such Priority Tax Claim, in full at any time on or after the Effective Date, without premium or penalty.

b. Other Provisions Concerning Treatment of Priority Tax Claims

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section III.A.2.a, the holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim will not be entitled to receive any payment on account of any penalty arising with respect to or in connection with the Allowed Priority Tax Claim. Any such Claim or demand for any such penalty (i) will be subject to treatment in Class 5 and (ii) the holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim will not assess or attempt to collect such penalty from any Reorganized Debtor or its property.

B. Unimpaired Classes of Claims

Classes 1 and 4 are unimpaired under the Plan and therefore holders of Claims in Classes 1 and 4 are not entitled to vote.

Class 1: (Unsecured Non-Tax Priority Claims). Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Unsecured Non-Tax Priority Claim has been paid prior to the Effective Date, or agrees to a different treatment, each holder of an Allowed Unsecured Non-Tax Priority Claim shall receive cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Unsecured Non-Tax Priority Claim on the later of (a) the Effective Date and (b) the date the Claim becomes an Allowed Non-Tax Priority Claim, or as soon thereafter as practicable.

Class 4: (Other Secured Claims). Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim agrees to a different treatment, at the sole option of the Reorganized Debtor, or Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity, (i) each Allowed Other Secured Claim shall be Reinstated and rendered unimpaired in accordance with section 1124(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, notwithstanding any contractual provision or applicable nonbankruptcy law that entitled the holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim to demand or receive payment of such Allowed Other Secured Claim prior to the stated maturity of such Allowed Other Secured Claim from and after the occurrence of a default, (ii) each holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Other Secured Claim, including any interest on such Allowed Other Secured Claim required to be paid pursuant to section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, on the later of the Initial Distribution Date and the date such Allowed Other Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable or (iii) each holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive the collateral securing its Allowed Other Secured Claim, in full and complete satisfaction of such Allowed Other Secured Claim on the later of the Initial Distribution Date and the date such Allowed Other Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.

C. Impaired Classes of Claims and Interests

All Classes of Claims and Interests except Classes 1 and 4 are impaired under the Plan.

Class 2: (Convenience Claims). Class 2 is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed Class 2 Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

On the Initial Distribution Date, each holder of an Allowed Class 2 Claim shall receive, from a cash fund of $1,000,000, in full and complete satisfaction of such Allowed Claim, an amount equal to .30 multiplied by the amount of the lesser of such Allowed Class 2 Claim or $2,500; provided however, to the extent the $1,000,000 fund is inadequate to pay .30 multiplied by the amount of each Class 2 Claim (inclusive of Claims greater than $2,500 that have opted for Class 2 treatment), Class 2 Claims shall be paid in the following priority: (i) all Claims equal to or less than $2,500 shall be paid .30 multiplied by the amount of such Claim; (ii) all Claims greater than $2,500 shall be eligible for Class 2 treatment on the basis of the ascending amount of such Claims until the $1,000,000 fund is exhausted; and (iii) Claims greater than $2,500 opting for Class 2 treatment but not paid as a Class 2 Convenience Claim under (ii) above shall be treated as a Class 5B Claim.

Class 3: (Secured Bank Group Claim). Class 3 is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed Class 3 Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

As of the Effective Date, the Bank Group shall be deemed to have an Allowed Secured Claim under the Prepetition 1997 Credit Facility in the amount of fifty million dollars ($50,000,000). On the Effective Date, the Bank Group shall receive 14.29% of the New Common Stock to be issued to creditors under the Plan, which is approximately 2,857,143 shares of New Common Stock (assuming 20,000,000 shares of New Common Stock are issued) plus a cash payment in the amount of twelve million five hundred thousand dollars ($12,500,000) in full satisfaction of such Allowed Secured Claim.

In addition, as of the Effective Date, the Bank Group shall be deemed to have an Allowed Secured Claim under the Prepetition 2000 Credit Facility in the amount of $30,044,654 . On the Effective Date, such Allowed Secured Claim shall be deemed fully paid pursuant to the payments made by the Debtors to the Bank Group under the DIP Order. The balance of the Bank Group Claim, the Unsecured Bank Group Claim, is classified and paid pursuant to Class 5.

All liens and security interests held by the Bank Group on both pre-petition and post-petition assets shall be deemed released as of the Effective Date. These payments to the Bank Group constitute a compromise and settlement pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 of any cause of action or Recovery Actions relating to the Bank Group Claim.

Class 5: (Unsecured Claims). Class 5 is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed Class 5 Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

(i) Generally . On the Initial Distribution Date, each holder of an Allowed Class 5 Claim shall receive from the Unsecured Claims Reserve a percentage of the Reserved Shares equal to the amount of its Allowed Claim divided by the Aggregate Amount of Classes 5 and 6. In addition, on the Initial Distribution Date, to give effect to the Subordination Provisions that exist among holders of Class 5A Claims, holders of Class 5C Claims and holders of Class 6 Claims, each holder of an Allowed Class 5A Claim or an Allowed Class 5C Claim shall receive from the Unsecured Claims Reserve a percentage of the Class 6 Share Allocation equal to the amount of its Allowed Claim divided by the Aggregate Amount of Classes 5A and 5C.

On each Quarterly Distribution Date, each holder of an Allowed Class 5 Claim shall receive from the Unsecured Claims Reserve additional shares of the Reserved Shares such that the total percentage of the distributed Reserved Shares which it has received by such Quarterly Distribution Date equals the percentage of the distributed Reserved Shares which it received on the Initial Distribution Date, or the first Quarterly Distribution Date after its Claim became an Allowed Claim. In addition, on each Quarterly Distribution Date, to give effect to the Subordination Provisions that exist among holders of Class 5A Claims, holders of Class 5C Claims and holders of Class 6 Claims, each holder of an Allowed Class 5A Claim or an Allowed Class 5C Claim shall receive from the Unsecured Claims Reserve additional shares of the Class 6 Share Allocation such that the total percentage of the distributed Class 6 Allocation which it has received by such Quarterly Distribution Date equals the percentage of the distributed Class 6 Share Allocation which it received on the Initial Distribution Date, or the first Quarterly Distribution Date after its Claim became an Allowed Claim.

(ii) The Cash-Share Option . Each holder of an Allowed Class 5B Claim that affirmatively elects the Cash-Share Option shall receive, in full satisfaction of its Claim:

(A) cash equal to the amount of its Allowed Class 5B Claim multiplied by the Class 5B Percentage, no more than half of such payments to be paid on the Initial Distribution Date, or if such Claim is not an Allowed Class 5B Claim on the Initial Distribution Date, on the first Quarterly Distribution Date after such Claim becomes an Allowed Class 5B Claim, with the remainder of such payments to be paid on January 31, 2002 or, if such Claim is not an Allowed Class 5B Claim on that date, the first Quarterly Distribution Date after such Claim becomes an Allowed Class 5B Claim; and

(B) shares of New Common Stock equal to (i) the number of shares of New Common Stock which such holder of an Allowed Class 5B Claim would have otherwise received had it not elected the Cash-Share Option minus (ii) the Repurchased Shares, such shares to be distributed on the Initial Distribution Date, or if such Claim is not an Allowed Claim on the Initial Distribution Date, on the first Quarterly Distribution Date after such Claim becomes an Allowed Class 5B Claim. Upon the date of such distributions, the Repurchased Shares will be retired.

Any amount of the Class 5B Payment not distributed shall be retained by the Reorganized Debtor and shall be property of the Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances.

Class 6: (Subordinated Claims). Class 6 is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed Subordinated Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

On the Effective Date, to give effect to the Subordination Provisions that exist among holders of Class 6 Claims, holders of Allowed Class 6A Claims and 6B Claims, to the extent the Class 6B Claims are determined to be pari passu with Class 6A Claims, shall receive all of the Warrant Rights. The percentage of shares of New Common Stock which each holder of an Allowed Class 6A and/or 6B Claim may be entitled to receive through the Warrant Rights shall equal the amount of its Allowed Claim divided by the aggregate amount of all Claims in Class 6A and/or 6B as of the Effective Date.

Class 7: (Intercompany Claim). Class 7 is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Intercompany Claim is conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan as a holder of an Intercompany Claim and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

Except to the extent required to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions, the holders of Intercompany Claims shall not receive any distributions on account of such Claims.

Class 8: (Old Common Stock of Stage). Class 8 is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Interest in Stage is conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan as a holder of an Interest in Stage and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

Except to the extent necessary to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions, holders of Allowed Interests in Class 8 shall receive no distributions under the Plan. All Interests shall be canceled as of the Effective Date and the Old Common Stock of Stage shall be cancelled as of the Effective Date.

Class 9: (Old Common Stock of SRI). This Class is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Interest in SRI is conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan as a holder of an Interest in SRI and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

Except to the extent necessary to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions, holders of Old Common Stock of SRI shall receive no distributions under the Plan.

Class 10: (Old Common Stock of SRINV). Class 10 is impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Interest in SRINV is conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan as a holder of an Interest in SRINV and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

Except to the extent necessary to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions, the Old Common Stock of SRINV shall be cancelled as of the Effective Date and shall receive no distribution under the Plan.

ARTICLE IV.

MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

A. Legal Entity Restructuring and Vesting of Assets in Reorganized Debtor and Within Reorganized Debtor's Subsidiary Entities

SRINV will, as the Reorganized Debtor, continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate entity, with all the powers of a corporation under applicable law and without prejudice to any right to alter or terminate such existence (whether by merger, dissolution or otherwise) under applicable state law. On the Effective Date, Stage will be merged into SRINV. SRINV, the surviving reorganized parent entity, will be renamed as "Stage Stores, Inc". SRI will continue to exist after the Effective Date as a Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity. Between the Confirmation Date and the Effective Date, the Stage-SRINV merger, and the remaining Restructuring Transactions will be completed and implemented. Except as otherwise provided herein, as of the Effective Date, all property of the respective Estates of the Debtors, and any property acquired by a Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor under the Plan, will vest in the Reorganized Debtor or Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities, free and clear of all Claims, liens, charges, other encumbrances, and Interests. On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor and Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities may operate their businesses and may use, acquire, and dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules, other than those restrictions expressly imposed by the Plan or the Confirmation Order. The Reorganized Debtor will use its reasonable best efforts to list the New Common Stock on NASDAQ. Without limiting the foregoing, the Reorganized Debtor may pay the charges that it incurs on or after the Effective Date for Professionals' fees, disbursements, expenses or related support services (including fees relating to the preparation of Professional fee applications) without application to the Bankruptcy Court.

B. Corporate Governance, Directors and Officers, Employment-Related Agreements and Compensation Programs

1. Certificates of Incorporation and By-Laws

The certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Reorganized Debtor, among other things, will: (i) prohibit the issuance of nonvoting equity securities to the extent required by section 1123(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and (ii) effective immediately after the cancellation of the Old Common Stock of Stage and SRINV as set forth in Sections III.C and IV.F, authorize the issuance of New Common Stock in amounts not less than the amounts necessary to permit the distributions thereof required or contemplated by the Plan and authorize the issuance of preferred stock. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities may amend and restate their certificates of incorporation or by-laws as permitted by general corporation law, subject to the terms and conditions of such constituent documents.

2. Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtor

The initial board of directors and officers of the Reorganized Debtor will consist of the individuals identified on the Board of Directors Designation, such individuals to satisfy all requirements imposed by applicable regulatory authorities. Each such director and officer will serve from and after the Effective Date until his or her successor is duly elected or appointed and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the terms of the certificates of incorporation and by-laws or similar constituent documents of the Reorganized Debtor and applicable state law, the Board of Directors Designation identifies the initial term for each director in accordance with the provisions of the Reorganized Debtor articles of incorporation and by-laws.

3. Post Effective Date Employment, Indemnification, and Compensation Programs

As of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities will have authority to: (a) implement the terms of the emergence bonus provisions previously approved in the employment contracts of John J. Weisner; James Scarborough and Michael McCreery, as modified herein; (b) implement the terms of the emergence bonus for certain other senior executives; (c) create, implement and administer an equity incentive plan (the "2001 Equity Incentive Plan") for key employees which will contain such provisions customary for plans of this kind, including repricing provisions reflecting changing market conditions, subject to agreement between the Debtors and the Creditors' Committee; (d) maintain, amend, or revise existing employment, retirement, welfare, incentive, bonus, severance, indemnification, and other agreements with their active directors, officers, and employees, subject to the terms and conditions of any such agreement; (e) enter into new employment, retirement, welfare, incentive, severance, indemnification, and other agreements for active and retired employees; and (f) cancel the Amended and Restated 1996 Equity Incentive Plan.

As of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor will satisfy the Debtors' obligations regarding the emergence bonuses. The emergence bonuses will be paid in the form of stock options and cash. The cash component will be between $1,000,000 and $2,500,000, depending upon the final determination of cash awards pursuant to the emergence bonus plan. The stock portion will be provided in the form of stock options for New Common Stock of up to 120,000 shares, which are not subject to the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan reserve. In addition, on the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor will establish the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan to reward, retain and attract key personnel. To fund the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, of the 50 million authorized shares as of the Effective Date, 4,000,000 shares will be reserved. Of such shares 3,440,000 shares will be subject to options to be granted on or within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date. The options granted shall be grouped into three (3) equal groupings, with per share exercise prices of $13.75, $15 and $16.25 respectively. The right to exercise these options shall vest over four (4) years from the date the options are granted, with 25% of each grouping vesting at the end of each of the first four years following the date of grant, and shall expire if not exercised ten (10) years from the date of grant. After the Effective Date, the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan shall be under the supervision of the Board of Directors of the Reorganized Debtor, which shall administer it in a manner customary in the industry, and commensurate with the needs of the Reorganized Debtor, and will grant options for the remaining shares.

4. Corporate Action

The Restructuring Transactions; the adoption of new or amended and restated certificates of incorporation and by-laws or similar constituents of the Reorganized Debtor; the initial selection of directors and officers for the Reorganized Debtor; the entry into the Exit Financing Facility; the distribution of cash pursuant to the Plan; the issuance and distribution of New Common Stock pursuant to the Plan; the adoption, execution, delivery, and implementation of all contracts, leases, instruments, releases and other agreements or documents related to any of the foregoing; the adoption, execution, and implementation of employment, retirement, and indemnification agreements, the grants of stock options and the implementation of incentive compensation programs, emergence bonuses, retirement income plans, welfare benefit plans, and other employee plans and related agreements, including the plans and agreements described on Exhibit IV.B.3; and the other matters provided for under the Plan involving the corporate structure of any Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor or corporate action to be taken by or required of any Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, or any Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity will occur and be effective as of the date specified in the documents effectuating the applicable Restructuring Transactions or the Effective Date, if no such other date is specified in such other documents, and will be authorized and approved in all respects and for all purposes without any requirement of further action by stockholders or directors of any of the Debtors.

C. Exit Financing Facility, Obtaining Cash for Plan Distributions

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor is authorized to execute and deliver those documents necessary or appropriate to obtain the Exit Financing Facility and to cause all outstanding, undrawn letters of credit under the 1997 Credit Agreement to be cancelled and replaced by letters of credit issued under the Exit Facility. All cash necessary for the Reorganized Debtor to make payments pursuant to the Plan will be obtained from the Reorganized Debtor's and/or the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities' cash balances and operations and/or the Exit Financing Facility. Cash payments to be made pursuant to the Plan will be made by the Reorganized Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities; provided, however, that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities will be entitled to transfer funds between and among themselves as may be permitted by the Exit Financing Facility as they determine to be necessary or appropriate to enable the Reorganized Debtor to satisfy its obligations under the Plan. Any Intercompany Claims resulting from such transfers will be accounted for and settled in accordance with the Debtors' historical intercompany account settlement practices.

D. Preservation of Rights of Action; Settlement Agreements and Releases

1. Preservation of Rights of Action by the Reorganized Debtor

Except as provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, release or other agreement entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, in accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtor will retain any claims, demands, rights and causes of action that any Debtor or Estate may hold against any entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Recovery Actions shall be deemed released as of the Effective Date.

2. Releases; Indemnification

a. General Releases by Holders of Claims or Interests

As of the Effective Date, in consideration for the obligations of the Debtors, and the Reorganized Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities under the Plan (i) each holder of a Claim that votes in favor of the Plan and (ii) to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, as such law may be extended or interpreted subsequent to the Effective Date, each entity that has held, holds, or may hold a Claim or at any time was a creditor of any of the Debtors and that does not vote on the Plan or votes against the Plan will be deemed to forever release, waive, and discharge all claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, demands, debts, rights, causes of action and liabilities (other than the right to enforce the Reorganized Debtor's obligations under the Plan and the contracts, instruments, releases, agreements, and documents delivered thereunder), whether liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, then existing or thereafter arising in law, equity, or otherwise which are based in whole or in part on any act, omission, transaction, or other occurrence taking place on or prior to the Effective Date in any way relating to a Debtor, the Reorganization Cases or the Plan that such entity has, had or may have against any Debtor, the Committee, the members of the Creditors' Committee, the Indenture Trustees, the Bank Group, and each of their respective present or former directors, officers, employees, attorneys, accountants, underwriters, investment bankers, financial advisors, and agents, acting in such capacity.

b. Satisfaction and Compromise of Bank Group Claim

For good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby confirmed and in consideration for the release of liens, mortgages or other security interests held by the Bank Group, as of the Effective Date the Debtors, Reorganized Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities release, waive and discharge the Bank Group from all claims, obligations, suits, judgment, damages, demands, debts, rights, causes of action and liabilities, whether liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, foreseen or unseen, then existing or thereafter arising in law, equity or otherwise relating to the Bank Group Claim. The allowance of the Class 3 Secured Bank Group Claim and the Unsecured Bank Group Claim in Class 5, and all payments made to the Bank Group pursuant to the Plan constitute a compromise and settlement pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 of any cause of action or Recovery Actions relating to the Bank Group Claim.

c. Injunction Related to Releases

As further provided in Section XI.B, the Confirmation Order will permanently enjoin the commencement or prosecution by any entity, whether directly, derivatively or otherwise, of any claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, demands, debts, rights, causes of action, or liabilities released pursuant to the Plan.

E. Continuation of Certain Employee, Retiree and Workers' Compensation Benefits

1. Employee Benefits

From and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided for in the Plan, the Reorganized Debtor and Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities intend to continue (or continue as modified or replaced) existing employee benefit policies, plans, and agreements, including but not limited to: (a) medical, dental, life, travel accident, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance; (b) sick pay, short-term disability pay, and long-term disability insurance; (c) vacation and holiday pay; (d) 401(k) plans, retirement plans, bonus plans, the emergence bonus plan, the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, and the severance programs; (e) tuition assistance policies; (f) qualified deferred compensation plans; and (g) the Stage Dispute Resolution Program effective November 1, 1998.

2. Workers' Compensation Benefits

From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor and Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities will continue to process and pay Claims arising before or after the Petition Date under the various workers' compensation programs and state requirements in which the Debtors participate on the Petition Date or thereafter in accordance with the Workers' Compensation Order and applicable law.

F. Cancellation and Surrender of Instruments, Securities and Other Documentation

Except as provided in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, as of the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to Article III, the Prepetition 1997 Credit Facility, the Prepetition 2000 Credit Facility, the Senior Notes and Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes and Indenture, the Subordinated Debentures, the Junior Subordinated Debentures, the Fashion Bar Notes, the Old Common Stock of Stage and Old Common Stock of SRINV will be canceled and of no further force and effect, without any further action on the part of any Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or any Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity. Such cancellation shall not impair the rights and duties under all such indentures as between the Indenture Trustees thereunder and the non-Debtor beneficiaries of the trusts created thereby. The holders of or parties to such canceled instruments, securities, and other documentation will have no rights arising from or relating to such instruments, securities, and other documentation or the cancellation thereof, except the rights provided pursuant to the Plan; provided, however, that no distribution under the Plan will be made to or on behalf of any holder of an Allowed Claim evidenced by such canceled instruments or securities unless and until such instruments or securities are received by the Reorganized Debtor or the Disbursing Agent to the extent required in Section VI.J.

G. Release of Liens

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, release or, other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, on the Effective Date, all mortgages, deeds of trust, liens, or other security interests against the property of any Estate will be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, liens, or other security interests, including any rights to any collateral thereunder, will revert to the Reorganized Debtor and any Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity designated in the Restructuring Transactions and their successors and assigns. In order to discharge the liens of the Indenture Trustees against the consideration to be distributed to Classes 5C and 6A for the unpaid fees and expenses of the applicable Indenture Trustee, the Reorganized Debtor shall be authorized to pay such unpaid fees and expenses.

H. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions; Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes

The Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, or any Vice President of the Reorganized Debtor and any Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity will be authorized to execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, instruments, releases and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and implement the provisions of the Plan. The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Reorganized Debtor or Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity will be authorized to certify or attest to any of the foregoing actions. Pursuant to section 1146(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, the following will not be subject to any stamp tax, real estate transfer tax, or similar tax: (1) the issuance, transfer, or exchange of New Common Stock; (2) the creation of any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, or other security interest; (3) the making or assignment of any lease or sublease; (4) the execution and delivery of the Exit Financing Facility; or (5) the making or delivery of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of or in connection with the Plan, including any merger agreements; agreements of consolidation, restructuring, disposition, liquidation, or dissolution; deeds; bills of sale; or assignments executed in connection with the Plan.

ARTICLE V.

TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS

AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

A. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to Be Assumed or Assumed and Assigned

1. Assumption and Assignment Generally

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan, on or within the Assumption Deadline, pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, the applicable Debtor or Debtors will file a motion or motions to assume or assume and assign, as indicated, certain Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; provided, however, that the Debtors reserve the right, at any time prior to the hearing on such motion or motions to amend such motion or motions to: (a) delete any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease listed therein and provide for its rejection pursuant to Section V.C or (b) add any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease thereto, thus providing for its assumption or assumption and assignment pursuant to this Section V.A.1. The Debtors will provide notice of any amendments to such motion or motions to the parties to the Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases affected thereby and to the parties on the then-applicable service list in the Reorganization Cases (including counsel to the Creditors' Committee). Each contract and lease listed in such motion or motions will be assumed only to the extent that any such contract or lease constitutes an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. Listing a contract or lease in such motion or motions will not constitute an admission by a Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity that such contract or lease (including any related agreements as described in Sections I.A. or V.A.2) is an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or that a Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity has any liability thereunder.

2. Assumptions and Assignments of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

Each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease listed in a motion pursuant to Section V.A.1 will include any modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements made directly or indirectly by any agreement, instrument, or other document that in any manner affects such contract or lease, irrespective of whether such agreement, instrument, or other document is listed in a motion pursuant to Section V.A.1, unless any such modification, amendment supplement, restatement, or other agreement is rejected pursuant to Section V.C.

3. Approval of Assumptions and Assignments

The Confirmation Order will constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving certain of the assumptions and assignments described in this Section V.A and Section V.E, pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, as of the Effective Date. Orders of the Bankruptcy Court entered prior to or after the Confirmation Date will specify the procedures for providing notice to each party whose Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is being assumed or assumed and assigned pursuant to the Plan of (a) the contract or lease being assumed or assumed and assigned; (b) the Cure Amount Claim, if any, that the applicable Debtor believes it would be obligated to pay in connection with such assumption; and (c) the procedures for such party to object to the assumption or assumption and assignment of the applicable contract or lease or the amount of the proposed Cure Amount Claim.

B. Payments Related to the Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

To the extent that Cure Amount Claims constitute monetary defaults, the Cure Amount Claims associated with each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease to be assumed pursuant to the Plan will be satisfied, pursuant to section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, at the option of the Reorganized Debtor or Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity assuming such contract or lease or the assignee of such Debtor, if any: (1) by payment of the Cure Amount Claim in cash on the later of the Effective Date or the date a Final Order approving the assumption is entered, (2) on such other terms as are agreed to by the parties to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. If there is a dispute regarding: (1) the amount of any Cure Amount Claim, (2) the ability of the Reorganized Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity or any other assignee to provide "adequate assurance of future performance" (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) under the contract or lease to be assumed or (3) any other matter pertaining to assumption or assumption and assignment of such contract or lease, the payment of any Cure Amount Claim required by section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code will be made following the entry of a Final Order resolving the dispute and approving the assumption.

C. Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to Be Rejected

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan, on or within the Assumption Deadline, pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, the applicable Debtor or Debtors will file a motion or motions to reject certain Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; provided, however, that the Debtors reserve the right, at any time prior to the date of the hearing on such motion or motions to amend such motion or motions to: (a) delete any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease listed therein and provide for its assumption or assumption and assignment pursuant to Section V.A.1 or (b) add any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease thereto, thus providing for its rejection pursuant to this Section V.C. The Debtors will provide notice of any amendments to such motion or motions to the parties to the Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases affected thereby and to the parties on the then-applicable service list in the Reorganization Cases (including counsel to the Creditors' Committee) or maintained prior to the time all Reorganization Cases are closed. Listing a contract or lease in such motion or motions will not constitute an admission by a Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity that such contract or lease (including any related agreements as described in Sections I.A. or V.A.2) is an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or that a Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity has any liability thereunder. On the Assumption Deadline, each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease which is not expressly assumed and assumed and assigned pursuant to Section V.A.1 or rejected pursuant to this Section V.C shall be rejected. The Confirmation Order shall constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving all applicable rejections under this Section V.C, as of the Effective Date.

D. Bar Date for Rejection Damages

If the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to Section V.C of the Plan gives rise to a Rejection Claim (including any Claims arising from those indemnification obligations described in Section V.E.1) by the other party or parties to such contract or lease, such Claim will be forever barred and will not be enforceable against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity, their respective successors, or their respective properties unless a proof of Claim is Filed and served on the Reorganized Debtor, pursuant to the procedures specified in the Confirmation Order and the notice of the entry of the Confirmation Order or another order of the Bankruptcy Court, no later than 60 days after the later of the Effective Date or the date of a Final Order authorizing the rejection.

E. Special Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease Issues

1. Obligations to Indemnify Directors, Officers and Employees

a. Subject to the provisions of Section V.E.1.b, the obligations of each Debtor to indemnify any person serving as one of its directors, officers or employees as of or following the Petition Date by reason of such person's prior or future service in such a capacity or as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership or other legal entity, to the extent provided in the applicable certificates of incorporation, by-laws or similar constituent documents, by statutory law or by written agreement, policies or procedures of or with such Debtor, will be deemed and treated as executory contracts that are assumed by the applicable Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity pursuant to the Plan and section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code as of the Effective Date. Accordingly, such indemnification obligations will survive and be unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order, irrespective of whether such indemnification is owed for an act or event occurring before or after the Petition Date.

b. The obligations of each Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity to indemnify any person who, as of the Petition Date, was no longer serving as a director, officer or employee of such Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity, which indemnity obligation arose by reason of such person's prior service in any such capacity or as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership or other legal entity, whether provided in the applicable certificates of incorporation, bylaws or similar constituent documents, if not previously terminated, by statutory law or by written agreement, policies or procedures of or with such Debtor, will terminate and be discharged pursuant to section 502(e) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, as of the Effective Date; provided, however, that, to the extent that such indemnification obligations no longer give rise to contingent Claims that can be disallowed pursuant to section 502(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, such indemnification obligations will be deemed and treated as executory contracts that are rejected by the applicable Debtor pursuant to the Plan and section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, as of the Effective Date, unless previously rejected, and any Claims arising from such indemnification obligations (including any rejection damage claims) will be subject to the Bar Date provisions of Section V.D.

F. Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date

Contracts and leases entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor, including any Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed by such Debtor, will be performed by the Reorganized Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity liable thereunder in the ordinary course of its business. Accordingly, such contracts and leases (including any assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases) will survive and, other than possible assignment to the Reorganized Debtor or Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity, as the case may be, remain unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order.

ARTICLE VI.

PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

A. Distributions for Claims Allowed as of the Initial Distribution Date

Except as otherwise provided in this Article VI, distributions of cash or New Common Stock to be made on the Initial Distribution Date to holders of Claims that are allowed as of the Initial Distribution Date will be deemed made on the Initial Distribution Date or as promptly thereafter as practicable, but in any event no later than: (a) thirty days after the Effective Date or (b) such later date when the applicable conditions of Section V.B (regarding cure payments for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases being assumed), Section VI.D.2 (regarding undeliverable distributions) or Section VI.J (regarding surrender of canceled instruments and securities) are satisfied. Distributions on account of Claims that become Allowed Claims after the Initial Distribution Date will be made pursuant to Sections VI.G and VII.C.

B. Method of Distributions to Holders of Claims

The Reorganized Debtor, or such Third Party Disbursing Agent as the Reorganized Debtor may employ in its sole discretion, will make all distributions required under the Plan. Any Disbursing Agent will serve without bond, and any Disbursing Agent may employ or contract with other entities to assist in or make the distributions required by the Plan. The Reorganized Debtor may, at its option, employ an Indenture(s) Trustee to act as the Third Party Disbursing Agent in respect of certain Claims subject to Indentures. The Reorganized Debtor shall be authorized to implement such procedures as it deems necessary to distribute New Common Stock and Warrant Rights to Classes 3 and 5, and Class 6A, respectively, so as to efficiently and economically assure prompt and proportionate distribution of such consideration, including arranging for reservation of New Common Stock or Warrant Rights or retiring New Common Stock or Warrant Rights held in reserve.

C. Compensation and Reimbursement for Services Related to Distributions

Each Third Party Disbursing Agent providing services related to distributions pursuant to the Plan will receive from the Reorganized Debtor or Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity, without further Bankruptcy Court approval, reasonable compensation for such services and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such services. These payments will be made on terms agreed to with the Reorganized Debtor or Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity and will not be deducted from distributions to be made pursuant to the Plan to holders of Allowed Claims receiving distributions from a Third Party Disbursing Agent.

D. Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions

1. Delivery of Distributions

a. Generally

Except as provided in Section VI.D.2, distributions to holders of Allowed Claims will be made by the Reorganized Debtor, Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity or Disbursing Agent (a) at the addresses set forth on the respective proofs of Claim Filed by holders of such Claims; (b) at the addresses set forth in any written certification of address change delivered to the Disbursing Agent (including pursuant to a letter of transmittal delivered to a Disbursing Agent) after the date of Filing of any related proof of Claim; or (c) at the addresses reflected in the applicable Debtor's Schedules if no proof of Claim has been Filed and the Disbursing Agent has not received a written notice of a change of address.

2. Undeliverable Distributions

a. Holding of Undeliverable Distributions - Undelivered New Common Stock

i. If any distribution to a holder of an Allowed Claim is returned to a Disbursing Agent as undeliverable, no further distributions will be made to such holder unless and until the applicable Disbursing Agent is notified by written certification of such holder's then-current address.

ii. Pending the distribution of any New Common Stock, the Reorganized Debtor, Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity or applicable Disbursing Agent will cause all of the New Common Stock held by it to be (A) represented in person or by proxy at each meeting of the stockholders of the Reorganized Debtor, (B) voted in any election of directors of the Reorganized Debtor for the nominees recommended by the board of directors of the Reorganized Debtor and (C) voted with respect to any other matter as recommended by the board of directors of the Reorganized Debtor.

b. After Distributions Become Deliverable

On each Quarterly Distribution Date, the Reorganized Debtor or applicable Disbursing Agent will make all distributions that become deliverable to holders of Disputed Claims that became Allowed Claims during the preceding three months.

c. Failure to Claim Undeliverable Distributions

Any holder of an Allowed Claim that does not assert a Claim pursuant to the Plan for an undeliverable distribution to be made by the Reorganized Debtor or a Disbursing Agent within one year after the later of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the last date on which a distribution was deliverable to such holder will have its Claim for such undeliverable distribution discharged and will be forever barred from asserting any such Claim against the Reorganized Debtor or its respective property. Unclaimed cash will become property of the Reorganized Debtor, free of any restrictions thereon, and any such cash held by a Third Party Disbursing Agent will be returned to the Reorganized Debtor. Unclaimed shares will be retired. Nothing contained in the Plan will require any Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, or any Disbursing Agent to attempt to locate any holder of an Allowed Claim.

E. Distribution Record Date

1. As of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, the respective transfer registers for the Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes, the Subordinated Debentures, the Junior Subordinated Debentures, the Old Common Stock of Stage, the Old Common Stock of SRI and the Old Common Stock of SRINV, as maintained by the Debtors or the Indenture Trustees, will be closed. The Reorganized Debtor or any applicable Disbursing Agent and all Indenture Trustees under all Indentures referred to in the Plan, will have no obligation to recognize the transfer or sale of any Claims or shares of Old Common Stock that occur after the close of business on the Distribution Record Date and will be entitled for all purposes herein to recognize and make distributions only to those holders of Claims who are holders of such Claims as of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date.

2. Except as otherwise provided in a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, the transferees of Claims in Class 5 that are transferred pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3001 on or prior to the Distribution Record Date will be treated as the holders of such Claims for all purposes, notwithstanding that any period provided by Bankruptcy Rule 3001 for objecting to such transfer has not expired by the Distribution Record Date.

F. Means of Cash Payments

Except as otherwise specified herein, cash payments made pursuant to the Plan will be in currency of the United States by checks drawn on a domestic bank selected by the Reorganized Debtor or, at the option of the Reorganized Debtor, by wire transfer from a domestic bank.

G. Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed

1. Allowed Claims in Classes 2, 3, and 5

The Initial Distribution Date shall occur as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the Effective Date. On the Initial Distribution Date, distributions made to holders of Allowed Claims on account of such Claims will be calculated as if each Disputed Claim were an Allowed Claim in its face amount. On each Quarterly Distribution Date, distributions also will be made, pursuant to Section VII.C, to the extent allowed, to holders of Disputed Claims in each Class that were allowed during the preceding three (3) months. Such quarterly distributions also will be calculated pursuant to the provisions set forth in this Section.

2. Distributions of New Common Stock

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, only whole numbers of shares of New Common Stock will be issued. When any distribution on account of an Allowed Claim would otherwise result in the issuance of a number of shares of New Common Stock that is not a whole number, the actual distribution of shares of such stock will be rounded to the next higher or lower whole number as follows: (a) fractions equal to or greater than 1/2 will be rounded to the next higher whole number and (b) fractions less than 1/2 will be rounded to the next lower whole number. The total number of shares of New Common Stock to be distributed on account of Allowed Claims will be adjusted as necessary to account for the rounding, provided for in this Section VI.G.2. No consideration will be provided in lieu of fractional shares that are rounded down. On the Initial Distribution Date and the Quarterly Distribution Dates, distributions of five shares or less of New Common Stock will not be made. Instead, such shares will be retained until the final Quarterly Distribution Date, at which time they will be distributed to creditors entitled to such distributions, or retired, as appropriate pursuant to the terms of this Article.

3. De Minimis Distributions

No cash will be distributed to the holder of an Allowed Claim in any Class if the amount of cash to be distributed on account of such Claim is less than $25. Any holder of an Allowed Claim on account of which the amount of cash to be distributed is less than $25 will have its Claim for such distribution discharged and will be forever barred from asserting any such Claim against the Reorganized Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity or their respective property. Any cash not distributed pursuant to this Section will be the property of the Reorganized Debtor, free of any restrictions thereon, and any such cash held by a Third Party Disbursing Agent will be returned to the Reorganized Debtor or Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity.

4. Compliance with Tax Requirements

a. In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Reorganized Debtor or any Disbursing Agent will comply with all Tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on it by any governmental unit, and all distributions pursuant to the Plan will be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements.

b. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, each entity receiving a distribution of cash or New Common Stock pursuant to the Plan will have sole and exclusive responsibility for the satisfaction and payment of any Tax obligations imposed on it by any governmental unit on account of such distribution, including income, withholding and other Tax obligations.

H. Provisions Governing the Unsecured Claims Reserve

1. Funding of the Unsecured Claims Reserve

On the Effective Date, the Reserved Shares will be placed in the Unsecured Claims Reserve for the benefit of holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5.

2. Property Held in Unsecured Claims Reserve

a. Dividends and Distributions

Cash dividends and other distributions on account of New Common Stock held in the Unsecured Claims Reserve will be transferred to the Unsecured Claims Reserve concurrently with the transfer of such dividends and other distributions to other holders of New Common Stock. Cash held in the Unsecured Claims Reserve as a result of such dividends and other distributions (i) will be deposited in a segregated bank account in the name of the applicable Disbursing Agent and held in trust pending distribution by the Disbursing Agent for the benefit of holders of Class 5 Claims, (ii) will be accounted for separately and (iii) will not constitute property of the Reorganized Debtor. The Disbursing Agent will invest the cash held in the Unsecured Claims Reserve in a manner consistent with the Reorganized Debtor's investment and deposit guidelines. The Disbursing Agent also will place in the Unsecured Claims Reserve the cash investment yield from such investment of cash.

b. Recourse

Each holder of an Allowed Claim (or a Disputed Claim that ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim) in Class 5 will have recourse only to be undistributed cash and New Common Stock held in the Unsecured Claims Reserve for satisfaction of the distributions to which holders of Allowed Class 5 Claims are entitled under the Plan, and not the Reorganized Debtor, its property or any assets previously distributed on account of any Allowed Claim.

I. Setoffs

Except with respect to Claims of a Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity released pursuant to the Plan or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the Reorganized Debtor or, as instructed by the Reorganized Debtor, a Third Party Disbursing Agent or Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity may, pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or applicable nonbankruptcy law, set off against any Allowed Claim and the distributions to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claim (before any distribution is made on account of such Claim) the claims, rights and causes of action of any nature except Recovery Actions that the Reorganized Debtor or Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity may hold against the holder of such Allowed Claim; provided, however, that neither the failure to effect a setoff nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder will constitute a waiver or release by the Reorganized Debtor or Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity of any claims, rights and causes of action that any Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity may possess against such a Claim holder.

J. Surrender of Canceled Instruments or Securities

As a condition precedent to receiving any distribution pursuant to the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim evidenced by the Notes, contracts, instruments, securities or other documentation canceled pursuant to Section IV.F, the holder of such Claim (or other appropriate parties which hold such Notes, contracts, instruments, securities or other documentation on their behalf) must tender, as specified in this Section VI.J, the applicable instruments, securities or other documentation evidencing such Claim to the applicable Disbursing Agent, together with any letter of transmittal required by the Reorganized Debtor or Disbursing Agent. Pending such surrender, any distributions pursuant to the Plan on account of any such Claim will be treated as an undeliverable distribution pursuant to Section VI.D.2.

1. Tender of Notes

Except as provided in Section VI.J.2 for lost, stolen, mutilated or, destroyed Notes or instruments, each holder of an Allowed Notes Claim or Claim evidenced by an instrument must tender the applicable Note or Instrument to the applicable Reorganized Debtor, Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity or Disbursing Agent in accordance with a letter of transmittal to be provided to such holders by the Reorganized Debtor or Disbursing Agent as promptly as practicable following the Effective Date. The letter of transmittal will include, among other provisions, customary provisions with respect to the authority of the holder of the applicable Notes to act and the authenticity of any signatures required thereon. All surrendered Notes and other instruments will be marked as canceled and delivered to the Reorganized Debtor.

2. Lost, Stolen, Mutilated or Destroyed Notes

Any holder of Notes or instruments which have been lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed must, in lieu of surrendering such Note, deliver to the applicable Disbursing Agent: (a) evidence satisfactory to the Disbursing Agent of the loss, theft, mutilation or destruction and (b) such security or indemnity as may be required by the Disbursing Agent to hold the Disbursing Agent and the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, harmless from any damages, liabilities or costs incurred in treating such individual as a holder of Note. Upon compliance with this Section VI.J.2 by a holder of an Allowed Note Claim, such holder will, for all purposes under the Plan, be deemed to have surrendered the applicable Note.

ARTICLE VII.

PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING DISPUTED CLAIMS

A. Prosecution of Objections to Claims

1. Objections to Claims

All objections to Claims must be Filed and served on the holders of such Claims by the Claims Objection Bar Date, and, if Filed prior to the Effective Date, such objections will be served on the parties on the then-applicable service list in the Reorganization Cases, including the Creditors' Committee. If an objection has not been Filed to a proof of Claim or a scheduled Claim by the Claims Objection Bar Date, the Claim to which the proof of Claim or scheduled Claim relates will be treated as an Allowed Claim if such Claim has not been allowed earlier.

2. Authority to Prosecute Objections

After the Confirmation Date, only the Reorganized Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities will have the authority to File, settle, compromise, withdraw or litigate to judgment objections to Claims. After the Effective Date, on ten (10) days advance notice to the Special Committee to the Board of Directors of the Reorganized Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities may settle or compromise any Disputed Claim without approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

B. Treatment of Disputed Claims

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no payments or distributions will be made on account of a Disputed Claim but only as to the disputed portion until such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

C. Distributions on Account of Disputed Claims Once Allowed

On each Quarterly Distribution Date, the Reorganized Debtor, a Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity or the applicable Disbursing Agent will make distributions on account of any Disputed Claim but only to the extent of the portion that has become an Allowed Claim during the two preceding calendar quarters. Such distributions will be made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan governing the applicable Class.

ARTICLE VIII.

SUBSTANTIVE CONSOLIDATION OF THE DEBTORS

Pursuant to the Confirmation Order, the Bankruptcy Court shall approve the substantive consolidation of the Debtors for the sole purposes of implementing the Plan, including for purposes of voting, Confirmation and distributions to be made under the Plan. Pursuant to such order: (A) all assets and liabilities of the Debtors will be deemed merged; (B) all guarantees by one Debtor of the obligations of any other Debtor will be deemed eliminated so that any Claim against any Debtor and any guarantee thereof executed by any other Debtor and any joint or several liability of any of the Debtors will be deemed to be one obligation of the consolidated Debtors; and (C) each and every Claim Filed or to be Filed in the Reorganization Case of any of the Debtors will be deemed Filed against the consolidated Debtors and will be deemed one Claim against and a single obligation of the consolidated Debtors. Such substantive consolidation (other than for the purpose of implementing the Plan) will not affect (A) the legal and corporate structures of the Reorganized Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities; (B) pre- and post-Effective Date guarantees that are required to be maintained (1) in connection with contracts or leases that were entered into during the Reorganization Cases or Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been or will be assumed or (2) pursuant to the Plan or (C) the efficacy of the Restructuring Transactions.

ARTICLE IX.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONFIRMATION

AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

A. Conditions to Confirmation

The Bankruptcy Court will not enter the Confirmation Order unless and until the following conditions have been satisfied or duly waived pursuant to Section IX.C:

1. The Confirmation Order will be acceptable in form and substance to the Debtors; the Creditors' Committee; the Bank Group and the Exit Financing Agent Bank and will include the approval of the substantive consolidation of the Debtors as contemplated by Article VIII.

2. The Debtors shall have received a binding, unconditional (except for a normal "market-out" condition and for conditions relating to occurrence of the Effective Date) commitment for the Exit Financing Facility from the Exit Financing Facility Agent Bank on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Debtors.

B. Conditions to the Effective Date

The Effective Date will not occur and the Plan will not be consummated unless and until each of the following conditions have been satisfied or duly waived pursuant to Section IX.C.

1. The documents effectuating the Exit Financing Facility shall have been executed and delivered by the Reorganized Debtor and the Exit Financing Facility Agent Bank.

    1. The Restructuring Transactions shall have been consummated.

3. All regulatory approval, if any, necessary to perform the Restructuring Transactions shall have been obtained.

C. Waiver of Conditions to the Confirmation or Effective Date

The conditions to Confirmation or the Effective Date set forth in this Article IX may be waived in whole or part by the Debtors with at any time without an order of the Bankruptcy Court on consent of the Creditors' Committee; the Bank Group and the Exit Financing Facility Agent Bank.

D. Effect of Nonoccurrence of Conditions to the Effective Date

If each of the conditions to the Effective Date is not satisfied or duly waived in accordance with Section IX.C, then upon motion by the Debtors made before the time that each of such conditions has been satisfied or duly waived and upon notice to such parties in interest as the Bankruptcy Court may direct, the Confirmation Order will be vacated by the Bankruptcy Court; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the Filing of such motion, the Confirmation Order may not be vacated if each of the conditions to the Effective Date is either satisfied or duly waived before the Bankruptcy Court enters a Final Order granting such motion. If the Confirmation Order is vacated (1) the Plan will be null and void in all respects, including with respect to: (a) the discharge of Claims and termination of Interests pursuant to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) the assumptions, assignments or rejections of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases pursuant to Sections V.A and V.C; and (c) the substantive consolidation of the Debtors; and (2) nothing contained in the Plan will: (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against, or any Interest in, the Debtors; or (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors or any other party in interest.

ARTICLE X.

CRAMDOWN

The Debtors request Confirmation under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any impaired Class that does not accept the Plan pursuant to section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors reserve the right to modify the Plan to the extent, if any, that Confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code requires modification.

ARTICLE XI.

DISCHARGE, TERMINATION, INJUNCTION

AND SUBORDINATION RIGHTS

A. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests

1. Except as provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, the rights afforded under the Plan and the treatment of Claims and Interests under the Plan will be in exchange for and in complete satisfaction, discharge and release of all Claims and termination of all Interests arising on or before the Effective Date, including any interest accrued on Claims from the Petition Date. Except as provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, Confirmation will, as of the Effective Date and immediately after cancellation of the Interests in and the Old Common Stock of Stage and SRINV: (a) discharge the Debtors from all Claims or other debts that arose on or before the Effective Date and all debts of the kind specified in section 502(g), 502(h) or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, whether or not (i) a proof of Claim based on such debt is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) a Claim based on such debt is allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code or (iii) the holder of a Claim based on such debt has accepted the Plan; and (b) terminate all Interests and other rights of equity security holders in the Debtors.

2. In accordance with the foregoing, except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, the Confirmation Order will be a judicial determination, as of the Effective Date and immediately after the cancellation of the Old Common Stock of Stage and SRINV and the issuance of the New Common Stock, of a discharge of all Claims and other debts and liabilities against the Debtors and a termination of all Interests and other rights of equity security holders in the Debtors, pursuant to sections 524 and 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, and such discharge will void any judgment obtained against a Debtor at any time, to the extent that such judgment relates to a discharged Claim or terminated Interest.

B. Injunctions

1. Except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, as of the Effective Date, all entities that have held, currently hold or may hold a Claim or other debt or liability that is discharged or an Interest or other right of an equity security holder that is terminated pursuant to the terms of the Plan will be permanently enjoined from taking any of the following actions on account of any such discharged Claims, debts or liabilities or terminated Interests or rights: (a) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities or their respective property, other than to enforce any right pursuant to the Plan to a distribution; (b) enforcing, attaching, collecting or recovering in any manner any judgment, award, decree or order against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities or their respective property other than as permitted pursuant to (a) above; (c) creating, perfecting or enforcing any lien or encumbrance against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities or their respective property; (d) asserting a setoff, right of subrogation or recoupment of any kind against any debt, liability or obligation due to the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities; and (e) commencing or continuing any action, in any manner, in any place that does not comply with or is inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

2. As of the Effective Date, all entities that have held, currently hold or may hold any Claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, demands, debts, rights, causes of action or liabilities that are released pursuant to the Plan will be permanently enjoined from taking any of the following actions against any released entity or its property on account of such released claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, demands, debts, rights, causes of action or liabilities: (a) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding; (b) enforcing, attaching, collecting or recovering in any manner any judgment, award, decree or order; (c) creating, perfecting or enforcing any lien or encumbrance; (d) asserting a setoff, right of subrogation or recoupment of any kind against any debt, liability or obligation due to any released entity; and (e) commencing or continuing any action, in any manner, in any place that does not comply with or is inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

3. By accepting distributions pursuant to the Plan, each holder of an Allowed Claim receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan will be deemed to have specifically consented to the injunctions set forth in this Section XI.B.

C. Termination of Subordination Rights and Settlement of Related Claims and Controversies

1. Except as necessary to enforce Plan treatment of Classes 5 and 6, including the enforcement of the Subordination Provisions in connection therewith, the classification and manner of satisfying all Claims and Interests under the Plan take into consideration all subordination rights, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, contract, section 510(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, that a holder of a Claim or Interest may have against other Claim or Interest holders with respect to any distribution made pursuant to the Plan. All subordination rights that a holder of a Claim may have with respect to any distribution to be made pursuant to the Plan will be discharged and terminated, and all actions related to the enforcement of such subordination rights will be permanently enjoined. Accordingly, distributions pursuant to the Plan to holders of Allowed Claims, including Class 6A, will not be subject to payment to a beneficiary of such terminated subordination rights or to levy, garnishment, attachment or other legal process by a beneficiary of such terminated subordination rights.

2. Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 and in consideration for the distributions and other benefits provided under the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims or controversies relating to the subordination rights that a holder of a Claim may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or any distribution to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of any Allowed Claim. The entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court's approval, as of the Effective Date, of the compromise or settlement of all such Claims or controversies and the Bankruptcy Court's finding that such compromise or settlement is in the best interests of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities and their respective property and Claim and Interest holders and is fair, equitable and reasonable and the holders of the Class 6A Claims shall be entitled to retain the Warrant Rights hereunder notwithstanding any provisions of the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture related to the subordination of Class 6A Claims.

ARTICLE XII.

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court will retain jurisdiction over the Reorganization Cases after the Effective Date as is legally permissible, including jurisdiction to:

1. Allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate or establish the priority or secured or unsecured status of any Claim or Interest, including the resolution of any request for payment of any Administrative Claim; the resolution of any objections to the allowance, priority or classification of Claims or Interests; the approval of the Indenture Trustee's fees and expenses and the enforceability of any subordination agreement;

2. Grant or deny any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses of Professionals authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan for periods ending on or before the Effective Date;

3. Resolve any matters related to the assumption, assumption and assignment or rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which any Debtor is a party or with respect to which any Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor or Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity may be liable and to hear, determine and, if necessary, liquidate any Claims arising therefrom, including any Cure Amount Claims;

4. Ensure that distributions to holders of Allowed Claims are accomplished pursuant to the provisions of the Plan;

5. Decide or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated matters and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtor that may be pending on the Effective Date or brought thereafter;

6. Enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases and other agreements or documents entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or the Confirmation Order;

7. Resolve any cases, controversies, suits or disputes that may arise in connection with or the consummation, interpretation or enforcement of the Plan or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document that is entered into or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any entity's rights arising from or obligations incurred in connection with the Plan or such documents;

8. Modify the Plan before or after the Effective Date pursuant to section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code; modify the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or the Confirmation Order; or remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into, delivered or created in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or the Confirmation Order, in such manner as may be necessary or appropriate to consummate the Plan;

9. Issue injunctions, enforce the injunctions contained in the Plan and the Confirmation Order, enter and implement other orders or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any entity with consummation, implementation or enforcement of the Plan or the Confirmation Order;

10. Enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason or in any respect modified, stayed, reversed, revoked or vacated or distributions pursuant to the Plan are enjoined or stayed;

11. Determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or the Confirmation Order;

12. Enter final decrees closing the Reorganization Cases upon request; and

13. Determine matters concerning state, local and federal Taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505 and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, including any Disputed Claims for Taxes.

ARTICLE XIII.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

A. Dissolution of the Creditors' Committee

On the Effective Date, the Creditors' Committee will dissolve and the members of the Creditors' Committee will be released and discharged from all duties and obligations arising from or related to the Reorganization Cases. The Professionals retained by the Creditors' Committee and the members thereof will not be entitled to assert any Fee Claim for any services rendered or expenses incurred after the Effective Date, except for services rendered and expenses incurred in connection with any applications for allowance of compensation and reimbursement of expenses pending on the Effective Date or Filed and served after the Effective Date pursuant to Section III.A.l.e.ii.A and in connection with any appeal of the Confirmation Order. On the Effective Date, a special committee to the Board of Directors of the Reorganized Debtor shall be appointed to review and monitor the status of claim objections and distributions of New Common Stock to holders of Class 5 Claims. The special committee will employ Kronish, Lieb, Weiner & Hellmann LLP as special counsel, and Kronish, Lieb, Weiner & Hellmann LLP shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Reorganized Debtor for their fees and expenses. The special committee shall be dissolved, unless continued by the Board of Directors of the Reorganized Debtor, nine (9) months after the Effective Date. A copy of all notices and pleadings relating to claim objections shall be sent to Kronish, Lieb, Weiner & Hellman LLP.

B. Limitation of Liability

The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities and their respective directors, officers, employees and Professionals, acting in such capacity, and the Creditors' Committee and its members and Professionals will neither have nor incur any liability to any entity for any act taken or omitted to be taken in connection with or related to the formulation, preparation, dissemination, implementation, Confirmation or consummation of the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or any contract, assignment, release or other agreement or document created or entered into, or any other act taken or omitted to be taken, in connection with the Plan; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this Section XIII.B will have no effect on: (1) the liability of any entity that would otherwise result from the failure to perform or pay any obligation or liability under the Plan or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document to be entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan or (2) the liability of any entity that would otherwise result from any such act or omission to the extent that such act or omission is determined in a Final Order to have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct.

C. Modification of the Plan

Subject to the restrictions on modifications set forth in section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, upon prior written notice to the Creditors' Committee, the Bank Group and the Exit Financing Facility Agent Bank, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, reserve the right to alter, amend or modify the Plan before Substantial Consummation.

D. Revocation of the Plan

The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan as to any or all of the Debtors prior to the Confirmation Date. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan as to any or all of the Debtors, or if Confirmation as to any or all of the Debtors does not occur, then, with respect to such Debtors, the Plan will be null and void in all respects, and nothing contained in the Plan will: (1) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against, or any Interests in, such Debtors or (2) prejudice in any manner the rights of any Debtors or any other party.

E. Severability of Plan Provisions

If, prior to Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court will have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, and such term or provision then will be applicable as altered or interpreted; provided that any such alteration or interpretation must be in form and substance acceptable to the Debtors. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated by such holding, alteration or interpretation. The Confirmation Order will constitute a judicial determination and will provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms.

F. Successors and Assigns

The rights, benefits and obligations of any entity named or referred to in the Plan will be binding on, and will inure to the benefit of, any heir, executor, administrator, successor or assign of such entity.

G. Service of Documents

Any pleading, notice or other document required by the Plan or Confirmation Order to be served on or delivered to the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entities, the Creditors' Committee, the Bank Group, the DIP Lender or the Exit Financing Facility Agent Bank must be sent by overnight delivery service, facsimile transmission, courier service or messenger to:

If to the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor Subsidiary Entity:

Michael McCreery

Stage Stores, Inc.

10201 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77025

Phone: 713/669-2678

Fax: 713/669-2709

With copy to:

Andrew E. Jillson

Lynnette R. Warman

Jenkens & Gilchrist

1445 Ross Avenue - Suite 3200

Dallas, Texas 75202

Phone: 214/855-4500

Fax: 214/855-4300

And

N. Martin Stringer

McKinney & Stringer, P.C.

101 N. Robinson

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102

Phone: 405/239-6444

Fax: 405/239-7902

If to the Creditors' Committee:

Lawrence Gottlieb

Jay Indyke

Kronish Lieb Weiner & Hellman LLP

1114 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036-7798

Phone: 212/479-6000

Fax: 212/479-6275

Jeffrey E. Spiers, Esq.

Andrews & Kurth LLP

600 Travis Street, Suite 4200

Houston, Texas 77002

Phone: 713-220-4200

Fax: 713-220-4285

If to DIP Lender:

Mark Shapiro

Shearman & Sterling

599 Lexington Ave.

New York, New York 10022

Phone: 212/848-8195

Fax: 212/848-7179

If to Bank Group:

David Kurtz

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60606-1285

Telephone: 312/407-0700

Fax: 312/407-0411

If to the Unofficial Noteholders Committee:

John J. Rapisardi

Ted S. Waksman

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10153

Telephone: 212/310-8000

Fax: 212/310-8007

 

STAGE STORES, INC.,

A Delaware Corporation,

 

By:

Its:

 

 

SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC.,

A Texas Corporation, and

 

By:

Its:

 

 

SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC. (NV),

A Nevada Corporation.

 

By:

Its:

Submitted By:

JENKENS & GILCHRIST,

A Professional Corporation

 

By:

Andrew E. Jillson

State Bar No. 10666370

Lynnette R. Warman

State Bar No. 20867940

John N. Schwartz

State Bar No. 00797397

1445 Ross Avenue - Suite 3200

Dallas, Texas 75202

Phone 214/855-4500

Fax: 214/855-4300

Attorneys for the Debtors and

Debtors in Possession

 

Exhibit 2.2

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This Agreement and Plan of Merger dated August 15, 2001 (the "Agreement") is entered into pursuant to Section 92A.190 of the Nevada Revised Statutes and Section 252 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware between STAGE STORES, INC., a Delaware corporation with a principal place of business at 10201 Main Street, Houston, Texas 77025 ("Stage"), and SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC. (NV), a Nevada corporation with a principal place of business at 10201 Main Street, Houston, Texas 77025 ("SRINV"). Stage and SRINV are sometimes referred to in this Agreement as the "Constituent Corporations."

WHEREAS , the board of directors of each Constituent Corporation deems it advisable that the Constituent Corporations merge into a single corporation (the "Merger").

WHEREAS, SRINV, Stage and their affiliate, Specialty Retailers, Inc., a Texas corporation (collectively, the "Debtors"), are Debtors in Possession in jointly administered case No. 0035078-H2-11 in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas Houston Division pursuant to Title 11 of the United States Code, Sections 101-1330, as now in effect or hereafter amended (the "Bankruptcy Court," and the "Bankruptcy Code").

WHEREAS, on August 8, 2001, the Bankruptcy Court confirmed, and thereby directed the implementation and consummation of, the Third Amended Plan of Reorganization of Stage Stores, Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV) (the "Plan"), a copy of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A and which is incorporated into this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth in this Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Merger is one of the Restructuring Transactions required to be consummated by the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the respective mutual covenants, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the Constituent Corporations agree as follows:

1. Surviving Corporation. Stage shall be merged with and into SRINV, which shall be the surviving corporation.

2. Merger Date. The Merger shall become effective (the "Merger Date") upon the completion of:

2.1. the adoption of this Agreement by Stage pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by SRINV pursuant to the Nevada Revised Statutes; and

2.2. the execution and filing by SRINV of Articles of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada in accordance with the Nevada Revised Statutes.

2.3. the execution and filing by Stage of a Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

3. Time of Filings . The Articles of Merger shall be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada and the Certificate of Merger shall be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware upon the approval, as required by law and to the extent required by the Plan, of this Agreement by the Constituent Corporations and the fulfillment or waiver of the terms and conditions in this Agreement.

4. Name of Surviving Corporation. On the Merger Date, the name of the surviving corporation will be changed to "Stage Stores, Inc." in accordance with the applicable laws of the State of Nevada. For purposes of this Agreement, the surviving corporation shall be designated "New Stage."

5. Governing Law. New Stage shall be governed by the laws of the State of Nevada.

6. Certificate of Incorporation. The Articles of Incorporation of SRINV in effect as of the Merger Date will be the Articles of Incorporation of New Stage from and after the Merger Date, subject to the right of New Stage to amend its Articles of Incorporation in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada and as provided in the Articles of Incorporation.

7. Bylaws. The Bylaws of SRINV in effect as of the Merger Date will be the Bylaws of New Stage from and after the Merger Date, subject to the right of New Stage to amend its Bylaws in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada and as provided in the Bylaws.

8. Directors and Officers. The directors and officers of SRINV as of the Merger Date will be the directors and officers of New Stage from and after the Merger Date, subject to the right of New Stage to add and replace directors and officers as set forth in its Bylaws and the laws of the State of Nevada.

9. Bankruptcy Proceeding. To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent with the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code and the orders of the Bankruptcy Court, the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code and the orders of the Bankruptcy Court shall prevail.

10. Consummation of the Plan. As provided in the Plan, the Merger is authorized and approved in all respects and for all purposes without any requirement of further action by stockholders or directors of either Stage or SRINV.

11. New Common Stock. As provided in the Plan, New Stage is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of new common stock, par value $.01 per share, (the "New Common Stock"), a portion of which shall be issued to some prior creditors of the Debtors and to others as set forth in the Plan.

12. Cancellation of Old Stock; Issuance of New Common Stock. The Plan provides for (a) the cancellation of the currently issued and outstanding stock and the current treasury stock of the Constituent Corporations, and (b) the manner and basis of issuing some of the New Common Stock. Therefore, the Constituent Corporations agree as follows:

12.1. All previously issued and outstanding common stock and preferred stock of the Constituent Corporations and all warrants, options or other rights to the common or preferred stock of the Constituent Corporations will, by virtue of the Plan and without any action on the part of the Constituent Corporations or their shareholders, be retired and canceled as of the Merger Date.

12.2. All treasury stock of the Constituent Corporations will, by virtue of the Plan and without any action on the part of the Constituent Corporations, be retired and canceled as of the Merger Date.

12.3. As of the Merger Date, the total number of shares of New Common Stock that New Stage is authorized to have outstanding at any one time will be 50,000,000 shares. New Stage shall have the authority to issue preferred stock. However, New Stage shall be prohibited from issuing nonvoting equity securities to the extent set forth in Section 1123(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

12.4. New Stage shall issue New Common Stock in amounts not less than the amounts necessary to permit the distributions thereof required or contemplated by the Plan

12.5. Any New Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Plan to officers, directors, or holders of ten percent (10%) or more of the New Common Stock, unless previously registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), will be restricted as to transferability pursuant to Rule 144 of the Act, and will bear substantially the following legend:

The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") and are "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Act. The securities may not be offered for sale, sold or otherwise transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act, the availability of which is to be established to the satisfaction of the Company.

13. Effect of the Merger. On the Merger Date, the separate existence of Stage shall cease (except insofar as continued by statute), and it shall be merged with and into SRINV. To the extent provided in the Plan and the Bankruptcy Code, all the property, real, personal, and mixed, of each of the Constituent Corporations, and all debts due to either of them, shall be transferred to and vested in New Stage or its designated subsidiaries, as the case may be in order to implement the Plan and the Restructuring Transactions contemplated in the Plan, without further act or deed. To the extent provided in the Plan and the Bankruptcy Code, New Stage or its designated subsidiaries, as the case may be in order to implement the Plan and the Restructuring Transactions contemplated in the Plan, shall thereafter be responsible and liable for all the liabilities and obligations, if any, of each of the Constituent Corporations, and any claim or judgment against either of the Constituent Corporations may be enforced against New Stage or its designated subsidiaries, as the case may be in order to implement the Plan and the Restructuring Transactions contemplated in the Plan,.

14. Representations and Warranties of Stage. Stage represents and warrants to SRINV that:

14.1. Corporate Organization and Good Standing. Stage is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction, if any, in which its property or business requires such qualification.

14.2. Reporting Company Status. Stage is a reporting company pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

14.3. Reporting Company Filings. Stage has timely filed and is current on all reports required to be filed by it pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

14.4. Capitalization. Stage's authorized capital stock consists of 75,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, of which 26,846,366 shares are issued and outstanding, 3,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value, of which 1,250,584 shares are issued and outstanding, and 2,500,000 shares of preferred stock of which no shares are outstanding.

14.5. Issued Stock. All the outstanding shares of its common stock are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

14.6. Stock Rights. As of the Merger Date, no stock grants, options, rights, warrants or other rights to purchase or obtain Stage stock will be outstanding or committed to be issued.

14.7. Cancellation of Stock. All stock of Stage will be cancelled as of the Merger Date pursuant to the Plan.

14.8. Corporate Authority . As a Debtor in Possession and subject to the Bankruptcy Code and the Plan, Stage has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties, to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to execute, deliver, perform and conclude the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all other agreements and instruments related to this Agreement.

14.9. Subsidiaries. Other than as set forth in Disclosure Schedule 14.9, Stage has no subsidiaries.

14.10. Financial Statements. Stage's financial statements dated as of May 5, 2001, copies of which will have been delivered by Stage to SRINV prior to the date of this Agreement (the "Stage Financial Statements"), fairly present the financial condition of Stage as of that date and the results of its operations for the period then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

14.11. Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities. Except to the extent reflected in the Stage Financial Statements, Stage did not have as of that date any liabilities or obligations (secured, unsecured, contingent, or otherwise) of a nature customarily reflected in a corporate balance sheet prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

14.12. No Material Changes. There has been no material adverse change in the business, properties, or financial condition of Stage since the date of the Stage Financial Statements.

14.13. Litigation. Except as set forth in Disclosure Schedule 14.13, there is not, to the knowledge of Stage, any pending, threatened, or existing litigation, bankruptcy, criminal, civil, or regulatory proceeding or investigation, threatened or contemplated against Stage or against any of its officers or directors.

14.14. Contracts. Stage is not a party to any material contract not in the ordinary course of business that is to be performed in whole or in part at or after the date of this Agreement.

14.15. Title. Stage has good and marketable title to all the real property and good and valid titled to all other property included in the Stage Financial Statements. The properties of Stage are not subject to any mortgage, encumbrance, or lien of any kind except minor encumbrances that do not materially interfere with the use of the property in the conduct of the business of Stage.

14.16. Tax Returns. All required tax returns for federal, state, county, municipal, local, foreign and other taxes and assessments have been properly prepared and filed by Stage for all years for which such returns are due unless an extension for filing any such return has been filed. Any and all federal, state, county, municipal, local, foreign and other taxes and assessments, including any and all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts have been paid or provided for. The provisions for federal and state taxes reflected in the Stage Financial Statements are adequate to cover any such taxes that may be assessed against Stage in respect of its business and its operations during the periods covered by the Stage Financial Statements and all prior periods.

14.17. No Violation. Consummation of the Merger will not constitute or result in a breach or default under any provision of any charter, bylaw, indenture, mortgage, lease, or agreement, or any order, judgment, decree, law, or regulation to which any property of Stage is subject or by which Stage is bound.

15. Representations and Warranties of SRINV. SRINV represents and warrants to Stage that:

15.1. Corporate Organization and Good Standing. SRINV is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada and is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction, if any, in which its property or business requires such qualification.

15.2. Capitalization. SRINV's authorized capital stock currently consists of 1,000 shares of common ctock, $.01 par value, all of which are issued and outstanding.

15.3. Issued Stock. All the outstanding shares of its common stock are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

15.4. Stock Rights. As of the Merger Date, no stock grants, options, rights, warrants or other rights to purchase or obtain SRINV stock will be outstanding or committed to be issued.

15.5. Cancellation of Stock. All stock of SRINV will be cancelled as of the Merger Date pursuant to the Plan.

15.6. Corporate Authority. As a Debtor in Possession and subject to the Bankruptcy Code and the Plan, SRINV has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties, to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to execute, deliver, perform and conclude the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all other agreements and instruments related to this Agreement.

15.7. Subsidiaries. Except as set forth in Disclosure Schedule 15.7, SRINV does not have any subsidiaries.

15.8. Financial Statements. SRINV's financial statements dated as of May 5, 2001, copies of which will have been delivered by SRINV to Stage prior to the date of this Agreement (the "SRINV Financial Statements"), fairly present the financial condition of SRINV as of that date and the results of its operations for the period then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

15.9. Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities. Except to the extent reflected in the SRINV Financial Statements, SRINV did not have as of that date any liabilities or obligations (secured, unsecured, contingent, or otherwise) of a nature customarily reflected in a corporate balance sheet prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

15.10. No Material Changes. There has been no material adverse change in the business, properties, or financial condition of SRINV since the date of the SRINV Financial Statements.

15.11. Litigation. Except as set forth in Disclosure Schedule 15.11, there is not, to the knowledge of SRINV, any pending, threatened, or existing litigation, bankruptcy, criminal, civil, or regulatory proceeding or investigation, threatened or contemplated against SRINV or against any of its officers or directors.

15.12. Contracts. SRINV is not a party to any material contract not in the ordinary course of business that is to be performed in whole or in part at or after the date of this Agreement.

15.13. Title. SRINV has good and marketable title to all the real property and good and valid title to all other property included in the SRINV Financial Statements. The properties of SRINV are not subject to any mortgage, encumbrance, or lien of any kind except minor encumbrances that do not materially interfere with the use of the property in the conduct of the business of SRINV.

15.14. Tax Returns. All required tax returns for federal, state, county, municipal, local, foreign and other taxes and assessments have been properly prepared and filed by SRINV for all years for which such returns are due unless an extension for filing any such return has been filed. Any and all federal, state, county, municipal, local, foreign and other taxes and assessments, including any and all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts have been paid or provided for. The provisions for federal and state taxes reflected in the SRINV Financial Statements are adequate to cover any such taxes that may be assessed against SRINV in respect of its business and its operations during the periods covered by the SRINV Financial Statements and all prior periods.

15.15 No Violation. Consummation of the Merger will not constitute or result in a breach or default under any provision of any charter, bylaw, indenture, mortgage, lease, or agreement, or any order, judgment, decree, law, or regulation to which any property for SRINV is subject or by which SRINV is bound.

16. Conduct of Stage Pending the Merger Date. Stage covenants that between the date of this Agreement and the Merger Date:

16.1. No change will be made in Stage's Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws.

16.2. Stage will not make any change in its authorized or issued capital stock, declare or pay any dividend or other distribution or issue, encumber, purchase, or otherwise acquire any of its capital stock.

16.3 Stage will use its best efforts to maintain and preserve its business organization, employee relationships, and goodwill intact, and will not enter into any material commitment except in the ordinary course of business or as provided in the Plan.

17. Conduct of SRINV Pending the Merger Date. SRINV covenants that between the date of this Agreement and the Merger Date:

17.1. No change will be made in SRINV's Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws other than those necessary to implement the Plan and the Restructuring Transactions set forth in the Plan.

17.2. SRINV will not make any change in its authorized or issued capital stock, declare or pay any dividend or other distribution or issue, encumber, purchase, or otherwise acquire any of its capital stock.

17.3. SRINV will use its best efforts to maintain and preserve its business organization, employee relationships, and goodwill intact, and will not enter into any material commitment except in the ordinary course of business or as provided in the Plan.

18. Conditions Precedent to Obligation of Stage. Stage's obligation to consummate the Merger shall be subject to fulfillment on or before the Merger Date of each of the following conditions, unless waived by Stage:

18.1. SRINV's Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of SRINV set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct on the Merger Date as though made at and as of that date, except as affected by transactions contemplated by the Plan.

18.2. SPINV's Covenants. SRINV shall have performed all covenants required by this Agreement to be performed by it on or before the Merger Date.

18.3. Approval. This Agreement shall have been approved by SRINV in such manner as is required by law and the Plan, if any, including all appropriate action by directors and, if required, by shareholders, and in any event to the extent required by the Plan.

18.4. Supporting Documents of SRINV. SRINV shall have delivered to McKinney & Stringer (the "Exchange Agent") supporting documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Exchange Agent to the effect that:

(i) SRINV is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing.

(ii) SRINV's authorized and issued capital stock is as set forth in this Agreement.

(iii) The execution and adoption of this Agreement have been duly authorized by SRINV in such manner as is required by law and the Plan, if any, including all appropriate action by directors and, if required, by shareholders and in any event to the extent required by the Plan.

19. Conditions Precedent to Obligation of SRINV. SRINV's obligation to consummate the Merger shall be subject to fulfillment on or before the Merger Date of each of the following conditions, unless waived by SRINV:

19.1. Stage's Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Stage set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct on the Merger Date as though made at and as of that date, except as affected by transactions contemplated by the Plan.

19.2. Stage's Covenants. Stage shall have performed all covenants required by this Agreement to be performed by it on or before the Merger Date.

19.3. Approval. This Agreement shall have been approved by Stage in such manner as is required by law and the Plan, if any, including all appropriate action by directors and, if required, by shareholders, and in any event to the extent required by the Plan.

19.4. Supporting Documents of Stage. Stage shall have delivered to the Exchange Agent supporting documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Exchange Agent to the effect that:

(i) Stage is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing.

(ii) Stage's authorized and issued capital stock is as set forth in this Agreement.

(iii) The execution and adoption of this Agreement have been duly authorized by Stage in such manner as is required by law and the Plan, if any, including all appropriate action by directors and, if required, by shareholders and in any event to the extent required by the Plan.

20. Access. From the effective date of this Agreement to the Merger Date, SRINV and Stage shall provide each other with such information and permit each other's officers and representatives such access to their respective properties and books and records as the other may from time to time reasonably request. If the Merger is not consummated, all documents received in connection with this Agreement shall be returned to the party furnishing such documents, and all information so received shall be treated as confidential.

21. Closing.

21.1. The transfers and deliveries to be made pursuant to this Agreement (the "Closing") shall be made by and take place at the offices of the Exchange Agent or other location designated by the Constituent Corporations without requiring the meeting of the Constituent Corporations. All proceedings to be taken and all documents to be executed at the Closing shall be deemed to have been taken, delivered and executed simultaneously.

21.2. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of any writing or transmission required by this Agreement or any signature required thereon may be used in lieu of an original writing or transmission or signature for any and all purposes for which the original could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission or original signature.

21.3. At the Closing and to the extent not waived by SRINV, Stage shall deliver to the Exchange Agent in satisfactory form if not already delivered to the Exchange Agent:

(i) evidence of the execution and adoption of this Agreement in such manner as is required by law and the Plan, if any, including all appropriate action by directors and, if required, by shareholders to the extent required by the Plan;

(ii) a Certificate of the Secretary of State of Delaware as of a recent date as to the good standing of Stage;

(iii) certified copies of the resolutions of the board of directors of Stage authorizing the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the Merger, if required;

(iv) the Stage Financial Statements;

(v) a Secretary's Certificate of Incumbency of the officers and directors of Stage; and

(vi) any document as may be specified in this Agreement or required to satisfy the conditions, representations and warranties enumerated elsewhere in this Agreement or the Plan.

21.4. At the Closing and to the extent not waived by Stage, SRINV shall deliver to the Exchange Agent in satisfactory form if not already delivered to the Exchange Agent:

(i) evidence of the execution and adoption of this Agreement in such manner as is required by law and the Plan, if any, including all appropriate action by directors and, if required, by shareholders to the extent required by the Plan;

(ii) a Certificate of the Secretary of State of Nevada as of a recent date as to the good standing of SRINV;

(iii) certified copies of the resolutions of the board of directors of SRINV authorizing the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the Merger, if required;

(iv) the SRINV Financial Statements;

(v) a Secretary's Certificate of Incumbency of the officers and directors of SRINV; and

(vi) any document as may be specified in this Agreement or required to satisfy the conditions, representations and warranties enumerated elsewhere in this Agreement or the Plan.

22. Survival of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Constituent Corporations set forth in this Agreement shall survive the Merger Date.

23. General Provisions.

23.1. Further Action. Each Constituent Corporation agrees that will execute any additional instruments and take any other action as may be reasonably required to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement and the Plan.

23.2. Waiver. Any failure on the part of either Constituent Corporation to comply with any of its obligations, agreements, or conditions under this Agreement may be waived by the party to whom that compliance is owed.

23.3. Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if delivered in person or sent by prepaid first-class certified mail, return receipt requested, or recognized commercial courier service, as follows:

If to Stage, to:

Michael McCreery, Executive Vice President

Stage Stores, Inc.

10201 Main Street

Houston, TX 77025

If to SRINV, to:

Michael McCreery, Executive Vice President

Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV)

10201 Main Street

Houston, TX 77025

23.4. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada to the extent not superseded by the Bankruptcy Code and inconsistent with the Plan.

23.5. Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon the Constituent Corporations and their successors and assigns; provided, however, that any assignment by either Constituent Corporation of its rights under this Agreement without the written consent of the other party shall be void.

23.6. Closing Date. The Closing shall take place upon the fulfillment by each Constituent Corporation of all the conditions of Closing required in this Agreement, but not later than thirty (30) days following execution of this Agreement unless extended by mutual consent of the Constituent Corporations or directed by the Plan or the Bankruptcy Court.

23.7. Review of Agreement. Each of the Constituent Corporations acknowledges that it has had time to review this Agreement and, as desired, to consult with counsel. In the interpretation of this Agreement, no adverse presumption shall be made against either Constituent Corporation on the basis that it has prepared, or participated in the preparation of, this Agreement.

23.8. Disclosure Schedules. All Disclosure Schedules attached to this Agreement, if any, shall be acknowledged by each Constituent Corporations by signature or initials thereon unless waived by the Constituent Corporations.

24. Effective Date. This effective date of this Agreement shall be August __, 2001 (the "Effective Date").

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Constituent Corporations have executed this Agreement and Plan of Merger as of the Effective Date.

 

STAGE STORES, INC., a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Michael McCreery

MICHAEL McCREERY

Executive Vice President

 

SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC. (NV), a Nevada corporation

By:   /s/ Michael McCreery

MICHAEL McCREERY

Executive Vice President

STATE OF TEXAS )

) ss.

COUNTY OF HARRIS )

On August 22, 2001 before me, a Notary Public, personally appeared Michael McCreery who is the Executive Vice President of Stage Stores, Inc., and who is personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity and that, by his signatures on the instrument, the person or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

/s/ Melinda Jo Perry

NOTARY PUBLIC

My Commission Expires:

August 1, 2005

STATE OF TEXAS )

) ss.

COUNTY OF HARRIS )

On August 22, 2001 before me, a Notary Public, personally appeared Michael McCreery who is the Executive Vice President of Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV), and who is personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity and that, by his signatures on the instrument, the person or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

/s/ Melinda Jo Perry

NOTARY PUBLIC

My Commission Expires:

August 1, 2005

 

 

STAGE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE 14.9

Subsidiaries

Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV), a Nevada corporation, and its subsidiary, Granite National Bank, a national banking association

Specialty Retailers, Inc., a Texas corporation, and its subsidiary, SRI Receivables Purchase Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

STAGE (THE "COMPANY") DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE 14.13

Litigation

From time to time the Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of their business. Upon the filing of the Chapter 11 Proceedings, certain of the cases described below were stayed pursuant to the automatic stay afforded by the Bankruptcy Code. These proceedings cannot go forward absent Court approval to lift the automatic stay.

On March 30, 1999, a class action lawsuit was filed against the Company and certain of its officers, directors and stockholders in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division by John C. Weld, Jr., a stockholder who purchased 125 shares of the Company's common stock on August 3, 1998, alleging violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder (the "Weld Suit"). The Company believes that the allegations of the Weld Suit are without merit, and on July 23, 1999, the Company filed a motion to dismiss. United States District Judge Kenneth Hoyt entered an order on December 8, 1999 dismissing the Weld Suit. Mr. Weld appealed the order to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit (the "Fifth Circuit"). On May 16, 2001, the Fifth Circuit affirmed the District Court's dismissal of the Weld Suit. The plaintiffs in the Weld Suit have the option to appeal that decision to the United States Supreme Court, but the United States Supreme Court may or may not decide to hear the appeal.

On March 20, 2001, the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Proceedings entered an order that authorized the Company and its subsidiaries to enter into and perform a Compromise, Settlement and Release Agreement dated January 31, 2001 with Carl Tooker, the Company's former Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, and his wife (the "Settlement Agreement") in the District Court of Harris County, Texas (the "Tooker Suit"). Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, Mr. Tooker and his wife executed a promissory note dated March 30, 2001 payable to Specialty Retailers, Inc. ("SRI") in the principal sum of $1,215,567 (the "Maximum Principal Amount"), with an annual interest rate of 6.5%, and with a maturity date of February 11, 2011 (the "Note"). The Note provides that in the event $532,000 of the Maximum Principal Amount is paid on or before August 1, 2008 as provided in the Note, the remaining unpaid Maximum Principal Amount will not be payable and will be irrevocably waived by SRI. On March 30, 2001, Mr. Tooker also resigned from the Company's Board of Directors and as an officer of the Company and all of its affiliates, in both cases with the resignations to be deemed effective as of February 21, 2000. On April 10, 2001, the Tooker Suit was dismissed by the State Court with prejudice as to all parties.

In March 2000, eleven former employees of SRI d/b/a Palais Royal, filed two separate suits in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas against the Company, SRI and Mary Elizabeth Pena, arising out of alleged conduct occurring over an unspecified time while the plaintiffs were working at one or more Palais Royal stores in the Houston, Texas area. The plaintiffs allege that on separate occasions they were falsely accused of stealing merchandise and other company property and giving discounts for purchases against company policy. The suits accuse the defendants of defamation, false imprisonment, intentional infliction of mental distress, assault and violation of the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations (RICO) Act. The claims seek unspecified damages for mental anguish, lost earnings, exemplary damages, treble damages, interest, attorneys' fees and costs. The Company denies the allegations and intends to vigorously defend the claims. These claims are currently stayed by reason of the Company's Chapter 11 Proceedings.

On June 1, 2000, the Company, SRI and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV) (the "Debtors") filed voluntary petitions under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division. During the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Company has continued to manage and operate its assets and business as a debtor-in-possession, pending the formulation and confirmation of a reorganization plan and subject to the supervision and orders of the Court. Additionally, an unsecured creditor committee was formed and has the right to review and participate in the Chapter 11 Proceedings. On April 24, 2001, the Debtors filed, and subsequently amended on May 14, May 21, May 25 and June 6, 2001, a "Disclosure Statement", pursuant to Section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, and a "Plan of Reorganization" with the Court.

On November 3, 2000, the Company received a copy of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission's (the "SEC") August 3, 2000 Order Directing Private Investigation "In the Matter of Stage Stores, Inc." (the "SEC Order"). The SEC Order is a confidential document directing a non-public investigation into related party transactions previously reported by the Company on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2000. The Company is cooperating with the SEC in the investigation.

On April 14, 2000 the Company was named as one of 135 defendants in a patent infringement action brought by The Lemelson Medical, Education & Research Foundation, in the United States District Court for the District of Arizona. The plaintiff claims to be the owner of various patents covering optical scanning devices commonly used by retail outlets at checkout counters to scan prices for customer purchases. The complaint seeks injunctive relief to prevent alleged continuing infringement and unspecified damages for alleged past infringement. The court and the plaintiff were advised of the Company's Chapter 11 Proceeding, and the Company has asserted the protection of the automatic stay. The remaining defendants have formed a common defense group and plan to vigorously defend against the claims. The Company disputes the plaintiff's allegations and plans to monitor the action closely.

In the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Company engaged in litigation with General Electric Capital Corporation ("GE Capital") regarding the proceeds received from the Company's sale of an aircraft (the "Aircraft") which was financed by GE Capital. On July 19, 2000, the Court entered its Order Authorizing Sale of Aircraft Located in Houston, Texas, Subject to All Liens Attaching to the Proceeds and Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. section 363, which enabled the Company to sell the Aircraft but provided that excess proceeds in the amount of $1,065,217 would be held in escrow, pending resolution of the entitlement to such proceeds. On January 1, 2001, in its Order Authorizing Disbursement of "Excess Proceeds" Upon Sale of Aircraft and the Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law Concerning Entitlement to "Excess Proceeds" After Sale of Aircraft, the Court ordered that GE Capital was entitled to the excess proceeds. The Company has appealed this ruling and this matter is currently before the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division.

 

 

 

SRINV DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE 15.7

Subsidiaries

Granite National Bank, a national banking association

     
     

 

 

 

SRINV (THE "COMPANY") DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE 15.11

Litigation

From time to time the Company is involved in various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of its business. Upon the filing of the Chapter 11 Proceedings, certain of the cases described below were stayed pursuant to the automatic stay afforded by the Bankruptcy Code. These proceedings cannot go forward absent Court approval to lift the automatic stay.

On June 1, 2000, the Company, Stage Stores, Inc. and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (the "Debtors") filed voluntary petitions under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division. During the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the Company has continued to manage and operate its assets and business as a debtor-in-possession, pending the formulation and confirmation of a reorganization plan and subject to the supervision and orders of the Court. Additionally, an unsecured creditor committee was formed and has the right to review and participate in the Chapter 11 Proceedings. On April 24, 2001, the Debtors filed, and subsequently amended on May 14, May 21, May 25 and June 6, 2001, a "Disclosure Statement", pursuant to Section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, and a "Plan of Reorganization" with the Court.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

THIRD AMENDED PLAN OF REORGANIZATION OF STAGE STORES, INC.,

SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC. AND SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC. (NV)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PBS/jam/443743_1.DOC

Exhibit 2.3

ARTICLES OF MERGER

of

STAGE STORES, INC.

(A Delaware corporation)

Into

SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC. (NV)

(A Nevada corporation)

Pursuant to Section 92A.190 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, the undersigned corporations, SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC. (NV), a Nevada corporation ("SRINV"), and STAGE STORES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Stage"), do hereby certify:

1. SRINV is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Nevada and will be the surviving corporation of this merger.

2. Stage is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3. SRINV, Stage and their affiliate, Specialty Retailers, Inc., a Texas corporation (collectively, the "Debtors"), are Debtors-in-Possession in jointly administered case No. 0035078-H2-11 in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas Houston Division (the "Reorganized Case"). On August 8, 2001, the Bankruptcy Court confirmed, and thereby directed the implementation and consummation of, the Third Amended Plan of Reorganization of Stage Stores, Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV) (the "Plan"). The merger of Stage into SRINV is one of the Restructuring Transactions set forth in the Plan.

4. Among other matters, the Plan provides that (a) Stage will be merged into SRINV, (b) SRINV, as the surviving corporation, will be renamed as "Stage Stores, Inc.," (c) the previously issued and outstanding common and preferred stock of Stage and SRINV will be cancelled as of the effective date of the merger, and (d) new common stock of SRINV will be issued to some prior creditors of the Debtors and to others as set forth in the Plan. The Plan also provides that the merger of Stage into SRINV is authorized and approved in all respects and for all purposes under the Bankruptcy Code without any requirement of further action by stockholders or directors of either Stage or SRINV.

5. In addition to the Plan, SRINV and Stage are parties to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated August 15, 2001 (the "Merger Agreement"). A complete executed copy of the Merger Agreement is on file at the principal place of business of SRINV at 10201 Main Street, Houston, Texas 77025 and a copy of the Merger Agreement will be furnished by SRINV, on request and without cost, to any stockholder of either constituent corporation.

6. The Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of SRINV as existing prior to the effective date of the merger will continue in full force as the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the surviving corporation.

7. Although not required under the Plan, the Merger Agreement was approved by the Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of SRINV on August 15, 2001.

8. Stockholder approval of the Merger Agreement by the stockholders of SRINV is not required pursuant to Nevada Revised Statutes Section 92A.130(1) and the Plan.

9. Although not required under the Plan, the Merger Agreement was approved by Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of Stage on August 15, 2001.

10. Stockholder approval of the Merger Agreement by the stockholders of Stage is not required pursuant to the Nevada Revised Statutes and the Plan.

11. These Articles of Merger shall be effective immediately upon their filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate of Merger on the 24th day of August, 2001.

SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC. (NV), a Nevada corporation

By:   /s/ Michael McCreery

MICHAEL McCREERY

Executive Vice President

STAGE STORES, INC., a Delaware corporation

By:  /s/ Michael McCreery 

MICHAEL McCREERY

Executive Vice President

 

 

STATE OF TEXAS )

) ss.

COUNTY OF HARRIS )

On August 22, 2001 before me, a Notary Public, personally appeared Michael McCreery who is the Executive Vice President of Stage Stores, Inc., and who is personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity and that, by his signatures on the instrument, the person or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

/s/ Melinda Jo Perry

NOTARY PUBLIC

My Commission Expires:

August 1, 2005

STATE OF TEXAS )

) ss.

COUNTY OF HARRIS )

On Aug. 22, 2001 before me, a Notary Public, personally appeared Michael McCreery who is the Executive Vice President of Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV), and who is personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity and that, by his signatures on the instrument, the person or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

/s/ Melinda Jo Perry

NOTARY PUBLIC

My Commission Expires:

August 1, 2005

31150-015/443843_1.DOC

Exhibit 3.1

RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC. (NV)

ARTICLE I - NAME

The name of this corporation is Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV) (hereafter referred to as the "Corporation").

ARTICLE II - RESIDENT AGENT

The name of the Corporation's Resident Agent is The Corporation Trust Company of Nevada. The street address of the Corporation's Resident Agent where process may be served on the Corporation in the State of Nevada is 6100 Neil Road, Suite 500, Reno, Nevada  89511.

ARTICLE III - PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful activity for which corporations may be organized under the Revised Statutes of the State of Nevada.

ARTICLE IV - AUTHORIZED SHARES

The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation is authorized to have outstanding at any one time is 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value of $.01 per share (the "New Common Stock"). The Corporation shall have the authority to issue preferred stock. However, the Corporation shall be prohibited from issuing nonvoting equity securities to the extent set forth in Section 1123(a) of Title 11 of the United States Code, Sections 101-1330, as now in effect or hereafter amended (the "Bankruptcy Code").

ARTICLE V - ISSUANCE OF NEW COMMON STOCK

Effective immediately after the cancellation of the common stock of the Corporation, whether issued and outstanding or held in treasury, pursuant to terms and conditions of the Third Amended Plan of Reorganization of Stage Stores, Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Specialty Retailers, Inc.(NV) as confirmed on August 8, 2001(the "Plan"), the Corporation shall issue New Common Stock in amounts not less than the amounts necessary to permit the distributions thereof required or contemplated by the Plan.

ARTICLE VI - EXISTENCE

The Corporation shall have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VII - DIRECTORS

The business of the Corporation shall be managed by a Board of Directors. The number of directors and their terms may be increased or decreased in such manner as shall be provided in the Corporation's Bylaws; provided, however, the Corporation shall have at least one director. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized, subject to the Bylaws adopted by the shareholders, to make, alter or amend the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII - ACQUISITION OF CONTROLLING INTEREST

The Corporation expressly elects to be governed by Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes. However, the Amended or Restated Articles of Incorporation, the Bylaws, or a resolution adopted by the directors of the Corporation may impose stricter requirements on the acquisition of a controlling interest in the Corporation than the provisions of Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes. Furthermore, this election to be governed by Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes not intended to, and shall not, restrict the directors of the Corporation from taking any action to protect the interests of the Corporation and its stockholders including, but not limited to, adopting or executing plans, arrangements or instruments that deny rights, privileges, power or authority to a holder of a specified number of shares or percentage of share ownership or voting power.

ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENT

The Corporation reserves and shall have the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in these Restated Articles of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed, and all right conferred upon stockholders of the Corporation herein are granted subject to this reservation.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the President this Corporation so make and file these Restated Articles of Incorporation, hereby declaring and certifying that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 15th day of August, 2001.

 

/s/ John Wiesner_________

John Wiesner, President

STATE OF Oklahoma________ )

) ss.

COUNTY OF Oklahoma______ )

On this 1st day of August, 2001, before me the undersigned officer personally appeared John Wiesner to me personally known and known to me to be the same person whose name is singed to the foregoing instrument and acknowledged the execution therefor for the use and purpose therein set forth.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and official seal.

/s/ Vickie Kelley

NOTARY PUBLIC

My Commission Expires:

August 27, 2002

SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL

OF

RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC. (NV)

These Restated Articles of Incorporation were adopted by unanimous written consent of the Corporation's sole shareholder.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31150-015/443492_1.DOC

Exhibit 3.2

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC. (NV)

FIRST: The name of this corporation is Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV)

SECOND: The street address of the resident agent where process may be served on the corporation in the State of Nevada is 502 East John Street, Carson City, Nevada  89706. The name of the resident agent at such address is CSC Services of Nevada, Inc.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the under the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada;

FOURTH: The total authorized capital stock of the corporation is 1000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

FIFTH: The governing board of this corporation shall be known as directors, and the number of directors, and the number of directors may from time to time be increased or decreased in such manner as shall be provided in the by-laws of this corporation, provided that the number of directors shall not be reduced less than one unless there is less than one stockholder.

SIXTH: The number of directors which shall constitute the first board shall be two (2). The name and address of each of the members of the first board is as follows:

NAME

ADDRESS

Lois Padgetti

2101 Broadway

Yankton, South Dakota 57078

Michael Melchin

Space 10C Super City Mall

Sanborn & North Main Street

Mitchell, South Dakota 57301

SIXTH: The capital stock, after the amount of the subscription price, or par value, as been paid in, shall not be subject to assessment to pay the debts of the corporation.

SEVENTH: The name and post office address of the incorporation signing the articles of incorporation is as follows:

 

NAME

ADDRESS

David N. Britsch

c/o Kirkland & Ellis

153 E. 53 rd Street, 39 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

EIGHTH: The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

NINTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statue, the board of directors is expressly authorized, subject to the by-laws, if any, adopted by the shareholders, to make, alter or amend the by-laws of the corporation.

TENTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held outside of the State of Nevada at such place or places as may be designate from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the corporation.

ELEVENTH: This corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in the articles of incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator herein before named for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada, do make and file these articles of incorporation, hereby declaring and certifying that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 24 th day of June, 1997.

/s/ David N. Britsch

David N. Britsch, Sole Incorporator

State of New York)

County of New York)ss

On this 24 th day of June, 1997, before me the undersigned officer personally appeared David N. Britsch to me personally known and known to me to be the same person whose name is signed to the foregoing instrument and acknowledged the execution therefor for the use and purpose therein setforth.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto set my hand and official seal.

/s/ Sheryl R. Miller

Notary Public

My Commission Expires: February 23, 1999

31150-132/454391_1

Exhibit 3.3

FIRST AMENDED BYLAWS

OF

STAGE STORES, INC. (NV)

ARTICLE 1. OFFICES

1.1 Business Office . The principal office of the corporation shall be located at any place either within or outside the State of Nevada as designated in the corporation's most recent document on file with the Nevada Secretary of State. The corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Nevada, as the board of directors may designate or as the business of the corporation may require from time to time.

1.2 Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation shall be located within the State of Nevada and may be, but need not be, identical with the principal office. The address of the registered office may be changed from time to time.

ARTICLE 2. SHAREHOLDERS

2.1 Annual Shareholder Meeting . An annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting shall be held at the time, date and place, within or outside the State of Nevada, designated by the board of directors and stated in the meeting notice. If the day fixed for the annual meeting is a legal holiday in the State of Nevada, the meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day.

2.2 Special Shareholder Meeting . Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, may be called by the president, or by the board of directors, and shall be called by the president at the request of the holders of not less than one-fourth of all outstanding votes of the corporation entitled to be cast on any issue at the meeting.

2.3 Place of Shareholder Meeting . The board of directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Nevada, as the place of meeting for any annual or any special meeting of the shareholders, unless by written consent, which may be in the form of waivers of notice or otherwise, all shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting designate a different place, either within or without the State of Nevada, as the place for the holding of such meeting.

2.4 Notice of Shareholder Meeting . Written notice stating the date, time, and place of any annual or special shareholder meeting shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the President, the board of directors, or other persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting and to any other shareholder entitled by the Nevada Revised Statues (the "Statutes") or the corporation's Articles of Incorporation to receive notice of the meeting. Notice shall be deemed to be effective at the earlier of: (1) when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid; or (2) on the date shown on the return receipt if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and the receipt is signed by or on behalf of the addressee; or (3) when received; or (4) three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail, if mailed postpaid and correctly addressed to an address other than that shown in the corporation's current record of shareholders.

If any shareholder meeting is adjourned to a different date, time or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time and place, if the new date, time and place is announced at the meeting before adjournment. But if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if a new record date for the adjourned meeting is or must be fixed, then notice must be given pursuant to the requirements of the previous paragraph, to those persons who are shareholders as of the new record date.

2.5 Waiver of Notice . A shareholder may waive any notice required by the Statutes, the Articles of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, by a writing signed by the shareholder entitled to the notice, which is delivered to the corporation (either before or after the date and time stated in the notice) for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records.

A shareholder's attendance at a meeting:

(a) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting because of lack of notice or effective notice; and

(b) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

2.6 Fixing of Record Date . For the purpose of determining shareholders of any voting group entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any distribution, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other purpose, the board of directors may fix in advance a date as the record date. The record date shall not be more than seventy (70) days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken. If no record date is so fixed by the board for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of shareholders, the record date for determination of those shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day the first notice is delivered to shareholders. If no record date is fixed by the board for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive a distribution, the record date shall be the date the board authorizes the distribution. With respect to actions taken in writing without a meeting, the record date shall be the date the first shareholder signs the consent.

When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this Section, that determination shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the board of directors fixes a new record date, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

2.7 Shareholder List . After fixing a record date for a shareholder meeting, the corporation shall prepare a list of the names of its shareholders entitled to be given notice of the meeting. The shareholder list must be available for inspection by any shareholder, beginning on the earlier of ten (10) days before the meeting for which the list was prepared or two (2) business days after notice of the meeting is given for which the list was prepared and continuing through the meeting, and any adjournment of the meeting. The list shall be available at the corporation's principal office or at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where the meeting is to be held.

2.8 Shareholder Quorum and Voting Requirements .

2.8.1 Quorum . Except as otherwise required by the Statutes or the Articles of Incorporation, a majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation, represented by person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at each meeting of the shareholders. If a quorum exists, action on a matter, other than the election of directors, is approved if the votes cast favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless the Articles of Incorporation or the Statutes require a greater number of affirmative votes.

2.8.2 Voting of Shares . Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, each outstanding share, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders.

2.9 Quorum and Voting Requirements of Voting Groups . If the Articles of Incorporation or the Statutes provide for voting by a single voting group on a matter, action on that matter is taken when voted upon by that voting group.

Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting, it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of the meeting unless a new record date is or must be set for that adjourned meeting.

Shares entitled to vote as a separate voting group may take action on a matter at a meeting only if a quorum of those shares exists with respect to that matter. Unless the Articles of Incorporation or the Statutes provide otherwise, a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter by the voting group constitutes a quorum of that voting group for action on that matter.

If the Articles of Incorporation or the Statutes provide for voting by two or more voting groups on a matter, action on that matter is taken only when voted upon by each of those voting groups counted separately. Action may be taken by one voting group on a matter even though no action is taken by another voting group entitled to vote on the matter.

If a quorum exists, action on a matter, other than the election of directors, by a voting group is approved if the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless the Articles of Incorporation or the Statutes require a greater number of affirmative votes.

2.10 Greater Quorum or Voting Requirements . The Articles of Incorporation may provide for a greater quorum or voting requirement for shareholders, or voting groups of shareholders, than is provided for by these Bylaws. An amendment to the Articles of Incorporation that adds, changes, or deletes a greater quorum or voting requirement for shareholders must meet the same quorum requirement and be adopted by the same vote and voting groups required to take action under the quorum and voting requirement then in effect or proposed to be adopted, whichever is greater.

2.11 Proxies . At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote in person or by proxy which is executed in writing by the shareholder or which is executed by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. The proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation or other person authorized to tabulate votes before or at the time of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after six (6) months from the date of its creation unless (i) it is coupled with an interest; or (ii) the shareholder specifies in the proxy the length of time for which the proxy will continue in force; provided that, the proxy may not exceed 7 years from the date of its creation. All proxies are revocable unless they meet specific requirements of irrevocability set forth in the Statutes. The death or incapacity of a voter does not invalidate a proxy unless the corporation is put on notice. A transferee for value who receives shares subject to an irrevocable proxy, can revoke the proxy if he had no notice of the proxy.

2.12 Corporation's Acceptance of Votes .

2.12.1 If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment revocation corresponds to the name of a shareholder, the corporation, if acting in good faith, is entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment revocation and give it effect as the act of the shareholder.

2.12.2 If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment revocation does not correspond to the name of a shareholder, the corporation, if acting in good faith, is nevertheless entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment revocation and give it effect as the act of the shareholder if:

(a) the shareholder is an entity as defined in the Statutes and the name signed purports to be that of an officer or agent of the entity;

(b) the name signed purports to be that of an administrator, executor, guardian, or conservator representing the shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence of fiduciary status acceptable to the corporation has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, wavier, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation;

(c) the name signed purports to be that of a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence of this status acceptable to the corporation has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment revocation; or

(d) the name signed purports to be that of a pledgee, beneficial owner, or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence acceptable to the corporation of the signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation; or

(e) two or more persons are the shareholder as co-tenants or fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be the name of at least one of the co-owners and the person signing appears to be acting on behalf of all co-tenants or fiduciaries.

2.12.3 If shares are registered in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, co-tenants, husband and wife as community property, voting trustees, persons entitled to vote under a shareholder voting agreement or otherwise, or if two or more persons (including proxy holders) have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the secretary of the corporation or other officer or agent entitled to tabulate votes is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect:

(a) if only one votes, such act binds all;

(b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting bind all;

(c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each fraction may vote the securities in question proportionately.

If the instrument so filed or the registration of the shares shows that any tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even split for the purpose of this Section shall be a majority or even split in interest.

2.12.4 The corporation is entitled to reject a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation if the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has reasonable basis for doubt about the validity of the signature on it or about the signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder.

2.12.5 The corporation and its officer or agent who accepts or rejects a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation in good faith and in accordance with the standards of this Section are not liable in damages to the shareholder for the consequences of the acceptance or rejection.

2.12.6 Corporate action based on the acceptance or rejection of a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation under this Section is valid unless a court of competent jurisdiction determines otherwise.

2.13 Action by Shareholders Without a Meeting .

2.13.1 Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if one or more consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof were present and voted. Action taken under this Section has the same effect as action taken at a duly called and convened meeting of shareholders and may be described as such in any document.

2.13.2 Post-Consent Notice . Unless the written consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have been obtained, notice of any shareholder approval without a meeting shall be given at least ten days before the consummation of the action authorized by such approval to (i) those shareholders entitled to vote who did not consent in writing, and (ii) those shareholders not entitled to vote. Any such notice must be accompanied by the same material that is required under the Statutes to be sent in a notice of meeting at which the proposed action would have been submitted to the shareholders for action.

2.13.3 Effective Date and Revocation of Consents . No action taken pursuant to this Section shall be effective unless all written consents necessary to support the action are received by the corporation within a sixty-day period and not revoked. Such action is effective as of the date the last written consent is received necessary to effect the action, unless all of the written consents specify an earlier or later date of the action. Any shareholder giving a written consent pursuant to this Section may revoke the consent by a signed writing describing the action and stating that the consent is revoked, provided that the writing is received by the corporation prior to the effective date of the action.

2.13.4 Unanimous Consent for Election of Directors . Notwithstanding subsection (a), directors may not be elected by written consent unless such consent is unanimous by all shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.

2.14 Voting for Directors . Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, every shareholder entitled to vote for the election of directors has the right to cast, in person or by proxy, all of the votes to which the shareholder's shares are entitled for as many persons as there are directors to be elected and for whom election such shareholder has the right to vote. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote for each director in the election at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The Articles of Incorporation do not provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors.

ARTICLE 3. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

3.1 General Powers . Unless the Articles of Incorporation have dispensed with or limited the authority of the board of directors by describing who will perform some or all of the duties of a board of directors, all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction, of the board of directors.

3.2 Number, Tenure and Qualification of Directors . The authorized number of directors shall be eleven (11); provided, however, that if the corporation has less than two (2) shareholders entitled to vote for the election of directors, the board of directors may consist of a number of individuals equal to or greater than the number of those shareholders and in any case the corporation shall have at least one (1) director. The current number of directors shall be within the limit specified above, as determined (or as amended from time to time) by a resolution adopted by either the shareholders or the directors. The term of office for each director shall be one year. A director shall hold office to the end of his elected term or until the director's earlier death, resignation, or removal. However, if his term expires, he shall continue to serve until his successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until there is a decrease in the number of directors. Directors do not need to be residents of Nevada or shareholders of the corporation.

3.3 Regular Meetings of the Board of Directors . A regular meeting of the board of directors shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of shareholders, for the purpose of appointing officers and transacting such other business as may come before the meeting. The board of directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

3.4 Special Meetings of the Board of Directors . Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the president or any director. The person authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of directors.

3.5 Notice of, and Waiver of Notice for, Special Director Meeting . Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide for a longer or shorter period, notice of the date, time, and place of any special director meeting shall be given at least two days before the meeting either orally or in writing. Any director may waive notice of any meeting. Except as provided in the next sentence, the waiver must be in writing and signed by the director entitled to the notice. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business and at the beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon his arrival) objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting. Unless required by the Articles of Incorporation, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of the meeting.

3.6 Director Quorum and Voting .

3.6.1 Quorum . A majority of the number of directors prescribed by resolution shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board of directors unless the Articles of Incorporation require a greater percentage.

Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, any or all directors may participate in a regular or special meeting by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which all directors participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A director participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

A director who is present at a meeting of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors when corporate action is taken is deemed to have assented to the action taken unless: (1) the director objects at the beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon his arrival) to holding or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to any action taken at the meeting; and (2) the director contemporaneously requests his dissent or abstention as to any specific action be entered in the minutes of the meeting; or (3) the director causes written notice of his dissent or abstention as to any specific action be received by the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the corporation immediately after adjournment of the meeting. The right of dissent or abstention is not available to a director who votes in favor of the action taken.

3.7 Director Action Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if all the directors consent to such action in writing. Action taken by consent is effective when the last director signs the consent, unless, prior to that time, any director has revoked a consent by a signed writing received by the corporation, or unless the consent specifies a different effective date. A signed consent has the effect of a meeting vote and may be described as such in any document.

3.8 Resignation of Directors . A director may resign at any time by giving a written notice of resignation to the corporation. The resignation is effective when the notice is received by the corporation, unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

3.9 Removal of Directors . The shareholders may remove one or more directors at a meeting called for that purpose if notice has been given that a purpose of the meeting is such removal. The removal may be with or without cause unless the Articles of Incorporation provide that directors may only be removed with cause. If a director is elected by a voting group of shareholders, only the shareholders of that voting group may participate in the vote to remove him. A director may be removed only if the number of votes cast to remove him is at least two thirds (2/3) of the votes cast.

3.10 Board of Directors Vacancies . Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, if a vacancy occurs on the board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors, the shareholders may fill the vacancy. During the time that the shareholders fail or are unable to fill such vacancies, then and until the shareholders act:

(a) the board of directors may fill the vacancy; or

(b) if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board, they may fill the vacancy by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining in office.

If the vacant office was held by a director elected by a voting group of shareholders:

(a) if there are one or more directors elected by the same voting group, only those directors are entitled to vote to fill the vacancy if it is filled by the directors; and

(b) only the holders of shares of that voting group are entitled to vote to fill the vacancy if it is filled by the shareholders.

A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date (by reason of a resignation effective at a later date) may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the new director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.

3.11 Director Compensation . By resolution of the board of directors, each director may be paid his expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a stated salary as director or a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or both. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

3.12 Director Committees .

3.12.1 Creation of Committees . Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, the board of directors may create one or more committees and appoint members of the board of directors to serve on them. Each committee must have one or more members, who shall serve at the pleasure of the board of directors.

3.12.2 Selection of Members . The creation of a committee and appointment of members to it must be approved by the greater of (1) a majority of all the directors in office when the action is taken or (2) the number of directors required by the Articles of Incorporation to take such action.

3.12.3 Required Procedures . Those Sections of this Article 3 which govern meetings, actions without meetings, notice and waiver of notice, quorum and voting requirements of the board of directors, apply to committees and their members.

3.12.4 Authority . Unless limited by the Articles of Incorporation, each committee may exercise those aspects of the authority of the board of directors which the board of directors confers upon such committee in the resolution creating the committee. Provided, however, a committee may not:

(a) authorize distributions;

(b) approve or propose to shareholders action that the Statutes require be approved by shareholders;

(c) fill vacancies on the board of directors or on any of its committees;

(d) amend the Articles of Incorporation pursuant to the authority of directors to do so;

(e) adopt, amend or repeal bylaws;

(f) approve a plan of merger not requiring shareholder approval;

(g) authorize or approve reacquisition of shares, except according to a formula or method prescribed by the board of directors; or

(h) authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences, and limitations of a class or series of shares, except that the board of directors may authorize a committee (or an officer) to do so within limits specifically prescribed by the board of directors.

3.13 Acquisition of Controlling Interest. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws and to the extent not inconsistent with the corporation's Articles of Incorporation, the board of directors may impose stricter requirements on the acquisition of a controlling interest in the corporation than the provisions of the laws of the State of Nevada (currently Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes) regarding the acquisition of a controlling interest in the corporation or any other action deemed by the board of directors to be an attempt to gain control of the corporation. Furthermore, any election to be governed by Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes or other applicable law of the State of Nevada shall not restrict the board of directors from taking any action to protect the interests of the corporation and its shareholders including, but not limited to, adopting or executing plans, arrangements or instruments that deny rights, privileges, power or authority to a holder of a specified number of shares or percentage of share ownership or voting power.

ARTICLE 4. OFFICERS

4.1 Number of Officers . The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary and a treasurer, each of whom shall be appointed by the board of directors. Such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary, including any vice presidents, may also be appointed by the board of directors. If specifically authorized by the board of directors, an officer may appoint one or more officers or assistant officers. The same individual may simultaneously hold more than one office in the corporation.

4.2 Appointment and Term of Office . The officers of the corporation shall be appointed by the board of directors for a term as determined by the board of directors. If no term is specified, they shall hold office until the first meeting of the directors held after the next annual meeting of shareholders. If the appointment of officers shall not be made at such meeting, such appointment shall be made as soon thereafter as is convenient. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly appointed and shall have qualified until his death, or until he shall resign or is removed. The designation of a specified term does not grant to the officer any contract rights, and the board may remove the officer at any time prior to the termination of such term.

4.3 Removal of Officers . Any officer or agent may be removed by the board of directors at any time, with or without cause. Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

4.4 Resignation of Officers . Any officer may resign at any time, subject to any rights or obligations under any existing contracts between the officers and the corporation, by giving notice to the president or board of directors. An officer's resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

4.5 President . Unless the board of directors has designated the chairman of the board as chief executive officer, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and, subject to the control of the board of directors, shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the corporation. Unless there is a chairman of the board, the president shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the board of directors. The president may sign, with the secretary or any other proper officer of the corporation thereunder authorized by the board of directors, certificates for shares of the corporation and deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments which the board of directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors from time to time.

4.6 Vice Presidents . If appointed, in the absence of the president or in the event of his death, inability or refusal to act, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designate at the time of their election, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their appointment) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to, all the restrictions upon the president.

4.7 Secretary . The secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the shareholders, the board of directors, and any committees of the board in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records; (d) when requested or required, authenticate any records of the corporation; (e) keep a register of the post office address of each shareholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder; (f) sign with the president, or a vice president, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issuance of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the board of directors; (g) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation; and (h) in general perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the president or by the board of directors. Assistant secretaries, if any, shall have the same duties and powers, subject to the supervision of the secretary.

4.8 Treasurer . The treasurer shall: (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation; (b) receive and give receipts for monies due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in such bank, trust companies, or other depositaries as shall be selected by the board of directors; and (c) in general perform all of the duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the president or by the board of directors. If required by the board of directors, the treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the board of directors shall determine. Assistant Treasurers, if any, shall have the same powers and duties, subject to the supervision of the treasurer.

4.9 Salaries . The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors.

ARTICLE 5. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS,

OFFICERS, AGENTS, AND EMPLOYEES

5.1 Indemnification of Directors . Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, the corporation shall indemnify any individual made a party to a proceeding because the individual is or was a director of the corporation, against liability incurred in the proceeding, but only if such indemnification is both (i) determined permissible and (ii) authorized, as such are defined in subsection (a) of this Section 5.1.

5.1.1 Determination of Authorization . The corporation shall not indemnify a director under this Section unless:

(a) a determination has been made in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Statutes that the director met the standard of conduct set forth in subsection (b) below, and

(b) payment has been authorized in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Statutes based on a conclusion that the expenses are reasonable, the corporation has the financial ability to make the payment, and the financial resources of the corporation should be devoted to this use rather than some other use by the corporation.

5.1.2 Standard of Conduct . The individual shall demonstrate that:

(a) he or she conducted himself in good faith; and

(b) he or she reasonably believed:

(i) in the case of conduct in his or her official capacity with the corporation, that his or her conduct was in its best interests;

(ii) in all other cases, that his or her conduct was at least not opposed to its best interests; and

(iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

5.1.3 Indemnification in Derivative Actions Limited . Indemnification permitted under this Section in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation is limited to reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding.

5.1.4 Limitation on Indemnification . The corporation shall not indemnify a director under this Section of Article 5:

(a) in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which the director was adjudged liable to the corporation; or

(b) in connection with any other proceeding charging improper personal benefit to the director, whether or not involving action in his or her official capacity, in which he or she was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by the director.

5.2 Advance of Expenses for Directors . If a determination is made following the procedures of the Statutes, that the director has met the following requirements, and if an authorization of payment is made following the procedures and standards set forth in the Statutes, then unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, the corporation shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by a director who is a party to a proceeding in advance of final disposition of the proceeding, if:

(a) the director furnishes the corporation a written affirmation of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct described in this section;

(b) the director furnishes the corporation a written undertaking, executed personally or on his or her behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that he or she did not meet the standard of conduct;

(c) a determination is made that the facts then known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification under this Section or the Statutes.

5.3 Indemnification of Officers, Agents and Employees Who Are Not Directors . Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, the board of directors may indemnify and advance expenses to any officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, who is not a director of the corporation, to the same extent as to a director, or to any greater extent consistent with public policy, as determined by the general or specific actions of the board of directors.

5.4 Insurance . By action of the board of directors, notwithstanding any interest of the directors in such action, the corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the corporation, against any liability asserted against or incurred by such person in that capacity or arising from such person's status as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person under the applicable provisions of the Statutes.

ARTICLE 6. STOCK

6.1 Issuance of Shares . The issuance or sale by the corporation of any shares of its authorized capital stock of any class, including treasury shares, shall be made only upon authorization by the board of directors, unless otherwise provided by statute. The board of directors may authorize the issuance of shares for consideration consisting of any tangible or intangible property or benefit to the corporation, including cash, promissory notes, services performed, contracts or arrangements for services to be performed, or other securities of the corporation.

The corporation shall have the authority to issue preferred stock. However, the corporation shall be prohibited from issuing nonvoting equity securities to the extent set forth in Section 1123(a) of Title 11 of the United States Code, Sections 101-1330, as now in effect or hereafter amended (the "Bankruptcy Code").

Effective immediately after the cancellation of the common stock of the corporation, whether issued and outstanding or held in treasury, pursuant to terms and conditions of the Third Amended Plan of Reorganization of Stage Stores, Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Specialty Retailers, Inc.(NV) as confirmed on the August 8, 2001(the "Plan"), the corporation shall issue New Common Stock in amounts not less than the amounts necessary to permit the distributions thereof required or contemplated by the Plan

6.2 Certificates for Shares .

6.2.1 Content . Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall at minimum, state on their face the name of the corporation and that it is formed under the laws of the State of Nevada; the name of the person to whom issued; and the number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, the certificate represents; and be in such form as determined by the board of directors. The certificates shall be signed (either manually or by facsimile) by the president or a vice president and by the secretary or an assistant secretary and may be sealed with a corporate seal or a facsimile thereof. Each certificate for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.

6.2.2 Legend as to Class or Series . If the corporation is authorized to issue different classes of shares or different series within a class, the designations, relative rights, preferences and limitations applicable to each class and the variations in rights, preferences and limitations determined for each series (and the authority of the board of directors to determine variations for future series) must be summarized on the front or back of each certificate. Alternatively, each certificate may state conspicuously on its front or back that the corporation will furnish the shareholder this information on request in writing and without charge.

6.2.3 Shareholder List . The name and address of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation.

6.2.4 Transferring Shares . All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificates shall be issued until the former certificates for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled, except that in case of a lost, destroyed, or mutilated certificates, a new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the board of directors may prescribe.

6.2.5 Lost Certificates . The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificates of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing the issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

6.3 Shares Without Certificates

6.3.1 Issuing Shares Without Certificates . Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, the board of directors may authorize the issue of some or all the shares of any or all of its classes or series without certificates. The authorization does not affect shares already represented by certificates until they are surrendered to the corporation.

6.3.2 Information Statement Required . Within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of shares without certificates, the corporation shall send the shareholder a written statement containing, at a minimum, the information required by the Statutes.

6.4 Registration of the Transfer of Shares . Registration of the transfer of shares of the corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the corporation. In order to register a transfer, the record owner shall surrender the shares to the corporation for cancellation, properly endorsed by the appropriate person or persons with reasonable assurances that the endorsements are genuine and effective. Unless the corporation has established a procedure by which a beneficial owner of shares held by a nominee is to be recognized by the corporation as the owner, the person in whose name shares stand in the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.

6.5 Restrictions on Transfer or Registration of Shares . The board of directors or shareholders may impose restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares (including any security convertible into, or carrying a right to subscribe for or acquire shares). A restriction does not affect shares issued before the restriction was adopted unless the holders of the shares are parties to the restriction agreement or voted in favor of or otherwise consented to the restriction.

A restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares may be authorized:

(a) to maintain the corporation's status when it is dependent on the number or identity of its shareholders;

(b) to preserve entitlements, benefits or exemptions under federal or local laws; and

(c) for any other reasonable purposes.

A restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares may:

(a) obligate the shareholder first to offer the corporation or other persons (separately, consecutively or simultaneously) an opportunity to acquire the restricted shares;

(b) obligate the corporation or other persons (separately, consecutively or simultaneously) to acquire the restricted shares;

(c) require as a condition to such transfer or registration, that any one or more persons, including the holders of any of its shares, approve the transfer or registration if the requirement is not manifestly unreasonable; or

(d) prohibit the transfer or the registration of transfer of the restricted shares to designated persons or classes of persons, if the prohibition is not manifestly unreasonable.

A restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares is valid and enforceable against the holder or a transferee of the holder if the restriction is authorized by this Section and its existence is noted conspicuously on the front or back of the certificates or is contained in the information statement required by this Article 6 with regard to shares issued without certificates. Unless so noted, a restriction is not enforceable against a person without knowledge of the restriction.

6.6 Corporation's Acquisition of Shares . The corporation may acquire its own shares and the shares so acquired constitute authorized but unissued shares.

If the Articles of Incorporation prohibit the reissue of acquired shares, the number of authorized shares is reduced by the number of shares acquired, effective upon amendment of the Articles of Incorporation, which amendment may be adopted by the shareholders or the board of directors without shareholder action. The articles of amendment must be delivered to the Secretary of State and must set forth:

(a) the name of the corporation;

(b) the reduction in the number of authorized shares, itemized by class and series;

(c) the total number of authorized shares, itemized by class and series, remaining after reduction of the shares; and

(d) a statement that the amendment was adopted by the board of directors without shareholder action and that shareholder action was not required.

6.7. Special Rights . Holders of common stock shall have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.

ARTICLE 7. DISTRIBUTIONS

7.1 Distributions to Shareholders . The board of directors may authorize, and the corporation may make, distributions to the shareholders of the corporation subject to any restrictions in the corporation's Articles of Incorporation and in the Statutes.

7.2 Unclaimed Distributions . If the corporation has mailed three successive distributions to a shareholder at the shareholder's address as shown on the corporation's current record of shareholders and the distributions have been returned as undeliverable, no further attempt to deliver distributions to the shareholder need be made until another address for the shareholder is made known to the corporation, at which time all distributions accumulated by reason of this Section, except as otherwise provided by law, shall be mailed to the shareholder at such other address.

ARTICLE 8. NASDAQ COMPLIANCE

8.1 In General . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws, the provisions of this Article 8 shall be applicable (a) so long as the corporation's securities are listed on the NASDAQ SmallCap Market, or the NASDAQ National Market, or the OTC Bulletin Board, or (b) so long as the corporation's securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; provided, however, if the corporation's securities are not listed on a NASDAQ market or the OTC Bulletin Board, notices and filings otherwise required to be given or made to NASDAQ need not be given or made to NASDAQ.

8.2 Distribution of Annual and Interim Reports .

(a) The corporation shall distribute to its shareholders copies of an annual report containing audited financial statements of the corporation and its subsidiaries. The report shall be distributed to the shareholders a reasonable period of time prior to the corporation's annual meeting of shareholders and shall be filed with NASDAQ at the time it is distributed to the shareholders.

(b) The corporation shall make available copies of quarterly reports including statements of operating results to its shareholders either prior to or as soon as practicable following the corporation's filing of its Form 10-Q with the SEC. If the form of such quarterly report differs from the Form 10-Q the corporation shall file one copy of the report with NASDAQ in addition to filing its Form 10-Q pursuant to NASDAQ Rule 4310(c)(14). The statement of operations contained in quarterly reports shall disclose, as a minimum, any substantial items of an unusual or nonrecurrent nature and net income before and after estimated federal income taxes or net income and the amount of estimated federal taxes.

8.3 Independent Directors . The corporation shall maintain a minimum of three independent directors on its board of directors.

8.4 Audit Committee . The corporation shall establish and maintain an Audit Committee. The Audit Committee shall consist of at least three directors, all of whom have no relationship to the corporation that may interfere with the exercise of their independence from management and the corporation ("Independent"). Each member of the Audit Committee shall be financially literate, as such qualifications is interpreted by the board in its business judgment, or must become financially literate within a reasonable period of time after his or her appointment to the Committee. At least one member of the Audit Committee must have accounting or related financial management expertise, as the board interprets such qualification in its business judgment.

8.5 Compensation Committee. The corporation shall establish and maintain a Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee shall consist of at lease two directors, both of whom have no relationship with management that may interfere with the exercise of their independence from management ("Independent")

8.6 Shareholder Meetings . The corporation shall hold an annual meeting of shareholders and shall provide notice of such meeting to NASDAQ.

8.7 Quorum . The corporation shall provide for a quorum as specified in its Bylaws for any meeting of the holders of common stock; provided, however, that in no case shall the quorum be less than thirty-three and one-third percent (33-1/3) of the outstanding shares of the corporation's common stock.

8.8 Solicitation of Proxies . The corporation shall solicit proxies and provide proxy statements for all meetings of its shareholders and shall provide copies of such proxy solicitation to NASDAQ.

8.9 Conflicts of Interest . The corporation shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and shall utilize the corporation's Audit Committee or a comparable body of the Board of Directors for the review of potential conflict of interest situations where appropriate.

8.10 Shareholder Approval .

(i) The corporation shall require shareholder approval of a plan or arrangement under subparagraph a. below, or prior to the issuance of designated securities under subparagraph b., c., or d. below:

a. when a stock option or purchase plan is to be established or other arrangement made pursuant to which stock may be acquired by officers or directors, except for warrants or rights issued generally to security holders of the corporation or broadly based plans or arrangements including other employees (e.g. ESOPs). In a case where the shares are issued to a person not previously employed by the corporation, as an inducement essential to the individual's entering into an employment contract with the corporation, shareholder approval will generally not be required. The establishment of a plan or arrangement under which the amount of securities which may be issued does not exceed the lesser of one percent (1%) of the number of shares of common stock, one percent (1%) of the voting power outstanding, or twenty-five thousand (25,000) shares will not generally require shareholder approval;

b. when the issuance will result in a change of control of the corporation;

c. in connection with the acquisition of the stock or assets of another company if;

1. any director, officer or substantial shareholder of the corporation has a five percent (5%) or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a ten percent (10%) or greater interest), director or indirectly, in the corporation or assets to be acquired or in the consideration to be paid in the transaction or series of related transactions and the present or potential issuance of common stock, or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock, could result in an increase in outstanding common shares or voting power of five percent (5%) or more; or

2. where, due to the present or potential issuance of common stock, or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock, other than a public offering for cash:

A. the common stock has or will have upon issuance voting power equal to or in excess of twenty percent (20%) of the voting power outstanding before the issuance of stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock; or

B. the number of shares of common stock to be issued is or will be equal to or in excess of twenty percent (20%) of the number of shares or common stock outstanding before the issuance of the stock or securities; or

d. in connection with a transaction other than a public offering involving:

1. the sale or issuance by the corporation of common stock (or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock) at a price less than the greater of book or market value which together with sales by officers, directors or substantial shareholders of the corporation equals twenty percent (20%) or more of common stock or twenty percent (20%) or more of the voting power outstanding before the issuance; or

2. the sale or issuance by the corporation of common stock (or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock) equal to twenty percent (20%) or more of the common stock or twenty percent (20%) or more of the voting power outstanding before the issuance for less than the greater of book or market value of the stock.

(ii) Exceptions may be made upon application to NASDAQ when:

a. the delay in securing shareholder approval would seriously jeopardize the financial viability of the enterprise; and

b. reliance by the corporation on this exception is expressly approved by the Audit Committee or a comparable body of the Board of Directors.

A company relying on this exception must mail to all shareholders not later than ten days before issuance of the securities a letter alerting them to its omission to seek the shareholder approval that would otherwise be required and indicating that the Audit Committee or a comparable body of the Board of Directors has expressly approved the exception.

(iii) Only shares actually issued and outstanding (excluding treasury shares or shares held by a subsidiary) are to be used in making any calculation provided for in this Section 8.10. Unissued shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of securities or upon exercise of options or warrants will not be regarded as outstanding.

(iv) Voting power outstanding as used in this Section 8.9 refers to the aggregate number of votes which may be cast by holders of those securities outstanding which entitle the holders thereof to vote generally on all matters submitted to the corporation's security holders for a vote.

(v) An interest consisting of less than either five percent (5%) of the number of shares of commons tock or five percent (5%) of the voting power outstanding of an issuer or party shall not be considered a substantial interest or cause the holder of such an interest to be regarded as a substantial security holder.

(vi) Where shareholder approval is required, the minimum vote which will constitute shareholder approval shall be a majority of the total votes cast on the proposal in person or by proxy.

8.11 Voting Rights . Voting rights of existing shareholders of publicly traded common stock registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 cannot be disparately reduced or restricted through any corporate action or issuance. Examples of such corporate action or issuance include, but are not limited to, the adoption of time-phased voting plans, the adoption of capped voting rights plans, the issuance of super-voting stock, or the issuance of stock with voting rights less than the per share voting rights of the existing common stock through an exchange offer.

ARTICLE 9. MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Inspection of Records by Shareholders and Directors . A shareholder or director of the corporation is entitled to inspect and copy, during regular business hours at the corporation's principal office, any of the records of the corporation required to be maintained by the corporation under the Statutes, if such person gives the corporation written notice of the demand at least five business days before the date on which such a person wishes to inspect and copy. The scope of the inspection right shall be as provided under the Statutes.

9.2 Corporate Seal . The board of directors may provide a corporate seal which may be circular in form and have inscribed thereon any designation including the name of the corporation, the state of incorporation, and the words "Corporate Seal."

9.3 Amendments . The corporation's board of directors may amend or repeal the corporations' Bylaws at any time unless:

(a) the Articles of Incorporation or the Statutes reserve this power exclusively to the shareholders in whole or part; or

(b) the shareholders in adopting, amending, or repealing a particular bylaw provide expressly that the board of directors may not amend or repeal that bylaw; or

(c) the bylaw either establishes, amends, or deletes, a greater shareholder quorum or voting requirement.

Any amendment which changes the voting or quorum requirement for the board must meet the same quorum requirement and be adopted by the same vote and voting groups required to take action under the quorum and voting requirements then in effect or proposed to be adopted, whichever is greater.

Dated as of August 15, 2001.

_/s/ John Wiesner _______________________ John Wiesner, Director

31150-015/443950_2.DOC

Exhibit 3.4

BYLAWS

OF

SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC. (NV)

(a Nevada corporation)

_____________

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

 

1. CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the corporation by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or by the President or a Vice-President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation or by agents designated by the Board of Directors, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation and setting forth any additional statements that may be required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada (General Corporation Law). If any such certificate is countersigned or otherwise authenticated by a transfer agent or transfer clerk, and by a registrar, a facsimile of the signature of the officers, the transfer agent or the transfer clerk or the registrar of the corporation may be printed or lithographed upon the certificate in lieu of the actual signatures. If any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on any certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the corporation before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the corporation, the certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used thereon, had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the corporation.

Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, the certificates representing stock of any such class or series shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Any restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock of any class or series shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares.

The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of any lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against in on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.

2. FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS The corporation is not obliged to but may execute and deliver a certificate for or including a fraction of a share. In lieu of executing and delivering a certificate for a fraction of a share, the corporation may proceed in the manner prescribed by the provisions of Section 87.205 of the General Corporation Law.

3. STOCK TRANSFERS Upon compliance with provisions restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any, transfers or registration of transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the stock ledger of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation or with a transfer agent or a registrar, if any, and on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares of stock properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes, if any, due thereon.

4. RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDERS For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is express; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

5. MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS As used in these By-laws in respect of the right to notice of a meeting of stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term "share" or "shares" or "share of stock" or "shares of stock" or "stockholder" or "stockholders" refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and to a holder or holders of record of record of outstanding shares of stock when the corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock, and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding share or shares of stock and any holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock of any class upon which or upon whom the Articles of Incorporation confers such rights where there are two or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom the General Corporation Law confers such rights notwithstanding that the articles of incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of shares of stock, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights thereunder; provided, however, that no such right shall vest in the event of an increase or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any class or series which is otherwise denied voting rights under the provision of the Articles of Incorporation.

6. STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS

- TIME The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed, from time to time, by the directors, provided, that the first annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of the corporation, and each successive annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the date of the proceeding annual meeting. A special meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed by the directors.

- PLACE Annual meetings and special meetings shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Nevada, as the directors may, from time to time, fix.

- CALL Annual meetings and special meetings may be called by the directors or by any officer instructed by the directors to call the meeting.

- NOTICE OR WAIVER OF NOTICE Notice of all meetings shall be in writing and signed by the President or a Vice-President, or the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or by such other person or persons as the directors must designate. The notice must state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called and the time when, and the place, where it is to be held. A copy of the notice must be either delivered personally or mailed postage prepaid to each stockholder not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the meeting. If mailed, it must be directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears upon the records of the corporation. Any stockholder may waive notice of any meeting by a writing signed by him, or his duly authorized attorney, either before or after the meeting; and whenever notice of any kind is required to be given under the provisions of the General Corporation Law, a waiver thereof in writing and duly signed whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

- CONDUCT OF MEETING Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting - the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders. The Secretary of the corporation, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting.

- PROXY REPRESENTATION Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy in any manner described in, or otherwise authorized by, the provisions of Section 78.355 of the General Corporation Law.

- INSPECTORS The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector of inspectors are not appointed, the persons presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by him or them and execute a certificate of any fact found by him or them.

- QUORUM Stockholders holding at least a majority of the voting power are necessary to constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of business unless the action to be taken at the meeting shall require a greater proportion. The stockholders present may adjourn the meeting despite the absence of a quorum.

- VOTING Each share of stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. In the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall elect. Any other action shall be authorized by stockholders who hold at least a majority of the voting power and are present at a meeting at which a quorum is present, except where the General Corporation Law, the Articles of Incorporation, or these Bylaws prescribe a different percentage of votes and/or a different exercise of voting power. In the election of directors, voting need not be by ballot; and, except as otherwise may be provided by the General Corporation Law, voting by ballot shall not be required for any other action.

7. STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT MEETINGS Except as may otherwise be provided by the General Corporation Law, any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed by stockholders holding a least a majority of the voting power; provided that if a different proportion of voting power is required for such an action at a meeting, then that proportion of written consents is required. In no instance where action is authorized by written consent need a meeting of stockholders be called or noticed. Any written consent shall be subject to the requirements of Section 78.320 of the General Corporation Law and of any other applicable provision of law.

 

 

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

 

1. FUNCTIONS AND DEFINITION The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by the Board of Directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation of the members thereof for services in any capacity. The use of the phrase "whole Board" herein refers to the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

2. QUALIFICATIONS AND NUMBER Each director must be at least 18 years of age. A director need not be a stockholder or a resident of the State of Nevada. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of 2 persons. Thereafter the number of directors constituting the whole board shall be at least one. Subject to the foregoing limitation and except for the first Board of Directors, such number may be fixed from time to time by action of the stockholders. The number of directors may be increased or decreased by action of the stockholders.

 

3. ELECTION AND TERM Directors may be elected in the manner prescribed by the provisions of Sections 78.320 through 78.335 of the General Corporation Law of Nevada. The first Board of Directors shall hold office until the first election of directors by stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. Thereafter, directors who are elected at an election of directors by stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next election of directors by stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

4. MEETINGS

- TIME Meetings shall be held at such time as the Board shall fix, except that the first meeting of a newly elected Board shall be held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

- PLACE Meetings shall be held at such place within or without the State of Nevada as shall be fixed by the Board.

- CALL No call shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Special meetings may be called by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, of the President, or of a majority of the directors in office.

- NOTICE OR ACTUAL OR CONSTRUCTIVE WAIVER No notice shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Written, oral, or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given for special meetings in sufficient time for the convenient assembly of the directors thereat. Notice if any need not be given to a director or to any member of a committee of directors who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein.

- QUORUM AND ACTION A majority of the whole Board shall constitute a quorum except when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, whereupon a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum, provided, that such majority shall constitute at least one-third of the whole Board. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting to another time and place. Except as the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws may otherwise provide, and except a otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, the act of directors holding a majority of the voting power of the directors, the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present, is the act of the Board. The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall not be construed as conflicting with any provisions of the General Corporation Law and these Bylaws which govern a meeting of directors held to fill vacancies and newly created directorships in the Board or action of disinterested directors.

Members of the Board or of any committee which may be designated by the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board or of any such committee, as the case may be, by means of a telephone conference or similar method of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting hear each other. Participation in a meeting by said means constitutes presence in person at the meeting.

- CHAIRMAN OF THE MEETING The Chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings. Otherwise, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, or the President, if present and acting, or any other director chosen by the Board, shall preside.

5. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS Any or all of the directors may b removed for cause or without cause in accordance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law.

6. COMMITTEES Whenever its number consists of two or more, the Board of Directors may designate one or more committees which have such powers and duties as the Board shall determine. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions of the Board, shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal or stamp of the corporation to be affixed to all papers on which the corporation desires to place a seal or stamp. Each committee must include at least one director. The Board of Directors may appoint natural person who are not directors to serve on committees.

7. WRITTEN ACTION Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if, before or after the action, a written consent thereto is signed by all, the members of the Board or of the committee, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

1. The corporation shall have a President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer, and, if deemed necessary, expedient, or desirable by the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, a Vice-Chairman of the Board, and Executive Vice-President, one or more other Vice-Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers and agents with such titles as the resolution choosing them shall designate. Each of any such officers must be natural persons and must be chosen by the Board of Directors or chosen in the manner determined by the Board of Directors.

2. QUALIFICATIONS Except as may otherwise be provided in the resolution choosing him, no officer other than the Chairman of the Board, if any, and the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, need be a director.

Any person may hold two or more offices, as the directors may determine.

3. TERM OF OFFICE Unless otherwise provided in the resolution choosing him, each officer shall be chosen for a term which shall continue until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor shall have been chosen or until his resignation or removal before the expiration of his term.

Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors or in the manner determined by the Board.

Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors or in the manner determined by the Board.

4. DUTIES AND AUTHORITY All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as shall be prescribed in the resolution designating and choosing such officers and prescribing their authority and duties, and shall have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except to the extent that such resolutions or instruments may be inconsistent therewith.

 

 

ARTICLE IV

REGISTERED OFFICE

The location of the initial registered office of the corporation in the State of Nevada is the address of the initial resident agent of the corporation, as set forth in the original Articles of Incorporation.

The corporation shall maintain at said registered office a copy, certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada, of its Articles of Incorporation, and all amendments thereto, and a copy, certified by the Secretary of the corporation, of these Bylaws, and all amendments thereto. The corporation shall also keep at said registered office a stock ledger or a duplicate stock ledger, revised annually, containing the names, alphabetically arranged, of all persons who are stockholders of the corporation, showing their places of residence, if known, and the number of shares held by them respectively or a statement setting out the name of the custodian of the stock ledger or duplicate stock ledger, and the present and complete post office address, including street and number, if any, where such stock ledger or duplicate stock ledger is kept.

 

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND OTHERS

1. NATURE OF INDEMNITY Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or a person of whom he is the legal representative, is or was a director of officer, of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent which it is empowered to do so by the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment , only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding and such indemnification shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 2 hereof, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person only if such proceeding was authorized by the board of directors of the corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article V shall be a contract right and, subject to Sections 2 and 5 hereof, shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition. The corporation may, by action of its board of directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

2. PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS Any indemnification of a director or officer of the corporation under Section 1 of this Article V or advance of expenses under Section 5 of this Article V shall be made promptly, and in any event within 30 days, upon the written request of the director or officer. If a determination by the corporation that the director or officer is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article V is required, and the corporation fails to respond within sixty days to a written request for indemnity, the corporation shall be deemed to have approved the request. If the corporation denies a written request for indemnification or advancing of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within 30 days, the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article V shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person's costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Lay of the State of Nevada for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of such defense shall be on the corporation. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

3. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF ARTICLE V The rights to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statue, provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

4. INSURANCE The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of the corporation or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this Article V.

5. EXPENSES Expenses incurred by any person described in Section 1 of this Article V in defending a proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of such proceeding's final disposition unless otherwise determined by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.

6. EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS Persons who are not covered by the foregoing provisions of the Article V and who are or were employees or agents of the corporation, or who are or were serving at the request of the corporation as employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, may be indemnified to the extent authorized at any time or from time to time by the board of directors.

7. CONTRACTS RIGHTS The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract right between the corporation and each director or officer who serves in any such capacity at any time while this Article V and the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada or other applicable law are in effect, and any repeal or modification of this Article V or any such law shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts or proceeding then existing.

8. MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION For purposes of this Article V, references to "the corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

ARTICLE VI

CORPORATE SEAL OR STAMP

The corporate seal or stamp shall be in such form as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

 

ARTICLE VI

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VII

CONTROL OVER BYLAWS

The power to amend, alter, and repeal these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws shall be vested in the stockholders.

Exhibit 4.1

 

FORM OF COMMON STOCK CERTIFICATE

 

 

No.__ Shares____

STAGE STORES INC.

CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT _______________, is the owner of FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE PAR VALUE OF $.01 EACH, OF THE COMMON STOCK, OF Stage Stores, Inc. transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized Attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

STAGE STORES, INC.

CORPORATE SEAL

NEVADA

 

_________________________ ________________________________

Michael E. McCreery, Secretary James Scarborough, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Countersigned and Registered:

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC

Transfer Agent and Registrar

By______________________________

Authorized Officer

 

 

STAGE STORES, INC.

Stage Stores, Inc. will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof of the Corporation, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such request may be made to the Corporation or the Transfer Agent.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common

TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ______ Custodian _______

(Cust) (Minor)

under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act ________

(State)

 

 

 

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

For Value Received, __________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

_______________________________ _______________________________

Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee

_____________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: __________________

________________

Signature

 

NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

__________________________________________________________________

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

Exhibit 4.2

 

SERIES A WARRANT AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF

August 24, 2001

between

STAGE STORES, INC.

and

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC

as the Warrant Agent

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1. Defined Terms 1

SECTION 1.1 Definitions 1

SECTION 1.2 Other Definitions. 2

SECTION 1.3 Rules of Construction 3

ARTICLE 2. Warrant Certificates 3

SECTION 2.1 Issuance and Dating 3

SECTION 2.2 Execution and Countersignature 3

SECTION 2.3 Certificate Register 4

SECTION 2.4 Transfer and Exchange. 4

SECTION 2.5 Replacement Certificates 5

SECTION 2.6 Cancellation. 5

SECTION 2.7 Calculation of Warrants; Holders; Initial Distribution 5

ARTICLE 3. Exercise Terms 5

SECTION 3.1 Exercise Price 5

SECTION 3.2 Exercise Period 6

SECTION 3.3 Manner of Exercise 6

SECTION 3.4 Issuance of Warrant Shares 6

SECTION 3.5 Fractional Warrant Shares 6

SECTION 3.6 Reservation of Warrant Shares 7

SECTION 3.7 Compliance with Law 7

ARTICLE 4. Antidilution Provisions 7

SECTION 4.1 Changes in Common Stock 7

SECTION 4.2 Other Distributions 8

SECTION 4.3 Rights Issue 8

SECTION 4.4 Combination; Liquidation. 9

SECTION 4.5 Tender Offers: Exchange Offers 10

SECTION 4.6 Other Events 10

SECTION 4.7 Current Market Value 10

SECTION 4.8 Superseding Adjustment 11

SECTION 4.9 Minimum Adjustment 11

SECTION 4.10 Notice of Adjustment 12

SECTION 4.11 Notice of Certain Transactions 12

SECTION 4.12 Adjustment to Warrant Certificate 13

SECTION 4.13 Exceptions 13

ARTICLE 5. Warrant Agent 13

SECTION 5.1 Appointment of Warrant Agent 13

SECTION 5.2 Rights and Duties of Warrant Agent. 13

SECTION 5.3 Individual Rights of Warrant Agent 14

SECTION 5.4 Warrant Agent's Disclaimer 15

SECTION 5.5 Compensation and Indemnity 15

SECTION 5.6 Successor Warrant Agent. 15

ARTICLE 6. Miscellaneous 17

SECTION 6.1 Reports 17

SECTION 6.2 Persons Benefiting 17

SECTION 6.3 Rights of Holders 17

SECTION 6.4 Amendment 17

SECTION 6.5 Notices 17

SECTION 6.6 Governing Law 18

SECTION 6.7 Successors 18

SECTION 6.8 Counterparts 18

SECTION 6.9 Table of Contents 18

SECTION 6.10 Severability 19

SECTION 6.11 Term 19

 

 

SERIES A WARRANT AGREEMENT

This SERIES A WARRANT AGREEMENT, dated as of August  24, 2001 (the "Closing Date") (this "Warrant Agreement" or "Agreement"), is between STAGE STORES, INC., a Nevada corporation (the "Company"), and MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, as Warrant Agent (in such capacity, the "Warrant Agent").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Third Amended Plan of Reorganization of Stage Stores, Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV), dated June 6, 2001, as Modified (the "Plan") provides that the Company execute and deliver this Warrant Agreement and issue Series A Warrants (the "Warrants") to purchase up to 512,821 shares of Common Stock of the Company, $.01 par value per share; and

WHEREAS, the issuance and exercise of the Warrants are exempted from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and state securities laws pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 1145(a)(1).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:



  1. Defined Terms
    1. Definitions . All terms defined in the Plan shall have such defined meanings when used herein unless otherwise defined herein. As used in this Agreement, the following terns shall have the following meanings:
    2. "Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person (other than a Subsidiary) which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

      "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board of Directors.

      "Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in Nevada or New Jersey are authorized or required by law to close.

      "Closing Date" means August 24, 2001.

      "Combination" means an event in which the Company consolidates with, merges with or into, or sells all or substantially all its property and assets to another Person.

      "Common Stock" means the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, and any other equity securities that may be issued by the Company in substitution therefor.

      "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

      "Holder" means the duly registered holder of a Warrant under the terms of this Warrant Agreement.

      "Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer of the Company.

      "Person" means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

      "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

      "Voting Stock" of a corporation means all classes of capital stock of the corporation then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors.

      "Warrant Certificates" means the certificates evidencing the Warrants to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

      "Warrant Shares" means the shares of Common Stock of the Company received, or issued and received, as the case may be, upon exercise of the Warrants to be delivered pursuant to this Warrant Agreement.

    3. Other Definitions .
    4. Term

      Defined in Section

      "Certificate Register"

      2.3

      "Company"

      Recitals

      "Consideration"

      4.3

      "Current Market Value"

      4.7

      "Exercise Price"

      3.1

      "Expiration Date"

      3.2

      "Fair Value"

      4.2

      "Plan"

      Recitals

      "Registrar"

      3.6

      "Securities Act"

      Recitals

      "Successor Company"

      4.4(a)

      "Time of Determination"

      4.7

      "Transfer Agent"

      3.4

      "Warrants"

      Recitals

      "Warrant Agent"

      Recitals

    5. Rules of Construction . Unless the text otherwise require s,
              1. a term has the meaning assigned to it;
              2. an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time;
              3. "or" is not exclusive;
              4. "including" means including, without limitation; and
              5. words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular.



  2. Warrant Certificates
    1. Issuance and Dating . The Warrant Certificates will be issued in registered form as definitive Warrant Certificates, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Agreement. The Warrant Certificates may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company and does not affect the rights, duties and obligations of the Warrant Agent). Each Warrant shall be dated the date of its countersignature. The terms of the Warrant Certificates set forth in Exhibit A are part of the terms of this Agreement.
    2. Execution and Countersignature . With respect to the Warrants to be issued on the Closing Date, one or more Warrant Certificates representing the Warrants shall be executed in blank on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature by one Officer and attested by its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary under its corporate seal which may be impressed, affixed, imprinted or reproduced on such Warrant Certificates or may be in facsimile form. The Warrant Agent shall countersign, upon receipt of written instructions (which shall include names, addresses, and delivery instructions) provided by an Officer of the Company, the Warrant Certificate(s) by manual or facsimile signature, and the Warrant Certificate(s) shall be delivered in accordance with Section  2.1 hereof.
    3. Certificate Register . The Warrant Agent shall keep a register ("Certificate Register") of the Warrant Certificates and of their transfer and exchange. The Certificate Register shall show the names and addresses of the respective Holders and the date and number of Warrants evidenced on the face of each of the Warrant Certificates. The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Warrant Certificate is registered as the absolute owner of such Warrant Certificate for all purposes whatsoever and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
    4. Transfer and Exchange .
        1. When Warrants are presented to the Warrant Agent with a request to register the transfer of such Warrants or to exchange such Warrants for an equal number of Warrants of other authorized denominations, the Warrant Agent shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided , however , that the Warrant Certificates representing such Warrants surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Warrant Agent, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and
        2. (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Warrant Agent shall countersign Warrant Certificates as required pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.4.

      (ii) All Warrant Certificates issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Warrants shall be the valid obligations of the Company, entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement as the Warrant Certificates surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

      (iii) Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Warrant Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Warrant is registered as the absolute owner of such Warrant and neither the Warrant Agent nor the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

      (iv) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange upon surrender of any Warrant Certificate at the office of the Warrant Agent maintained for that purpose. However, the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Warrant Certificates. The Warrant Agent shall have no duty or obligation to take any action under this section of this Agreement which requires the payment of a holder of a Warrant of applicable taxes and governmental charges unless and until the Warrant Agent is satisfied that all such taxes and/or charges have been paid.

    5. Replacement Certificates . If a mutilated Warrant Certificate is surrendered to the Warrant Agent or if the Holder of a Warrant Certificate claims that the Warrant Certificate has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Warrant Agent shall countersign a replacement Warrant Certificate if the reasonable requirements of the Warrant Agent and of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York are met. If required by the Warrant Agent or the Company, such Holder (if not a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act)) shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Warrant Agent to protect the Company and the Warrant Agent from any loss which either of them may suffer if a Warrant Certificate is replaced. Every replacement Warrant Certificate shall be the valid obligation of the Company, entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement as the Warrant Certificate it replaces and the mutilated, lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken Warrant Certificate shall be canceled by the Warrant Agent.
    6. Cancellation .
        1. In the event the Company shall purchase or otherwise acquire Warrants, the Warrant Certificates in respect thereof shall thereupon be delivered to the Warrant Agent for cancellation.
        2. The Warrant Agent and no one else shall cancel and destroy all Warrant Certificates surrendered for transfer, exchange, replacement, exercise or cancellation and deliver a certificate of such destruction to the Company unless the Company directs the Warrant Agent to deliver canceled Warrant Certificates to the Company. The Company may not issue new Warrant Certificates to replace Warrant Certificates to the extent they evidence Warrants which have been exercised or Warrants which the Company has purchased or otherwise acquired.

    SECTION 2.7 Calculation of Warrants; Holders; Initial Distribution . The parties to this Warrant Agreement acknowledge that the exact number of Warrants to be issued by the Company pursuant to this Warrant Agreement is based upon the number of shares of Common Stock the Company is obligated to issue to former creditors under the Plan, which number is based upon elections by former creditors and has not been finalized as of the date of this Warrant Agreement. The means of calculating the Warrants to be issued, the identity of the Holders, the percentage interest of each Holder in the Warrants, number of Warrants to be initially distributed to the Holders upon execution of this Warrant Agreement, and the maximum possible number of Warrants to be issued are set forth in Exhibit B to this Warrant Agreement.



  3. Exercise Terms
    1. Exercise Price . Each Warrant shall initially entitle the Holder thereof to purchase shares of Common Stock for an exercise price of Fifteen Dollars ($15.00) per share (such per share exercise price, as from time to time adjusted in accordance with the terms hereof, being hereinafter called the "Exercise Price").
    2. Exercise Period . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Warrant shall be exercisable at any time or from time to time on or after the Closing Date and shall expire at 5:00 P.M., Eastern Time, on August 23, 2006, (the "Expiration Date"), subject to earlier expiration and cancellation in accordance with the terms hereof
    3. Manner of Exercise . Warrants may be exercised upon (i) surrender to the Warrant Agent of the Warrant Certificates at the office of the Warrant Agent designated for such purpose, together with the form of election to purchase Common Stock on the reverse thereof duly filled in and signed by the Holder thereof and (ii) payment to the Warrant Agent, for the account of the Company, of the Exercise Price for the number of Warrant Shares in respect of which such Warrant is then exercised. Such payment shall be made in cash or by certified or official bank check payable to the order of the Company or by wire transfer of funds to an account designated by the Company for such purpose. Subject to Section 3.2, the rights represented by the Warrants shall be exercisable at the election of the Holders thereof either in full at any time or from time to time in part and in the event that a Warrant Certificate is surrendered for exercise in respect of less than all the Warrant Shares purchasable on such exercise at any time prior to the Expiration Date a new Warrant Certificate exercisable for the remaining Warrant Shares will be issued. The Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver the required new Warrant Certificates, and the Company, at the Warrant Agent's request, shall supply the Warrant Agent with Warrant Certificates duly signed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.
    4. Issuance of Warrant Shares . Upon the surrender of Warrant Certificates and payment of the applicable Exercise Price, as set forth in Section 3.3, the Company shall issue and cause the Warrant Agent or, if appointed, a transfer agent for the Common Stock ("Transfer Agent") to countersign and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder and in such name or names as the Holder may designate, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Warrant Shares so purchased upon the exercise of such Warrants or other securities or property to which it is entitled, registered or otherwise to the Person or Persons entitled to receive the same, together with cash as provided in Section 3.5 in respect of any fractional Warrant Shares otherwise issuable upon such exercise. Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been issued and any Person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Warrant Shares as of the date of the surrender of such Warrant Certificates and payment of the per share Exercise Price.
    5. Fractional Warrant Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional Warrant Shares on the exercise of Warrants. If more than one Warrant shall be exercised in full at the same time by the same Holder, the number of full Warrant Shares which shall be issuable upon such exercise shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant thereto. If any fraction of a Warrant Share would, except for the provisions of this Section 3.5, be issuable on the exercise of any Warrant (or specified portion thereof), the Company may, at its option, pay an amount in cash equal to the Fair Value for one Warrant Share on the Business Day immediately preceding the date the Warrant is exercised, multiplied by such fraction, computed to the nearest whole cent. The Warrant Agent shall have no duty or obligation under this Section 3.5 (including but not limited to the payment, calculation or valuation of any fraction of a Warrant Share) unless and until the Company has provided or caused to be provided to the Warrant Agent sufficient cash necessary to satisfy the Company's obligations with respect to any fraction of a Warrant Share.
    6. Reservation of Warrant Shares . The Company shall at all times keep reserved out of its authorized shares of Common Stock a number of shares of Common Stock sufficient to provide for the exercise of all outstanding Warrants. The registrar for the Common Stock, if any (the "Registrar"), shall at all times until the Expiration Date, or the time at which all Warrants have been exercised or cancelled, reserve such number of authorized shares as shall be required for such purpose. The Company will keep a copy of this Agreement on file with the Transfer Agent. All Warrant Shares which may be issued upon exercise of Warrants shall, upon issue, be fully paid, nonassessable, free of preemptive rights and free from all taxes, liens, charges and security interests with respect to the issue thereof. The Company will supply the Transfer Agent with duly executed stock certificates for such purpose and will itself provide or otherwise make available any cash which may be payable as provided in Section 3.5. The Company will furnish to the Transfer Agent a copy of all notices of adjustments and certificates related thereto transmitted to each Holder.
    7. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment pursuant to Article 4 to reduce the Exercise Price below the then par value (if any) of the Common Stock, the Company shall take any and all corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the Exercise Price as so adjusted.

    8. Compliance with Law . If any shares of Common Stock required to be reserved for purposes of exercise of Warrants require, under any Federal or state law or applicable governing rule or regulation of any national securities exchange, registration with or approval of any governmental authority, or listing on any such national securities exchange before such shares may be issued upon exercise, the Company will cause such shares to be duly registered or approved by such governmental authority or listed on the relevant national securities exchange; provided that the Company shall not be under any obligation to register such shares under the Securities Act or comparable state law or file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it would not otherwise be so subject.



  4. Antidilution Provisions
    1. Changes in Common Stock . In the event that at any time or from time to time after the date hereof the Company shall (i) pay a dividend or make a distribution on its Common Stock in shares of its Common Stock or other shares of capital stock (other than dividends or distributions, if any, to be paid on the Closing Date pursuant to the Plan), (ii) subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares of Common Stock, (iii) combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, or (iv) increase or decrease the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding by reclassification of its Common Stock, then the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of each Warrant immediately after the happening of such event shall be adjusted (including by adjusting the definition of "Warrant Shares") so that, after giving effect to such adjustment, the Holder of each Warrant shall be entitled to receive the number of shares of Common Stock upon exercise that such holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive had such Warrants been exercised immediately prior to the happening of the events described above (or, in the case of a dividend or distribution of Common Stock, immediately prior to the record date therefor). An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall become effective immediately after the effective date, retroactive to the record date therefor in the case of a dividend or distribution in shares of Common Stock, and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification.
    2. Other Distributions . In case at any time or from time to time after the date hereof the Company shall distribute to holders of Common Stock (i) a debt instrument in exchange for or in addition to shares of common stock, shares of its capital stock or any other properties or securities (other distributions, if any, to be paid on the Closing Date pursuant to the Plan) or (ii) any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any of the foregoing (other than, in each case set forth in (i) and (ii), (x) any distribution described in Section 4.1 or (y) any rights, options, warrants or securities described in Section 4.3) then the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant shall be increased by a number equal to a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the fair value (the "Fair Value") (as determined in good faith by the Board, whose determination shall be evidenced by a reasonably detailed Board resolution filed with the Warrant Agent, a copy of which will be sent to Holders upon request) of the portion, if any, of the distribution applicable to one Warrant Share consisting of a debt instrument, shares of stock, securities, other property, warrants, options or subscription or purchase rights and the denominator of which shall be the Fair Value of the Warrant Shares immediately after such other distribution. Such adjustment shall be made whenever any distribution is made and shall become effective as of the date of distribution, retroactive to the record date for any such distribution; provided, however, that the Company is not required to make an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 if at the time of such distribution the Company makes the same distribution to Holders of Warrants as it makes to holders of Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock for which such Warrants are exercisable (whether or not currently exercisable). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Warrant Agreement, no adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 4.2 or elsewhere in this Warrant Agreement in the event the Company distributes any cash dividend or other distribution of cash to holders of its Common Stock.
    3. Rights Issue . In the event that at any time or from time to time after the date hereof the Company shall issue, sell, distribute or otherwise grant any rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options or warrants for the purchase of, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into, Common Stock to all holders of Common Stock, entitling such holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock or stock or securities convertible into Common Stock within 60 days after the record date for such issuance, sale, distribution or other grant, as the case may be, and the sum of (a) the offering price of such right, option, warrant or other security (on a per share basis) and (b) any subscription, purchase, conversion or exchange price per share of Common Stock (the "Consideration") is lower at the record date for such issuance than the then Current Market Value per share of such Common Stock, the number of Warrant Shares thereafter purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant shall be increased by a number equal to a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the date of issuance of such rights, options, warrants or securities plus the number of additional shares of Common Stock offered for subscription or purchase or into or for which such securities are convertible or exchangeable, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the date of issuance of such rights, options, warrants or securities plus the total number of shares of Common Stock which could be purchased at the Current Market Value with the aggregate of the Consideration with respect to such issuance, sale, distribution or other grant. Such adjustment shall be made whenever such rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective retroactively immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights, options, warrants or securities; provided however, that the Company is not required to make an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.3 if the Company shall make the same distribution to Holders of Warrants. No adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 4.3 which shall have the effect of decreasing the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of each Warrant.
    4. If the Company at any time shall issue two or more securities as a unit and one or more of such securities shall be rights, options or warrants for or securities convertible or exchangeable into, Common Stock subject to this Section 4.3, the consideration allocated to each such security shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

    5. Combination; Liquidation .
        1. Except as provided in Section 4.4(b), in the event of a Combination, the Holders shall have the right to receive upon exercise of the Warrants such number of shares of capital stock or other securities or property which such Holder would have been entitled to receive upon or as a result of such Combination had such Warrant been exercised immediately prior to such event. Unless paragraph (b) is applicable to a Combination, if any Warrants shall be outstanding after a Combination, the Company shall provide that the surviving or acquiring Person (the "Successor Company") in such Combination will enter into an agreement with the Warrant Agent confirming the Holders' rights pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) and providing for adjustments, which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 4. The provisions of this Section 4.4(a) shall similarly apply to successive Combinations involving any Successor Company.
        2. In the event of (i) a Combination where consideration to Holders of Common Stock in exchange for their shares is payable solely in cash, or (ii) the dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, then the holders of the Warrants will be entitled to receive distributions on an equal basis with the holders of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, as if the Warrants had been exercised immediately prior to such event, less the Exercise Price or at the Company's option, cash equal to the Current Market Value of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, in each case, as if the Warrants had been exercised immediately prior to such event, less the Exercise Price.

      In case of any Combination described in this Section 4.4(b), the surviving or acquiring Person and, in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, the Company, shall deposit promptly with the Warrant Agent the funds, if any, necessary to pay to the holders of the Warrants the amounts to which they are entitled as described above. After such funds and the surrendered Warrant Certificates are received, the Warrant Agent shall make payment to the Holders by delivering a check in such amount as is appropriate (or, in the case of consideration other than cash, such other consideration as is appropriate) to such Person or Persons as it may be directed in writing by the Holders surrendering such Warrants.

    6. Tender Offers: Exchange Offers . In the event that the Company or any subsidiary of the Company shall purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to a tender offer or an exchange offer for a price per share of Common Stock that is greater than the Exercise Price and greater than the then Current Market Value per share of Common Stock in effect at the end of the trading day immediately following the day on which such tender offer or exchange offer expires, then the Company, or such subsidiary of the Company, shall offer to purchase Warrants for comparable consideration per share of Common Stock based on the number of shares of Common Stock which the Holders of such Warrants would receive upon exercise of such Warrants (such amount less the Exercise Price in respect of such share, the "Per Share Consideration"); provided , however , if a tender offer is made for only a portion of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then such offer, if made, shall be made for shares of such Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants in the same pro rata proportion.
    7. Other Events . If any event occurs as to which the foregoing provisions of this Article 4 are not strictly applicable or, if strictly applicable, would not, in the good faith judgment of the Board, fairly and adequately protect the purchase rights of the Warrants in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board shall make such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, as shall be reasonably necessary, in the good faith opinion of the Board, to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid, but in no event shall any such adjustment have the effect of increasing the Exercise Price or decreasing the number of shares of Common Stock subject to purchase upon exercise of this Warrant.
    8. Current Market Value . For the purpose of any computation of Current Market Value under this Article 4 and Section 3.5, the "Current Market Value" per share of Common Stock at any date shall be the average of the closing prices (determined in accordance with the second succeeding sentence) during the 20 consecutive trading days ending on the last full trading day on the exchange or market specified in the second succeeding sentence prior to the Time of Determination (as defined below). The term "Time of Determination" as used herein shall be the time and date of the earlier to occur of (A) the date as of which the Current Market Value is to be computed and (B) the last full trading day on such exchange or market before the commencement of "ex-dividend" trading in the Common Stock relating to the event giving rise to the adjustment required by this Article 4. The closing price for any day shall be the last reported sale price regular way or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices regular way for such day, in each case (1) on the principal national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or to which such shares are admitted to trading or (2) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, in the over-the-counter market as reported by the Nasdaq National Market or any comparable system. In the absence of all of the foregoing, or if for any other reason the Current Market Value per share cannot be determined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.7, the Current Market Value per share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; provided, however, that if a majority in interest of the Holders of the Warrants shall deliver a written notice to the Company to the effect that they dispute the fairness of such determination (an "Objection Notice"), then the Company shall meet with such Holders who shall have delivered such Objection Notice to discuss the value set by the Board of Directors of the Company. If within twenty Business Days after such meeting, a majority in interest of the holders of the Warrants shall deliver to the Company a further Objection Notice (the "Further Objection Notice"), the Current Market Value per share shall be determined by an independent investment banking firm selected by mutual agreement of one investment banker selected by the Company and one investment banker selected by a plurality of the Holders that submitted such Further Objection Notice. If the Current Market Value determined by the Board is less than the Current Market Value determined by the independent investment banking firm, the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of any investment bank involved in the determination of the Current Market Value. Otherwise, the Holders who delivered the Further Objection Notice shall pay all the fees and expenses of any investment bank involved in the determination of the Current Market Value.
    9. Superseding Adjustment . Upon the expiration of any rights, options, warrants or conversion or exchange privileges which resulted in the adjustments pursuant to this Article 4, if any thereof shall not have been exercised, the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant shall be readjusted as if (A) the only shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such rights, options, warrants, conversion or exchange privileges were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such rights, options, warrants or conversion or exchange privileges and (B) shares of Common Stock actually issued, if any, were issuable for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise plus the aggregate consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the issuance, sale or grant of all such rights, options, warrants or conversion or exchange privileges whether or not exercised; provided, however, that no such readjustment shall (except by reason of an intervening adjustment under Section 4.1) have the effect of decreasing the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant by an amount in excess of the amount of the adjustment initially made in respect of the issuance, sale or grant of such rights, options, warrants or conversion or exchange privileges.
    10. Minimum Adjustment . The adjustments required by the preceding Sections of this Article 4 shall be made whenever and as often as any specified event requiring an adjustment shall occur, except that no adjustment of the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of Warrants that would otherwise be required shall be made (except in the case of a subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock, as provided for in Section 4.1) unless and until such adjustment either by itself or with other adjustments not previously made increases or decreases by at least one percent (1%) of the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of Warrants to be issued by this Warrant Agreement immediately prior to the making of such adjustment. Any adjustment representing a change of less than one percent (1%) shall be carried forward and made as soon as such adjustment, together with other adjustments required by this Article 4 and not previously made, would result in a one percent (1%) adjustment. For the purpose of any adjustment, any specified event shall be deemed to have occurred at the close of business on the date of its occurrence. In computing adjustments under this Article 4, fractional interests in Common Stock shall be taken into account to the nearest one-hundredth of a share.
    11. Notice of Adjustment . Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock and other property, if any, purchasable upon exercise of Warrants is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall deliver to the Warrant Agent a certificate of a firm of independent accountants (who may be the regular accountants employed by the Company) setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment and the facts, computations, and method by which such adjustment was calculated (including a description of the basis on which the Board of Directors of the Company determined the fair market value of any evidences of indebtedness, other securities or property or warrants or other subscription or purchase rights), and specifying the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of Warrants after giving effect to such adjustment. The Company shall promptly cause the Warrant Agent to mail a copy of such certificate to each Holder in accordance with Section 6.5. The Warrant Agent shall be entitled to rely on such certificate and shall be under no duty or responsibility with respect to any such certificate, except to exhibit the same from time to time, to any Holder desiring an inspection thereof during reasonable business hours and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment unless and until it shall have received such certificate. The Warrant Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the Exercise Price or the number of shares of Common Stock or other stock or property, purchasable on exercise of the Warrants, or with respect to the nature or extent of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed in making such adjustment or the validity or value of any shares of Common Stock.
    12. Notice of Certain Transactions . In the event that the Company shall, propose (a) to pay any dividend payable in securities of any class to all holders of its Common Stock or to make any other distribution to all holders of its Common Stock, (b) offer all holders of its Common Stock rights to subscribe for or to purchase any securities convertible into shares of Common Stock or shares of Common Stock or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, (c) to effect any reclassification of its Common Stock, capital reorganization or Combination or (d) to effect the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, or in the event of a tender offer or exchange offer described in Section 4.5, the Company shall within 5 Business Days of making such proposal, tender offer or exchange offer send to the Warrant Agent and the Warrant Agent shall within 5 Business Days thereafter send the Holders a notice (in such form as shall be furnished to the Warrant Agent by the Company) of such proposed action or offer, such notice to be mailed by the Warrant Agent to the Holders at their addresses as they appear in the Certificate Register, which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such dividend, distribution or rights, or the date such issuance or event is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of Common Stock, if any such date is to be fixed, and shall briefly indicate the effect of such action on the Common Stock and on the number and kind of any other shares of stock and on other property, if any, and the number of shares of Common Stock and other property, if any, purchasable upon exercise of each Warrant and the Exercise Price after giving effect to any adjustment which will be required as a result of such action. Such notice shall be given by the Company as promptly as possible and, in the case of any action covered by clause (a) or (b) above, at least 20 Business Days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Common Stock for purposes of such action and, in the case of any other such action, at least 20 Business Days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by all holders of Common Stock, whichever shall be the earlier.
    13. Adjustment to Warrant Certificate . The form of Warrant Certificate need not be changed because of any adjustment made pursuant to this Article 4, and Warrant Certificates issued after such adjustment may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of shares of Common Stock as are stated in any Warrant Certificates issued prior to the adjustment. The Company, however, may at any time in its sole discretion make any change in the form of Warrant Certificate that it may deem appropriate to give effect to such adjustments and that does not affect the substance of the Warrant Certificate, and any Warrant Certificate thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant Certificate or otherwise, may be in the form as so changed.
    14. Exceptions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 4 or elsewhere in this Warrant Agreement, no adjustments shall be made to the number of shares of common stock purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant, and this Warrant Agreement shall not otherwise be applicable (a) as a result of any options granted under the Company's 2001 Equity Incentive Plan or any similar plan, and (b) as a result of any common stock, options, warrants, distributions or rights to be issued, granted or paid pursuant to the Plan.



  5. Warrant Agent
    1. Appointment of Warrant Agent . The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company in accordance with provisions of this Agreement and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment.
    2. Rights and Duties of Warrant Agent .
        1. In acting under this Warrant Agreement and in connection with the Warrant Certificates, the Warrant Agent is acting solely as agent of the Company and in a ministerial capacity, and does not assume any obligation or relationship or agency or trust for or with any of the holders of Warrant Certificates or beneficial owners of Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken in connection with this Agreement except for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith (each as finally determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree of ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Warrant Agent be liable for special, indirect, punitive, incidental or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, lost profits) even if the Warrant Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage. Any liability of the Warrant Agent under this Agreement will be limited to the amount of fees paid by the Company to the Warrant Agent.
        2. The Warrant Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys, agents or employees.
        3. The Warrant Agent may consult with counsel satisfactory to it (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel. Whenever in the performance of its duties hereunder, the Warrant Agent is unsure of the current Exercise Price or how many shares of Common Stock are purchasable upon the exercise of a Warrant, the Warrant Agent may seek clarification thereof from the Company, and the Warrant Agent shall be fully protected and shall incur no liability in not taking any action under this Agreement prior to receiving a written response from the Company.
        4. The Warrant Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered, or omitted by it in reliance upon any Warrant Certificate, notice, direction, consent, certificate, affidavit, statement or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been presented or signed by the proper party or parties.
        5. The Warrant Agent shall be obligated to perform only such duties as are herein and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent shall not be under any obligation to take any action hereunder which may tend to involve it in any expense or liability for which it does not receive indemnity if such indemnity is reasonably requested. The Warrant Agent shall not be accountable or under any duty or responsibility for the use by the Company of any of the Warrant Certificates countersigned by the Warrant Agent and delivered by it to the Holders or on behalf of the Holders pursuant to this Agreement or for the application by the Company of the proceeds of the Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall have no duty or responsibility in case of any default by the Company in the performance of its covenants or agreements contained herein or in the Warrant Certificates or in the case of the receipt of any written demand from a Holder with respect to such default, including any duty or responsibility to initiate or attempt to initiate any proceedings at law or otherwise.
        6. The Warrant Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine whether any facts exist that may require an adjustment of the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of each Warrant or the Exercise Price, or with respect to the nature or extent of any adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental agreement provided to be employed, in making the same. The Warrant Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value of any shares of Common Stock or of any securities or property which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the exercise of any Warrant or upon any adjustment pursuant to Article 4, and it makes no representation with respect thereto. The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to make any cash payment or to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or stock certificates upon the surrender of any Warrant Certificate for the purpose of exercise or upon any adjustment pursuant to Article 4, or to comply with any of the covenants of the Company contained in Article 4.

    3. Individual Rights of Warrant Agent . As long as they are not in possession of material nonpublic information concerning the Company and otherwise comply with applicable securities and other laws, the Warrant Agent and any stockholder, affiliate, director, officer or employee of the Warrant Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Warrants or other securities of the Company or its affiliates or become pecuniarily interested in transactions in which the Company or its affiliates may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or its affiliates or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not the Warrant Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.
    4. Warrant Agent's Disclaimer . The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Agreement or the Warrant Certificates and it shall not be responsible for any statement in this Agreement or the Warrant Certificates other than its countersignature thereon, and all such statements shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.
    5. Compensation and Indemnity . The Company and the Warrant Agent have entered into an agreement pursuant to which the Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services and to reimburse the Warrant Agent upon request for all reasonable expenses (including the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Warrant Agent's agents and counsel), disbursements, taxes and governmental charges and other charges of any kind and nature incurred by the Warrant Agent in the preparation, execution, delivery, amendment and administration of this Warrant Agreement. The Company shall indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments, costs, losses, damages, fines, penalties, claims, demands, settlements or expenses (including reasonable agents' and attorneys' fees and expenses) for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by the Warrant Agent in connection with the execution and administration of this Agreement except for the Warrant Agent's willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith (each as finally determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree of ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction). The Warrant Agent shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability incurred by the Warrant Agent through willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith (each as finally determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction). The Company's payment obligations pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. The costs and expenses incurred in enforcing this right of indemnification shall be paid by the Company.
    6. Successor Warrant Agent .
        1. The Company agrees for the benefit of the Holders that there shall at all times be a Warrant Agent hereunder until all the Warrants have been exercised or are no longer exercisable.
        2. The Warrant Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice to the Company of such intention on its part, specifying the date on which its desired resignation shall become effective; provided, however, that such date shall not be less than thirty (30) days after the date on which such notice is given unless the Company otherwise agrees. The Warrant Agent may be removed at any time by the filing with it (and mailing a copy of each transfer agent of the Common Stock by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Warrant Certificates by first-class mail) of an instrument in writing signed by or on behalf of the Company and specifying such removal and the date when it shall become effective, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days after such notice is given unless the Warrant Agent otherwise agrees.
        3. In case at any time the Warrant Agent shall resign, or shall be removed, or shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or shall commence a voluntary case under the Federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or under any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, custodian, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Warrant Agent or its property or affairs, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or shall take corporate action in furtherance of any such action, or a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall have been entered in respect of the Warrant Agent in an involuntary case under the Federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law; or a decree order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall have been entered for the appointment of a receiver, custodian, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Warrant Agent or of its property or affairs, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Warrant Agent or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation, winding up of or liquidation, a successor Warrant Agent, qualified as aforesaid, shall be appointed by the Company by an instrument in writing, filed with the successor Warrant Agent. Upon the appointment as aforesaid of a successor Warrant Agent and acceptance by the successor Warrant Agent of such appointment, the Warrant Agent shall cease to be the Warrant Agent hereunder, provided, however, that in the event of the resignation of the Warrant Agent hereunder, such resignation shall be effective on the earlier of (i) the date specified in the Warrant Agent's notice of resignation and (ii) the appointment and acceptance of a successor Warrant Agent hereunder.
        4. Any successor Warrant Agent appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to its predecessor and to the Company an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon such successor Warrant Agent, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights and obligations of such predecessor with like effect as if originally named as Warrant Agent hereunder, and such predecessor, upon payment of its charges and disbursements then unpaid, shall thereupon become obligated to transfer, deliver and pay over, and such successor Warrant Agent shall be entitled to receive, all monies, securities and other property on deposit with or held by such predecessor, as Warrant Agent hereunder.
        5. Any Person into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party, or any Person to which the Warrant Agent shall sell or otherwise transfer all or substantially all the assets and business of the Warrant Agent, provided that it shall be qualified as aforesaid, shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Warrant Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.



  6. Miscellaneous
    1. Reports . In the event the Common Stock is not registered under the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide the Warrant Agent and Holders with such reports and such information, documents and other reports as are distributed by the Company to holders of its Common Stock .
    2. Persons Benefiting . Nothing in this Warrant Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any Person other than the Company, the Warrant Agent and the Holders any right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Warrant Agreement or any part hereof.
    3. Rights of Holders . Except to the extent set forth in Section 4.11, holders of unexercised Warrants are not entitled (i) to receive dividends or other distributions, (ii) to receive notice of or vote at any meeting of the stockholders, (iii) to consent to any action of the stockholders, (iv) to receive notice of any other proceedings of the Company, or (v) to exercise any other rights as stockholders of the Company.
    4. Amendment . This Warrant Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto without the consent of any Holder for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained herein or making any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Warrant Agreement as the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem necessary or desirable; provided , however , that such action shall not affect adversely the rights of the Holders. Any amendment or supplement to this Warrant Agreement that has or would have an adverse effect on the interests of the Holders shall require the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Warrants. The consent of each Holder affected shall be required for any amendment pursuant to which the Exercise Price would be increased or the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of Warrants would be decreased (other than pursuant to adjustments provided herein). In determining whether the Holders of the required number of Warrants have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Warrants owned by the Company or by any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Warrant Agent shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Warrants which the Warrant Agent knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Warrants outstanding at the-time shall be considered in any such determination. For purposes of this Section 6.4, "control" means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
    5. Notices . Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:
    6. if to the Company: Stage Stores, Inc.

      10201 Main Street

      Houston, TX 77025

      Attn: Michael McCreery, Executive Vice President

      Telecopy: (713) 669-2709

      with a copy to: McKinney & Stringer, P.C.

      101 N. Robinson, Suite 1300

      Oklahoma City, OK 73102

      Attn: Martin Stringer

      Telecopy: (405) 239-7902

      if to the Warrant Agent: Mellon Investor Services LLC

      600 North Pearl Street, Suite 1010

      Dallas, TX 75201

      Attn: Mona Vorhees, Assistant Vice President

      Telecopy: (214) 922-4455

      with a copy to: Mellon Investor Services LLC

      85 Challenger Road

      Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660

      Attn: General Counsel

      Telecopy: (201) 296-4066

      The Company or the Warrant Agent by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

      Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder's address as it appears on the Certificate Register and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

      Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

    7. Governing Law . The laws of the State of New York shall govern this Warrant Agreement and the Warrant Certificates.
    8. Successors . All agreements of the Company in this Warrant Agreement and the Warrant Certificates shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Warrant Agent in this Warrant Agreement shall bind its successors.
    9. Counterparts . This Warrant Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
    10. Table of Contents . The table of contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Warrant Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
    11. Severability . The provisions of this Warrant Agreement are severable, and if any clause or provision shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect in that jurisdiction only such clause or provision, or part thereof, and shall not in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction or any other clause or provision of this Warrant Agreement in any jurisdiction.
    12. Term . The term of this Warrant Agreement shall begin on the Closing Date and shall end on the date the Warrants have been exercised or are no longer exercisable.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

STAGE STORES, INC.

By:

Name: Michael McCreery

Title: Executive Vice President

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC,

By:

Name: Mona L. Vorhees

Title: Assistant Vice President

 

EXHIBIT A TO SERIES A WARRANT AGREEMENT

FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE

No.__ Certificate for __Warrants

SERIES A WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK OF STAGE STORES, INC.

THIS CERTIFIES THAT _______________, or its registered assigns, is the registered holder of the number of Series A Warrants set forth above (the "Warrants"). Each Warrant entitles the holder thereof (the "Holder"), at its option and subject to the provisions contained herein and in the Warrant Agreement referred to below, to purchase from Stage Stores, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("the Company"), ______ shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, at the per share exercise price of Fifteen Dollars ($15.00) (the "Exercise Price"). This Warrant Certificate shall terminate and become null and void as of the close of business on August 23, 2006 (the "Expiration Date") or upon the exercise hereof as to all the shares of Common Stock subject hereto. The number of shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants and the Exercise Price per share shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

This Warrant Certificate is issued under and in accordance with a Series A Warrant Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001 (the "Warrant Agreement"), between the Company and Mellon Investor Services LLC (the "Warrant Agent", which term includes any successor Warrant Agent under the Warrant Agreement), and is subject to the terms and provisions contained in the Warrant Agreement, to all of which terms and provisions the Holder of this Warrant Certificate consents by acceptance hereof. The Warrant Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof. Reference is hereby made to the Warrant Agreement for a full statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the Holders of the Warrants. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Warrant Agreement. A copy of the Warrant Agreement may be obtained for inspection by the Holder hereof upon written request to the Warrant Agent at Mellon Investor Services LLC, 600 North Pearl Street, Suite 1010, Dallas,  TX 75201.

Subject to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, the Warrants may be exercised in whole or in part (i) by surrender of this Warrant Certificate with the form of election to purchase Warrant Shares attached hereto duly executed and with the simultaneous payment of the Exercise Price in cash (subject to adjustment) to the Warrant Agent for the account of the Company at the office of the Warrant Agent. Payment of the Exercise Price in cash shall be made in cash or by certified or official bank check payable to the order of the Company or by wire transfer of funds to an account designated by the Company for such purpose.

As provided in the Warrant Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions therein set forth, the Warrants shall be exercisable at any time; provided, however, that no Warrant shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

In the event the Company enters into a Combination following which this Warrant remains outstanding, the Holder hereof will be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Warrants the shares of capital stock or other securities or other property of such surviving entity as such Holder would have been entitled to receive upon or as the result of such Combination had the Holder exercised its Warrants immediately prior to such Combination; provided , howeve r, that in the event that, in connection with such Combination, consideration to holders of Common Stock in exchange for their shares is payable solely in cash or in the event of the dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, the Holder hereof will be entitled to receive distributions on an equal basis with the holders of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, as if the Warrants had been exercised immediately prior to such events, less the Exercise Price.

The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with the transfer or exchange of the Warrant Certificates pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Warrant Agreement but not for any exchange or original issuance (not involving a transfer) with respect to temporary Warrant Certificates, the exercise of the Warrants or the Warrant Shares.

Upon any partial exercise of the Warrants, there shall be countersigned and issued to the Holder hereof a new Warrant Certificate in respect of the Warrant Shares as to which the Warrants shall not have been exercised. This Warrant Certificate may be exchanged at the office of the Warrant Agent by presenting this Warrant Certificate properly endorsed with a request to exchange this Warrant Certificate for other Warrant Certificates evidencing an equal number of Warrants. In the event any fractional Warrant Shares would have to be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants, the Company may, at its option, pay an amount in cash equal to the Current Market Value for one Warrant Share on the date the Warrant is exercised, multiplied by such fraction, computed to the nearest whole cent in lieu of issuing such fractional share.

The Warrants do not entitle any holder hereof to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company. All shares of Common Stock issuable by the Company upon the exercise of the Warrants shall, upon such issue, be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable.

The issuance and exercise of the Warrants are exempted from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and state securities laws pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 1145(a)(1).

The holder in whose name the Warrant Certificate is registered may be deemed and treated by the Company and the Warrant Agent as the absolute owner of the Warrant Certificate for all purposes whatsoever and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Warrant Agent.

STAGE STORES, INC.

_______________________________

Michael McCreery, Secretary James Scarborough, President and Chief

Executive Officer

DATED:

Countersigned: MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC

as Warrant Agent,

______________________________

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STAGE STORES, INC.

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common

TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ______ Custodian _______

(Cust) (Minor)

under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act ________

(State)

 

 

 

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value Received, __________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee

warrants to purchase common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said warrants on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:

Signature 1

FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE WARRANT SHARES
(to be executed only upon exercise of Warrants)

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise Warrants at an exercise price per Warrant of Fifteen Dollars ($15.00) to acquire an equal number of shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions specified in the within Warrant Certificate and the Warrant Agreement therein referred to, surrenders this Warrant Certificate and all right, title and interest therein to and directs that the shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise of such Warrants be registered or placed in the name and at the address specified below and delivered thereto.

Dated: _______________________

(Signature of Owner) 1

(Street Address)

(City) (State) (Zip Code)

Securities and/or check to be issued to:

Please insert social security or identifying number:

Name:

Street Address:

City, State and Zip Code:

Any unexercised Warrants evidenced by the within Warrant Certificate to be issued to:

Please insert social security or identifying number:

Name:

Street Address:

City, State and Zip Code:

 

1 NOTICE: The signature to this Assignment or Form of Election to Purchase Warrants must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Certificate, in every particular, without alteration of enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

EXHIBIT B TO SERIES A WARRANT AGREEMENT

CALCULATION OF WARRANTS; HOLDERS; INITIAL DISTRIBUTION

As set forth in the Plan, the Company shall issue to the Holders, as identified in the Plan, Series A Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock in an aggregate amount equal to 2.5% of the total shares of Common Stock issued on the Effective Date and after giving effect to the exercise of the Series A Warrants (or, if 20 million shares are issued at the Effective Date, then the Warrant shares on the Series A Warrants would equal 512,821).

Exhibit 4.3

 

SERIES B WARRANT AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF

August 24, 2001

between

STAGE STORES, INC.

and

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC

as the Warrant Agent

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1. Defined Terms 1

SECTION 1.1 Definitions 1

SECTION 1.2 Other Definitions. 2

SECTION 1.3 Rules of Construction 3

ARTICLE 2. Warrant Certificates 3

SECTION 2.1 Issuance and Dating 3

SECTION 2.2 Execution and Countersignature 3

SECTION 2.3 Certificate Register 4

SECTION 2.4 Transfer and Exchange. 4

SECTION 2.5 Replacement Certificates 5

SECTION 2.6 Cancellation. 5

SECTION 2.7 Calculation of Warrants; Holders; Initial Distribution 5

ARTICLE 3. Exercise Terms 5

SECTION 3.1 Exercise Price 5

SECTION 3.2 Exercise Period 6

SECTION 3.3 Manner of Exercise 6

SECTION 3.4 Issuance of Warrant Shares 6

SECTION 3.5 Fractional Warrant Shares 6

SECTION 3.6 Reservation of Warrant Shares 7

SECTION 3.7 Compliance with Law 7

ARTICLE 4. Antidilution Provisions 7

SECTION 4.1 Changes in Common Stock 7

SECTION 4.2 Other Distributions 8

SECTION 4.3 Rights Issue 8

SECTION 4.4 Combination; Liquidation. 9

SECTION 4.5 Tender Offers: Exchange Offers 10

SECTION 4.6 Other Events 10

SECTION 4.7 Current Market Value 10

SECTION 4.8 Superseding Adjustment 11

SECTION 4.9 Minimum Adjustment 11

SECTION 4.10 Notice of Adjustment 12

SECTION 4.11 Notice of Certain Transactions 12

SECTION 4.12 Adjustment to Warrant Certificate 13

SECTION 4.13 Exceptions 13

ARTICLE 5. Warrant Agent 13

SECTION 5.1 Appointment of Warrant Agent 13

SECTION 5.2 Rights and Duties of Warrant Agent. 13

SECTION 5.3 Individual Rights of Warrant Agent 14

SECTION 5.4 Warrant Agent's Disclaimer 15

SECTION 5.5 Compensation and Indemnity 15

SECTION 5.6 Successor Warrant Agent. 15

ARTICLE 6. Miscellaneous 17

SECTION 6.1 Reports 17

SECTION 6.2 Persons Benefiting 17

SECTION 6.3 Rights of Holders 17

SECTION 6.4 Amendment 17

SECTION 6.5 Notices 17

SECTION 6.6 Governing Law 18

SECTION 6.7 Successors 18

SECTION 6.8 Counterparts 18

SECTION 6.9 Table of Contents 18

SECTION 6.10 Severability 19

SECTION 6.11 Term 19

 

 

SERIES B WARRANT AGREEMENT

This SERIES B WARRANT AGREEMENT, dated as of August  24, 2001 (the "Closing Date") (this "Warrant Agreement" or "Agreement"), is between STAGE STORES, INC., a Nevada corporation (the "Company"), and MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, as Warrant Agent (in such capacity, the "Warrant Agent").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Third Amended Plan of Reorganization of Stage Stores, Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV), dated June 6, 2001, as Modified (the "Plan") provides that the Company execute and deliver this Warrant Agreement and issue Series B Warrants (the "Warrants") to purchase up to 1,079,622 shares of Common Stock of the Company, $.01 par value per share; and

WHEREAS, the issuance and exercise of the Warrants are exempted from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and state securities laws pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 1145(a)(1).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:



  1. Defined Terms
    1. Definitions . All terms defined in the Plan shall have such defined meanings when used herein unless otherwise defined herein. As used in this Agreement, the following terns shall have the following meanings:
    2. "Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person (other than a Subsidiary) which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

      "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board of Directors.

      "Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in Nevada or New Jersey are authorized or required by law to close.

      "Closing Date" means August 24, 2001.

      "Combination" means an event in which the Company consolidates with, merges with or into, or sells all or substantially all its property and assets to another Person.

      "Common Stock" means the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, and any other equity securities that may be issued by the Company in substitution therefor.

      "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

      "Holder" means the duly registered holder of a Warrant under the terms of this Warrant Agreement.

      "Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer of the Company.

      "Person" means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

      "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

      "Voting Stock" of a corporation means all classes of capital stock of the corporation then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors.

      "Warrant Certificates" means the certificates evidencing the Warrants to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

      "Warrant Shares" means the shares of Common Stock of the Company received, or issued and received, as the case may be, upon exercise of the Warrants to be delivered pursuant to this Warrant Agreement.

    3. Other Definitions .
    4. Term

      Defined in Section

      "Certificate Register"

      2.3

      "Company"

      Recitals

      "Consideration"

      4.3

      "Current Market Value"

      4.7

      "Exercise Price"

      3.1

      "Expiration Date"

      3.2

      "Fair Value"

      4.2

      "Plan"

      Recitals

      "Registrar"

      3.6

      "Securities Act"

      Recitals

      "Successor Company"

      4.4(a)

      "Time of Determination"

      4.7

      "Transfer Agent"

      3.4

      "Warrants"

      Recitals

      "Warrant Agent"

      Recitals

    5. Rules of Construction . Unless the text otherwise require s,
            1. a term has the meaning assigned to it;
            2. an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time;
            3. "or" is not exclusive;
            4. "including" means including, without limitation; and
            5. words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular.



  2. Warrant Certificates
    1. Issuance and Dating . The Warrant Certificates will be issued in registered form as definitive Warrant Certificates, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Agreement. The Warrant Certificates may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company and does not affect the rights, duties and obligations of the Warrant Agent). Each Warrant shall be dated the date of its countersignature. The terms of the Warrant Certificates set forth in Exhibit A are part of the terms of this Agreement.
    2. Execution and Countersignature . With respect to the Warrants to be issued on the Closing Date, one or more Warrant Certificates representing the Warrants shall be executed in blank on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature by one Officer and attested by its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary under its corporate seal which may be impressed, affixed, imprinted or reproduced on such Warrant Certificates or may be in facsimile form. The Warrant Agent shall countersign, upon receipt of written instructions (which shall include names, addresses, and delivery instructions) provided by an Officer of the Company, the Warrant Certificate(s) by manual or facsimile signature, and the Warrant Certificate(s) shall be delivered in accordance with Section  2.1 hereof.
    3. Certificate Register . The Warrant Agent shall keep a register ("Certificate Register") of the Warrant Certificates and of their transfer and exchange. The Certificate Register shall show the names and addresses of the respective Holders and the date and number of Warrants evidenced on the face of each of the Warrant Certificates. The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Warrant Certificate is registered as the absolute owner of such Warrant Certificate for all purposes whatsoever and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
    4. Transfer and Exchange .
        1. When Warrants are presented to the Warrant Agent with a request to register the transfer of such Warrants or to exchange such Warrants for an equal number of Warrants of other authorized denominations, the Warrant Agent shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided , however , that the Warrant Certificates representing such Warrants surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Warrant Agent, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and
        2. (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Warrant Agent shall countersign Warrant Certificates as required pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.4.

      (ii) All Warrant Certificates issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Warrants shall be the valid obligations of the Company, entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement as the Warrant Certificates surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

      (iii) Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Warrant Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Warrant is registered as the absolute owner of such Warrant and neither the Warrant Agent nor the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

      (iv) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange upon surrender of any Warrant Certificate at the office of the Warrant Agent maintained for that purpose. However, the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Warrant Certificates. The Warrant Agent shall have no duty or obligation to take any action under this section of this Agreement which requires the payment by a holder of a Warrant of applicable taxes and governmental charges unless and until the Warrant Agent is satisfied that all such taxes and/or charges have been paid.

    5. Replacement Certificates . If a mutilated Warrant Certificate is surrendered to the Warrant Agent or if the Holder of a Warrant Certificate claims that the Warrant Certificate has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Warrant Agent shall countersign a replacement Warrant Certificate if the reasonable requirements of the Warrant Agent and of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York are met. If required by the Warrant Agent or the Company, such Holder (if not a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act)) shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Warrant Agent to protect the Company and the Warrant Agent from any loss which either of them may suffer if a Warrant Certificate is replaced. Every replacement Warrant Certificate shall be the valid obligation of the Company, entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement as the Warrant Certificate it replaces and the mutilated, lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken Warrant Certificate shall be canceled by the Warrant Agent.
    6. Cancellation .
        1. In the event the Company shall purchase or otherwise acquire Warrants, the Warrant Certificates in respect thereof shall thereupon be delivered to the Warrant Agent for cancellation.
        2. The Warrant Agent and no one else shall cancel and destroy all Warrant Certificates surrendered for transfer, exchange, replacement, exercise or cancellation and deliver a certificate of such destruction to the Company unless the Company directs the Warrant Agent to deliver canceled Warrant Certificates to the Company. The Company may not issue new Warrant Certificates to replace Warrant Certificates to the extent they evidence Warrants which have been exercised or Warrants which the Company has purchased or otherwise acquired.

    SECTION 2.7 Calculation of Warrants; Holders; Initial Distribution . The parties to this Warrant Agreement acknowledge that the exact number of Warrants to be issued by the Company pursuant to this Warrant Agreement is based upon the number of shares of Common Stock the Company is obligated to issue to former creditors under the Plan, which number is based upon elections by former creditors and has not been finalized as of the date of this Warrant Agreement. The means of calculating the Warrants to be issued, the identity of the Holders, the percentage interest of each Holder in the Warrants, number of Warrants to be initially distributed to the Holders upon execution of this Warrant Agreement, and the maximum possible number of Warrants to be issued are set forth in Exhibit B to this Warrant Agreement.



  3. Exercise Terms
    1. Exercise Price . Each Warrant shall initially entitle the Holder thereof to purchase shares of Common Stock for an exercise price of Twenty Dollars ($20.00) per share (such per share exercise price, as from time to time adjusted in accordance with the terms hereof, being hereinafter called the "Exercise Price").
    2. Exercise Period . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Warrant shall be exercisable at any time or from time to time on or after the Closing Date and shall expire at 5:00 P.M., Eastern Time, on August 23, 2006, (the "Expiration Date"), subject to earlier expiration and cancellation in accordance with the terms hereof
    3. Manner of Exercise . Warrants may be exercised upon (i) surrender to the Warrant Agent of the Warrant Certificates at the office of the Warrant Agent designated for such purpose, together with the form of election to purchase Common Stock on the reverse thereof duly filled in and signed by the Holder thereof and (ii) payment to the Warrant Agent, for the account of the Company, of the Exercise Price for the number of Warrant Shares in respect of which such Warrant is then exercised. Such payment shall be made in cash or by certified or official bank check payable to the order of the Company or by wire transfer of funds to an account designated by the Company for such purpose. Subject to Section 3.2, the rights represented by the Warrants shall be exercisable at the election of the Holders thereof either in full at any time or from time to time in part and in the event that a Warrant Certificate is surrendered for exercise in respect of less than all the Warrant Shares purchasable on such exercise at any time prior to the Expiration Date a new Warrant Certificate exercisable for the remaining Warrant Shares will be issued. The Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver the required new Warrant Certificates, and the Company, at the Warrant Agent's request, shall supply the Warrant Agent with Warrant Certificates duly signed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.
    4. Issuance of Warrant Shares . Upon the surrender of Warrant Certificates and payment of the applicable Exercise Price, as set forth in Section 3.3, the Company shall issue and cause the Warrant Agent or, if appointed, a transfer agent for the Common Stock ("Transfer Agent") to countersign and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder and in such name or names as the Holder may designate, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Warrant Shares so purchased upon the exercise of such Warrants or other securities or property to which it is entitled, registered or otherwise to the Person or Persons entitled to receive the same, together with cash as provided in Section 3.5 in respect of any fractional Warrant Shares otherwise issuable upon such exercise. Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been issued and any Person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Warrant Shares as of the date of the surrender of such Warrant Certificates and payment of the per share Exercise Price.
    5. Fractional Warrant Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional Warrant Shares on the exercise of Warrants. If more than one Warrant shall be exercised in full at the same time by the same Holder, the number of full Warrant Shares which shall be issuable upon such exercise shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant thereto. If any fraction of a Warrant Share would, except for the provisions of this Section 3.5, be issuable on the exercise of any Warrant (or specified portion thereof), the Company may, at its option, pay an amount in cash equal to the Fair Value for one Warrant Share on the Business Day immediately preceding the date the Warrant is exercised, multiplied by such fraction, computed to the nearest whole cent. The Warrant Agent shall have no duty or obligation under this Section 3.5 (including but not limited to the payment, calculation or valuation of any fraction of a Warrant Share) unless and until the Company has provided or caused to be provided to the Warrant Agent sufficient cash necessary to satisfy the Company's obligations with respect to any fraction of a Warrant Share.
    6. Reservation of Warrant Shares . The Company shall at all times keep reserved out of its authorized shares of Common Stock a number of shares of Common Stock sufficient to provide for the exercise of all outstanding Warrants. The registrar for the Common Stock, if any (the "Registrar"), shall at all times until the Expiration Date, or the time at which all Warrants have been exercised or cancelled, reserve such number of authorized shares as shall be required for such purpose. The Company will keep a copy of this Agreement on file with the Transfer Agent. All Warrant Shares which may be issued upon exercise of Warrants shall, upon issue, be fully paid, nonassessable, free of preemptive rights and free from all taxes, liens, charges and security interests with respect to the issue thereof. The Company will supply the Transfer Agent with duly executed stock certificates for such purpose and will itself provide or otherwise make available any cash which may be payable as provided in Section 3.5. The Company will furnish to the Transfer Agent a copy of all notices of adjustments and certificates related thereto transmitted to each Holder.
    7. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment pursuant to Article 4 to reduce the Exercise Price below the then par value (if any) of the Common Stock, the Company shall take any and all corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the Exercise Price as so adjusted.

    8. Compliance with Law . If any shares of Common Stock required to be reserved for purposes of exercise of Warrants require, under any Federal or state law or applicable governing rule or regulation of any national securities exchange, registration with or approval of any governmental authority, or listing on any such national securities exchange before such shares may be issued upon exercise, the Company will cause such shares to be duly registered or approved by such governmental authority or listed on the relevant national securities exchange; provided that the Company shall not be under any obligation to register such shares under the Securities Act or comparable state law or file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it would not otherwise be so subject.



  4. Antidilution Provisions
    1. Changes in Common Stock . In the event that at any time or from time to time after the date hereof the Company shall (i) pay a dividend or make a distribution on its Common Stock in shares of its Common Stock or other shares of capital stock (other than dividends or distributions, if any, to be paid on the Closing Date pursuant to the Plan), (ii) subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares of Common Stock, (iii) combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, or (iv) increase or decrease the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding by reclassification of its Common Stock, then the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of each Warrant immediately after the happening of such event shall be adjusted (including by adjusting the definition of "Warrant Shares") so that, after giving effect to such adjustment, the Holder of each Warrant shall be entitled to receive the number of shares of Common Stock upon exercise that such holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive had such Warrants been exercised immediately prior to the happening of the events described above (or, in the case of a dividend or distribution of Common Stock, immediately prior to the record date therefor). An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall become effective immediately after the effective date, retroactive to the record date therefor in the case of a dividend or distribution in shares of Common Stock, and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification.
    2. Other Distributions . In case at any time or from time to time after the date hereof the Company shall distribute to holders of Common Stock (i) a debt instrument in exchange for or in addition to shares of common stock, shares of its capital stock or any other properties or securities (other distributions, if any, to be paid on the Closing Date pursuant to the Plan) or (ii) any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any of the foregoing (other than, in each case set forth in (i) and (ii), (x) any distribution described in Section 4.1 or (y) any rights, options, warrants or securities described in Section 4.3) then the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant shall be increased by a number equal to a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the fair value (the "Fair Value") (as determined in good faith by the Board, whose determination shall be evidenced by a reasonably detailed Board resolution filed with the Warrant Agent, a copy of which will be sent to Holders upon request) of the portion, if any, of the distribution applicable to one Warrant Share consisting of a debt instrument, shares of stock, securities, other property, warrants, options or subscription or purchase rights and the denominator of which shall be the Fair Value of the Warrant Shares immediately after such other distribution. Such adjustment shall be made whenever any distribution is made and shall become effective as of the date of distribution, retroactive to the record date for any such distribution; provided, however, that the Company is not required to make an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 if at the time of such distribution the Company makes the same distribution to Holders of Warrants as it makes to holders of Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock for which such Warrants are exercisable (whether or not currently exercisable). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Warrant Agreement, no adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 4.2 or elsewhere in this Warrant Agreement in the event the Company distributes any cash dividend or other distribution of cash to holders of its Common Stock.
    3. Rights Issue . In the event that at any time or from time to time after the date hereof the Company shall issue, sell, distribute or otherwise grant any rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options or warrants for the purchase of, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into, Common Stock to all holders of Common Stock, entitling such holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock or stock or securities convertible into Common Stock within 60 days after the record date for such issuance, sale, distribution or other grant, as the case may be, and the sum of (a) the offering price of such right, option, warrant or other security (on a per share basis) and (b) any subscription, purchase, conversion or exchange price per share of Common Stock (the "Consideration") is lower at the record date for such issuance than the then Current Market Value per share of such Common Stock, the number of Warrant Shares thereafter purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant shall be increased by a number equal to a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the date of issuance of such rights, options, warrants or securities plus the number of additional shares of Common Stock offered for subscription or purchase or into or for which such securities are convertible or exchangeable, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the date of issuance of such rights, options, warrants or securities plus the total number of shares of Common Stock which could be purchased at the Current Market Value with the aggregate of the Consideration with respect to such issuance, sale, distribution or other grant. Such adjustment shall be made whenever such rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective retroactively immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights, options, warrants or securities; provided however, that the Company is not required to make an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.3 if the Company shall make the same distribution to Holders of Warrants. No adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 4.3 which shall have the effect of decreasing the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of each Warrant.
    4. If the Company at any time shall issue two or more securities as a unit and one or more of such securities shall be rights, options or warrants for or securities convertible or exchangeable into, Common Stock subject to this Section 4.3, the consideration allocated to each such security shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

    5. Combination; Liquidation .
        1. Except as provided in Section 4.4(b), in the event of a Combination, the Holders shall have the right to receive upon exercise of the Warrants such number of shares of capital stock or other securities or property which such Holder would have been entitled to receive upon or as a result of such Combination had such Warrant been exercised immediately prior to such event. Unless paragraph (b) is applicable to a Combination, if any Warrants shall be outstanding after a Combination, the Company shall provide that the surviving or acquiring Person (the "Successor Company") in such Combination will enter into an agreement with the Warrant Agent confirming the Holders' rights pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) and providing for adjustments, which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 4. The provisions of this Section 4.4(a) shall similarly apply to successive Combinations involving any Successor Company.
        2. In the event of (i) a Combination where consideration to Holders of Common Stock in exchange for their shares is payable solely in cash, or (ii) the dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, then the holders of the Warrants will be entitled to receive distributions on an equal basis with the holders of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, as if the Warrants had been exercised immediately prior to such event, less the Exercise Price or at the Company's option, cash equal to the Current Market Value of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, in each case, as if the Warrants had been exercised immediately prior to such event, less the Exercise Price.

      In case of any Combination described in this Section 4.4(b), the surviving or acquiring Person and, in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, the Company, shall deposit promptly with the Warrant Agent the funds, if any, necessary to pay to the holders of the Warrants the amounts to which they are entitled as described above. After such funds and the surrendered Warrant Certificates are received, the Warrant Agent shall make payment to the Holders by delivering a check in such amount as is appropriate (or, in the case of consideration other than cash, such other consideration as is appropriate) to such Person or Persons as it may be directed in writing by the Holders surrendering such Warrants.

    6. Tender Offers: Exchange Offers . In the event that the Company or any subsidiary of the Company shall purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to a tender offer or an exchange offer for a price per share of Common Stock that is greater than the Exercise Price and greater than the then Current Market Value per share of Common Stock in effect at the end of the trading day immediately following the day on which such tender offer or exchange offer expires, then the Company, or such subsidiary of the Company, shall offer to purchase Warrants for comparable consideration per share of Common Stock based on the number of shares of Common Stock which the Holders of such Warrants would receive upon exercise of such Warrants (such amount less the Exercise Price in respect of such share, the "Per Share Consideration"); provided , however , if a tender offer is made for only a portion of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then such offer, if made, shall be made for shares of such Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants in the same pro rata proportion.
    7. Other Events . If any event occurs as to which the foregoing provisions of this Article 4 are not strictly applicable or, if strictly applicable, would not, in the good faith judgment of the Board, fairly and adequately protect the purchase rights of the Warrants in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board shall make such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, as shall be reasonably necessary, in the good faith opinion of the Board, to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid, but in no event shall any such adjustment have the effect of increasing the Exercise Price or decreasing the number of shares of Common Stock subject to purchase upon exercise of this Warrant.
    8. Current Market Value . For the purpose of any computation of Current Market Value under this Article 4 and Section 3.5, the "Current Market Value" per share of Common Stock at any date shall be the average of the closing prices (determined in accordance with the second succeeding sentence) during the 20 consecutive trading days ending on the last full trading day on the exchange or market specified in the second succeeding sentence prior to the Time of Determination (as defined below). The term "Time of Determination" as used herein shall be the time and date of the earlier to occur of (A) the date as of which the Current Market Value is to be computed and (B) the last full trading day on such exchange or market before the commencement of "ex-dividend" trading in the Common Stock relating to the event giving rise to the adjustment required by this Article 4. The closing price for any day shall be the last reported sale price regular way or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices regular way for such day, in each case (1) on the principal national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or to which such shares are admitted to trading or (2) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, in the over-the-counter market as reported by the Nasdaq National Market or any comparable system. In the absence of all of the foregoing, or if for any other reason the Current Market Value per share cannot be determined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.7, the Current Market Value per share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; provided, however, that if a majority in interest of the Holders of the Warrants shall deliver a written notice to the Company to the effect that they dispute the fairness of such determination (an "Objection Notice"), then the Company shall meet with such Holders who shall have delivered such Objection Notice to discuss the value set by the Board of Directors of the Company. If within twenty Business Days after such meeting, a majority in interest of the holders of the Warrants shall deliver to the Company a further Objection Notice (the "Further Objection Notice"), the Current Market Value per share shall be determined by an independent investment banking firm selected by mutual agreement of one investment banker selected by the Company and one investment banker selected by a plurality of the Holders that submitted such Further Objection Notice. If the Current Market Value determined by the Board is less than the Current Market Value determined by the independent investment banking firm, the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of any investment bank involved in the determination of the Current Market Value. Otherwise, the Holders who delivered the Further Objection Notice shall pay all the fees and expenses of any investment bank involved in the determination of the Current Market Value.
    9. Superseding Adjustment . Upon the expiration of any rights, options, warrants or conversion or exchange privileges which resulted in the adjustments pursuant to this Article 4, if any thereof shall not have been exercised, the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant shall be readjusted as if (A) the only shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such rights, options, warrants, conversion or exchange privileges were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such rights, options, warrants or conversion or exchange privileges and (B) shares of Common Stock actually issued, if any, were issuable for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise plus the aggregate consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the issuance, sale or grant of all such rights, options, warrants or conversion or exchange privileges whether or not exercised; provided, however, that no such readjustment shall (except by reason of an intervening adjustment under Section 4.1) have the effect of decreasing the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant by an amount in excess of the amount of the adjustment initially made in respect of the issuance, sale or grant of such rights, options, warrants or conversion or exchange privileges.
    10. Minimum Adjustment . The adjustments required by the preceding Sections of this Article 4 shall be made whenever and as often as any specified event requiring an adjustment shall occur, except that no adjustment of the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of Warrants that would otherwise be required shall be made (except in the case of a subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock, as provided for in Section 4.1) unless and until such adjustment either by itself or with other adjustments not previously made increases or decreases by at least one percent (1%) of the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of Warrants to be issued by this Warrant Agreement immediately prior to the making of such adjustment. Any adjustment representing a change of less than one percent (1%) shall be carried forward and made as soon as such adjustment, together with other adjustments required by this Article 4 and not previously made, would result in a one percent (1%) adjustment. For the purpose of any adjustment, any specified event shall be deemed to have occurred at the close of business on the date of its occurrence. In computing adjustments under this Article 4, fractional interests in Common Stock shall be taken into account to the nearest one-hundredth of a share.
    11. Notice of Adjustment . Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock and other property, if any, purchasable upon exercise of Warrants is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall deliver to the Warrant Agent a certificate of a firm of independent accountants (who may be the regular accountants employed by the Company) setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment and the facts, computations and method by which such adjustment was calculated (including a description of the basis on which the Board of Directors of the Company determined the fair market value of any evidences of indebtedness, other securities or property or warrants or other subscription or purchase rights), and specifying the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of Warrants after giving effect to such adjustment. The Company shall promptly cause the Warrant Agent to mail a copy of such certificate to each Holder in accordance with Section 6.5. The Warrant Agent shall be entitled to rely on such certificate and shall be under no duty or responsibility with respect to any such certificate, except to exhibit the same from time to time, to any Holder desiring an inspection thereof during reasonable business hours and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment unless and until it shall have received such certificate. The Warrant Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the Exercise Price or the number of shares of Common Stock or other stock or property, purchasable on exercise of the Warrants, or with respect to the nature or extent of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed in making such adjustment or the validity or value of any shares of Common Stock.
    12. Notice of Certain Transactions . In the event that the Company shall, propose (a) to pay any dividend payable in securities of any class to all holders of its Common Stock or to make any other distribution to all holders of its Common Stock, (b) offer all holders of its Common Stock rights to subscribe for or to purchase any securities convertible into shares of Common Stock or shares of Common Stock or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, (c) to effect any reclassification of its Common Stock, capital reorganization or Combination or (d) to effect the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, or in the event of a tender offer or exchange offer described in Section 4.5, the Company shall within 5 Business Days of making such proposal, tender offer or exchange offer send to the Warrant Agent and the Warrant Agent shall within 5 Business Days thereafter send the Holders a notice (in such form as shall be furnished to the Warrant Agent by the Company) of such proposed action or offer, such notice to be mailed by the Warrant Agent to the Holders at their addresses as they appear in the Certificate Register, which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such dividend, distribution or rights, or the date such issuance or event is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of Common Stock, if any such date is to be fixed, and shall briefly indicate the effect of such action on the Common Stock and on the number and kind of any other shares of stock and on other property, if any, and the number of shares of Common Stock and other property, if any, purchasable upon exercise of each Warrant and the Exercise Price after giving effect to any adjustment which will be required as a result of such action. Such notice shall be given by the Company as promptly as possible and, in the case of any action covered by clause (a) or (b) above, at least 20 Business Days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Common Stock for purposes of such action and, in the case of any other such action, at least 20 Business Days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by all holders of Common Stock, whichever shall be the earlier.
    13. Adjustment to Warrant Certificate . The form of Warrant Certificate need not be changed because of any adjustment made pursuant to this Article 4, and Warrant Certificates issued after such adjustment may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of shares of Common Stock as are stated in any Warrant Certificates issued prior to the adjustment. The Company, however, may at any time in its sole discretion make any change in the form of Warrant Certificate that it may deem appropriate to give effect to such adjustments and that does not affect the substance of the Warrant Certificate, and any Warrant Certificate thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant Certificate or otherwise, may be in the form as so changed.
    14. Exceptions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 4 or elsewhere in this Warrant Agreement, no adjustments shall be made to the number of shares of common stock purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant, and this Warrant Agreement shall not otherwise be applicable (a) as a result of any options granted under the Company's 2001 Equity Incentive Plan or any similar plan, and (b) as a result of any common stock, options, warrants, distributions or rights to be issued, granted or paid pursuant to the Plan.



  5. Warrant Agent
    1. Appointment of Warrant Agent . The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company in accordance with provisions of this Agreement and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment.
    2. Rights and Duties of Warrant Agent .
        1. In acting under this Warrant Agreement and in connection with the Warrant Certificates, the Warrant Agent is acting solely as agent of the Company and in a ministerial capacity, and does not assume any obligation or relationship or agency or trust for or with any of the holders of Warrant Certificates or beneficial owners of Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken in connection with this Agreement except for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith (each as finally determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Warrant Agent be liable for special, indirect, punitive, incidental or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, lost profits) even if the Warrant Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage. Any liability of the Warrant Agent under this Agreement will be limited to the amount of fees paid by the Company to the Warrant Agent.
        2. The Warrant Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys, agents or employees.
        3. The Warrant Agent may consult with counsel satisfactory to it (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel. Whenever in the performance of its duties hereunder, the Warrant Agent is unsure of the current Exercise Price or how many shares of Common Stock are purchasable upon the exercise of a Warrant, the Warrant Agent may seek clarification thereof from the Company, and the Warrant Agent shall be fully protected and shall incur no liability in not taking any action under this Agreement prior to receiving a written response from the Company.
        4. The Warrant Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered, or omitted by it in reliance upon any Warrant Certificate, notice, direction, consent, certificate, affidavit, statement or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been presented or signed by the proper party or parties.
        5. The Warrant Agent shall be obligated to perform only such duties as are herein and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent shall not be under any obligation to take any action hereunder which may tend to involve it in any expense or liability for which it does not receive indemnity if such indemnity is reasonably requested. The Warrant Agent shall not be accountable or under any duty or responsibility for the use by the Company of any of the Warrant Certificates countersigned by the Warrant Agent and delivered by it to the Holders or on behalf of the Holders pursuant to this Agreement or for the application by the Company of the proceeds of the Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall have no duty or responsibility in case of any default by the Company in the performance of its covenants or agreements contained herein or in the Warrant Certificates or in the case of the receipt of any written demand from a Holder with respect to such default, including any duty or responsibility to initiate or attempt to initiate any proceedings at law or otherwise.
        6. The Warrant Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine whether any facts exist that may require an adjustment of the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of each Warrant or the Exercise Price, or with respect to the nature or extent of any adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental agreement provided to be employed, in making the same. The Warrant Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value of any shares of Common Stock or of any securities or property which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the exercise of any Warrant or upon any adjustment pursuant to Article 4, and it makes no representation with respect thereto. The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to make any cash payment or to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or stock certificates upon the surrender of any Warrant Certificate for the purpose of exercise or upon any adjustment pursuant to Article 4, or to comply with any of the covenants of the Company contained in Article 4.

    3. Individual Rights of Warrant Agent . As long as they are not in possession of material nonpublic information concerning the Company and otherwise comply with applicable securities and other laws, the Warrant Agent and any stockholder, affiliate, director, officer or employee of the Warrant Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Warrants or other securities of the Company or its affiliates or become pecuniarily interested in transactions in which the Company or its affiliates may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or its affiliates or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not the Warrant Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.
    4. Warrant Agent's Disclaimer . The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Agreement or the Warrant Certificates and it shall not be responsible for any statement in this Agreement or the Warrant Certificates other than its countersignature thereon, and all such statements shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.
    5. Compensation and Indemnity . The Company and the Warrant Agent have entered into an agreement pursuant to which the Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services and to reimburse the Warrant Agent upon request for all reasonable expenses (including the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Warrant Agent's agents and counsel), disbursements, taxes and governmental charges and other charges of any kind and nature incurred by the Warrant Agent in the preparation, execution, delivery, amendment and administration of this Warrant Agreement. The Company shall indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments, costs, losses, damages, fines, penalties, claims, demands, settlements or expenses (including reasonable agents' and attorneys' fees and expenses) for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by the Warrant Agent in connection with the execution and administration of this Agreement except for the Warrant Agent's willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith (each as finally determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree of ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction). The Warrant Agent shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability incurred by the Warrant Agent through willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith (each as finally determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction). The Company's payment obligations pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. The costs and expenses incurred in enforcing this right of indemnification shall be paid by the Company.
    6. Successor Warrant Agent .
        1. The Company agrees for the benefit of the Holders that there shall at all times be a Warrant Agent hereunder until all the Warrants have been exercised or are no longer exercisable.
        2. The Warrant Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice to the Company of such intention on its part, specifying the date on which its desired resignation shall become effective; provided, however, that such date shall not be less than thirty (30) days after the date on which such notice is given unless the Company otherwise agrees. The Warrant Agent may be removed at any time by the filing with it (and mailing a copy of each transfer agent of the Common Stock by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Warrant Certificates by first-class mail) of an instrument in writing signed by or on behalf of the Company and specifying such removal and the date when it shall become effective, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days after such notice is given unless the Warrant Agent otherwise agrees.
        3. In case at any time the Warrant Agent shall resign, or shall be removed, or shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or shall commence a voluntary case under the Federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or under any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, custodian, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Warrant Agent or its property or affairs, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or shall take corporate action in furtherance of any such action, or a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall have been entered in respect of the Warrant Agent in an involuntary case under the Federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law; or a decree order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall have been entered for the appointment of a receiver, custodian, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Warrant Agent or of its property or affairs, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Warrant Agent or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation, winding up of or liquidation, a successor Warrant Agent, qualified as aforesaid, shall be appointed by the Company by an instrument in writing, filed with the successor Warrant Agent. Upon the appointment as aforesaid of a successor Warrant Agent and acceptance by the successor Warrant Agent of such appointment, the Warrant Agent shall cease to be the Warrant Agent hereunder, provided, however, that in the event of the resignation of the Warrant Agent hereunder, such resignation shall be effective on the earlier of (i) the date specified in the Warrant Agent's notice of resignation and (ii) the appointment and acceptance of a successor Warrant Agent hereunder.
        4. Any successor Warrant Agent appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to its predecessor and to the Company an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon such successor Warrant Agent, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights and obligations of such predecessor with like effect as if originally named as Warrant Agent hereunder, and such predecessor, upon payment of its charges and disbursements then unpaid, shall thereupon become obligated to transfer, deliver and pay over, and such successor Warrant Agent shall be entitled to receive, all monies, securities and other property on deposit with or held by such predecessor, as Warrant Agent hereunder.
        5. Any Person into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party, or any Person to which the Warrant Agent shall sell or otherwise transfer all or substantially all the assets and business of the Warrant Agent, provided that it shall be qualified as aforesaid, shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Warrant Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.



  6. Miscellaneous
    1. Reports . In the event the Common Stock is not registered under the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide the Warrant Agent and Holders with such reports and such information, documents and other reports as are distributed by the Company to holders of its Common Stock .
    2. Persons Benefiting . Nothing in this Warrant Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any Person other than the Company, the Warrant Agent and the Holders any right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Warrant Agreement or any part hereof.
    3. Rights of Holders . Except to the extent set forth in Section 4.11, holders of unexercised Warrants are not entitled (i) to receive dividends or other distributions, (ii) to receive notice of or vote at any meeting of the stockholders, (iii) to consent to any action of the stockholders, (iv) to receive notice of any other proceedings of the Company, or (v) to exercise any other rights as stockholders of the Company.
    4. Amendment . This Warrant Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto without the consent of any Holder for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained herein or making any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Warrant Agreement as the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem necessary or desirable; provided , however , that such action shall not affect adversely the rights of the Holders. Any amendment or supplement to this Warrant Agreement that has or would have an adverse effect on the interests of the Holders shall require the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Warrants. The consent of each Holder affected shall be required for any amendment pursuant to which the Exercise Price would be increased or the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of Warrants would be decreased (other than pursuant to adjustments provided herein). In determining whether the Holders of the required number of Warrants have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Warrants owned by the Company or by any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Warrant Agent shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Warrants which the Warrant Agent knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Warrants outstanding at the-time shall be considered in any such determination. For purposes of this Section 6.4, "control" means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
    5. Notices . Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:
    6. if to the Company: Stage Stores, Inc.

      10201 Main Street

      Houston, TX 77025

      Attn: Michael McCreery, Executive Vice President

      Telecopy: (713) 669-2709

      with a copy to: McKinney & Stringer, P.C.

      101 N. Robinson, Suite 1300

      Oklahoma City, OK 73102

      Attn: Martin Stringer

      Telecopy: (405) 239-7902

      if to the Warrant Agent: Mellon Investor Services LLC

      600 North Pearl Street, Suite 1010

      Dallas, TX 75201

      Attn: Mona Vorhees, Assistant Vice President

      Telecopy: (214) 922-4455

      with a copy to: Mellon Investor Services LLC

      85 Challenger Road

      Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660

      Attn: General Counsel

      Telecopy: (201) 296-4066

      The Company or the Warrant Agent by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

      Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder's address as it appears on the Certificate Register and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

      Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

    7. Governing Law . The laws of the State of New York shall govern this Warrant Agreement and the Warrant Certificates.
    8. Successors . All agreements of the Company in this Warrant Agreement and the Warrant Certificates shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Warrant Agent in this Warrant Agreement shall bind its successors.
    9. Counterparts . This Warrant Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
    10. Table of Contents . The table of contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Warrant Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
    11. Severability . The provisions of this Warrant Agreement are severable, and if any clause or provision shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect in that jurisdiction only such clause or provision, or part thereof, and shall not in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction or any other clause or provision of this Warrant Agreement in any jurisdiction.
    12. Term . The term of this Warrant Agreement shall begin on the Closing Date and shall end on the date the Warrants have been exercised or are no longer exercisable.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

STAGE STORES, INC.

By:

Name: Michael McCreery

Title: Executive Vice President

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC,

By:

Name: Mona L. Vorhees

Title: Assistant Vice President

 

EXHIBIT A TO SERIES B WARRANT AGREEMENT

FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE

No.__ Certificate for __Warrants

SERIES B WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK OF STAGE STORES, INC.

THIS CERTIFIES THAT _______________, or its registered assigns, is the registered holder of the number of Series B Warrants set forth above (the "Warrants"). Each Warrant entitles the holder thereof (the "Holder"), at its option and subject to the provisions contained herein and in the Warrant Agreement referred to below, to purchase from Stage Stores, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("the Company"), ______ shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, at the per share exercise price of Twenty Dollars ($20.00) (the "Exercise Price"). This Warrant Certificate shall terminate and become null and void as of the close of business on August 23, 2006 (the "Expiration Date") or upon the exercise hereof as to all the shares of Common Stock subject hereto. The number of shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants and the Exercise Price per share shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

This Warrant Certificate is issued under and in accordance with a Series B Warrant Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001 (the "Warrant Agreement"), between the Company and Mellon Investor Services LLC (the "Warrant Agent", which term includes any successor Warrant Agent under the Warrant Agreement), and is subject to the terms and provisions contained in the Warrant Agreement, to all of which terms and provisions the Holder of this Warrant Certificate consents by acceptance hereof. The Warrant Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof. Reference is hereby made to the Warrant Agreement for a full statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the Holders of the Warrants. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Warrant Agreement. A copy of the Warrant Agreement may be obtained for inspection by the Holder hereof upon written request to the Warrant Agent at Mellon Investor Services LLC, 600 North Pearl Street, Suite 1010, Dallas,  TX 75201.

Subject to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, the Warrants may be exercised in whole or in part (i) by surrender of this Warrant Certificate with the form of election to purchase Warrant Shares attached hereto duly executed and with the simultaneous payment of the Exercise Price in cash (subject to adjustment) to the Warrant Agent for the account of the Company at the office of the Warrant Agent. Payment of the Exercise Price in cash shall be made in cash or by certified or official bank check payable to the order of the Company or by wire transfer of funds to an account designated by the Company for such purpose.

As provided in the Warrant Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions therein set forth, the Warrants shall be exercisable at any time; provided, however, that no Warrant shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

In the event the Company enters into a Combination following which this Warrant remains outstanding, the Holder hereof will be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Warrants the shares of capital stock or other securities or other property of such surviving entity as such Holder would have been entitled to receive upon or as the result of such Combination had the Holder exercised its Warrants immediately prior to such Combination; provided , howeve r, that in the event that, in connection with such Combination, consideration to holders of Common Stock in exchange for their shares is payable solely in cash or in the event of the dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, the Holder hereof will be entitled to receive distributions on an equal basis with the holders of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, as if the Warrants had been exercised immediately prior to such events, less the Exercise Price.

The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with the transfer or exchange of the Warrant Certificates pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Warrant Agreement but not for any exchange or original issuance (not involving a transfer) with respect to temporary Warrant Certificates, the exercise of the Warrants or the Warrant Shares.

Upon any partial exercise of the Warrants, there shall be countersigned and issued to the Holder hereof a new Warrant Certificate in respect of the Warrant Shares as to which the Warrants shall not have been exercised. This Warrant Certificate may be exchanged at the office of the Warrant Agent by presenting this Warrant Certificate properly endorsed with a request to exchange this Warrant Certificate for other Warrant Certificates evidencing an equal number of Warrants. In the event any fractional Warrant Shares would have to be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants, the Company may, at its option, pay an amount in cash equal to the Current Market Value for one Warrant Share on the date the Warrant is exercised, multiplied by such fraction, computed to the nearest whole cent in lieu of issuing such fractional share.

The Warrants do not entitle any holder hereof to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company. All shares of Common Stock issuable by the Company upon the exercise of the Warrants shall, upon such issue, be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable.

The issuance and exercise of the Warrants are exempted from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and state securities laws pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 1145(a)(1).

The holder in whose name the Warrant Certificate is registered may be deemed and treated by the Company and the Warrant Agent as the absolute owner of the Warrant Certificate for all purposes whatsoever and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Warrant Agent.

STAGE STORES, INC.

_______________________________

Michael McCreery, Secretary James Scarborough, President and Chief

Executive Officer

DATED:

Countersigned: MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC

as Warrant Agent,

______________________________

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STAGE STORES, INC.

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common

TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ______ Custodian _______

(Cust) (Minor)

under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act ________

(State)

 

 

 

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value Received, __________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee

warrants to purchase common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said warrants on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:

Signature 1

FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE WARRANT SHARES
(to be executed only upon exercise of Warrants)

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise Warrants at an exercise price per Warrant of Twenty Dollars ($20.00) to acquire an equal number of shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions specified in the within Warrant Certificate and the Warrant Agreement therein referred to, surrenders this Warrant Certificate and all right, title and interest therein to and directs that the shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise of such Warrants be registered or placed in the name and at the address specified below and delivered thereto.

Dated: _______________________

(Signature of Owner) 1

(Street Address)

(City) (State) (Zip Code)

Securities and/or check to be issued to:

Please insert social security or identifying number:

Name:

Street Address:

City, State and Zip Code:

Any unexercised Warrants evidenced by the within Warrant Certificate to be issued to:

Please insert social security or identifying number:

Name:

Street Address:

City, State and Zip Code:

 

1 NOTICE: The signature to this Assignment or Form of Election to Purchase Warrants must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Certificate, in every particular, without alteration of enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

EXHIBIT B TO SERIES B WARRANT AGREEMENT

CALCULATION OF WARRANTS; HOLDERS; INITIAL DISTRIBUTION

As set forth in the Plan, the Company shall issue to the Holders, as identified in the Plan, Series B Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock in an aggregate amount equal to 5% of the sum of (x) total shares of Common Stock issued on the Effective Date, (y) the Series A Warrant shares, and (z) the effect of the exercise of the Series B Warrants (or, if 20 million shares are issued at the Effective Date, then the Warrant Shares on the Series B Warrants would equal 1,079,622).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

STAGE STORES, INC.
2001 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose. The purpose of the Stage Stores, Inc. 2001 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to advance the interests of Stage Stores, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the "Company"), and its stockholders by providing incentives to certain key employees of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates (which shall include any other entity designated by the Committee in which the Company directly or indirectly owns at least a 50% interest) who contribute significantly to the strategic and long-term performance objectives and growth of the Company.

2. Administration. The Plan shall be administered solely by the Board of Directors (the "Board") or the Compensation Committee (the "Committee") of the Board, which Committee shall be comprised solely of two or more Outside Directors who shall administer the Plan. The term "Outside Director" shall mean a director who, within the meaning of Treasury Department regulation Section 1.162-27(e)(3), (1) is not a current employee of the Company, (2) is not a former employee of the Company who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year with respect to which the director's status is being determined, (3) has not been an officer of the Company, or (4) does not receive remuneration from the Company, either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a director. References to the Committee hereunder shall include the Board where appropriate. The membership of the Committee or such successor committee shall be constituted so as to comply at all times with the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3. No member of the Committee shall have within one year prior to his appointment received awards under the Plan ("Awards") or under any other plan, program or arrangement of the Company or any of its affiliates if such receipt would cause such member to cease to be a "disinterested person" under Rule 16b-3; provided that if at any time (i) Rule 16b-3 so permits without adversely affecting the ability of the Plan to comply with the conditions for exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act (or any successor provision) provided by Rule 16b-3, and (ii) Treasury Department regulation Section 1.162-27 so permits without adversely affecting the ability of Awards under the Plan to qualify as "performance-based" within the meaning of such regulation, one or more members of the Committee may cease to be a "disinterested person." For purposes of the remainder of the Plan, reference to the "Committee" shall include the Board to the extent that the Board has not designated a committee to administer the Plan.

The Committee has all the powers vested in it by the terms of the Plan set forth herein, such powers to include exclusive authority (except as may be delegated as permitted herein) to select the key employees and other key individuals to be granted Awards under the Plan, to determine the type, size and terms of the Award to be made to each individual selected, to modify the terms of any Award that has been granted, to determine the time when Awards will be granted, to establish performance objectives, to make any adjustments necessary or desirable as a result of the granting of Awards to eligible individuals located outside the United States and to prescribe the form of the instruments embodying Awards made under the Plan. The Committee is authorized to interpret the Plan and the Awards granted under the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make any other

determinations which it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee (or its delegate as permitted herein) may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award in the manner and to the extent the Committee deems necessary or desirable to carry it into effect. Any decision of the Committee (or its delegate as permitted herein) in the interpretation and administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall lie within its sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties concerned. The Committee may act only by a majority of its members in office, except that the members thereof may authorize any one or more of their members or any officer of the Company to execute and deliver documents or to take any other ministerial action on behalf of the Committee with respect to Awards made or to be made to Plan participants. No member of the Committee and no officer of the Company shall be liable for anything done or omitted to be done by him, by any other member of the Committee, or by any officer of the Company in connection with the performance of duties under the Plan, except for his own willful misconduct or as expressly provided by statute. Determinations to be made by the Committee under the Plan may be made by its delegates.

3. Participation. Consistent with the purposes of the Plan, the Committee shall have exclusive power (except as may be delegated as permitted herein) to select the key employees and non-employee directors of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates who may participate in the Plan and be granted Awards under the Plan. Eligible individuals may be selected individually or by groups or categories, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

4. Awards under the Plan.

(a) Types of Awards. Awards under the Plan may include, but need not be limited to, one or more of the following types, either alone or in any combination thereof:  (i) "Stock Options," (ii) "Stock Appreciation Rights," or (iii) "Restricted Stock" (including, but not limited to, Awards of, or options or similar rights granted with respect to, unbundled stock units or components thereof, and Awards made to participants who are foreign nationals or are employed or performing services outside the United States). Stock Options, which include "Nonqualified Stock Options" and "Incentive Stock Options" or combinations thereof, are rights to purchase common shares of the Company having a par value of $.01 per share and stock of any other class into which such shares may thereafter be changed (the "Common Shares"). Nonqualified Stock Options and Incentive Stock Options are subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions specified in Paragraph 5. Stock Appreciation Rights are rights to receive (without payment to the Company) cash, Common Shares, other Company securities (which may include, but need not be limited to, unbundled stock units or components thereof, debentures, preferred stock, warrants, securities convertible into Common Shares or other property ("Other Company Securities")) or property, or other forms of payment, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee, based on the increase in the value of the number of Common Shares specified in the Stock Appreciation Right. Stock Appreciation Rights are subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions specified in Paragraph 6. Shares of Restricted Stock are Common Shares which are issued subject to certain restrictions pursuant to Paragraph 7.

(b) Maximum Number of Shares that May be Issued. There may be issued under the Plan (as Restricted Stock, pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, or in payment of or pursuant to the exercise of such other Awards as the Committee, in its discretion, may determine) an aggregate of not more than 4,000,000 Common Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 13. Irrespective of the aggregate number of shares authorized herein, each participant in the Plan shall be entitled to receive grants of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights with respect to no more than 1,250,000 Common Shares in any calendar year. Common Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be either authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares, reacquired shares, or any combination thereof. If any Common Shares issued as Restricted Stock or otherwise subject to repurchase or forfeiture rights are reacquired by the Company pursuant to such rights, or if any Award is cancelled, terminates or expires unexercised, any Common Shares that would otherwise have been issuable pursuant thereto will be available for issuance under new Awards. If there is any change in the Common Shares, as by stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends or recapitalization, the number of shares which may be issued under this Plan shall be appropriately adjusted.

(c) Rights with respect to Common Shares and Other Securities.

(i) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its discretion, a participant to whom an Award of Restricted Stock has been made (and any person succeeding to such participant's rights in accordance with the Plan) shall have, after issuance of a certificate for the number of Common Shares awarded and prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period (as hereinafter defined) or the earlier repurchase of such Common Shares as herein provided, ownership of such Common Shares, including the right to vote the same and to receive dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Common Shares (provided that such Common Shares, and any new, additional or different shares, or Other Company Securities or property, or other forms of consideration which the participant may be entitled to receive with respect to such Common Shares as a result of a stock split, stock dividend or any other change in the corporation or capital structure of the Company, shall be subject to the restrictions hereinafter described as determined by the Committee in its discretion), subject, however, to the options, restrictions and limitations imposed thereon pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a participant with whom an Award agreement is made to issue Common Shares in the future, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to Common Shares related to such agreement until issuance of a certificate to him.

(ii) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its discretion, a participant to whom a grant of Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights is made (and any person succeeding to such a participant's rights pursuant to the Plan) shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Common Shares or as a holder with respect to other securities, if any, issuable pursuant to any such Award until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate to him for such Common Shares or other instrument of ownership, if any. Except as provided in Paragraph 13, no adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, securities, other property or other forms of consideration, or any combination thereof) for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate or other instrument of ownership, if any, is issued.

(iii) Any participant who is directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of more than 10 per centum of any class of any equity security which is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or who is an officer of the Company, shall hold his Restricted Stock, if any, for at least six months from the date of grant and any other Award received for at least six months from the date of acquisition of the Award before disposition of the Award or its underlying Common Stock.

(d) Vesting. Rights acquired pursuant to an Award may be subject to vesting as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(e) Frequency of Grants. The Committee in its discretion, shall set the frequency of grants.

(f) Securities and Tax Law Compliance.

(i) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its discretion, no Awards shall be granted unless counsel for the Company shall be satisfied that such issuance will qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statutory provision thereto (the "Code") and that such issuance will be in compliance with the Code and regulations issued thereunder.

(ii) No Common Shares, Other Company Securities or property, other securities or property, or other forms of payment shall be issued hereunder with respect to any Award unless counsel for the Company shall be satisfied that such issuance will be in compliance with applicable federal, state, local and foreign legal, securities exchange and other applicable requirements.

5. Stock Options. The Committee may grant or sell Stock Options either alone, or in conjunction with Stock Appreciation Rights, either at the time of grant or by amendment thereafter; provided that an Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to an eligible employee of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation (as such are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively). Each Stock Option (referred to herein as an "Option") granted or sold under the Plan shall be evidenced by an instrument in such form as the Committee shall prescribe from time to time in accordance with the Plan and shall comply with the following terms and conditions, and with such other terms and conditions, including, but not limited to, restrictions upon the Option or the Common Shares issuable upon exercise thereof, as the Committee, in its discretion, shall establish:

(a) The option price shall be as determined by the Committee; provided that, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the option price shall be at least the fair market value of the Common Shares subject to such Incentive Stock Option at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted.

(b) The Committee shall determine the number of Common Shares to be subject to each Option. The number of Common Shares subject to an outstanding Option may be reduced on a share-for-share or other appropriate basis, as determined by the Committee, to the extent that Common Shares under such Option are used to calculate the cash, Common Shares, Other Company Securities or property, or other forms of payment, or any combination thereof, received pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right attached to such Option.

(c) Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the Option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the grantee's lifetime only by him. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the Option shall not be exercisable for at least six months after the date of grant, unless the grantee ceases employment before the expiration of such six-month period by reason of his disability as defined in Paragraph 11 or his death.

(d) The Option shall not be exercisable:

(i) after the tenth anniversary of the date it is granted. Any Option may be exercised during such period only as set forth under Paragraph 4(d) or at such time or times and in such installments as the Committee may establish in its grant of the Option;

(ii) unless payment in full is made for the shares being acquired thereunder at the time of exercise; such payment shall be made in such form (including, but not limited to, cash, surrender of all or a portion of an outstanding Award, Common Shares held by the participant at their fair market value on the exercise date, or a combination thereof) as provided in the Award grant instrument or as the Committee may determine in its discretion; and

(iii) unless the person exercising the Option has been, at all times during the period beginning with the date of the grant of the Option and ending on the date of such exercise, employed by the Company, or a parent, subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, or a corporation substituting or assuming the Option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code, is applicable, except that:

(A) if such person shall cease such employment by reason of his disability as defined in Paragraph 11 or early, normal or deferred retirement under an approved retirement program of the Company (or such other plan or arrangement as may be approved by the Committee, in its discretion, for this purpose) while holding an Option which has not expired and has not been fully exercised, such person, at any time within sixty days (or such period determined by the Committee) after the date he ceased such employment (but in no event after the Option has expired), may exercise the Option with respect to any shares as to which he could have exercised the Option on the date he ceased such employment or with respect to such greater number of shares as determined by the Committee;

(B) if any person to whom an Option has been granted shall die holding an Option which has not expired and has not been fully exercised, his executors, administrators, heirs or distributees, as the case may be, may, at any time within one year (or such other period determined by the Committee) after the date of death (but in no event after the Option has expired), exercise the Option with respect to any shares as to which the decedent could have exercised the Option at the time of his death, or with respect to such greater number of shares as determined by the Committee; or

(C) if such person shall cease employment with the Company while holding an Option which has not expired and has not been fully exercised, the Committee may determine to allow such person at any time within the sixty days or such other period determined by the Committee (but in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such period shall not exceed ninety days) after the date he ceased such employment (but in no event after the Option has expired), to exercise the Option with respect to any shares as to which he could have exercised the Option on the date he ceased such employment or with respect to such greater number of shares as determined by the Committee.

(e) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the amount of the aggregate fair market value of Common Shares (determined at the time of grant of the Option pursuant to subparagraph 5(a) of the Plan) with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an employee during any calendar year (under all such plans of his employer corporation and its parent and subsidiary corporations) shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent the aggregate fair market value of the Common Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable by an employee during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, the Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

(f) It is the intent of the Company that Nonqualified Stock Options granted under the Plan not be classified as Incentive Stock Options, that the Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan be consistent with and contain or be deemed to contain all provisions required under Section 422 (and the other appropriate provisions) of the Code and any implementing regulations (and any successor provisions thereof), and that any ambiguities in construction shall be interpreted in order to effectuate such intent.

(g) Upon the Committee's recommendation and the approval of the Shareholders, the Board may reissue or reprice outstanding Stock Options at the fair market value of the Common Shares on the date of such reissue or repricing.

6. Stock Appreciation Rights.   The Committee may grant Stock Appreciation Rights either alone, or in conjunction with Stock Options, either at the time of grant or by amendment thereafter. Each Award of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an instrument in such form as the Committee shall prescribe from time to time in accordance with the Plan and shall comply with the following terms and conditions, and with such other terms and conditions, including, but not limited to, restrictions upon the Award of Stock Appreciation Rights or the Common Shares issuable upon exercise thereof, as the Committee, in its discretion, shall establish:

(a) The Stock Appreciation Right shall be granted with a hurdle price equal to at least the fair market value of the underlying Common Shares on the date of such grant.

(b) The Committee shall determine the number of Common Shares to be subject to each Award of Stock Appreciation Rights. The number of Common Shares subject to an outstanding Award of Stock Appreciation Rights may be reduced on a share-for-share or other appropriate basis, as determined by the Committee, to the extent that Common Shares under such Award of Stock Appreciation Rights are used to calculate the cash, Common Shares, Other Company Securities or property, or other forms of payment, or any combination thereof, received pursuant to exercise of an Option attached to such Award of Stock Appreciation Rights, or to the extent that any other Award granted in conjunction with such Award of Stock Appreciation Rights is paid.

(c) Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the Award of Stock Appreciation Rights may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the grantee's lifetime only by him. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the Award of Stock Appreciation Rights shall not be exercisable for at least six months after the date of grant, unless the grantee ceases employment or performance of services before the expiration of such six-month period by reason of his disability as defined in Paragraph 11 or his death.

(d) The Award of Stock Appreciation Rights shall not be exercisable:

(i) after the tenth anniversary of the date it is granted. Any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised only as set forth under Paragraph 4(d) or at such time or times and in such installments as the Committee may establish;

(ii) in the case that the Award of Stock Appreciation Rights is attached to an Option, unless such Option is at the time exercisable; and

(iii) unless the person exercising the Award of Stock Appreciation Rights has been, at all times during the period beginning with the date of the grant thereof and ending on the date of such exercise, employed by the Company, except that:

(A) if such person shall cease such employment or performance of services by reason of his disability as defined in Paragraph 11 or early, normal or deferred retirement under an approved retirement program of the Company (or such other plant or arrangement as may be approved by the Committee, in its discretion, for this purpose) while holding an Award of Stock Appreciation Rights which has not expired and has not been fully exercised, such person may, at any time within sixty days (or such other period determined by the Committee) after the date he ceased such employment (but in no event after the Award of Stock Appreciation Rights has expired), exercise the Award of Stock Appreciation Rights with respect to any shares as to which he could have exercised the Award of Stock Appreciation Rights on the date he ceased such employment or with respect to such greater number of shares as determined by the Committee; or

(B) if any person to whom an Award of Stock Appreciation Rights has been granted shall die holding an Award of Stock Appreciation Rights which has not expired and has not been fully exercised, his executors, administrators, heirs or distributees, as the case may be, may at any time within one year (or such other period determined by the Committee) after the date of death (but in no event after the Award of Stock Appreciation Rights has expired), exercise the Award of Stock Appreciation Rights with respect to any shares as to which the decedent could have exercised the Award of Stock Appreciation Rights at the time of his death, or with respect to such greater number of shares as determined by the Committee.

(e) An Award of Stock Appreciation Rights shall entitle the holder (or any person entitled to act under the provisions of subparagraph 6(d)(iii)(B) hereof) to exercise such Award and surrender unexercised the Option, if any, to which the Stock Appreciation Right is attached (or any portion of such Option) to the Company and to receive from the Company in exchange thereof, without payment to the Company, that number of Common Shares having an aggregate value equal to (or, in the discretion of the Committee, less than) the excess of the fair market value of one share at the time of such exercise, over the exercise price (or Option Price, as the case may be), times the number of shares subject to the Award or the Option, or portion thereof, which is so exercised or surrendered, as the case may be. The Committee shall be entitled in its discretion to elect to settle the obligation arising out of the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right by the payment of cash or Other Company Securities or property, or other forms of payment, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee, equal to the aggregate value of the Common Shares it would otherwise be obligated to deliver. Any such election by the Committee shall be made as soon as practicable after the receipt by the Committee of written notice of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right. The value of a Common Share, Other Company Securities or property, or other forms of payment determined by the Committee for this purpose shall be the fair market value thereof on the last business day next preceding the date of the election to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right, unless the Committee, in its discretion, determines otherwise.

(f) A Stock Appreciation Right may provide that it shall be deemed to have been exercised at the close of business on the business day preceding the expiration date of the Stock Appreciation Right or of the related Option, or such other date as specified by the Committee, if at such time such Stock Appreciation Right has a positive value. Such deemed exercise shall be settled or paid in the same manner as a regular exercise thereof as provided in subparagraph 6(e) hereof.

(g) No fractional shares may be delivered under this Paragraph 6, but in lieu thereof a cash or other adjustment shall be made as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

7. Restricted Stock .  Each Award of Restricted Stock under the Plan shall be evidenced by an instrument in such form as the Committee shall prescribe from time to time in accordance with the Plan and shall comply with the following terms and conditions, and with such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in its discretion, shall establish:

(a) The Committee shall determine the number of Common Shares to be issued to a participant pursuant to the Award, and the extent, if any, to which they shall be issued in exchange for cash, other consideration, or both.

(b) Restricted Stock awarded to a participant in accordance with the Award shall be subject to the following restrictions until the expiration of such period as the Committee shall determine, from the date on which the Award is granted (the "Restricted Period"):  (i) a participant to whom an award of Restricted Stock is made may, at the discretion of the Committee, be issued, but shall not be entitled to, a stock certificate, (ii) the Restricted Stock shall not be transferable prior to the end of the Restricted Period, (iii) the Restricted Stock shall be forfeited and the stock certificate, if issued, shall be returned to the Company and all rights of the holder of such Restricted Stock to such shares and as a shareholder shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company if the participant's continuous employment or performance of services for the Company shall terminate for any reason prior to the end of the Restricted Period, except as otherwise provided in subparagraph 7(c), and (iv) such other restrictions as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

(c) If a participant who has been in continuous employment with the Company since the date on which a Restricted Stock Award was granted to him shall, while in such employment, die, or terminate such employment by reason of disability as defined in Paragraph 11 or by reason of early, normal or deferred retirement under an approved retirement program of the Company (or such other plan or arrangement as may be approved by the Committee in its discretion, for this purpose) and any of such events shall occur after the date on which the Award was granted to him and prior to the end of the Restricted Period of such Award, the Committee may determine to cancel any and all restrictions on any or all of the Common Shares subject to such Award.

8. Deferral of Compensation.   The Committee shall determine whether or not an Award shall be made in conjunction with deferral of the participant's salary, bonus or other compensation, or any combination thereof, and whether or not such deferred amounts may be:

(a) forfeited to the Company or to other participants or any combination thereof, under certain circumstances (which may include, but need not be limited to, certain types of termination of employment with the Company),

(b) subject to increase or decrease in value based upon the attainment of or failure to attain, respectively, certain performance measures, and/or

(c) credited with income equivalents (which may include, but need not be limited to, interest, dividends or other rates of return) until the date or dates of payment of the Award, if any.

9. Deferred Payment of Awards.   The Committee may specify that the payment of all or any portion of cash, Common Shares, Other Company Securities or property, or any other form of payment, or any combination thereof, under an Award shall be deferred until a later date. Deferrals shall be for such periods or until the occurrence of such events, and upon such terms, as the Committee shall determine in its discretion. Deferred payments of Awards may be made by undertaking to make payment in the future based upon the performance of certain investment equivalents (which may include, but need not be limited to, government securities, Common Shares, other securities, property or consideration, or any combination thereof), together with such additional amounts of income equivalents (which may be compounded and may include, but need not be limited to, interest, dividends or other rates of return or any combination thereof) as may accrue thereon until the date or dates of payment, such investment equivalents and such additional amounts of income equivalents to be determined by the Committee in its discretion.

10. Amendment or Substitution of Awards under the Plan.   The terms of any outstanding Award under the plan may be amended from time to time by the Committee in its discretion in any manner that it deems appropriate (including, but not limited to, acceleration of the date of exercise of any Award and/or payments thereunder); provided that no such amendment shall adversely affect in a material manner any right of a participant under the Award without his written consent, unless the Committee determines in its discretion that there have occurred or are about to occur significant changes in the participant's position, duties, or responsibilities, or significant changes in economic, legislative, regulator, tax, accounting or cost/benefit conditions which are determined by the Committee in its discretion to have or to be expected to have a substantial effect on the performance of the Company, or any subsidiary, affiliate, division or department thereof, on the Plan or on any Award under the Plan. The Committee may, in its discretion, permit holders of the Awards under the Plan to surrender outstanding Awards in order to exercise or realize the rights under other Awards, or in exchange for the grant of new Awards, or require holders of Awards to surrender outstanding Awards as a condition precedent to the grant of new Awards under the Plan.

11. Disability.   For the purposes of this Plan, a participant shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by the Company, its subsidiaries, and its affiliates by reason of disability, if the Committee shall determine that the physical or mental condition of the participant by reason of which such employment terminated was such at that time as would entitle him to payment of monthly disability benefits under any Company disability plan. If the participant is not eligible for benefits under any disability plan of the Company, he shall be deemed to have terminated such employment by reason of disability if the Committee shall determine that his physical or mental condition would entitle him to benefits under any Company disability plan if he were eligible therefor.

12. Termination of a Participant.   For all purposes under the Plan, the Committee shall determine whether a participant has terminated employment with the Company.

13. Dilution and Other Adjustments.   In the event of any change in the outstanding Common Shares of the Company by reason of any stock split, dividend, split-up, split-off, spin-off, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, rights offering, reorganization, combination or exchange of shares, a sale by the Company of all of its assets, any distribution to stockholders other than a normal cash dividend, or other extraordinary or unusual event, and that such change equitably requires an adjustment in the terms of any Award of the number of Common Shares available for Awards, such adjustment shall be made by the Committee and shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Awards shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the Committee.

In the event of a Change of Control, all outstanding Awards shall immediately vest and all restrictions on any outstanding Awards shall immediately lapse and participants shall be entitled to the full benefit of all such awards immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Section 13(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities and within one (1) year after such "person" or "group" acquires 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company (the "Trigger Date") the members of the Board immediately prior to the Trigger Date cease to constitute a majority of the Board, (ii) there shall be consummated any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the surviving or continuing corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Company's Common Shares would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company's Common Shares immediately prior to the merger have (directly or indirectly) at least a 51% ownership interest in the outstanding Common Shares of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (iii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, except for any sale, lease exchange or transfer resulting from any action taken by any creditor of the Company in enforcing its rights or remedies against any assets of the Company in which such creditor holds a security interest; provided, however, that a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if any of the above described events under (i), (ii) or (iii) occurs as the result of, associated with or arising from action, order, agreement or plan of reorganization approved by the court in the bankruptcy proceedings of Stage Stores, Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV) being jointly administered under Case No. 0035078-H2-11.

14. Designation of Beneficiary by Participant.   A participant may name a beneficiary to receive any payment to which he may be entitled in respect to any Award under the Plan in the event of his death, on a written form to be provided by and filed with the Committee, and in a manner determined by the Committee in its discretion. The Committee reserves the right to review and approve beneficiary designations. A participant may change his beneficiary from time to time in the same manner, unless such participant has made an irrevocable designation. Any designation of beneficiary under the Plan (to the extent it is valid and enforceable under applicable law) shall be controlling over any other disposition, testamentary or otherwise, as determined by the Committee in its discretion. If no designated beneficiary survives the participant and is living on the date on which an amount becomes payable to such a participant's beneficiary, such payment will be made to the legal representatives of the participant's estate, and the term "beneficiary" as used in the Plan shall be deemed to include such person or persons. If there are an questions as to the legal right of any beneficiary to receive a distribution under the Plan, the Committee in its discretion may determine that the amount in question be paid to the legal representatives of the estate of the participant, in which event the Company, the Board and the Committee and the members thereof, will have no further liability to anyone with respect to such amount.

15. Financial Assistance.   If the Committee determines that such action is advisable, the Company may assist any person to whom an Award has been granted in obtaining financing from the Company (or under any program of the Company approved pursuant to applicable law), or from a bank or other third party, on such terms as are determined by the Committee, and in such amount as is required to accomplish the purposes of the Plan, including, but not limited to, to permit the exercise of an Award, the participation therein, and/or the payment of any taxes in respect thereof. Such assistance may take any form that the Committee deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, a direct loan from the Company, a guarantee of the obligation by the Company, or the maintenance by the Company of deposits with such bank or third party.

16. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) No employee or other person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan. Determinations made by the Committee under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made selectively among eligible individuals under the Plan, whether or not such eligible individuals are similarly situated. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any employee any right to continue to be employed by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, and the right to terminate the employment of any participants at any time and for any reason is specifically reserved.

(b) No participant or other person shall have any right with respect to the Plan, the Common Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan or in any Award, contingent or otherwise, until written evidence of the Award shall have been delivered to the recipient and all the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan and the Award applicable to such recipient (and each person claiming under or through him) have been met.

(c) Except as may be approved by the Committee where such approval shall not adversely affect compliance of the Plan with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, a participant's rights and interest under the Plan may not be assigned or transferred, hypothecated or encumbered in whole or in part either directly or by the operation of law or otherwise (except in the event of a participant's death) including, but not by way of limitation, however, that any Option or similar right (including, but not limited to, a Stock Appreciation Right) offered pursuant to the Plan shall be transferable by will or the laws of descent and the distribution but shall be exercisable during the participant's lifetime only by him.

(d) It is the intent of the Company that the Plan comply in all respects with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, that any ambiguities or inconsistencies in construction of the Plan be interpreted to give effect to such intention and that if any provision of the Plan is found not to be in compliance with Rule 16b-3, such provision shall be deemed null and void to the extent required to permit the Plan to comply with Rule 16b-3.

(e) The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment made under the Plan any federal, state, local or foreign income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment. It shall be a condition to the obligation of the Company to issue Common Shares, Other Company Securities or property, other securities or property, or other forms of payment, or any combination thereof, upon exercise, settlement or payment of any Award under the Plan, that the participant (or any beneficiary or person entitled to act) pay to the Company, upon its demand, such amount as may be required by the Company for the purpose of satisfying any liability to withhold federal, state, local or foreign income or other taxes. If the amount requested is not paid, the Company may refuse to issue Common Shares, Other Company Securities or property, other securities or property, or other forms of payment, or any combination thereof. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may, in its discretion, permit an eligible participant (or any beneficiary or person entitled to act) to elect to pay a portion or all of the amount requested by the Company for such taxes with respect to such Award, at such time and in such manner as the Committee shall deem to be appropriate (including, but not limited to, by authorizing the Company to withhold, or agreeing to surrender to the Company on or about the date such tax liability is determinable, Common Shares, Other Company Securities or property, other securities or property, or other forms of payment, or any combination thereof, owned by such person or a portion of such forms of payment that would otherwise be distributed, or have been distributed, as the case may be, pursuant to such Award to such person, having a fair market value equal to the amount of such taxes).

(f) The expenses of the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

(g) The Plan shall be unfunded. The Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to assure the payment of any Award under the Plan, and rights to the payment of Awards shall be no greater than the rights of the Company's general creditors.

(h) By accepting any Award or other benefit under the Plan, each participant and each person claiming under or through him shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated his acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, any action taken under the Plan by the Company, the Board or the Committee or its delegates.

(i) Fair market value in relation to Common Shares shall mean the closing price on that date, or on the next business day if that date is not a business day, of a Common Share as the price is reported on the applicable exchange or market on which the Common Shares are traded; provided that if the Common Shares shall not be reported on an exchange or market, the fair market value of Common Shares shall be as determined in good faith by the Committee in such reasonable manner as it may deem appropriate in accordance with applicable law. Fair market value in relation to Other Company Securities or property, other securities or property or other forms of payment of Awards under the Plan, or any combination thereof, as of any specific time shall mean such value as determined in good faith by the Committee in such reasonable manner as it may deem appropriate in accordance with applicable law.

(j) The masculine pronoun includes the feminine and the singular includes the plural wherever appropriate.

(k) The appropriate officers of the Company shall cause to be filed any reports, returns or other information regarding Awards hereunder of any Common Shares issued pursuant hereto as may be required by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (or any successor provision) or any other applicable statute, rule or regulation.

(l) The validity, construction, interpretation, administration and effect of the Plan, and of its rules and regulations, and rights relating to the Plan and to Awards granted under the Plan, shall be governed by the substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of Nevada.

(m) Certificates for Common Shares issued pursuant to the Plan which have not been registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and Restricted Stock, if any, shall bear an appropriate legend.

17. Plan Amendment or Suspension.   The Plan may be amended or suspended in whole of in part at any time from time to time by the Board, but no amendment shall be effective unless and until the same is approved by stockholders of the Company where the failure to obtain such approval would adversely affect the compliance of the Plan with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and with other applicable law. No amendment of the Plan shall adversely affect in a material manner any right of any participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted without such participant's written consent, except as permitted under Paragraph 10.

18. Plan Termination.   This Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of the following dates or events to occur:

(a) upon the adoption of a resolution of the Board terminating the Plan; or

(b) ten years from the date the Plan as amended is approved and adopted by the stockholders of the Company in accordance with Paragraph 19 hereof; provided, however, that the Board may, prior to the expiration of such ten-year period, extend the term of the Plan for an additional period of up to five years from the grant of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options. No termination of the Plan shall materially alter or impair any of the rights or obligations of any person, without his consent, under any Award theretofore granted under the Plan, except that subsequent to termination of the Plan, the Committee may make amendments permitted under Paragraph 17.

19. Stockholders Adoption.   The Plan was approved by the Board on September 13, 2001, and stockholders of the Company as part of the Company's Plan of Reorganization.

 

JLC/31150-015/434749

Exhibit 10.2

Wuensch Consulting Group

 

 

April 29, 2000

 

 

 

Mr. Jack Wiesner

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Stage Stores Inc.

10201 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77025

 

 

 

Dear Jack;

The purpose of this letter is to document our agreement concerning the role that Wuensch

Consulting Group (WCG) will play in the reorganization and restructuring of Stage Stores Inc.

Role

Ron Wuensch will report directly to you and will be the point person for Stage Stores Inc.

on all reorganization issues including:

    • Coordinating the activities of the professional team that you have

assembled to develop a plan for reorganizing and restructuring Stage Stores Inc.;

    • Assisting you in presenting the proposed plan for review and approval; and
    • Coordinating the implementation of the approved plan of

reorganization and restructuring.

Fees and Expenses

Fees charged to Stage Stores Inc. will be calculated on an hourly basis. The hourly rate for Ron Wuensch will be calculated at $300 per hour. Staff hours will be calculated at $150 per hour. Out of pocket expenses such as travel, communication etc. will be reimbursed. Detailed time and expense bill will be presented for payment every two weeks.

Due to the nature of this assignment, a retainer of $50,000 will be required.

 

 

 

Wuensch Consulting Group

 

 

*************************

 

Please indicate your acceptance of this agreement by signing and returning one copy.

 

Sincerely,

/s/Ron Wuensch

Ronald W. Wuensch

 

Accepted


By:
/s/John J. Wiesner


Title:
Chairman, President & CEO


Date:
5/5/00

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into effective as of the 31st day of July, 2000 (the "Start Date") between STAGE STORES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and JAMES SCARBOROUGH, an individual (the "Executive")

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company to hire and appoint the Executive to the position of Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company (the "Position"), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be hired by the Company and to be appointed to the Position, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. BANKRUPTCY COURT APPROVAL .   As may be required by law, this Agreement and the respective obligations of the parties hereto are subject to the approval of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division (the "Bankruptcy Court"), and if approved, this Agreement shall become retroactively effective as of the Start Date or such other date as the Bankruptcy Court may order and direct (the "Effective Date").

2. EMPLOYMENT .   The Company shall hire and appoint Executive to the Position, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company and appointment to the Position, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement. As of the Start Date, it is the mutual intent of the Company and Executive that Executive shall be employed by the Company and serve in the Position for a period of at least three (3) years.

3. POSITION AND DUTIES .   During such time as Executive is employed with the Company (the "Employment Period"), Executive shall serve in the Position and shall have the normal duties, responsibilities and authority of the Position, subject to the power of the Board to expand or limit such duties, responsibilities and authority and to override actions of the Executive; provided, however, such duties, responsibilities and authority shall not involve or include any bankruptcy related activities of any type or function whatsoever unless the Board otherwise reasonably requests Executive to become involved in such actions, which actions shall be limited to court appearances, meetings with creditors and any other activity normally associated with or arising from the Position. Executive shall report to the Board from time to time. Executive shall devote his best efforts and his full business time and attention (except for permitted vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) exclusively to the business and affairs of the Company and its "Subsidiaries" (as hereinafter defined) and any duty, task or responsibility assigned or given to Executive by the Board, and Executive shall perform his duties and responsibilities to the best of his abilities in a diligent, trustworthy, businesslike and efficient manner. As used in this Agreement, "Subsidiaries" shall mean any entity of which the securities having a majority of the voting power in electing directors or managers are, at the time of determination, owned by the Company either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries.

3.1 Appointment to the Board .   Company shall take reasonable actions to nominate and appoint Executive as a voting member of the Board, and Executive shall serve in such capacity so long as Executive shall hold the Position or until the next regular election of the Board by the shareholders of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Company's Bylaws or until such other time as the Bankruptcy Court may order and direct.

3.2 Outside Directorships .   In the event Executive is invited, solicited or otherwise asked to become a director, advisor or consultant for any entity or organization of any type or function whatsoever other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, Executive shall notify the Board in writing of such invitation, the entity or organization extending such invitation and the capacity to be served by Executive for such entity or organization. The Board shall have the sole power and authority to authorize Executive to accept such invitation based on such criteria and standards as the Board may determine, and Executive shall not accept such invitation without the Board's prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

3.3 Delegation by Board .   Whenever this Agreement calls for action on the part of the Board, the Board may delegate responsibility for such action to a duly appointed committee of the Board, including but not limited to the Compensation Committee of the Board, and Executive agrees to treat, comply with and be bound by any action taken by such committee as if the Board had taken such action directly.

4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS .   During the Employment Period, Executive shall be paid or receive compensation and benefits as follows:

4.1 Base Salary .   The base salary for Executive shall be $600,000 per year, or such other rate as the Board may designate from time to time (the "Base Salary"). The Base Salary shall be payable in regular installments in accordance with the Company's general payroll practices and shall be subject to customary withholding for taxes.

4.2 Guaranteed Bonus .   Executive shall receive a minimum bonus of $100,000.00 (the "Guaranteed Bonus"); provided, however, the amount of the Guaranteed Bonus may be increased up to $200,000.00 as determined by the Board based on the Company's operating results for the fiscal year ending January 31, 2001, Executive's performance and such other performance targets and criteria mutually established by the Board and Executive. The Company shall pay Executive the Guaranteed Bonus on or before April 1, 2001, and the Guaranteed Bonus shall be subject to customary withholdings for taxes.

4.3 Merit Bonus .   Commencing with the fiscal year ending January 31, 2002, the Board may, but is not obligated to, award a bonus to Executive following the end of each fiscal year based upon the Company's operating results for and Executive's performance during such fiscal year and such other performance targets and criteria as the Board and Executive may establish and adjust for such fiscal year (the "Merit Bonus"). The target level of such Merit Bonus shall be fifty percent (50%) of Executive's Base Salary, but the amount of any such Merit Bonus may range from zero percent (0%) to one hundred percent (100%) of Executive's Base Salary as determined by the Board based on such criteria. In addition, the Board may take into account any unusual or non-recurring items of the Company during such fiscal year deemed appropriate by the Board in determining any Merit Bonus. The Company shall pay to Executive any such Merit Bonus on or before April 1 following the end of the fiscal year for which such Merit Bonus was based, and any such Merit Bonus shall be subject to customary withholdings for taxes.

4.4 Emergence Bonus .   If the Bankruptcy Court confirms and approves a plan of reorganization for the Company (the "Plan") and Executive is employed with the Company on the date the Bankruptcy Court approves the Plan, Executive shall receive a bonus of One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (the "Emergence Bonus"), subject to customary withholdings for taxes. The Company, in its sole discretion, may pay the Emergence Bonus using a combination of cash (the "Cash Component") and new equity securities of the Company after confirmation of the Plan (the "Stock Component"); provided, however, in no event shall the Cash Component be less than forty percent (40%) of the Emergence Bonus. The Stock Component shall be valued in accordance with the terms of the Plan. In the event recoveries are being provided through a transaction described in the Plan where cash or securities of another company are being distributed, payment to Executive will be made in like manner, but in no event shall the Cash Component of the Emergence Bonus be less than forty percent (40%) of such amount. Payment of any withholdings for taxes as a result of the Emergence Bonus shall be deducted from the Cash Component.

4.5 Automobile Allowance .   Company shall provide Executive with an automobile allowance in the amount of $1,000 per month to be allocated at Executive's discretion., or such other monthly amount designated by the Board, and such allowance shall be payable in regular installments in accordance with the Company's general payroll practices.

4.6 Medical, Dental and Other Benefits .   Beginning on the sixty-first (61 st ) day after the Start Date, Company shall provide, at Company's cost and expense, Executive with medical and dental insurance coverage for Executive and his family, a life insurance policy and short term and long term disability on terms commensurate with coverages offered to other executive officers of the Company, and Executive shall be eligible to enroll and participate in any and all retirement plans or arrangements and any other supplemental benefits provided to other executive officers of the Company. During the initial sixty (60) days of service, Company shall reimburse Executive for any and all premiums incurred by Executive to extend or continue the coverage under any health benefits from Executive's previous employer in accordance with the standard policies and procedures of the Company in effect related to such reimbursable expenses. Executive shall receive four (4) weeks of paid vacation each year, which if not taken may not be carried forward to any subsequent year. Any and all benefits provided for hereunder shall not be included in the definition of the term "Base Salary" as such term is used in this Agreement .

4.7 Business Expense .   Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses incurred by Executive in the course of performing the duties of the Position. Such expenses shall be reimbursed in accordance with the standard policies and procedures of the Company in effect from time to time related to such reimbursable expenses.

4.8 Temporary Housing .   For a period of sixty (60) days commencing from the Start Date, the Company shall, at the Company's sole cost and expense, provide Executive with temporary housing at such facilities and accommodations as the Company shall determine in its sole discretion. During such temporary housing period, the Company shall reimburse Executive for any and all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Executive related to such temporary housing and in commuting to Houston, Texas. Such expenses shall be reimbursed in accordance with the standard policies and procedures of the Company in effect from time to time related to such reimbursable expenses.

4.9 Relocation Expenses .   Company shall reimburse Executive for any and all relocation costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Executive including closing costs for both buying and selling his residences and transportation costs for household goods and automobiles. Executive shall submit invoices, receipts or other documentation reasonably required by the Company to evidence such costs and expenses, and the Company shall reimburse Executive in accordance with the standard policies and procedures of the Company for such reimbursable expenses. The Company shall gross up the compensation to be paid by the Company to Executive for the 2000 tax year to offset all applied income incurred by Executive as a result of such reimbursed costs and expenses.

5. EFFECT OF CONVERSION TO CHAPTER 7 .   In the event the bankruptcy proceedings of the Company and its Subsidiaries, Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV), being jointly administered by the Bankruptcy Court under Case No. 00-35078-H2-11 (collectively, the "Bankruptcy Proceedings") are converted, voluntarily or otherwise, from reorganization proceedings under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") to liquidation proceedings under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Board shall use its best efforts to have the severance benefits to be paid to Executive by the Company in accordance with Section 6.4 approved by the Bankruptcy Court as administrative expenses of the Bankruptcy Proceedings and to have such benefits paid to Executive within one (1) year of the date of such conversion.

6. TERMINATION; EFFECTS OF TERMINATION .   This Agreement may be terminated upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

6.1 Terminable At Will .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement including, but not limited to Section 2, this Agreement and Executive's employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be terminable at will at any time for any reason by either party, and this Agreement shall expire automatically when Executive ceases to hold the Position with the Company for any reason. Upon such termination, the rights of Executive to receive the monies and benefits from the Company shall be determined in accordance with the terms and provisions contained in this Section 6, and Executives agrees that such monies and benefits are fair and reasonable and are the sole monies and benefits which shall be due to him from the Company in the event of termination.

6.2 By Company For Good Cause .   Upon written notice, Company may terminate this Agreement and the Employment Period immediately for "Good Cause" (as hereafter defined). Upon such termination, Executive shall be entitled to receive any Base Salary earned through the date of such termination, and no other monies or benefits shall be payable or owed to Executive under this Agreement.

6.3 By Company Without Good Cause .   Upon ten (10) days prior written notice, Company may terminate this Agreement and the Employment Period without Good Cause, and Executive shall be entitled to receive: (i) any Base Salary earned through the date of such termination; and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of: (1) one times the Base Salary in effect as of the date of such termination; and (2) one times the targeted Merit Bonus of fifty percent (50%) of Base Salary; provided, however, that Executive shall not receive any such amount related to the Merit Bonus unless the Board determines in good faith that Executive would have been entitled to a Merit Bonus for the fiscal year in which such termination occurred in accordance with the evaluation criteria described in Section 4.3 hereof (collectively, payments under clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 6.3 constitute the "Severance Payment"). The Severance Payment shall be payable in regular installments commencing from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company's general payroll practices and subject to customary withholdings or taxes.

6.4 By Executive for Good Reason .   Upon thirty (30) days prior written notice, Executive may terminate this Agreement and the Employment Period for "Good Reason" (as hereafter defined), and if requested by the Company, Executive shall continue to work exclusively for the Company during such thirty (30) day period; provided, however, the Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate this Agreement at any time during such thirty (30) day period upon written notice to Executive. Executive shall be entitled to receive: (i) any Base Salary earned through the expiration of such thirty (30) day period or the date on which the Company terminates this Agreement during such thirty (30) day period; and (ii) the Severance Payment. The Severance Payment shall be payable in regular installments commencing from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company's general payroll practices and subject to customary withholdings for taxes.

6.5 By Executive Without Good Reason .   Upon thirty (30) days prior written notice, Executive may terminate this Agreement and the Employment Period without Good Reason, and if requested by the Company, Executive shall continue to work exclusively for the Company during such thirty (30) day period; provided, however, the Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate this Agreement at any time during such thirty (30) day period upon written notice to Executive. Executive shall be entitled to receive: (i) any Base Salary earned through the expiration of such thirty (30) day period or the date on which the Company terminates this Agreement during such thirty (30) day period, and no other monies or benefits shall be payable or owed to Executive under this Agreement.

6.6 Execution of Release by Executive .   Company shall not be obligated to pay any portion of the Severance Payment, if any, unless and until Executive shall have executed and delivered to the Company a release of all claims against the Company and the Subsidiaries and affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, shareholders, agents and attorneys, arising out of or related to any act or omission which occurred on or prior to the date on which this Agreement or the Employment Period was terminated, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

6.7 Good Cause Defined .   For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Cause" means (a) Executive's conviction of any criminal violation involving dishonesty, fraud or moral turpitude; (b) Executive's gross negligence; (c) Executive's willful and serious misconduct; (d) Executive's breach of trust or fiduciary duty in the performance of his duties or responsibilities; (e) Executive's willful failure to comply with reasonable directives of the Board; or (f) Executive's breach of any term or provision of this Agreement.

6.8 Good Reason Defined .   For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall exist if, without Executive's express written consent, (a) Executive is assigned duties or responsibilities materially inconsistent with the Position or its status with Company as of the time of a Change of Control (as hereafter defined); (b) the Company reduces Executive's Base Salary in violation of the terms of this Agreement; (c) the Company requires Executive regularly to perform his duties of employment at a location which is more than fifty miles from the location of the Company's executive offices as of the time of a Change of Control; or (d) the Bankruptcy Proceedings are converted, voluntarily or otherwise, from reorganization proceedings under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code to liquidation proceedings under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

6.9 Change of Control Defined .   For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Section 13(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities and within one (1) year after such "person" or "group" acquires 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company (the "Trigger Date") the members of the Board immediately prior to the Trigger Date cease to constitute a majority of the Board, (ii) there shall be consummated any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the surviving or continuing corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Company's Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company's Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have (directly or indirectly) at least a 51% ownership interest in the outstanding Common Stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (iii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, except for any sale, lease exchange or transfer resulting from any action taken by any creditor of the Company in enforcing its rights or remedies against any assets of the Company in which such creditor holds a security interest; provided, however, that a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if any of the above described events under (i), (ii) or (iii) occurs during or within twelve (12) months of the conclusion of the Bankruptcy Proceedings or as the result of, associated with or arising from action, order, agreement or plan of reorganization approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

7. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION .   Executive acknowledges that Executive will have access or be privy to certain confidential business information of the Company and its Subsidiaries as a result of Executive's employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries. Such confidential information may include but is not limited to business decisions, plans, procedures, strategies and policies, legal matters affecting the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses, personnel, customer records information, trade secrets, bid prices, evaluations of bids, contractual terms and arrangements (prospective purchases and sales), pricing strategies, financial and business forecasts and plans and other information affecting the value or sales of products, goods, services or securities of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, and personal information regarding employees (collectively, the "Confidential Information"). Executive acknowledges and agrees the Confidential Information is and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company or such Subsidiary. Executive shall not disclose to any unauthorized person, or use for Executive's own purposes, any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Board, which consent may be withheld by the Company at its sole discretion, unless and to the extent that the aforementioned matters become generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Executive's acts or omissions. Executive agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information after the termination of Executive's employment; provided, further, that if at any time Executive or any person or entity to which Executive has disclosed any Confidential Information becomes legally compelled (by deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any of the Confidential Information, Executive shall provide the Company with prompt, prior written notice of such requirement so the Company, in its sole discretion, may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the terms hereof. In the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained or the Company waives compliance with the provisions hereof, Executive shall ensure that only the portion of the Confidential Information which such person is advised by written opinion of counsel that Executive is legally required to disclose is disclosed, and Executive further covenants and agrees to exercise reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that the recipient of such Confidential Information shall not further disclose such Confidential Information to others, except as required by law, following such disclosure. In addition Executive shall deliver to the Company upon termination of the Employment Period, and at any other time as the Company may request, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports, computer tapes, printouts and software and other documents and data (and copies thereof) relating to or containing any portion of the Confidential Information, or relating to the business of the Company or any Subsidiary which he may then posses or have under his control.

8. COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE, SOLICIT OR DISPARAGE .   Executive hereby agrees that for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the termination of this Agreement or the Employment Period (the "Non-Compete Period"), Executive shall not: (i) directly or indirectly either individually or for any other person or entity (whether as an officer, director, employee, owner, stockholder, consultant, agent, advisor, general partner, limited partner or otherwise) or as a part of a group, own, operate, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any business competing with any part of the business presently engaged in by the Company within any geographical area in which the Company engages or has proposed to engage in such business (or solicit any person to engage in any of the foregoing activities); (ii) directly or indirectly, individually or for any other person or entity induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company to leave the employ of the Company, hire any person who is an employee of the Company as of or immediately prior to the time of such hiring, or induce or attempt to induce any manufacturers' representative, customer, supplier, licensee, agent or any other person or entity having a business relationship with the Company to cease doing business with or reduce the volume of its business with the Company; or (iii) initiate, participate or engage in any communication whatsoever with any current or former customer, supplier, vendor or competitor of any of the Companies or any of their respective directors, shareholders, officers, employees or agents, or with any current or former director, shareholder, officer, employee or agent of any of the Companies, or with any third party, which communication could reasonably be interpreted as derogatory or disparaging to any of the Companies, including but not limited to the business, practices, policies, directors, shareholders, officers, employees, agents, advisors and attorneys of any of the Companies. Provided, however, nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner or controlling, directly or indirectly, of not more than five percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded and which competes in the business of the Company so long as Executive has no direct or indirect participation in the management of such corporation. Executive acknowledges that the foregoing restriction is reasonable in all respects and that there is no less restrictive provision in terms of duration, prohibited activities or geographic area which would adequately protect the Company's assets and other legitimate business interests. For purposes of the foregoing, a business shall be deemed to be competing with the business of the Company if such business (a) operates apparel stores in small markets (populations of less than 25,000) and (b) operates a significant number of its apparel stores (75% or more of its total apparel stores) in 10,000 -  30,000 square foot formats.

9. TAXES .   Executive shall be solely and exclusively responsible for and shall fully and timely pay and discharge any and all taxes, costs, fees, fines, penalties and interest of any type whatsoever (collectively, "Taxes") which may be or become due or payable by Executive or any of his successors, heirs or assigns directly or indirectly as a result or, arising out of or related to this Agreement or as a result of any funds or benefits paid to or for the benefit of Executive before, on or during the Effective Date, or such other date as the Bankruptcy Court may order and direct.

10. NOTICES .   Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, or mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient at the address indicated below:

To Executive: Stage Stores, Inc.

10201 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77025

Attention: Chief Executive Office

To Company: Stage Stores, Inc.

10201 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77025

Attention: Chairman of the Board

or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered or mailed.

11. GOVERNING LAW .   All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Texas or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Texas. In furtherance of the foregoing, the internal law of the State of Texas shall control the interpretation and construction of this Agreement, even though under the jurisdiction's choice of law or conflict of law analysis, the substantive law of some other jurisdiction would ordinarily apply.

12. PREVAILING PARTY .   In the event either party commences an action alleging any violation of this Agreement, or seeking to enforce, construe, modify or interpret this Agreement, the non-prevailing party shall pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such proceeding.

13. SEVERABILITY .   Each section, subsection and lesser section of this Agreement constitutes a separate and distinct undertaking, covenant or provision hereof. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed limited by construction in scope and effect to the minimum extent necessary to render the same valid and enforceable, and, in the event such a limiting construction is impossible, such invalid or unenforceable provision shall be deemed severed from this Agreement, but every other provision of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

14. AMENDMENTS; MODIFICATIONS .   Neither this Agreement nor any term or provision in it may be changed, waived, discharged, rescinded or terminated orally, but only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom or which the enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge, rescission or termination is sought.

15. WAIVER .   No failure on the part of either party to this Agreement to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy created hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy by any such party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. No waiver by any party hereto to any breach of, or default in, any term or condition of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of or assent to any succeeding breach of or default in the same or any other term or condition hereof. The terms and provisions of this Agreement, whether individually or in their entirety, may only be waived in writing and signed by the party against whom or which the enforcement of such waiver is sought.

16. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS .   This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators, receivers, trustees and

 

representatives of Executive and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective successors, assigns, administrators, receivers, trustees and representatives.

17. HEADINGS .   The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

18. MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS .   This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

19. FEES AND EXPENSES .   All costs and expenses incurred by either party in the preparation, negotiation or performance of this Agreement shall be borne solely by the party incurring such expense without right of reimbursement.

20. FURTHER ASSURANCES .   Executive and the Company covenant and agree that each will execute any additional instruments and take any actions as may be reasonably requested by the other party to confirm or perfect or otherwise to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

21. CONSTRUCTION .   In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by Executive and the Company, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

22. SURVIVAL .   Executive and the Company agree that the terms and conditions of Sections 3 and 7 through 24 (inclusive) shall survive and continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding any expiration or termination of the Employment Period or this Agreement.

23. ENTIRE AGREEMENT .   This Agreement contains and constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company and supersedes and cancels any prior agreements, representations, warranties, or communications, whether oral or written, between Executive and the Company relating to the subject matter hereof in any way.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

"COMPANY" STAGE STORES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By: /s/ John J. Wiesner

John J. Wiesner, Chairman of the Board

"EXECUTIVE" /s/ James Scarborough

James Scarborough, an individual

402307/SCG/31150-008

Exhibit 10.4

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into effective as of the 28th day of February, 2001 (the "Start Date") between STAGE STORES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and MICHAEL E. McCREERY, an individual (the "Executive").

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company to hire and appoint the Executive to the position of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company (the "Position"), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be hired by the Company and to be appointed to the Position, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. BANKRUPTCY COURT APPROVAL .   This Agreement and the respective obligations of the parties hereto are subject to the approval of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division (the "Bankruptcy Court"), and if approved, this Agreement shall become retroactively effective as of the Start Date or such other date as the Bankruptcy Court may order and direct (the "Effective Date").

2. EMPLOYMENT .   The Company shall hire and appoint Executive to the Position, and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company and appointment to the Position, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement. As of the Start Date, it is the mutual intent of the Company and Executive that Executive shall be employed by the Company and serve in the Position for a period of at least three (3) years.

3. POSITION AND DUTIES .   During such time as Executive is employed with the Company (the "Employment Period"), Executive shall serve in the Position and shall have the normal duties, responsibilities and authority of the Position, subject to the power of the Board to expand or limit such duties, responsibilities and authority and to override actions of the Executive. Executive shall report to the Board and the Chief Executive Office of the Company. Executive shall devote his best efforts and his full business time and attention (except for permitted vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) exclusively to the business and affairs of the Company and its "Subsidiaries" (as hereinafter defined) and any duty, task or responsibility assigned or given to Executive by the Board, and Executive shall perform his duties and responsibilities to the best of his abilities in a diligent, trustworthy, businesslike and efficient manner. As used in this Agreement, "Subsidiaries" shall mean any entity of which the securities having a majority of the voting power in electing directors or managers are, at the time of determination, owned by the Company either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries.

3.1 Outside Directorships .   In the event Executive is invited, solicited or otherwise asked to become a director, advisor or consultant for any entity or organization of any type or function whatsoever other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, Executive shall notify the Board in writing of such invitation, the entity or organization extending such invitation and the capacity to be served by Executive for such entity or organization. The Board shall have the sole power and authority to authorize Executive to accept such invitation based on such criteria and standards as the Board may determine, and Executive shall not accept such invitation without the Board's prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

3.2 Delegation by Board .   Whenever this Agreement calls for action on the part of the Board, the Board may delegate responsibility for such action to a duly appointed committee of the Board, including but not limited to the Compensation Committee of the Board, and Executive agrees to treat, comply with and be bound by any action taken by such committee as if the Board had taken such action directly.

4. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS .   During the Employment Period, Executive shall be paid or receive compensation and benefits as follows:

4.1 Base Salary .   The base salary for Executive shall be $350,000 per year, or such other rate as the Board may designate from time to time (the "Base Salary"). The Base Salary shall be payable in regular installments in accordance with the Company's general payroll practices and shall be subject to customary withholding for applicable taxes.

4.2 Merit Bonus .   Commencing with the fiscal year ending January 31, 2002, the Board may, but is not obligated to, award a bonus to Executive following the end of each fiscal year based upon the Company's operating results for and Executive's performance during such fiscal year and such other performance targets and criteria as the Board and Executive may establish and adjust for such fiscal year (the "Merit Bonus"); notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall receive a Merit Bonus in an amount not less than $70,000.00 for the fiscal year ending January 31, 2002. The target level of such Merit Bonus shall be forty percent (40%) of Executive's Base Salary, but the amount of any such Merit Bonus may range from zero percent (0%) to eighty percent (80%) of Executive's Base Salary as determined by the Board based on such criteria. In addition, the Board may take into account any unusual or non-recurring items of the Company during such fiscal year deemed appropriate by the Board in determining any Merit Bonus. The Company shall pay to Executive any such Merit Bonus on or before April 1 following the end of the fiscal year for which such Merit Bonus was based, and any such Merit Bonus shall be subject to customary withholdings for applicable taxes.

4.3 Emergence Bonus .   If the Bankruptcy Court confirms and approves a plan of reorganization for the Company (the "Plan") and Executive is employed with the Company: (i) on the date the Bankruptcy Court enters an order confirming the Plan; and (ii) on the date the Bankruptcy Court enters an order finding substantial consummation of the Plan (the "Emergence Date"), Executive shall receive a bonus of Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($500,000.00) (the "Emergence Bonus"), subject to customary withholdings for applicable taxes.

4.3.1 Continuing Employment .   In the event the Company, or any entity acquiring, holding or owning a majority interest in the Company, retains Executive in a senior management position on the day after the Emergence Date, the Company shall pay the Emergence Bonus using a combination of cash (the "Cash Component") and new equity securities of the Company (the "Stock Component"); provided, however, in no event shall the Cash Component be less than forty percent (40%) of the Emergence Bonus. The Stock Component shall be valued in accordance with the terms of the Plan. In the event recoveries are being provided through a transaction described in the Plan where cash or securities of another company are being distributed, payment to Executive will be made in like manner, but in no event shall the Cash Component of the Emergence Bonus be less than forty percent (40%) of such amount. Company shall pay the Cash Component and issue the stock certificates evidencing the Stock Component to Executive within sixty (60) days after the Emergence Date, unless otherwise provided in the Plan or ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. Payment of any withholdings for applicable taxes as a result of the Emergence Bonus shall be deducted from the Cash Component.

4.3.2 No Continuing Employment .   In the event the Company, or any entity acquiring, holding or owning a majority interest in the Company, does not retain Executive in a senior management position on the day after the Emergence Date, the Company shall pay the Emergence Bonus to Executive in cash. Company shall pay the Emergence Bonus to Executive within sixty (60) days after the Emergence Date, unless otherwise provided in the Plan or ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, and the Emergence Bonus shall be subject to customary withholdings for applicable taxes.

4.3.3 Termination Before Emergence Date .   If during the period commencing from the date on which the Bankruptcy Court enters an order confirming the Plan and ending on the Emergence Date, the Company terminates this Agreement without Good Cause (as defined in Section 6.7 hereof) in accordance with Section 6.3 hereof or Executive terminates this Agreement with Good Reason (as defined in Section 6.8 hereof) in accordance with Section 6.4 hereof, then Executive shall be entitled to receive: (i) the Severance Payment (as defined in Section 6.3 hereof), which shall be paid in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing from the date of termination and subject to customary withholdings for applicable taxes; and (ii) the Emergence Bonus, which shall be paid in accordance with 4.3.2 hereof. In the event the Company terminates this Agreement for Good Cause or Executive terminates this Agreement without Good Reason during such period, then Executive shall not be entitled to, and Company shall not be obligated to pay Executive, the Emergence Bonus.

4.4 Automobile Allowance .   Company shall provide Executive with an automobile allowance in the amount of $1,000 per month to be allocated at Executive's discretion, or such other monthly amount designated by the Board, and such allowance shall be payable in regular installments in accordance with the Company's general payroll practices.

4.5 Medical, Dental and Other Benefits .   Beginning on the sixty-first (61 st ) day after the Start Date, Company shall provide, at Company's cost and expense, Executive with medical and dental insurance coverage for Executive and his family, a life insurance policy (with a face amount of two (2) times Executive's starting Base Salary) and short term and long term disability on terms commensurate with coverages offered to other executive officers of the Company, and Executive shall be eligible to enroll and participate in any and all retirement plans or arrangements and any other supplemental benefits provided to other executive officers of the Company. During the initial sixty (60) days of service, Company shall reimburse Executive for any and all premiums incurred by Executive to extend or continue the coverage under any health benefits from Executive's previous employer in accordance with the standard policies and procedures of the Company in effect related to such reimbursable expenses. Executive shall receive four (4) weeks of paid vacation each year, which if not taken may not be carried forward to any subsequent year. Any and all benefits provided for hereunder shall not be included in the definition of the term "Base Salary" as such term is used in this Agreement .

4.6 Business Expense .   Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses incurred by Executive in the course of performing the duties of the Position. Such expenses shall be reimbursed in accordance with the standard policies and procedures of the Company in effect from time to time related to such reimbursable expenses.

4.7 Temporary Housing .   For a period of ninety (90) days commencing from the Start Date, the Company shall, at the Company's sole cost and expense, provide Executive with temporary housing in Houston, Texas at such facilities and accommodations as the Company shall determine in its sole discretion. During such temporary housing period, the Company shall reimburse Executive for any and all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Executive related to such temporary housing and in commuting to Houston, Texas. Such expenses shall be reimbursed in accordance with the standard policies and procedures of the Company in effect from time to time related to such reimbursable expenses. The Company shall gross up the compensation to be paid by the Company to Executive for the 2001 tax year to offset all applied income incurred by Executive as a result of such reimbursed costs and expenses.

4.8 Relocation Expenses .   Company shall reimburse Executive for any and all relocation costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Executive. Executive shall submit invoices, receipts or other documentation reasonably required by the Company to evidence such costs and expenses, and the Company shall reimburse Executive in accordance with the standard policies and procedures of the Company for such reimbursable expenses. The Company shall gross up the compensation to be paid by the Company to Executive for the 2001 tax year to offset all applied income incurred by Executive as a result of such reimbursed costs and expenses.

5. EFFECT OF CONVERSION TO CHAPTER 7 .   In the event the bankruptcy proceedings of the Company and its Subsidiaries, Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV), being jointly administered by the Bankruptcy Court under Case No. 00-35078-H2-11 (collectively, the "Bankruptcy Proceedings") are converted, voluntarily or otherwise, from reorganization proceedings under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") to liquidation proceedings under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Board shall use its best efforts to have the severance benefits to be paid to Executive by the Company in accordance with Section 6.4 approved by the Bankruptcy Court as administrative expenses of the Bankruptcy Proceedings and to have such benefits paid to Executive within one (1) year of the date of such conversion.

6. TERMINATION; EFFECTS OF TERMINATION .   This Agreement may be terminated upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

6.1 Terminable At Will .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement including, but not limited to Section 2, this Agreement and Executive's employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be terminable at will at any time for any reason by either party, and this Agreement shall expire automatically when Executive ceases to hold the Position with the Company for any reason. Upon such termination, the rights of Executive to receive the monies and benefits from the Company shall be determined in accordance with the terms and provisions contained in this Section 6, and Executives agrees that such monies and benefits are fair and reasonable and are the sole monies and benefits which shall be due to him from the Company in the event of termination.

6.2 By Company For Good Cause .   Upon written notice, Company may terminate this Agreement and the Employment Period immediately for "Good Cause" (as hereafter defined). Upon such termination, Executive shall be entitled to receive any Base Salary earned through the date of such termination, and no other monies or benefits shall be payable or owed to Executive under this Agreement.

6.3 By Company Without Good Cause .   In the event the Company does not renew this Agreement and extend the Employment Period at the expiration of the initial three (3) year period or the Company terminates this Agreement and the Employment Period at any time without Good Cause upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Executive of such termination, Executive shall be entitled to receive: (i) any Base Salary earned and fringe benefits described in Section 4.5 hereof accrued and unpaid through the date of such termination; (ii) an amount equal to the sum of: (1) one times the Base Salary in effect as of the date of such termination; and (2)  one times the targeted Merit Bonus of forty percent (40%) of Base Salary; provided, however, that Executive shall not receive any such amount related to the Merit Bonus unless the Board determines in good faith that Executive would have been entitled to a Merit Bonus for the fiscal year in which such termination occurred in accordance with the evaluation criteria described in Section 4.2 hereof; and (iii) medical and dental insurance coverage for Executive and his family for a period of twelve months (collectively, payments under clauses (ii) and (iii) of this Section 6.3 constitute the "Severance Payment"). The Severance Payment shall be payable in regular installments commencing from the date of such termination in accordance with the Company's general payroll practices and subject to customary withholdings or taxes.

6.4 By Executive for Good Reason .   Upon thirty (30) days prior written notice, Executive may terminate this Agreement and the Employment Period for "Good Reason" (as hereafter defined), and if requested by Company, Executive shall continue to work exclusively for the Company during such thirty (30) day period; provided, however, the Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate this Agreement at any time during such thirty (30) day period upon written notice to Executive. Executive shall be entitled to receive: (i) any Base Salary earned through the expiration of such thirty (30) day period or the date on which the Company terminates this Agreement during such thirty (30) day period; and (ii) the Severance Payment. The Severance Payment shall be payable in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing from the date of such termination and subject to customary withholdings for applicable taxes.

6.5 By Executive Without Good Reason .   Upon thirty (30) days prior written notice, Executive may terminate this Agreement and the Employment Period without Good Reason, and if requested by the Company, Executive shall continue to work exclusively for the Company during such thirty (30) day period; provided, however, the Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate this Agreement at any time during such thirty (30) day period upon written notice to Executive. Executive shall be entitled to receive: (i) any Base Salary earned through the expiration of such thirty (30) day period or the date on which the Company terminates this Agreement during such thirty (30) day period, and no other monies or benefits shall be payable or owed to Executive under this Agreement.

6.6 Execution of Release by Executive .   Company shall not be obligated to pay any portion of the Severance Payment, if any, unless and until Executive shall have executed and delivered to the Company a release of all claims against the Company and the Subsidiaries and affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, shareholders, agents and attorneys, arising out of or related to any act or omission which occurred on or prior to the date on which this Agreement or the Employment Period was terminated, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

6.7 Good Cause Defined .   For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Cause" means (a) Executive's conviction of any criminal violation involving dishonesty, fraud or moral turpitude; (b) Executive's gross negligence; (c) Executive's willful and serious misconduct; (d) Executive's breach of trust or fiduciary duty in the performance of his duties or responsibilities; (e) Executive's willful failure to comply with reasonable directives of the Board; or (f) Executive's breach of any term or provision of this Agreement.

6.8 Good Reason Defined .   For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall exist if, without Executive's express written consent, (a) Executive is assigned duties or responsibilities materially inconsistent with the Position or its status with Company at any time; (b) the Company reduces Executive's Base Salary in violation of the terms of this Agreement; (c) the Company requires Executive regularly to perform his duties of employment at a location which is more than fifty miles from the location of the Company's executive offices at any time; or (d) the Bankruptcy Proceedings are converted, voluntarily or otherwise, from reorganization proceedings under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code to liquidation proceedings under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

7. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION .   Executive acknowledges that Executive will have access or be privy to certain confidential business information of the Company and its Subsidiaries as a result of Executive's employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries. Such confidential information may include but is not limited to business decisions, plans, procedures, strategies and policies, legal matters affecting Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses, personnel, customer records information, trade secrets, bid prices, evaluations of bids, contractual terms and arrangements (prospective purchases and sales), pricing strategies, financial and business forecasts and plans and other information affecting the value or sales of products, goods, services or securities of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, and personal information regarding employees (collectively, the "Confidential Information"). Executive acknowledges and agrees the Confidential Information is and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company or such Subsidiary. Executive shall not disclose to any unauthorized person, or use for Executive's own purposes, any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Board, which consent may be withheld by the Company at its sole discretion, unless and to the extent that the aforementioned matters become generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of Executive's acts or omissions. Executive agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information after the termination of Executive's employment; provided, further, that if at any time Executive or any person or entity to which Executive has disclosed any Confidential Information becomes legally compelled (by deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any of the Confidential Information, Executive shall provide the Company with prompt, prior written notice of such requirement so the Company, in its sole discretion, may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the terms hereof. In the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained or the Company waives compliance with the provisions hereof, Executive shall ensure that only the portion of the Confidential Information which such person is advised by written opinion of counsel that Executive is legally required to disclose is disclosed, and Executive further covenants and agrees to exercise reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that the recipient of such Confidential Information shall not further disclose such Confidential Information to others, except as required by law, following such disclosure. In addition Executive shall deliver to the Company upon termination of the Employment Period, and at any other time as the Company may request, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports, computer tapes, printouts and software and other documents and data (and copies thereof) relating to or containing any portion of the Confidential Information, or relating to the business of the Company or any Subsidiary which he may then posses or have under his control.

8. COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE, SOLICIT OR DISPARAGE .   Executive hereby agrees that for a period of twenty-four (24) months following the termination of this Agreement or the Employment Period (the "Non-Compete Period"), Executive shall not: (i) directly or indirectly either individually or for any other person or entity (whether as an officer, director, employee, owner, stockholder, consultant, agent, advisor, general partner, limited partner or otherwise) or as a part of a group, own, operate, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in any business competing with any part of the business presently engaged in by the Company within any geographical area in which the Company engages or has proposed to engage in such business (or solicit any person to engage in any of the foregoing activities); (ii) directly or indirectly, individually or for any other person or entity induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company to leave the employ of the Company, hire any person who is an employee of the Company as of or immediately prior to the time of such hiring, or induce or attempt to induce any manufacturers' representative, customer, supplier, licensee, agent or any other person or entity having a business relationship with the Company to cease doing business with or reduce the volume of its business with the Company; or (iii) initiate, participate or engage in any communication whatsoever with any current or former customer, supplier, vendor or competitor of any of the Companies or any of their respective directors, shareholders, officers, employees or agents, or with any current or former director, shareholder, officer, employee or agent of any of the Companies, or with any third party, which communication could reasonably be interpreted as derogatory or disparaging to any of the Companies, including but not limited to the business, practices, policies, directors, shareholders, officers, employees, agents, advisors and attorneys of any of the Companies. Provided, however, nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner or controlling, directly or indirectly, of not more than five percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded and which competes in the business of Company so long as Executive has no direct or indirect participation in the management of such corporation. Executive acknowledges that the foregoing restriction is reasonable in all respects and that there is no less restrictive provision in terms of duration, prohibited activities or geographic area which would adequately protect Company's assets and other legitimate business interests. For purposes of the foregoing, a business shall be deemed to be competing with the business of Company if such business (a) operates apparel stores in small markets (populations of less than 25,000) and (b) operates a significant number of its apparel stores (75% or more of its total apparel stores) in 10,000 -  30,000 square foot formats.

9. TAXES .   Executive shall be solely and exclusively responsible for and shall fully and timely pay and discharge any and all taxes, costs, fees, fines, penalties and interest of any type whatsoever (collectively, "Taxes") which may be or become due or payable by Executive or any of his successors, heirs or assigns directly or indirectly as a result or, arising out of or related to this Agreement or as a result of any funds or benefits paid to or for the benefit of Executive before, on or during the Effective Date, or such other date as the Bankruptcy Court may order and direct.

10. NOTICES .   Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, or mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient at the address indicated below:

To Executive: Stage Stores, Inc.

10201 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77025

Attention: Michael E. McCreery

To Company: Stage Stores, Inc.

10201 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77025

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered or mailed.

11. GOVERNING LAW .   All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Texas or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Texas. In furtherance of the foregoing, the internal law of the State of Texas shall control the interpretation and construction of this Agreement, even though under the jurisdiction's choice of law or conflict of law analysis, the substantive law of some other jurisdiction would ordinarily apply.

12. PREVAILING PARTY .   In the event either party commences an action alleging any violation of this Agreement, or seeking to enforce, construe, modify or interpret this Agreement, the non-prevailing party shall pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such proceeding.

13. SEVERABILITY .   Each section, subsection and lesser section of this Agreement constitutes a separate and distinct undertaking, covenant or provision hereof. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed limited by construction in scope and effect to the minimum extent necessary to render the same valid and enforceable, and, in the event such a limiting construction is impossible, such invalid or unenforceable provision shall be deemed severed from this Agreement, but every other provision of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

14. AMENDMENTS; MODIFICATIONS .   Neither this Agreement nor any term or provision in it may be changed, waived, discharged, rescinded or terminated orally, but only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom or which the enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge, rescission or termination is sought.

15. WAIVER .   No failure on the part of either party to this Agreement to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy created hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy by any such party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. No waiver by any party hereto to any breach of, or default in, any term or condition of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of or assent to any succeeding breach of or default in the same or any other term or condition hereof. The terms and provisions of this Agreement, whether individually or in their entirety, may only be waived in writing and signed by the party against whom or which the enforcement of such waiver is sought.

16. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS .   This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators, receivers, trustees and representatives of Executive and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective successors, assigns, administrators, receivers, trustees and representatives.

17. HEADINGS .   The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

18. MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS .   This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

19. FEES AND EXPENSES .   All costs and expenses incurred by either party in the preparation, negotiation or performance of this Agreement shall be borne solely by the party incurring such expense without right of reimbursement.

20. FURTHER ASSURANCES .   Executive and the Company covenant and agree that each will execute any additional instruments and take any actions as may be reasonably requested by the other party to confirm or perfect or otherwise to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

21. CONSTRUCTION .   In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by Executive and the Company, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

22. SURVIVAL .   Executive and the Company agree that the terms and conditions of Sections 3 and 7 through 24 (inclusive) shall survive and continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding any expiration or termination of the Employment Period or this Agreement.

23. ENTIRE AGREEMENT .   This Agreement contains and constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company and supersedes and cancels any prior agreements, representations, warranties, or communications, whether oral or written, between Executive and the Company relating to the subject matter hereof in any way.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

"COMPANY" STAGE STORES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By: /s/ James R. Scarborough

James R. Scarborough, Chief Executive Officer

"EXECUTIVE" /s/ Michael E. McCreery

Michael E. McCreery, an individual

415823.4/SCG/31150-008

EXHIBIT "A"

Emergence Bonus Stock Option Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.5

$ 125,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of August 24, 2001

Among

SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP,

as Borrower

and

STAGE STORES, INC.,

as Parent Guarantor

and

THE INITIAL LENDERS, INITIAL ISSUING BANK AND
SWING LINE BANK NAMED HEREIN

as Initial Lenders , Initial Issuing Bank and Swing Line Bank

and

CITICORP USA, INC.

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

and

SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INC.

as Arranger and Book Manager

T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S

Section Page

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

SECTION 1.01. Certain Defined Terms 1

SECTION 1.02. Computation of Time Periods; Other Definitional Provisions 23

SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms 23

SECTION 1.04. Currency Equivalents Generally 23

ARTICLE II

AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES

AND THE LETTERS OF CREDIT

SECTION 2.01. The Advances and the Letters of Credit 24

SECTION 2.02. Making the Advances 25

SECTION 2.03. Issuance of and Drawings and Reimbursement Under Letters of Credit 27

SECTION 2.04. Repayment of Advances 28

SECTION 2.05. Termination or Reduction of the Commitments 29

SECTION 2.06. Prepayments 30

SECTION 2.07. Interest 31

SECTION 2.08. Fees 32

SECTION 2.09. Conversion of Advances 33

SECTION 2.10. Increased Costs, Etc. 33

SECTION 2.11. Payments and Computations 34

SECTION 2.12. Taxes 37

SECTION 2.13. Sharing of Payments, Etc. 38

SECTION 2.14. Use of Proceeds 39

SECTION 2.15. Defaulting Lenders 39

SECTION 2.16. Evidence of Debt 41

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS OF LENDING AND

ISSUANCES OF LETTERS OF CREDIT

SECTION 3.01. Conditions Precedent to Initial Extension of Credit 42

SECTION 3.02. Conditions Precedent to Each Borrowing and Issuance and Renewal 47

SECTION 3.03. Determinations Under Section 3.01 48

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 4.01. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower   48

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

SECTION 5.01. Affirmative Covenants 54

SECTION 5.02. Negative Covenants 59

SECTION 5.03. Reporting Requirements 65

SECTION 5.04. Financial Covenants 68

ARTICLE VI

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default 69

SECTION 6.02. Actions in Respect of the Letters of Credit upon Default    72

ARTICLE VII

PARENT GUARANTY

SECTION 7.01. Guaranty 73

SECTION 7.02. Guaranty Absolute 73

SECTION 7.03. Waiver        74

SECTION 7.04. Payments Free and Clear of Taxes, Etc 75

SECTION 7.05. Continuing Guaranty; Assignments 76

SECTION 7.06. Subrogation 76

SECTION 7.07. Subordination 76

ARTICLE VIII

THE AGENTS

SECTION 8.01. Authorization and Action 77

SECTION 8.02. Agents' Reliance, Etc. 77

SECTION 8.03. CUSA 78

SECTION 8.04. Lender Party Credit Decision 78

SECTION 8.05. Indemnification 78

SECTION 8.06. Successor Agents 79

SECTION 8.07. Other Agents 80

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.01. Amendments, Etc. 80

SECTION 9.02. Notices, Etc. 81

SECTION 9.03. No Waiver; Remedies 81

SECTION 9.04. Costs and Expenses 81

SECTION 9.05. Right of Set-off         83

SECTION 9.06. Binding Effect 83

SECTION 9.07. Assignments and Participations 83

SECTION 9.08. Execution in Counterparts 86

SECTION 9.09. No Liability of the Issuing Banks 86

SECTION 9.10. Release of Collateral 87

SECTION 9.11. Jurisdiction, Etc. 87

SECTION 9.12. Governing Law             87

SECTION 9.13. Waiver of Jury Trial 87

 

 

SCHEDULES

Schedule I - Commitments and Applicable Lending Offices

Schedule II - Subsidiary Guarantors

Schedule III - Securitization Program Documents

Schedule IV - Fiscal Calendar

Schedule V - Existing Letters of Credit

Schedule 3.01(a)(vi) - Jurisdictions of Organization or Reorganization

Schedule 3.01(a)(vii) - Foreign Jurisdictions

Schedule 3.01(a)(ii)(F) - Pledged Account Letter Banks

Schedule 3.01(p) - Additional Pledged Account Letter Banks

Schedule 4.01(b) - Subsidiaries

Schedule 4.01(d) - Authorizations, Approvals, Actions, Notices and Filings

Schedule 4.01(f) - Disclosed Litigation

Schedule 4.01(g) - Certain Financial Information

Schedule 4.01(i) - Updated Information Memorandum

Schedule 4.01(o) - Plans, Multiemployer Plans and Welfare Plans

Schedule 4.01(p) - Environmental Matters

Schedule 4.01(q) - Open Years

Schedule 4.01(s) - Existing Debt

Schedule 4.01(t) - Surviving Debt

Schedule 4.01(u) - Liens

Schedule 4.01(v) - Owned Real Property

Schedule 4.01(w) - Leased Real Property

Schedule 4.01(x) - Investments

Schedule 4.01(y) - Intellectual Property

Schedule 5.02(a) - Surviving Liens

 

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A - Form of Note

Exhibit B - Form of Notice of Borrowing

Exhibit C - Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit D - Form of Security Agreement

Exhibit E - Form of Subsidiary Guaranty

Exhibit F - Form of Mortgage

Exhibit G - Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit H - Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Loan Parties

Exhibit I-1 - Form of Opinion of Local Counsel to the Loan Parties in Texas

Exhibit I-2 - Form of Opinion of Local Counsel to the Loan Parties in Nevada

Exhibit J - Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

Exhibit K - Form of Plan of Reorganization

Exhibit L - Form of Pledge Instruction Letter

Exhibit M - Form of Intercreditor Agreement

CREDIT AGREEMENT

CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of August 24, 2001 among SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP, a Texas limited partnership (the " Borrower "), STAGE STORES, INC., a Nevada corporation (f/k/a Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV), the " Parent Guarantor "), as reorganized under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq.; the " Bankruptcy Code "), the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders listed on the signature pages hereof as the Initial Lenders (the " Initial Lenders "), the bank listed on the signature pages hereof as the Initial Issuing Bank (the " Initial Issuing Bank " and, together with the Initial Lenders, the " Initial Lender Parties ") and the Swing Line Bank (as hereinafter defined), CITICORP USA, INC. (" CUSA "), as collateral agent (together with any successor collateral agent appointed pursuant to Article VIII, the " Collateral Agent "), CUSA, as administrative agent (together with any successor administrative agent appointed pursuant to Article VIII, the " Administrative Agent " and, together with the Collateral Agent, the " Agents ") for the Lender Parties (as hereinafter defined) and SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INC., as arranger and book manager.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

(1) Each of the Parent Guarantor, Specialty Retailers, Inc., a Texas corporation, and Stage Stores, Inc., a Delaware corporation (collectively, " Old Stage ") has obtained an order of the Bankruptcy Court (the " Confirmation Order ") confirming a plan of reorganization (the " Plan of Reorganization ") under the Bankruptcy Code, and has, or concurrently with the Initial Extension of Credit (as defined herein) will have, substantially consummated the Plan of Reorganization (the " Transaction ") pursuant to which, among other things, Old Stage is merged with and into the Parent Guarantor, with the Parent Guarantor as the surviving corporation.

(2) The Borrower has requested that the Initial Lenders lend to the Borrower up to $125,000,000 upon consummation of the Transaction in order to (i) refinance certain amounts outstanding under the DIP Credit Agreement (as defined below), (ii) make any payments contemplated by the Plan of Reorganization in connection with pre-petition claims, (iii) make any payments related to or required to or required to effect the Transaction and (iv) to provide financing for working capital, letters of credit, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes.

(3) The Lender Parties are entering into the transactions contemplated hereby in reliance upon, among other things, the Confirmation Order and substantial consummation of the Plan of Reorganization described above.

(4) The Lender Parties have indicated their willingness to agree to lend such amounts on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:



  1. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
      1. Certain Defined Terms

. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

" ACH Reserve " means an amount representing exposure of the Administrative Agent in connection with cash management services provided to the Borrower, such amount to be determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time.

" Administrative Agent " has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

" Administrative Agent's Account " means the account of the Administrative Agent maintained by the Administrative Agent with Citicorp Industrial Credit at its office at 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10043, Account No. 38858061, ABA 021000089, Attention:  Elizabeth Zecha, or such other account as the Administrative Agent shall specify in writing to the Lender Parties.

" Advance " means a Working Capital Advance, a Swing Line Advance or a Letter of Credit Advance.

" Affiliate " means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person or is a director or officer of such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term "control" (including the terms "controlling", "controlled by" and "under common control with") of a Person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to vote 5% or more of the Voting Interests of such Person or to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Interests, by contract or otherwise.

" Agents " has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

" Agreement Value " means, for each Hedge Agreement, on any date of determination, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent equal to: (a) in the case of a Hedge Agreement documented pursuant to the Master Agreement (Multicurrency-Cross Border) published by the International Swap and Derivatives Association, Inc. (the " Master Agreement "), the amount, if any, that would be payable by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to its counterparty to such Hedge Agreement, as if (i) such Hedge Agreement was being terminated early on such date of determination, (ii) such Loan Party or Subsidiary was the sole "Affected Party", and (iii) the Administrative Agent was the sole party determining such payment amount (with the Administrative Agent making such determination pursuant to the provisions of the form of Master Agreement); or (b) in the case of a Hedge Agreement traded on an exchange, the mark-to-market value of such Hedge Agreement, which will be the unrealized loss on such Hedge Agreement to the Loan Party or Subsidiary of a Loan Party party to such Hedge Agreement determined by the Administrative Agent based on the settlement price of such Hedge Agreement on such date of determination, or (c) in all other cases, the mark-to-market value of such Hedge Agreement, which will be the unrealized loss on such Hedge Agreement to the Loan Party or Subsidiary of a Loan Party party to such Hedge Agreement determined by the Administrative Agent as the amount, if any, by which (i) the present value of the future cash flows to be paid by such Loan Party or Subsidiary exceeds (ii) the present value of the future cash flows to be received by such Loan Party or Subsidiary pursuant to such Hedge Agreement; capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this definition shall have the respective meanings set forth in the above described Master Agreement.

" Applicable Lending Office " means, with respect to each Lender Party, such Lender Party's Domestic Lending Office in the case of a Base Rate Advance and such Lender Party's Eurodollar Lending Office in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Advance.

" Applicable Margin " means (a) at any time following the Effective Date and thereafter until delivery of (i) the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.03 for the Fiscal Year ending February 2, 2002 or (ii) quarterly financial statements for the Fiscal Quarter ending February 2, 2002, in accordance with the requirements of Section 5.03(c) as though such financial statements were required to be delivered for such Fiscal Quarter, (1) in the case of Base Rate Advances, 1.50%, and (2) in the case of Eurodollar Rate Advances, 2.50%, and (b) thereafter, a percentage per annum determined by reference to the Leverage Ratio as set forth below:

Leverage Ratio

Base Rate Advances

Eurodollar Rate Advances

Level I
less than or equal to 1.95: 1.0

1.00%

2.00%

Level II
greater than 1.95: 1.0,
but less than or equal to 2.45: 1.0

1.25%

2.25%

Level III
greater than 2.45: 1.0,
but less than or equal to 2.78: 1.0

1.50%

2.50%

Level IV
greater than 2.78: 1.0,
but less than or equal to 3.10: 1.0

1.75%

2.75%

Level V
greater than 3.10 : 1.0

2.00%

3.00%

For purposes of clause (b), the Applicable Margin for each Base Rate Advance shall be determined by reference to the Leverage Ratio in effect from time to time and the Applicable Margin for each Eurodollar Rate Advance shall be determined by reference to the Leverage Ratio in effect on the first day of each Interest Period for such Advance; provided, however, that (A)(x) no change in the Applicable Margin shall be effective until three Business Days after the date on which the Administrative Agent receives financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.03(b) or (c), as the case may be, and a certificate of the principal accounting officer of the Parent Guarantor demonstrating such ratio and (y) not more than one decrease in the Applicable Margin shall occur in any Fiscal Quarter and (B) the Applicable Margin shall be at Level V for so long as the Borrower has not submitted to the Administrative Agent the information described in clause (A)(x) of this proviso as and when required under Section 5.03(b) or (c), as the case may be.

" Applicable Percentage " means (a) at any time during the first year immediately following the Effective Date, 0.50% and (b) thereafter if the average daily principal amount of Advances outstanding during the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended (i) is less than or equal to 50% of the Commitments then outstanding, 0.50% and (ii) exceeds 50% of the Commitments then outstanding, 0.375%, provided, however, that (A)(x) no change in the Applicable Percentage shall be effective until three Business Days after the date on which the Administrative Agent receives the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.03(b) or (c), as the case may be, and a certificate of the principal accounting officer of the Parent Guarantor demonstrating such average calculated amount of Advances and (y) not more than one decrease in the Applicable Percentage shall occur in any Fiscal Quarter and (B) the Applicable Percentage shall be at 0.50% for so long as the Borrower has not submitted to the Administrative Agent the information described in clause (A)(x) of this proviso as and when required under Section 5.03(b) or (c), as the case may be.

" Appropriate Lender " means, at any time, with respect to (a) Working Capital Facilities, a Lender that has a Commitment with respect to such Facility at such time, (b) the Letter of Credit Facility, (i) the Issuing Bank and (ii) if the other Working Capital Lenders have made Letter of Credit Advances pursuant to Section 2.03(c) that are outstanding at such time, each such other Working Capital Lender and (c) the Swing Line Facility, (i) the Swing Line Bank and (ii) if the other Working Capital Lenders have made Swing Line Advances pursuant to Section 2.02(b) that are outstanding at such time, each such other Working Capital Lender.

" Approved Fund " means, with respect to any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank loans, any other fund that invests in bank loans and is advised or managed by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

" Arranger and Book Manager " means Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

" Assignment and Acceptance " means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender Party and an Eligible Assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in accordance with Section 9.07 and in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto.

" Available Amount " of any Letter of Credit means, at any time, the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit at such time (assuming compliance at such time with all conditions to drawing).

"Bankruptcy Code" has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

"Bankruptcy Court" means the United States Bankruptcy Court for The Southern District of Texas.

" Base Rate " means a fluctuating interest rate per annum in effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the higher of:

(a) the rate of interest announced publicly by Citibank in New York, New York, from time to time, as Citibank's base rate;

(b) the sum (adjusted to the nearest 1/16 of 1% or, if there is no nearest 1/16 of 1% to the next higher 1/16 of 1%) of (i) 1/2 of 1% per annum, plus (ii) the rate obtained by dividing (A) the latest three-week moving average of secondary market morning offering rates in the United States for three-month certificates of deposit of major United States money market banks, such three-week moving average (adjusted to the basis of a year of 360 days) being determined weekly on each Monday (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) for the three-week period ending on the previous Friday by Citibank on the basis of such rates reported by certificate of deposit dealers to and published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, if such publication shall be suspended or terminated, on the basis of quotations for such rates received by Citibank from three New York certificate of deposit dealers of recognized standing selected by Citibank, by (B) a percentage equal to 100% minus the average of the daily percentages specified during such three-week period by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, but not limited to, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for Citibank with respect to liabilities consisting of or including (among other liabilities) three-month U.S. dollar non-personal time deposits in the United States, plus (iii) the average during such three-week period of the annual assessment payable by Citibank for determining the then current annual assessment payable by Citibank to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (or any successor) for insuring U.S. dollar deposits of Citibank in the United States; and

(c) 1/2 of 1% per annum above the Federal Funds Rate.

" Base Rate Advance " means an Advance that bears interest as provided in Section 2.07(a)(i).

" Borrower " has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

" Borrower's Account " means the account of the Borrower maintained by the Borrower with Citibank at its office at 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10043, Account No. 30430204, or such other account as the Borrower shall specify in writing to the Administrative Agent.

" Borrowing " means a Working Capital Borrowing or a Swing Line Borrowing.

" Borrowing Base Certificate " means a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit J hereto, duly certified by the principal accounting officer of the Borrower.

" Business Day " means a day of the year on which banks are not required or authorized by law to close in New York City and, if the applicable Business Day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Advances, on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market.

" Capital Expenditures " means, for any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) all expenditures made, directly or indirectly, by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries during such period for equipment, fixed assets, real property or improvements, or for replacements or substitutions therefor or additions thereto, that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, reflected as additions to property, plant or equipment on a Consolidated balance sheet of such Person plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of all Debt (including Obligations under Capitalized Leases) assumed or incurred in connection with any such expenditures. For purposes of this definition, the purchase price of equipment that is purchased simultaneously with the trade-in of existing equipment or with insurance proceeds shall be included in Capital Expenditures only to the extent of the gross amount of such purchase price less the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time or the amount of such proceeds, as the case may be.

" Capitalized Leases " means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.

" Cases " means the cases of the Parent Guarantor and the Borrower pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code pending in the Bankruptcy Court.

" Cash Equivalents " means any of the following, to the extent owned by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens other than Liens created under the Collateral Documents and having a maturity of not greater than 90 days from the date of acquisition thereof: (a) readily marketable direct obligations of the Government of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the Government of the United States, (b) insured certificates of deposit of or time deposits with any commercial bank that is a Lender Party or a member of the Federal Reserve System that issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c) below, is organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof and has combined capital and surplus of at least $1 billion, (c) commercial paper in an aggregate amount of no more than $5,000,000 per issuer outstanding at any time, issued by any corporation organized under the laws of any State of the United States and rated at least "Prime-1" (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or the then equivalent grade) by Standard & Poor's, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. or (d) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as Current Assets of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which are administered by financial institutions that have the highest rating obtainable from either Moody's or S&P, and the portfolios of which are limited solely to Investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition.

" CERCLA " means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended from time to time.

" CERCLIS " means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System maintained by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

" Change of Control " means, after the substantial consummation of the Plan of Reorganization, the occurrence of any of the following: (a) any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of Voting Interests of the Parent Guarantor (or other securities convertible into such Voting Interests) representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of all Voting Interests of the Parent Guarantor; or (b) during any period of up to 24 consecutive months, commencing after the date of this Agreement, Continuing Directors shall cease to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the Parent Guarantor or (c) any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert other shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or shall have entered into a contract or arrangement that, upon consummation, will result in its or their acquisition of the power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Parent Guarantor; or (d) the Parent Guarantor shall cease to own 100% of the Equity Interests in Specialty Retailers, Inc. (TX) or (e) Specialty Retailers, Inc. (TX) shall cease to own 100% of the Equity Interests in either SRI Limited Partner LLC or SRI General Partner LLC, or SRI General Partner LLC shall cease to act as General Partner of the Borrower, or SRI Limited Partner LLC shall cease to own 99% of the Equity Interests in the Borrower.

" Citibank " means Citibank, N.A.

" Collateral " means all "Collateral" referred to in the Collateral Documents and all other property that is or is intended to be subject to any Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

" Collateral Account " has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

" Collateral Agent " has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

" Collateral Documents " means the Security Agreement, the Mortgages, each of the collateral documents, instruments and agreements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(j), and each other agreement that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

" Commitment " means a Working Capital Commitment or a Letter of Credit Commitment.

" Commitment Fee " has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(a).

" Confirmation Order " has the meaning specified in the Preliminary Statements to this Agreement.

" Consolidated " refers to the consolidation of accounts in accordance with GAAP.

" Contingent Obligation " means, with respect to any Person, any Obligation or arrangement of such Person to guarantee or intended to guarantee any Debt, leases, dividends or other payment Obligations (" primary obligations ") of any other Person (the " primary obligor ") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, (a) the direct or indirect guarantee, endorsement (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the Obligation of a primary obligor, (b) the Obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments, if required, regardless of nonperformance by any other party or parties to an agreement or (c) any Obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, assets, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made (or, if less, the maximum amount of such primary obligation for which such Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument evidencing such Contingent Obligation) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder), as determined by such Person in good faith.

" Continuing Directors " means at any date a member of the Parent Guarantor's board of directors who was either a member of such board on the Effective Date or was nominated to such board by at least-two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office.

" Conversion ", " Convert " and " Converted " each refer to a conversion of Advances of one Type into Advances of the other Type pursuant to Section 2.09 or 2.10.

" Cumulative Period " means the time period commencing on the date of the Initial Extension of Credit through the end of the Fiscal Quarter ending on August 3, 2002.

" Current Assets " of any Person means all assets of such Person that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified as current assets of a company conducting a business the same as or similar to that of such Person, after deducting adequate reserves in each case in which a reserve is proper in accordance with GAAP.

" CUSA " has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

" Debt " of any Person means, without duplication for purposes of calculating financial ratios, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all Obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables on terms of 90 days or less incurred in the ordinary course of such Person's business), (c) all Obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all Obligations of such Person created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Obligations of such Person as lessee under Capitalized Leases, (f) all Obligations of such Person under acceptance, letter of credit or similar facilities, (g) all Obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any capital stock of or other ownership or profit interest in such Person or any other Person or purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any warrants, rights or options to acquire such capital stock, valued, in the case of Redeemable Preferred Stock, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends, (h) all Obligations of such Person in respect of Hedge Agreements, valued at the Agreement Value thereof, (i) all Contingent Obligations of such Person and (j) all indebtedness and other payment Obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (i) above of another Person secured by (or for which the holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness or other payment Obligations.

" Debt for Borrowed Money " of any Person means all items that, in accordance with GAAP, would be classified as indebtedness on a Consolidated balance sheet of such Person.

" Default " means any Event of Default or any event that would constitute an Event of Default but for the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or both.

" Defaulted Advance " means, with respect to any Lender Party at any time, the portion of any Advance required to be made by such Lender Party to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01 or 2.02 at or prior to such time that has not been made by such Lender Party or by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender Party pursuant to Section 2.02(e) as of such time. In the event that a portion of a Defaulted Advance shall be deemed made pursuant to Section 2.15(a), the remaining portion of such Defaulted Advance shall be considered a Defaulted Advance originally required to be made pursuant to Section 2.01 on the same date as the Defaulted Advance so deemed made in part.

" Defaulted Amount " means, with respect to any Lender Party at any time, any amount required to be paid by such Lender Party to any Agent or any other Lender Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document at or prior to such time that has not been so paid as of such time, including, without limitation, any amount required to be paid by such Lender Party to (a) the Swing Line Bank pursuant to Section 2.02(b) to purchase a portion of a Swing Line Advance made by the Swing Line Bank, (b)  the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.03(c) to purchase a portion of a Letter of Credit Advance made by the Issuing Bank, (c) the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.02(e) to reimburse the Administrative Agent for the amount of any Advance made by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender Party, (d) any other Lender Party pursuant to Section 2.13 to purchase any participation in Advances owing to such other Lender Party and (e) any Agent or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 8.05 to reimburse such Agent or the Issuing Bank for such Lender Party's ratable share of any amount required to be paid by the Lender Parties to such Agent or the Issuing Bank as provided therein. In the event that a portion of a Defaulted Amount shall be deemed paid pursuant to Section 2.15(b), the remaining portion of such Defaulted Amount shall be considered a Defaulted Amount originally required to be paid hereunder or under any other Loan Document on the same date as the Defaulted Amount so deemed paid in part.

" Defaulting Lender " means, at any time, any Lender Party that, at such time, (a) owes a Defaulted Advance or a Defaulted Amount or (b) shall take any action or be the subject of any action or proceeding of a type described in Section 6.01(i).

" DIP Credit Agreement " means that certain Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreement dated as of June 2, 2000 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified) among the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor, each as a debtor and debtor-in-possession under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, the lender parties party thereto and CUSA, as administrative agent and as collateral agent for the lender parties party thereto.

" DIP Financing Claim " has the meaning specified in the Plan of Reorganization.

" Disclosed Litigation " has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(e).

" Domestic Lending Office " means, with respect to any Lender Party, the office of such Lender Party specified as its "Domestic Lending Office" opposite its name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender Party, as the case may be, or such other office of such Lender Party as such Lender Party may from time to time specify to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

" EBITDA " means, at any date for the determination thereof, the sum, determined on a Consolidated basis for the last twelve-month period, of (a) net income (or net loss), (b) interest expense (including interest expense associated with the Securitization Program), (c) income tax expense, (d) depreciation expense, (e) amortization expense, (f) non-recurring, transactional or unusual losses deducted in calculating net income less non-recurring, transactional or unusual gains added in calculating net income, (g) any non-cash expenses, non-cash losses or other non-cash charges resulting from the writedown in the valuation of any assets in each case of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP for such period, and (h) any non-cash charges associated with any stock compensation plans.

" Effective Date " means the first date on which the conditions set forth in Article III shall have been satisfied.

" Eligible Assignee " means (a) with respect to any Facility (other than the Letter of Credit Facility), (i) a Lender; (ii) an Affiliate or an Approved Fund of a Lender; (iii) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States, or any State thereof, and having total assets in excess of $2,000,000,000; (iv) a savings and loan association or savings bank organized under the laws of the United States, or any State thereof, and having total assets in excess of $2,000,000,000; (v) a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other country that is a member of the OECD or has concluded special lending arrangements with the International Monetary Fund associated with its General Arrangements to Borrow or of the Cayman Islands, or a political subdivision of any such country, and having total assets in excess of $2,000,000,000, so long as such bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the country in which it is organized or another country that is described in this clause (v); (vi) the central bank of any country that is a member of the OECD; (vii) a finance company or other financial institution or fund (whether a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity) that is engaged in making, purchasing or otherwise investing in commercial loans in the ordinary course of business and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000 and (viii) any other Person approved by the Administrative Agent and, unless a Default has occurred and is continuing at the time any assignment is effected pursuant to Section 9.07, the Parent Guarantor, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and (b) with respect to the Letter of Credit Facility, a Person that is an Eligible Assignee under subclause (iii) or (v) of clause (a) of this definition and is approved by the Administrative Agent and, unless a Default has occurred and is continuing at the time any assignment is effected pursuant to Section 9.07, the Parent Guarantor, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that neither any Loan Party nor any Affiliate of a Loan Party shall qualify as an Eligible Assignee under this definition.

" Eligible Collateral " means Eligible Inventory.

" Eligible Inventory " means only such Inventory of the Loan Parties as the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion exercised in a commercially reasonable manner in accordance with customary business practices, shall from time to time elect to consider Eligible Inventory for purposes of this Agreement. The value of such Inventory shall be determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion exercised in a commercially reasonable manner in accordance with customary business practices and taking into consideration, among other factors, the lowest of its cost, its book value determined in accordance with GAAP determined using the retail first-in first-out (FIFO method) and its liquidation value. The following classes of Inventory shall not be Eligible Inventory:

(a) Inventory that is obsolete, unusable or otherwise unavailable for sale;

(b) Inventory with respect to which the representations and warranties set forth in the Collateral Documents applicable to Inventory are not true and correct;

(c) Inventory consisting of promotional, marketing, packaging or shipping materials and supplies;

(d) Inventory that fails to meet all standards imposed by any governmental agency, or department or division thereof, having regulatory authority over such Inventory or its use or sale;

(e) Inventory that is subject to any licensing, patent, royalty, trademark, trade name or copyright agreement with any third party from whom any Loan Party has received notice of a dispute in respect of any such agreement except to the extent such dispute is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings;

(f) Inventory located outside the United States and Canada other than In Transit Inventory;

(g) Inventory that is not in the possession of or under the sole control of the Loan Parties other than In Transit Inventory; and

(h) Inventory in respect of which the Security Agreement, after giving effect to the related filings of financing statements that have then been made, if any, does not or has ceased to create a valid and perfected first priority lien or security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties securing the Secured Obligations and as to which no other Liens exist, other than Permitted Liens.

" Environmental Action " means any action, suit, demand, demand letter, claim, notice of non-compliance or violation, notice of liability or potential liability, investigation, proceeding, consent order or consent agreement relating in any way to any Environmental Law, any Environmental Permit or Hazardous Material or arising from alleged injury or threat to health, safety or the environment, including, without limitation, (a) by any governmental or regulatory authority for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages and (b) by any governmental or regulatory authority or third party for damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief.

" Environmental Law " means any Federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or judicial or agency interpretation, policy or guidance relating to pollution or protection of the environment, health, safety or natural resources, including, without limitation, those relating to the use, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials.

" Environmental Permit " means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

" Equity Interests " means, with respect to any Person, shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or other acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or other acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including, without limitation, partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are authorized or otherwise existing on any date of determination.

" ERISA " means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

" ERISA Affiliate " means any Person that for purposes of Title IV of ERISA is a member of the controlled group of any Loan Party, or under common control with any Loan Party, within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code.

" ERISA Event " means (a)(i) the occurrence of a reportable event, within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to any Plan unless the 30-day notice requirement with respect to such event has been waived by the PBGC or (ii) the requirements of Section 4043(b) of ERISA apply with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, of a Plan, and an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such Plan within the following 30 days; (b) the application for a minimum funding waiver with respect to a Plan; (c) the provision by the administrator of any Plan of a notice of intent to terminate such Plan, pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA (including any such notice with respect to a plan amendment referred to in Section 4041(e) of ERISA); (d) the cessation of operations at a facility of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate in the circumstances described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (e) the withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year for which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (f) the conditions for imposition of a lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA shall have been met with respect to any Plan; (g) the adoption of an amendment to a Plan requiring the provision of security to such Plan pursuant to Section 307 of ERISA; or (h) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Plan pursuant to Section 4042 of ERISA, or the occurrence of any event or condition described in Section 4042 of ERISA that constitutes grounds for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, such Plan.

" Eurocurrency Liabilities " has the meaning specified in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

" Eurodollar Lending Office " means, with respect to any Lender Party, the office of such Lender Party specified as its "Eurodollar Lending Office" opposite its name on Schedule I hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender Party (or, if no such office is specified, its Domestic Lending Office), or such other office of such Lender Party as such Lender Party may from time to time specify to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

" Eurodollar Rate " means, for any Interest Period for all Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing, an interest rate per annum equal to the rate per annum obtained by dividing (a) the rate per annum at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered by the principal office of Citibank in London, England to prime banks in the London interbank market at 1:00 P.M. (London time) two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period in an amount substantially equal to Citibank's Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising part of such Borrowing to be outstanding during such Interest Period and for a period equal to such Interest Period by (b) a percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage for such Interest Period.

" Eurodollar Rate Advance " means an Advance that bears interest as provided in Section 2.07(a)(ii).

" Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage " for any Interest Period for all Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing means the reserve percentage applicable two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in New York City with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities (or with respect to any other category of liabilities that includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on Eurodollar Rate Advances is determined) having a term equal to such Interest Period.

" Events of Default " has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

" Excluded Real Property " means the owned real property of the Parent Guarantor located at 10201 Main Street, Houston, Texas, which is to be sold pursuant to the terms of a settlement agreement with the landlord of the main office of Parent Guarantor and otherwise on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

" Existing Debt " means Debt of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries outstanding immediately before giving effect to the consummation of the Transaction.

" Existing Letters of Credit " means those letters of credit issued for the account of Specialty Retailers, Inc. under the DIP Credit Agreement and identified on Schedule V hereto.

" Extraordinary Receipt " means any cash received by or paid to or for the account of any Person not in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, tax refunds, pension plan reversions, proceeds of insurance (including, without limitation, any key man life insurance but excluding proceeds of business interruption insurance to the extent such proceeds constitute compensation for lost earnings), condemnation awards (and payments in lieu thereof), indemnity payments and any purchase price adjustment received in connection with any purchase agreement.

" Facility " means the Working Capital Facility, the Swing Line Facility or the Letter of Credit Facility.

" Federal Funds Rate " means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

" Fee Letter " means the fee letter dated as of May 1, 2001 between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, as amended.

" Fiscal Month " means any fiscal month of the Parent Guarantor and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as set forth on Schedule IV hereto.

" Fiscal Quarter " means any fiscal quarter of the Parent Guarantor and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, which is the three-month period ending on the last day of each third Fiscal Month.

" Fiscal Year " means a fiscal year of the Parent Guarantor and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, which is the 52 or 53 week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31 of the following calendar year.

" Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio " means, at any date of determination, the ratio of (a)(i) EBITDA plus (ii) rent expense under leases of real, personal or mixed property minus (iii) cash taxes minus (iv) Capital Expenditures to (b) the sum of (i) interest expense (including interest expense associated with the Securitization Program) excluding amortization of debt discount and debt issue costs in respect of, all Debt for Borrowed Money plus (ii) rent expense under leases of real, personal or mixed property plus (iii) scheduled principal amounts of all Debt for Borrowed Money payable, in each case, of or by the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries during the Measurement Period most recently ended for which financial statements are required to be delivered to the Lender Parties pursuant to Section 5.03(b) or (c), as the case may be.

" GAAP " has the meaning specified in Section 1.03.

" GNB " means Granite National Bank, N.A.

" Governmental Authority " means any nation or government, any state, province, city, municipal entity or other political subdivision thereof, and any governmental, executive, legislative, judicial, administrative or regulatory agency, department, authority, instrumentality, commission, board, bureau or similar body, whether federal, state, provincial, territorial, local or foreign.

" Governmental Authorization " means any authorization, approval, consent, franchise, license, covenant, order, ruling, permit, certification, exemption, notice, declaration or similar right, undertaking or other action of, to or by, or any filing, qualification or registration with, any Governmental Authority.

" Guaranties " means the Parent Guaranty and the Subsidiary Guaranty.

" Guarantors " means the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

" Hazardous Materials " means (a) petroleum or petroleum products, by-products or breakdown products, radioactive materials, asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls and radon gas and (b) any other chemicals, materials or substances designated, classified or regulated as hazardous or toxic or as a pollutant or contaminant under any Environmental Law.

" Hedge Agreements " means interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, currency future or option contracts and other hedging agreements.

" Hedge Bank " means any Lender Party or an Affiliate of a Lender Party in its capacity as a party to a Secured Hedge Agreement.

" In Transit Inventory " means inventory that is (i) fully paid and subject only to a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent (other than Permitted Liens), (ii) in transit to properties owned or leased by the Borrower in the United States, and (iii) the Collateral Agent or its agent or bailee shall be named as consignee of the applicable bill of lading or other document of title.

" Indemnified Party " has the meaning specified in Section 9.04(b).

" Information Memorandum " means the information memorandum used by the Arranger and Book Manager in connection with the syndication of the Commitments.

" Initial Extension of Credit " means the earlier to occur of the initial Borrowing and the initial issuance of a Letter of Credit hereunder.

" Initial Issuing Bank ", " Initial Lender Parties " and " Initial Lenders " each has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

" Insufficiency " means, with respect to any Plan, the amount, if any, of its unfunded benefit liabilities, as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA.

" Intercreditor Agreement " has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a)(iv).

" Interest Period " means, for each Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising part of the same Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Eurodollar Rate Advance or the date of the Conversion of any Base Rate Advance into such Eurodollar Rate Advance, and ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below and, thereafter, each subsequent period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below. The duration of each such Interest Period shall be one or two weeks, one, two, three or six months, as the Borrower may, upon notice received by the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period, select; provided, however, that:

    1. The Borrower may not select any Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Advance under a Facility that ends after any principal repayment installment date for such Facility unless, after giving effect to such selection, the aggregate principal amount of Base Rate Advances and of Eurodollar Rate Advances having Interest Periods that end on or prior to such principal repayment installment date for such Facility shall be at least equal to the aggregate principal amount of Advances under such Facility due and payable on or prior to such date;
    2. Interest Periods commencing on the same date for Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing shall be of the same duration;
    3. whenever the last day of any Interest Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day, provided, however, that, if such extension would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next preceding Business Day; and
    4. whenever the first day of any Interest Period occurs on a day of an initial calendar month for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that succeeds such initial calendar month by the number of months equal to the number of months in such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such succeeding calendar month.

" Internal Revenue Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

" Inventory " means all Inventory referred to in Section 1(b) of the Security Agreement.

" Investment " in any Person means any loan or advance to such Person, any purchase or other acquisition of any Equity Interests or Debt or the assets comprising a division or business unit or a substantial part or all of the business of such Person, any capital contribution to such Person or any other direct or indirect investment in such Person, including, without limitation, any acquisition by way of a merger or consolidation (or similar transaction) and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor incurs Debt of the types referred to in clause (i) or (j) of the definition of " Debt " in respect of such Person.

" Issuing Bank " means the Initial Issuing Bank and any Eligible Assignee to which a Letter of Credit Commitment hereunder has been assigned pursuant to Section 9.07 so long as such Eligible Assignee expressly agrees to perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as an Issuing Bank and notifies the Administrative Agent of its Applicable Lending Office and the amount of its Letter of Credit Commitment (which information shall be recorded by the Administrative Agent in the Register), for so long as such Initial Issuing Bank or Eligible Assignee, as the case may be, shall have a Letter of Credit Commitment.

" L/C Collateral Account " has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

" L/C Related Documents " has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(e)(ii).

" Lender Party " means any Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Bank.

" Lenders " means the Initial Lenders and each Person that shall become a Lender hereunder pursuant to Section 9.07 for so long as such Initial Lender or Person, as the case may be, shall be a party to this Agreement.

" Letter of Credit Advance " means an advance made by the Issuing Bank or any Working Capital Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(c).

" Letter of Credit Agreement " has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(a).

" Letter of Credit Commitment " means, with respect to the Issuing Bank at any time, the amount set forth opposite the Issuing Bank's name on Schedule I hereto under the caption "Letter of Credit Commitment" or, if the Issuing Bank has entered into one or more Assignment and Acceptances, set forth for the Issuing Bank in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.07(d) as the Issuing Bank's "Letter of Credit Commitment", as such amount may be reduced at or prior to such time pursuant to Section 2.05.

" Letter of Credit Facility " means, at any time, an amount equal to the amount of the Issuing Bank's Letter of Credit Commitment at such time, as such amount may be reduced at or prior to such time pursuant to Section 2.05.

" Letters of Credit " has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(e).

" Leverage Ratio " means, at any date of determination, the ratio of (i)(A) Debt for Borrowed Money (including Debt incurred in connection with the Securitization Program) less (B) cash of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, in each case, of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the Measurement Period most recently ended to (ii) EBITDA of the Parent Guarantor for which financial statements are required to be delivered to the Lender Parties pursuant to Section 5.03(b) or (c), as the case may be.

" Lien " means any lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any kind, or any other type of preferential arrangement, including, without limitation, the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor and any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property.

" Loan Documents " means (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Notes, (iii) the Guaranties, (iv) the Collateral Documents, (v) the Intercreditor Agreement, (vi) the Fee Letter, (vii) each Letter of Credit Agreement, (viii) each Secured Hedge Agreement and (ix) each agreement pursuant to which a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender provides cash management services to a Loan Party, in each case as amended.

" Loan Parties " means the Borrower and the Guarantors.

" Loan Value " means, with respect to any Eligible Collateral, an amount equal to up to 70% of the value of any item of Eligible Collateral determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion exercised in a commercially reasonable manner in accordance with customary business practice; provided , however , that the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion may increase such Loan Value to an amount not to exceed 72.5%.

" Margin Stock " has the meaning specified in Regulation U.

" Master Agreement " has the meaning specified in the definition of "Agreement Value" contained in this Section 1.01.

" Material Adverse Change " means any material adverse change in the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries.

" Material Adverse Effect " means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) the rights and remedies of any Agent or any Lender Party under any Transaction Document or (c) the ability of any Loan Party to perform its Obligations under any Transaction Document to which it is or is to be a party.

" Measurement Period " means, at any time, (a) on or prior to August 3, 2002, the period beginning on the date of the Initial Extension of Credit through the end of the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended and (b) thereafter, the four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended.

" Mortgages " has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(q)(ii).

" Multiemployer Plan " means a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.

" Multiple Employer Plan " means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (a) is maintained for employees of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate and at least one Person other than the Loan Parties and the ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained and in respect of which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4064 or 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.

" Net Cash Proceeds " means, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any asset or the incurrence or issuance of any Debt or the sale or issuance of any Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any capital contribution) by any Person, or any Extraordinary Receipt received by or paid to or for the account of any Person, the aggregate amount of cash received from time to time (whether as initial consideration or through payment or disposition of deferred consideration) by or on behalf of such Person in connection with such transaction after deducting therefrom only (without duplication) (a) reasonable and customary brokerage commissions, underwriting fees and discounts, legal fees, finder's fees and other similar fees and commissions, (b) the amount of taxes payable in connection with or as a result of such transaction and (c) the amount of any Debt secured by a Lien on such asset that, by the terms of the agreement or instrument governing such Debt, is required to be repaid upon such disposition, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that the amounts so deducted are, at the time of receipt of such cash, actually paid to a Person that is not an Affiliate of such Person or any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party and are properly attributable to such transaction or to the asset that is the subject thereof; provided, however, that in the case of taxes that are deductible under clause (b) above but for the fact that, at the time of receipt of such cash, such taxes have not been actually paid or are not then payable, such Loan Party or such Subsidiary may deduct an amount (the " Reserved Amount ") equal to the amount reserved in accordance with GAAP for such Loan Party's or such Subsidiary's reasonable estimate of such taxes, other than taxes for which such Loan Party or such Subsidiary is indemnified, provided further, however, that, at the time such taxes are paid, an amount equal to the amount, if any, by which the Reserved Amount for such taxes exceeds the amount of such taxes actually paid shall constitute "Net Cash Proceeds" of the type for which such taxes were reserved for all purposes hereunder.

" Nonratable Assignment " means an assignment by a Lender Party pursuant to Section 9.07(a) of a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, other than an assignment of a uniform, and not a varying, percentage of all of the rights and obligations of such Lender Party under and in respect of all of the Facilities (other than the Letter of Credit Facility and the Swing Line Facility).

" Note " means a Working Capital Note.

" Notice of Borrowing " has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(a).

" Notice of Issuance " has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(a).

" Notice of Renewal " has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(e).

" Notice of Swing Line Borrowing " has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(b).

" Notice of Termination " has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(e).

" NPL " means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

" Obligation " means, with respect to any Person, any payment, performance or other obligation of such Person of any kind, including, without limitation, any liability of such Person on any claim, whether or not the right of any creditor to payment in respect of such claim is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured, and whether or not such claim is discharged, stayed or otherwise affected by any proceeding referred to in Section 6.01(f). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents include (a) the obligation to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit commissions, charges, expenses, cash management and other fees, attorneys' fees and disbursements, indemnities and other amounts payable by such Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of such Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender Party, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party.

" OECD " means the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.

" Old Stage " has the meaning specified in the Preliminary Statements to this Agreement.

" Open Year " has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(r)(ii).

" Other Taxes " has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(b).

" Parent Guarantor " has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this Agreement.

" Parent Guaranty " means the guaranty of the Parent Guarantor set forth in Article VII of this Agreement.

" PBGC " means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any successor).

" Permitted Liens " means such of the following as to which no enforcement, collection, execution, levy or foreclosure proceeding shall have been commenced: (a) Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies to the extent not required to be paid under Section 5.01(b); (b) Liens imposed by law, such as materialmen's, mechanics', carriers', workmen's and repairmen's Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing obligations that (i) are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days and (ii) individually or together with all other Permitted Liens outstanding on any date of determination do not materially adversely affect the use of the property to which they relate; (c) pledges or deposits to secure obligations under workers' compensation laws or similar legislation or to secure public or statutory obligations; and (d) easements, rights of way and other encumbrances on title to real property that do not render title to the property encumbered thereby unmarketable or materially adversely affect the use of such property for its present purposes.

" Person " means an individual, partnership, limited partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

" Plan " means a Single Employer Plan or a Multiple Employer Plan.

" Plan of Reorganization " has the meaning set forth in the Preliminary Statements to this Agreement and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit K to this Agreement.

" Pledged Debt " has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

" Preferred Interests " means, with respect to any Person, Equity Interests issued by such Person that are entitled to a preference or priority over any other Equity Interests issued by such Person upon any distribution of such Person's property and assets, whether by dividend or upon liquidation.

" Pro Rata Share " of any amount means, with respect to any Working Capital Lender at any time, the product of such amount times a fraction the numerator of which is the amount of such Lender's Working Capital Commitment at such time (or, if the Commitments shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 2.05 or 6.01, such Lender's Working Capital Commitment as in effect immediately prior to such termination) and the denominator of which is the Working Capital Facility at such time (or, if the Commitments shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 2.05 or 6.01, the Working Capital Facility as in effect immediately prior to such termination).

" Receivables " means accounts, general intangibles or other rights to payment from obligors arising from extensions of credit to obligors, together with any further charges or other fees or charges related thereto and any related assets which are transferred under the Securitization Program Documents.

" Redeemable " means, with respect to any Equity Interest, any Debt or any other right or Obligation, any such Equity Interest, Debt, right or Obligation that (a) the issuer has undertaken to redeem at a fixed or determinable date or dates, whether by operation of a sinking fund or otherwise, or upon the occurrence of a condition not solely within the control of the issuer or (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder.

" Reduction Amount " has the meaning specified in Section 2.06(b)(iv).

" Register " has the meaning specified in Section 9.07(d).

" Regulation U " means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

" Related Documents " means the Plan of Reorganization and the Securitization Program Documents.

" Required Lenders " means, at any time, Lenders owed or holding at least a majority in interest of the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Advances outstanding at such time, (b) the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time and (c) the aggregate Unused Working Capital Commitments at such time; provided, however, that if any Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender at such time, there shall be excluded from the determination of Required Lenders at such time (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Advances owing to such Lender (in its capacity as a Lender) and outstanding at such time, (B) such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time and (C) the Unused Working Capital Commitment of such Lender at such time. For purposes of this definition, the aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Advances owing to the Swing Line Bank and of Letter of Credit Advances owing to the Issuing Bank and the Available Amount of each Letter of Credit shall be considered to be owed to the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Working Capital Commitments.

" Reserve Amount " means such aggregate reserve amounts (including the ACH Reserve) that the Administrative Agent determines in its sole discretion exercised in a commercially reasonable manner in accordance with customary business practices taking into consideration the Eligible Collateral.

" Responsible Officer " means any officer of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries.

" Secured Obligations " has the meaning specified in Section 2 of the Security Agreement.

" Secured Hedge Agreement " means any Hedge Agreement required or permitted under Article V that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank.

" Secured Parties " means the Agents, the Lender Parties and the Hedge Banks.

" Securitization Program " means the receivables securitization program conducted by the Borrower, the Securitization Program Subsidiaries and any other special purpose receivables Subsidiary that may be formed or become a Subsidiary in the future pursuant to the Securitization Program Documents as in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

" Securitization Program Documents " means the documents listed on Schedule III hereto and all other documentation, agreements and instruments entered into in connection therewith or pursuant to any other receivables financing program created in the future, as the same may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the provisions thereof and hereof.

" Securitization Program Subsidiary " means (i) GNB, (ii) Stage Receivable Funding LP, a Texas limited partnership, (iii) Stage Receivable Mgmt LLC, a Texas limited liability company or (iv) any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor whose sole business is to implement and to facilitate the Securitization Program on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

" Security Agreement " has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a)(ii).

" Single Employer Plan " means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (a) is maintained for employees of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate and no Person other than the Loan Parties and the ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained and in respect of which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.

" Solvent " and " Solvency " mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property and assets of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the property and assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liabilities of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person's ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person's property and assets would constitute unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

" Standby Letter of Credit " means any Letter of Credit issued under the Letter of Credit Facility, other than a Trade Letter of Credit.

" Subsidiary " of any Person means any corporation, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or estate of which (or in which) more than 50% of (a) the issued and outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency), (b) the interest in the capital or profits of such partnership, joint venture or limited liability company or (c) the beneficial interest in such trust or estate is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person's other Subsidiaries.

" Subsidiary Guarantors " means all Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor (other than the Securitization Program Subsidiaries) and each other Subsidiary of any Loan Party that shall be required to execute and deliver a guaranty pursuant to Section 5.01(j).

" Subsidiary Guaranty " has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a)(iii).

" Surviving Debt " means Debt of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries outstanding immediately before and after giving effect to the Transaction.

" Swing Line Advance " means an advance made by (a) the Swing Line Bank pursuant to Section 2.01(c) or (b) any Working Capital Lender pursuant to Section 2.02(b).

" Swing Line Bank " means Citibank.

" Swing Line Borrowing " means a borrowing consisting of a Swing Line Advance made by the Swing Line Bank pursuant to Section 2.01(d) or the Working Capital Lenders pursuant to Section 2.02(b).

" Swing Line Facility " has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(d).

" Tax Agreement " means a tax sharing agreement among the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

" Tax Certificate " has the meaning specified in Section 5.03(l).

" Taxes " has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(a).

" Termination Date " means the earlier of August 24, 2004 and the date of termination in whole of the Working Capital Commitments and the Letter of Credit Commitment pursuant to Section 2.05 or 6.01.

" Trade Letter of Credit " means any Letter of Credit that is issued under the Letter of Credit Facility for the benefit of a supplier of Inventory to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to effect payment for such Inventory, the conditions to drawing under which include the presentation to the Issuing Bank of negotiable bills of lading, invoices and related documents sufficient, in the judgment of the Issuing Bank, to create a valid and perfected lien on or security interest in such Inventory, bills of lading, invoices and related documents in favor of the Issuing Bank.

" Transaction " has the meaning specified in the Preliminary Statements to this Agreement.

" Transaction Documents " means, collectively, the Loan Documents, the Plan of Reorganization and the Related Documents.

" Type " refers to the distinction between Advances bearing interest at the Base Rate and Advances bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate.

" Unused Working Capital Commitment " means, with respect to any Working Capital Lender at any time, (a) such Lender's Working Capital Commitment at such time minus (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Working Capital Advances, Swing Line Advances and Letter of Credit Advances made by such Lender (in its capacity as a Lender) and outstanding at such time plus (ii) such Lender's Pro Rata Share of (A) the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time, (B) the aggregate principal amount of all Letter of Credit Advances made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and outstanding at such time and (C) the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Advances made by the Swing Line Bank pursuant to Section 2.01(d) and outstanding at such time other than any such Swing Line Advance which, at or prior to such time, has been assigned in part to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.02(b).

" Voting Interests " means shares of capital stock issued by a corporation, or equivalent Equity Interests in any other Person, the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even if the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.

" Welfare Plan " means a welfare plan, as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, that is maintained for employees of any Loan Party or in respect of which any Loan Party could have liability.

" Withdrawal Liability " has the meaning specified in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

" Working Capital Advance " has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(c).

" Working Capital Borrowing " means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Working Capital Advances of the same Type made by the Working Capital Lenders.

" Working Capital Commitment " means, with respect to any Working Capital Lender at any time, the amount set forth opposite such Lender's name on Schedule I hereto under the caption "Working Capital Commitment" or, if such Lender has entered into one or more Assignment and Acceptances, set forth for such Lender in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.07(d) as such Lender's "Working Capital Commitment", as such amount may be reduced at or prior to such time pursuant to Section 2.05.

" Working Capital Facility " means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Working Capital Lenders' Working Capital Commitments at such time.

" Working Capital Lender " means any Lender that has a Working Capital Commitment.

" Working Capital Note " means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the order of any Lender, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from the Working Capital Advances, Letter of Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances made by such Lender, as amended.

      1. Computation of Time Periods; Other Definitional Provisions
      2. . In this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word " from " means "from and including" and the words " to " and " until " each mean "to but excluding". References in the Loan Documents to any agreement or contract " as amended " shall mean and be a reference to such agreement or contract as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

      3. Accounting Terms
      4. . All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistent with those applied in the preparation of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01(g) (" GAAP ").

      5. Currency Equivalents Generally

. Any amount specified in this Agreement (other than in Articles II, VIII and IX) or any of the other Loan Documents to be in U.S. dollars shall also include the equivalent of such amount in any currency other than U.S. dollars, such equivalent amount to be determined at the rate of exchange quoted by Citibank in New York, New York at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding any date of determination thereof, to prime banks in New York, New York for the spot purchase in the New York foreign exchange market of such amount in U.S. dollars with such other currency.



  1. AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES
    AND THE LETTERS OF CREDIT
      1. The Advances and the Letters of Credit
        1. . (a) The Working Capital Advances . Each Working Capital Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make advances (each a " Working Capital Advance ") to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the date hereof until the Termination Date in an amount for each such Advance not to exceed such Lender's Unused Working Capital Commitment at such time. Each Working Capital Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (other than a Borrowing the proceeds of which shall be used solely to repay or prepay in full outstanding Swing Line Advances or outstanding Letter of Credit Advances) and shall consist of Working Capital Advances made simultaneously by the Working Capital Lenders ratably according to their Working Capital Commitments. Within the limits of each Working Capital Lender's Unused Working Capital Commitment in effect from time to time, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(a), prepay pursuant to Section 2.06(a) and reborrow under this Section 2.01(a).
        2. The Swing Line Advances . The Borrower may request the Swing Line Bank to make, and the Swing Line Bank may, if in its sole discretion it elects to do so, make, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, Swing Line Advances to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the date hereof until the Termination Date (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $15,000,000 (the " Swing Line Facility ") and (ii) in an amount for each such Swing Line Borrowing not to exceed the aggregate of the Unused Working Capital Commitments of the Working Capital Lenders at such time. No Swing Line Advance shall be used for the purpose of funding the payment of principal of any other Swing Line Advance. Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be in an amount of $500,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and shall be made as a Base Rate Advance. Within the limits of the Swing Line Facility and within the limits referred to in clause (ii) above, so long as the Swing Line Bank, in its sole discretion, elects to make Swing Line Advances, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(b), repay pursuant to Section 2.04(b) or prepay pursuant to Section 2.06(a) and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b).
        3. The Letters of Credit . The Issuing Bank agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to issue (or cause its Affiliate that is a commercial bank to issue on its behalf) letters of credit (the " Letters of Credit ") for the account of the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the date hereof until 60 days before the Termination Date in an aggregate Available Amount (i) for all Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank not to exceed at any time the lesser of (x) the Letter of Credit Facility at such time and (y)  the Issuing Bank's Letter of Credit Commitment at such time and (ii) for each such Letter of Credit not to exceed the Unused Working Capital Commitments of the Working Capital Lenders at such time. No Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date (including all rights of the Borrower or the beneficiary to require renewal) later than the earlier of 60 days before the Termination Date and (A) in the case of a Standby Letter of Credit, one year after the date of issuance thereof, but may by its terms be renewable annually upon notice (a " Notice of Renewal ") given to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent on or prior to any date for notice of renewal set forth in such Letter of Credit but in any event at least three Business Days prior to the date of the proposed renewal of such Standby Letter of Credit and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III unless the Issuing Bank has notified the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) on or prior to the date for notice of termination set forth in such Letter of Credit but in any event at least 30 Business Days prior to the date of automatic renewal of its election not to renew such Standby Letter of Credit (a " Notice of Termination ") and (B) in the case of a Trade Letter of Credit, 60 days after the date of issuance thereof; provided that the terms of each Standby Letter of Credit that is automatically renewable annually shall (x) require the Issuing Bank that issued such Standby Letter of Credit to give the beneficiary named in such Standby Letter of Credit notice of any Notice of Termination, (y) permit such beneficiary, upon receipt of such notice, to draw under such Standby Letter of Credit prior to the date such Standby Letter of Credit otherwise would have been automatically renewed and (z) not permit the expiration date (after giving effect to any renewal) of such Standby Letter of Credit in any event to be extended to a date later than 60 days before the Termination Date, except that in the case of Standby Letters issued in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past business practices and requiring a minimum term of one year, the expiration date may be up to one year after the date of issuance thereof. If either a Notice of Renewal is not given by the Borrower or a Notice of Termination is given by the Issuing Bank pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, such Standby Letter of Credit shall expire on the date on which it otherwise would have been automatically renewed; provided, however, that even in the absence of receipt of a Notice of Renewal the Issuing Bank may in its discretion, unless instructed to the contrary by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, deem that a Notice of Renewal had been timely delivered and in such case, a Notice of Renewal shall be deemed to have been so delivered for all purposes under this Agreement. Within the limits of the Letter of Credit Facility, and subject to the limits referred to above, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit under this Section 2.01(e), repay any Letter of Credit Advances resulting from drawings thereunder pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and request the issuance of additional Letters of Credit under this Section 2.01(c).
      2. Making the Advances
      3. . Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.02(b) or 2.03, each Borrowing shall be made on notice, given not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing in the case of a Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances, or the first Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing in the case of a Borrowing consisting of Base Rate Advances, by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, which shall give to each Appropriate Lender prompt notice thereof by telex or telecopier. Each such notice of a Borrowing (a " Notice of Borrowing ") shall be by telephone, confirmed immediately in writing, or telex or telecopier, in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto, specifying therein the requested (i) date of such Borrowing, (ii) Facility under which such Borrowing is to be made, (iii) Type of Advances comprising such Borrowing, (iv) aggregate amount of such Borrowing and (v) in the case of a Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances, initial Interest Period for each such Advance. Each Appropriate Lender shall, before 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing, make available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent's Account, in same day funds, such Lender's ratable portion of such Borrowing in accordance with the respective Commitments under the applicable Facility of such Lender and the other Appropriate Lenders. After the Administrative Agent's receipt of such funds and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, the Administrative Agent will make such funds available to the Borrower by crediting the Borrower's Account; provided, however, that, in the case of any Working Capital Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall first make a portion of such funds equal to the aggregate principal amount of any Swing Line Advances and Letter of Credit Advances made by the Swing Line Bank or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and by any other Working Capital Lender and outstanding on the date of such Working Capital Borrowing, plus interest accrued and unpaid thereon to and as of such date, available to the Swing Line Bank or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and such other Working Capital Lenders for repayment of such Swing Line Advances and Letter of Credit Advances at the discretion of the Swing Line Bank or the Issuing Bank, as applicable.

        1. Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made on notice, given not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing, by the Borrower to the Swing Line Bank and the Administrative Agent. Each such notice of a Swing Line Borrowing (a " Notice of Swing Line Borrowing ") shall be by telephone, confirmed immediately in writing, or telex or telecopier, specifying therein the requested (i) date of such Borrowing, (ii) amount of such Borrowing and (iii) maturity of such Borrowing (which maturity shall be no later than the seventh day after the requested date of such Borrowing). If, in its sole discretion, it elects to make the requested Swing Line Advance, the Swing Line Bank will make the amount thereof available to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent's Account, in same day funds. After the Administrative Agent's receipt of such funds and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, the Administrative Agent will make such funds available to the Borrower by crediting the Borrower's Account. Upon written demand by the Swing Line Bank, with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent, each other Working Capital Lender shall purchase from the Swing Line Bank, and the Swing Line Bank shall sell and assign to each such other Working Capital Lender, such other Lender's Pro Rata Share of such outstanding Swing Line Advance as of the date of such demand, by making available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Bank, by deposit to the Administrative Agent's Account, in same day funds, an amount equal to the portion of the outstanding principal amount of such Swing Line Advance to be purchased by such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to each such sale and assignment. Each Working Capital Lender agrees to purchase its Pro Rata Share of an outstanding Swing Line Advance on (i) the Business Day on which demand therefor is made by the Swing Line Bank, provided that notice of such demand is given not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on such Business Day or (ii) the first Business Day next succeeding such demand if notice of such demand is given after such time. Upon any such assignment by the Swing Line Bank to any other Working Capital Lender of a portion of a Swing Line Advance, the Swing Line Bank represents and warrants to such other Lender that the Swing Line Bank is the legal and beneficial owner of such interest being assigned by it, but makes no other representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to such Swing Line Advance, the Loan Documents or any Loan Party. If and to the extent that any Working Capital Lender shall not have so made the amount of such Swing Line Advance available to the Administrative Agent, such Working Capital Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date of demand by the Swing Line Bank until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate. If such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent such amount for the account of the Swing Line Bank on any Business Day, such amount so paid in respect of principal shall constitute a Swing Line Advance made by such Lender on such Business Day for purposes of this Agreement, and the outstanding principal amount of the Swing Line Advance made by the Swing Line Bank shall be reduced by such amount on such Business Day.
        2. Anything in subsection (a) above to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the Borrower may not select Eurodollar Rate Advances for the initial Borrowing hereunder or for any Borrowing if the aggregate amount of such Borrowing is less than $1,000,000 or if the obligation of the Appropriate Lenders to make Eurodollar Rate Advances shall then be suspended pursuant to Section 2.09 or 2.10 and (ii) the Working Capital Advances may not be outstanding as part of more than five separate Borrowings.
        3. Each Notice of Borrowing and Notice of Swing Line Borrowing shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower. In the case of any Borrowing that the related Notice of Borrowing specifies is to be comprised of Eurodollar Rate Advances, the Borrower shall indemnify each Appropriate Lender against any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Lender as a result of any failure to fulfill on or before the date specified in such Notice of Borrowing for such Borrowing the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, including, without limitation, any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund the Advance to be made by such Lender as part of such Borrowing when such Advance, as a result of such failure, is not made on such date.
        4. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from an Appropriate Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender's ratable portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with subsection (a) of this Section 2.02 and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent that such Lender shall not have so made such ratable portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Borrower agree to repay or pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount and to pay interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid or paid to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at such time under Section 2.07 to Advances comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Rate. If such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so paid shall constitute such Lender's Advance as part of such Borrowing for all purposes.
        5. The failure of any Lender to make the Advance to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Advance on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Advance to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.
      4. Issuance of and Drawings and Reimbursement Under Letters of Credit
      5. . (a) Request for Issuance . Each Letter of Credit shall be issued upon notice, given not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed issuance of such Letter of Credit, by the Borrower to the Issuing Bank, which shall give to the Administrative Agent and each Working Capital Lender prompt notice thereof by telex or telecopier. Each such notice of issuance of a Letter of Credit (a " Notice of Issuance ") shall be by telephone, confirmed immediately in writing, or telex or telecopier, specifying therein the requested (A) date of such issuance (which shall be a Business Day), (B) Available Amount of such Letter of Credit, (C) expiration date of such Letter of Credit, (D) name and address of the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit and (E) form of such Letter of Credit, and shall be accompanied by such application and agreement for letter of credit as the Issuing Bank may specify to the Borrower for use in connection with such requested Letter of Credit (a " Letter of Credit Agreement "). If  the requested form of such Letter of Credit is acceptable to the Issuing Bank in its sole discretion, the Issuing Bank will, upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, make such Letter of Credit available to the Borrower at its office referred to in Section 9.02 or as otherwise agreed with the Borrower in connection with such issuance. In the event and to the extent that the provisions of any Letter of Credit Agreement shall conflict with this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

        (b) Letter of Credit Reports . The Issuing Bank shall furnish (A) to the Administrative Agent on the first Business Day of each month a written report summarizing issuance and expiration dates of Letters of Credit issued during the previous month, drawings during such month under all Letters of Credit and the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding during such month, and (B) to the Administrative Agent and each Working Capital Lender on the first Business Day of each calendar quarter a written report setting forth the average daily aggregate Available Amount during the preceding calendar quarter of all Letters of Credit.

        (c) Drawing and Reimbursement . The payment by the Issuing Bank of a draft drawn under any Letter of Credit shall constitute for all purposes of this Agreement the making by the Issuing Bank of a Letter of Credit Advance, which shall be a Base Rate Advance, in the amount of such draft. Upon written demand by the Issuing Bank, with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent, each Working Capital Lender shall purchase from the Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank shall sell and assign to each such Working Capital Lender, such Working Capital Lender's Pro Rata Share of such outstanding Letter of Credit Advance as of the date of such purchase, by making available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank, by deposit to the Administrative Agent's Account, in same day funds, an amount equal to the portion of the outstanding principal amount of such Letter of Credit Advance to be purchased by such Lender. Promptly after receipt thereof, the Administrative Agent shall transfer such funds to the Issuing Bank. The Borrower hereby agrees to each such sale and assignment. Each Working Capital Lender agrees to purchase its Pro Rata Share of an outstanding Letter of Credit Advance on (i) the Business Day on which demand therefor is made by the Issuing Bank, provided that notice of such demand is given not later than 12:30 P.M. (New York City time) on such Business Day, or (ii) the first Business Day next succeeding such demand if notice of such demand is given after such time. Upon any such assignment by the Issuing Bank to any other Working Capital Lender of a portion of a Letter of Credit Advance, the Issuing Bank represents and warrants to such other Lender that the Issuing Bank is the legal and beneficial owner of such interest being assigned by it, free and clear of any liens, but makes no other representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to such Letter of Credit Advance, the Loan Documents or any Loan Party. If and to the extent that any Working Capital Lender shall not have so made the amount of such Letter of Credit Advance available to the Administrative Agent, such Working Capital Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date of demand by the Issuing Bank until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate for its account or the account of the Issuing Bank, as applicable. If such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent such amount for the account of the Issuing Bank on any Business Day, such amount so paid in respect of principal shall constitute a Letter of Credit Advance made by such Lender on such Business Day for purposes of this Agreement, and the outstanding principal amount of the Letter of Credit Advance made by the Issuing Bank shall be reduced by such amount on such Business Day.

        (d) Failure to Make Letter of Credit Advances . The failure of any Lender to make the Letter of Credit Advance to be made by it on the date specified in Section 2.03(c) shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation hereunder to make its Letter of Credit Advance on such date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Letter of Credit Advance to be made by such other Lender on such date.

        (e) Existing Letters of Credit . Effective as of the Effective Date, each Existing Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a Letter of Credit issued hereunder by the Issuing Bank for the account of the Borrower.

      6. Repayment of Advances
      7. . Working Capital Advances . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Working Capital Lenders on the Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of the Working Capital Advances then outstanding.

        1. Swing Line Advances . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Bank and each other Working Capital Lender that has made a Swing Line Advance the outstanding principal amount of each Swing Line Advance made by each of them on the earlier of the maturity date specified in the applicable Notice of Swing Line Borrowing (which maturity shall be no later than the seventh day after the requested date of such Borrowing) and the Termination Date.
        2. Letter of Credit Advances . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank and each other Working Capital Lender that has made a Letter of Credit Advance on the earlier of demand and the Termination Date the outstanding principal amount of each Letter of Credit Advance made by each of them.
            1. The Obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, any Letter of Credit Agreement and any other agreement or instrument relating to any Letter of Credit shall be unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letter of Credit Agreement and such other agreement or instrument under all circumstances, including, without limitation, the following circumstances (it being understood that any such payment by the Borrower is without prejudice to, and does not constitute a waiver of, any rights the Borrower might have or might acquire as a result of the payment by the Issuing Bank of any draft or the reimbursement by the Borrower thereof):
                1. any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document, any Letter of Credit Agreement, any Letter of Credit or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto (all of the foregoing being, collectively, the " L/C Related Documents ");
                2. any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations of the Borrower in respect of any L/C Related Document or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the L/C Related Documents;
                3. the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that the Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of a Letter of Credit (or any Persons for which any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Issuing Bank or any other Person, whether in connection with the transactions contemplated by the L/C Related Documents or any unrelated transaction;
                4. any statement or any other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;
                5. payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;
                6. any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Collateral or other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from the Guaranties or any other guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations of the Borrower in respect of the L/C Related Documents; or
                7. any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or a guarantor.
      8. Termination or Reduction of the Commitments
      9. .    Optional . The Borrower may, upon at least five Business Days' notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate in whole or reduce in part the unused portions of the Letter of Credit Facility and the Unused Working Capital Commitments; provided, however, that each partial reduction of a Facility (i) shall be in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (ii) shall be made ratably among the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their Commitments with respect to such Facility.

        1. Mandatory . (i) The Letter of Credit Facility shall be permanently reduced from time to time on the date of each reduction in the Working Capital Facility by the amount, if any, by which the amount of the Letter of Credit Facility exceeds the Working Capital Facility after giving effect to such reduction of the Working Capital Facility.
            1. The Swing Line Facility shall be permanently reduced from time to time on the date of each reduction in the Working Capital Facility by the amount, if any, by which the amount of the Swing Line Facility exceeds the Working Capital Facility after giving effect to such reduction of the Working Capital Facility.
            2. The Working Capital Facility shall be automatically and permanently reduced, on a pro rata basis, on each date on which prepayment thereof is required to be made pursuant to Section 2.06(b)(i) in an amount equal to the applicable Reduction Amount, provided that each such reduction of the Working Capital Facility shall be made ratably among the Working Capital Lenders in accordance with their Working Capital Commitments; provided, however, that the Working Capital Commitment shall not be automatically and permanently reduced in accordance with Section 2.06(b)(i) as provided hereunder until such time as the aggregate amount of such reductions otherwise required to be made in accordance with Section 2.06(b)(i) shall exceed $25,000,000 and then only by the amount in excess of $25,000,000; and provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Working Capital Commitment shall not at any time be reduced to an amount less than $75,000,000.
      10. Prepayments
      11. . Optional . Notwithstanding the automatic prepayment of the outstanding Advances on a daily basis from amounts on deposit in Borrower's Account, the Borrower may, upon at least one Business Day's notice in the case of Base Rate Advances and three Business Days' notice in the case of Eurodollar Rate Advances, in each case to the Administrative Agent stating the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the prepayment, and if such notice is given the Borrower shall, prepay the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing in whole or ratably in part, together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the aggregate principal amount prepaid; provided, however, that (x) each partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (y) if any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Advance is made on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period for such Advance, the Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 9.04(c).

        1. Mandatory . The Borrower shall, on the date of receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries from (A) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any assets of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets pursuant to clause (i) or (iii) of Section 5.02(e) and clause (iii) of Section 5.02(g) if the proceeds are applied in accordance with clause (iv) of Section 5.02(g)), (B) the incurrence or issuance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries of any Debt (other than Debt incurred or issued pursuant to clause (F) or (G) of Section 5.02(b)(ii)), (C) the sale or issuance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries of any Equity Interests (including, without limitation, receipt of any capital contribution) and (D) any Extraordinary Receipt received by or paid to or for the account of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and not otherwise included in clause (A), (B) or (C) above, prepay an aggregate principal amount of the Advances comprising part of the same Borrowings in an amount equal to the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds. Each such prepayment shall be applied ratably to the Working Capital Facility as set forth in clause (iv) below.
            1. The Borrower shall, on each Business Day, prepay an aggregate principal amount of the Working Capital Advances comprising part of the same Borrowings, the Letter of Credit Advances and the Swing Line Advances in an amount equal to the amount by which (A) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of (x) the Working Capital Advances, (y) the Letter of Credit Advances and (z) the Swing Line Advances then outstanding plus the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding exceeds (B) the lesser of (x) the Working Capital Facility and (y) the Loan Value of Eligible Collateral on such Business Day minus the Reserve Amount. Each such prepayment shall be applied ratably to the Working Capital Facility as set forth in clause (iv) below.
            2. The Borrower shall, on each Business Day, pay to the Administrative Agent for deposit in the L/C Collateral Account an amount sufficient to cause the aggregate amount on deposit in the L/C Collateral Account to equal 103% of the amount by which the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding exceeds the Letter of Credit Facility on such Business Day; provided, however , with respect to any Letters of Credit permitted to be outstanding as of the Termination Date, the Borrower shall, on the Termination Date, pay to the Administrative Agent for deposit in the L/C Collateral Account an amount sufficient to cash collateralize 103% of the Available Amount of such Letters of Credit then outstanding.

        (iv) Prepayments of the Working Capital Facility made pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) shall be first applied to prepay Letter of Credit Advances then outstanding until such Advances are paid in full, second applied to prepay Swing Line Advances then outstanding until such Advances are paid in full and third applied to prepay Working Capital Advances then outstanding comprising part of the same Borrowings until such Advances are paid in full and fourth deposited in the L/C Collateral Account to cash collateralize 103% of the Available Amount of the Letters of Credit then outstanding; and, in the case of prepayments of the Working Capital Facility required pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, the amount remaining (if any) after the prepayment in full of the Advances then outstanding (the sum of such prepayment amounts and remaining amount being referred to herein as the " Reduction Amount ") may be retained by the Borrower and the Working Capital Facility shall be permanently reduced as set forth in Section 2.05(b)(iii). Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit in the L/C Collateral Account, such funds shall be applied to reimburse the Issuing Bank or Working Capital Lenders, as applicable.

        (v) All prepayments under this subsection (b) shall be made together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid, together with any amounts owing pursuant to Section 9.04(c). If any payment of Eurodollar Rate Advances otherwise required to be made under this Section 2.06(b) would be made on a day other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period therefor, the Borrower may direct the Administrative Agent to (and if so directed, the Administrative Agent shall) deposit such payment in the Collateral Account until the last day of the applicable Interest Period at which time the Administrative Agent shall apply the amount of such payment to the prepayment of such Advances; provided, however, that such Advances shall continue to bear interest as set forth in Section 2.07 until the last day of the applicable Interest Period therefor.

      12. Interest
      13. . Scheduled Interest . The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Advance owing to each Lender from the date of such Advance until such principal amount shall be paid in full, at the following rates per annum:

            1. Base Rate Advances . During such periods as such Advance is a Base Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times to the sum of (A) the Base Rate in effect from time to time plus (B) the Applicable Margin as in effect from time to time, payable in arrears monthly on the first day of each month during such periods and on the date such Base Rate Advance shall be Converted or paid in full.
            2. Eurodollar Rate Advances . During such periods as such Advance is a Eurodollar Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times during each Interest Period for such Advance to the sum of (A) the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period for such Advance plus (B) the Applicable Margin as in effect from time to time, payable in arrears on the last day of such Interest Period and, if such Interest Period has a duration of more than three months, on each day that occurs during such Interest Period every three months from the first day of such Interest Period and on the date such Eurodollar Rate Advance shall be Converted or paid in full.
        1. Default Interest . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Borrower shall pay interest on (i) the unpaid principal amount of each Advance owing to each Lender, payable in arrears on the dates referred to in clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above and on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per annum above the rate per annum required to be paid on such Advance pursuant to clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, the amount of any interest, fee or other amount payable under the Loan Documents that is not paid when due, from the date such amount shall be due until such amount shall be paid in full, payable in arrears on the date such amount shall be paid in full and on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per annum above the rate per annum required to be paid, in the case of interest, on the Type of Advance on which such interest has accrued pursuant to clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above and, in all other cases, on Base Rate Advances pursuant to clause (a)(i) above.
        2. Notice of Interest Period and Interest Rate . Promptly after receipt of a Notice of Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.02(a), a notice of Conversion pursuant to Section 2.09 or a notice of selection of an Interest Period pursuant to the terms of the definition of "Interest Period", the Administrative Agent shall give notice to the Borrower and each Appropriate Lender of the applicable Interest Period and the applicable interest rate determined by the Administrative Agent for purposes of clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above .
      14. Fees
      15. . Commitment Fee . The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Working Capital Lenders a commitment fee, from the date hereof in the case of each Initial Working Capital Lender and from the effective date specified in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Working Capital Lender in the case of each other Working Capital Lender until the Termination Date, payable in arrears on the date of the initial Extension of Credit and, thereafter monthly on the first day of each month, commencing September 1, 2001, and on the Termination Date, at the rate equal to the Applicable Percentage from time to time on the daily Unused Working Capital Commitment of such Lender plus its Pro Rata Share of the daily outstanding Swing Line Advances during such month other than any such Swing Line Advances which have been assigned in part to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(c); provided, however, that no commitment fee shall accrue on any of the Commitments of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender.

        (b) Letter of Credit Fees, Etc . The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Working Capital Lender a commission, payable in arrears monthly on the first day of each month, commencing September 1, 2001, and on the Termination Date, on such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the average daily aggregate Available Amount during such quarter of Letters of Credit outstanding from time to time at the rate equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Rate Advances from time to time; provided , however , upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default under Section 6.01(a) or an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, and upon the request of the Required Lenders shall, require that such commission shall increase by a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per annum above the rate per annum required to be paid on such commission pursuant to this clause (i), payable on demand.

            1. The Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Bank, for its own account a fronting fee, payable in arrears monthly on the first day of each month, commencing September 1, 2001, and on the Termination Date, on the average daily aggregate Available Amount during such quarter of Letters of Credit outstanding from time to time at the rate of 0.25% per annum.

        (c) Agents' Fees . The Borrower shall pay to each Agent for its own account such fees as may from time to time be agreed between the Parent Guarantor and such Agent.

      16. Conversion of Advances
      17. . Optional . The Borrower may on any Business Day, upon notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion and subject to the provisions of Sections 2.07 and 2.10, Convert all or any portion of the Advances of one Type comprising the same Borrowing into Advances of the other Type; provided, however, that any Conversion of Eurodollar Rate Advances into Base Rate Advances shall be made only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Advances, any Conversion of Base Rate Advances into Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be in an amount not less than the minimum amount specified in Section 2.02(c), no Conversion of any Advances shall result in more separate Borrowings than permitted under Section 2.02(c) and each Conversion of Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing under any Facility shall be made ratably among the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their Commitments under such Facility. Each such notice of Conversion shall, within the restrictions specified above, specify (i) the date of such Conversion, (ii) the Advances to be Converted and (iii) if such Conversion is into Eurodollar Rate Advances, the duration of the initial Interest Period for such Advances. Each notice of Conversion shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower.

        1. Mandatory . On the date on which the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising any Borrowing shall be reduced, by payment or prepayment or otherwise, to less than $1,000,000, such Advances shall automatically Convert into Base Rate Advances.
            1. If the Borrower shall fail to select the duration of any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Advances in accordance with the provisions contained in the definition of "Interest Period" in Section 1.01, the Administrative Agent will forthwith so notify the Borrower and the Appropriate Lenders, whereupon each such Eurodollar Rate Advance will automatically, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor, Convert into a Base Rate Advance.
            2. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default, (x) each Eurodollar Rate Advance will automatically, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor, Convert into a Base Rate Advance and (y) the obligation of the Lenders to make, or to Convert Advances into, Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended.
      18. Increased Costs, Etc .
      19. If, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to any Lender Party of agreeing to make or of making, funding or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Advances or of agreeing to issue or of issuing or maintaining or participating in Letters of Credit or of agreeing to make or of making or maintaining Letter of Credit Advances (excluding, for purposes of this Section 2.10, any such increased costs resulting from (x) Taxes or Other Taxes (as to which Section 2.12 shall govern) and (y) changes in the basis of taxation of overall net income or overall gross income by the United States or by the foreign jurisdiction or state under the laws of which such Lender Party is organized or has its Applicable Lending Office or any political subdivision thereof), then the Borrower shall from time to time, upon demand by such Lender Party (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender Party additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender Party for such increased cost. A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost, submitted to the Borrower by such Lender Party, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

        1. If, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by any Lender Party or any corporation controlling such Lender Party as a result of or based upon the existence of such Lender Party's commitment to lend or to issue or participate in Letters of Credit hereunder and other commitments of such type or the issuance or maintenance of or participation in the Letters of Credit (or similar contingent obligations), then, upon demand by such Lender Party (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender Party, from time to time as specified by such Lender Party, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender Party in the light of such circumstances, to the extent that such Lender Party reasonably determines such increase in capital to be allocable to the existence of such Lender Party's commitment to lend or to issue or participate in Letters of Credit hereunder or to the issuance or maintenance of or participation in any Letters of Credit. A certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Borrower by such Lender Party shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
        2. If, with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Advances under any Facility, Lenders owed a majority of the then aggregate unpaid principal amount thereof notify the Administrative Agent that the Eurodollar Rate for any Interest Period for such Advances will not adequately reflect the cost to such Lenders of making, funding or maintaining their Eurodollar Rate Advances for such Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith so notify the Borrower and the Appropriate Lenders, whereupon (i) each such Eurodollar Rate Advance will automatically, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor, Convert into a Base Rate Advance and (ii) the obligation of the Appropriate Lenders to make, or to Convert Advances into, Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower that such Lenders have determined that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

        (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation shall make it unlawful, or any central bank or other governmental authority shall assert that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its Eurodollar Lending Office to perform its obligations hereunder to make Eurodollar Rate Advances or to continue to fund or maintain Eurodollar Rate Advances hereunder, then, on notice thereof and demand therefor by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (i) each Eurodollar Rate Advance under each Facility which such Lender has a Commitment will automatically, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor or, if required by applicable law, immediately, Convert into a Base Rate Advance and (ii) the obligation of the Appropriate Lenders to make, or to Convert Advances into, Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower that such Lender has determined that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

      20. Payments and Computations
      21. . The Borrower shall make each payment hereunder and under the Notes, irrespective of any right of counterclaim or set-off (except as otherwise provided in Section 2.15), not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the day when due in U.S. dollars to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent's Account in same day funds, with payments being received by the Administrative Agent after such time being deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day. The Administrative Agent will promptly thereafter cause like funds to be distributed (i) if such payment by the Borrower is in respect of principal, interest, commitment fees or any other Obligation then payable hereunder and under the Notes to more than one Lender Party, to such Lender Parties for the account of their respective Applicable Lending Offices ratably in accordance with the amounts of such respective Obligations then payable to such Lender Parties and (ii) if such payment by the Borrower is in respect of any Obligation then payable hereunder to one Lender Party, to such Lender Party for the account of its Applicable Lending Office, in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon its acceptance of an Assignment and Acceptance and recording of the information contained therein in the Register pursuant to Section 9.07(d), from and after the effective date of such Assignment and Acceptance, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments hereunder and under the Notes in respect of the interest assigned thereby to the Lender Party assignee thereunder, and the parties to such Assignment and Acceptance shall make all appropriate adjustments in such payments for periods prior to such effective date directly between themselves.

        1. The Borrower hereby authorizes each Lender Party and each of its Affiliates, if and to the extent payment owed to such Lender Party is not made when due hereunder or, in the case of a Lender, under the Note held by such Lender, to charge from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against any and all of the Borrower's accounts with such Lender Party or such Affiliate any amount so due.
        2. All computations of interest and of fees and Letter of Credit commissions shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis of a year of 360 days, in each case for the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest, fees or commissions are payable. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate, fee or commission hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
        3. Whenever any payment hereunder or under the Notes shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest or commitment fee, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Advances to be made in the next following calendar month, such payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day.
        4. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to any Lender Party hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment in full, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent on such date and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each such Lender Party on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender Party. If and to the extent the Borrower shall not have so made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent, each such Lender Party shall repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such Lender Party together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender Party until the date such Lender Party repays such amount to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.
        5. W henever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Agents and the Lender Parties under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Agents and the Lender Parties in the following order of priority:

        (i) first, to the payment of all of the fees, indemnification payments, costs and expenses that are due and payable to the Agents (solely in their respective capacities as Agents) under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such fees, indemnification payments, costs and expenses owing to the Agents on such date;

        (ii) second, to the payment of all of the fees, indemnification payments, costs and expenses that are due and payable to the Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Bank (solely in their respective capacities as such) under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such fees, indemnification payments, costs and expenses owing to the Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Bank on such date;

        (iii) third, to the payment of all of the indemnification payments, costs and expenses that are due and payable to the Lenders under Section 9.04 hereof, Section 12 of the Subsidiary Guaranty, Section 21 of the Security Agreement and any similar section of any of the other Loan Documents on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such indemnification payments, costs and expenses owing to the Lenders on such date;

        (iv) fourth, to the payment of all of the amounts that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties under Sections 2.10 and 2.12 hereof and Section 5 of the Subsidiary Guaranty on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts thereof owing to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties on such date;

        (v) fifth, to the payment of all of the fees that are due and payable to the Lenders under Section 2.08(a) on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate Commitments of the Lenders under the Facilities on such date;

        (vi) sixth, to the payment of all of the accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations of the Borrower under or in respect of the Loan Documents that is due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties under Section 2.07(b) on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such interest owing to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties on such date;

        (vii) seventh, to the payment of all of the accrued and unpaid interest on the Advances that is due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties under Section 2.07(a) on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such interest owing to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties on such date;

        (viii) eighth, to the payment of the principal amount of all of the outstanding Advances that is due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such principal owing to the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties on such date; and

        (ix) ninth, to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties owing under or in respect of the Loan Documents that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date.

        If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents under circumstances for which the Loan Documents do not specify the Advances or the Facility to which, or the manner in which, such funds are to be applied, the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lender Parties in accordance with such Lender Party's Pro Rata Share of the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Advances outstanding at such time and (b) the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time, in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Advances or other Obligations then owing to such Lender Party as the Administrative Agent shall direct.

      22. Taxes
      23. . (a) Any and all payments by the Borrower hereunder or under the Notes shall be made, in accordance with Section 2.11, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lender Party and each Agent, taxes that are imposed on its overall net income by the United States and taxes that are imposed on its overall net income (and franchise taxes imposed in lieu thereof) by the state or foreign jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender Party or such Agent, as the case may be, is organized or any political subdivision thereof and, in the case of each Lender Party, taxes that are imposed on its overall net income (and franchise taxes imposed in lieu thereof) by the state or foreign jurisdiction of such Lender Party's Applicable Lending Office or any political subdivision thereof (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities in respect of payments hereunder or under the Notes being hereinafter referred to as " Taxes "). If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under any Note to any Lender Party or any Agent, (i) the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as may be necessary so that after the Borrower and the Administrative Agent have made all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.12) such Lender Party or such Agent, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make all such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.

        (b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any present or future stamp, documentary, excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies that arise from any payment made by the Borrower hereunder or under the Notes or from the execution, delivery or registration of, performance under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents (hereinafter referred to as " Other Taxes ").

        (c) The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender Party and each Agent for and hold them harmless against the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes, and for the full amount of taxes of any kind imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2.12, imposed on or paid by such Lender Party or such Agent (as the case may be) and any liability (including penalties, additions to tax, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto. This indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the date such Lender Party or such Agent (as the case may be) makes written demand therefor.

        (d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent, at its address referred to in Section 9.02, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing such payment. In the case of any payment hereunder or under the Notes by or on behalf of the Borrower through an account or branch outside the United States or by or on behalf of the Borrower by a payor that is not a United States person, if the Borrower determine that no Taxes are payable in respect thereof, the Borrower shall furnish, or shall cause such payor to furnish, to the Administrative Agent, at such address, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Administrative Agent stating that such payment is exempt from Taxes. For purposes of subsections (d) and (e) of this Section 2.12, the terms " United States " and " United States person " shall have the meanings specified in Section 7701 of the Internal Revenue Code.

        (e) Each Lender Party organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States shall, on or prior to the date of its execution and delivery of this Agreement in the case of each Initial Lender or Initial Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and on the date of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it becomes a Lender Party in the case of each other Lender Party, and from time to time thereafter as requested in writing by the Borrower (but only so long thereafter as such Lender Party remains lawfully able to do so), provide each of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with two original Internal Revenue Service forms 1001 or 4224, as appropriate, or any successor or other form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, certifying that such Lender Party is exempt from or entitled to a reduced rate of United States withholding tax on payments pursuant to this Agreement or the Notes. If the forms provided by a Lender Party at the time such Lender Party first becomes a party to this Agreement indicate a United States interest withholding tax rate in excess of zero, withholding tax at such rate shall be considered excluded from Taxes unless and until such Lender Party provides the appropriate forms certifying that a lesser rate applies, whereupon withholding tax at such lesser rate only shall be considered excluded from Taxes for periods governed by such forms; provided, however, that if, at the effective date of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which a Lender Party becomes a party to this Agreement, the Lender Party assignor was entitled to payments under subsection (a) of this Section 2.12 in respect of United States withholding tax with respect to interest paid at such date, then, to such extent, the term Taxes shall include (in addition to withholding taxes that may be imposed in the future or other amounts otherwise includable in Taxes) United States withholding tax, if any, applicable with respect to the Lender Party assignee on such date. If any form or document referred to in this subsection (e) requires the disclosure of information, other than information necessary to compute the tax payable and information required on the date hereof by Internal Revenue Service form 1001 or 4224, that the Lender Party reasonably considers to be confidential, the Lender Party shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and shall not be obligated to include in such form or document such confidential information.

        (f) For any period with respect to which a Lender Party has failed to provide the Borrower with the appropriate form described in subsection (e) above ( other than if such failure is due to a change in law occurring after the date on which a form originally was required to be provided or if such form otherwise is not required under subsection (e) above), such Lender Party shall not be entitled to indemnification under subsection (a) or (c) of this Section 2.12 with respect to Taxes imposed by the United States by reason of such failure; provided, however, that should a Lender Party become subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form required hereunder, the Borrower shall take such steps as such Lender Party shall reasonably request to assist such Lender Party to recover such Taxes.

      24. Sharing of Payments, Etc .
      25. If any Lender Party shall obtain at any time any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise, other than as a result of an assignment pursuant to Section 9.07) (a) on account of Obligations due and payable to such Lender Party hereunder and under the Notes at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations due and payable to such Lender Party at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations due and payable to all Lender Parties hereunder and under the Notes at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations due and payable to all Lender Parties hereunder and under the Notes at such time obtained by all the Lender Parties at such time or (b) on account of Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender Party hereunder and under the Notes at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations owing to such Lender Party at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lender Parties hereunder and under the Notes at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lender Parties hereunder and under the Notes at such time obtained by all of the Lender Parties at such time, such Lender Party shall forthwith purchase from the other Lender Parties such interests or participating interests in the Obligations due and payable or owing to them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender Party to share the excess payment ratably with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender Party, such purchase from each other Lender Party shall be rescinded and such other Lender Party shall repay to the purchasing Lender Party the purchase price to the extent of such Lender Party's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the purchase price paid to such Lender Party to (ii) the aggregate purchase price paid to all Lender Parties) of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Lender Party's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such other Lender Party's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender Party) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender Party in respect of the total amount so recovered. The Borrower agrees that any Lender Party so purchasing a participation from another Lender Party pursuant to this Section 2.13 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender Party were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

      26. Use of Proceeds
      27. . The proceeds of the Advances and issuances of Letters of Credit shall be available (and the Borrower agrees that it shall use such proceeds and Letters of Credit) solely to: (i) refinance certain amounts outstanding under the DIP Credit Agreement; (ii) make any payments contemplated by the Plan of Reorganization in connection with pre-petition claims; (iii) make any payments related to or required to effect the Transaction; and (iv) to provide financing for working capital, letters of credit, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes.

      28. Defaulting Lenders
      29. . (a)  In the event that, at any one time, (i) any Lender Party shall be a Defaulting Lender, (ii) such Defaulting Lender shall owe a Defaulted Advance to the Borrower and (iii) the Borrower shall be required to make any payment hereunder or under any other Loan Document to or for the account of such Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, so long as no Default shall occur or be continuing at such time and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, set off and otherwise apply the Obligation of the Borrower to make such payment to or for the account of such Defaulting Lender against the obligation of such Defaulting Lender to make such Defaulted Advance. In the event that, on any date, the Borrower shall so set off and otherwise apply its obligation to make any such payment against the obligation of such Defaulting Lender to make any such Defaulted Advance on or prior to such date, the amount so set off and otherwise applied by the Borrower shall constitute for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents an Advance by such Defaulting Lender made on the date of such setoff under the Facility pursuant to which such Defaulted Advance was originally required to have been made pursuant to Section 2.01. Such Advance shall be considered, for all purposes of this Agreement, to comprise part of the Borrowing in connection with which such Defaulted Advance was originally required to have been made pursuant to Section 2.01, even if the other Advances comprising such Borrowing shall be Eurodollar Rate Advances on the date such Advance is deemed to be made pursuant to this subsection (a). The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent at any time the Borrower exercises its right of set-off pursuant to this subsection (a) and shall set forth in such notice (A) the name of the Defaulting Lender and the Defaulted Advance required to be made by such Defaulting Lender and (B) the amount set off and otherwise applied in respect of such Defaulted Advance pursuant to this subsection (a). Any portion of such payment otherwise required to be made by the Borrower to or for the account of such Defaulting Lender which is paid by the Borrower, after giving effect to the amount set off and otherwise applied by the Borrower pursuant to this subsection (a), shall be applied by the Administrative Agent as specified in subsection (b) or (c) of this Section 2.15.

        (b) In the event that, at any one time, (i) any Lender Party shall be a Defaulting Lender, (ii) such Defaulting Lender shall owe a Defaulted Amount to any Agent or any of the other Lender Parties and (iii) the Borrower shall make any payment hereunder or under any other Loan Document to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender, then the Administrative Agent may, on its behalf or on behalf of such other Agents or such other Lender Parties and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, apply at such time the amount so paid by the Borrower to or for the account of such Defaulting Lender to the payment of each such Defaulted Amount to the extent required to pay such Defaulted Amount. In the event that the Administrative Agent shall so apply any such amount to the payment of any such Defaulted Amount on any date, the amount so applied by the Administrative Agent shall constitute for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents payment, to such extent, of such Defaulted Amount on such date. Any such amount so applied by the Administrative Agent shall be retained by the Administrative Agent or distributed by the Administrative Agent to such other Agents or such other Lender Parties, ratably in accordance with the respective portions of such Defaulted Amounts payable at such time to the Administrative Agent, such other Agents and such other Lender Parties and, if the amount of such payment made by the Borrower shall at such time be insufficient to pay all Defaulted Amounts owing at such time to the Administrative Agent, such other Agents and such other Lender Parties, in the following order of priority:

        (i) first, to the Agents for any Defaulted Amounts then owing to them, in their capacities as such, ratably in accordance with such respective Defaulted Amounts then owing to the Agents;

        (ii) second, to the Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Bank for any Defaulted Amounts then owing to them, in their capacities as such, ratably in accordance with such respective Defaulted Amounts then owing to the Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Bank; and

        (iii) third, to any other Lender Parties for any Defaulted Amounts then owing to such other Lender Parties, ratably in accordance with such respective Defaulted Amounts then owing to such other Lender Parties.

        Any portion of such amount paid by the Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender remaining, after giving effect to the amount applied by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this subsection (b), shall be applied by the Administrative Agent as specified in subsection (c) of this Section 2.15.

        (c) In the event that, at any one time, (i) any Lender Party shall be a Defaulting Lender, (ii) such Defaulting Lender shall not owe a Defaulted Advance or a Defaulted Amount and (iii) the Borrower, any Agent or any other Lender Party shall be required to pay or distribute any amount hereunder or under any other Loan Document to or for the account of such Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower or such Agent or such other Lender Party shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent to be held by the Administrative Agent, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in escrow or the Administrative Agent shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, hold in escrow such amount otherwise held by it. Any funds held by the Administrative Agent in escrow under this subsection (c) shall be deposited by the Administrative Agent in an account with a bank (the " Escrow Bank ") selected by the Administrative Agent, in the name and under the control of the Administrative Agent, but subject to the provisions of this subsection (c). The terms applicable to such account, including the rate of interest payable with respect to the credit balance of such account from time to time, shall be the Escrow Bank's standard terms applicable to escrow accounts maintained with it. Any interest credited to such account from time to time shall be held by the Administrative Agent in escrow under, and applied by the Administrative Agent from time to time in accordance with the provisions of, this subsection (c). The Administrative Agent shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, apply all funds so held in escrow from time to time to the extent necessary to make any Advances required to be made by such Defaulting Lender and to pay any amount payable by such Defaulting Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender Party, as and when such Advances or amounts are required to be made or paid and, if the amount so held in escrow shall at any time be insufficient to make and pay all such Advances and amounts required to be made or paid at such time, in the following order of priority:

        (i) first, to the Agents for any amounts then due and payable by such Defaulting Lender to them hereunder, in their capacities as such, ratably in accordance with such amounts then due and payable to the Agents;

        (ii) second, to the Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Bank for any amounts then due and payable to them hereunder, in their capacities as such, by such Defaulting Lender, ratably in accordance with such amounts then due and payable to the Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Bank;

        (iii) third, to any other Lender Parties for any amount then due and payable by such Defaulting Lender to such other Lender Parties hereunder, ratably in accordance with such respective amounts then due and payable to such other Lender Parties; and

        (iv) fourth, to the Borrower for any Advance then required to be made by such Defaulting Lender to the Borrower pursuant to a Commitment of such Defaulting Lender.

        In the event that any Lender Party that is a Defaulting Lender shall, at any time, cease to be a Defaulting Lender, any funds held by the Administrative Agent in escrow at such time with respect to such Lender Party shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent to such Lender Party and applied by such Lender Party to the Obligations owing to such Lender Party at such time under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents ratably in accordance with the respective amounts of such Obligations outstanding at such time.

        (d) The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.15 are in addition to other rights and remedies that the Borrower may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Defaulted Advance and that any Agent or any Lender Party may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Defaulted Amount.

      30. Evidence of Debt

    . (a) Each Lender Party shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender Party resulting from each Advance owing to such Lender Party from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender Party from time to time hereunder. The Borrower agrees that upon notice by any Lender Party to the Borrower (with a copy of such notice to the Administrative Agent) to the effect that a promissory note or other evidence of indebtedness is required or appropriate in order for such Lender Party to evidence (whether for purposes of pledge, enforcement or otherwise) the Advances owing to, or to be made by, such Lender Party, the Borrower shall promptly execute and deliver to such Lender Party, with a copy to the Administrative Agent, a Note in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, payable to the order of such Lender Party in a principal amount equal to the Working Capital Commitment of such Lender Party. All references to Notes in the Loan Documents shall mean Notes, if any, to the extent issued hereunder.

    (b) The Register maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.07(d) shall include a control account, and a subsidiary account for each Lender Party, in which accounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the date and amount of each Borrowing made hereunder, the Type of Advances comprising such Borrowing and, if appropriate, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the terms of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it, (iii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender Party hereunder, and (iv) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent from the Borrower hereunder and each Lender Party's share thereof.

    (c) Entries made in good faith by the Administrative Agent in the Register pursuant to subsection (b) above, and by each Lender Party in its account or accounts pursuant to subsection (a) above, shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to, in the case of the Register, each Lender Party and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender Party, under this Agreement, absent manifest error; provided, however, that the failure of the Administrative Agent or such Lender Party to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement.



  2. CONDITIONS OF LENDING AND
    ISSUANCES OF LETTERS OF CREDIT
      1. Conditions Precedent to Initial Extension of Credit
      2. . The obligation of each Lender to make an Advance or of the Issuing Bank to issue a Letter of Credit on the occasion of the Initial Extension of Credit hereunder is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent before or concurrently with the Initial Extension of Credit, which shall occur no later than August 31, 2001:

          1. The Administrative Agent shall have received on or before the day of the Initial Extension of Credit the following, each dated such day (unless otherwise specified), in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (unless otherwise specified) and (except for the Notes) in sufficient copies for each Lender Party:
              1. The Notes payable to the order of the Lenders to the extent requested in accordance with Section 2.16.
              2. A security agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto (together with each other security agreement and security agreement supplement delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(j), in each case as amended, the " Security Agreement "), duly executed by each Loan Party, together with:
                  1. certificates representing the Pledged Shares referred to therein accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank and instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt indorsed in blank,
                  2. acknowledgment copies of proper financing statements, duly filed on or before the day of the Initial Extension of Credit under the Uniform Commercial Code of all jurisdictions that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect and protect the first priority liens and security interests created under the Security Agreement, covering the Collateral described in the Security Agreement,
                  3. completed requests for information, dated on or before the date of the Initial Extension of Credit, listing the financing statements referred to in clause (B) above and all other effective financing statements filed in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (B) above that name any Loan Party as debtor, together with copies of such other financing statements,
                  4. evidence of the completion of all other recordings and filings of or with respect to the Security Agreement that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect and protect the Liens created thereby,
                  5. evidence of the insurance required by the terms of the Security Agreement,
                  6. the Pledged Account Letters referred to in the Security Agreement, duly executed by each Pledged Account Bank listed on Schedule 3.01(A)(ii)(F) or, in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent with respect to such Pledged Account Banks that will not execute a Pledged Account Letter, copies of duly executed Pledged Instructions Letter, in the form of Exhibit L hereto, provided by the applicable Pledgor (as defined in the Security Agreement) and acknowledged by Pledged Account Bank.
                  7. evidence that all other action that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect and protect the first priority liens and security interests created under the Security Agreement has been taken (including, without limitation, receipt of duly executed payoff letters, UCC-3 termination statements and landlords' and bailees' waiver and consent agreements).
              3. A guaranty in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto (together with each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(j), in each case as amended, the " Subsidiary Guaranty "), duly executed by each Subsidiary Guarantor.
              4. An intercreditor agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit M hereto, duly executed by each of the parties thereto (the " Intercreditor Agreement ").
              5. Certified copies of the resolutions of the board of directors, board of members, manager(s) or general partners, as applicable, of each Loan Party approving the Transaction and each Transaction Document to which it is or is to be a party, and of all documents evidencing other necessary corporate or partnership action and governmental and other third party approvals and consents, if any, with respect to the Transaction and each Transaction Document to which it is or is to be a party.
              6. A copy of a certificate of the Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of organization or reorganization of each Loan Party as set forth on Schedule 3.01(a)(vi), dated reasonably near the date of the Initial Extension of Credit, certifying (A) as to a true and correct copy of the articles or incorporation, articles of organization or certificate of formation, as applicable, of such Loan Party and each amendment thereto on file in its office and (B) that (1) such amendments are the only amendments to such Loan Party's articles or incorporation, articles of organization or certificate of formation, as applicable, on file in its office, (2) such Loan Party has paid all franchise taxes to the date of such certificate and (3) such Loan Party is duly organized and in good standing or presently subsisting under the laws of the State of the jurisdiction of its organization.
              7. A copy of a certificate of the Secretary of State of each of the States listed on Schedule 3.01(a)(vii), dated reasonably near the date of the Initial Extension of Credit, with respect to each Loan Party as listed on Schedule 3.01(a)(vii), stating that such Loan Party is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign entity and has filed all annual reports required to be filed to the date of such certificate.
              8. A certificate of each Loan Party, signed on behalf of such Loan Party by a duly authorized officer of such Loan Party, dated the date of the Initial Extension of Credit (the statements made in which certificate shall be true on and as of the date of the Initial Extension of Credit), certifying as to (A) the absence of any amendments to the articles or incorporation, articles of organization or certificate of formation, as applicable, of such Loan Party since the date of the Secretary of State's certificate referred to in Section 3.01(a)(vi), (B) a true and correct copy of the bylaws, operating agreement or partnership agreement of such Loan Party, as applicable, as in effect on the date on which the resolutions referred to in Section 3.01(a)(v) were adopted and on the date of the Initial Extension of Credit, (C) the due organization and good standing or valid existence of such Loan Party under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, and the absence of any proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of such Loan Party (D) the truth of the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents as though made on and as of the date of the Initial Extension of Credit and (E) the absence of any event occurring and continuing, or resulting from the Initial Extension of Credit, that constitutes a Default.
              9. A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such Loan Party authorized to sign each Transaction Document to which it is or is to be a party and the other documents to be delivered hereunder and thereunder.
              10. Certified copies of each of the Related Documents, duly executed by the parties thereto and in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender Parties, together with all agreements, instruments and other documents delivered in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent shall request.
              11. Certified copy of the Confirmation Order and evidence that the Plan of Reorganization shall have become effective in accordance with its terms and that it shall have been substantially consummated including, without limitation, payment of all DIP Financing Claims pursuant to Article III. A. 1. D. thereof.
              12. Certificates, in substantially the form of Exhibit G hereto, attesting to the Solvency of each Loan Party before and after giving effect to the Transaction, from its principal accounting officer; and such third-party appraisals and field examinations required under Section 3.01(n) hereof in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, from a nationally recognized appraisal firm, valuation consultant or investment banking firm satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
              13. Such financial, business and other information regarding each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries as the Lender Parties shall have requested, including, without limitation, information as to possible contingent liabilities, tax matters, environmental matters, obligations under Plans, Multiemployer Plans and Welfare Plans, collective bargaining agreements and other arrangements with employees, audited annual financial statements dated February 3, 2001, interim financial statements dated the end of the most recent Fiscal Quarter for which financial statements are available (or, in the event the Lender Parties' due diligence review reveals material changes since such financial statements, as of a later date within 45 days of the day of the Initial Extension of Credit), pro forma financial statements as to the Borrower and forecasts prepared by management of the Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender Parties, of balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements on a monthly basis for each Fiscal Month for the first year following the day of the Initial Extension of Credit and on an annual basis for each year thereafter until the Termination Date.
              14. A letter, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, from the Parent Guarantor to Deloitte & Touche, its independent certified public accountants, advising such accountants that the Agents and the Lender Parties have been authorized to exercise all rights of the Borrower to require such accountants to disclose any and all financial statements and any other information of any kind that they may have with respect to the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries and directing such accountants to comply with any reasonable request of any Agent or any Lender Party for such information.
              15. Evidence of insurance naming the Collateral Agent as additional insured and loss payee with such responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations, and in such amounts and covering such risks, as is satisfactory to the Lender Parties, including, without limitation, business interruption insurance.
              16. Certified copies of each employment agreement with an annual base salary in excess of $200,000.00 with each executive officer of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries as the Administrative Agent shall request.
              17. A Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Issuance, as applicable, and a Borrowing Base Certificate relating to the Initial Extension of Credit.
              18. A favorable opinion of McKinney and Stringer, P.C., counsel for the Loan Parties, in substantially the form of Exhibit H hereto and as to such other matters as any Lender Party through the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
              19. A favorable opinion of Jenkens & Gilchrist, P.C., local counsel to the Lender Parties in Texas, in substantially the form of Exhibit I-1 hereto and as to such other matters as any Lender Party through the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
              20. A favorable opinion of Gordon & Silver, Ltd., local counsel to the Lender Parties in Nevada, in substantially the form of Exhibit I-2 hereto and as to such other matters as any Lender Party through the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
          2. The Lender Parties shall be satisfied with the corporate and legal structure, capitalization, management team and board of directors, board of members, manager(s) or general partners, as applicable, of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries, in each case after giving effect to the Plan of Reorganization, the Equity Interests in which Subsidiaries is being pledged pursuant to the Loan Documents, including the terms and conditions of the articles of incorporation, articles of organization or certificate of formation, as applicable, and the bylaws, operating agreement or partnership agreement, as applicable, and each class of Equity Interest in each Loan Party and each such Subsidiary and of each agreement or instrument relating to such structure, capitalization management team or board of directors, board of members, manager(s) or general partners, as applicable.
          3. The Lender Parties shall be satisfied that all Existing Debt, other than Surviving Debt, has been prepaid, redeemed or defeased in full or otherwise satisfied and extinguished and that all Surviving Debt shall be on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Lender Parties.
          4. Before giving effect to the Transaction, there shall have occurred no Material Adverse Change since February 3, 2001.
          5. There shall exist no action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries pending or threatened before any Governmental Authority, that (i) would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect other than the matters described on Schedule 4.01(f) hereto (the " Disclosed Litigation ") or (ii) purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, and there shall have been no adverse change in the status, or financial effect on any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, of the Disclosed Litigation from that described on Schedule 4.01(f) hereto.
          6. All governmental and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with the Transaction shall have been obtained (without the imposition of any conditions that are not acceptable to the Lender Parties) and shall remain in effect; all applicable waiting periods in connection with the Transaction shall have expired without any action being taken by any competent authority, and no law or regulation shall be applicable in the judgment of the Lender Parties, in each case that restrains, prevents or imposes materially adverse conditions upon the Transaction or the rights of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries freely to transfer or otherwise dispose of, or to create any Lien on, any properties now owned or hereafter acquired by any of them.
          7. The Lender Parties shall have completed a due diligence investigation of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in scope, and with results, satisfactory to the Lender Parties, and nothing shall have come to the attention of the Lender Parties during the course of such due diligence investigation to lead them to believe that the Information Memorandum was or has become misleading, incorrect or incomplete in any material respect; without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lender Parties shall have been given such access to the management, records, books of account, contracts and properties of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as they shall have requested.
          8. The Borrower shall have paid all accrued fees of the Agents and the Lender Parties and all accrued expenses of the Agent (including the accrued fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent and local counsel to the Lender Parties).
          9. The Borrower shall have provided the Administrative Agent with copies of any and all reports, correspondence or other information from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency with respect to GNB, provided , that the provision of such reports, correspondence or information shall not be prohibited by applicable laws, regulations and rules, and the Lender Parties shall be satisfied that GNB is in compliance with the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
          10. The Lender Parties shall be satisfied with the status of the ongoing investigation of the Parent Guarantor by the Securities Exchange Commission.
          11. The Confirmation Order shall be on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and shall not have been reversed, vacated, modified or stayed, no application or motion shall have been filed or served on any Loan Party seeking a stay pending appeal and the Plan of Reorganization shall not have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.
          12. Old Stage shall have been merged with and into the Parent Guarantor, with the Parent Guarantor as the surviving corporation of such merger, in accordance with the terms of the Plan of Reorganization.
          13. The Securitization Program shall have been consummated and the Lender Parties shall be satisfied with the terms and conditions thereof, including Citibank or its Affiliates acting as lead agent and co-purchaser thereof.
          14. The Administrative Agent shall have completed a third-party appraisal of all inventory and, if the Administrative Agent deems necessary or desirable, a field examination of inventory with results satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          15. The Arranger shall be satisfied with the results of a syndication market read and there shall not have occurred any change in loan syndication, financial or capital market conditions generally that, in the Arranger's judgment, would materially impair syndication of the Facilities.
          16. The Borrower shall have delivered to each of the Pledged Account Banks listed on Schedule 3.01(p) a Form of Additional Pledged Account Letter (as defined in the Security Agreement).
      3. Conditions Precedent to Each Borrowing and Issuance and Renewal
      4. . The obligation of each Appropriate Lender to make an Advance (other than a Letter of Credit Advance made by the Issuing Bank or a Working Capital Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and a Swing Line Advance made by a Working Capital Lender pursuant to Section 2.02(b)) on the occasion of each Borrowing (including the initial Borrowing) and the obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue a Letter of Credit (including the initial issuance), renew a Letter of Credit, the right of the Borrower to request a Swing Line Borrowing shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that on the date of such Borrowing, issuance, renewal or increase: (a) the following statements shall be true (and each of the giving of the applicable Notice of Borrowing, Notice of Swing Line Borrowing, Notice of Issuance, Notice of Renewal, or request for increase in Available Amount and the acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of such Borrowing or of such Letter of Credit or the renewal of such Letter of Credit shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that both on the date of such notice and on the date of such Borrowing, issuance, renewal or increase such statements are true):

        (i) the representations and warranties contained in each Loan Document are correct on and as of such date, before and after giving effect to such Borrowing, issuance, renewal or increase and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, refer to a specific date other than the date of such Borrowing, issuance, renewal or increase, in which case as of such specific date;

        (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Borrowing, issuance, renewal or increase or from the application of the proceeds therefrom; and

        (iii) for each Working Capital Advance or Swing Line Advance made by the Swing Line Bank or issuance or renewal of any Letter of Credit, (A) the sum of the Loan Values of the Eligible Collateral minus the Reserve Amount exceeds (B) the aggregate principal amount of the Working Capital Advances plus Swing Line Advances plus Letter of Credit Advances to be outstanding plus the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit to be outstanding after giving effect to such Advance, issuance, renewal or increase, respectively;

        (b) any DIP Financing Claims arising subsequent to the Effective Date shall have been paid in full in cash pursuant to Article III A. 1. D. of the Plan of Reorganization;

        (c) the Confirmation Order shall not have been reversed, vacated, modified or stayed, no application or motion shall have been filed or served on any Loan Party seeking a stay pending appeal and the Plan of Reorganization shall not have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent; and

        (d) the Administrative Agent shall have received such other approvals, opinions or documents as any Appropriate Lender through the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

      5. Determinations Under Section 3.01

    . For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 3.01, each Lender Party shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Lender Parties unless an officer of the Administrative Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents shall have received notice from such Lender Party prior to the Initial Extension of Credit specifying its objection thereto and, if the Initial Extension of Credit consists of a Borrowing, such Lender Party shall not have made available to the Administrative Agent such Lender Party's ratable portion of such Borrowing.



  3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
      1. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower
      2. . The Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

          1. Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation, foreign limited liability company or foreign limited partnership, as the case may be, and in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property or in which the conduct of its business requires it to so qualify or be licensed except where the failure to qualify or be licensed would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) has all requisite power and authority (including, without limitation, all Governmental Authorizations) to own or lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted.
          2. Set forth on Schedule 4.01(b) hereto is a complete and accurate list of all Subsidiaries of each Loan Party, showing as of the date hereof (as to each such Subsidiary) the jurisdiction of its organization, the number of shares of each class of capital stock authorized, and the number outstanding, on the date hereof and the percentage of the outstanding shares of each such class owned (directly or indirectly) by such Loan Party and the number of shares covered by all outstanding options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and similar rights at the date hereof. All of the outstanding capital stock of all of each Loan Party's Subsidiaries have been validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by such Loan Party or one or more of its Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens, except those created under the Collateral Documents and Liens permitted under Section 5.01(a).
          3. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Transaction Document to which it is or is to be a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, are within such Loan Party's powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action, as applicable, and do not (i) contravene such Loan Party's articles of incorporation, articles of organization or certificate of formation, as applicable, and the bylaws, operating agreement or partnership agreement, as applicable, (ii) violate any law, rule, regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award, (iii) conflict with or result in the breach of, or constitute a default or require any payment to be made under, any contract, loan agreement, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease or other instrument binding on or affecting any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties entered into after the Effective Date, or (iv) except for the Liens created under the Loan Documents, result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any of the properties of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries. No Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any such law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award or in breach of any such contract, loan agreement, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease or other instrument, the violation or breach of which could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          4. No Governmental Authorization, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other third party is required for (i) the due execution, delivery, recordation, filing or performance by any Loan Party of any Transaction Document to which it is or is to be a party, or for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, (ii) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (iii) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the first priority nature thereof) or (iv) the exercise by any Agent or any Lender Party of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents, except for the authorizations, approvals, actions, notices and filings listed on Schedule 4.01(d) hereto, all of which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect.
          5. This Agreement has been, and each other Transaction Document when delivered hereunder will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party party thereto. This Agreement is, and each other Transaction Document when delivered hereunder will be, the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms.
          6. There is no action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, including any Environmental Action, pending or threatened before any Governmental Authority that (i) would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Litigation) or (ii) purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, and there has been no adverse change in the status, or financial effect on any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, of the Disclosed Litigation from that described on Schedule 4.01(f) hereto.
          7. The Consolidated balance sheets of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as at February 3, 2001, and the related Consolidated statements of income and Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, prepared by management of the Parent Guarantor, and the Consolidated and Consolidating balance sheets of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as at July 7, 2001, and the related Consolidated and Consolidating statements of income and Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the three Fiscal Months then ended, duly certified by the principal financial officer of the Parent Guarantor, copies of which have been furnished to each Lender Party, fairly present, subject, in the case of said balance sheet as at July 7, 2001, and said statements of income and cash flows for the three Fiscal Months then ended, to year-end audit adjustments, the Consolidated and Consolidating financial condition of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as at such dates and the Consolidated and Consolidating results of operations of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the periods ended on such dates, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, and, except as disclosed to the Lender Parties in writing prior to the date hereof, since February 3, 2001, there has been no Material Adverse Change.
          8. The Consolidated and Consolidating forecasted balance sheets, statements of income and statements of cash flows of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries delivered to the Lender Parties pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(xii) or 5.03 were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were fair in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, the Parent Guarantor's best estimate of its future financial performance.
          9. Neither the Information Memorandum nor any other information, exhibit or report furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent or any Lender Party in connection with the negotiation and syndication of the Loan Documents or pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading.
          10. The Borrower is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, and no proceeds of any Advance or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock.
          11. Neither any Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is an "investment company", or an "affiliated person" of, or "promoter" or "principal underwriter" for, an "investment company", as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Neither any Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is a "holding company", or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company", or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company", as such terms are defined in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended. Neither the making of any Advances, nor the issuance of any Letters of Credit, nor the application of the proceeds or repayment thereof by the Borrower, nor the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, will violate any provision of any such Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.
          12. Neither any Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any indenture, loan or credit agreement or any lease or other agreement or instrument or subject to any corporate restriction under its organizational document or otherwise that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          13. All filings and other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and protect the security interest in the Collateral created under the Collateral Documents have been duly made or taken and are in full force and effect, and the Collateral Documents create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a valid and, together with such filings and other actions, perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations, and all filings and other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and protect such security interest have been duly taken. The Loan Parties are the legal and beneficial owners of the Collateral free and clear of any Lien, except for the liens and security interests created or permitted under the Loan Documents.
          14. Each Loan Party is, individually and together with its Subsidiaries, Solvent.
          15. (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Plan.
            1. Neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any Withdrawal Liability to any Multiemployer Plan.
            2. Neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that such Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or has been terminated, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, and no such Multiemployer Plan is reasonably expected to be in reorganization or to be terminated, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.
            3. Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the most recent annual report (Form 550 Series) for each Plan, copies of which have been filed with the Internal Revenue Service and furnished to the Lender Parties, is complete and accurate and fairly presents the funding status of such Plan, and since the date of such Schedule B there has been no material adverse change in such funding status.
          16. To the best of the Borrower's knowledge and due and appropriate inquiry and except as disclosed on Schedule 4.01(p), the operations and properties of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, all past non-compliance with such Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits has been resolved without ongoing obligations or costs, and no circumstances exist that would be reasonably likely to (A) form the basis of an Environmental Action against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties that could have a Material Adverse Effect or (B) cause any such property to be subject to any restrictions on ownership, occupancy, use or transferability under any Environmental Law.
            1. To the best of the Borrower's knowledge, none of the properties currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; there are no and never have been any underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best of its knowledge, on any property formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; and Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries.
            2. Neither any Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any governmental or regulatory authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law; and, to the best of the Borrower's knowledge, all Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in material liability to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in violation of Environmental Laws except, in each case, where non-compliance with the foregoing is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          17. Neither any Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is party to any tax sharing agreement other than the Tax Agreement.
            1. Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates has filed, has caused to be filed or has been included in all tax returns (Federal, state, local and foreign) required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown thereon to be due, together with applicable interest and penalties, except (i) to the extent prohibited by the Bankruptcy Code in connection with the Cases or (ii) where being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves are being maintained.
            2. Set forth on Schedule 4.01(q) hereto is a complete and accurate list, as of the date hereof, of each taxable year of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for which Federal income tax returns have been filed and for which the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations for assessment or collection has not occurred by reason of extension or otherwise (an " Open Year ").
            3. The aggregate unpaid amount, as of the date hereof, of adjustments to the Federal income tax liability of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates proposed by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to Open Years does not exceed $500,000. No issues have been raised by the Internal Revenue Service in respect of Open Years that, in the aggregate, would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
            4. The aggregate unpaid amount, as of the date hereof, of adjustments to the state, local and foreign tax liability of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates proposed by all state, local and foreign taxing authorities (other than amounts arising from adjustments to Federal income tax returns) does not exceed $250,000. No issues have been raised by such taxing authorities that, in the aggregate, would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          18. Neither the business nor the properties of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries are affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance) that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          19. Set forth on Schedule 4.01(s) hereto is a complete and accurate list of all Existing Debt (other than Surviving Debt), showing as of the date hereof the obligor and the principal amount outstanding thereunder.
          20. Set forth on Schedule 4.01(t) hereto is a complete and accurate list of all Surviving Debt, showing as of the date hereof the obligor and the principal amount outstanding thereunder, the maturity date thereof and the amortization schedule therefor.
          21. Set forth on Schedule 4.01(u) hereto is a complete and accurate list of all Liens on the property or assets of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, showing as of the date hereof the lienholder thereof, the principal amount of the obligations secured thereby and the property or assets of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary subject thereto.
          22. Set forth on Schedule 4.01(v) hereto is a complete and accurate list of all real property owned by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, showing as of the date hereof the street address, county or other relevant jurisdiction, state, record owner and book and estimated fair value thereof. Each Loan Party or such Subsidiary has good, marketable and insurable fee simple title to such real property, free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens created or permitted by the Loan Documents.
          23. Set forth on Schedule 4.01(w) hereto is a complete and accurate list of all leases of real property under which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is the lessee, showing as of the date hereof the street address, county or other relevant jurisdiction, state, lessor, lessee, expiration date and annual rental cost thereof. Each such lease is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the lessor thereof, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
          24. Set forth on Schedule 4.01(x) hereto is a complete and accurate list of all Investments (other than receivables arising from the Securitization Program) held by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries on the date hereof, showing as of the date hereof the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity, if any, thereof.
          25. Set forth on Schedule 4.01(y) hereto is a complete and accurate list of all patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights, and all applications therefor and licenses thereof, of each Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, showing as of the date hereof the jurisdiction in which registered, the registration number, the date of registration and the expiration date.
          26. The Parent Guarantor has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into the Parent Guaranty and each other Loan Document to which it is or is to be a party, and the Parent Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from each Loan Party on a continuing basis information pertaining to, and is now and on a continuing basis will be completely familiar with, the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties and prospects of such Loan Party.
          27. The Confirmation Order has not been reversed, vacated or stayed, no application or motion shall have been filed or served on any Loan Party seeking a stay pending appeal and the Plan of Reorganization has not been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.
          28. The Securitization Program has been consummated and is in full force and effect.



  4. COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER
      1. Affirmative Covenants
      2. . So long as any Advance or any other Obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding or any Lender Party shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Borrower and the Parent Guarantor will:

          1. Compliance with Laws, Etc . Comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, such compliance to include, without limitation, compliance with ERISA and the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Chapter of the Organized Crime Control Act of 1970.
          2. Payment of Taxes, Etc . Pay and discharge, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its property and (ii) all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon its property; provided , however , that neither the Parent Guarantor nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to pay or discharge any such tax, assessment, charge or claim that is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves are being maintained, unless and until any Lien resulting therefrom attaches to its property and becomes enforceable against its other creditors.
          3. Compliance with Environmental Laws . Comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries and all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; obtain and renew, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to obtain and renew, all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and conduct, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to conduct, any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove, mitigate and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws, except if the failure to remove or clean up such Hazardous Materials is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, that neither the Parent Guarantor nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances.
          4. Maintenance of Insurance . Maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations in such amounts and covering such risks as is usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in the same general areas in which the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary operates.
          5. Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc . Preserve and maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to preserve and maintain, its existence, legal structure, legal name, rights (charter and statutory), permits, licenses, approvals, privileges and franchises; provided , however , that the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries may consummate any other merger or consolidation permitted under Section 5.02(d) and provided further that neither the Parent Guarantor nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve any right, permit, license, approval, privilege or franchise if the board of directors of the Parent Guarantor or the board of directors, board of members, manager(s) or general partners, as applicable, of such Subsidiary shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Borrower, such Subsidiary or the Lender Parties.
          6. Visitation Rights . At any reasonable time and from time to time, permit any of the Agents or any of the Lender Parties, or any agents or representatives thereof, to examine and make copies of and abstracts from the records and books of account of, and visit the properties of, the Parent Guarantor and any of its Subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Parent Guarantor and any of its Subsidiaries with any of their officers or directors and with their independent certified public accountants.
          7. Keeping of Books . Keep, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep, proper books of record and account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of the Parent Guarantor and each such Subsidiary in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time.
          8. Maintenance of Properties, Etc . Maintain and preserve, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain and preserve, all of its properties that are used or useful in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.
          9. Transactions with Affiliates . Conduct, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to conduct, all transactions otherwise permitted under the Loan Documents with any of their Affiliates on terms that are fair and reasonable and no less favorable to the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary than it would obtain in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.
          10. Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security . Upon (x) the request of the Collateral Agent following the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, (y) the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Subsidiaries by any Loan Party or (z) the acquisition of any property by any Loan Party, and such property, in the judgment of the Collateral Agent, shall not already be subject to a perfected first priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, then, in each case at the Borrower's expense:
              1. in connection with the formation or acquisition of a Subsidiary other than an Securitization Program Subsidiary, within 10 days after such formation or acquisition, cause each such Subsidiary, and cause each direct and indirect parent of such Subsidiary (if it has not already done so), to duly execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a guaranty or guaranty supplement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, guaranteeing the other Loan Parties' obligations under the Loan Documents,
              2. within 10 days after such request, formation or acquisition, furnish to the Collateral Agent a description of the real and personal properties of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries in detail satisfactory to the Collateral Agent,
              3. within 15 days after such request, formation or acquisition, duly execute and deliver, and cause each such Subsidiary and each direct and indirect parent of such Subsidiary (if it has not already done so) to duly execute and deliver, to the Collateral Agent deeds of trust, trust deeds, mortgages, pledges, assignments, security agreement supplements and other security agreements, as specified by and in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, securing payment of all the Obligations of the applicable Loan Party, such Subsidiary or such parent, as the case may be, under the Loan Documents and constituting Liens on all such properties,
              4. within 30 days after such request, formation or acquisition, take, and cause each such Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent, whatever action (including, without limitation, the recording of mortgages, the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and the giving of notices) may be necessary or advisable in the opinion of the Collateral Agent to vest in the Collateral Agent (or in any representative of the Collateral Agent designated by it) valid and subsisting Liens on the properties purported to be subject to the mortgages, pledges, assignments, security agreement supplements and security agreements delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01(j), enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms,
              5. within 60 days after such request, formation or acquisition, deliver to the Collateral Agent, upon the request of the Collateral Agent in its reasonable discretion, a signed copy of a favorable opinion, addressed to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, of counsel for the Loan Parties acceptable to the Collateral Agent as to the matters contained in clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) above, as to such guaranties, guaranty supplements, mortgages, pledges, assignments, security agreement supplements and security agreements being legal, valid and binding obligations of each Loan Party thereto enforceable in accordance with their terms and as to such other matters as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request,
              6. as promptly as practicable after such request, formation or acquisition, deliver, upon the request of the Collateral Agent in its reasonable discretion, to the Collateral Agent with respect to each parcel of real property owned or held by the entity that is the subject of such request, formation or acquisition title reports, surveys and engineering, soils and other reports, and environmental assessment reports, each in scope, form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, provided , however , that to the extent that any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall have otherwise received any of the foregoing items with respect to such real property, such items shall, promptly after the receipt thereof, be delivered to the Collateral Agent,
              7. upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, promptly cause to be deposited any and all cash dividends paid or payable to it or any of its Subsidiaries from any of its Subsidiaries from time to time into the Collateral Account, and with respect to all other dividends paid or payable to it or any of its Subsidiaries from time to time, promptly execute and deliver, or cause such Subsidiary to promptly execute and deliver, as the case may be, any and all further instruments and take or cause such Subsidiary to take, as the case may be, all such other action as the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to obtain and maintain from and after the time such dividend is paid or payable a perfected, first priority lien on and security interest in such dividends, and
              8. at any time and from time to time, promptly execute and deliver any and all further instruments and documents and take all such other action as the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or desirable in obtaining the full benefits of, or in perfecting and preserving the Liens of, such guaranties, mortgages, pledges, assignments, security agreement supplements and security agreements.
          11. Further Assurances . Promptly upon request by any Agent, or any Lender Party through the Administrative Agent, correct, and cause each of its Subsidiaries promptly to correct, any material defect or error that may be discovered in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation thereof, and
            1. Promptly upon request by any Agent, or any Lender Party through the Administrative Agent, do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, conveyances, pledge agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, trust deeds, assignments, financing statements and continuations thereof, termination statements, notices of assignment, transfers, certificates, assurances and other instruments as any Agent, or any Lender Party through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably require from time to time in order to (A) carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents, (B) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, subject any Loan Party's or any of its Subsidiaries' properties, assets, rights or interests to the Liens now or hereafter intended to be covered by any of the Collateral Documents, (C) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and any of the Liens intended to be created thereunder and (D) assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm more effectively unto the Secured Parties the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Secured Parties under any Loan Document or under any other instrument executed in connection with any Loan Document to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is or is to be a party, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so.
          12. Performance of Related Documents . Perform and observe, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform and observe, all of the terms and provisions of each Related Document to be performed or observed by it, maintain each such Related Document in full force and effect, enforce such Related Document in accordance with its terms, take all such action to such end as may be from time to time requested by the Administrative Agent and, upon request of the Administrative Agent, make to each other party to each such Related Document such demands and requests for information and reports or for action as any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is entitled to make under such Related Document.
          13. Preparation of Environmental Reports . At the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from time to time, provide to the Lender Parties within 60 days after such request, at the expense of the Borrower, an environmental site assessment report for any of its or its Subsidiaries' properties described in such request, prepared by an environmental consulting firm acceptable to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, indicating the presence or absence of Hazardous Materials and the estimated cost of any compliance, removal or remedial action in connection with any Hazardous Materials on such properties; without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent determines at any time that a material risk exists that any such report will not be provided within the time referred to above, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may retain an environmental consulting firm to prepare such report at the expense of the Borrower, and the Borrower hereby grants and agrees to cause any Subsidiary that owns any property described in such request to grant at the time of such request to the Agents, the Lender Parties, such firm and any agents or representatives thereof an irrevocable non-exclusive license, subject to the rights of tenants, to enter onto their respective properties to undertake such an assessment.
          14. Compliance with Terms of Leaseholds . Make all payments and otherwise perform all obligations in respect of all leases of real property to which the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, keep such leases in full force and effect and not allow such leases to lapse or be terminated by the respective landlord or any rights to renew such leases to be forfeited or cancelled, notify the Administrative Agent of any default by any party with respect to such leases and cooperate with the Administrative Agent in all respects to cure any such default, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so.
          15. Cash Concentration Accounts . (i) Maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, main cash concentration accounts with Citibank and deposit accounts into which all proceeds of Collateral are paid with one or more banks acceptable to the Collateral Agent that have accepted the assignment of such accounts to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Security Agreement and (ii) cause all amounts (other than customary reserves in accordance with past practices) on deposit in any Pledged Account to be transferred to a main concentration account maintained with Citibank at the end of each Business Day, except as otherwise expressly permitted under the terms of the Loan Documents.
          16. License to Use Tradenames and Trademarks . Upon any event giving rise to the exercise of the Collateral Agent's rights under Section [19] of the Security Agreement, upon notice from the Collateral Agent to the Borrower of the Collateral Agent's intent to exercise such rights, the Collateral Agent shall have, and the Borrower does hereby grant to the Collateral Agent, a non-exclusive, royalty-free license, without any right to sublicense to any third party (other than in connection with the actual exercise of its remedies under the Security Agreement), in and to such tradenames, trademarks and service marks owned by the Borrower which may be necessary or required by the Collateral Agent to exercise such rights in the collection of any proceeds from Collateral to be applied to the repayment of the Obligations due and owing under this Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents; provided, that the use of such license shall be, and is hereby expressly, limited to those purposes described in this Section 5.01(p).
          17. Post-Closing Deliveries . (i) Additional Pledged Account Letters . As soon as available and in any event within 30 days of the date hereof, provide to the Administrative Agent the Additional Pledged Account Letters referred to in the Security Agreement, duly executed by each Pledged Account Bank referred to in Schedule 3.01(p) or, in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent with respect to such Pledged Account Banks that will not execute a Pledged Account Letter, copies of duly executed Pledged Instructions Letter, in the form of Exhibit L hereto, provided by the applicable Pledgor (as defined in the Security Agreement) to such Pledged Account Bank.

            (ii) Mortgages . As soon as available and in any event within 60 days of the date hereof, provide to the Administrative Agent deeds of trust, trust deeds and mortgages in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto and covering the properties (other than the Excluded Real Property) listed on Schedules 4.01(v) hereto (together with the Assignments of Leases and Rents referred to therein and each other mortgage delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(j), in each case as amended, the " Mortgages "), duly executed by the appropriate Loan Party, together with:
                  1. evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been duly recorded in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to create a valid first and subsisting Lien on the property described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid,
                  2. fully paid American Land Title Association Lender's Extended Coverage title insurance policies (the " Mortgage Policies ") in form and substance, with endorsements and in amount acceptable to the Administrative Agent, issued, coinsured and reinsured by title insurers acceptable to the Administrative Agent, insuring the Mortgages to be valid first and subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all defects (including, but not limited to, mechanics' and materialmen's Liens) and encumbrances, excepting only Permitted Encumbrances, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances under the Loan Documents and for mechanics' and materialmen's Liens) and such coinsurance and direct access reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable,
                  3. the Assignments of Leases and Rents referred to in the Mortgages, duly executed by the appropriate Loan Party,
                  4. evidence of the insurance required by the terms of the Mortgages, and
                  5. evidence that all other action that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to create valid first and subsisting Liens on the property described in the Mortgages has been taken.
      3. Negative Covenants

. So long as any Advance or any other Obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding or any Lender Party shall have any Commitment hereunder, neither the Borrower nor the Parent Guarantor will, at any time:

(a) Liens, Etc . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Lien on or with respect to any of its properties of any character (including, without limitation, accounts) whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or sign or file or suffer to exist, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to sign or file or suffer to exist, under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction, a financing statement that names the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries as debtor, or sign or suffer to exist, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to sign or suffer to exist, any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such financing statement, or assign, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to assign, any accounts or other right to receive income, except:

(i) Liens created under the Loan Documents;

(ii) Permitted Liens;

(iii) Liens existing on the Effective Date and described on Schedule 5.02(a) hereto;

(iv) Liens arising in connection with (1) Capitalized Leases and (2) purchase money Liens upon or in real property or equipment acquired or held by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to secure the purchase price of such property or equipment or to secure Debt incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of any such property or equipment to be subject to such Liens, or Liens existing on any such property or equipment at the time of acquisition (other than any such Liens created in contemplation of such acquisition that do not secure the purchase price), or extensions, renewals or replacements of any of the foregoing for the same or a lesser amount; provided, however, that no such Lien shall extend to or cover any assets subject to such Capitalized Leases or property other than the property or equipment being acquired and no such extension, renewal or replacement shall extend to or cover any property not theretofore subject to the Lien being extended, renewed or replaced; and provided further that the aggregate principal amount of the Debt secured by Liens permitted by this clause (iv) shall not exceed the amount permitted under Section 5.02(b)(ii)(B) at any time outstanding; and

(v) Liens securing Debt permitted under Section 5.02(b)(ii)(E).

(vi) Liens arising in connection with any judgment or order for the payment of money in an amount not to exceed $5,000,000 rendered against any Loan Party, provided that enforcement proceedings shall not have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order and provided further that there shall not have occurred a period of 20 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect.

(vii) Liens created or contemplated by the Securitization Program Documents on the Receivables of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries purported to be transferred to Securitization Program Subsidiaries.

(b) Debt . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Debt, except:

(i) in the case of any Subsidiary of the Borrower, Debt owed to the Borrower or to a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, provided that, in each case, such Debt (x) shall constitute Pledged Debt, (y) shall be on terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (z) shall be evidenced by promissory notes in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and such promissory notes shall be pledged as security for the Obligations under the Loan Documents of the holder thereof and delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement; and

(ii) in the case of the Loan Parties;

(A) Debt under the Loan Documents and any Debt (if any) in relation to the Securitization Program;

(B) Capitalized Leases and Debt secured by Liens permitted by Section 5.02(a)(iv)(2) not to exceed in the aggregate $20,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(C) the Surviving Debt;

(D) indorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(E) Debt extending the maturity of, or refunding or refinancing, in whole or in part, Debt described in clauses (B) or (C) above, provided that (1) the terms of any such extending, refunding or refinancing Debt, and of any agreement entered into and of any instrument issued in connection therewith, are otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents, (2) the terms relating to principal amount, amortization, maturity, collateral (if any) and subordination (if any), and other material terms taken as a whole, of any such extending, refunding or refinancing Debt, and of any agreement entered into and of any instrument issued in connection therewith, are no less favorable in any material respect to the Loan Parties or the Lender Parties than the terms of any agreement or instrument governing the Debt being extended, refunded or refinanced and the interest rate applicable to such extending refunding or refinancing Debt does not exceed the then applicable market interest rate, and (3) in the case of any Surviving Debt, the principal amount of such Surviving Debt shall not be increased above the principal amount, and interest accrued to the date of refinancing, thereof outstanding immediately prior to such extension, refunding or refinancing;

(F) Debt in respect of Secured Hedge Agreements designed to Hedge against fluctuations in interest rates incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with prudent business practice with the aggregate Agreement Value thereof not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding; and

(G) unsecured debt in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed at any time $5,000,000.

(c) Change in Nature of Business . Make, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make, any material change in the nature of its business as carried on at the date hereof.

(d) Mergers, Etc . Merge into or consolidate with any Person or permit any Person to merge into it, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so (except in connection with the Plan of Reorganization), except that any Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge into or consolidate with any other Subsidiary of the Borrower or with the Borrower, provided that, in the case of any such merger or consolidation, the Person formed by such merger or consolidation shall be a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided, however, that in each case, immediately before and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and, in the case of any such merger to which any Borrower is a party, such Borrower is the surviving corporation.

(e) Sales, Etc., of Assets . Sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, any assets, or grant any option or other right to purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any assets (except in connection with the Plan of Reorganization) other than:

(i) Inventory to be sold in the ordinary course of its business;

(ii) uneconomical, obsolete or worn out furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements and equipment in the ordinary course and consistent with past business practice;

    1. any sale, transfer or other disposition of Receivables pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of the Securitization Program Documents;
    2. sales of non-core business assets of the Borrower, provided that (x) the terms of such sale shall be commercially reasonable and (y) the purchase prices shall be paid to the Borrower in cash;
    3. the sale of the Excluded Real Property on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and
    4. the return, release or other disposition of any equipment related to or associated with any equipment lease rejected by the Parent Guarantor during its bankruptcy proceedings or as otherwise provided for in the Plan of Reorganization;

provided that in the case of clauses (ii) and (iv) above, the Borrower shall, on the date of receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale, prepay the Advances pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 2.06(b)(ii).

(f) Investments in Other Persons . Make or hold, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make or hold, any Investment in any Person, except,

(i) Investments by the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in their Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof;

(ii) loans and advances to employees in the ordinary course of the business of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as presently conducted in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,500,000 at any time outstanding;

(iii) Investments existing on the date hereof and described on Schedule 4.01(x) hereto;

(iv) Investments or deposits by and into Granite National Bank, N.A. pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;

(v) Investments consisting of intercompany Debt permitted under Section 5.02(b)(ii);

(vi) Investments by the Borrower in Securitization Program Subsidiaries to the extent contemplated by the Securitization Program Documents;

(vii) extensions of credit to the customers of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business pursuant to any credit card program to enable such customer to purchase inventory from the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(viii) Investments by the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in Cash Equivalents;

(ix) Investments by the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in Secured Hedge Agreements permitted under Section 5.02(b)(ii)(F); and

(x) other Investments in an aggregate amount invested not to exceed $5,000,000; provided that with respect to Investments made under this clause (ix): (1) any newly acquired or organized Subsidiary of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be a wholly owned Subsidiary thereof; (2) immediately before and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; (3) any company or business acquired or invested in pursuant to this clause (vii) shall be in the same line of business as the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and (4) immediately after giving effect to the acquisition of a company or business pursuant to this clause (viii), the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the covenants contained in Section 5.04, calculated based on the financial statements most recently delivered to the Lender Parties pursuant to Section 5.03 and as though such acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter period covered thereby, as evidenced by a certificate of the principal accounting officer of the Parent Guarantor delivered to the Lender Parties demonstrating such compliance.

(g) Restricted Payments . Declare or pay any dividends, purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any of its capital stock or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such capital stock, now or hereafter outstanding, return any capital to its stockholders as such, make any distribution of assets, capital stock, warrants, rights, options, obligations or securities to its stockholders as such or issue or sell any capital stock or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such capital stock, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing or permit any of its Subsidiaries to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any capital stock of the Parent Guarantor or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such capital stock or to issue or sell any capital stock or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such capital stock (except in connection with the Plan of Reorganization), except that, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described in clauses (i) through (iii) below or would result therefrom:

(i) any Subsidiary of any Borrower may (A) declare and pay cash dividends to such Borrower and (B) declare and pay cash dividends to any other Loan Party of which it is a Subsidiary,

(ii) the Borrower may pay cash dividends or otherwise transfer funds to the Parent Guarantor for operating expenses incurred in the normal course of business by the Parent Guarantor or paid by the Parent Guarantor on behalf of the Borrower. Such expenses include all payroll and benefits costs for all Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor, telephone, travel, rent and other occupancy costs, professional expenses, including consulting, audit, accounting and legal expenses, corporate insurance expenses, data processing costs and other operating expenses,

(iii) the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries may repurchase capital stock of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries with the proceeds received and the benefits realized by the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary resulting from or related to the exercise of stock options granted to employees pursuant to stock option plans adopted by the Parent Guarantor or such Subsidiary, which options are exercised in accordance with the terms and conditions described in such plans, provided that the aggregate amount of such proceeds and benefits used by the Parent and its Subsidiaries to purchase such capital stock from such employees shall not exceed $15,000,000.

(h) Amendments of Constitutive Documents . Amend, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to amend, its certificate of incorporation or bylaws or other constitutive documents in any material respect unless such change would not have a Material Adverse Effect or does not adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party under any Loan Document or any Related Document.

(i) Accounting Changes . Make or permit, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make or permit, any change in (i) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted by generally accepted accounting principles in connection with the "fresh start" accounting procedures with respect to the substantial consummation of the Plan of Reorganization or as otherwise required by law or (ii) Fiscal Year.

(j) Prepayments, Etc., of Debt . Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner, or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of, any Debt, except (i) the prepayment of the Advances in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (ii) the prepayment of amounts owing under the Securitization Program Documents and (ii) payments required or permitted to be made in connection with the Plan of Reorganization; provided that with respect to any prepayment under clause (ii) of this subsection (j), (x) no Advances shall be used to make such prepayment, (y) there shall be no concurrent or subsequent reduction in the commitments under the Securitization Program Documents as a result of such prepayment and (z) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or shall result from such prepayment.

(k) Amendment, Etc. of Securitization Program Documents . Cancel or terminate any Securitization Program Document or consent to or accept any cancellation or termination thereof, amend, modify or change in any manner any term or condition of any Securitization Program Document or give any consent, waiver or approval thereunder, waive any default under or any breach of any term or condition of any Securitization Program Document, agree in any manner to any other amendment, modification or change of any term or condition of any Securitization Program Document or take any other action in connection with any Securitization Program Document to the extent that such cancellation, termination, consent, acceptance, amendment, modification, change, waiver, approval, agreement or other action described herein could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing.

(l) Negative Pledge . Enter into or suffer to exist, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to enter into or suffer to exist, any agreement prohibiting or conditioning the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of its property or assets except (i) in favor of the Secured Parties or (ii) in connection with (A) any Surviving Debt, (B) any purchase money Debt permitted by Section 5.02(b)(ii)(B) solely to the extent that the agreement or instrument governing such Debt prohibits a Lien on the property acquired with the proceeds of such Debt, (C) any Capitalized Lease permitted by Section 5.02(b)(ii)(B) solely to the extent that such Capitalized Lease prohibits a Lien on the property subject thereto and (D) the pledge of Receivables under the Securitization Program.

(m) Partnerships, Etc . Become a general partner in any general partnership and, except as contemplated under the Plan of Reorganization, become a general partner in any limited partnership or joint venture, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, other than any Subsidiary the sole assets of which consist of its interest in such partnership or joint venture.

(n) Speculative Transactions . Engage, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage, in any transaction involving commodity options or futures contracts or any similar speculative transactions.

(o) Capital Expenditures . Make, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make, any Capital Expenditures that would cause the aggregate of all such Capital Expenditures made by the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in any period set forth below to exceed the amount set forth below for such period:

Period

Amount

Fiscal Year 2001

$30,000,000

Fiscal Year 2002

$25,000,000

Fiscal Year 2003

$25,000,000

provided, however, that if, for any Fiscal Year set forth above, the amount specified above for such Fiscal Year exceeds the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made by the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries during such Fiscal Year (the amount of such excess being the " Excess Amount "), the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries shall be entitled to make additional Capital Expenditures in the immediately succeeding Fiscal Year in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Excess Amount and (ii) 50% of the amount specified above for such immediately preceding Fiscal Year.

(p) Formation of Subsidiaries . Organize or invest, or permit any Subsidiary to organize or invest, in any new Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Program Subsidiary) except as permitted under Section 5.02(f)(i) or (ix).

(q) Limitation on Payment Restrictions . Enter into or suffer to exist, or permit any Subsidiary to enter into or suffer to exist, any agreement limiting the ability of any of its Subsidiaries to declare or pay dividends or other distributions in respect of its capital stock or make loans or advances to, or otherwise transfer assets to or invest in, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (whether through a covenant restricting dividends, loans, asset transfers or investments, a financial covenant or otherwise), except the Loan Documents.

(r) Plan of Reorganization and Confirmation Order . Make or permit to be made any changes, amendment or modifications, or any application or motion for any change, amendment or modification to the Plan of Reorganization or the Confirmation Order. The parties acknowledge that the foregoing shall not preclude the entry of any order of the Bankruptcy Court approving or authorizing an amendment or modification of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the Plan of Reorganization or the Confirmation Order permitted by Section 9.01 which order shall be acceptable to the Lenders whose consent is required to approve such amendment or modification under Section 9.01.

(s) Lines of Business . Engage to any substantial extent in any line or lines of business activity other than businesses of the same general type as those in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement or which are related thereto or permit Stage Receivable Funding LP, to engage in any business other than as permitted by its constitutive documents.

(t) Employment Agreements . (i) Amend, modify or change in any manner any term or condition, of any employment agreement for an executive or give any consent, waiver or approval thereunder to increase the compensation payable thereunder other than increases that are in the ordinary course and consistent with past business practices or otherwise approved by the compensation committee of such board of directors and (ii) enter into new employment agreements except with existing executives in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past business practices.

(v) Securitization Program . Resign or permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to resign as Servicer under the Securitization Program, except in accordance with the terms and conditions described in the Securitization Program Documents.

      1. Reporting Requirements
      2. . So long as any Advance or any other Obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding or any Lender Party shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Parent Guarantor will furnish to the Agents and the Lender Parties:

        (a) Default Notice . As soon as possible and in any event within two days after the occurrence of each Default or any event, development or occurrence reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect continuing on the date of such statement, a statement of the principal financial officer of the Parent Guarantor setting forth details of such Default and the action that the Parent Guarantor has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

        (b) Annual Financials . As soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year commencing with Fiscal Year ending February 3, 2001, a copy of the annual audit report for such year for the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, including therein Consolidated balance sheets of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year and Consolidated statements of income and a Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, in each case accompanied by an opinion acceptable to the Required Lenders of Deloitte & Touche or other independent public accountants of recognized standing acceptable to the Administrative Agent, together with Consolidating balance sheets of the Parent Guarantor and the Borrower as of the end of such Fiscal Year and Consolidating statements of income and cash flows of the Parent Guarantor and the Borrower for such Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and duly certified by the principal financial officer of the Parent Guarantor as having been prepared in accordance with GAAP and a certificate of the principal financial officer of the Parent Guarantor stating that no Default has occurred and is continuing or, if a Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof and the action that the Parent Guarantor has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

        (c) Quarterly Financials . As soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each Fiscal Year commencing with the first Fiscal Quarter ending August 4, 2001, Consolidated and Consolidating balance sheets of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and Consolidated and Consolidating statements of income and a Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous Fiscal Quarter and ending with the end of such Fiscal Quarter and Consolidated and Consolidating statements of income and a Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous Fiscal Year and ending with the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding period of the preceding Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and duly certified (subject to year-end audit adjustments) by the principal financial officer of the Parent Guarantor as having been prepared in accordance with GAAP, together with (i) a certificate of said officer stating that no Default has occurred and is continuing or, if a Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof and the action that the Parent Guarantor has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto and (ii) a schedule in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of the computations used by the Parent Guarantor in determining compliance with the covenants contained in Section 5.04, provided that in the event of any change in GAAP used in the preparation of such financial statements, the Parent Guarantor shall also provide, if necessary for the determination of compliance with Section 5.04, a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to GAAP.

        (d) Monthly Financials . As soon as available and in any event within 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Month, a Consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Month and Consolidated and Consolidating statements of income and a Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous Fiscal Month and ending with the end of such Fiscal Month and Consolidated and Consolidating statements of income and a Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous Fiscal Year and ending with the end of such Fiscal Month, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding Fiscal Month of the preceding Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and duly certified by the principal financial officer or controller of the Parent Guarantor.

        (e) Annual Forecasts . As soon as available and in any event no later than 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, forecasts prepared by management of the Parent Guarantor, in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of balance sheets, income statements, cash flow statements and projected Borrowing Base availability on a monthly basis for the Fiscal Year following such Fiscal Year and on an annual basis for each Fiscal Year thereafter until the Termination Date.

        (f) Intercreditor Agreement Reports . Promptly when due, a copy of each Store Payment Allocation (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.04(b) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

        (g) Litigation . Promptly after the commencement thereof, notice of all actions, suits, investigations, litigation and proceedings before any Governmental Authority or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, affecting any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries of the type described in Section 4.01(f), and promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any adverse change in the status or the financial effect on any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries of the Disclosed Litigation from that described on Schedule 4.01(f) hereto.

        (h) Securities Reports . Promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all proxy statements, financial statements and reports that any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries sends to its stockholders, and copies of all regular, periodic and special reports, and all registration statements, that any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental authority that may be substituted therefor, or with any national securities exchange.

        (i) Creditor Reports . Promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of Debt securities of any Loan Party or of any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lender Parties pursuant to any other clause of this Section 5.03.

        (j) Agreement Notices . Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all notices, requests and other documents received by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries under or pursuant to any Related Document or instrument, indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement regarding or related to any breach or default by any party thereto or any other event that could materially impair the value of the interests or the rights of any Loan Party or otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect and copies of any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of any Related Document or instrument, indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and, from time to time upon request by the Administrative Agent, such information and reports regarding the Related Documents and such instruments, indentures and loan and credit and similar agreements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

        (k) Revenue Agent Reports . Within 15 days after receipt, copies of all Revenue Agent Reports (Internal Revenue Service Form 886), or other written proposals of the Internal Revenue Service, that propose, determine or otherwise set forth positive adjustments to the Federal income tax liability of the affiliated group (within the meaning of Section 1504(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code) of which the Parent Guarantor is a member aggregating $1,000,000 or more.

        (l) Tax Certificates . Promptly, and in any event within 15 days after the due date (with extensions) for filing the final Federal income tax return in respect of each taxable year, a certificate (a " Tax Certificate "), signed by the President or the principal financial officer or controller of the Parent Guarantor, stating that the Parent Guarantor has paid to the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing authority the full amount that the Parent Guarantor is required to pay in respect of Federal income tax for such year.

        (m) ERISA . (i)   ERISA Events and ERISA Reports . (A) Promptly and in any event within 10 days after any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any ERISA Event has occurred, a statement of the principal financial officer of the Parent Guarantor describing such ERISA Event and the action, if any, that such Loan Party or such ERISA Affiliate has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto and (B) on the date any records, documents or other information must be furnished to the PBGC with respect to any Plan pursuant to Section 4010 of ERISA, a copy of such records, documents and information.

        (ii) Plan Terminations . Promptly and in any event within two Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate, copies of each notice from the PBGC stating its intention to terminate any Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Plan.

        (iii) Multiemployer Plan Notices . Promptly and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan, copies of each notice concerning (A) the imposition of Withdrawal Liability by any such Multiemployer Plan, (B) the reorganization or termination, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, of any such Multiemployer Plan or (C) the amount of liability incurred, or that may be incurred, by such Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate in connection with any event described in clause (A) or (B).

        (iv) Plan Annual Reports . Promptly and in any event within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Internal Revenue Service, copies of each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) with respect to each Plan.

        (n) Environmental Conditions . Promptly after the assertion or occurrence thereof, notice of any Environmental Action against or of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

        (o) Real Property . As soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a report supplementing Schedules 4.01(u) and 4.01(v) hereto, including an identification of all real and leased property disposed of by the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries during such Fiscal Year, a list and description (including the street address, county or other relevant jurisdiction, state, record owner, book value thereof, and in the case of leases of property, lessor, lessee, expiration date and annual rental cost thereof) of all real property acquired or leased during such Fiscal Year and a description of such other changes in the information included in such Schedules as may be necessary for such Schedules to be accurate and complete.

        (p) Insurance . As soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a report summarizing the insurance coverage (specifying type, amount and carrier) in effect for each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries and containing such additional information as any Agent, or any Lender Party through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably specify.

        (q) Borrowing Base Certificate . As soon as available and in any event within no later than the close of business on Wednesday of each week, a Borrowing Base Certificate, as at the end of the immediately preceding Saturday of such week, certified by the principal financial officer, executive vice president, controller, treasurer or assistant treasurer of the Parent Guarantor.

        (r) Other Information . Such other information respecting the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries as any Agent, or any Lender Party through the Administrative Agent, may from time to time reasonably request.

      3. Financial Covenants
      4. . So long as any Advance or any other Obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding or any Lender Party shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries will:

          1. Leverage Ratio . Maintain at the end of each Fiscal Quarter a Leverage Ratio for each Fiscal Quarter of not greater than 3.20:1.0; provided that, for the purpose of determining compliance with the Leverage Ratio during (i) during the Cumulative Period, (A) Debt for Borrowed Money (including Debt incurred in connection with the Securitization Program) and cash balances shall each be calculated as the average month-end balance for each Fiscal Month for the period commencing on the date of the Initial Extension of Credit through the date that such calculation is made and (B) EBITDA shall be calculated for the twelve-month period ending on the date for determination thereof and (ii) thereafter, (A) Debt for Borrowed Money (including Debt incurred in connection with the Securitization Program) and cash balances shall each be calculated as the average month-end balance for each Fiscal Month for the twelve-month period ending on the date for determination thereof and (B) EBITDA shall be calculated for the twelve-month period ending on the date for determination thereof.
          2. Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Maintain at the end of each Fiscal Quarter a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for each Fiscal Quarter of not less than 1.20:1.0; provided that, for the purpose of determining compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (i) during the Cumulative Period, (A) cash taxes, interest expense (including interest expense associated with the Securitization Program and in each case, other than in reference to the determination of EBITDA) and principal payments, shall be determined on a cumulative basis commencing on the date of the Initial Extension of Credit through the date that such calculation is made, (B) EBITDA, operating rent and Capital Expenditures shall each be calculated for the twelve-month period ending on the date for determination thereof and (ii) thereafter, cash taxes, interest expense (including interest expense associated with the Securitization Program), principal payments, EBITDA, operating rent and Capital Expenditures shall be calculated for the twelve-month period ending on the date of determination thereof.
          3. Tangible Net Worth . Maintain at all times an excess of Consolidated total tangible assets over Consolidated total liabilities, in each case, of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries of not less than the amount set forth below for each period set forth below:

Fiscal Quarter Ending

Tangible Net Worth

October 2001

$270,000,000

January 2002

$290,000,000

April 2002 through April 2003

$300,000,000

July 2003 through January 2004

$310,000,000

April 2004 through July 2004

$320,000,000

 



  1. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
      1. Events of Default
      2. . If any of the following events (" Events of Default ") shall occur and be continuing:

          1. (i) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Advance when the same shall become due and payable or (ii) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Advance, or any Loan Party shall fail to make any other payment under any Loan Document, in each case under this clause (ii) when the same becomes due and payable; or
          2. any representation or warranty made by any Loan Party (or any of its officers) under or in connection with any Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made; or
          3. the Parent Guarantor or the Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 2.14, 5.01(e), (f), (i), (j), (o) or (p), 5.02, 5.03 or 5.04; or
          4. any Loan Party shall fail to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed if such failure shall remain unremedied for 15 days after the earlier of the date on which (i) a Responsible Officer becomes aware of such failure or (ii) written notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by any Agent or any Lender Party; or
          5. any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to pay any principal of, premium or interest on or any other amount payable in respect of any Debt of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary (as the case may be) that is outstanding in a principal amount (or, in the case of any Hedge Agreement, an Agreement Value) of at least $1,000,000 either individually or in the aggregate (but excluding Debt outstanding hereunder), when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Debt; or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Debt or otherwise to cause, or to permit the holder thereof to cause, such Debt to mature; or any such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable or required to be prepaid or redeemed (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or redemption), purchased or defeased, or an offer to prepay, redeem, purchase or defease such Debt shall be required to be made, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof; or
          6. any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it) that is being diligently contested by it in good faith, either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 30 days or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall take any corporate or other action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this subsection (f); or
          7. any judgments or orders, either individually or in the aggregate, for the payment of money in excess of $2,500,000 shall be rendered against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii) there shall be any period of 10 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; provided, however , that any such judgment or order shall not give rise to an Event of Default under this Section 6.01(g) if and for so long as (A) the amount of such judgment or order is covered by a valid and binding policy of insurance between the defendant and the insurer, which shall be rated at least "A" by A.M. Best Company, covering full payment thereof and (B) such insurer has been notified, and has not disputed the claim made for payment, of the amount of such judgment or order; or
          8. any non-monetary judgment or order shall be rendered against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there shall be any period of 20 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or
          9. any provision of any Loan Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 3.01 or 5.01(j) shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against any Loan Party party to it, or any such Loan Party shall so state in writing; or
          10. any Collateral Document or financing statement after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 3.01 or 5.01(j) shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease to create a valid and perfected first priority lien on and security interest in the Collateral purported to be covered thereby; or
          11. a Change of Control shall occur; or
          12. any ERISA Event shall have occurred with respect to a Plan and the sum (determined as of the date of occurrence of such ERISA Event) of the Insufficiency of such Plan and the Insufficiency of any and all other Plans with respect to which an ERISA Event shall have occurred and then exist (or the liability of the Loan Parties and the ERISA Affiliates related to such ERISA Event) exceeds $2,500,000; or
          13. any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred Withdrawal Liability to such Multiemployer Plan in an amount that, when aggregated with all other amounts required to be paid to Multiemployer Plans by the Loan Parties and the ERISA Affiliates as Withdrawal Liability (determined as of the date of such notification), exceeds $2,500,000 or requires payments exceeding $1,000,000 per annum; or
          14. any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that such Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or is being terminated, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, and as a result of such reorganization or termination the aggregate annual contributions of the Loan Parties and the ERISA Affiliates to all Multiemployer Plans that are then in reorganization or being terminated have been or will be increased over the amounts contributed to such Multiemployer Plans for the plan years of such Multiemployer Plans immediately preceding the plan year in which such reorganization or termination occurs by an amount exceeding $2,500,000; or
          15. an "Event of Default" (as defined in any Mortgage) shall have occurred and be continuing; or
          16. the Bankruptcy Court or any other court of competent jurisdiction shall enter any order, without the prior consent of the Required Lenders, amending, supplementing or otherwise modifying the Plan of Reorganization, or the occurrence of any reversal, vacation, modification, stay or any application or motion that has been filed or served on any Loan Party seeking a stay pending appeal of the Confirmation Order; or
          17. there shall occur any Material Adverse Change; or
          18. a default shall have occurred and be continuing under any Securitization Program Document, which default has not been cured within the applicable cure period, if any, provided for in such Securitization Program Document;

        then, and in any such event, the Administrative Agent (i) shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Commitments of each Lender Party and the obligation of each Lender Party to make Advances (other than Letter of Credit Advances by the Issuing Bank or a Working Capital Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and Swing Line Advances by a Working Capital Lender pursuant to Section 2.02(b)) and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate, and (ii) shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Required Lenders, (A) by notice to the Borrower, declare the Notes, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Notes, all such interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, and (B) by notice to each party required under the terms of any agreement in support of which a Standby Letter of Credit is issued, request that all Obligations under such agreement be declared to be due and payable; provided, however, that in the event of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any Loan Party, (x) the Commitments of each Lender Party and the obligation of each Lender Party to make Advances (other than Letter of Credit Advances by the Issuing Bank or a Working Capital Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and Swing Line Advances by a Working Capital Lender pursuant to Section 2.02(b)) and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit shall automatically be terminated and (y) the Notes, all such interest and all such amounts shall automatically become and be due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

      3. Actions in Respect of the Letters of Credit upon Default

    . If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent may, or shall at the request of the Required Lenders, irrespective of whether it is taking any of the actions described in Section 6.01 or otherwise, make demand upon the Borrower to, and forthwith upon such demand the Borrower will, pay to the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lender Parties in same day funds at the Collateral Agent's office designated in such demand, for deposit in the L/C Collateral Account, an amount equal to the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding. If at any time the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent reasonably determines that any funds held in the L/C Collateral Account are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Agents and the Lender Parties or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit, the Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, pay to the Collateral Agent, as additional funds to be deposited and held in the L/C Collateral Account, an amount equal to the excess of (a) such aggregate Available Amount over (b) the total amount of funds, if any, then held in the L/C Collateral Account that the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, reasonably determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit in the L/C Collateral Account, such funds shall be applied to reimburse the Issuing Bank or Working Capital Lenders, as applicable, to the extent permitted by applicable law.


  2. PARENT GUARANTY
      1. Guaranty
      2. . (a) The Parent Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the punctual payment when due, whether at scheduled maturity or on any date of a required prepayment or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of each Loan Party now or hereafter existing under the Loan Documents, (including, without limitation, any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments or renewals of any or all of the foregoing Obligations), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise (such Obligations being the " Guaranteed Obligations "), and agrees to pay any and all expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Lender Parties in enforcing any rights under this Guaranty or any other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Parent Guarantor's liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by each Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving any Loan Party.

        (b) The Parent Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that in the event any payment shall be required to be made to the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party under this Guaranty or any other guaranty, the Parent Guarantor will contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by law, such amounts to each other guarantor so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Administrative Agent or any Lender Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents.

      3. Guaranty Absolute
      4. . The Parent Guarantor guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agents or the Lenders with respect thereto. The Obligations of the Parent Guarantor under this Guaranty are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against the Parent Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against the Borrower or whether the Borrower is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of the Parent Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and the Parent Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now or hereinafter have in any way relating to, any or all of the following:

        (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document;

        (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Loan Party under the Loan Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Loan Document, including, without limitation, any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or otherwise;

        (c) any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

        (d) any manner of application of collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Loan Party under the Loan Documents or any other assets of the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries;

        (e) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate or other legal structure or existence of the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries;

        (f) any failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party to disclose to any Loan Party any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any Loan Party now or hereafter known to the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party (the Parent Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party to disclose such information); or

        (g) any other circumstance (including, without limitation, any statute of limitations) or any existence of or reliance on any representation by the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor or any other guarantor or surety.

        This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower, the Parent Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

      5. Waiver
      6. . (a) The Parent Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for performance, notice of nonperformance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Loan Party or any other Person or any Collateral.

        (b) The Parent Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.

        (c) The Parent Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives (i) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of the Parent Guarantor or other rights of the Parent Guarantor to proceed against any of the Loan Parties, any other guarantor or any other Person or any Collateral and (ii) any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the Obligations of the Parent Guarantor hereunder.

        (d) The Parent Guarantor acknowledges that the Administrative Agent may, without notice to or demand upon the Parent Guarantor and without affecting the liability of the Parent Guarantor under this Guaranty, foreclose under any mortgage by nonjudicial sale, and the Parent Guarantor hereby waives any defense to the recovery by the Administrative Agent and the other Lender Parties against the Parent Guarantor of any deficiency after such nonjudicial sale and any defense or benefits that may be afforded by applicable law.

        (e) The Parent Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any duty on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party to disclose to the Parent Guarantor any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter known by the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party.

        (f) The Parent Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Loan Documents and that the waivers set forth in Section 7.02 and this Section 7.03 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

      7. Payments Free and Clear of Taxes, Etc
      8. . (a) Any and all payments made by the Parent Guarantor under or in respect of this Guaranty or any other Loan Document shall be made, in accordance with Section 2.12, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future Taxes and subject to the limitations set forth herein. If the Parent Guarantor shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any Lender Party or the Administrative Agent, (i) the sum payable by the Parent Guarantor shall be increased as may be necessary so that after the Parent Guarantor and the Administrative Agent have made all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 7.04) such Lender Party or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Parent Guarantor shall make such deductions and (iii) the Parent Guarantor shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.

        (b) In addition, the Parent Guarantor agrees to pay any present or future Other Taxes that arise from any payment made under or in respect of this Guaranty or any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or registration of, performance under, or otherwise with respect to, this Guaranty and the other Loan Documents.

        (c) The Parent Guarantor will indemnify each Lender Party and the Agents for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes and for the full amount of taxes of any kind imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 7.04, imposed on or paid by such Lender Party or Agent and any liability (including, without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section) paid by such Lender Party or any Agent (as the case may be) and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto. This indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the date such Lender Party or such Agent (as the case may be) makes written demand therefor.

        (d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes by or on behalf of the Parent Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor shall furnish to the Administrative Agent, at its address referred to in Section 9.02, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing such payment. In the case of any payment hereunder by or on behalf of the Parent Guarantor through an account or branch outside the United States or by or on behalf of the Parent Guarantor by a payor that is not a United States person, if the Parent Guarantor determines that no Taxes are payable in respect thereof, the Parent Guarantor shall furnish, or shall cause such payor to furnish, to the Administrative Agent, at such address, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Administrative Agent stating that such payment is exempt from Taxes. For purposes of subsections (d) and (e) of this Section 7.04, the terms " United States " and " United States person " shall have the meanings specified in Section 7701 of the Internal Revenue Code.

        (e) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Parent Guarantor hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Parent Guarantor contained in Section 7.01(a) (with respect to enforcement expenses), the last sentence of Section 7.02 and this Section 7.04 shall survive the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty.

      9. Continuing Guaranty; Assignments
      10. . This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the latest of (i) the cash payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (ii) the Termination Date and (iii) the latest date of expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (b) be binding upon the Parent Guarantor, its successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Lender Parties, the Administrative Agent and their successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), any Lender Party may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder (including, without limitation, all or any portion of its Commitment, the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it) to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Lender herein or otherwise, in each case as provided in Section 9.07. The Parent Guarantor shall not have the right to assignment rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

      11. Subrogation
      12. . The Parent Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now or hereafter acquire against the Borrower, any Loan Party or any other insider guarantor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Parent Guarantor's Obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party against the Borrower or any other insider guarantor or any Collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Borrower, any Loan Party or any other insider guarantor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash, all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated and the Commitments shall have expired or terminated. If any amount shall be paid to the Parent Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence at any time prior to the latest of (a) the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (b) the Termination Date and (c) the latest date of expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, such amount shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties, shall be segregated from other property and funds of the Parent Guarantor and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or assignment) to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, or to be held as Collateral for any Guaranteed Obligations or other amounts payable under this Guaranty thereafter arising. If (i) the Parent Guarantor shall make payment to the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall be paid in full in cash, (iii) the Termination Date shall have occurred and (iv) all Letters of Credit shall have been expired or been terminated, the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties will, at the Parent Guarantor's request and expense, execute and deliver to the Parent Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to the Parent Guarantor of an interest in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from such payment by the Parent Guarantor.

      13. Subordination

    . The Parent Guarantor hereby subordinates any and all debts, liabilities and other Obligations owed to the Parent Guarantor by each Loan Party (the " Subordinated Obligations ") to the Guaranteed Obligations to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth in this Section 7.07:

    (a) Prohibited Payments, Etc . Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Parent Guarantor may receive regularly scheduled payments from any Loan Party on account of the Subordinated Obligations. After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, however, unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees, the Parent Guarantor shall not demand, accept or take any action to collect any payment on account of the Subordinated Obligations.

    (b) Prior Payment of Guaranteed Obligations . In these Cases relating to any Loan Party, the Parent Guarantor agrees that the Secured Parties shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations before the Parent Guarantor receives payment of any Subordinated Obligations.

    (c) Turn-Over . After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Parent Guarantor shall, if the Administrative Agent so requests, collect, enforce and receive payments on account of the Subordinated Obligations as trustee for the Lender Parties and deliver such payments to the Administrative Agent on account of the Guaranteed Obligations, together with any necessary endorsements or other instruments of transfer, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of the Parent Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty.

    (d) Administrative Agent Authorization . After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent is authorized and empowered, in its discretion, (i) in the name of the Parent Guarantor, to collect and enforce, and to submit claims in respect of, Subordinated Obligations and to apply any amounts received thereon to the Guaranteed Obligations (including any and all post petition interest), and (ii) to require the Parent Guarantor (A) to collect and enforce, and to submit claims in respect of, Subordinated Obligations and (B) to pay any amounts received on such obligations to the Administrative Agent for application to the Guaranteed Obligations.



  3. THE AGENTS
      1. Authorization and Action
      2. . Each Lender Party (in its capacities as a Lender, the Swing Line Bank (if applicable), the Issuing Bank (if applicable) and on behalf of itself and its Affiliates as potential Hedge Banks) hereby appoints and authorizes each Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to such Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. As to any matters not expressly provided for by the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, enforcement or collection of the Notes), no Agent shall be required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of the Required Lenders, and such instructions shall be binding upon all Lender Parties and all holders of Notes; provided, however, that no Agent shall be required to take any action that exposes such Agent to personal liability or that is contrary to this Agreement or applicable law. Each Agent agrees to give to each Lender Party prompt notice of each notice given to it by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

      3. Agents' Reliance, Etc .
      4. Neither any Agent nor any of their respective directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with the Loan Documents, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, each Agent: (a) may treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof until, in the case of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent receives and accepts an Assignment and Acceptance entered into by the Lender that is the payee of such Note, as assignor, and an Eligible Assignee, as assignee, or, in the case of any other Agent, such Agent has received notice from the Administrative Agent that it has received and accepted such Assignment and Acceptance, in each case as provided in Section 9.07; (b) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for any Loan Party), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (c) makes no warranty or representation to any Lender Party and shall not be responsible to any Lender Party for any statements, warranties or representations (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with the Loan Documents; (d) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of any Loan Document on the part of any Loan Party or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of any Loan Party; (e) shall not be responsible to any Lender Party for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of, or the perfection or priority of any lien or security interest created or purported to be created under or in connection with, any Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; and (f) shall incur no liability under or in respect of any Loan Document by acting upon any notice, consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telegram, telecopy or telex) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

      5. CUSA
      6. . With respect to its Commitments, the Advances made by it and the Notes issued to it, CUSA shall have the same rights and powers under the Loan Documents as any other Lender Party and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent; and the term "Lender Party" or "Lender Parties" shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include CUSA and its Affiliates in their respective individual capacities. CUSA and its affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as trustee under indentures of, accept investment banking engagements from and generally engage in any kind of business with, any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries and any Person that may do business with or own securities of any Loan Party or any such Subsidiary, all as if CUSA were not an Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Lender Parties.

      7. Lender Party Credit Decision
      8. . Each Lender Party acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender Party and based on the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender Party also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender Party and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement.

      9. Indemnification
      10. . Each Lender Party severally agrees to indemnify each Agent (to the extent not promptly reimbursed by the Borrower) from and against such Lender Party's ratable share (determined as provided below) of any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Loan Documents or any action taken or omitted by such Agent under the Loan Documents (collectively, the " Indemnified Costs "); provided, however, that no Lender Party shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct as found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender Party agrees to reimburse each Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel) payable by the Borrower under Section 9.04, to the extent that such Agent is not promptly reimbursed for such costs and expenses by the Borrower. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Costs, this Section 8.05 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender Party or any other Person.

        1. Each Lender Party severally agrees to indemnify the Issuing Bank (to the extent not promptly reimbursed by the Borrower) from and against such Lender Party's ratable share (determined as provided below) of any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Issuing Bank in any way relating to or arising out of the Loan Documents or any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Bank under the Loan Documents; provided, however, that no Lender Party shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Issuing Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct as found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender Party agrees to reimburse the Issuing Bank promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel) payable by the Borrower under Section 9.04, to the extent that the Issuing Bank is not promptly reimbursed for such costs and expenses by the Borrower.
        2. For purposes of this Section 8.05, the Lender Parties' respective ratable shares of any amount shall be determined, at any time, according to the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Advances outstanding at such time and owing to the respective Lender Parties, (ii) their respective Pro Rata Shares of the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time and (iii) their respective Unused Working Capital Commitments at such time; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Swing Line Advances owing to the Swing Line Bank and of Letter of Credit Advances owing to the Issuing Bank shall be considered to be owed to the Working Capital Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Working Capital Commitments. The failure of any Lender Party to reimburse any Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any amount required to be paid by the Lender Parties to such Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, as provided herein shall not relieve any other Lender Party of its obligation hereunder to reimburse such Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for its ratable share of such amount, but no Lender Party shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender Party to reimburse such Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such other Lender Party's ratable share of such amount. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of any Lender Party hereunder, the agreement and obligations of each Lender Party contained in this Section 8.05 shall survive the payment in full of principal, interest and all other amounts payable hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.
      11. Successor Agents
        1. . Any Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lender Parties and the Borrower and may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Required Lenders. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Agent's giving of notice of resignation or the Required Lenders' removal of the retiring Agent, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lender Parties, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or of any State thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent and, in the case of a successor Collateral Agent, upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Mortgages, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents, such successor Agent shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents. If within 45 days after written notice is given of the retiring Agent's resignation or removal under this Section 7.06 no successor Agent shall have been appointed and shall have accepted such appointment, then on such 45th day (a) the retiring Agent's resignation or removal shall become effective, (b) the retiring Agent shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents and (c) the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all duties of the retiring Agent under the Loan Documents until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided above. After any retiring Agent's resignation or removal hereunder as Agent shall have become effective, the provisions of this Article VII shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement.
      12. Other Agents

    . Each Lender Party hereby acknowledges that any other Lender Party designated as any "Agent" on the signature pages hereof has no responsibilities or liability hereunder other than in its capacity as a Lender.



  4. MISCELLANEOUS
      1. Amendments, Etc .
      2. (a) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes or any other Loan Document, nor consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed (or, in the case of the Collateral Documents, consented to) by the Required Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all of the Lender Parties (other than any Lender Party that is, at such time, a Defaulting Lender), do any of the following at any time: (A) waive any of the conditions specified in Section 3.01 or, in the case of the Initial Extension of Credit, Section 3.02, (B) change the number of Lenders or the percentage of (1) the Commitments, (2) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advances or (3) the aggregate Available Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit that, in each case, shall be required for the Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder, (C) reduce or limit the obligations of the Parent Guarantor under Section 7.01 or of any Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 1 of the Subsidiary Guaranty or otherwise limit such Guarantor's liability with respect to the Obligations owing to the Agents and the Lender Parties, (D) release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions or permit the creation, incurrence, assumption or existence of any Lien on all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions to secure any Obligations other than Obligations owing to the Secured Parties under the Loan Documents, (E) amend Section 2.13 or this Section 9.01, (F) increase the percentage included in the definition of "Loan Value", (G) consent to any amendment or modification of the Plan of Reorganization or the Confirmation Order or (H) amend the definition of "Required Lenders" and (b) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Required Lenders and each Lender (other than any Lender that is, at such time, a Defaulting Lender) that has a Commitment under, or is owed any amounts under or in respect of, the Working Capital Facility if such Lender is directly affected by such amendment, waiver or consent, (A) increase the Commitments of such Lender, (B) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Notes held by such Lender or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder to such Lender, (C) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes held by such Lender or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder to such Lender, or (D) change the order of application of any prepayment set forth in Section 2.06 in any manner that materially affects such Lender; provided further that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Bank or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights or obligations of the Swing Line Bank or of the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, under this Agreement; and provided further that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by an Agent in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights or duties of such Agent under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

        (b) If, in connection with any proposed amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document as contemplated by Section 9.01(a) above, the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is not obtained, then the Administrative Agent shall have the right to purchase (and such Lender shall sell) the interest of each such non-consenting Lender, together with accrued and unpaid interest, and assume each such Lender's Commitment.

      3. Notices, Etc .
      4. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telegraphic, telecopy or telex communication) and mailed, telegraphed, telecopied, telexed or delivered, if to the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower or any other Loan Party, at the address or the Parent Guarantor at 10201 Main Street, Houston, Texas 77025, Attention: Principal Financial Officer, with a copy to Corporate Counsel; if to any Initial Lender or the Initial Issuing Bank, at its Domestic Lending Office specified opposite its name on Schedule I hereto; if to any other Lender Party, at its Domestic Lending Office specified in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender Party; if to the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent, at its address at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: Michael Schadt; or, as to the Parent Guarantor, the Borrower, the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties and, as to each other party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. All such notices and communications shall, when mailed, telegraphed, telecopied or telexed, be effective when deposited in the mails, delivered to the telegraph company, transmitted by telecopier or confirmed by telex answerback, respectively, except that notices and communications to any Agent pursuant to Article II, III or VIII shall not be effective until received by such Agent. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes or of any Exhibit hereto to be executed and delivered hereunder shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

      5. No Waiver; Remedies
      6. . No failure on the part of any Lender Party or any Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

      7. Costs and Expenses
      8. . The Borrower agrees to pay on demand (i) all costs and expenses of each Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification and amendment of the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, (A) all due diligence, collateral review, syndication, transportation, computer, duplication, appraisal, audit, insurance, consultant, search, filing and recording fees and expenses and (B) the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for each Agent with respect thereto, with respect to advising such Agent as to its rights and responsibilities, or the perfection, protection or preservation of rights or interests, under the Loan Documents, with respect to negotiations with any Loan Party or with other creditors of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries arising out of any Default or any events or circumstances that may give rise to a Default and with respect to presenting claims in or otherwise participating in or monitoring any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceeding involving creditors' rights generally and any proceeding ancillary thereto) and (ii) all costs and expenses of each Agent and each Lender Party in connection with the enforcement of the Loan Documents, whether in any action, suit or litigation, or any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceeding affecting creditors' rights generally (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Administrative Agent and each Lender Party with respect thereto).

        1. The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Agent, each Lender Party and each of their Affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors (each, an " Indemnified Party ") from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) that may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each case arising out of or in connection with or by reason of (including, without limitation, in connection with any investigation, litigation or proceeding or preparation of a defense in connection therewith) (i) the Facilities, the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Advances or the Letters of Credit, the Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby or (ii) the actual or alleged presence of Hazardous Materials on any property of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any Environmental Action relating in any way to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, except to the extent such claim, damage, loss, liability or expense is found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnified Party's gross negligence or willful misconduct. In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 9.04(b) applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, its directors, shareholders or creditors or an Indemnified Party or any other Person whether or not or any Indemnified Party is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents are consummated. The Borrower also agrees not to assert any claim against any Agent, any Lender Party or any of their Affiliates, or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys and agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to the Facilities, the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Advances or the Letters of Credit, the Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
        2. If any payment of principal of, or Conversion of, any Eurodollar Rate Advance is made by the Borrower to or for the account of a Lender Party other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such Advance, as a result of a payment or Conversion pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.09(b)(i) or 2.10(d), acceleration of the maturity of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.01 or for any other reason, or if the Borrower fails to make any payment or prepayment of an Advance for which a notice of prepayment has been given or that is otherwise required to be made, whether pursuant to Section 2.04, 2.06 or 6.01 or otherwise, the Borrower shall, upon demand by such Lender Party (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender Party any amounts required to compensate such Lender Party for any additional losses, costs or expenses that it may reasonably incur as a result of such payment or such failure to pay or prepay, as the case may be, including, without limitation, any loss, cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender Party to fund or maintain such Advance.
        3. If any Loan Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it under any Loan Document, including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel and indemnities, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party, in its sole discretion.
        4. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document, the agreements and obligations of the Borrower contained in Sections 2.10 and 2.12 and this Section 9.04 shall survive the payment in full of principal, interest and all other amounts payable hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents.
      9. Right of Set-off
      10. . Upon (a) the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (b) the making of the request or the granting of the consent specified by Section 6.01 to authorize the Administrative Agent to declare the Notes due and payable pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.01, each Agent and each Lender Party and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and otherwise apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Agent, such Lender Party or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the Obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether such Agent or such Lender Party shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such Note or Notes and although such Obligations may be unmatured. Each Agent and each Lender Party agrees promptly to notify the Borrower after any such set-off and application; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Agent and each Lender Party and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) that such Agent, such Lender Party and their respective Affiliates may have.

      11. Binding Effect
      12. . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and each Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Initial Lender Party that such Initial Lender Party has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, each Agent and each Lender Party and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lender Parties.

      13. Assignments and Participations
      14. . (a)  Each Lender may and, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, if demanded by the Borrower (following a demand by such Lender pursuant to Section 2.10 or 2.12) upon at least 10 Business Days' notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, will assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment or Commitments, the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it); provided, however, that (i) each such assignment shall be of a uniform, and not a varying, percentage of all rights and obligations under and in respect of all of the Facilities, (ii) except in the case of an assignment to a Person that, immediately prior to such assignment, was a Lender or an assignment of all of a Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, the aggregate amount of the Commitments being assigned to such Eligible Assignee pursuant to such assignment (determined as of the date of the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment) shall in no event be less than $5,000,000 under each Facility for which a Commitment is being assigned, (iii) each such assignment shall be to an Eligible Assignee, (iv) each such assignment made as a result of a demand by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 9.07(a) shall be arranged by the Borrower after consultation with the Administrative Agent and shall be either an assignment of all of the rights and obligations of the assigning Lender under this Agreement or an assignment of a portion of such rights and obligations made concurrently with another such assignment or other such assignments that together cover all of the rights and obligations of the assigning Lender under this Agreements, (v) no Lender shall be obligated to make any such assignment as a result of a demand by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 9.07(a) unless and until such Lender shall have received one or more payments from either the Borrower or one or more Eligible Assignees in an aggregate amount at least equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Advances owing to such Lender, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of payment of such principal amount and all other amounts payable to such Lender under this Agreement, (vi) no such assignments shall be permitted without the consent of the Administrative Agent until the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Lender Parties that syndication of the Commitments hereunder has been completed, and (v) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment and Acceptance, together with any Note or Notes subject to such assignment and a processing and recordation fee of $3,500.

        (b) Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in such Assignment and Acceptance, (x) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, hereunder and (y) the Lender or Issuing Bank assignor thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the remaining portion of an assigning Lender's or Issuing Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender or Issuing Bank shall cease to be a party hereto).

        (c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, each Lender Party assignor thereunder and each assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties thereto and hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender Party makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with any Loan Document or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of, or the perfection or priority of any lien or security interest created or purported to be created under or in connection with, any Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (ii) such assigning Lender Party makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Loan Party or the performance or observance by any Loan Party of any of its obligations under any Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.01 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, such assigning Lender Party or any other Lender Party and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (v) such assignee confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes each Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Loan Documents as are delegated to such Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be.

        (d) The Administrative Agent shall maintain at its address referred to in Section 9.02 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lender Parties and the Commitment under each Facility of, and principal amount of the Advances owing under each Facility to, each Lender Party from time to time (the " Register "). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agents and the Lender Parties may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender Party hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender Party at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

        (e) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender Party and an assignee, together with any Note or Notes subject to such assignment, the Administrative Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has been completed and is in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower and each other Agent. In the case of any assignment by a Lender, within five Business Days after its receipt of such notice, the Borrower, at its own expense, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent in exchange for the surrendered Note or Notes a new Note to the order of such Eligible Assignee in an amount equal to the Commitment assumed by it under each Facility pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance and, if any assigning Lender has retained a Commitment hereunder under such Facility, a new Note to the order of such assigning Lender in an amount equal to the Commitment retained by it hereunder. Such new Note or Notes shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such surrendered Note or Notes, shall be dated the effective date of such Assignment and Acceptance and shall otherwise be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto.

        (f) The Issuing Bank may assign to an Eligible Assignee all of its rights and obligations under the undrawn portion of its Letter of Credit Commitment at any time; provided, however, that (i) each such assignment shall be to an Eligible Assignee and (ii) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500.

        (g) Each Lender Party may sell participations to one or more Persons (other than any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates) in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitments, the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes (if any) held by it); provided, however, that (i) such Lender Party's obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, its Commitments) shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender Party shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) such Lender Party shall remain the holder of any such Note for all purposes of this Agreement, (iv) the Borrower, the Agents and the other Lender Parties shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender Party in connection with such Lender Party's rights and obligations under this Agreement and (v) no participant under any such participation shall have any right to approve any amendment or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document, or any consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, except to the extent that such amendment, waiver or consent would reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, in each case to the extent subject to such participation, postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, in each case to the extent subject to such participation, or release all or substantially all of the Collateral.

        (h) Any Lender Party may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 9.07, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant, any information relating to the Parent Guarantor or the Borrower furnished to such Lender Party by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided, however, that, prior to any such disclosure, the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant shall agree to preserve the confidentiality of any Confidential Information received by it from such Lender Party.

        (i) Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, any Lender Party may at any time create a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it) in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

        (j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank loans may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such fund as security for such obligations or securities, provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 9.07, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Loan Documents and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Loan Documents even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

        (k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender Party (a " Granting Lender" ) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (an " SPC" ) the option to provide all or any part of any Advance that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement, provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Advance, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Advance, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Advance pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of an Advance by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Advance were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender Party would be liable, (ii) no SPC shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 and 2.12 (or any other increased costs protection provision) and (iii) the Granting Bank shall for all purposes, including, without limitation, the approval of any amendment or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the Lender Party of record hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $500, assign all or any portion of its interest in any Advance to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Advances to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC. This subsection (k) may not be amended without the prior written consent of each Granting Lender, all or any part of whose Advances are being funded by the SPC at the time of such amendment.

      15. Execution in Counterparts
      16. . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement.

      17. No Liability of the Issuing Banks
      18. . The Borrower assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee of any Letter of Credit with respect to its use of such Letter of Credit. Neither the Issuing Bank nor any of its officers or directors shall be liable or responsible for: (a) the use that may be made of any Letter of Credit or any acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee in connection therewith; (b) the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents, or of any endorsement thereon, even if such documents should prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged; (c) payment by the Issuing Bank against presentation of documents that do not comply with the terms of a Letter of Credit, including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to the Letter of Credit; or (d) any other circumstances whatsoever in making or failing to make payment under any Letter of Credit, except that the Borrower shall have a claim against the Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank shall be liable to the Borrower, to the extent of any direct, but not consequential, damages suffered by the Borrower that the Borrower proves were caused by (i) the Issuing Bank's willful misconduct or gross negligence as determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction in determining whether documents presented under any Letter of Credit comply with the terms of the Letter of Credit or (ii) the Issuing Bank's willful failure to make lawful payment under a Letter of Credit after the presentation to it of a draft and certificates strictly complying with the terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.

      19. Release of Collateral
      20. . Upon the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any item of Collateral of any Loan Party (including, without limitation, as a result of the sale, in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, of the Loan Party that owns such Collateral) in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, the Collateral Agent will, at the Borrower's expense, execute and deliver to such Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents.

      21. Jurisdiction, Etc .
      22. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such New York State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in the courts of any jurisdiction.

        1. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party in any New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
      23. Governing Law
      24. . This Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

      25. Waiver of Jury Trial

. Each of the Borrower, the Agents and the Lender Parties irrevocably waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to any of the Loan Documents, the Advances, the Letters of Credit or the actions of any Agent or any Lender Party in the negotiation, administration, performance or enforcement thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP,

as Borrower

By: SRI General Partner LLC,

its General Partner

 

By ______________________________
Title:

 

STAGE STORES, INC.,

as Parent Guarantor

 

By ______________________________
Title:

 

CITICORP USA, INC.,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

By ______________________________
Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M&S/31150-132/454477_1

 

Initial Lenders and Initial Issuing Bank

CITIBANK, N.A., as Initial Lender and Initial Issuing Bank

 

By ______________________________
Title:

 

[NAME OF BANK], as Initial Lender

 

By ______________________________
Title:

[ETC.]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE I

COMMITMENTS AND APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICES

Name of Initial Lender

Working
Capital
Commitment

Letter of
Credit
Commitment

Domestic
Lending
Office

Eurodollar
Lending
Office

         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         

 

Exhibit 10.6

AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES TRANSFER AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES TRANSFER AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made effective as of this 24 th day of August, 2001, by and between GRANITE NATIONAL BANK, N.A., a national banking association (the "Bank"), and SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP, a Texas limited partnership (the "Purchaser").

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS, the Bank and SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC., a Texas corporation ("Specialty"), previously entered into a certain Receivables Transfer Agreement dated August 1, 1998, as amended by a certain First Amendment to the Receivables Transfer Agreement dated November 9, 1999 (the "Original Transfer Agreement"), which agreement was assigned to and assumed by the Purchaser pursuant to a certain Assignment and Assumption dated even date herewith by and between Specialty and the Purchaser; and

WHEREAS, on June 1, 2000, Specialty, SPECIALTY RETAILERS, INC. (NV), a Nevada corporation, and STAGE STORES, INC., a Delaware corporation, each filed voluntary bankruptcy petitions under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, codified at 11 U.S.C. Section 1101 et seq ., in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the pending emergence from such bankruptcy proceedings, the organizational structure of Stage and its subsidiaries will be significantly revised and modified, and Stage will have negotiated certain exit credit facilities with various lenders to finance the operations of Stage and its subsidiaries following such emergence; and

WHEREAS, due to such organizational structure revisions and the exit credit facilities, the Bank and the Purchaser desire to amend and restate the Original Transfer Agreement to be consistent with the terms and conditions of the exit credit facilities and to govern and control the relationship between the Bank and the Purchaser related to the daily sale of receivables from the Bank to Purchaser.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

" Account " shall mean each credit card account established pursuant to a Charge Account Agreement between the Bank and any Person, which is identified by an account number.

" Affiliate " shall mean, with respect to a particular Person, (a) any Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with. such Person. or (b) any Person who is a director or officer or general partner (i) of such Person, (ii) of any subsidiary of such Person. or (iii) of any Person described in clause (a) above. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect. (i) to vote 5% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power to elect the directors of such Person, or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.

" Authorized Officers " shall mean the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller and any Assistant Controller.

" Bank " has the meaning specified in the preamble.

" Business Day " shall mean any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday or another day on which banking institutions in New York, New York (or such other city(ies) designated by the Purchaser) are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed.

" Charge Account Agreement " shall mean the agreement between a Person and the Bank, which may consist of more than one document, pursuant to which the Bank agrees to make loans to a Person to enable such Person to pay for purchased merchandise or services or to obtain cash advances under a revolving credit plan that permits such Person to purchase merchandise and services or to obtain cash advances on credit, together with any finance charges and other charges related thereto, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

" Closing Date " shall mean August 24, 2001.

" Collections " shall mean all payments received by the Bank, the Purchaser or the Servicer in respect of the Receivables, in the form of cash, checks or any other form of payment in accordance with the Charge Account Agreement in effect from time to time on any Receivables.

" Credit and Collection Policy " shall mean the credit, collection, customer relations and service policies that apply to an Account, as such policies currently exist and as such policies may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time subject to Section 5.01(c) .

" Credit Services Agreement " shall mean the Credit Services Agreement dated as of August 1, 1998, between the Bank and Specialty, as assigned to the Purchaser pursuant to a certain Assignment and Assumption dated August 24, 2001, by and between Specialty and the Purchaser.

" Effective Date " shall mean, with respect to any transaction, the earlier of the date on which such transaction is first recorded on the Bank's or the Purchaser's computer master file of consumer revolving credit card accounts and the effective date of such recordation.

" ERISA " shall mean the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

" ERISA Affiliate " shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is a member of a group of which the Bank is a member and which is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code and the regulations promulgated and rules issued thereunder.

" Finance Charge Receivables " shall mean all amounts billed from time to time to the Obligors on any Account in respect of (i) Periodic Finance Charges, (ii) over limit fees, (iii) late charges, (iv) returned check fees, (v) annual membership fees and annual service charges, if any, (vi) transaction charges and (vii) all other fees and charges.

" Governmental Authority " shall mean the United States of America, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

" Initial Outstanding Balance " of a Receivable means the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable on the Effective Date of such Receivable.

" Lien " shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, participation or equity interest, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing and the filing of any financing statement under the UCC (other than any such financing statement filed for informational purposes only) or comparable law of any jurisdiction to evidence any of the foregoing.

" Multiemployer Plan " shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001 (a)(3) of ERISA to which any Originator or any ERISA Affiliate (other than one considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to subsection (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code) is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.

" Net Ownership Interest " shall mean, with respect to any Receivable, an amount equal to the Initial Outstanding Balance of such Receivable, plus interest or finance charges accrued on such Receivable to such time less the cumulative amount of Collections with respect to such Receivable actually received by the Purchaser or the Bank.

" Obligor " shall mean a Person obligated to make payments with respect to a receivable arising under an Account pursuant to a Charge Account Agreement.

" Outstanding Balance " shall mean, with respect to a Receivable on any day, the aggregate amount owed by the Obligor thereunder as of the close of business on such day (net of returns and adjustments).

" Periodic Finance Charges " shall have, with respect to any, Account, the meaning specified in the Charge Account Agreement applicable to such Account for finance charges (due to periodic rate) or any similar term.

" Permitted Lien " shall mean with respect to the Receivables:  (i) Liens in favor of the Purchaser created pursuant to this Agreement; (ii) Liens in favor of any transferee of the Purchaser; and (iii) Liens which secure the payment of taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies, if such taxes are either (a) not delinquent or (b) being contested in good faith by appropriate legal or administrative proceedings and as to which adequate reserves in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles shall have been established, but only so long as such proceedings could not subject the Purchaser or any transferee of the Purchaser to any civil or criminal penalty or liability or involve any risk of loss, sale or forfeiture of any property, rights or interests covered by this Agreement.

" Person " shall mean any legal person, including an individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint venture, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental entity, or other entity of a similar nature.

" Pooling and Servicing Agreement " shall mean the Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001, among Stage Funding, Purchaser and Bankers Trust Company, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

" Purchase and Sale Agreement " shall mean the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001, between Purchaser and Stage Funding, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

" Purchase Date has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a) .

" Purchase Price " shall mean the Outstanding Balance of Receivables tendered to the Purchaser or offset against amounts owed by the Bank to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.03(a) .

" Purchase Termination Date " shall mean the date on which the Purchaser's obligation to purchase Receivables shall terminate pursuant to Section 6.01 .

" Purchase Termination Event " has the meaning specified in Section 6.01 .

" Purchaser " has the meaning specified in the preamble.

" Purchases " has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a) .

" Receivable " shall mean any account, chattel paper or payment intangible representing the indebtedness of an Obligor under a Charge Account Agreement arising in an Account from a sale of merchandise or services or a cash advance, and includes the right to payment of any interest or finance charges and other obligations of such Obligor with respect thereto. Each Receivable includes, without limitation, all rights of the Bank under the applicable Charge Account Agreement.

" Receivables Statement " has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(a) .

" Related Contracts " has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a)(i) .

" Relevant UCC State " shall mean each jurisdiction in which the filing or a UCC financing statement is necessary or desirable to evidence the Purchases.

" Requirements of Law " for any Person shall mean the certificate of incorporation or articles of association and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation, or determination of an arbitrator or Governmental Authority in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or to which such Person is subject, whether federal, state or local, including, without limitation, usury laws, the federal Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z and Regulation B of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

" Servicer " shall mean the Purchaser or any Person appointed as successor as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to service the Receivables.

" Stage Funding " shall mean Stage Receivable Funding LLP, a Texas limited liability partnership.

" UCC " shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended from time to time. as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction.

Section 1.02. Accounting and UCC Terms . All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (" U.S. GAAP "), and all terms used in Article 9 of the UCC that are used but not specifically defined herein are used herein as defined therein.

ARTICLE II

AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE PURCHASES

Section 2.01. The Purchases .  (a) The Bank does hereby sell, transfer, assign, and otherwise convey, to the Purchaser, without recourse, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under (collectively, the " Purchases "):

(i) all right, title and interest of the Bank in and to the Receivables, if any, existing on the Closing Date and thereafter created and arising in connection with the Accounts, including, without limitation, all accounts, contract rights, chattel paper, instruments, general intangibles and other obligations of any Obligor with respect to any such Receivables, then or thereafter existing, whether or not arising out of or in connection with the sale or lease of goods or the rendering of services, including without limitation, the right to payment of any interest, Finance Charge Receivables, returned check fees or late charges and other obligations of an Obligor with respect to any such Receivables, and all rights in and to all security agreements, and other contracts securing or otherwise relating to any such accounts, contract rights, chattel paper, instruments, general intangibles or obligations (any and all such security agreements and other contracts being the " Related Contracts ");

(ii) all guarantees, insurance and other agreements or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of any Receivables:

(iii) all payment and enforcement rights (but not any obligations) to, in and under the Related Contracts; and

(iv) proceeds of any and all of the Receivables and other assets described in subparagraphs (i) through (iii) above and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments under insurance, or any indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of such Receivables and other assets,

on the Closing Date and on the Effective Date of any such subsequently created Receivable during the period from the Closing Date until the Purchase Termination Date (each such date, including each such Closing Date, being a " Purchase Date ").

(b) The parties to this Agreement intend that the transactions contemplated hereby shall be, and shall be treated as, a purchase by the Purchaser and a sale by the Bank of the Receivables and not as a lending transaction. The sale of Receivables by the Bank hereunder shall be without recourse to, or representation or warranty of any kind (express or implied) by, the Bank, except as otherwise specifically provided herein. If, notwithstanding the express intent of the parties hereto, it is determined that this Agreement does not constitute a valid sale, transfer and assignment by the Bank to the Purchaser of the Receivables and other assets subject to the Purchases, the Bank shall be deemed to have granted to the Purchaser a "security interest" (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the Relevant UCC State) in the Receivables and other assets subject to the Purchases described herein, and this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a security agreement under the UCC in effect in the Relevant UCC State.

Section 2.02. Delivery of Receivables . (a) On each Effective Date, the Bank shall deliver, or shall cause to be delivered, all of its Receivables to the Purchaser. Such delivery shall be evidenced no less frequently than each Business Day by delivering, or causing the Servicer to deliver, to the Purchaser a statement or report or electronic communication (a " Receivables Statement ") specifying to the Purchaser the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Receivables which were transferred to the Purchaser after the date of the last Receivables Statement.

(b) Upon the fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Article III , the delivery to the Purchaser of the Receivables Statement and payment of the Purchase consideration as provided in Section 2.03, all the Bank's right, title and interest in and to such Receivables shall have been sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed and set over to the Purchaser.

Section 2.03. Payments and Computations . (a) The Purchase Price for Receivables purchased from the Bank pursuant to Section 2.01 shall be paid or provided for on the Purchase Date of such Receivables by offsetting the Purchase Price against any amounts due and owing to the Purchaser by the Bank and arising under the Credit Services Agreement or, if no amounts are owing to the Purchaser, by payment in cash in immediately available funds.

(b) All cash payments hereunder to the Bank shall be made not later than the close of business (Central time) on the date specified therefor in lawful money, of the United States of America in same day funds to the bank account designated in writing by the Bank to the Purchaser from time to time.

(c) Whenever any cash payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day.

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS TO PURCHASES

Section 3.01. Conditions Precedent to Purchaser's Purchases . The obligation of the Purchaser to purchase Receivables hereunder from the Bank on the Closing Date and at the date of any Purchase hereafter is subject to the conditions precedent that the Purchaser shall have received on or before the date of such Purchase the following, each (unless otherwise indicated) dated as of the Closing Date or the date of such Purchase and in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser:

(a) a copy of duly adopted resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Bank authorizing this Agreement, the documents to be delivered by the Bank hereunder and the transactions contemplated hereby, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Bank;

(b) a duly executed certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Bank certifying the names and true signatures of the Authorized Officers authorized on behalf of the Bank to sign this Agreement or any instruments or documents in connection with this Agreement; and

(c) (A) executed UCC-1 financing statements with respect to the Receivables, naming the Bank as seller and the Purchaser as purchaser, in proper form for filing in such jurisdictions in which the Purchaser deems it necessary or desirable to perfect the Purchaser's ownership thereof under the UCC or comparable law of such jurisdiction and (B) evidence that all other actions necessary or, in the opinion of the Purchaser, desirable or required to perfect the Purchaser's ownership of the Receivables sold hereunder have been duly taken.

Section 3.02. Conditions Precedent to the Bank's Sale . The obligation of the Bank to make its sale of Receivables hereunder to the Purchaser on the Closing Date is subject to the condition precedent that the Bank shall have received on or before the Closing Date the following, each (unless otherwise indicated) dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank:

(a) a copy of duly adopted resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Purchaser authorizing this Agreement, the documents to be delivered by the Purchaser hereunder and the transactions contemplated hereby, certified by the Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Purchaser; and

(b) a duly executed certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Purchaser certifying the names and true signatures of the Authorized Officers authorized on its behalf to sign this Agreement and the other documents to be delivered by it hereunder.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 4.01. Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser . The Purchaser represents and warrants as to itself as follows:

(a) It (i) is a limited partnership duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its condition (financial or otherwise), operations. properties or prospects, (ii) has the requisite power and authority to effect the transactions contemplated hereby, and (iii) has all requisite power and authority and the legal right to own, pledge, mortgage and operate its properties, and to conduct its business as now or currently proposed to be conducted.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and all instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder by it, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (i) are within its powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary action, including the consent of partners where required, and do not (A) contravene its certificate of limited partnership or limited partnership agreement, (B) violate any law or regulation or any order or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (C) conflict with or result in the breach of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage or deed of trust or any material lease, agreement or other instrument binding on or affecting it or any of its respective subsidiaries or any of its properties or (D) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien except as created or imposed hereunder, and no transaction contemplated hereby requires compliance on its part with any bulk sales act or similar law, and (ii) do not require the consent, authorization by or approval of or notice to or filing or registration with, any governmental body, agency, authority, regulatory body or any other Person other than those which have been obtained except for the filing of the financing statements referred to in Section 3.01 hereof. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms.

(c) There is no pending or, to its knowledge after due inquiry, threatened action or proceeding affecting the Purchaser before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator that may reasonably be expected to materially, and adversely affect its condition (financial or otherwise), operations, properties or prospects, or that purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, and none of the transactions contemplated hereby is or, to its knowledge is threatened to be, restrained or enjoined (temporarily, preliminarily or permanently).

Section 4.02. Representations and Warranties of the Bank . The Bank hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser that, as of the Closing Date and as to matters involving the Receivables arising after the Closing Date, as of the date such Receivables are designated for sale to the Purchaser:

(a) Organization and Good Standing . The Bank is a national banking association, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States. with full power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as such properties are presently owned and such business is presently conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Due Qualification . The Bank is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing (or is exempt from such requirement) in any state required in order to conduct business, and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals required under federal and applicable state law.

(c) Due Authorization . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions provided for in this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Bank by all necessary corporate action on its part and this Agreement will remain, from the time of its execution, an official record of the Bank. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Bank and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Bank, enforceable against the Bank in accordance with its terms.

(d) No Conflicts . The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement, the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and the fulfillment of the terms hereof by the Bank, do not (i) contravene its articles of association or by-laws, (ii) violate any provision of, or require any filing (except for the filings under the UCC required by this Agreement, each of which has been duly made and is in full force and effect), registration, consent or approval under, any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award presently in effect having applicability to the Bank, except for such filings, registrations, consents or approvals as have already been obtained and are in full force and effect, (iii) result in a breach of or constitute a default or require any consent under any indenture or loan or credit agreement or any other agreement, lease or instrument to which the Bank is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound or affected except those as to which a consent or waiver has been obtained and is in full force and effect and an executed copy of which has been delivered to the Purchaser, or (iv) result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any lien upon or with respect to any of the properties now owned or hereafter acquired by the Bank other than as specifically contemplated by this Agreement.

(e) No Violation . The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof will not conflict with or violate any Requirements of Law applicable to the Bank.

(f) No Proceedings . There are no proceedings, or investigations pending or, to the knowledge of the Bank, threatened against the Bank before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,. (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of the Bank, would materially and adversely affect the performance by the Bank of its obligations under this Agreement or (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement.

(g) All Consents Required . All approvals, authorizations, consents, orders or other actions of any Person or of any governmental body or official relating to the Bank and required in connection with the execution and delivery, of this Agreement, the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof, have been obtained.

(h) Bona Fide Receivables . Each Receivable sold hereunder by the Bank is or will be an account receivable arising out of the Bank's performance in accordance with the terms of the Charge Account Agreement giving rise to such Receivable. The Bank has no knowledge at the time of the sale of such Receivable to the Purchaser hereunder of any fact which should have led it to expect that such Receivable would not be enforceable against the Obligor when due.

(i) Place of Business . For purposes of Section 9-307 of the UCC for each Relevant UCC State, the place of business and chief executive office of the Bank is located at 126 North Main Street, Suite 2A, Bowling Green, Ohio 75766. The offices where the Bank keeps its records concerning the Receivables is at 10201 Main Street, Houston, Texas  77025, and the offices where the Bank keeps the related contracts are located at 126 North Main Street, Suite 2A, Bowling Green, Ohio 43402 and 1020 Willow Creek, Jacksonville, Texas  75766.

(j) Use of Proceeds . As of the Closing Date, no proceeds of the sale of any Receivables will be used by the Bank to purchase or carry any margin security.

(k) Not an "Investment Company" . The Bank is not an "investment company" or "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, or is exempt from all provisions of such Act.

(l) ERISA Liens . The Bank owns the Receivables free and clear of any liens, claims (including but not limited to claims of ownership) or encumbrances, including but not limited to federal ERISA liens and claims arising pursuant to 31 U.S.C. Section 3713.

(m) ERISA and the Code . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not involve any transaction by the Bank that is prohibited under Section 406(a) of ERISA or in connection with which an excise tax could be imposed pursuant to Section 4975(a) or (b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), by reason of the prohibited transactions described in Section 4975(c)(1)(A), (B), (C) or (D) of the Code.

The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4.02 shall survive the sale and assignment of the respective Receivables to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement. The Bank shall be deemed each time that it delivers or causes to be delivered a Receivables Statement to represent and warrant to the Purchaser, as of the related Purchase Date, that the representations and warranties of the Bank set forth in Section 4.02, are true and correct as of such date. Upon discovery by the Bank or the Purchaser of a breach of any of the foregoing representations and warranties, the party, discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the other.

Section 4.03. Representations and Warranties of the Bank Relating to this Agreement and the Receivables.

(a) Binding Obligation:  Valid Sale and Assignment . The Bank hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser that as of the date each Receivable is sold hereunder:

(i) This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Bank, enforceable against the Bank in accordance with its terms, except (A) as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights in general, and (B) as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at taw or in equity).

(ii) This Agreement constitutes a valid sale, transfer, assignment, set-over and conveyance to the Purchaser of all right, title and interest of the Bank in and to the Receivables now existing or hereafter created and arising in connection with the Accounts. All monies due or to become due with respect thereto (including all Finance Charge Receivables), all other proceeds of such Receivables, and such Receivables and all proceeds thereof will be held by the Purchaser free and clear of any Lien of any Person claiming through or under the Bank or any of its Affiliates except for Permitted Liens.

(iii) The Bank is not insolvent and has adequate capital to conduct its business as it is presently being conducted.

(iv) The Bank is the legal and beneficial owner of all right, title and interest in and to each Receivable conveyed to the Purchaser by the Bank and each such Receivable has been or will be sold to the Purchaser free and clear of any Lien other than Permitted Liens.

(v) All consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of or registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by the Bank in connection with the sale of the Bank's Receivables to the Purchaser have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect.

(vi) The Bank has clearly and unambiguously marked its primary computer records and its primary, microfiche storage files regarding the Bank's Receivables as the property of the Purchaser and shall maintain such records in a manner that will properly reflect the Purchaser's interest in such Receivables.

(vii) All information with respect to the Accounts and the Receivables provided to the Purchaser by the Bank was true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date or with respect to Accounts created or Receivables arising after the Closing Date, as of the day such Account is established or such Receivable arose, as the case may be.

(viii) Each of the Bank's Receivables has been conveyed to the Purchaser free and clear of any Lien of any Person claiming through or under the Bank or any of its Affiliates (other than Permitted Liens) and in compliance in all material respects with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Bank.

(ix) With respect to each of the Bank's Receivables then existing, all consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of or registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority, required to be obtained, effected or given by the Bank in connection with the conveyance of such Receivable to the Purchaser have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect.

(x) Each Receivable sold to the Purchaser on such day has been conveyed to the Purchaser by the Bank in compliance, in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Bank and, with respect to each such Receivable, all consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of or registrations or declarations with, any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by the Bank in connection with the conveyance of such Receivable to the Purchaser have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect.

(b) Notice of Breach . The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4.03 shall survive the sale and assignment of the respective Receivables to the Purchaser. Upon discovery by the Bank or the Purchaser of a breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4.03 , the party, discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the other party mentioned above. The Bank agrees to cooperate with the Purchaser or any agent of the Purchaser in attempting to cure any such breach.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL COVENANTS

Section 5.01. Covenants of the Bank . So long as the Purchaser shall have any Net Ownership Interest in any Receivables sold by the Bank or until the Purchase Termination Date shall have occurred, whichever is later, the Bank covenants that:

(a) Receivables to be Accounts, Payment Intangibles or Chattel Paper . The Bank will take no action to cause any Receivable to be evidenced by any instrument (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the Relevant UCC State). The Bank will take no action to cause any Receivable to be anything other than an "account," "payment intangible" or "chattel paper" (each as defined in the UCC as in effect in the Relevant UCC State).

(b) Security Interests . Except for the conveyances hereunder, the Bank will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any other Person, or grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any Receivable, whether now existing or hereafter created, or any interest therein; the Bank will immediately notify, the Purchaser of the existence of any Lien on any Receivable; and the Bank shall defend the right, title and interest of the Purchaser in, to and under the Receivables, whether now existing or hereafter created, against all claims of third parties claiming through or under the Bank; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 5.01 (b) shall prevent or be deemed to prohibit the Bank from suffering to exist upon any of the Receivables any Permitted Lien.

(c) Charge Account Agreements and Credit and Collection Policies . The Bank shall comply with and perform its obligations under the Charge Account Agreements to which the Bank is a party relating to the Accounts and the Credit and Collection Policy. The Bank may change the terms and provisions of such Charge Account Agreements or the Credit and Collection Policy in any respect (including, without limitation, the reduction of the required minimum monthly payment, the calculation of the amount, or the timing, of chargeoffs and the Periodic Finance Charges and other fees to be assessed thereon), unless such change would have a material adverse effect on the collectibility of the Receivables; provided, however, that the Bank may not change the required minimum monthly payment or Periodic Finance Charge or the calculation of the amount or the timing of the charge-offs (collectively, a "Yield Change") unless permitted by the Purchaser, or unless such Yield Change is mandated by applicable law. The Bank shall not rescind or cancel any Receivable except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or other governmental authority or as provided for in Section 3.3(h) of the Pooling and Service Agreement.

(d) Delivery of Collections . In the event that the Bank receives Collections, it agrees to pay to the Purchaser or such other Person designated by the Purchaser all payments received by it in respect of the Receivables as soon as practicable after receipt thereof by the Bank (but in no event later than the second Business Day following the date of receipt).

(e) Conveyance of Accounts . The Bank covenants and agrees that it will not, without the consent of the Purchaser, convey, assign, exchange or otherwise transfer any Account to any Person other than Purchaser prior to the termination of this Agreement.

(f) Notice of Liens . The Bank shall notify the Purchaser promptly after becoming aware of any Lien on any Receivable other than Permitted Liens.

(g) Compliance with Laws, Etc. The Bank shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to the Receivables, including, without limitation, rules and regulations relating to truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy, where failure to so comply could reasonably be expected to have an adverse impact on the amount of Collections thereunder.

(h) Preservation of Corporate Existence . The Bank shall, to the extent it remains a party to this Agreement, preserve and maintain in all material respects its corporate existence, corporate rights (charter and statutory) and corporate franchises.

(i) Visitation Rights . At any reasonable time during normal business hours and from time to time, the Bank shall permit (i) the Purchaser, or any Person designated by the Purchaser. to examine and make copies of and abstracts from the records, books of account and documents (including, without limitation, computer tapes and disks) of the Bank relating to Receivables owned or to be purchased by the Purchaser hereunder and to the underlying Charge Account Agreements and (ii) the Purchaser, or Person designated by the Purchaser (upon the giving of appropriate notice to the Purchaser) to visit the properties of the Bank for the purpose of examining such records, books of account and documents, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Bank relating to the Receivables or to the Bank's performance hereunder with any of its officers or directors and with its independent certified public accountants.

(j) Keeping of Records and Books of Account . The Bank shall maintain and implement, or cause to be maintained or implemented, administrative and operating procedures reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all such Receivables, and, until the delivery to the Purchaser, keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, all documents, books, records and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all such Receivables.

(k) Performance and Compliance with Receivables and Charge Account Agreements . The Bank shall at its expense take all actions on its part reasonably necessary to maintain in full force and effect its rights under all Charge Account Agreements.

(l) Location of Records . The Bank shall keep its place of business and chief executive office and the offices where it keeps the records concerning the Receivables and all underlying Charge Account Agreements (and all original documents relating thereto), at the address or addresses of the Bank specified in Section 4.02(i) and shall maintain its location for purposes of Section 9-307 of the UCC of any Relevant UCC State in the jurisdiction specified in Section 4.02(i) or, in either case, upon written notice to the Purchaser, at such other locations in a jurisdiction where all action required by Section 5.01(o) shall have been taken and completed and be in full force and effect.

(m) Furnishing Copies, Etc. The Bank shall furnish to the Purchaser (i) upon the Purchaser's request, a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Bank certifying, as of the date thereof, that no Purchase Termination Event has occurred and is continuing and setting forth the computations used such Authorized Officer of the Bank in making such determination; (ii) on the Business Day following the request, a computer file or microfiche list containing a true and correct list of all Accounts, identified by account numbers and the outstanding balance of the Receivable in such Account; and (iii) promptly following the Purchaser's request therefor, such other information, documents, records or reports with respect to the Receivables or the underlying Charge Account Agreements or the conditions or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Bank, as the Purchaser may from time to time reasonably request.

(n) Obligation to Record and Report . The Bank shall record each Purchase as a sale on its books and records, reflect each Purchase in its financial statements, tax returns and other applicable documents as a sale and recognize gain or loss, as the case may be, on each Purchase.

(o) Continuing Compliance with the UCC and Other Applicable Law . The Bank shall, at its expense, preserve, continue, and maintain or cause to be preserved, continued, and maintained the Purchaser's valid and properly protected title to each Receivable purchased hereunder, including, without limitation, filing or recording UCC financing statements in each relevant jurisdiction prior to or substantially contemporaneously with any Purchases. The Bank shall notify each Obligor, prior to or substantially contemporaneously with the establishment of such Obligor's Charge Account Agreement with the Bank, that the Bank intends to transfer Receivables arising in such Obligor's Account to the Purchaser, which in turn will transfer such Receivables to Stage Funding, which in turn will transfer such Receivables to Bankers Trust Company, as trustee under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

(p) Collections by Bank . In the event that the Bank receives any amounts in respect of Collections of Receivables, the Bank shall deposit or otherwise credit, or cause to be deposited or otherwise credited, as soon as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than the close of business on the second Business Day following the date of processing of such Collections, to an account designated by the Purchaser, an amount equal to the amount so received and hold such amount in trust for the Purchaser pending such remittance.

(q) Further Action Evidencing Purchase . (i) The Bank agrees that from time to time, at its expense, it will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or desirable or that the Purchaser may reasonably request, to protect or more fully evidence the Purchaser's ownership, right, title and interest in the Receivables sold by the Bank and its rights under the Charge Account Agreements with respect thereto, or to enable the Purchaser to exercise or enforce any such rights. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Bank will upon the request of the Purchaser (A) execute and file such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Purchaser, desirable, (B) indicate on its books and records that Receivables have been sold and assigned to the Purchaser and provide to the Purchaser, upon request, copies of any such records and (C) contact customers to confirm and verify Receivables.

(ii) The Bank hereby irrevocably authorizes the Purchaser to file one or more financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, relative to all or any part of the Receivables sold by the Bank, or the underlying Charge Account Agreements with respect thereto, without the signature of the Bank where permitted by law.

(iii) If the Bank fails to perform any of its agreements or obligations under this Agreement, the Purchaser may (but shall not be required to) perform, or cause performance of, such agreements or obligations, and the expenses of the Purchaser incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Bank as provided in Section 8.06 .

Section 5.02. Purchaser Covenant Regarding Sale Treatment . The Purchaser shall record each Purchase as a purchase on its books and records and reflect each Purchase in its financial statements, tax returns and other applicable documents as a purchase.

ARTICLE VI

PURCHASE TERMINATION EVENT

Section 6.01. Purchase Termination Event . If the Bank shall consent to the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee or receiver or liquidator in any bankruptcy proceeding or any other insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to all or substantially all of its Accounts or a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee or receiver or liquidator in any bankruptcy proceeding or any other insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceeding or for the winding up or liquidation of its affairs shall have been entered against the Bank; or the Bank shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations; or the Bank shall become unable for any reason to sell Receivables to the Purchaser in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; or the Purchaser shall become unable for any reason to purchase Receivables from the Bank in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then the Purchaser's obligation to purchase Receivables from the Bank shall automatically be terminated upon the happening of such event (a " Purchase Termination Event ").

ARTICLE VII

NO RECOURSE

Section 7.01. No Recourse Against Bank . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Purchaser shall have no recourse against the Bank on account of the performance or non-performance of any Obligor or any Receivable, any reduction in the outstanding, balance of any Receivable, any misrepresentation or breach of warranty by the Bank, or for any other reason. Each sale of Receivables hereunder shall be final and irrevocable.

Section 7.02. Indemnities by the Purchaser . Without limiting any other rights that the Bank may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify the Bank from and against any and all claims, losses and liabilities (including reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of or resulting from the Bank's reliance on any representation or warranty made by the Purchaser in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto that, in either case, shall have been false or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.01. Amendment . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder may not be changed orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the Purchaser and the Bank.

Section 8.02. Notices, Etc. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telegraphic, telex, facsimile or cable communication) and mailed, telegraphed, telexed, transmitted, cabled or delivered, if to the Bank, at its address at 1020 Willow Creek, Jacksonville, Texas  75766, Attention:  Chief Credit Officer (with copies to such Persons as may be designated by the Bank from time to time); and if to the Purchaser, at its address at 10201 Main Street, Houston, Texas  77025, Attention:  President (with copies to such Persons as may be designated by the Purchaser from time to time). All such notices and communications shall when mailed, telegraphed, telexed, transmitted or cabled be effective when deposited in the mails, delivered to the telegraph company, confirmed by telex answerback, transmitted by telecopier or delivered to the cable company, respectively.

Section 8.03. No Waiver:  Remedies . No failure on the part of the Purchaser to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

Section 8.04. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and the Purchaser and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Bank shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Purchaser. This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, and shall remain in full force and effect as between the Purchaser and the Bank until such time, after the Purchase Termination Date, as the Purchaser shall not have any Net Ownership Interest in any Receivables.

Section 8.05. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS, EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF LAW AND EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE VALIDITY OR PROTECTION OF THE PURCHASER'S OWNERSHIP OF THE PURCHASED RECEIVABLES, OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER IN RESPECT THEREOF MAY BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 8.06. Costs, Expenses and Taxes . The Bank agrees to pay, on demand all costs and expenses of the Purchaser in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the documents to be delivered hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel for the Purchaser with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Purchaser as to its rights and remedies under this Agreement. In addition, the Bank agrees to pay any and all stamp and other taxes and fees payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing and recording of this Agreement or the other documents to be delivered hereunder, and agree to hold the Purchaser harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or omitting to pay such taxes and fees.

Section 8.07. Acknowledgment of Assignment . The Bank acknowledges that the Purchaser shall sell, transfer, assign or otherwise convey its rights in the Receivables to Stage Funding, subject to the terms and conditions of the Purchase and Sale Agreement and that Stage Funding shall sell, transfer or otherwise convey its rights in the Receivables to Bankers Trust Company, as trustee under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Bank further acknowledges that Bankers Trust Company, as the trustee, may exercise directly the Purchaser's rights hereunder as allowed or provided for in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

"BANK" GRANITE NATIONAL BANK

a national banking association

By:

Name:

Title:

"PURCHASER" SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP,

a Texas limited partnership

By: SRI General Partner LLC,

a Nevada limited liability company

General Partner

By: Specialty Retailers, Inc.,

a Texas corporation,

Sole Member

By:

Name:

Title:

444160.5/SCG/31150-021

Exhibit 10.7

PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

Dated as of August 24, 2001

among

SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP,

as Seller,

and

STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP,

as Purchaser

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I

AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE AND SELL; THE PURCHASER AGREEMENT TO LEND

Section 1.1. Agreement To Purchase and Sell. 1

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER

Section 2.1. Representations and Warranties of the Seller 2

Section 2.2. Representations and Warranties of the Seller Relating to the Receivables; Notice of Breach. 4

Section 2.3. Covenants of the Seller 8

Section 2.4. Addition of Accounts. 11

Section 2.5. Removal of Accounts. 12

Section 2.6. Purchaser May Perform 13

Section 2.7. No Assumption of Liability 13

ARTICLE III

CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT

Section 3.1. Calculation of Purchase Price. 13

Section 3.2. Adjustments for Miscellaneous Credits and Fraudulent Charges. 15

Section 3.3. Loans by the Purchaser to the Seller 15

ARTICLE IV

OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SELLER

Section 4.1. Liability of the Seller 15

Section 4.2. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Seller. 15

Section 4.3. Limitation on Liability 16

Section 4.4. Indemnification 16

ARTICLE V

CONDITIONS TO PURCHASE

Section 5.1. Conditions to Purchase 18

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION

Section 6.1. Termination by the Seller 18

Section 6.2. Automatic Termination 18

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1. Amendments, etc. 19

Section 7.2. Protection of Right, Title and Interest to the Purchaser. 19

Section 7.3. GOVERNING LAW 19

Section 7.4. Notices 20

Section 7.5. Severability of Provisions 20

Section 7.6. Assignment 20

Section 7.7. Further Assurances 20

Section 7.8. Non-petition Covenant 20

Section 7.9. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies 20

Section 7.10. Counterparts 21

Section 7.11. Third-Party Beneficiaries 21

Section 7.12. Merger and Integration 21

Section 7.13. Headings 21

Section 7.14. Acknowledgment and Consent. 21

 

APPENDIX A - Definitions

EXHIBIT A - Form of Reassignment of Ineligible Receivables

EXHIBIT B - Form of Additional Assignment

EXHIBIT C - Form of Reassignment of Removed Accounts

PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

THIS PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of August 24, 2001, is between Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, a Texas limited partnership, as Seller, (" Seller ") and Stage Receivable Funding LP, a Texas limited partnership, as Purchaser (" Purchaser ").

Definitions

Unless otherwise indicated, certain terms that are capitalized and used throughout this Agreement are defined in Appendix A. All references herein to months are to calendar months unless otherwise expressly indicated.

Recitals

    1. Seller, having purchased Receivables from Granite National Bank (" Originator "), now wishes to sell certain of such Receivables to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser is willing, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, to purchase such Receivables from the Seller.
    2. In order to fund such purchases, the Purchaser will (subject to certain exceptions) transfer the Receivables to the Trustee under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:


    1. AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE AND SELL;
      THE PURCHASER AGREEMENT TO LEND
      1. Agreement To Purchase and Sell .

      Seller Conveys to the Purchaser without recourse (except as expressly provided herein), and the Purchaser purchases from Seller, all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to the Receivables now existing and arising from time to time from the Accounts and Related Assets with respect thereto, as well as all of its rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Originator Purchase Agreement; provided , however , that Principal Receivables originated after the occurrence of an Insolvency Event (and any Finance Charge Receivables relating to such Principal Receivables) with respect to the Seller or the Originator shall not be conveyed hereunder.

      In connection with such Conveyance, the Seller agrees to record and file, at its own expense, a financing statement or financing statements (including any continuation statements with respect to each such financing statement when applicable) with respect to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect the Conveyance of the Receivables to the Purchaser and the first priority nature of the Purchaser's interest in the Receivables, and to deliver a file-stamped copy of each such financing statement and continuation statement or other evidence of such filing (which may, for purposes of this Section 1.1 , consist of telephone confirmation of such filing followed by delivery of a file-stamped copy as soon as practicable) to the Purchaser on or prior to the Initial Closing Date, and in the case of any continuation statements filed pursuant to this Section 1.1 , as soon as practicable after receipt thereof by the Seller.

      In connection with such Conveyance, the Seller agrees, at its own expense, on or prior to the Initial Closing Date, (i) to require the Originator to indicate in its primary computer records and primary microfiche storage that Receivables created in connection with the Accounts have been Conveyed by the Originator to the Seller pursuant to the Originator Purchase Agreement (ii) to indicate in the Pool Index File that Receivables created in connection with the Accounts (A) have been Conveyed to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement and (B) have been Conveyed by the Purchaser to the Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and (iii) To deliver to the Purchaser and the Trustee a computer file in ASCII Flat File format containing a true and complete list of all such Accounts, identified by account number, Obligor name and Obligor address and setting forth the Receivable balance as of August 24, 2001. Such file or list shall be marked as Schedule 1 to this Agreement, delivered to the Purchaser and the Trustee as confidential and proprietary, and is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement. The Seller further agrees not to alter or permit the alteration of the file designations referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph with respect to any Account during the term of this Agreement unless and until such Account becomes a Removed Account.

      The parties intend that if, and to the extent that, such Conveyance is not deemed to be a sale, the Seller shall be deemed hereunder to have granted to the Purchaser a first priority perfected security interest in all of the Seller's right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables now existing and hereafter created and arising from time to time in connection with the Accounts, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, all of its rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Originator Purchase Agreement, and all proceeds of the foregoing, and that this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law.


    2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER
    3. Section 2.1 Representations and Warranties of the Seller . The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as of the Initial Closing Date:

        1. Organization and Good Standing . The Seller is a limited partnership duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Texas and has full power, authority and legal right to own its properties and conduct its business as such properties are presently owned and such business is presently conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party.
        2. Due Qualification . The Seller is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing (or is exempt from such requirement) in any state required in order to conduct its business, and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals with respect to the Seller required under applicable law.
        3. Due Authorization . The execution and delivery by the Seller of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions provided for hereunder and thereunder have been duly authorized by the Seller by all necessary action on its part and this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party will remain, from the time of its execution, an official record of the Seller.
        4. Enforceability . Each of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Seller is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws.
        5. No Conflict . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Seller is a party, the performance of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof will not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the material terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, any indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound.
        6. No Violation . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Seller is a party, the performance of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof will not conflict with or violate in any material respect any Requirements of Law applicable to the Seller.
        7. No Proceedings . There are no proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of the Seller, threatened against the Seller before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of the Seller, would materially and adversely affect the performance by the Seller of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or (v) seeking to affect adversely the income tax attributes of the Trust.
        8. All Consents Required . All appraisals, authorizations, consents, orders or other actions of any Person or of any governmental body or official required in connection with the execution and delivery by the Seller of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, the performance of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder and the fulfillment of the terms hereof, have been obtained.
        9. Eligibility of Accounts . As of the Initial Cut Off Date (or in the case of an Additional Account, the applicable Addition Date), each Account was an Eligible Account and no selection procedures adverse to the Purchaser or the Investor Certificateholders have been employed by the Originator or the Seller in selecting the Accounts from the Originator Portfolio.
        10. Originator's Deposit Accounts . As of the Initial Closing Date, deposits in the Originator's deposit accounts (if any) were or are insured to the limits provided by law by BIF.
        11. Solvency . Seller is not insolvent and no Insolvency Event with respect to Seller has occurred, and the transfer of the Receivables by the Seller has not been made in anticipation of any such insolvency or Insolvency Event.
        12. The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.1 shall survive the transfer and assignment of the respective Receivables to the Purchaser and any remaking of such representations and warranties as contemplated in the following sentence. The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser, with respect to any Series, as of its Closing Date, unless otherwise specified in the related Supplement, that the representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in this Section 2.1 are true and correct as of such date.

          Section 2.2 Representations and Warranties of the Seller Relating to the Receivables; Notice of Breach .

        13. Valid Conveyance and Assignment; Eligibility of Receivables . The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as of the Initial Closing Date, and with respect to any Additional Accounts, as of the related Addition Date:
        14. (i) This Agreement constitutes either (A) a valid sale to the Purchaser of all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created and arising from time to time in connection with the Accounts, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, and all proceeds of the foregoing, and such property will be held by the Purchaser free and clear of any Lien of any Person claiming through or under the Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than Permitted Liens), or (B) a grant of a security interest (as defined in the UCC as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction) in such property to the Purchaser, which is enforceable with respect to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created and arising from time to time in connection with the Accounts, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, and all proceeds of the foregoing, upon such creation. To the extent that this Agreement constitutes the grant of a security interest to the Purchaser in such property, upon the filing of the financing statements described in Section 1.1 and in the case of the Receivables hereafter created, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, and the proceeds of the foregoing, upon such creation, the Purchaser shall have a first priority perfected security interest in such property (subject to Section 9-315 of the UCC as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction).

          (ii) Each Receivable is an Eligible Receivable.

          (iii) Each Receivable then existing has been Conveyed to the Purchaser free and clear of any Lien of any Person claiming through or under the Seller, the Originator or any of their Affiliates (other than Permitted Liens) and in compliance, in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Seller.

          (iv) With respect to each Receivable, all consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of or registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by the Seller in connection with the Conveyance of such Receivable to the Purchaser have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect.

          (v) On each day on which any new Receivable is created, the Seller shall be deemed to represent and warrant to the Purchaser that (A) each Receivable created on such day is an Eligible Receivable, (B) each Receivable created on such day has been Conveyed to the Purchaser in compliance, in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Seller, (C) with respect to each such Receivable, all consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of or registrations or declarations with, any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by the Seller in connection with the Conveyance of such Receivable to the Purchaser have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect and (D) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.2(a)(i) are true and correct with respect to each Receivable created on such day as if made on such day.

          (vi) As of the Initial Cut Off Date, and, with respect to Additional Accounts, as of the last day of the Due Period in which such Additional Accounts were Conveyed to the Trust, Schedule 1 to this Agreement and the related computer file or microfiche or written list referred to in Section 2.4(d) , is an accurate and complete listing in all material respects of all the Accounts, and the information contained therein with respect to the identity of such Accounts and the Receivables existing thereunder is true and correct in all material respects as of the Initial Cut Off Date or the last day of such applicable Due Period.

        15. Survival . The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.2 shall survive the Conveyance of any of the respective Receivables to the Purchaser.
        16. Notice of Breach . Upon discovery by the Seller or the Purchaser of a breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.1 or 2.2 , the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the other parties hereto, the Servicer, the Trustee and each Enhancement Provider as soon as practicable and in any event within three Business Days following such discovery.
        17. Transfer of Ineligible Receivables .
        18. (i) Automatic Removal . In the event of a breach with respect to a Receivable of any representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.2(a)(iii) , or in the event that a Receivable is not an Eligible Receivable as a result of the failure to satisfy the conditions set forth in clause (d) of the definition of Eligible Receivable, and any of the following three conditions is met: (A) as a result of such breach or event such Receivable is charged off as uncollectible or the rights of the Purchaser (or its assignee) in, to or under such Receivable or its proceeds are impaired or the proceeds of such Receivable are not available for any reason to the Purchaser (or its assignee) free and clear of any Lien; (B) the Lien upon the subject Receivable (1) arises in favor of the United States of America or any State or any agency or instrumentality thereof and involves taxes or liens arising under Title IV of ERISA or (2) has been consented to by the Seller; or (C) the unsecured short-term debt rating of the Seller is not at least P-1 by Moody's and A-1 by Standard and Poor's and the Lien upon the subject Receivable ranks prior to the Lien created pursuant to this Agreement; then, upon the earlier to occur of the discovery of such breach or event by the Seller or the Purchaser or receipt by the Seller of written notice of such breach or event given by the Purchaser or the Trustee, each such Receivable shall be automatically reassigned to the Seller on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2.2(d)(iii) and shall no longer be treated as a Receivable; provided , that if such Lien does not have a material adverse effect on the collectibility of the Receivables or on the interests of the Purchaser or the Certificateholders of any Series or the Enhancement Provider, the Seller shall have 10 days within which to remove any such Lien.

          (ii) Removal After Cure Period . In the event of a breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.2(a)(ii)-(vi) , other than a breach or event as set forth in clause (d)(i) above, and as a result of such breach the Receivable becomes charged off or the rights of the Purchaser (or its assignee) in, to or under the Receivable or its proceeds are impaired or the proceeds of such Receivable are not available for any reason to the Purchaser (or its assignee) free and clear of any Lien, then the Purchaser may direct the Seller to accept an assignment of such Receivable and the Seller shall be obligated to accept such assignment on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2.2(d)(iii) and such Receivable shall no longer be treated as a Receivable; provided , however , that no such reassignment shall be required to be made if, on any day within the applicable 60 day period, such representations and warranties with respect to such Receivable shall then be true and correct in all material respects as if such Receivable had been created on such day.

          (iii) Price of Reassignment . When the provisions of Section 2.2(d)(i) or (ii) above require the Seller to accept reassignment of Receivables, the Seller shall pay to the Purchaser a reassignment price equal to the then Outstanding Balance for any such Ineligible Receivable. Seller shall pay such reassignment price (i) in cash, if the Purchaser is required, pursuant to the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, to pay the Trust for such Ineligible Receivable in cash, or (ii) otherwise, by reducing the Purchase Price to be paid by the Purchaser to the Seller for new Receivables or the amount then owing with respect to any deferred Purchase Price, in either case, by an amount equal to such reassignment price; provided , however , that if such amount is paid in cash Seller shall deposit such amount to the Collection Account in immediately available funds no later than the date on which the Purchaser is required to make a cash payment with respect to such Ineligible Receivables pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        19. Reassignment of Trust Portfolio . In the event of a breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.1(d) or 2.2(a)(i) , or in the event that the Purchaser is required to repurchase Principal Receivables pursuant to Section 2.4(e) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Purchaser may direct the Seller to accept reassignment of an amount of Principal Receivables on the Reassignment Date and such Person shall be obligated to accept reassignment of such Principal Receivables on the terms and conditions set forth below; provided , however , that no such reassignment shall be required to be made if, at any time during such applicable 60 day period, the representations and warranties contained in Section 2.1(d) or 2.2(a)(i) shall then be true and correct in all material respects or in the event that the Purchaser is no longer required to repurchase Receivables pursuant to Section 2.4(e) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
        20. On the Reassignment Date, the Seller shall make or cause to be made a deposit to the Collection Account (for distribution to the applicable Series Account as required pursuant to Section 2.4(e) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) in immediately available funds an amount equal to the Outstanding Balance of the Receivables being reassigned in payment for such reassignment.

          Upon the deposit, if any, required to be made to the Collection Account as provided in this Section 2.2 and the reassignment of the applicable Receivables, the Purchaser shall automatically and without further action be deemed to transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Person designated by the Seller without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest of the Purchaser in and to such Receivables, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to such Receivables, and all proceeds of the foregoing. The Purchaser shall execute such documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take such other actions as shall reasonably be requested by the Seller to effect the conveyance of such Receivables pursuant to this Section 2.2 , including a reconveyance substantially in the form of Exhibit A. The obligation of the Seller to accept reassignment of any Receivables, and to make or cause to be made the deposits, if any, required to be made to the Collection Account as provided in this Section 2.2 , shall constitute the sole remedy respecting the event giving rise to such obligation available to the Purchaser and its assigns.

          Section 2.3 Covenants of the Seller . The Seller hereby covenants that:

        21. Receivables to be Accounts . The Seller will take no action to cause any Receivable to be evidenced by any instrument (as defined in the UCC as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction). Each Receivable shall be payable pursuant to a contract which does not create a Lien on any goods purchased thereunder. The Seller will take no action to cause any Receivable to be anything other than an "account," or a "payment intangible" or the "proceeds" of either for purposes of the UCC as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.
        22. Security Interests . Except for the Conveyances contemplated hereunder, the Seller will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any other Person, or grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any Receivable (other than Permitted Liens), whether now existing or hereafter created, or any interest therein; the Seller will promptly notify the Purchaser of the existence of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any Receivable; and the Seller shall defend the right, title and interest of the Purchaser in, to and under the Receivables, whether now existing or hereafter created, against all claims of third parties claiming through or under the Seller; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 2.3(b) shall prevent or be deemed to prohibit the Seller from suffering to exist upon any of the Receivables any Liens for federal, state, municipal and other local taxes if such taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or if the Seller shall currently be contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto.
        23. Charge Account Agreements and Credit and Collection Policy . The Seller shall enforce the covenant in the Originator Purchase Agreement requiring the Originator to comply with and perform its obligations under the Charge Account Agreements (as such term is defined in the Originator Purchase Agreement) relating to the Accounts and the Credit and Collection Policy (as such term is defined in the Originator Purchase Agreement). The Seller may permit the Originator to change the terms and provisions of the Charge Account Agreements or the Credit and Collection Policy in any respect (including, without limitation, the reduction of the required minimum monthly payment, the calculation of the amount, or the timing of charge-offs and the periodic finance charges and other fees to be assessed thereon), unless such change would have a material adverse effect on the collectibility of the Receivables; provided , however , that the Seller may not permit the Originator to change the required minimum monthly payment or periodic finance charge or the calculation of the amount or the timing of charge-offs (collectively, a "Yield Change") unless, after five Business Days' prior written notice to the Rating Agency of a Yield Change, the Rating Agency shall have provided written notice to the Seller that the Rating Agency Condition shall be satisfied or unless such Yield Change is mandated by applicable law. The Seller shall not permit the Originator to rescind or cancel any Receivable except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority or as provided for in Section 3.3(h) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
        24. Reporting . The Seller shall provide:
        25. (i) as soon as practicable and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Seller, furnish to the Trustee a balance sheet of the Seller as of the end of such quarter, and the related revenue and expense statements for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter, all of the foregoing accompanied by an Officer's Certificate and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

          (ii) as soon as practicable and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Seller, furnish to the Trustee and each Rating Agency financial statements of the Seller as of the end of such fiscal year, all of the foregoing accompanied by an Officer's Certificate and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

          (iii) promptly, from time to time, furnish to the Trustee such other information, documents, records or reports respecting the Receivables or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Seller as the Trustee may from time to time reasonably request.

        26. Account Allocations . In the event that the Seller is unable for any reason to transfer Receivables to the Purchaser in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, by reason of an order by any federal or state governmental agency having regulatory authority over the Seller or any court of competent jurisdiction that the Seller not transfer any additional Principal Receivables to the Trust) then, in any such event, (A) the Seller agrees to allocate and pay to the Purchaser, after the date of such inability, all Collections with respect to Principal Receivables, and all amounts which would have constituted Collections with respect to Principal Receivables but for the Seller's inability to transfer such Receivables (up to an aggregate amount equal to the amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust on such date); and (B) the Seller agrees to have such amounts applied as Collections in accordance with Article IV of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. If the Seller is unable pursuant to any Requirement of Law to allocate Collections as described above, Seller agrees that payments on each Account with respect to the principal balance of such Account shall be allocated first to the oldest principal balance of such Account. The parties hereto agree that Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created or accrued in respect of Principal Receivables which have been conveyed to the Purchaser (and by the Purchaser to the Trust) shall continue to be a part of the Trust notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer of additional Principal Receivables to the Purchaser and Collections with respect thereto shall continue to be allocated and paid in accordance with Article IV of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
        27. Delivery of Collections . The Seller agrees to pay to the Servicer all payments received directly by the Seller in respect of the Receivables as soon as practicable after receipt thereof by the Seller but in no event later than two Business Days after receipt thereof.
        28. Conveyance of Accounts . The Seller covenants and agrees that it will not Convey the Accounts to any Person prior to the termination of the Originator Purchase Agreement, this Agreement and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
        29. Notice of Adverse Claims . The Seller shall notify the Originator, the Purchaser and the Trustee in writing after becoming aware of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any Receivable.
        30. Information Provided to Rating Agencies . The Seller will use its best efforts to cause all information provided to any Rating Agency pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with any action required or permitted to be taken under this Agreement to be complete and accurate in all material respects.
        31. Notice to Purchaser . The Seller shall notify the Originator, the Purchaser and the Trustee in writing of any Early Amortization Event or Servicer Default of which it has knowledge, promptly upon obtaining such knowledge.
        32. Offices, Records and Books of Account . The Seller will keep its principal place of business and chief executive office at the address of the Seller set forth under its name on the signature page to the Agreement and will maintain its current jurisdiction of formation, or, upon 30 days' prior written notice to the Purchaser and the Trustee, at any other locations in jurisdictions or in any other jurisdiction where all actions reasonably requested by the Purchaser or the Trustee to protect and perfect the interest in the Receivables have been taken and completed. The Seller also will maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including, without limitation, an ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables and related Charge Account Agreements in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Receivables (including, without limitation, records adequate to permit the daily identification of each Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable).
        33. Separate Corporate Existence . The Seller hereby acknowledges that Trustee and the Investor Certificateholders are, and will be, entering into the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents in reliance upon Purchaser's identity as a legal entity separate from the Seller, Servicer and any other Person. Therefore, Seller shall take all reasonable steps to maintain its existence as a limited partnership separate and apart from the Purchaser and to make it apparent to third Persons that the Seller is an entity with assets and liabilities distinct from those of the Purchaser and that the Purchaser is not a division of the Seller.
        34. Enforcement of Originator Purchase Agreement . The Seller covenants and agrees that it will perform or cause the Originator to perform all of its obligations under the Originator Purchase Agreement in all material respects and, if requested by the Purchaser or its assigns, enforce the obligations of the Originator, under the Originator Purchase Agreement.
        35. Section 2.4 Addition of Accounts .

        36. The Seller and the Purchaser agree that until the Purchase Termination Date, all newly arising Eligible Accounts shall be deemed to have been designated for inclusion as Accounts as of the date on which they are created or otherwise arise.
        37. Seller agrees to provide to the Purchaser, or to cause the Originator to provide to the Purchaser, such information, certificates, financing statements, opinions and other materials as are reasonably necessary to enable the Purchaser to satisfy its obligations under Section 2.6 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement with respect to Additional Accounts of the Seller.
        38. In connection with the designation of any Eligible Account attributable to a Seller as an Additional Account, Seller shall be deemed to represent and warrant that, as of the Addition Date:
              1. no selection procedures believed by the Seller to be materially adverse to the interests of the Purchaser or the Investor Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Additional Accounts from the Originator Portfolio and that as of the Addition Date, the Seller is not insolvent;
              2. the Conveyance of the applicable Receivables to the Trust constitutes either (x) a valid sale to the Purchaser of all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to the Receivables then existing and thereafter created from time to time in the Additional Accounts, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, and all proceeds of the foregoing and such property will be held by the Purchaser free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) of any Person claiming through or under the Seller or any of its Affiliates, or (y) a grant of a security interest (as defined in the UCC as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction) in such property to the Purchaser, which is enforceable with respect to then existing Receivables in the Additional Accounts, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, and all proceeds of the foregoing, upon the Conveyance of such Receivables to the Purchaser, and which will be enforceable with respect to the Receivables thereafter created from time to time in respect of the applicable Additional Accounts until the termination of the Trust, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, and all proceeds of the foregoing upon such creation; and (z) if the Conveyance of such Receivables constitutes the grant of a security interest to the Purchaser in such property, the Trust shall have a first priority perfected security interest in all Receivables then existing or thereafter created from time to time in such Additional Accounts, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, and proceeds of the foregoing, upon the creation of such property, (subject to Section 9-315 of the UCC as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction), free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) of any Person claiming through or under the Seller or any of its Affiliates; and
              3. each Additional Account is an Eligible Account, and each Receivable in such Additional Account is an Eligible Receivable.
        39. Delivery of Documents . In the case of the designation of Additional Accounts, the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser on the date designated by the Purchaser (i) the computer file, microfiche list or written list required to be delivered pursuant to Section 1.1 with respect to such Additional Accounts and (ii) a duly executed, written Assignment, substantially in the form of Exhibit A (the "Additional Assignment").
        40. Section 2.5 Removal of Accounts .

        41. On any day of any Due Period, if so requested by the Seller, and if such request is permitted under Section 2.7 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Purchaser shall require the reassignment to it, which the Purchaser shall reassign to the Seller, of all the Purchaser's and the Trustee's right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables then existing and thereafter created, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to such Receivables, and all proceeds of the foregoing with respect to the Accounts designated by the Purchaser (the "Removed Accounts"), upon satisfaction of the following conditions:
              1. the removal of any Receivables of any Removed Accounts on any Removal Date shall not, in the reasonable belief of the Seller, (A) cause an Early Amortization Event to occur; or (B) result in the failure of the Purchaser to make any payment specified in the related Supplement with respect to any Series;
              2. on or prior to the Removal Date, the Seller shall have delivered to the Purchaser and the Trustee (A) for execution, a written assignment in substantially the form of Exhibit C (the "Reassignment"), and (B) a computer file or microfiche or written list containing a true and complete list of all Removed Accounts identified by account number and the aggregate amount of the Receivables in such Removed Accounts as of the Removal Cut Off Date specified therein, which computer file or microfiche or written list shall as of the Removal Date modify and amend and be made a part of this Agreement;
              3. the Seller shall represent and warrant that no selection procedures believed by the Seller to be materially adverse to the interests of the Investor Certificateholders or any Enhancement Provider were utilized in selecting the Removed Accounts;
              4. the Seller shall have provided to the Purchaser, or shall have caused the Originator to have provided to the Purchaser, such information, certificates, opinions and other materials as are reasonably necessary to enable the Purchaser to satisfy its obligations under Section 2.7 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement with respect to such Removed Accounts;
              5. the Seller shall have delivered to the Purchaser, the Trustee and each Enhancement Provider an Officer's Certificate confirming the items set forth in clauses (i) through (iii) above. The Trustee may conclusively rely on such Officer's Certificate, shall have no duty to make inquiries with regard to the matters set forth therein and shall incur no liability in so relying; and
              6. no Early Amortization Event shall have occurred with respect to any Series.

          Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, the Purchaser shall execute and deliver the Reassignment to the Seller, and the Receivables from the Removed Accounts shall no longer be considered Receivables hereunder. Seller shall pay the Purchaser, for each Receivable arising in the Removed Accounts, a reassignment price equal to the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable. Such payment shall be made in cash in immediately available funds and shall be made by deposit by or on behalf of Seller to the Collection Account no later than the effectiveness of such Reassignments.

        42. No Account shall be reassigned hereunder if such removal would be prohibited by or inconsistent with the terms of any Supplement.

      Section 2.6 Purchaser May Perform . If the Seller fails to perform any of its agreements or obligations under this Agreement, the Purchaser may (but shall not be obligated to) itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement or obligation.

      Section 2.7 No Assumption of Liability . Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute or is intended to result in the creation or assumption by the Purchaser, the Trust, the Trustee, or any Certificateholder or Enhancement Provider of any obligation of the Seller or any other Person to any Obligor in connection with the Receivables, the Accounts, the Charge Account Agreements or other agreement or instrument relating thereto.


    4. CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT
      1. Calculation of Purchase Price .
        1. The purchase price (the " Purchase Price ") for each Receivable (and the Related Assets with respect thereto) Conveyed to the Purchaser (i) on the Initial Closing Date shall equal the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable as of the Initial Cut-Off Day, and (ii) after the Initial Closing Date shall equal the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable. In addition, as further consideration for the Seller's agreement to sell Receivables hereunder, the Seller shall be entitled to receive Deferred Payments. On each Distribution Date, the Purchaser and the Seller shall settle as to the Purchase Price for Receivables and Related Assets Conveyed during the related Due Period. Prior to each Distribution Date, the Purchaser and the Seller shall determine the aggregate amount of Conveyances made during the related Due Period and the aggregate Purchase Price for Receivables and Related Assets Conveyed during that Due Period. Amounts paid to the Purchaser on such Distribution Date pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall be applied as follows:
        2. first , as a payment of interest on outstanding Deferred Payments, calculated as provided in clause (b) , with respect to the related (or any earlier) Due Period;

          second , as a payment of the remaining Purchase Price for Receivables Conveyed during the related Due Period and their Related Assets;

          third , as a payment of Deferred Payments for Receivables Conveyed during any earlier Due Period and their Related Assets; and

          fourth , if the Seller and the Purchaser so agree, as a loan by the Purchaser to the Seller, on the terms described in Section 3.3 .

          Any funds remaining after such application shall be retained by the Purchaser.

        3. Any portion of the Purchase Price for Receivables and Related Assets Conveyed during any Due Period that is not paid under priority second above on the related Distribution Date shall be treated as deferred Purchase Price (each, a " Deferred Payment ") and shall be payable from time to time as provided in clause (a) . The Purchaser shall pay interest on such Deferred Payments outstanding from time to time under this Agreement at a variable rate per annum equal to the rate of interest published in the Wall Street Journal as the "prime rate" as of the last Business Day of the most recent Due Period. Such interest shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 365-day year and shall be paid as provided in clause (a) . For administrative convenience, interest on such deferred Purchase Price and on any loans described in Section 3.3 shall be calculated on the following basis. On each Distribution Date, the Purchaser and the Seller shall determine whether, after giving effect to clause (a) , any Deferred Payments are outstanding with respect to Receivables Conveyed during the related (or any earlier) Due Period and their Related Assets and whether there is any loan outstanding from the Purchaser to the Seller. Any such outstanding Deferred Payments or outstanding loan is referred to below as an " Intercompany Balance ". The Purchaser and Seller will then determine the arithmetic mean of the Intercompany Balances on that and the immediately preceding Distribution Date (or on such Distribution Date and the Initial Closing Date, in the case of the first Distribution Date), treating any Deferred Payments as a positive number and any loan as a negative number for purposes of this calculation. If such arithmetic mean is a positive number, then the amount of the Deferred Payments outstanding on each day during the related Due Period shall be deemed (solely for purposes of calculating interest) to have equaled such positive number (and the amount of loans outstanding on each day during such Due Period shall be deemed to have been zero). Conversely, if such arithmetic mean is a negative number, then the principal amount of the loan outstanding on each day during the related Due Period shall be deemed (solely for purposes of calculating interest) to have equaled the absolute value of such negative number (and the amount of Deferred Payments outstanding on each day during such Due Period shall be deemed to have been zero).
      2. Adjustments for Miscellaneous Credits and Fraudulent Charges .
        1. With respect to each Due Period, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables (i) which were created in respect of merchandise refused or returned by the Obligor thereunder or as to which the Obligor thereunder has asserted a counterclaim or defense, (ii) which were reduced by the Servicer by any rebate, refund, charge-back or adjustment (including Servicer errors) or (iii) which were created as a result of a fraudulent or counterfeit charge (with respect to such Due Period, the " Dilution Amount ") then subject to clause (b) below, Purchase Price and Deferred Payments that otherwise would be paid to the Seller with respect to Receivables subsequently generated by Seller shall be decreased by an amount equal to the Dilution Amount.
        2. If any decrease is required in the Purchase Price and Deferred Payments with respect to subsequently generated Receivables pursuant to clause (a) above at any time (i) when an Early Amortization Event exists or (ii) on or after the Purchase Termination Date, then, in lieu of such reduction, the amount by which the Purchase Price and Deferred Payments due to Seller should have been so reduced shall be deposited by Seller or Seller shall cause to be deposited in same day funds into the Collection Account for application by the Servicer to the same extent if Collections of the applicable Receivable in such amount had actually been received on such date.
      3. Loans by the Purchaser to the Seller . The Purchaser may make loans to the Seller from time to time if so agreed between such parties and to the extent that the Purchaser has funds available for that purpose after satisfying its obligations under this Agreement and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Any such loan shall be payable upon demand (and may be prepaid with penalty or premium) and shall bear interest on the same basis (and payable at the same time) as is specified in Section 3.1 with respect to Deferred Payments.


    5. OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SELLER
      1. Liability of the Seller . The Seller shall be liable hereunder only to the extent of the obligations specifically undertaken by it in its capacity as the Seller.
      2. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Seller .
        1. The Seller shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person.
        2. The obligations of the Seller hereunder shall not be assignable nor shall any Person succeed to the obligations of the Seller hereunder.
      3. Limitation on Liability . The directors, officers, employees or agents of the Seller shall not be under any liability to the Purchaser, the Trust, the Trustee, the Certificateholders, the Certificate Owners, any Enhancement Provider or any other Person hereunder or pursuant to any document delivered hereunder, it being expressly understood that all such liability is expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution of this Agreement; provided , however , that this provision shall not protect the officers, directors, employees, or agents of the Seller against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their duties. The Seller and any director, officer, employee or agent may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising hereunder.
      4. Indemnification . Without limiting any other rights which the Indemnified Parties may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Seller hereby agrees to indemnify defend and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts of whatever kind or nature, regardless of their merit, awarded against or incurred by any of them arising out of, relating to or resulting from any Transaction Document, the activities of the Trustee in connection herewith or therewith, the Seller's use of proceeds of Conveyances of Receivables or reinvestments of Collections, the interests Conveyed hereunder, or in respect of any Receivable or any Account or Charge Account Agreement (excluding however (a) Indemnified Amounts to the extent resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Indemnified Party, (b) except as otherwise specifically provided in any Transaction Document, recourse for uncollectible Receivables or (c) except as otherwise specifically provided in any Transaction Document, any federal, state, foreign or local income of franchise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest, penalty, or addition to tax with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith) incurred by such Indemnified Party arising out of or as a result of this Agreement or the interests Conveyed hereunder). Without limiting the foregoing, the Seller shall pay on demand to each Indemnified Party any and all amounts necessary to indemnify such Indemnified Party from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts arising out of, relating to or resulting from:
              1. reliance on any representation, warranty or covenant made or statement made or deemed made by the Seller or any of its Affiliates (or any of their Responsible Officers) under or in connection with any Transaction Document which shall have been incorrect when made or deemed made or which the Seller shall have failed to perform, provided , that , for the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that the sole remedy respecting a breach of the representations set forth in Section 2.2(a)(ii)-(iv) shall be as set forth in Section 2.2(d) and the sole remedy in respect of breach of Section 2.1(d) and Section 2.2(a)(i) shall be as set forth in Section 2.2(e) ;
              2. the failure by the Seller to comply with any Transaction Document or any applicable Requirement of Law with respect to any trust asset or related Charge Account Agreement, or the failure of any Receivable, or any Account or the related Charge Account Agreement to conform to any requirement with respect thereto under any Transaction Document or any Requirement of Law;
              3. the failure to vest in the Trustee on behalf of the Trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders either a perfected first priority undivided percentage ownership interest or a perfected first priority security interest in all Receivables and other trust assets, free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens);
              4. the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing, any financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws that are necessary for perfection or first priority of the ownership or security interest created by this Agreement;
              5. any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy of an Obligor) of an Obligor to the payment of any Receivable in, or purporting to be in the trust assets (including a defense based on such Receivable, the related Account or the related Charge Account Agreement not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from the sale of the merchandise, services or insurance related to such Receivable or the failure to furnish such merchandise, services or insurance;
              6. any products liability claim or other claim allegedly arising out of or in connection with merchandise, services or insurance the sale of which gave rise to any Receivable or any credit, administration or other activity in connection with any Charge Account Agreement;
              7. any failure by the Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller to perform its duties or obligation in accordance with the provisions of any Transaction Document, including any failure to so perform in connection with servicing, administering or collecting any Receivable or Account;
              8. any commingling of Collections at any time with other funds (other than as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement);
              9. any investigation, litigation, or proceeding related to any Transaction Document or the use of proceeds or reinvestments of proceeds by the Seller, the Servicer or the Parent of Conveyances of Receivables or the ownership of or security interest in trust assets or in respect of any Receivable, Account or Charge Account Agreement;
              10. any taxes, including sales, excise, intangibles, value added, personal property and similar taxes, payable with respect to the Receivables or the Accounts;
              11. any federal, state, foreign or local income or franchise tax. or any other tax imposed on or measured by reference to income, or any interest penalty or addition to tax with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith, imposed upon the Trust, the assets of the Trust or the Trustee as a result of its acting in its capacity as trustee hereunder, except with respect to fees or other compensation received by the Trustee;
              12. any Receivable classified as an "Eligible Receivable" by the Seller in any document or report delivered hereunder failing to satisfy, at the time of such classification, the requirements of eligibility contained in the definition of Eligible Receivable, provided , that , for the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that the sole remedy respecting a breach of the representations set forth in Section 2.2(a)(ii)-(iv) shall be as set forth in Section 2.2(d) and the sole remedy in respect of breach of Section 2.1(d) and Section 2.2(a)(i) shall be as set forth in Section 2.2(e) ; or
              13. any Account classified as an "Eligible Account" by the Seller in any document or report delivered hereunder failing to satisfy, at the time of such classification, the requirements of eligibility contained in the definition of Eligible Account, provided , that , for the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that the sole remedy respecting a breach of the representations set forth in Section 2.2(a)(ii)-(iv) shall be as set forth in Section 2.2(d) and the sole remedy in respect of breach of Section 2.1(d) and Section 2.2(a)(i) shall be as set forth in Section 2.2(e) .

      Any Indemnified Amounts due hereunder shall be payable within fifteen (15) Business Days of submission of a claim by the Indemnified Party which describes in reasonable detail the basis for such claim. The rights of the Indemnified Parties under this Section 4.4 shall survive the collection of all Receivables, the termination of the Trust, the payment of all amounts otherwise due hereunder, the discharge of this Agreement and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.


    6. CONDITIONS TO PURCHASE
      1. Conditions to Purchase . The obligations of the Purchaser to make its initial purchase of Receivables hereunder shall be subject to the Seller delivering to the Purchaser on or before the Initial Closing Date such documents, certificates and resolutions that the Purchaser is required to deliver to the Trustee, any Enhancement Provider or Rating Agency in connection with the execution of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as of the date of this Agreement.


    7. TERMINATION
      1. Termination by the Seller . So long as no Series is outstanding, the Seller may terminate all of its agreements to sell Receivables hereunder to Purchaser by giving Purchaser and the Trustee not less than 15 days' prior written notice (or such shorter time as is acceptable to the Trustee) of its election not to continue to sell Receivables to Purchaser; provided that such notice shall specify the effective date of such termination.
      2. Automatic Termination . Unless otherwise agreed to by the Seller and Purchaser in writing, the agreement of Seller to sell Receivables hereunder, and the agreement of the Purchaser to purchase Receivables from Seller hereunder, shall terminate automatically upon the termination of the Trust as provided in Article XII of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.


    8. MISCELLANEOUS
      1. Amendments, etc.
        1. The provisions of this Agreement may from time to time be amended, modified or waived, if such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing and consented to by the Purchaser and the Seller (with respect to an amendment) or by the Purchaser (with respect to a waiver or consent by it); provided , that the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such amendment.
        2. No failure or delay on the part of the Purchaser, the Seller or any third party beneficiary in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Transaction Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
      2. Protection of Right, Title and Interest to the Purchaser .
        1. The Seller shall cause this Agreement, all certificates of assignment, agreements and documents, and all amendments hereto and thereto and/or all financing statements and continuation statements and any other necessary documents covering the Purchaser's right, title and interest in the Receivables to be promptly recorded, registered and filed, and at all times to be kept recorded, registered and filed, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve and protect the right, title and interest of the Purchaser hereunder in the Receivables. The Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser and the Trustee file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document recorded, registered or filed as provided above, as soon as available following such recording, registration or filing. The Seller shall cooperate fully with the Purchaser in connection with the obligations set forth above and shall execute any and all documents reasonably required to fulfill the intent of this Section 7.2(a) .
        2. At least 30 days before the Seller makes any change in its name, identity, jurisdiction of organization, location of its chief executive office or corporate structure which would make any financing statement or continuation statement filed in accordance with paragraph (a) above materially misleading within the meaning of Section 9-506 of the UCC, the Seller shall give the Purchaser and the Trustee notice of any such change and shall, by no later than the date such change becomes effective, file such financing statements or amendments as may be necessary to continue the perfection of the Purchaser's interest in the Receivables and related property conveyed hereunder and the perfection of the Purchaser's interest in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 1.1 hereof. The Seller shall at all times maintain each office from which it services Receivables and its principal executive office within the United States of America.
      3. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.
      4. Notices . All demands, notices and communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered at, sent by facsimile to, sent by courier at or mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, (a) in the case of the Seller, to 10201 Main Street, Houston, TX 77025, Attention: Bob Aronson, Phone (713) 663-9746, Fax (713) 660-3358 (b) in the case of the Servicer, to 10201 Main Street, Houston, TX 77025, Attention: Bob Aronson, Phone (713) 663-9746, Fax (713) 660-3358 , (c) in the case of the Purchaser, to 10201 Main Street, Houston, TX 77025, Attention: Bob Aronson, Phone (713) 663-9746, Fax (713) 660-3358 or (d) in the case of the Trustee, to the Corporate Trust Office.
      5. Severability of Provisions . If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall for any reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.
      6. Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except as provided in Section 4.2 , this Agreement may not be assigned by the Seller without the prior written consent of the Purchaser and the Requisite Certificateholders of each Certificate Series (determined without giving effect to Investor Certificates for such Certificate Series held by Stage Funding or any of its Affiliates) on a Series by Series basis.
      7. Further Assurances . The Seller agrees to do and perform, from time to time, any and all acts and to execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably requested by the Purchaser more fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the execution of any financing statements or continuation statements relating to the Receivables for filing under the provisions of the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction.
      8. Non-petition Covenant . Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, the Seller shall not, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the last day on which any Investor Certificate shall have been outstanding, acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Trust or the Purchaser to invoke the process of any Governmental Authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Trust or the Purchaser under any Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Trust or the Purchaser or any substantial part of its property or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Purchaser or the Trust.
      9. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Purchaser or the Trustee, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, and privileges provided by law.
      10. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      11. Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Originator, the parties hereto, the Trustee, the Certificateholders and, to the extent provided in the related Supplement, any Enhancement Provider named therein, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no other Person shall have any right or obligation hereunder.
      12. Merger and Integration . Except as specifically stated otherwise herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings, written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, waived or supplemented except as provided herein.
      13. Headings . The headings herein are for purposes of reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision hereof.
      14. Acknowledgment and Consent . The Seller acknowledges that, contemporaneously herewith, Purchaser is Conveying to the Trust all of Purchaser's right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables and the related property conveyed pursuant hereto, pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Seller hereby consents to the Conveyance to the Trust by Purchaser of all right, title and interest of Purchaser in, to and under this Agreement, the Receivables and the related assets, including (i) the right of Purchaser, at any time, to enforce this Agreement against the Seller and the obligations of the Seller hereunder, (ii) the right to appoint a successor to the Servicer at the times and upon the conditions set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and (iii) the right, at any time, to give or withhold any and all consents, requests, notices, directions, approvals, demands, extensions or waivers under or with respect to this Agreement, or the obligations in respect of the Seller thereunder to the same extent as Purchaser may do. Each of the Seller and the Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that (i) under the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Holders of Investor Certificates may direct the manner in which the Trustee exercises its rights with respect to this Agreement or may exercise such rights themselves, and (ii) the Trustee, the Certificateholders and the Enhancement Providers are express third party beneficiaries of the rights of the Purchaser arising hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to which the Seller is a party. The Seller hereby acknowledges and agrees that it has no claim to or interest in either of the Collection Account or any Series Account.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP, as Seller

By: SRI General Partner LLC, its general partner

 

By:__________________________________

Name:

Title:

Address:

10201 Main Street

Houston, TX 77025

Attention: Bob Aronson

Facsimile: (713) 660-3358

Confirmation: (713) 663-9746

 

STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP, as Purchaser

By: Stage Receivable Mgmt LLC, its general partner

 

By:__________________________________

Name:

Title:

Address:

10201 Main Street

Houston, TX 77025

Attention: Bob Aronson

Facsimile: (713) 660-3358

Confirmation: (713) 663-9746

M&S/31150-132/452244_1

APPENDIX A

DEFINITIONS

This is Appendix A to the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001, between Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, as Seller, and Stage Receivable Funding LP, as Purchaser (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Purchase Agreement").

1.1 Other Terms . All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in the Purchase Agreement shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. In addition, the interpretive conventions set forth in Sections 1.2(a) , 1.2(b) and 1.2(c) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall apply to the interpretation of the Purchase Agreement.

1.2 Definitions . As used in the Purchase Agreement, the following terms have the meanings as indicated:

" Additional Assignment " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(d) of the Purchase Agreement.

" Deferred Payment " has the meaning specified in Section 3.1(b) of the Purchase Agreement.

" Dilution Amount " has the meaning specified in Section 3.2 of the Purchase Agreement.

" Intercompany Balance " has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) of the Purchase Agreement.

" Originator " has the meaning set forth in the recitals to the Purchase Agreement"

" Outstanding Balance " means, at any time with respect to a Receivable, the unpaid amount owed in respect thereof.

" Pooling and Servicing Agreement " means the Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001, among the Purchaser, the Seller, as servicer, and Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

" Purchase Price " has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Purchase Agreement.

" Purchase Termination Date " means the earlier to occur of (a) the date specified by the Seller pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Purchase Agreement and (b) either any event referred to in Section 6.2 of the Purchase Agreement or any event referred to in Section 6.01 of the Originator Purchase Agreement.

" Purchaser " has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Purchase Agreement.

" Reassignment " has the meaning specified in Section 2.5 of the Purchase Agreement.

" Related Assets " means, with respect to any Receivable, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers, and privileges with respect to such Receivable, and all proceeds of the foregoing.

" Removed Accounts " has the meaning specified in Section 2.5 of the Purchase Agreement.

" Seller " has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Purchase Agreement.

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS

ASSIGNMENT No. __ OF RECEIVABLES IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS, dated as of ___________ ___, _____ (this "Assignment") by and between SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP, a Texas limited partnership (the "Seller"), and STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP, a Texas limited partnership (the "Purchaser"), pursuant to the Purchase Agreement referred to below.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Seller and the Purchaser are parties to the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2001 (hereinafter as such agreement may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the "Purchase Agreement");

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Seller wishes to designate Additional Accounts of the Seller to be included as Accounts and to Convey the Receivables of such Additional Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, to the Purchaser; and

WHEREAS, the Purchaser is willing to accept such designation and Conveyance subject to the terms and conditions hereof;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Seller and the Purchaser hereby agree as follows:

    1. Defined Terms . All terms defined in the Purchase Agreement and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein.
    2. " Addition Date " shall mean, with respect to the Additional Accounts designated hereby, the date noted on Schedule 1 hereto.

      " Additional Accounts " shall mean the Additional Accounts designated hereby.

    3. Designation of Additional Accounts . The Seller shall deliver, at its own expense, to the Purchaser not later than the last day of the Due Period in which the Additional Accounts listed on Schedule 1 hereto were Conveyed to the Purchaser, a computer file, microfiche or written list containing a true and complete list of Accounts which as their respective Addition Date shall be deemed to be Additional Accounts, such accounts being identified by account number, Addition Date, Obligor name, Obligor address, and by the aggregate amount of Receivables in such accounts as of the close of business on the Addition Date. Such file or list shall be delivered to the Purchaser as confidential and proprietary, shall be marked as Schedule 1 to this Assignment and shall be incorporated into and made a part of this Assignment.
    4. Conveyance of Receivables in Additional Accounts . The Seller does hereby Convey to the Purchaser without recourse (except as expressly provided herein and in the Purchase Agreement), all of its right, title and interest in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created and arising from time to time in connection with the Additional Accounts until the Purchase Termination Date, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables in Additional Accounts, and all proceeds of the foregoing.
    5. In connection with such Conveyance, the Seller agrees to record and file, at its own expense, a financing statement or financing statements (or an amendment to such financing statement or financing statements) (including any continuation statements with respect to such financing statements when applicable) with respect to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created in the Additional Accounts meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect the Conveyance of the Receivables in Additional Accounts to the Purchaser and the first priority nature of the Purchaser's interest in the Receivables in Additional Accounts, and to deliver a file-stamped copy of such financing statement or continuation statement (or an amendment to such financing statement or financing statements) or other evidence of such filing (which may, for purposes of this Section 3 , consist of telephone confirmation of such filing followed by delivery of a file-stamped copy as soon as practicable) to the Purchaser on or prior to the last day of the Due Period in which such Additional Accounts were Conveyed to the Purchaser, and in the case of any continuation statements filed pursuant to this Section 3 , as soon as practicable after receipt thereof by the Seller.

      In connection with such Conveyance, the Seller agrees, at its own expense on or prior to the Addition Date, (i) to cause the Originator to indicate in its primary computer record and primary microfiche storage that Receivables created in connection with the Additional Accounts have been conveyed to the Purchaser pursuant to this Assignment and (ii) to indicate in the Pool Index File maintained in its computer files that Receivables created in connection with the Additional Accounts have been Conveyed to the Purchaser pursuant to this Assignment. The Seller further agrees not to and to cause the Originator not to alter the file designations referenced in this paragraph with respect to any Additional Account during the term of this Assignment unless and until such Additional Account becomes a Removed Account.

      The parties intend that if, and to the extent that, such Conveyance is not deemed to be a sale, the Seller shall be deemed hereunder to have granted to the Purchaser a first priority perfected security interest in all of the Seller's right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables now existing and hereafter created and arising from time to time in connection with the Additional Accounts until the Purchase Termination Date, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables in Additional Accounts, and all proceeds of the foregoing, and that this Assignment shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law.

    6. Acceptance by Purchaser . The Purchaser hereby acknowledges its acceptance of all right, title and interest previously held by the Seller in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created from time to time and arising in connection with the Additional Accounts until the Purchase Termination Date, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables in Additional Accounts, and all proceeds of the foregoing.
    7. Representations and Warranties of the Seller . The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as of the Addition Date:
      1. Organization and Good Standing . The Seller is a limited partnership duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the Texas and has full power, authority and legal right to own its properties and conduct its business as such properties are presently owned and such business is presently conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Assignment.
      2. Due Qualification . The Seller is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing (or is exempt from such requirement) in any state required in order to conduct its business, and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals with respect to the Seller required under applicable law.
      3. Due Authorization . The execution and delivery of this Assignment by the Seller and the consummation of the transactions provided for in this Assignment have been duly authorized by the Seller by all necessary corporate action on its part.
      4. Enforceability . This Assignment constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws.
      5. No Conflict . The execution and delivery of this Assignment, the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Assignment and the fulfillment of the terms hereof will not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the material terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, any indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound.
      6. No Violation . The execution and delivery of this Assignment, the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Assignment and the fulfillment of the terms hereof will not conflict with or violate in any material respect any Requirements of Law applicable to the Seller.
      7. No Proceedings . There are no proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of the Seller, threatened against the Seller before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality (i) asserting the invalidity of this Assignment, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Assignment, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of the Seller, would materially and adversely affect the performance by the Seller of its obligations under this Assignment, (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Assignment, or (v) seeking to affect adversely the income tax attributes of the Trust.
      8. All Consents Required . All appraisals, authorizations, consents, orders or other actions of any Person or of any governmental body or official required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Assignment, the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Assignment and the fulfillment of the terms hereof, have been obtained.
      9. Solvency . No Insolvency Event with respect to the Seller has occurred and the Conveyance by the Seller to the Purchaser of the Receivables in the Additional Accounts has not been made in contemplation of the occurrence thereof.

The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 5 shall survive the transfer and assignment of the respective Receivables in Additional Accounts to the Purchaser.

    1. Representations and Warranties of the Seller Relating to the Receivables .
      1. The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as of the date hereof:

(i) This Assignment constitutes either (A) a valid sale to the Purchaser of all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created and arising from time to time in connection with the Additional Accounts until the Purchase Termination Date, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, and all proceeds of the foregoing, and such property will be held by the Purchaser free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) of any Person claiming through or under the Seller or any of its Affiliates, or (B) a grant of a security interest (as defined in the UCC as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction) in such property to the Purchaser, which is enforceable with respect to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created and arising from time to time in connection with the Additional Accounts until the Purchase Termination Date, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, and all proceeds of the foregoing, upon such creation. To the extent that this Assignment constitutes the grant of a security interest to the Purchaser in such property, upon the filing of the financing statements described in Section 3 and in the case of the Receivables hereafter created, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, and the proceeds of the foregoing, upon such creation, the Purchaser shall have a first priority perfected security interest in such property (subject to Section 9-315 of the UCC as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction).

(ii) Each Additional Account is an Eligible Account and each Receivable in each such Additional Account is an Eligible Receivable.

(iii) Each Receivable in the Additional Accounts has been Conveyed to the Purchaser in compliance, in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Seller.

(iv) With respect to each Receivable in the Additional Accounts, all consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of or registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by the Seller in connection with the Conveyance of such Receivable to the Purchaser have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect.

(v) As of the date hereof, Schedule 1 to this Assignment and the related computer file or microfiche or written list referred to in Section 3 of this Assignment is an accurate and complete listing in all material respects of all the Additional Accounts, and the information contained therein with respect to the identity of such Additional Accounts and the Receivables existing thereunder is true and correct in all material respects as of the Addition Date, and as of the Addition Date, the aggregate amount of Receivables in all the Additional Accounts was $____________________.

(vi) No selection procedures believed by the Seller to be materially adverse to the interests of the Purchaser or the Investor Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Additional Accounts from the available Eligible Accounts.

      1. The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 6 shall survive the Conveyance of any of the respective Receivables to the Purchaser.
    1. Conditions Precedent . The acceptance by the Purchaser set forth in Section 4 and the amendment of the Purchase Agreement set forth in Section 8 are subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the date hereof, of each of the conditions precedent set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and each Supplement.
    2. Amendment of the Purchase Agreement . The Purchase Agreement is hereby amended to provide that all references therein to the "Purchase Agreement," to "this Agreement" and "herein" shall be deemed from and after the date hereof to be a dual reference to the Purchase Agreement as supplemented by this Assignment. Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms, covenants and conditions of the Purchase Agreement shall remain unamended and shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and except as expressly provided herein shall not constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver of compliance with or a consent to noncompliance with any term or provision of the Purchase Agreement.
    3. Counterparts . This Assignment may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
    4. Governing Law . This Assignment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Assignment of Receivables in Additional Accounts to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written.

SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP

By: SRI General Partner LLC, its general partner

 

By:________________________________

Name:

Title:

STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP

By: Stage Receivable Mgmt LLC, its general partner

 

By:________________________________

Name:

Title:

Schedule 1

to Assignment of

Receivables in

Additional Accounts

ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS

Schedule 2

to Assignment of

Receivables in

Additional Accounts

Officer's Certificate of an Officer

of Specialty Retailers (TX) LP

_______________________, a duly authorized officer of Specialty Retailers (TX) LP (the "Seller"), hereby certifies and acknowledges on behalf of the Seller that to the best of such officer's knowledge, the following statements are true on _________________ ______, ______ (the "Certificate Date"):

      1. The Seller has delivered to the Purchaser a written assignment in substantially the form of Exhibit A to the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the "Purchase Agreement"; any capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning specified in the Purchase Agreement) between Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, as Seller, and Stage Receivable Funding LP, as Purchaser, and has indicated in its computer files that the Receivables created in connection with the Additional Accounts have been Conveyed to the Purchaser.
      2. Each Additional Account is an Eligible Account and each Receivable in each such Additional Account is an Eligible Receivable.
      3. No selection procedures believed by the Seller to be materially adverse to the interests of the Purchaser or the Investor Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Additional Accounts from the available Eligible Accounts.
      4. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this ___________ day of _______________, _________.

        SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP

        By: SRI General Partner LLC, its general partner

         

        By:_______________________________

        Name:

        Title:

        EXHIBIT B

        FORM OF REASSIGNMENT OF INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES

        REASSIGNMENT NO. OF INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES, dated as of ________ __, ____ (this "Reassignment") by and among SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP, a Texas limited partnership ("Seller") and STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP, a Texas limited partnership ("Stage Funding"), pursuant to the Purchase Agreement referred to below.

        W I T N E S S E T H:

        WHEREAS, the Seller and Stage Funding are parties to the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2001 (hereinafter as such agreement may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the "Purchase Agreement");

        WHEREAS, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Seller wishes to reassign certain Receivables (the "Ineligible Receivables") whether now existing or hereafter created, from Stage Funding to the Seller; and

        WHEREAS, Stage Funding is willing to reconvey the Ineligible Receivables, and the Seller is willing to accept such reconveyance of Ineligible Receivables, subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

        NOW, THEREFORE, Stage Funding and the Seller hereby agree as follows:

        1. Defined Terms . All terms defined in the Purchase Agreement and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein.

        " Removal Cut Off Date " shall mean, with respect to the Ineligible Receivables designated hereby, ________ __, ____.

        " Removal Date " shall mean, with respect to the Ineligible Receivables designated hereby, ________ __, ____.

        " Removal Notice Date " shall mean, with respect to the Ineligible Receivables designated hereby, ________ __, ____.

        " Ineligible Receivables " shall mean the Ineligible Receivables designated hereby.

        2. Designation of Ineligible Receivables . The Seller shall have delivered to Stage Funding on or prior to the Removal Date, a computer file, microfiche list or written list containing a true and complete list of Receivables which as of the Removal Date shall be deemed to be Ineligible Receivables, such Ineligible Receivables being identified by the related account number and by the aggregate amount of Ineligible Receivables in each such Account as of the close of business on the Removal Cut Off Date, and, if less than all of the Receivables in an Account are to be Conveyed by Stage Funding hereunder, such other means of identification which shall be adequate to distinguish the Ineligible Receivables from the other Receivables in such Account. Such list shall be marked as Schedule 1 to this Reassignment and, as of the Removal Date, shall be incorporated into and made a part of this Reassignment.

        3. Conveyance of Ineligible Receivables .

      5. Stage Funding does hereby Convey to the Seller without recourse, all of its right, title and interest in and to the Ineligible Receivables (and, in the event that all the Receivables of an account are Ineligible Receivables, all Receivables now existing and hereafter created and arising from time to time in connection with such account until the Purchase Termination Date, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to such Ineligible Receivables, and all proceeds of the foregoing.
      6. In connection with such transfer, Stage Funding agrees to execute and deliver to the Assignee on or prior to the date of this Reassignment, a termination statement with respect to the Ineligible Receivables (and, in the event that all the Receivables of an account are Ineligible Receivables, all Receivables now existing and hereafter created in such accounts) designated hereby (which may be a single termination statement with respect to all such Ineligible Receivables) evidencing the release by Stage Funding of its Lien on the Ineligible Receivables, and meeting the requirements of applicable state law, in such manner and such jurisdictions as are necessary to remove such Lien.
      7. 4. Representations and Warranties of the Seller . The Seller hereby represents and warrants to Stage Funding as of the Removal Date:

      8. Enforceability . This Reassignment constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws.
      9. Selection Procedures . No selection procedures believed by the Seller to be materially adverse to the interests of the Purchaser, the Investor Certificateholders or any Enhancement Provider were utilized in selecting the Ineligible Receivables designated hereby.
      10. Schedule 1 Information . Schedule 1 to this Reassignment is an accurate and complete listing in all material respects of all the Ineligible Receivables as of the Removal Cut Off Date, and the information contained therein with respect to the identity of such Ineligible Receivables and, if applicable, the related accounts, is true and correct in all material respects as of the Removal Cut Off Date, and as of the Removal Cut Off Date, the aggregate amount of Ineligible Receivables was $________.
      11. 5. Conditions Precedent . The Conveyance of Ineligible Receivables set forth in Section 3 and the amendment of the Purchase Agreement set forth in Section 6 are subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Removal Date, of each of the conditions precedent to such removal set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

        6. Amendment of the Purchase Agreement . The Purchase Agreement is hereby amended to provide that all references therein to the "Purchase Agreement," to "this Agreement" and "herein" shall be deemed from and after the Removal Date to be a dual reference to the Purchase Agreement as supplemented by this Reassignment. Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms, covenants and conditions of the Purchase Agreement shall remain unamended and shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and except as expressly provided herein shall not constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver of compliance with or a consent to noncompliance with any term or provision of the Purchase Agreement.

        7. Counterparts . This Reassignment may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

        8. Governing Law . This Reassignment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

         

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Reassignment of Ineligible Receivables to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written.

        SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP

        By: SRI General Partner LLC, its general partner

         

        By:_________________________________

        Name:

        Title:

        STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP

        By: Stage Receivable Mgmt LLC, its general partner

         

        By:_________________________________

        Name:

        Title:

        Schedule 1

        to Reassignment of

        Ineligible Receivables

        INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES

        EXHIBIT C

        FORM OF REASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES IN REMOVED ACCOUNTS

        REASSIGNMENT NO. ___ OF RECEIVABLES IN REMOVED ACCOUNTS, dated as of ________ __, ____ (this "Reassignment") by and among SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP, a Texas limited partnership ("Seller") and STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP, a Texas limited partnership ("Stage Funding"), pursuant to the Purchase Agreement referred to below.

        W I T N E S S E T H:

        WHEREAS, the Seller and Stage Funding are parties to the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2001 (hereinafter as such agreement may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the "Purchase Agreement");

        WHEREAS, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Seller wishes to remove all Receivables from certain designated Accounts of the Seller (the "Removed Accounts") and to cause Stage Funding to reconvey the Receivables of such Removed Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, from Stage Funding to the Seller; and

        WHEREAS, Stage Funding is willing to accept such designation and to reconvey the Receivables in the Removed Accounts, and the Seller is willing to accept the reconveyance of such Receivables, subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

        NOW, THEREFORE, Stage Funding and the Seller hereby agree as follows:

        1. Defined Terms . All terms defined in the Purchase Agreement and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein.

        " Removal Cut Off Date " shall mean, with respect to the Removed Accounts designated hereby, ___________ __, ____.

        " Removal Date " shall mean, with respect to the Removed Accounts designated hereby, ___________ __, ____.

        " Removal Notice Date " shall mean, with respect to the removed Accounts designated hereby, ___________ __, ____.

        " Removed Accounts " shall mean the Removed Accounts designated hereby.

        2. Designation of Removed Accounts . The Seller shall have delivered to Stage Funding on or prior to the Removal Date, a computer file, microfiche list, or written list containing a true and complete list of Accounts which as of the Removal Date shall be deemed to be Removed Accounts, such accounts being identified by account number and by the aggregate amount of Receivables in such accounts as of the close of business on the Removal Cut Off Date. Such list shall be marked as Schedule 1 to this Reassignment and, as of the Removal Date, shall be incorporated into and made a part of this Reassignment.

        3. Conveyance of Receivables in Removed Accounts .

      12. Stage Funding does hereby Convey to the Seller without recourse, all of its right, title and interest in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created and arising from time to time in connection with the Removed Accounts until the Purchase Termination Date, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables in Removed Accounts, and all proceeds of the foregoing.
      13. In connection with such transfer, Stage Funding agrees to execute and deliver to the Seller on or prior to the date of this Reassignment, a termination statement with respect to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created in the Removed Accounts designated hereby (which may be a single termination statement with respect to all such Receivables) evidencing the release by Stage Funding of its Lien on the Receivables in the Removed Accounts, and meeting the requirements of applicable state law, in such manner and such jurisdictions as are necessary to remove such Lien.
      14. 4. Representations and Warranties of the Seller and the Assignee . The Seller hereby represents and warrants to Stage Funding as of the Removal Date:

      15. Enforceability . This Reassignment constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws.
      16. Selection Procedures . No selection procedures believed by the Seller to be materially adverse to the interests of Stage Funding, the Investor Certificateholders or any Enhancement Provider were utilized in selecting the Removed Accounts designated hereby.
      17. Schedule 1 Information . Schedule 1 to this Reassignment is an accurate and complete listing in all material respects of all the Removed Accounts as of the Removal Cut Off Date, and the information contained therein with respect to the identity of such Removed Accounts and the Receivables existing thereunder is true and correct in all material respects as of the Removal Cut Off Date, and as of the Removal Cut Off Date, the aggregate amount of Receivables in all the Removed Accounts was $______________.

5. Conditions Precedent . The Conveyance of Receivables set forth in Section 3 and the amendment of the Purchase Agreement set forth in Section 6 are subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Removal Date, of each of the conditions precedent to such removal set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

6. Amendment of the Purchase Agreement . The Purchase Agreement is hereby amended to provide that all references therein to the "Purchase Agreement," to "this Agreement" and "herein" shall be deemed from and after the Removal Date to be a dual reference to the Purchase Agreement as supplemented by this Reassignment. Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms, covenants and conditions of the Purchase Agreement shall remain unamended and shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and except as expressly provided herein shall not constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver of compliance with or a consent to noncompliance with any term or provision of the Purchase Agreement.

7. Counterparts . This Reassignment may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

8. Governing Law . This Reassignment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Reassignment of Receivables in Removed Accounts to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written.

SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP

By: SRI General Partner LLC, its general partner

 

By:_____________________________

Name:

Title:

STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP

By: Stage Receivable Mgmt LLC, its general partner

 

By:_____________________________

Name:

Title:

Schedule 1

to Assignment of

Receivables in

Removed Accounts

REMOVED ACCOUNTS

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP

Transferor

SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP

Servicer

and

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY

Trustee

Stage Stores Master Trust

POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

Dated as of August 24, 2001

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions 1

Section 1.2. Other Definitional Provisions. 18

ARTICLE II

CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES; ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES

Section 2.1. Conveyance of Receivables. 19

Section 2.2. Acceptance by Trustee. 20

Section 2.3. Representations and Warranties of the Transferor 20

Section 2.4. Representations and Warranties of the Transferor Relating to the Receivables; Notice of Breach. 22

Section 2.5. Covenants of the Transferor 27

Section 2.6. Addition of Accounts. 30

Section 2.7. Removal of Accounts. 32

Section 2.8. Trustee May Perform 33

Section 2.9. No Assumption of Liability 33

ARTICLE III

ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES

Section 3.1. Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters Relating to the Servicer. 33

Section 3.2. Servicing Compensation 34

Section 3.3. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Servicer 35

Section 3.4. Reports and Records for the Trustee. 37

Section 3.5. Annual Servicer's Certificate 38

Section 3.6. Agreed-Upon Procedures. 38

Section 3.7. Tax Treatment 39

Section 3.8. Notices to the Transferor 39

ARTICLE IV

RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

Section 4.1. Rights of Certificateholders 39

Section 4.2. Establishment of Accounts. 40

Section 4.3. Collections and Allocations. 40

ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

ARTICLE VI

THE CERTIFICATES

Section 6.1. Certificates 44

Section 6.2. Authentication of Certificates 45

Section 6.3. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates. 45

Section 6.4. Mutilated, Destroyed, or Stolen Certificates 48

Section 6.5. Persons Deemed Owners 48

Section 6.6. Appointment of Paying Agent. 48

Section 6.7. Access to List of Certificateholders' Names and Addresses 49

Section 6.8. Authenticating Agent. 50

Section 6.9. Tender of Exchangeable Transferor Certificate. 51

Section 6.10. Meetings of Certificateholders. 52

Section 6.11. Uncertificated Classes 54

ARTICLE VII

OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE TRANSFEROR

Section 7.1. Liability of the Transferor 54

Section 7.2. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Transferor 54

Section 7.3. Limitation on Liability 54

Section 7.4. Indemnification 55

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SERVICER

Section 8.1. Liability of the Servicer 57

Section 8.2. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Servicer 57

Section 8.3. Limitation on Liability 58

Section 8.4. Servicer Indemnification of the Trust and the Trustee 58

Section 8.5. The Servicer Not to Resign 59

Section 8.6. Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the Receivables 59

Section 8.7. Delegation of Duties 60

Section 8.8. Examination of Records 60

ARTICLE IX

EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS

Section 9.1. Early Amortization Events 60

Section 9.2. Additional Rights Upon the Occurrence of Certain Events. 61

ARTICLE X

SERVICER DEFAULTS

Section 10.1. Servicer Defaults 62

Section 10.2. Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor. 63

Section 10.3. Notification of Servicer Default and Successor Servicer 65

Section 10.4. Waiver of Past Defaults 65

ARTICLE XI

THE TRUSTEE

Section 11.1. Duties of Trustee. 65

Section 11.2. Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee 67

Section 11.3. Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Certificates 69

Section 11.4. Trustee May Own Certificates 70

Section 11.5. The Servicer to Pay Trustee's Fees and Expenses 70

Section 11.6. Eligibility Requirements for Trustee 70

Section 11.7. Resignation or Removal of Trustee. 70

Section 11.8. Successor Trustee. 71

Section 11.9. Merger or Consolidation of Trustee 72

Section 11.10. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee. 72

Section 11.11. Tax Return 73

Section 11.12. Trustee May Enforce Claims without Possession of Certificates 73

Section 11.13. Suits for Enforcement. 73

Section 11.14. Rights of Investor Certificateholders to Direct Trustee. 75

Section 11.15. Representations and Warranties of the Trustee 75

Section 11.16. Maintenance of Office or Agency 75

ARTICLE XII

TERMINATION

Section 12.1. Termination of Trust. 76

Section 12.2. Optional Purchase. 77

Section 12.3. Final Payment with Respect to Any Series. 77

Section 12.4. Termination of Rights of Holder of Exchangeable Transferor Certificate 78

Section 12.5. Defeasance 78

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 13.1. Amendment. 79

Section 13.2. Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Trust. 80

Section 13.3. Limitation on Rights of Certificateholders. 81

Section 13.4. GOVERNING LAW 82

Section 13.5. Notices 82

Section 13.6. Severability of Provisions 83

Section 13.7. Assignment 83

Section 13.8. Certificates Non-Assessable and Fully Paid 83

Section 13.9. Further Assurances 83

Section 13.10. Non-petition Covenant 83

Section 13.11. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies 83

Section 13.12. Counterparts 84

Section 13.13. Third-Party Beneficiaries 84

Section 13.14. Actions by Certificateholders. 84

Section 13.15. Rule 144A Information 84

Section 13.16. Merger and Integration 84

Section 13.17. Headings 84

Section 13.18. Inconsistent Provisions 84

Section 13.19. No More Than 100 Holders 85

 

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A - Form of Exchangeable Transferor Certificate

Exhibit B - Form of Officer's Certificate Regarding Additional Accounts

Exhibit C - Form of Monthly Servicer's Report

Exhibit D-1 - Form of Store Payment Allocation

Exhibit D-2 - Form of Mail Payment Allocation

Exhibit E-1 - Form of Reassignment of Receivables in Removed Accounts

Exhibit E-2 - Form of Reassignment of Ineligible Receivables

Exhibit F - Form of Annual Servicer's Certificate

Exhibit G - Procedures of Independent Accountants

Exhibit H-1 - Form of Certificate Legend

Exhibit H-2 - Form of Representation Letter

Exhibit I - [Reserved]

Exhibit J - Form of Conveyance to Holder of Exchangeable Transferor Certificate

Exhibit K - Transferor General Partner Charter Provisions

Exhibit L - Chart of Fiscal Periods

SCHEDULES

Schedule I - Accounts

Schedule II - Depository Banks

POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of August 24, 2001 by and between Stage Receivable Funding LP, a limited partnership organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, as Transferor (the " Transferor "), Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, a limited partnership organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas ("SRLP"), as Servicer (the " Servicer "), and Bankers Trust Company, a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, as Trustee (the " Trustee ").

In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and the Certificateholders:


  1. DEFINITIONS
      1. Definitions . Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and the definitions of such terms are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as the feminine and neuter genders of such terms:
      2. " Account " shall mean (a) each credit card account, including, without limitation, accounts which have been written off as uncollectible, issued to an Obligor pursuant to a Charge Account Agreement between the Originator and any Person, which account is an Eligible Account on the Initial Cut Off Date (or, in the case of the Additional Accounts, as of the applicable Addition Date) and which is identified by (i) an account number, (ii) Obligor name, (iii) Obligor address and (iv) Receivable balance as of the Initial Cut Off Date (or, in the case of Additional Accounts, as of the applicable Addition Date) in each computer file delivered to the Trustee by the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.6 . The term Account shall include each "Renumbered Account". The term "Account" shall be deemed to refer to an Additional Account only from and after the Addition Date with respect thereto, and the term "Account" shall be deemed to refer to any Removed Account only prior to the Removal Date with respect thereto.

        " Account Information " shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.2(b) .

        " Addition Date " shall mean each date as of which Additional Accounts will be included as Accounts pursuant to Section 2.6 .

        " Additional Account " shall mean each revolving credit card account established pursuant to a Charge Account Agreement, which account is designated pursuant to Section 2.6 to be included as an Account and is identified in a computer file delivered to the Trustee by the Servicer pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.6 .

        " Additional Assignment " shall have the meaning specified in the SRLP Purchase Agreement.

        " Affiliate " of any Person shall mean any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

        " Aggregate Investor Interest " shall mean, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount of the sum of the Investor Interests of all Series issued and outstanding on such date of determination and the sum of the Enhancement Invested Amounts, if any, for all outstanding Series of Certificates on such date of determination.

        " Aggregate Minimum Transferor Interest " shall mean, as of any date of determination, the product of the Minimum Transferor Percentage and the sum of the amount of the aggregate Principal Receivables in the Trust at such time plus the amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account on such date.

        " Agreement " shall mean this Pooling and Servicing Agreement and all amendments and modifications hereof and supplements hereto, including any Supplement.

        " Amortization Period ", with respect to any Series, shall have the meaning specified in the related Supplement.

        " Applicants " shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.7 .

        " Appointment Day " shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.2(a) .

        " Approved Rating " shall mean a rating of P-1 by Moody's and a rating of A-1+ by Standard & Poor's.

        " Authorized Newspaper " shall mean a newspaper of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, printed in the English language and customarily published on each Business Day, whether or not published on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays.

        " Bankruptcy Court " means the United States Bankruptcy Court for The Southern District of Texas.

        " Benefit Plan " shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.3(c) .

        " BIF " shall mean the Bank Insurance Fund administered by the FDIC.

        " Business Day " shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York (and, with respect to any Series, any additional city or state specified in the related Supplement), are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or governmental decree to be closed.

        " Certificate " shall mean any one of the Investor Certificates of any Series or the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate.

        " Certificateholder " or " Holder " shall mean the Person in whose name a Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

        " Certificate Interest " shall mean interest payable in respect of the Investor Certificates of any Series pursuant to the Supplement for such Series.

        " Certificate Owner " shall mean, with respect to a Book-Entry Certificate, the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Certificate, as may be reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

        " Certificate Principal " shall mean principal payable in respect of the Investor Certificates of any Series pursuant to the Supplement for such Series.

        " Certificate Register " shall mean the register maintained pursuant to Section 6.3 , providing for the registration of the Certificates and transfers and exchanges thereof.

        " Charge Account Agreement " shall mean the agreement (and the related application) for any Account, as such agreement may be amended, modified or otherwise changed from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

        " Class " shall mean a class of Certificates of a particular Series.

        " Closing Date " shall mean, with respect to any Series, the date of issuance of such Series of Certificates, as specified in the related Supplement.

        " Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

        " Collateral Agent " shall mean Citicorp USA, Inc., as Collateral Agent under the Intercreditor Agreement.

        " Collection " shall mean any payment by or on behalf of Obligors received by the Originator, Transferor, Servicer or Trustee in respect of the Receivables, in the form of cash, checks, wire transfers, electronic transfers, ATM transfers or other form of payment on any Receivables, including, without limitation, all Recoveries. The term "Collection" shall include Insurance Proceeds and other amounts constituting Recoveries generally, but shall exclude Insurance Proceeds and other amounts constituting Recoveries of Receivables to the extent the aggregate Insurance Proceeds and other Recoveries received in respect of Receivables during any Due Period exceed the Loss Amount for such Due Period and any prior Due Periods; which excess shall be distributed to the Transferor on the Distribution Date related to such Due Period. A Collection processed on an Account in excess of the aggregate amount of Receivables in such Account as of the date of receipt by the Originator, Transferor, Servicer or Trustee of such Collection shall be deemed to be a payment in respect of Principal Receivables to the extent of such excess.

        " Collection Account " shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.2(a) .

        " Collection Account Bank " shall mean Bankers Trust Company .

        " Confirmation Order " means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan of Reorganization.

        " Convey " shall mean to transfer, reassign, assign, set over and otherwise convey.

        " Conveyance " shall mean the act of Conveying property.

        " Corporate Trust Office " shall mean the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of the execution of this Agreement is located at Four Albany Street, 10th Floor, New York, New York, 10006, Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Services - Structured Finance Group.

        " Coupon " shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.1 .

        " Credit and Collection Policy " shall mean the Originator's and SRLP's policies and procedures relating to the operation of the Originator's credit card business in effect on the date hereof, including, without limitation, the policies and procedures for determining the creditworthiness of potential and existing credit card customers, and relating to the maintenance of credit card accounts and collection of credit card receivables, as such policies and procedures may be amended from time to time.

        " Credit Agreement " shall mean that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001 among Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, Stage Stores, Inc., the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders from time to time party thereto as the Initial Lenders, Issuing Bank and Swing Line Bank, Citicorp USA, Inc. as Collateral Agent, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. as arranger and book manager.

        " Cycle " shall mean each billing cycle for each Fiscal Period for an Account, as determined by the Servicer in accordance with its normal practice.

        " Daily Report " shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 3.4(a) .

        " Debtor Relief Laws " shall mean the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America and all other applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, suspension of payments or similar debtor relief laws from time to time in effect affecting the rights of creditors (including creditors of national banking associations generally), and general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).

        " Defeasance " shall have the meaning specified in Section 12.5(a) .

        " Defeased Series " shall have the meaning specified in Section 12.5(a) .

        " Depository Accounts " shall mean the Initial Depository Account, the Shared Concentration Account and each Store Account.

        " Depository Bank " shall mean a bank at which a Depository Account is located, together with such additional or substitute banks as are permitted under this Agreement.

        " Depository Bank Agreement " shall mean, with regard to any individual Depository Bank, the control agreement, blocked account agreement, or standing daily transfer order entered into by such Depository Bank regarding the Initial Depository Account, the Shared Concentration Account or Store Account, as applicable, located at such Depository Bank.

        " Determination Date " shall mean the second Business Day preceding each Distribution Date.

        " Dilution Amount " shall have, with respect to any Due Period, the meaning specified in Section 4.3(d) .

        " Distribution Date " shall mean the tenth (10th) day of each month, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day; provided , that the initial Distribution Date for any Series shall be set forth in the related Supplement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Total Systems Failure exists on any Distribution Date, the date of such Distribution Date shall mean the fourth Business Day after the date on which the Transferor or the Servicer delivers the monthly report in the form of Exhibit C ; provided , that in no event shall a Distribution Date be postponed more than 10 Business Days due to a Total Systems Failure.

        " Dollars ", " $ " or " U.S. $ " shall mean United States dollars.

        " Due Period " shall mean, initially, the period from the close of business on August 24, 2001, to the close of business on the last day of the last Cycle for the Fiscal Period of September, 2001, and thereafter, the period from the close of business on the last day of the prior Due Period to the close of business on the last day of the last Cycle for the following Fiscal Period.

        " Early Amortization Event " shall mean, with respect to each Series, a Trust Early Amortization Event or a Series Early Amortization Event.

        " Eligible Account " shall mean, as of the Initial Cut Off Date (or, with respect to Additional Accounts, as of the applicable Addition Date), each Account:

        1. which has been originated in connection with the extension of credit to an Obligor whose application for the extension of credit was processed through the Originator or SRLP, as applicable, or an Affiliate of the Originator or which has been acquired by the Originator from a third party and determined by the Originator or SRLP, as applicable, to be in compliance with the Credit and Collection Policy, including those relating to the extension of credit;
        2. which the Originator or SRLP, as applicable, has not classified on its electronic records as counterfeit, canceled or fraudulent, and with respect to which any card issued in connection therewith has not been stolen or lost;
        3. which is payable in Dollars;
        4. with respect to which all filings, consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of, or registrations or declarations with, any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by the Originator or SRLP, as applicable, in connection with the creation of the underlying Receivable in such Account or the execution, delivery and performance by the Originator or SRLP, as applicable, of the Charge Account Agreement pursuant to which such underlying Receivable was created, have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect as of such date of creation.
        5. which the Originator or SRLP, as applicable, has not charged off pursuant to the Credit and Collection Policy as of the Initial Cut Off Date (or with respect to Additional Accounts, as of the applicable Addition Date);
        6. no portion of which is greater than 180 days past due; and
        7. the Obligor of which has provided, as its most recent billing address, an address which is located in the United States.
        8. " Eligible Receivable " shall mean each Receivable which satisfies each of the following conditions:

        9. which has arisen under an Eligible Account;
        10. which was created in compliance, in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Originator and SRLP and pursuant to a Charge Account Agreement that complies in all material respects with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Originator and SRLP and satisfies all applicable requirements in the Credit and Collection Policy;
        11. as to which, at the time of and at all times after the creation of such Receivable, the Originator, SRLP, the Transferor or the Trust had good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens) arising under or through the Originator, SRLP, the Transferor or any of their Affiliates;
        12. which is the legal, valid and binding payment obligation of the Obligor thereon, enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, subject to Debtor Relief Laws; and
        13. which constitutes a "payment intangible" or an "account" as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC
        14. " Enhancement " shall mean, with respect to any Series, the cash collateral account, letter of credit, insurance policy, guaranteed rate agreement, maturity guaranty facility, tax protection agreement, interest rate caps, interest rate swap, subordination of the rights of one class to another or any other contract, agreement or arrangement for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders (including any subordinated interest and any subordination of one Series to another), as designated in the applicable Supplement.

          " Enhancement Invested Amount " shall have the meaning, if applicable with respect to any Series, specified in the related Supplement.

          " ERISA " means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

          " Excess Funding Account " shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.3(e) .

          " Excess Funding Amount " shall mean the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account.

          " Exchange " shall mean the procedure described under Section 6.9 .

          " Exchange Act " shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

          " Exchange Date " shall have the meaning, with respect to any Series issued pursuant to an Exchange, specified in Section 6.9(b) .

          " Exchange Notice " shall have the meaning, with respect to any Series issued pursuant to an Exchange, specified in Section 6.9(b) .

          " Exchangeable Transferor Certificate " shall mean the certificate or certificates executed and authenticated by the Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A and exchangeable as provided in Section 6.9 .

          " Extended Trust Termination Date " shall have the meaning specified in Section 12.1(a) .

          " FDIC " shall mean the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor thereto.

          " Finance Charge Receivables " shall mean all amounts billed to the Obligors on any Account in the ordinary course of the Originator's business in respect of (a) periodic rate finance charges, (b) late payment fees, (c) annual fees, if any, with respect to Accounts and (d) returned check charges.

          " Finance Charge Shortfalls " shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.3(g) .

          " Fiscal Period " shall have the meaning provided in Exhibit L .

          " Governmental Authority " shall mean the United States of America, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

          " Group " shall mean, with respect to any Series, the group of Series, if any, in which the related Supplement specifies such Series is to be included.

          " Holder " shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of " Certificateholder ."

          " Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate " shall mean Stage Receivable Funding LP, a Texas limited partnership, and its successors and assigns.

          " Indemnified Amount " shall have the meaning specified in Section 7.4 .

          " Indemnified Party " shall have the meaning specified in Section 7.4 .

          " Ineligible Receivable " shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.4(d)(iii) .

          " Initial Closing Date " shall mean August 24, 2001.

          " Initial Cut off Date " shall mean the close of business of the Transferor on the second Business Day preceding the Initial Closing Date.

          " Initial Depository Account " shall mean The Chase Manhattan Bank account No. 001-01777994 established by the Originator for the purpose of collecting payments mailed in by Obligors, as specified in writing by the Transferor to the Trustee; provided , that each of the Originator and the Transferor shall have assigned all of its right, title and interest in such account to the Trustee; provided , further , that the establishment of such account shall be agreed to by the Trustee; provided , further , that upon the occurrence of a Servicer Default and the appointment of a Successor Servicer pursuant to Article X, Initial Depository Account shall mean an account established by such Successor Servicer for the purpose of collecting payments made by Obligors as shall be agreed to by such Successor Servicer and the Trustee.

          " Initial Investor Interest " shall mean, with respect to any Series, the amount specified as such in the related Supplement.

          " Insolvency Event " shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.2(a) .

          " Insurance Proceeds " shall mean any amounts recovered by the Servicer pursuant to any credit life, credit disability or unemployment insurance policies covering any Obligor with respect to Receivables under such Obligor's Account to the extent such amounts are used to make payments on such Account.

          " Intercreditor Agreement " shall mean that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001 among Citicorp North America, Inc., as Program Agent, Stage Receivable Funding LP, as Transferor, Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, as Borrower and Servicer, Granite National Bank, N.A., Stage Stores, Inc., Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Bank Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified.

          " Investment Company Act " shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

          " Investor Certificate " shall mean any one of the certificates executed and authenticated by the Trustee substantially in the form of the investor certificate attached to the related Supplement evidencing an Undivided Trust Interest, other than the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate.

          " Investor Certificateholder " shall mean the holder of record of an Investor Certificate.

          " Investor Exchange " shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.9(b) .

          " Investor Interest " of any Series shall have the meaning specified in the related Supplement.

          " Investor Monthly Servicing Fee " for any Series, shall have the meaning specified in the related Supplement.

          " Investor Percentage " with respect to Collections of Principal Receivables, Collections of Finance Charge Receivables, Series Dilution Amounts or Loss Amounts, for any Series, shall have the meaning specified in the related Supplement.

          " Lien " shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, participation or equity interest deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing and the filing of any financing statement under the UCC (other than any such financing statement filed for informational purposes only) or comparable law of any jurisdiction to evidence any of the foregoing.

          " Loss Amount " for any Due Period means an amount (which shall not be less than zero) equal to (a) the principal balance of any Account, or any portion thereof, that has been written off or, consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy, should have been written off the Originator's books as uncollectible during such Due Period, it being understood that any portion of the principal balance of any account that is more than 180 days past due shall in any event be deemed to have been written off as uncollectible, minus (b) the amount of Recoveries received in such Due Period with respect to Receivables previously charged off as uncollectible or as otherwise defined in the applicable Series Supplement.

          " Mail Payment Allocation " shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.4(b)(ii) .

          " Minimum Transferor Percentage " shall mean 5.0%.

          " Monthly Period " shall mean the period from and including the first day of a calendar month to and including the last day of a calendar month.

          " Monthly Servicer's Report " shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 3.4(c) .

          " Monthly Servicing Fee " shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.2 .

          " Moody's " shall mean Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

          " Obligor " shall mean, with respect to any Account, the Person or Persons obligated to make payments with respect to such Account, including any guarantor thereof.

          " Officer's Certificate " shall mean a certificate signed by any Vice President or more senior officer of the Originator, Transferor or Servicer, as applicable.

          " Opinion of Counsel " shall mean a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for or an employee of the Person providing the opinion, and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, and in the case of an opinion to be delivered to the Originator or Transferor, reasonably acceptable to the Originator or Transferor.

          " Originator " shall mean Granite National Bank, N.A., a nationally chartered bank.

          " Originator Portfolio " shall mean the revolving credit card accounts owned by the Originator.

          " Originator Purchase Agreement " shall mean the Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2001, between SRLP and the Originator, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

          " Parent " shall mean Stage Stores, Inc, a Nevada corporation.

          " Paying Agent " shall mean any paying agent appointed pursuant to Section 6.6 and shall initially be the Trustee.

          " Permitted Investments " shall mean, unless otherwise provided in the Supplement with respect to any Series, book-entry securities, negotiable instruments or securities represented by instruments in bearer or registered form which evidence any of the following:

              1. direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed by, the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America;
              2. (A) demand and time deposits in, certificates of deposit of, bankers' acceptances issued by, or federal funds sold by, any depository institution or trust company (including the Trustee or any agent of the Trustee, acting in their respective commercial capacities) incorporated under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia or any foreign depository institution with a branch or agency licensed under the laws of the United States of America or any State, subject to supervision and examination by Federal and/or State banking authorities and having an Approved Rating at the time of such investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment or otherwise approved in writing by each Rating Agency or (B) any other demand or time deposit or certificate of deposit which is fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
              3. repurchase obligations with respect to (A) any security described in clause (i) above or (B) any other security issued or guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, in either case entered into with a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) described in clause (ii)(A) above;
              4. short-term debt securities bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United states of America or any State, the short-term unsecured obligations of which have an Approved Rating at the time of such investment; provided , however , that securities issued by any particular corporation will not be Permitted Investments to the extent that investment therein will cause the then outstanding principal amount of securities issued by such corporation and held as part of the corpus of the Trust to exceed 10% of amounts held in the Collection Account;
              5. commercial paper having an Approved Rating at the time of such investment or pledge as security;
              6. investments in money market funds having the highest rating from Standard & Poor's and Moody's Investors Service (including funds for which the Trustee or any of its affiliates is investment manager or advisor); or
              7. any other investments approved in writing by each Rating Agency; provided , that such investments shall be made only so long as making such investments will not require the Trust to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

        " Permitted Lien " shall mean (i) any issuance of an Undivided Trust Interest pursuant to any Supplement, (ii) any assignment pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof, (iii) any inchoate tax lien, (iv) any lien arising under the Credit Agreement on assets not otherwise pledged hereunder or under either Purchase Agreement and (v) any Lien created by or in connection with this Agreement or either Purchase Agreement.

        " Person " shall mean any legal person, including any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, governmental entity or other entity of similar nature.

        " Plan of Reorganization " shall mean that certain Third Amended Plan of Reorganization of Stage Stores, Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Specialty Retailers, Inc. (NV) as Modified, confirmed by order of the Bankruptcy Court on August 8, 2001.

        " Pool Factor ", as such term is used in any Supplement, shall mean a number carried out to seven decimals representing the ratio of the applicable Investor Interest as of the last Business Day of the preceding Due Period (determined after taking into account any reduction in the Investor Interest that will occur on the following Distribution Date) to the applicable Initial Investor Interest.

        " Pool Index File " shall mean the file on SRLP's or Originator's computer system that identifies revolving credit card accounts of the Originator, which file is designated by SRLP or Originator as the "Pool Index File."

        " Principal Receivables " shall mean (a) all amounts (other than amounts which represent Finance Charge Receivables or Loss Amounts) billed to the Obligor on any Account, including without limitation amounts billed in respect of purchases of merchandise or services or credit insurance premiums and (b) all other fees (other than Finance Charge Receivables) billed to Obligors on the Accounts. In calculating the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables on any day, the amount of Principal Receivables shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of credit balances in the Accounts on such day. Any Receivables that the Transferor is unable to transfer to the Trust as provided in Sections 2.1 and 2.6 shall not be included in calculating the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables.

        " Principal Sharing Series " shall mean a Series that, pursuant to the Supplement therefor, is entitled to receive Shared Principal Collections.

        " Principal Shortfalls " shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.3(f) .

        " Principal Terms ", with respect to any Series issued pursuant to an Exchange, shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.9(c) .

        " Private Holder " shall mean each holder of a right to receive interest or principal in respect of any direct or indirect interest in the Trust, including any financial instrument or contract the value of which is determined in whole or part by reference to the Trust (including the Trust's assets, income of the Trust or distributions made by the Trust), excluding any interest in the Trust represented by any Series, Class of Certificates, or any other interests as to which the Transferor has received an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such Series, Class or other interest will be treated as debt or otherwise not as an equity interest in the Trust for federal income tax purposes (unless such interest is convertible or exchangeable into an interest in the Trust or the Trust's income or such interest provides for payment of equivalent value). Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, "Private Holder" shall also include any other Person that the Transferor determines is a "partner" within the meaning of Section 1.7704-1(h)(1)(ii) of the U.S. Treasury Regulations (including by reason of Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)) or any successor provision of law. Any Person holding more than one interest in the Trust, each of which separately would cause such Person to be a Private Holder, shall be treated as a single Private Holder. Each holder of an interest in a Private Holder which is a partnership, S corporation or a grantor trust under the Internal Revenue Code shall be treated as a Private Holder unless excepted with the consent of the Transferor (which consent shall be based on an Opinion of Counsel generally to the effect that the action taken pursuant to the consent will not cause the Trust to become a publicly traded partnership treated as a corporation). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Person designated as a "Private Holder" in any Supplement shall be considered to be a Private Holder.

        " Private Label Program " means the Originator's program of originating private label credit card receivables primarily from sales at STAGE, BEALLS or PALAIS ROYAL stores, as specified in the Credit and Collection Policy.

        " Purchase Agreement " shall mean the Originator Purchase Agreement or the SRLP Purchase Agreement.

        " Qualified Depository Institution " shall mean the Trustee or a depository institution or trust company organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia (or the domestic branch of a foreign depository institution), with deposit insurance provided by BIF or SAIF, the short-term deposits of which have an Approved Rating.

        " Rating Agency " shall mean, with respect to any Series, the rating agency or agencies, if any, specified in the related Supplement.

        " Rating Agency Condition " shall mean, with respect to any action, that each Rating Agency shall have notified the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of its rating on any Investor Certificates.

        " Reassignment " shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.7(b)(ii) .

        " Reassignment Date " shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.4(e) .

        " Receivables " shall mean Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables; provided , that upon the reassignment by the Trustee to the Transferor of Receivables pursuant to Section 2.4 or upon the removal of Receivables from the Trust pursuant to Section 2.7 , such Conveyed Receivables, as of the date of such reassignment or removal, shall no longer be treated as Receivables.

        " Record Date " shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the last calendar day of the preceding calendar month.

        " Recoveries " shall mean all amounts received (net of out-of-pocket costs of collection) with respect to Receivables previously charged off as uncollectible and all Insurance Proceeds.

        " Removal Cut Off Date " shall mean, with respect to Receivables in certain designated Removed Accounts, the date, which shall be not less than 3 nor more than 20 days prior to the applicable Removal Date, specified as such in the computer file required to be delivered by the Transferor pursuant to Section 2.7(b)(ii)(B) .

        " Removal Date " shall mean the date on which Receivables in certain designated Removed Accounts will be reassigned by the Trustee to an entity designated by the Transferor.

        " Removal Notice Date " shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.7(a) .

        " Removed Accounts " shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.7(a) .

        " Renumbered Account " shall mean an Account with respect to which a new credit account number has been issued by the Servicer or the Originator under circumstances resulting from a lost or stolen credit card, from the transfer from one group to another group, from the transfer from one Obligor to another Obligor or from the addition of any Obligor and not requiring standard application and credit evaluation procedures under the Credit and Collection Policy, and which in any such case can be traced or identified by reference to or by way of the computer files delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.1 , 2.6(b)(i) or 2.7(b)(ii)(B) as an Account which has been renumbered.

        " Requisite Certificateholders " shall have, with respect to any individual Series, the meaning specified in the applicable Supplement.

        " Requirements of Law " means any law, treaty, rule or regulation, or determination of an arbitrator of, the United States of America, any state or other political subdivision thereof or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, whether federal, state or local (including any usury law, the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z and Regulation B of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and, when used with respect to any Person, the certificate of incorporation or articles of association and by-laws or other charter or other governing documents of such Person.

        " Responsible Officer " shall mean any officer within the Corporate Trust Office (or any successor group of the Trustee), including any Managing Director, Director, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Associate or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any person who at the time shall be an above-designated officer and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

        " Revolving Period " shall have, with respect to any Series, the meaning specified in the related Supplement.

        " SAIF " shall mean the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the FDIC.

        " Securities Act " shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

        " Series " shall mean any series of Investor Certificates.

        " Series Account " shall mean, with respect to any Series, any account or accounts established pursuant to the related Supplement for the benefit of such Series.

        " Series Dilution Amount " shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.3(d) .

        " Series Early Amortization Event " shall mean, with respect to any Series, each "Early Amortization Event" or "Series Early Amortization Event" specified in the related Supplement.

        " Series Investor Interest ", with respect to any Series, shall have the meaning specified in the related Supplement.

        " Series Percentage " shall mean, for any Series with respect to any Due Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Series Investor Interest for such Series as of the last day of the immediately preceding Due Period and the denominator of which is the sum of the Series Investor Interests for all outstanding Series, in each case as of the last day of the immediately preceding Due Period.

        " Series Servicing Fee Percentage " shall mean, with respect to any Series, the amount specified in the related Supplement.

        " Series Termination Date " shall mean, with respect to any Series, the date specified in the related Supplement.

        " Series Unfunded Dilution Amount " shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.3(d) .

        " Servicer " shall mean Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, a Texas limited partnership, and its permitted successors and assigns and thereafter any Person appointed Successor Servicer as herein provided.

        " Servicer Default " shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.1 .

        " Servicer Termination Notice " shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.1 .

        " Servicing Officer " shall mean any officer of the Servicer involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Receivables whose name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished to the Trustee by the Servicer, as such list may from time to time be amended.

        " Shared Concentration Account " shall mean Citibank, N.A. account No. 30474928 held in the name of Citicorp USA, Inc., as Collateral Agent jointly for the benefit of (i) the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lender Parties (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement), and (ii) for the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders for the purpose of receiving payments due to such parties under the Credit Agreement and the Transaction Documents, respectively.

        " Shared Concentration Account Bank " shall mean Citibank, N.A.

        " Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections " shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.3(g) .

        " Shared Principal Collections " shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.3(f) .

        " Specified Programs " means the Private Label Program or (ii) subject to the Rating Agency Condition, any other credit card origination program initiated by the Originator..

        " SRLP " means Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, a Texas limited partnership.

        " SRLP Purchase Agreement " shall mean the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2001, between SRLP and the Transferor, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

        " Standard & Poor's " shall mean Standard & Poor's, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies.

        " Store " shall mean a retail location of any Affiliate of the Originator.

        " Store Account " shall mean a deposit account established by a Store for the purpose of collecting Store Payments; provided , that either (i) each of the Store, the Originator, the Servicer and the Transferor, as applicable, shall have assigned all of its right, title and interest, if any, in such account to the Collateral Agent or (ii) such account shall be subject to a standing order, revocable only with the consent of the parties to the Intercreditor Agreement, for the daily remittance of funds allocable to Store Payments on deposit in such account to the Shared Concentration Account, the Collections Account or another account acceptable to the parties to the Intercreditor Agreement.

        " Store Payment " shall mean any payment by an Obligor on account of a Receivable made by means of cash or check delivered in person by such Obligor to an employee at any Store.

        " Store Payment Allocation " shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.4(b)(ii) .

        " Subject Instrument " shall mean any Certificate with respect to which the Transferor shall not have received an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such Certificate will be treated as debt for Federal income tax purposes.

        " Successor Servicer " shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.2(a) .

        " Supplement " shall mean, with respect to any Series, a supplement to this Agreement complying with the terms of Section 6.9 of this Agreement, executed in conjunction with any issuance of any Series of Certificates, and all amendments and supplements thereto.

        " Tax Opinion " shall mean, with respect to any action, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, for Federal income tax purposes, such action will not adversely affect the federal income tax characterization of Investor Certificates of any outstanding Series as either indebtedness of the Transferor or, if not indebtedness, an interest in a partnership and not in an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxed as a corporation.

        " Total Systems Failure " means, in respect of any Distribution Date, a total failure of the computer system (including but not limited to off-site backup systems) of the Servicer which contain records relating to the Receivables, the effect of which would make it impossible or impracticable for the Servicer to perform the acts required to be performed hereunder on or in anticipation of such Distribution Date.

        " Transaction Documents " shall mean this Agreement, the Purchase Agreements, each Additional Assignment, each Supplement, each Investor Certificate, each agreement to purchase Investor Certificates, and each other agreement designated as a Transaction Document in any Supplement.

        " Transfer Agent and Registrar " shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.3 and shall initially be the Trustee.

        " Transferor " shall mean Stage Receivable Funding LP, a Texas limited partnership.

        " Transferor Allocations " shall mean, with respect to any Due Period, amounts required to be allocated to the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate in respect of Finance Charge Receivables pursuant to Sections 4.3(c) , 4.3(e) or 4.3(g) .

        " Transferor Certificates " shall mean, Certificates of any Series which the Transferor is required to retain pursuant to the terms of any Supplement.

        " Transferor Exchange " shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.9(b) .

        " Transferor Interest " shall mean at any time the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust plus the amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account minus the Aggregate Investor Interest. It is understood and agreed that the Transferor Interest may be less than zero and expressed as a negative number.

        " Transferor Monthly Servicing Fee " shall mean, with respect to any Due Period, an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of 2% and the Transferor Interest as of the last day of the preceding Due Period.

        " Transferor Percentage " shall mean, on any date of determination, when used with respect to Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables, a percentage equal to 100% minus the aggregate Investor Percentages for all Series with respect to such categories of Receivables.

        " Trust " shall mean the Stage Stores Master Trust created by this Agreement, the corpus of which shall consist of the Receivables now existing or hereafter created, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies powers and privileges with respect to such Receivables, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Transferor under the Purchase Agreements, such funds as from time to time are deposited in the Collection Account and any Series Account and the rights to any Enhancement with respect to any Series, and all proceeds of the foregoing; provided , that any Series Account or Enhancement shall be held by the Trust for the benefit of the related Series.

        " Trust Early Amortization Event " shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.1 .

        " Trust Extension " shall have the meaning specified in Section 12.1(a) .

        " Trust Termination Date " shall mean the earlier of (a) the date of the termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 9.2(b) , (b) (i) unless a Trust Extension shall have occurred, the day after the Distribution Date following the date on which funds shall have been deposited in the applicable accounts for the payment of Investor Certificateholders of each Series then issued and outstanding sufficient to pay in full the Investor Interest and, if applicable, the Enhancement Invested Amount of each such Series (including any unreimbursed Loss Amounts allocated to such Series to the extent such amounts are required to be reimbursed pursuant to the related Supplement) plus accrued interest determined in accordance with the Supplement through the date specified in the related Supplement with respect to each such Series plus all fees and expenses of the Trustee, the Servicer and any other Person as specified therein; and (ii) if a Trust Extension shall have occurred, the Extended Trust Termination Date, and (c) August 24, 2026.

        " Trustee " shall mean Bankers Trust Corporation, a New York banking corporation, in its capacity as trustee on behalf of the Trust, and its successors and any corporation resulting from or surviving any consolidation or merger to which it or its successors may be a party and any successor trustee appointed as herein provided.

        " UCC " shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended from time to time, as in effect in the States of New York, Texas, Ohio, the District of Columbia, and any other state where the filing of a financing statement is required or advisable to perfect an interest in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof, or in any other specified jurisdiction.

        " Undivided Trust Interest " shall mean the undivided interest in the Trust evidenced by a Certificate.

        " U.S. Person " or " United States Person " shall mean a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, an estate the income of which is subject to United States Federal income taxation regardless of its source or a trust if a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

        " Variable Certificate " means any Investor Certificate that is designated as a variable funding certificate in the related Supplement.

        " Yield Change " shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.5(c) .

      3. Other Definitional Provisions .
        1. All terms defined in this Agreement or any Supplement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.
        2. As used herein and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not defined in Section 1.1 , and accounting terms partially defined in Section 1.1 to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting principles or regulatory accounting principles, as applicable. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms herein are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under generally accepted accounting principles or regulatory accounting principles, the definitions contained herein shall control.
        3. The words "hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references contained in this Agreement are references to Sections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement, unless otherwise specified. The Monthly Servicer Report, the form of which is attached as Exhibit C to this Agreement, shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit C , with such additional information with respect to any Series as shall be specified in the related Supplement, and such changes as the Servicer may determine to be necessary or desirable; provided , however , that no such change shall serve to exclude information required by the Agreement or any Supplement. The Servicer shall, upon making such determination, deliver to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate to which shall be annexed the form of the related Exhibit, as so changed. Upon the delivery of such Officer's Certificate to the Trustee, the related Exhibit, as so changed, shall for all purposes of this Agreement constitute such Exhibit. The Trustee may conclusively rely upon such Officer's Certificate in determining whether the related Exhibit, as changed, conforms to the requirements of this Agreement.


  2. CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES;
    ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES
      1. Conveyance of Receivables .
        1. The Transferor does hereby Convey to the Trust without recourse (except as expressly provided herein), all of its right, title and interest in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created and arising from time to time in connection with the Accounts, until the termination of the Trust, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, all of its rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Purchase Agreements, and all proceeds of the foregoing.
        2. In connection with such Conveyance, the Transferor agrees to record and file, at its own expense, a financing statement or financing statements (including any continuation statements with respect to each such financing statement when applicable) with respect to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect the Conveyance of the Receivables to the Trust and the first priority nature of the Trustee's interest in the Receivables, and to deliver a file-stamped copy of such financing statement or continuation statement or other evidence of such filing (which may, for purposes of this Section 2.1 , consist of telephone confirmation of such filing followed by delivery of a file- stamped copy as soon as practicable) to the Trustee, as soon as practicable after receipt thereof by the Transferor. The foregoing Conveyance shall be made to the Trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders and each reference in this Agreement to such Conveyance shall be construed accordingly.

        3. In connection with such Conveyance, the Servicer agrees, on behalf of the Transferor, as an expense of the Servicer, paid out of the Transferor's Monthly Servicing Fee, (i) to indicate in the Pool Index File maintained in its computer files that Receivables created in connection with the Accounts have been Conveyed to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) to deliver to the Trustee a computer file in ASCII Flat File format containing a true and complete list of all such Accounts as of the Initial Cut-Off Date, identified by account number, Obligor name and Obligor address and setting forth the Receivable balance as of the Initial Cut-Off Date. Such file or list shall be marked as Schedule I to this Agreement, delivered to the Trustee as confidential and proprietary, and is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement. The Servicer further agrees not to alter the file designation referenced in clause (i) of this paragraph with respect to any Account during the term of this Agreement unless and until such Account becomes a Removed Account.
        4. The parties intend that if, and to the extent that, such Conveyance is not deemed to be a sale, the Transferor shall be deemed hereunder to have granted to the Trust a first priority perfected security interest in all of the Transferor's right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables now existing and hereafter created and arising from time to time in connection with the Accounts until the termination of the Trust, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, all of its rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Purchase Agreements, and all proceeds of the foregoing, and that this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law.
        5. Pursuant to the request of the Transferor, the Trustee shall cause Certificates in authorized denominations evidencing the entire interest in the Trust to be duly authenticated and delivered to or upon the order of the Transferor pursuant to Section 6.2 .
      2. Acceptance by Trustee .
        1. The Trustee hereby acknowledges its acceptance, on behalf of the Trust, of all right, title and interest previously held by the Transferor in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created from time to time and arising in connection with the Accounts until the termination of the Trust, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Purchase Agreements, and all proceeds of the foregoing, and declares that it shall maintain such right, title and interest, upon the Trust herein set forth, for the benefit of all Certificateholders. The Trustee further acknowledges that, on or prior to the Initial Closing Date, it has received from the Servicer (on behalf of the Transferor) the computer file required to be delivered to it pursuant to the third paragraph of Section 2.1 .
        2. The Trustee hereby agrees not to disclose to any Person any of the account numbers or other information contained in the computer files delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Sections 2.1 , 2.6 and 2.7 (" Account Information ") except as is required in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder or in enforcing the rights of the Certificateholders or to a Successor Servicer appointed pursuant to Section 10.2 or as mandated pursuant to any Requirement of Law applicable to the Trustee. The Trustee agrees to take such measures as shall be reasonably requested by the Transferor to protect and maintain the security and confidentiality of such information, and, in connection therewith, shall allow the Transferor to inspect the Trustee's security and confidentiality arrangements from time to time during normal business hours. In the event that the Trustee is required by law to disclose any Account Information, the Trustee shall provide the Transferor with prompt written notice, unless such notice is prohibited by law, of any such request or requirement so that the Transferor may request a protective order or other appropriate remedy. The Trustee shall use its best efforts to provide the Transferor with written notice no later than five days prior to any disclosure pursuant to this Section 2.2(b) .
        3. The Trustee shall have no power to create, assume or incur indebtedness or other liabilities in the name of the Trust other than as contemplated in this Agreement.
      3. Representations and Warranties of the Transferor . The Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trust as of the date hereof and each Closing Date:
        1. Organization and Good Standing . The Transferor is a limited partnership duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Texas and has full power, authority and legal right to own its properties and conduct its business as such properties are presently owned and such business is presently conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to execute and deliver to the Trustee the Certificates pursuant hereto.
        2. Due Qualification . The Transferor is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing (or is exempt from such requirement) in any state required in order to conduct its business, and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals with respect to the Transferor required under applicable law.
        3. Due Authorization . The execution and delivery by the Transferor of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions provided for in this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Transferor is a party have been duly authorized by the Transferor by all necessary action on its part and this Agreement and each such Transaction Document will remain, from the time of its execution, an official record of the Transferor.
        4. Enforceability . Each of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Transferor is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Transferor, enforceable against the Transferor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws.
        5. No Conflict . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Transferor is a party, the performance of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof will not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the material terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, any indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other instrument to which the Transferor is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound.
        6. No Violation . The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Certificates and each other Transaction Document to which the Transferor is a party, the performance of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof will not conflict with or violate in any material respect any Requirements of Law applicable to the Transferor.
        7. No Proceedings . There are no proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of the Transferor, threatened against the Transferor before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, the Certificates or any other Transaction Document to which the Transferor is a party, (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Certificates or any other Transaction Document to which the Transferor is a party, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of the Transferor, would materially and adversely affect the performance by the Transferor of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which the Transferor is a party, (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Certificates or any other Transaction Document to which the Transferor is a party or (v) seeking to affect adversely the income tax attributes of the Trust.
        8. All Consents Required . All appraisals, authorizations, consents, orders or other actions of any Person or of any governmental body or official required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Certificates and each other Transaction Document to which the Transferor is a party, the performance of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof have been obtained.
        9. Eligibility of Accounts . As of the Initial Cut Off Date (or in the case of an Additional Account, the applicable Addition Date), each Account was an Eligible Account and no selection procedures adverse to the Investor Certificateholders have been employed by SRLP or the Transferor in selecting the Accounts from the Originator Portfolio.
        10. Originator's Deposit Accounts . As of the Initial Closing Date, deposits in Originator's deposit accounts, if any, were insured to the limits provided by law by BIF.
        11. Confirmation Order . The Confirmation Order has not been reversed, vacated or stayed and the Plan of Reorganization has not been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of the Program Agent.
        12. Substantial Consummation . The Plan of Reorganization shall have been or concurrently herewith shall be substantially consummated including, without limitation, payment of all DIP Financing Claims (as defined therein) pursuant to Article III. A. 1. D. thereof.
        13. Working Capital Facility . The transaction contemplated by the Credit Agreement has been or concurrently herewith shall be consummated and the Credit Agreement is in full force and effect.

        The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.3 shall survive the transfer and assignment of the respective Receivables to the Trust and the termination of the rights and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to Section 10.1 . The Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trust, with respect to any Series, as of its Closing Date, unless otherwise specified in the related Supplement, that the representations and warranties of the Transferor set forth in this Section 2.3 are true and correct as of such date.

      4. Representations and Warranties of the Transferor Relating to the Receivables; Notice of Breach .
        1. Valid Conveyance and Assignment; Eligibility of Receivables . The Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trust as of the Initial Closing Date, and with respect to any Additional Accounts, as of the related Addition Date:
              1. This Agreement constitutes either (A) a valid sale to the Trust of all right, title and interest of the Transferor in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created and arising from time to time in connection with the Accounts until the termination of the Trust, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, all of its rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Purchase Agreements, and all proceeds of the foregoing, and such property will be held by the Trust free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) of any Person claiming through or under the Transferor or any of its Affiliates, or (B) a grant of a security interest (as defined in the UCC as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction) in such property to the Trust, which is enforceable with respect to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created and arising from time to time in connection with the Accounts until the termination of the Trust, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, all of its rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Purchase Agreements, and all proceeds of the foregoing, upon such creation. To the extent that this Agreement constitutes the grant of a security interest to the Trust in such property, upon the filing of the financing statements described in Section 2.1 and in the case of the Receivables hereafter created, all monies due or to be become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to such Receivables, and the proceeds of the foregoing, upon such creation, the Trust shall have a first priority perfected security interest in such property (subject to Section 9-315 of the UCC as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction). Neither the Transferor nor any Person claiming through or under the Transferor shall have any claim to or interest in the Collection Account or any Series Account, except for the Transferor's rights to receive interest accruing on, and investment earnings in respect of, the Collection Account, as provided in this Agreement (and, if applicable, any Series Account as provided in any Supplement),to the extent that this Agreement constitutes the grant of a security interest in such property, except for the interest of the Transferor in such property as a debtor for purposes of the UCC as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.
              2. Each Receivable is an Eligible Receivable.
              3. Each Receivable then existing has been Conveyed to the Trust free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) of any Person claiming through or under the Transferor, the Originator, or any of their Affiliates and in compliance, in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Transferor.
              4. With respect to each Receivable, all consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of or registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by the Transferor in connection with the Conveyance of such Receivable to the Trust have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect.
              5. On each day on which any new Receivable is created, the Transferor shall be deemed to represent and warrant to the Trust that (A) each Receivable created on such day is an Eligible Receivable, (B) each Receivable created on such day has been Conveyed to the Trust in compliance, in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Transferor, (C) with respect to each such Receivable, all consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of or registrations or declarations with, any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by the Transferor in connection with the Conveyance of such Receivable to the Trust have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect and (D) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.4(a)(i) are true and correct with respect to each Receivable created on such day as if made on such day.
              6. As of the Initial Cut Off Date, and, with respect to Additional Accounts, as of the last day of the Due Period in which such Additional Accounts were Conveyed to the Trust, Schedule I to this Agreement and the related computer file referred to in Section 2.6(b)(i) , is an accurate and complete listing in all material respects of all the Accounts, and the information contained therein with respect to the identity of such Accounts and the Receivables existing thereunder is true and correct in all material respects as of the Initial Cut Off Date or the last day of such applicable Due Period, and as of the Initial Cut Off Date, the aggregate amount of Receivables in all the Accounts was $271,846,364.20 of which $263,169,716.38 were Principal Receivables.
        2. Survival . The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.4 shall survive the Conveyance of any of the respective Receivables to the Trust.
        3. Notice of Breach . Upon discovery by the Transferor, the Servicer or the Trustee of a breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.3 or 2.4 , the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the other parties hereto as soon as practicable and in any event within two Business Days following such discovery.
        4. Transfer of Ineligible Receivables .
              1. Automatic Removal . In the event of a breach with respect to a Receivable of any representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.4(a)(iii) , or in the event that a Receivable is not an Eligible Receivable as a result of the failure to satisfy the conditions set forth in clause (d) of the definition of Eligible Receivable, and any of the following three conditions is met: (A) as a result of such breach or event such Receivable is charged off as uncollectible or the Trust's rights in, to or under such Receivable or its proceeds are impaired or the proceeds of such Receivable are not available for any reason to the Trust free and clear of any Lien; (B) the Lien upon the subject Receivable (1) arises in favor of the United States of America or any State or any agency or instrumentality thereof and involves taxes or liens arising under Title IV of ERISA or (2) has been consented to by the Originator, SRLP or the Transferor; or (C) the unsecured short term debt rating of SRLP is not at least P-1 by Moody's and A1 by Standard & Poor's and the Lien upon the subject Receivable ranks prior to the Lien created pursuant to this Agreement; then, upon the earlier to occur of the discovery of such breach or event by the Transferor or the Servicer or receipt by the Transferor of written notice of such breach or event given by the Trustee, each such Receivable shall be automatically removed from the Trust on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2.4(d)(iii) and shall no longer be treated as a Receivable; provided , that if such Lien does not have a material adverse effect on the collectibility of the Receivables or on the interests of the Certificateholders of any Series, the Transferor shall have 10 days within which to remove any such Lien.
              2. Removal After Cure Period . In the event of a breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.4(a)(ii)-(vi) , other than a breach or event as set forth in clause (d)(i) above, and as a result of such breach the Receivable becomes charged off or the Trust's rights in, to or under the Receivable or its proceeds are impaired or the proceeds of such Receivable are not available for any reason to the Trust free and clear of any Lien, then, upon the expiration of 60 days from the earlier to occur of the discovery of any such event by either the Transferor or the Servicer, or receipt by the Transferor of written notice of any such event given by the Trustee, each such Receivable shall be removed from the Trust on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2.4(d)(iii) and shall no longer be treated as a Receivable; provided , however , that no such removal shall be required to be made if, on any day within such applicable 60 day period, such representations and warranties with respect to such Receivable shall then be true and correct in all material respects as if such Receivable had been created on such day.
              3. Procedures for Removal . When the provisions of Section 2.4(d)(i) or (ii) above require removal of a Receivable, the Transferor shall accept reassignment of each such Receivable (an " Ineligible Receivable ") by directing the Servicer to deduct the principal balance of each such Ineligible Receivable from the Principal Receivables in the Trust and to decrease the Transferor Interest by such amount (but not below zero). On and after the date of such removal, each Ineligible Receivable shall be deducted from the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables used in the calculation of any Investor Percentage, the Transferor Percentage or the Transferor Interest. In the event that the exclusion of an Ineligible Receivable from the calculation of the Transferor Interest would cause the Transferor Interest to be reduced below the Aggregate Minimum Transferor Interest, the Transferor shall immediately, but in no event later than five (5) Business Days after such event, or, if earlier, the next succeeding Distribution Date, make a deposit in the Excess Funding Account in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the amount by which the Transferor Interest would be reduced below the Aggregate Minimum Transferor Interest. Upon the reassignment to the Transferor of an Ineligible Receivable, the Trust shall automatically and without further action be deemed to Convey to the Transferor, without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest of the Trust in and to such Ineligible Receivable (and if all the Receivables of an Account are Ineligible Receivables, all Receivables then existing and thereafter created in the related Account), all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to such Ineligible Receivable, and all proceeds of the foregoing and any such reassigned Ineligible Receivable shall no longer be treated as a Receivable. The Trustee shall execute such documents and instruments of transfer or assignment, including a written assignment in substantially the form of Exhibit E-2 , and take other actions as shall reasonably be requested by the Transferor to evidence the Conveyance of such Ineligible Receivable pursuant to this Section 2.4(d)(iii) . The obligation of the Transferor set forth in this Section 2.4(d)(iii) , or the automatic removal of such Receivable from the Trust, as the case may be, shall constitute the sole remedy respecting any breach of the representations and warranties set forth in the above-referenced Sections with respect to such Receivable available to Certificateholders or the Trustee on behalf of Certificateholders, except as otherwise specified in any Supplement.
        5. Reassignment of Trust Portfolio . In the event of a breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.3(d) or 2.4(a)(i) of this Agreement or Section 2.1(d) or 2.2(a)(i) of the SRLP Purchase Agreement, the Trustee or the Requisite Certificateholders (determined without giving effect to Investor Certificates held by the Transferor of any of its Affiliates) for all Series, by notice then given in writing to the Transferor (and to the Trustee and the Servicer, if given by the Investor Certificateholders) may direct the Transferor to accept reassignment of such Principal Receivables within 60 days of such notice and the Transferor shall be obligated to accept reassignment of such Principal Receivables on a Distribution Date specified by such Person (such Distribution Date, the " Reassignment Date ") occurring within such applicable 60 day period on the terms and conditions set forth below; provided , however , that no such reassignment shall be required to be made if, at any time during such applicable 60 day period, the representations and warranties contained in Section 2.3(d) and 2.4(a)(i) of this Agreement and Section 2.1(d) and 2.2(a)(i) of the SRLP Purchase Agreement shall then be true and correct in all material respects. The Transferor shall deposit on the Reassignment Date an amount equal to the reassignment deposit amount for such Receivables in the applicable Series Account, as provided in the related Supplement, for distribution to the Investor Certificateholders pursuant to Article XII. The reassignment deposit amount for each Series with respect to which a notice directing reassignment has been given, unless otherwise stated in the related Supplement, shall be equal to, in the case of any Series, (i) the Investor Interest of such Series and, if applicable, the Enhancement Invested Amount at the end of the day on the last day of the Due Period preceding the Reassignment Date, less the amount, if any, previously allocated for payment of principal to such Certificateholders on the related Distribution Date in the Due Period in which the Reassignment Date occurs, plus (ii) an amount equal to all interest accrued but unpaid on the Investor Certificates and, if applicable, the Enhancement Invested Amount determined in accordance with the applicable Supplement through such last day, less the amount, if any, previously allocated for payment of interest to the Certificateholders of such Series on the related Distribution Date in the Due Period in which the Reassignment Date occurs. Payment of the reassignment deposit amount with respect to each Series and all other amounts in the applicable Series Account in respect of the preceding Due Period shall be considered a prepayment in full of the interest in the Receivables represented by such Series. On the Distribution Date on which such amount has been deposited in full into the applicable Series Account, Receivables with an aggregate principal balance equal to the aggregate Investor Interests of all Series with respect to which a notice directing reassignment has been given and all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, and all proceeds of such Receivables be released to the Transferor after payment of all amounts otherwise due hereunder on or prior to such dates and the Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments of transfer or assignment, in each case without recourse, representation or warranty, as shall be prepared by and as are reasonably requested by the Transferor to vest in the Transferor, all right, title and interest of the Trust in and to the Receivables then existing and thereafter created in the related Accounts, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to such Receivables, and all proceeds of the foregoing. If the Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders give notice directing the Transferor to accept reassignment as provided above, the obligation of the Transferor to accept reassignment of the Receivables and pay the reassignment deposit amount pursuant to this Section 2.4(e) shall constitute the sole remedy respecting a breach of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 2.3(d) and 2.4(a)(i) available to the Investor Certificateholders or the Trustee on behalf of the Investor Certificateholders.
      5. Covenants of the Transferor . The Transferor hereby covenants that:
        1. Receivables to be Accounts or Payment Intangibles . The Transferor will take no action to cause any Receivable to be evidenced by any instrument (as defined in the UCC as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction). Each Receivable shall be payable pursuant to a contract which does not create a Lien on any goods purchased thereunder. The Transferor will take no action to cause any Receivable to be anything other than an "account," or a "payment intangible" or the "proceeds" of either for purposes of the UCC as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.
        2. Security Interests . Except for the Conveyances contemplated hereunder, the Transferor will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any other Person, or grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any Receivable, whether now existing or hereafter created, or any interest therein; the Transferor will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of the existence of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any Receivable; and the Transferor shall defend the right, title and interest of the Trust in, to and under the Receivables, whether now existing or hereafter created, against all claims of third parties claiming through or under the Transferor, the Servicer or the Originator; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 2.5(b) shall prevent or be deemed to prohibit the Transferor from suffering to exist upon any of the Receivables any Liens for federal, state, municipal and other local taxes if such taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or if the Transferor, the Servicer or the Originator, as applicable, shall currently be contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto.
        3. Charge Account Agreements and Credit and Collection Policy . The Transferor shall enforce, or cause SRLP to enforce under the SRLP Purchase Agreement, the covenant in the Originator Purchase Agreement requiring the Originator or SRLP, as applicable, to comply with and perform its obligations under the Charge Account Agreements relating to the Accounts and the Credit and Collection Policy. The Transferor may permit or cause SRLP to permit the Originator or SRLP, as applicable, to change the terms and provisions of the Charge Account Agreements or the Credit and Collection Policy in any respect (including, without limitation, the reduction of the required minimum monthly payment, the calculation of the amount, or the timing of charge-offs and the periodic finance charges and other fees to be assessed thereon), unless such change would have a material adverse effect on the collectibility of the Receivables; provided , however , that the Transferor may not permit the Originator or SRLP, as applicable, to change the required minimum monthly payment or periodic finance charge or the calculation of the amount or the timing of charge-offs (collectively, a "Yield Change") unless, after five Business Days' prior written notice to the Rating Agency of a Yield Change, the Rating Agency shall have provided written notice to the Transferor that the Rating Agency Condition shall be satisfied or unless such Yield Change is mandated by applicable law. The Transferor shall not rescind or cancel, or permit the rescission or cancellation of, any Receivable except in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy or as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority.
        4. Reporting . The Transferor shall:
          1. as soon as practicable and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Transferor, furnish to the Trustee a balance sheet of the Transferor as of the end of such quarter, and the related revenue and expense statements for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter, all of the foregoing accompanied by an Officer's Certificate and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
          2. as soon as practicable and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Transferor, furnish to the Trustee and each Rating Agency audited financial statements of the Transferor as of the end of such fiscal year, all of the foregoing accompanied by an Officer's Certificate and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
          3. promptly, from time to time, furnish to the Trustee such other information, documents, records or reports respecting the Receivables or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Transferor as the Trustee may from time to time reasonably request.
        5. Delivery of Collections . The Transferor agrees to pay to the Servicer all payments received directly by the Transferor in respect of the Receivables as soon as practicable after receipt thereof by the Transferor, but in no event later than two Business Days after receipt thereof.
        6. Conveyance of Accounts . The Transferor covenants and agrees that it will not Convey the Accounts to any person prior to the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article XII .
        7. Notice of Adverse Claims . The Transferor shall notify the Trustee in writing after becoming aware of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any Receivable.
        8. Information Provided to Rating Agencies . The Transferor will use its best efforts to cause all information provided to any Rating Agency pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with any action required or permitted to be taken under this Agreement to be complete and accurate in all material respects.
        9. Notice of Certain Events . The Transferor shall notify the Trustee and each Rating Agency in writing of any Early Amortization Event or Servicer Default of which it has knowledge, promptly upon obtaining such knowledge.
        10. Offices, Records and Books of Account . The Transferor will keep its principal place of business and chief executive office and the office where it keeps its records concerning the Receivables at the address of the Transferor set forth under its name on the signature page to the Agreement and will maintain its current jurisdiction of formation, or, upon 30 days' prior written notice to the Trustee, at any other locations in jurisdictions or in any other jurisdiction where all actions reasonably requested by the Trustee to protect and perfect the interest in the Receivables have been taken and completed. The Transferor also will maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including, without limitation, an ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables and related Charge Account Agreements in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Receivables (including, without limitation, records adequate to permit the daily identification of each Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable).
        11. Amendments to Purchase Agreements . The Transferor shall not make or permit any amendment to either Purchase Agreement that would adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Investor Certificateholders. Promptly after the execution of any amendment to the Purchase Agreements, the Transferor shall furnish a copy thereof to the Trustee.
        12. Separate Existence . The Transferor hereby acknowledges that the Trustee and the Investor Certificateholders are, and will be, entering into the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents in reliance upon Transferor's identity as a legal entity separate from the Originator, Servicer and any other Person. Therefore, Transferor shall take all reasonable steps to maintain its existence as a limited partnership separate and apart from the Originator, the Servicer, and any other Affiliate of the Originator or the Servicer. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Transferor shall:
              1. (a) observe the procedures required by its limited partnership agreement, any other organizational document and the limited partnership laws of the State of Texas, including, without limitation, holding separate partnership meetings from those of any other Person and otherwise ensuring at all times that it is maintained as a separate entity from any other Person and (b) not amend or modify any provision of its organizational documents unless the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such amendment or modification;
              2. (a) ensure that the requisite partners duly authorize all of its organizational actions, and (b) keep correct and complete books and records of account separate from those of any other Person, and correct and complete minutes of the meetings and other proceedings of its partnership, and (c) where necessary, obtain proper authorization from the requisite partners, as appropriate, for its actions;
              3. provide for its operating expenses and liabilities from its own funds and maintain deposit accounts and other bank accounts separate from those of the Originator, SRLP or any of their respective Affiliates;
              4. act solely in its name and through its duly authorized partners, officers or agents in the conduct of its business and ensure that none of the Originator, SRLP or any of their respective Affiliates controls any organizational decisions made by it;
              5. to the extent that it obtains any services from the Originator, SRLP or any of their respective Affiliates, ensure that the terms of such arrangements are comparable to those that would be obtained in an arm's-length transaction;
              6. ensure that its assets are not commingled with those of the Originator, SRLP, or any other Person, other than as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement;
              7. maintain separate records and books of account from those of the Originator, SRLP or any other Person;
              8. not conduct any business or engage in any activities other than in accordance with its certificate of limited partnership and its limited partnership agreement;
              9. (a) not hold itself out, or permit itself to be held out, as having agreed to pay, or as being liable for, the debts of the Originator, SRLP, or any other Person; (b) maintain an arm's-length relationship with the Originator and SRLP and their respective Affiliates with respect to any transactions between itself and such other Person; and (c) continuously maintain as official records the resolutions, agreements and other instruments underlying the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
              10. at all times maintain as its general partner a special purpose limited liability company satisfying the requirements set forth on Exhibit K hereto, including, without limitation, the requirement to select and at all times maintain on its board of directors at least one Person (an "Independent Director") who meets the following qualifications: the Independent Director shall have (a) prior experience as an independent director for a corporation or other entity whose charter documents require the unanimous written consent of all independent directors thereof before such entity could consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or could file a petition seeking relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, and (b) at least three years of employment experience with one or more entities that provide, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, advisory, management or placement services to issuers of securitization or structured finance instruments, agreements or securities.
        13. Enforcement of Purchase Agreements . The Transferor covenants and agrees that it will perform or cause SRLP to perform all of its obligations under the Purchase Agreements in all material respects and, if requested by the Trustee, enforce (for the benefit of the Trust) the obligations of the Originator or SRLP, as the case may be under the Purchase Agreements.
        14. Plan of Reorganization and Confirmation Order . The Transferor shall not make or permit to be made any changes, amendments or modifications, or any application or motion for any change, amendment or modification to the Plan of Reorganization or the Confirmation Order. The parties acknowledge that the foregoing shall not preclude the entry of any order of the Bankruptcy Court approving or authorizing an amendment or modification of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or the Plan of Reorganization or the Confirmation Order which order shall be acceptable to the Program Agent.
      6. Addition of Accounts .
        1. Additional Accounts . All newly arising Eligible Accounts shall be deemed to have been designated for inclusion as and shall be included as Accounts from and after the date upon which they are created or otherwise arise. All Receivables in Additional Accounts on the applicable Addition Date shall be deemed to have been Conveyed to the Trust on such Addition Date and all Receivables thereafter created in any Additional Account, shall be transferred automatically to the Trust upon their creation.
        2. Conditions to Additions . The Transferor agrees that any such Conveyance of Receivables from Additional Accounts under Section 2.6(a) shall satisfy the following conditions (to the extent provided below):
              1. on or before the last day of any Due Period in which one or more Addition Dates has occurred, the Servicer shall have indicated in its computer files that the Receivables created in connection with the applicable Additional Accounts have been Conveyed to the Trust and, within five Business Days of the last day of such Due Period, the Servicer (on behalf of the Transferor) shall have delivered to the Trustee a computer file in ASCII Flat File format containing a true and complete list of all Additional Accounts, identified by account number and the aggregate amount of the Receivables in such Additional Accounts, as of the applicable Addition Date, which computer file shall be as of each applicable Addition Date incorporated into and made a part of Schedule I to this Agreement;
              2. the Transferor shall be deemed to represent and warrant that, as of each Addition Date, no selection procedures believed by the Transferor to be materially adverse to the interests of the Investor Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Additional Accounts from the Originator Portfolio and that as of the Addition Date, the Transferor is not insolvent;
              3. the Transferor shall be deemed to represent and warrant that, as of the Addition Date, the Conveyance of the applicable Receivables to the Trust constitutes either (x) a valid sale to the Trust of all right, title and interest of the Transferor in and to the Receivables then existing and thereafter created from time to time in the Additional Accounts until the termination of the Trust, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, and all proceeds of the foregoing and such property will be held by the Trust free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) of any Person claiming through or under the Transferor or any of its Affiliates, or (y) a grant of a security interest (as defined in the UCC as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction) in such property to the Trust, which is enforceable with respect to then existing Receivables in the Additional Accounts, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, and all proceeds of the foregoing, upon the Conveyance of such Receivables to the Trust, and which will be enforceable with respect to the Receivables thereafter created from time to time in respect of the applicable Additional Accounts until the termination of the Trust, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, and all proceeds of the foregoing upon such creation; and (z) if the Conveyance of such Receivables constitutes the grant of a security interest to the Trust in such property, the Trust shall have a first priority perfected security interest in all then existing or thereafter created from time to time in such Additional Accounts until the termination of the Trust, monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges with respect to the Receivables, and proceeds of the foregoing, upon the creation of such property (subject to Section 9-315 of the UCC as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction), free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) of any Person claiming through or under the Transferor or any of its Affiliates;
              4. the Transferor shall be deemed to represent and warrant that (A) each Additional Account is, as of the applicable Addition Date, an Eligible Account, and (B) each Receivable in such Additional Account is, as of such Addition Date, an Eligible Receivable; and
              5. on the last day of any Due Period in which Receivables have been Conveyed to the Trust, the Transferor shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B confirming the items set forth in clauses (ii) , (iii) and (iv) above.
        3. No account shall be added to the Trust hereunder if such addition would be prohibited by or inconsistent with the terms of any Supplement.
      7. Removal of Accounts .
        1. Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Transferor may, but shall not be obligated to, designate Accounts the Receivables of which will be removed from the Trust ("Removed Accounts"); provided , however , that the Transferor shall not make more than one such designation in any Due Period. On or before the fifth Business Day (the "Removal Notice Date") prior to the date on which the Receivables in the designated Removed Accounts will be reassigned by the Trust to the Transferor (the "Removal Date"), the Transferor shall give the Trustee and the Servicer written notice that the Receivables from such Removed Accounts are to be removed from the Trust and reassigned to it.
        2. The Transferor shall be permitted to designate and require reassignment to it of the Receivables from Removed Accounts only upon satisfaction of the following conditions:
              1. the removal of any Receivables of any Removed Accounts on any Removal Date shall not, in the reasonable belief of the Transferor, (A) cause an Early Amortization Event to occur; or (B) result in the failure to make any payment specified in the related Supplement with respect to any Series;
              2. on or prior to the Removal Date, the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee (A) for execution, a written assignment in substantially the form of Exhibit E-1 (the " Reassignment "), and (B) a computer file in ASCII Flat File format containing a true and complete list of all Removed Accounts identified by account number and the aggregate amount of the Receivables in such Removed Accounts as of the Removal Cut Off Date specified therein, which computer file shall as of the Removal Date modify and amend and be made a part of this Agreement;
              3. the Transferor shall represent and warrant that no selection procedures believed by the Transferor to be materially adverse to the interests of the Investor Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Removed Accounts to be removed from the Trust;
              4. on or before the tenth Business Day prior to the Removal Date, each Rating Agency shall have received notice of such proposed removal of the Receivables of such Accounts and the Transferor shall have received written evidence that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied;
              5. the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate confirming the items set forth in clauses (i) through (iii) above. The Trustee may conclusively rely on such Officer's Certificate, shall have no duty to make inquiries with regard to the matters set forth therein and shall incur no liability in so relying; and
              6. no Early Amortization Event shall have occurred with respect to any Series.

          Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, the Trustee shall execute and deliver the Reassignment to the Transferor, and the Receivables from the Removed Accounts shall no longer constitute a part of the Trust.

        3. No Account shall be removed from the Trust hereunder if such removal would be prohibited by or inconsistent with the terms of any Supplement.
      8. Trustee May Perform . If the Transferor fails to perform any of its agreements or obligations under this Agreement, the Trustee may (but shall not be obligated to) itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement or obligation, and the expenses incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Transferor as provided in Section 11.5 .
      9. No Assumption of Liability . Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute or is intended to result in the creation or assumption by the Trust, the Trustee, or any Certificateholder or Certificate Owner of any obligation of the Originator, the Transferor or the Servicer or any other Person to any Obligor in connection with the Receivables, the Accounts, the Charge Account Agreements or other agreement or instrument relating thereto.


  3. ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING
    OF RECEIVABLES
      1. Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters Relating to the Servicer .
        1. SRLP agrees to act as the Servicer under this Agreement. The Investor Certificateholders of each Series, by their acceptance of the related Certificates, consent to SRLP acting as Servicer hereunder.
        2. The Servicer shall enforce all rights and interests in, to and under the Receivables and the other trust assets on behalf of the Trust. The Servicer shall service and administer the Receivables and shall collect payments due under the Receivables in accordance with its customary and usual servicing procedures for servicing credit card receivables comparable to the Receivables and in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy and applicable laws, rules and regulations and shall have full power and authority, acting alone or through any party properly designated by it hereunder, to do any and all things in connection with such servicing and administration which it may deem necessary or desirable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject to Section 10.1 , the Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered (i) to make deposits to, and to instruct the Trustee in writing to make deposits to and withdrawals from, the Collection Account and the Excess Funding Account as set forth in this Agreement, (ii) to instruct the Trustee in writing to make withdrawals and payments from, any Series Account, in accordance with the related Supplement, (iii) to instruct the Trustee in writing, as set forth in this Agreement, (iv) to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders, any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Receivables and, after the delinquency of any Receivable and to the extent permitted under and in compliance with applicable law and regulations, to commence enforcement proceedings with respect to such Receivables and (v) to make any filings, reports, notices, applications, registrations with, and to seek any consents or authorizations from, the Securities and Exchange Commission and any state securities authority on behalf of the Trust as may be necessary or advisable to comply with any federal or state securities or reporting requirements. The Trustee agrees that it shall promptly follow the written instructions of the Servicer to withdraw funds from the Collection Account or any Series Account and to take any action required under this Agreement or any Supplement. The Trustee shall execute at the Servicer's written request such documents prepared by the Transferor and acceptable to the Trustee as may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder. The Trustee shall, upon the written request of the Servicer, furnish the Servicer with any documents then in the Trustee's possession which are reasonably necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder.
        3. The Servicer shall not be obligated to use separate servicing procedures, offices, employees or accounts for servicing the Receivables from the procedures, offices, employees and accounts used by the Servicer in connection with servicing other credit card receivables.
        4. The Servicer shall maintain fidelity bond coverage insuring against losses through the wrongdoing of its officers who are involved in the servicing of credit card receivables covering such actions and in such amounts as the Servicer believes to be reasonable from time to time.
      2. Servicing Compensation . As compensation for its servicing activities hereunder and reimbursement for its expenses as set forth in the immediately following paragraph, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive a monthly servicing fee in respect of any Due Period prior to the termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.1 (with respect to each Due Period, the " Monthly Servicing Fee ") which shall equal the sum of (i) the Transferor Monthly Servicing Fee (payable only out of Collections allocable to the Transferor Interest) and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Investor Monthly Servicing Fees as specified in each Supplement (payable only to the extent set forth in the related Supplement).
      3. The Servicer's expenses include the amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.5 and the reasonable fees and disbursements of independent public accountants and all other expenses incurred by the Servicer in connection with its activities hereunder; provided , that the Servicer shall not be liable for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners, arising under any tax law, including without limitation any federal, state or local income or franchise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or penalties with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith). The Servicer shall be required to pay such expenses for its own account and shall not be entitled to any payment therefor other than the Monthly Servicing Fee.

      4. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Servicer . Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, as initial Servicer, hereby makes, and any Successor Servicer by its appointment hereunder shall make, the following representations, warranties and covenants (the representations and warranties below to be modified, if appropriate, with respect to any Successor Servicer to reflect a different jurisdiction of organization or type of institution) on which the Trustee has relied in accepting the Receivables in trust:
        1. Organization and Good Standing . The Servicer is a limited partnership duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Texas and has full power, authority and legal right to own its properties and conduct its credit card servicing business as such properties are presently owned and such business is presently conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party.
        2. Due Qualification . The Servicer is not required to qualify nor register as a foreign corporation, partnership or limited liability company in any state in order to service the Receivables as required by this Agreement and has obtained all licenses and approvals necessary in order to so service the Receivables as required under applicable law. If the Servicer shall be required by any Requirement of Law to so qualify or register or obtain such license or approval, then it shall do so.
        3. Due Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Servicer is a party have been duly authorized by the Servicer by all necessary action on the part of the Servicer and this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Servicer is a party will remain, from the time of its execution, an official record of the Servicer.
        4. Binding Obligation . This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Servicer is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Servicer, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws.
        5. No Violation . The execution and delivery by the Servicer of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof applicable to the Servicer, will not conflict with, violate, result in any breach of any of the material terms and provisions of, constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or require any authorization, consent, order or approval of or registration or declaration with any Governmental Authority (other than as have been obtained) under, any Requirement of Law applicable to the Servicer or any indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which the Servicer is a party or by which it is bound.
        6. No Proceedings . There are no proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of the Servicer, threatened against the Servicer before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any Supplement, any Enhancement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, or seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of the Servicer, would materially and adversely affect the performance by the Servicer of its obligations under this Agreement, any Supplement, any Enhancement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, or seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any Supplement, any Enhancement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party.
        7. Compliance with Requirements of Law . The Servicer shall duly satisfy all obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or in connection with each Receivable and the related Account, will maintain in effect all qualifications required under Requirements of Law in order to service properly each Receivable and the related Account and will comply in all material respects with all other Requirements of Law in connection with servicing each Receivable and the related Account the failure to comply with which would have a material adverse effect on the Investor Certificateholders.
        8. No Rescission or Cancellation . The Servicer shall not permit any rescission or cancellation of any Receivable except (i) as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority or (ii) as permitted by the Credit and Collection Policy.
        9. Protection of Certificateholders' Rights . The Servicer shall take no action which, nor omit to take any action the omission of which, would impair the rights of Investor Certificateholders in, or to receive, Collections, nor shall it reschedule, revise or defer payments due on any Receivable except in accordance with the Charge Account Agreements and the Credit and Collection Policy.
        10. Receivables Not to be Evidenced by Promissory Notes . Except in connection with its enforcement or collection of a Receivable, the Servicer will take no action to cause any Receivable to be evidenced by any "instrument" (as defined in the UCC).
        11. Total Systems Failure . The Servicer shall promptly notify the Trustee and each Certificateholder in writing of any Total Systems Failure and shall advise the Trustee of the estimated time required in order to remedy such Total Systems Failure and of the estimated date on which a monthly Servicer's report can be delivered. Until a Total Systems Failure is remedied, the Servicer will (i) furnish to the Trustee and each Certificateholder such periodic status reports in writing and other information relating to such Total Systems Failure as the Trustee and each Certificateholder may reasonably request and (ii) promptly notify the Trustee and each Certificateholder in writing if the Servicer believes that such Total Systems Failure cannot be remedied by the estimated date, which notice shall include a description of the circumstances which gave rise to such delay, and the action proposed to be taken in response thereto, and a revised estimate of the date on which a monthly Servicer's report can be delivered. The Servicer shall promptly notify the Trustee and each Certificateholder in writing when a Total Systems Failure has been remedied.
        12. Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors .

        (i) The Servicer shall instruct the Obligors to pay Receivables only (A) by mail at a post-office box described in Section 4.3 or (B) at a Store and will not change such instructions unless the Trustee shall have received written notice of, and the Rating Agency shall have given consent to, such change.

        (ii) The Servicer will not add or terminate any Depository Bank, unless (A) the Trustee shall have received written notice of, and, except with regard to Store Accounts, the Rating Agency shall have given consent to, such addition, termination or change, (B) copies of Depository Bank Agreements with each new Depository Bank, duly executed by the new Depository Bank, the Originator or SRLP, as applicable, and the Collateral Agent or the Trustee, assigned to the Transferor and duly acknowledged by such Depository Bank, or such other notice or acknowledgments as the Trustee may reasonably request and (C) any and all funds and amounts in any Depository Account to be closed have been transferred to a new or existing Depository Account with regard to which the actions enumerated in clauses (A) and (B) above have been taken. The names and addresses of all the Depository Banks, together with the account numbers of the Depository Accounts of the Servicer at such Depository Banks, are specified in Schedule II hereto (or at such other Depository Banks and/or with such other Initial Depository Accounts as have been notified to the Trustee in accordance with this Section). The Servicer shall deliver a new Schedule II upon the occurrence of any change in the Depository Banks.

      5. Reports and Records for the Trustee .
        1. Daily Reports . On each Business Day the Servicer shall prepare and deliver to the Trustee a report (the " Daily Report ") setting forth (i) the Collections in respect of the Receivables processed by the Servicer on or prior to the preceding Business Day and (ii) the amount of Receivables as of the close of business on the preceding Business Day.
        2. Store Payment Allocation; Mail Payment Allocation .
              1. On each Business Day the Servicer shall prepare and deliver to the Trustee and such other parties as may be specified in the Intercreditor Agreement, a report (the " Store Payment Allocation "), in substantially the form of Exhibit D-1 , setting forth, among other things, the amount of the Store Payments deposited to the Shared Concentration Account on such Business Day.
              2. On each Business Day the Servicer shall prepare and deliver to the Trustee the Trustee and such other parties as may be specified in the Intercreditor Agreement, a report (the " Mail Payment Allocation "), in substantially the form of Exhibit D-2 , setting forth, among other things, the amount of the Collections in respect of Receivables (other than Store Payments) deposited to the Collection Account from the Initial Depository Account on such Business Day.
        3. Monthly Servicer's Certificate . Unless otherwise stated in the related Supplement with respect to any Series, on each Determination Date, the Servicer shall forward to the Trustee, each Certificateholder, the Paying Agent and the Rating Agencies a certificate of a Servicing Officer in the form of Exhibit C (which includes the Schedule thereto specified as such in any Supplement) setting forth (i) the aggregate amount of Collections processed during the preceding Due Period, (ii) the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal Receivables processed by the Servicer pursuant to Article IV during the preceding Due Period, (iii) the aggregate amount of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables processed by the Servicer pursuant to Article IV during the preceding Due Period, (iv) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables processed as of the end of the last day of the preceding Due Period, (v) the amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account and other accounts established pursuant to the related Supplements; (vi) amounts drawn on any Enhancement; (vii) the sum of all amounts payable to the Investor Certificateholders of each Series on the succeeding Distribution Date in respect of Certificate Principal and Certificate Interest and (ix) such other matters as are set forth in Exhibit C (such report being the " Monthly Servicer's Report ").
        4. Computer Files . On each Determination Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office an updated computer file in ASCII Flat File format, containing the information described in Section 2.1(b)(ii) and a data dictionary.
      6. Annual Servicer's Certificate . On or prior to the date of the delivery of each accountant's report pursuant to Section 3.6(a) , the Servicer will deliver to the Trustee and each Certificateholder an Officer's Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F stating that (a) a review of the activities of the Servicer during the prior calendar year and of its performance under this Agreement was made under the supervision of the officer signing such certificate and (b) to the best of such officer's knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fully performed all its obligations under this Agreement throughout such period, or, if there has been a default in the performance of any such obligation, specifying each such default known to such officer and the nature and status thereof. A copy of such certificate may be obtained by any Investor Certificateholder by a request in writing to the Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust Office, or as set forth in any Supplement.
      7. Agreed-Upon Procedures . On or before June 30th of each calendar year, beginning with June, 2002, the Servicer shall, at its own expense, cause a firm of nationally recognized independent certified public accountants (who may also render other services to the Servicer, the Transferor or the Originator) to furnish a report to the Servicer, the Trustee and each Certificateholder, to the effect that such firm has made a study and evaluation, in accordance with the agreed-upon procedures specified in Exhibit G , of the Servicer's internal accounting controls relative to the servicing of Accounts under this Agreement and any Supplement for the prior calendar year, and that, on the basis of such study and evaluation, such firm has completed the agreed-upon procedures and provided a report of the results of such procedures to the Servicer. In the event such firm requires the Trustee to agree to the procedures performed by such firm, the Servicer shall direct the Trustee in writing to so agree; it being understood and agreed that the Trustee will deliver such letter of agreement in conclusive reliance upon the direction of the Servicer, and the Trustee makes no independent inquiry or investigation as to, and shall have no obligation or liability in respect of, the sufficiency, validity, or correctness of such procedures. The Servicer shall investigate and correct any material exceptions, errors or irregularities at its own expense. A copy of such report may be obtained by any Investor Certificateholder by a request in writing to the Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust Office or as set forth in any Supplement.
      8. Tax Treatment . The Transferor has structured this Agreement and the Investor Certificates with the intention that the Investor Certificates will qualify under applicable federal, state and local tax law as indebtedness. The Transferor, the Servicer, the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, each Investor Certificateholder, each Certificate Owner agree to treat and to take no action inconsistent with the treatment of the Investor Certificates (or beneficial interest therein) as indebtedness for purposes of federal, state and local income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or measured by income. Each Investor Certificateholder and the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, by acceptance of its Certificate, each Certificate Owner, by acquisition of a beneficial interest in a Certificate, agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.7 . Each Certificateholder agrees that it will cause any Certificate Owner acquiring an interest in a Certificate through it to comply with this Agreement as to treatment as indebtedness under applicable tax law, as described in this Section 3.7 .
      9. Notices to the Transferor . In the event that Specialty Retailers (TX) LP is no longer acting as Servicer, any Successor Servicer appointed pursuant to Section 10.2 shall deliver or make available to the Transferor each certificate and report required to be prepared, forwarded or delivered thereafter pursuant to Sections 3.4 , 3.5 and 3.6 .


  4. RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
      1. Rights of Certificateholders . Each Series shall represent an undivided interest in the Trust, including the benefits of any Enhancement issued with respect to the related Series and the right to receive the Collections and other amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in this Article IV to be deposited in the Collection Account or the Excess Funding Account or to be paid to the Investor Certificateholders of such Series; provided , however , that the aggregate interest represented by such Series at any time in the Principal Receivables shall not exceed an amount equal to the Investor Interest at such time. The Exchangeable Transferor Certificate shall represent the remaining undivided interest in the Trust, including the right to receive the Collections and other amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in this Article IV to be paid to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate; provided , however , that the aggregate interest represented by such Exchangeable Transferor Certificate at any time in the Principal Receivables shall not exceed the Transferor Interest at such time and such Exchangeable Transferor Certificate shall not represent any interest in the Collection Account or the Excess Funding Account, except as provided in this Agreement, or the benefits of any Enhancement issued with respect to any Series, except as set forth in the related Supplement.
      2. Establishment of Accounts .
        1. The Collection Account . The Servicer, for the benefit of the Certificateholders, shall establish and maintain, with an office or branch of a Qualified Depository Institution, in the name of the Trustee and on behalf of the Trust, a segregated account (the " Collection Account ") bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders. The Trustee, for the ratable benefit of the Investor Certificateholders in accordance with their Investor Interests and the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate (to the extent of the Transferor Interest), shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Collection Account and in all proceeds thereof. The Collection Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the ratable benefit of the Investor Certificateholders and the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, as set forth above. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Servicer agrees that it shall have no right of set-off or banker's lien against, and no right to otherwise deduct from, any funds held in the Collection Account for any amount owed to it by the Trustee, the Trust, the Transferor, the Originator, or any Certificateholder. Upon the occurrence of an Early Amortization Event with respect to any Series, Collections shall be withdrawn from the Initial Depository Account and deposited in the Collection Account as specified in Section 4.3(a) . Pursuant to authority granted to it hereunder, the Servicer shall have the power to instruct the Trustee or such Qualified Depository Institution in writing to withdraw funds from the Collection Account for the purpose of carrying out the Servicer's duties hereunder.
        2. Administration of the Collection Account . Funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall at all times be invested in Permitted Investments. Any such investment shall mature and such funds shall be available for withdrawal on or prior to the next following Distribution Date. Subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Servicer shall have the authority to instruct the Trustee in writing with respect to the investment of such funds. At the end of each month, all interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables.
      3. Collections and Allocations .
        1. Collections . The Transferor and the Servicer hereby agree: (i) (A) for a period not to exceed 90 days, to cause all Collections which may be sent by Obligors by mail to be remitted to Post-Office Box number 4955, Houston, TX 77210-4955 which shall be collected daily by Servicer, and shall thereupon be deposited by the Servicer directly into the Initial Depository Account on the same Business Day of receipt thereof from such post-office box and, after such 90 day period, to cause all Collections which may be sent by Obligors by mail to be remitted to a post-office box which shall be collected daily by a third-party processor (pursuant to the terms of an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee and each Certificateholder), and shall thereupon be deposited by such third-party processor directly into the Initial Depository Account on the same Business Day of receipt thereof from such post-office box; and (B) to cause all such payments to be deposited into the Collection Account within one Business Day of deposit of such payment into the Initial Depository Account; and (ii) (A) to cause all Store Payments to be deposited in the related Store Account within one Business Day of receipt thereof; and (B) to cause all such Store Payments to be deposited into the Shared Concentration Account within three Business Days of deposit of such payments into a Store Account, which Store Payments shall then be deposited into the Collection Account from the Shared Concentration Account in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.
        2. The Servicer hereby agrees not to deposit or otherwise credit, or cause or permit to be so deposited or credited, to the Collection Account cash or cash proceeds other than Collections of Receivables. The Transferor and Servicer agree to clearly and unambiguously identify each Account (including any Additional Account designated pursuant to Section 2.6 ) in its computer or other records to reflect that an interest in the Receivables arising in such Account has been sold pursuant to this Agreement and shall, prior to the sale or transfer to a third party of any Receivable held in its custody, examine its computer and other records to determine that an interest in such Receivable has not been sold.

        3. Series Allocations . The Servicer shall daily instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate Collections of Principal Receivables, Collections of Finance Charge Receivables, Series Dilution Amounts and Loss Amounts to each Series and to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, based on the Investor Percentage for each such Series and the Transferor Percentage for the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, in accordance with this Article IV and shall withdraw the required amounts from the Collection Account or the Initial Depository Account or the Excess Funding Account to pay such amounts in accordance with this Article IV and any Supplement. The Servicer shall make such deposits or payments on the date indicated therein by wire transfer or as otherwise provided in the related Supplement with respect to any Series.
        4. Allocations for the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate . Throughout the existence of the Trust, unless otherwise stated in any Supplement, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee in writing to allocate to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate an amount equal to the sum of (i) the product of (A) the Transferor Percentage and (B) the aggregate amount of such Collections allocated to Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables, respectively, in respect of each Due Period, and (ii) any additional amounts out of the Aggregate Investor Interest allocated to the "Transferor Interest" pursuant to any Supplement; provided , however , that the Servicer, at the option of the Transferor, may allocate all or a portion of such amounts to maintain any cash collateralization requirement in connection with the Investor Interest under any Variable Certificate from time to time. Unless otherwise stated in any Supplement, the Servicer need not deposit this amount or any other amounts so allocated to the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate pursuant to any Supplement into the Collection Account and shall pay such amounts as collected to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate; provided , however , the Servicer shall be entitled to deduct from such amounts and retain an amount equal to the unpaid portion of any Transferor Monthly Servicing Fee then due and payable.
        5. Adjustments for Miscellaneous Credits and Fraudulent Charges . With respect to each Due Period, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables (i) which were created in respect of merchandise refused or returned by the Obligor thereunder or as to which the Obligor thereunder has asserted a counterclaim or defense, (ii) which were reduced by the Servicer by any rebate, refund, charge-back or adjustment (including Servicer errors) or (iii) which were created as a result of a fraudulent or counterfeit charge (with respect to such Due Period, the " Dilution Amount ") will be allocated initially to the Transferor Interest, and the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables used to calculate the Transferor Interest will be reduced by an amount equal to the Dilution Amount so allocated. If any such reduction causes the Transferor Interest to be less than the Aggregate Minimum Transferor Interest, the Transferor shall be required to take the actions specified below:
              1. Convey Receivables arising in Additional Accounts to the Trust,
              2. instruct the Servicer to deposit (or cause to be deposited) all or a portion of the Transferor Allocations in the Excess Funding Account, and
              3. to the extent the Transferor is not able to eliminate the deficiency through the actions specified in clauses (i) and (ii) , make a deposit in the Excess Funding Account in immediately available funds, such that upon such deposit and/or Conveyance the Transferor Interest shall be at least equal to the Aggregate Minimum Transferor Interest.

          If the Transferor shall fail to take such actions, any remaining Dilution Amount (with respect to each Due Period, the " Series Dilution Amount ") will be allocated to each Series based upon the Series Percentage for such Series. If available funds for any Series, including funds allocated to any Series on any Distribution Date as described in Section (b) above, are insufficient to cover the Series Dilution Amount for such Series on such Distribution Date pursuant to the terms of the related Supplement, such Supplement may provide that the remaining Series Dilution Amount for such Series shall be reallocated to, and reduce, the Transferor Interest (as calculated as of the last day of the related Due Period).

          If so provided for any Series in the related Supplement, any Series Dilution Amount remaining for such Series, after giving effect to any deposit and/or Conveyance by the Transferor described in the preceding paragraph (such amount, for any Series its " Series Unfunded Dilution Amount ") shall be reallocated to such Series and shall reduce the Investor Interest of that Series to the extent provided in the related Supplement.

        6. Excess Funding Account . The Servicer, for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders, shall establish and maintain in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, a segregated trust account with a Qualified Depository Institution bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders (the " Excess Funding Account "). The Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Excess Funding Account and in all proceeds thereof. The Excess Funding Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Servicer agrees that it shall have no right of setoff or banker's lien against, and no right to otherwise deduct from, any funds held in the Excess Funding Account for any amount owed to it by the Trustee, the Trust or any Certificateholder. If, at any time, the institution holding the Excess Funding Account ceases to be a Qualified Depository Institution, the Trustee upon written notice by Servicer (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall promptly establish a new Excess Funding Account with a Qualified Depository Institution meeting the conditions specified above, transfer any cash or any investments to such new Excess Funding Account and from the date such new Excess Funding Account is established, it shall be the "Excess Funding Account."
        7. Funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account shall at the written direction of the Servicer be invested by the Trustee in Permitted Investments selected by the Servicer. All such Permitted Investments shall be held by the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders. The Trustee shall maintain for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders possession of the negotiable instruments or securities, if any, evidencing such Permitted Investments. Funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account on any date (after giving effect to any withdrawals from the Excess Funding Account on such date) will be invested in Permitted Investments that will mature so that funds will be available at the close of business on the Distribution Date following such date. On each Determination Date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee to withdraw on the related Distribution Date from the Excess Funding Account and deposit in the Collection Account all interest and other investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account, for application as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables (allocable to the Certificates Series pro rata based on the Investor Percentage of each Series until paid in full) with respect to the prior Due Period. Interest (including reinvested interest) and other investment income and earnings on funds on deposit in the Excess Funding Account shall not be considered part of the Excess Funding Amount for purposes of this Agreement. On any Determination Date on which no Series is in an Amortization Period, the Servicer shall determine the amount by which the Transferor Interest exceeds the Aggregate Minimum Transferor Interest on such date and shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw such amount from the Excess Funding Account on the related Distribution Date and pay such amount to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate. On any Determination Date on which one or more Series is in an Amortization Period, the Servicer shall determine the aggregate amount of Principal Shortfalls, if any, with respect to each such Series that is a Principal Sharing Series (after giving effect to the allocation and payment provisions in the Supplement with respect to each such Series), and the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw such amount (up to the Excess Funding Amount) from the Excess Funding Account on the succeeding Distribution Date and allocate such amount among each such Series as Shared Principal Collections as specified in each related Supplement.

        8. Shared Principal Collections . On each Business Day other than a Distribution Date, if permitted by the related Supplement for any Series, Shared Principal Collections from such Series may, at the option of Transferor, be withdrawn and paid as principal to the holder of any Variable Certificate (or held in the Collection Account for later allocation as principal to any Variable Certificate), so long as no Series that is in an Amortization Period will have a Principal Shortfall on the next Distribution Date after giving effect to such allocation and the other allocations to be made on the next Distribution Date (assuming no Early Amortization Event occurs). On each Distribution Date, (i) the Servicer shall allocate Shared Principal Collections not previously applied pursuant to the preceding sentence to each Principal Sharing Series in a Group, pro rata , in proportion to the Principal Shortfalls, if any, with respect to each such Series and (ii) the Servicer shall withdraw from the Collection Account or the Excess Funding Account and pay to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate amount for all such Series of Collections of Principal Receivables that the related Supplements or this Agreement specify are to be treated as " Shared Principal Collections " for such Distribution Date over (y) the aggregate amount for all such Series that the related Supplements specify are " Principal Shortfalls " for such Distribution Date; provided , however , that such amounts shall be paid to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate only if the Transferor Interest for such Determination Date (determined after giving effect to any Principal Receivables transferred to the Trust on such date) exceeds the Aggregate Minimum Transferor Interest; and provided further that, if on any Distribution Date the Transferor Interest is less than or equal to the Aggregate Minimum Transferor Interest, the Servicer will not distribute to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate any Shared Principal Collections then on deposit in the Collection Account that otherwise would be distributed to such Holder, but shall deposit such funds in the Excess Funding Account.
        9. Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections . On each Distribution Date, (i) the Servicer shall allocate Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections with respect to the Series in a Group to each Series in such Group, pro rata , in proportion to the Finance Charge Shortfalls, if any, with respect to each such Series and (ii) the Servicer shall withdraw (or shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw) from the Collection Account and pay to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series in a Group of the amounts that the related Supplements specify are to be treated as " Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections " for such Distribution Date over (y) the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series in such Group that the related Supplements specify are " Finance Charge Shortfalls " for such Distribution Date; provided , however , that the sharing of Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections among Series in a Group will continue only until such time, if any, at which the Transferor shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate to the effect that, in the reasonable belief of the Transferor or its counsel, the continued sharing of Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections among Series in any Group would have adverse regulatory implications with respect to the Originator. Following the delivery by the Transferor of such an Officer's Certificate to the Trustee there will not be any further sharing of such Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections among Series in any Group.


  5. DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
  6. Distributions shall be made to, and reports shall be provided to, Certificateholders of each Series as set forth in the applicable Supplement.


  7. THE CERTIFICATES
      1. Certificates . The Investor Certificates of each Series shall be issued in fully registered form and shall be substantially in the form specified in the related Supplement. The Exchangeable Transferor Certificate shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A . The Investor Certificates and the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate shall, upon issue pursuant hereto or to Section 6.9 or Section 6.10 , be executed and delivered by the Transferor to the Trustee for authentication and redelivery as provided in Sections 2.1 and 6.2 . Any Investor Certificate shall be issuable in a minimum denomination of $5,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless otherwise specified in any Supplement, and shall be issued upon original issuance in an aggregate original principal amount equal to the Initial Investor Interest for the related Series. The Exchangeable Transferor Certificate shall be initially issued as a single certificate to the Transferor. Each Certificate shall be executed by manual or facsimile signature on behalf of the Trustee by a duly authorized signatory. Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signature of the individual who was, at the time when such signature was affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Trustee shall not be rendered invalid, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery of such Certificates or does not hold such office at the date of such Certificates. No Certificate shall be entitled to any benefit under this Agreement, or be valid for any purpose, unless there appears on such Certificate a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein, executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual or facsimile signature of a duly authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Certificate shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Certificate has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. All Certificates shall be dated the date of their authentication.
      2. Authentication of Certificates . The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver any Series of Investor Certificates, upon the written order of the Transferor, to such Person as shall be designated by the Transferor, against payment to the Transferor of the applicable Initial Investor Interest (net of any discount). Upon the receipt of such payment and the issuance of the Investor Certificates, such Investor Certificates shall be fully paid and non-assessable. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate to the Transferor simultaneously with the initial Conveyance to the Trust of Receivables. Upon an Exchange as provided in Section 6.9 and the satisfaction of certain other conditions specified therein, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Investor Certificates of additional Series (with the designation provided in the related Supplement), upon the order of the Transferor, to the persons designated in such Supplement. Upon the order of the Transferor, the Certificates of any Series shall be duly authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, in authorized denominations equal to (in the aggregate) the Initial Investor Interest of such Series.
      3. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates .
        1. The Trustee shall cause to be kept at the office or agency to be maintained by a transfer agent and registrar (the " Transfer Agent and Registrar "), in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.16 , a register (the " Certificate Register ") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall provide for the registration of the Investor Certificates of each Series (unless otherwise provided in the related Supplement) and of transfers and exchanges of the Investor Certificates as herein provided. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed Transfer Agent and Registrar for the purposes of registering the Investor Certificates and transfers and exchanges of the Investor Certificates as herein provided. Any reference in this Agreement to the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall include any co-transfer agent and co-registrar. The Transfer Agent and Registrar shall be entitled to the same rights, protections, immunities and indemnities provided to the Trustee herein. The Trustee shall be permitted to resign as Transfer Agent and Registrar upon 30 days' written notice to the Servicer. In the event that the Trustee shall no longer be the Transfer Agent and Registrar, the Trustee shall appoint a successor Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may revoke such appointment, or any subsequent appointment, and remove the Transfer Agent and Registrar if the Trustee determined in its sole discretion that the Transfer Agent and Registrar has failed to perform its obligations under this Agreement in any material respect. The Transfer Agent and Registrar shall be permitted to resign as Transfer Agent and Registrar upon 30 days' written notice to the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee. No resignation, revocation or removal under which Section 6.3(a) shall be effective, and the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall continue to perform its duties as Transfer Agent and Registrar until, the Trustee has appointed a successor Transfer Agent and Registrar reasonably acceptable to the Transferor and such successor has accepted such appointment.
        2. Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Certificate at any office or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar, the Transferor shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Certificates in authorized denominations of like aggregate Undivided Trust Interests..

          At the option of an Investor Certificateholder, Investor Certificates may be exchanged for other Investor Certificates of the same Series in authorized denominations of like aggregate Undivided Trust Interests in the Trust, upon surrender of the Investor Certificates to be exchanged at any office or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar maintained for such purpose.

          Whenever any Investor Certificates of any Series are so surrendered for exchange, the Transferor shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and (unless the Transfer Agent and Registrar is different than the Trustee, in which case the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall) deliver the Investor Certificates of such Series which the Certificateholder making the exchange is entitled to receive. Every Investor Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in a form satisfactory to the Trustee and the Transfer Agent and Registrar duly executed by the Certificateholder thereof or his attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing.

          The preceding provisions of this Section 6.3 notwithstanding, the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, as the case may be, shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Investor Certificate of any Series for a period of 15 days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Investor Certificates of such Series.

          Unless otherwise provided in the related Supplement, no service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Certificates, but the Transfer Agent and Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Certificates.

          All Investor Certificates surrendered for registration of transfer and exchange shall be canceled by the Transfer Agent and Registrar and disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee.

          The Transferor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, as applicable, Investor Certificates in such amounts and at such times as are necessary to enable the Trustee to fulfill its responsibilities under this Agreement and the Certificates.

        3. Except as provided in Section 6.9 or in any Supplement, in no event shall the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate or any interest therein be transferred hereunder, in whole or in part to a person other than the Transferor or an Affiliate of the Transferor, unless the Transferor shall have consented in writing to such transfer and unless the Trustee shall have received a Tax Opinion.
        4. (i) Registration of transfer of Investor Certificates containing a legend substantially to the effect set forth on Exhibit H-1 shall be effected only if such transfer (x) is made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or is exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act, and (y) is made to a Person which is not an employee benefit plan, trust or account, including an individual retirement account, that is an "employee benefit plan" within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (whether or not subject to ERISA) or that is a "plan" described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code or an entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan's investment in such entity (each, a " Benefit Plan "). In the event that registration of a transfer is to be made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act, the Transferor or the transferee shall deliver, at its expense, to the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee, an investment letter from the transferee, substantially in the form of the investment and ERISA representation letter attached hereto as Exhibit H-2 , and no registration of transfer shall be made until such letter is so delivered.
        5. Investor Certificates issued upon registration or transfer of, or Investor Certificates issued in exchange for, Investor Certificates bearing the legend referred to above shall also bear such legend unless the Transferor, the Servicer, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent and Registrar receive an Opinion of Counsel, satisfactory to each of them, to the effect that such legend may be removed.

          Whenever an Investor Certificate containing the legend referred to above is presented to the Transfer Agent and Registrar for registration of transfer, the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall promptly seek instructions from the Servicer regarding such transfer and shall be entitled to receive instructions signed by a Servicing Officer prior to registering any such transfer. The Transferor hereby agrees to indemnify the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents and to hold each of them harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred without gross negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by them in relation to any such instructions furnished pursuant to this clause (i) . This provision shall survive the discharge of this Agreement or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

              1. if so requested by the Transferor, the Trustee will make available to any prospective purchaser of Investor Certificates who so requests, a copy of a letter provided to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Transferor relating to the transferability of any Series to a Benefit Plan.
        6. The Transfer Agent and Registrar shall maintain at its expense in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York (and, if specified in the related Supplement for any Series, subject to this Section 6.3 , at the Transferor's expense, in any other city designated in such Supplement), an office or offices or an agency or agencies where Investor Certificates of such Series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange.
      4. Mutilated, Destroyed, or Stolen Certificates . If (a) any mutilated Certificates surrendered to the Transfer Agent and Registrar, or the Transfer Agent and Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate and (b) there is delivered to the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Trustee that such Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Transferor shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and (unless the Transfer Agent and Registrar is different from the Trustee, in which case the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall) deliver (in compliance with applicable law), in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like tenor and aggregate Undivided Trust Interest. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 6.4 , the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and the Transfer Agent and Registrar) connected therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 6.4 shall constitute complete and indefeasible evidence of ownership in the Trust, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.
      5. Persons Deemed Owners . Prior to due presentation of an Investor Certificate for registration of transfer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar and any agent of any of them may treat the Person in whose name any Investor Certificate is registered as the owner of such Investor Certificate for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to any Supplement and for all other purposes whatsoever ; and in any such case neither the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar nor any agent of any of them shall be affected by any notice to the contrary; provided , however , for purposes of voting or the giving of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Investor Certificates owned by the Originator, the Transferor, the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Investor Certificates which a Responsible Officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Investor Certificates so owned that have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded as outstanding, if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Investor Certificates and that the pledgee is not the Originator, the Transferor, the Servicer or an Affiliate thereof.
      6. Appointment of Paying Agent .
        1. The Paying Agent shall make distributions to Investor Certificateholders from the appropriate account or accounts maintained for the benefit of Investor Certificateholders as specified in any Supplement. Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from such appropriate account or accounts for the purpose of making distributions referred to above and shall report such withdrawals to the Trustee. The Trustee (or the Servicer if the Trustee is the Paying Agent) may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent, if the Trustee (or the Servicer if the Trustee is the Paying Agent) determines in its sole discretion that the Paying Agent shall have failed to perform its obligations under this Agreement in any material respect or for other good cause. The Paying Agent shall initially be the Trustee. The Trustee shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon 30 days' written notice to the Servicer. In the event that the Trustee shall no longer be the Paying Agent, the Trustee shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent who shall be acceptable to the Transferor and the Trustee. The provisions of Sections 7.4 , 8.4 , 11.1 , 11.2 , 11.3 and 11.5 shall apply to the Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent, for so long as the Trustee shall act as Paying Agent. The Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon 30 days' written notice to the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee. No resignation, revocation or removal under this Section 6.6(a) shall be effective, and the Paying Agent shall continue to perform its duties as Paying Agent until, the Trustee has appointed a successor Paying Agent reasonably acceptable to the Transferor and such successor has accepted such appointment. Any reference in this Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise.
        2. The Trustee shall cause the Paying Agent (other than itself) to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee that such Paying Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Investor Certificateholders in trust for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Investor Certificateholders, and shall agree, and if the Trustee is the Paying Agent it hereby agrees, that it shall comply with all requirements of the Code regarding the withholding by the Trustee of payments in respect of federal income taxes due from Certificate Owners (consistent with the treatment of the Investor Certificates as debt instruments for federal income tax purposes).
      7. Access to List of Certificateholders' Names and Addresses . The Trustee shall furnish or cause to be furnished by the Transfer Agent and Registrar to the Servicer or the Paying Agent, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Trustee of a request therefor from the Servicer or the Paying Agent, respectively, in writing, a list in such form as the Servicer or the Paying Agent may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Investor Certificateholders as of the most recent Record Date. Unless otherwise provided in the related Supplement, Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Trust Interests aggregating not less than 10% of the Undivided Trust Interest of any Series, determined without giving effect to Investor Certificates for such Series held by the Transferor or any of its Affiliates (the " Applicants ") may apply in writing to the Trustee, and if such application states that the Applicants desire to communicate with other Investor Certificateholders of any Series with respect to their rights under any Transaction Document and is accompanied by a copy of the communication which such Applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee, after having been adequately indemnified by such Applicants for its costs and expenses, shall afford or shall cause the Transfer Agent and Registrar to afford such Applicants access during normal business hours to the most recent list of Investor Certificateholders of such Series or all outstanding Series, as applicable, held by the Trustee and shall give the Servicer notice that such request has been made, within five (5) Business Days after the receipt of such application. The Trustee shall keep in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of Certificateholders. Every Investor Certificateholder, by receiving and holding a Investor Certificate, agrees with the Trustee that neither the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and Registrar, nor any of their respective agents shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Investor Certificateholders hereunder, regardless of the source from which such information was obtained.
      8. Authenticating Agent .
        1. The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents with respect to the Certificates which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee in authenticating the Certificates in connection with the issuance, delivery, registration of transfer, exchange or repayment of the Certificates. Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to the authentication of Certificates by the Trustee or the Trustee's certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent. Each authenticating agent must be acceptable to the Transferor.
        2. Any institution succeeding to the corporate agency business of an authenticating agent shall continue to be an authenticating agent without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or such authenticating agent.
        3. An authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Transferor. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an authenticating agent by giving notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the Transferor. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time an authenticating agent shall cease to be acceptable to the Trustee or the Transferor, the Trustee promptly may appoint a successor authenticating agent. Any successor authenticating agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an authenticating agent. No successor authenticating agent shall be appointed unless acceptable to the Trustee and the Transferor.
        4. The Trustee agrees to pay each authenticating agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section 6.8 , and the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed and the Servicer shall reimburse the Trustee for such reasonable payments actually made, subject to the provisions of Section 11.5 .
        5. The provisions of Sections 7.4 , 8.4 , 11.1 , 11.2 , 11.3 and 11.5 shall be applicable to any authenticating agent.
        6. Pursuant to an appointment made under this Section 6.8 , the Certificates may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of the Trustee's certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in substantially the following form:

        This is one of the certificates described in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001, among Stage Receivable Funding LP, Specialty Retail, Inc. and Bankers Trust Company.

        ___________________________________

        as Authenticating Agent

        for the Trustee,

         

         

        By:________________________________

        Authorized Officer

      9. Tender of Exchangeable Transferor Certificate .
        1. Upon any Exchange (as defined below) the Trustee shall issue to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate under Section 6.1 , for execution and redelivery to the Trustee for authentication under Section 6.2 , one or more new Series of Investor Certificates. Any such Series of Investor Certificates shall be substantially in the form specified in the related Supplement and shall bear, upon its face, the designation for the Series to which it belongs, as selected by the Transferor. Except as specified in any Supplement for a related Series, all Investor Certificates of any Series shall rank pari passu and be equally and ratably entitled as provided herein to the benefits hereof (except that the Enhancement provided for any Series shall not be available for any other Series) without preference, priority or distinction on account of the actual time or times of authentication and delivery, all in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the related Supplement.
        2. The Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may tender the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate to the Trustee in exchange for (i) one or more newly issued Series of Investor Certificates and (ii) a reissued Exchangeable Transferor Certificate (any such tender, a " Transferor Exchange "). In addition, to the extent permitted for any Series of Investor Certificates as specified in the related Supplement, the Investor Certificateholders of such Series may tender their Investor Certificates and the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may tender the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate to the Trustee pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in such Supplement in exchange for (i) one or more newly issued Series of Investor Certificates and (ii) a reissued Exchangeable Transferor Certificate (an " Investor Exchange "). The Transferor Exchange and Investor Exchange are referred to collectively herein as an " Exchange ." The Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may perform an Exchange by notifying the Trustee in writing at least five days in advance (an " Exchange Notice ") of the date upon which the Exchange is to occur (an " Exchange Date "). Any Exchange Notice shall state the designation of any Series to be issued on the Exchange Date and, with respect to each such Series: (a) its Initial Investor Interest (or the method for calculating such Initial Investor Interest), which at any time may not be greater than the current principal amount of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate at such time, and (b) its Certificate Rate (its method for allocating interest payments or other cash flows to such Series), if any. On the Exchange Date, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver any such Series of Investor Certificates only upon delivery to it of the following: (a) a Supplement satisfying the criteria set forth in Section 6.9(c) executed by the Transferor and specifying the Principal Terms of such Series, (b) the applicable Enhancement, if any, (c) written confirmation that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect to the Exchange, (d) an Officer's Certificate of the Transferor that on the Exchange Date, after giving effect to the Exchange, the Transferor Interest will be at least equal to the Aggregate Minimum Transferor Interest and such Exchange will not result in the occurrence of an Early Amortization Event and is not reasonably expected to result in such an occurrence and (e) the existing Exchangeable Transferor Certificate or applicable Investor Certificates, as the case may be. If any Series is outstanding, it is a condition to the issuance of any newly created Series of Investor Certificates that (A) such issuance will not result in the occurrence of an Early Amortization Event, (B) the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee and (if any such outstanding Series is rated) each Rating Agency an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such Issuance (1) has been, or need not be, registered under the Securities Act and will not result in the requirement that any other Series not registered under the Securities Act and will not result in the requirement that any other Series be registered under the Securities Act (unless the Transferor has elected, in its sole discretion, to register such Certificates), (2) will not result in the Trust becoming subject to registration as an investment company under the Investment Company Act (3) will not require this Agreement or the related Supplement to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act or 1939, as amended (unless the Transferor has elected, at its sole discretion, to so qualify the Agreement or the related Supplement) and (4) will not cause the Trust to be treated as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation and (C) the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee and (if any such outstanding Series is rated) each Rating Agency a Tax Opinion, dated the date of such issuance, with respect to such issuance. Upon satisfaction of such conditions, the Trustee shall cancel the existing Exchangeable Transferor Certificate or applicable Investor Certificates, as the case may be, and issue, as provided above, such Series of Investor Certificates and a new Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, dated the Exchange Date. There is no limit to the number of Exchanges that may be performed under this Agreement.
        3. In conjunction with an Exchange, the parties hereto shall execute a Supplement, which shall specify the relevant terms with respect to any newly issued Series of Investor Certificates, which may include without limitation: (i) its name or designation, (ii) an Initial Investor Interest and Series Investor Interest or the method of calculating the Initial Investor Interest or the Series Investor Interest, as the case may be, (iii) the Certificate Rate (or formula for the determination thereof), (iv) the Closing Date, (v) the rating agency or agencies rating such Series, (vi) the interest payment date or dates and the date or dates from which interest shall accrue, (vii) the method of allocating Collections with respect to Principal Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables and Loss Amounts for such Series and the method by which the principal amount of Investor Certificates of such Series shall amortize, (viii) the names of any accounts to be used by such Series and the terms governing the operation of any such accounts, (ix) the Investor Monthly Servicing Fee, (x) the Minimum Transferor Interest (if any), (xi) the terms of any Enhancement with respect to such Series, (xii) the base rate applicable to such Series, (xiii) the terms on which the Certificates of such Series may be repurchased or remarketed to other investors, (xiv) the Series Termination Date, (xv) any deposit into any account provided for such Series, (xvi) the priority of such Series with respect to any other Series, (xvii) the rights, if any, of the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate that have been transferred to the holders of such Series, (xviii) the Pool Factor, (xix) the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables, (xx) whether such Series will be part of a Group, and (xxi) any other relevant terms (including whether or not such Series will be pledged as collateral for the issuance of any other securities, including commercial paper) (all such terms, the " Principal Terms " of such Series). The terms of such Supplement may modify or amend the terms of this Agreement solely as applied to such new Series.
      10. Meetings of Certificateholders .
        1. The Servicer or the Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Investor Certificateholders of any Series or of all Series, to be held at such time and at such place as the Servicer or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall determine, for the purpose of approving a modification of or amendment to, or obtaining a waiver of any covenant or condition set forth in, this Agreement, any Supplement or the Investor Certificates or of taking any other action permitted to be taken by Investor Certificateholders hereunder or under any Supplement. Notice of any meeting of Investor Certificateholders, setting forth the time and place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given in accordance with Section 13.6 , the first mailing and publication to be not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting. To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Investor Certificateholders a person shall be (i) a Holder of one or more Investor Certificates of the applicable Series or (ii) a person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by the Holder of one or more such Investor Certificates. The only persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Investor Certificateholders shall be the persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Originator, the Seller, the Servicer and the Trustee and their respective counsel.
        2. At a meeting of Investor Certificateholders, persons entitled to vote Investor Certificates evidencing a majority of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the applicable Series or all outstanding Series, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum. No business shall be transacted in the absence of a quorum, unless a quorum is present when the meeting is called to order. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days; in the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days; at the reconvening of any meeting further adjourned for lack of a quorum, the persons entitled to vote Investor Certificates (other than Investor Certificates held by the Seller or any of its Affiliates) evidencing at least 25% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the applicable Series or all outstanding Series, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the taking of any action set forth in the notice of the original meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided above except that such notice must be given not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding applicable Investor Certificates which shall constitute a quorum.
        3. Any Investor Certificateholder who has executed an instrument in writing appointing a person as proxy shall be deemed to be present for the purposes of determining a quorum and be deemed to have voted; provided that such Investor Certificateholder shall be considered as present or voting only with respect to the matters covered by such instrument in writing. Subject to the provisions of Section 13.1 , any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Investor Certificateholders duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all Investor Certificateholders whether or not present or represented at the meeting.
        4. The Trustee shall appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing a majority of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Investor Certificates of the applicable Series or all outstanding Series, as the case may be, represented at the meeting. No vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Investor Certificate challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote except as an Investor Certificateholder or proxy. Any meeting of Investor Certificateholders duly called at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.
        5. The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Investor Certificateholders shall be by written ballot on which shall be subscribed the signatures of Investor Certificateholders or proxies and on which shall be inscribed the serial number or numbers of the Investor Certificates held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Investor Certificateholders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was published as provided above. The record shall be signed and verified by the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Servicer and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.
      11. Uncertificated Classes . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article VI or in Article XII , unless otherwise specified in any Supplement, any provisions contained in this Article VI and in Article XII relating to the registration, form, execution, authentication, delivery, presentation, cancellation and surrender of Certificates shall not be applicable to any uncertificated Certificates.


  8. OTHER MATTERS RELATING
    TO THE TRANSFEROR
      1. Liability of the Transferor . The Transferor shall be liable hereunder only to the extent of the obligations specifically undertaken by it in its capacity as the Transferor.
      2. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Transferor . The Transferor shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person. The obligations of the Transferor hereunder shall not be assignable nor shall any Person succeed to the obligations of the Transferor hereunder.
      3. Limitation on Liability . The directors, officers, employees or agents of the Transferor shall not be under any liability to the Trust, the Trustee, the Certificateholders, the Certificate Owners or any other Person hereunder or pursuant to any document delivered hereunder, it being expressly understood that all such liability is expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution of this Agreement, and any Supplement and the issuance of the Certificates; provided , however , that this provision shall not protect the officers, directors, employees, or agents of the Transferor against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their duties. The Transferor and any director, officer, employee or agent may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising hereunder.
      4. Indemnification . Without limiting any other rights which the Trustee or the Certificateholders (other than the Transferor and its Affiliates) and their respective assignees and their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives, agents and affiliates (each, an " Indemnified Party " and collectively the " Indemnified Parties ") may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Transferor hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all claims, injuries, obligations, suits, actions, judgments, penalties, damages, losses and liabilities and related costs and expenses, including, without limitation, all reasonable costs required or associated with claims for damages to persons or property, and court costs (including reasonable agent's and attorneys' fees and disbursements) (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as " Indemnified Amounts ") of whatever kind or nature, regardless of their merit, awarded against or incurred by any of them arising out of, directly or indirectly, relating to or resulting from any Transaction Document, the activities of the Trustee in connection herewith, the Transferor's use of proceeds of Conveyances of Receivables or reinvestments of Collections, the interests Conveyed hereunder, or in respect of any Receivable or any Account or Charge Account Agreement (excluding however (a) Indemnified Amounts to the extent resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Indemnified Party, (b) except as otherwise specifically provided in any Transaction Document, recourse for uncollectible Receivables or (c) except as otherwise specifically provided in any Transaction Document, any federal, state, foreign or local income or franchise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest, penalty, or addition to tax with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith) incurred by such Indemnified Party arising out of or as a result of this Agreement or the interests Conveyed hereunder). Without limiting the foregoing, the Transferor shall pay on demand to each Indemnified Party any and all amounts necessary to indemnify such Indemnified Party from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts arising out of, relating to or resulting from:
          1. reliance on any representation, warranty or covenant made or statement made or deemed made by the Transferor or any of its Affiliates (or any of their Responsible Officers) under or in connection with any Transaction Document which shall have been incorrect when made or deemed made or which the Transferor shall have failed to perform, provided , that , for the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that the sole remedy respecting a breach of the representations set forth in Section 2.4(a)(ii) - (vi) shall be as set forth in Section 2.4(d) and the sole remedy in respect of breach of Section 2.3(d) and Section 2.4(a)(i) shall be as set forth in Section 2.4(e) ;
          2. the failure by the Transferor to comply with any Transaction Document or any applicable Requirement of Law with respect to any trust asset or related Charge Account Agreement, or the failure of any Receivable, or any Account or the related Charge Account Agreement to conform to any requirement with respect thereto under any Transaction Document or any Requirement of Law;
          3. the failure to vest in the Trustee on behalf of the Trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders either a perfected first priority undivided percentage ownership interest or a perfected first priority security interest in all Receivables and other trust assets, free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens);
          4. the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing, any financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws that are necessary for perfection or first priority of the ownership or security interest created by this Agreement or any Purchase Agreement;
          5. any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy of an Obligor) of an Obligor to the payment of any Receivable in, or purporting to be in the trust assets (including a defense based on such Receivable, the related Account or the related Charge Account Agreement not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from the sale of the merchandise, services or insurance related to such Receivable or the failure to furnish such merchandise, services or insurance;
          6. any products liability claim or other claim allegedly arising out of or in connection with merchandise, services or insurance the sale of which gave rise to any Receivable or any credit, administration or other activity in connection with any Charge Account Agreement;
          7. any failure by the Transferor or any Affiliate of the Transferor to perform its duties or obligation in accordance with the provisions of any Transaction Document, including any failure to so perform in connection with servicing, administering or collecting any Receivable or Account;
          8. any commingling of Collections at any time with other funds (other than as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement);
          9. any investigation, litigation, or proceeding related to any Transaction Document or the use of proceeds or reinvestments of proceeds by the Transferor, the Servicer or the Parent of Transfers of Receivables or the ownership of or security interest in trust assets or in respect of any Receivable, Account or Charge Account Agreement;
          10. any taxes, including sales, stamp, excise, intangibles, value added, personal property and similar taxes, payable with respect to the Receivables or the Accounts or incurred by the Trustee by reason of its participation in the transactions contemplated hereby;
          11. any federal, state, foreign or local income or franchise tax. or any other tax imposed on or measured by reference to income, or any interest penalty or addition to tax with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith, imposed upon the Trust, the assets of the Trust or the Trustee as a result of its acting in its capacity as trustee hereunder, except with respect to fees or other compensation received by the Trustee;
          12. any Receivable classified as an "Eligible Receivable" by the Transferor or the Servicer in any document or report delivered hereunder failing to satisfy, at the time of such classification, the requirements of eligibility contained in the definition of Eligible Receivable; provided , that , for the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that the sole remedy respecting a breach of the representations set forth in Section 2.4(a)(ii) - (vi) shall be as set forth in Section 2.4(d) and the sole remedy in respect of breach of Section 2.3(d) and Section 2.4(a)(i) shall be as set forth in Section 2.4(e) ; or
          13. any Account classified as an "Eligible Account" by the Transferor or the Servicer in any document or report delivered hereunder failing to satisfy, at the time of such classification, the requirements of eligibility contained in the definition of Eligible Account provided , that , for the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that the sole remedy respecting a breach of the representations set forth in Section 2.4(a)(ii) - (vi) shall be as set forth in Section 2.4(d) and the sole remedy in respect of breach of Section 2.3(d) and Section 2.4(a)(i) shall be as set forth in Section 2.4(e) ;.

    Any Indemnified Amounts due hereunder shall be payable within fifteen (15) Business Days of submission of a claim by the Indemnified Party which describes in reasonable detail the basis for such claim. The rights of the Indemnified Parties under this Section 8.4 shall survive the collection of all Receivables, the termination of the Trust, the payment of all amounts otherwise due hereunder, the discharge of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.


  9. OTHER MATTERS RELATING
    TO THE SERVICER
      1. Liability of the Servicer . The Servicer shall be liable hereunder only to the extent of the obligations specifically undertaken by the Servicer in such capacity herein.
      2. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Servicer . The Servicer shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:
              1. the Person formed by such consolidation or into which Servicer is merged or the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of Servicer substantially as an entirety shall be, if Servicer is not the surviving entity, a corporation, limited partnership, or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof and shall expressly assume, by an agreement supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the performance of every covenant and obligation of the Servicer hereunder;
              2. the Servicer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate of the Servicer, upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely, that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental agreement comply with this Section 8.2 and that all conditions precedent herein provided relating to such transaction have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel, upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely, that such supplemental agreement is legal, valid and binding with respect to the Servicer;
              3. the Servicer shall have given at least ten (10) Business Days' prior notice to the Rating Agencies and the Trustee of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer;
              4. the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such assignment and succession;
              5. the corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company formed by such consolidation or into which the Servicer is merged or which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Servicer substantially as an entirety shall have all licenses and approvals required to service the Receivables; and
              6. if the Person described in clause (i) is not an Affiliate of the Servicer, the Trustee shall have consented in writing to such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer.
      3. Limitation on Liability . Neither the Servicer, nor the directors, officers, employees or agents of the Servicer, in its capacity as Servicer shall be under any liability to the Trust, the Trustee, the Certificateholders or any other Person hereunder or pursuant to any document delivered hereunder, it being expressly understood that all such liability is expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution of this Agreement and any Supplement, and the issuance of the Certificates; provided , however , that this provision shall not protect the Servicer or the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Servicer against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties hereunder. Except as provided in Section 8.4 with respect to the Trust and the Trustee, its officers, directors, employees and agents, and except as provided in any Supplement with respect to the related Series, the Servicer and its directors, officers, employees or agents shall not be under any liability to the Trust, the Trustee, its officers, directors, employees and agents, the Certificateholders, or any other Person for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in its capacity as Servicer pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement; provided , however , that this provision shall not protect the Servicer against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, or under any Supplement. The Servicer may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising hereunder. The Servicer shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its duties to service the Receivables in accordance with this Agreement which in its reasonable opinion may involve it in any expense or liability.
      4. Servicer Indemnification of the Trust and the Trustee . The Servicer hereby agrees to indemnify defend and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against Indemnified Amounts of whatever kind or nature, regardless of their merit, awarded against or incurred by any of them (excluding however (a) Indemnified Amounts to the extent resulting from fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Indemnified Party, (b) recourse (except as otherwise specifically provided in any Transaction Document) for uncollectible Receivables, (c) any federal, state, foreign or local income or franchise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest, penalty, or addition to tax with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith) (except as otherwise specifically provided in any Transaction Document)) arising out of directly or indirectly, relating to or resulting from:
          1. reliance on any representation, warranty or covenant made or statement made or deemed made by the Servicer (or any of its Responsible Officers) under or in connection with any Transaction Document which shall have been incorrect when made or deemed made or which the Servicer shall have failed to perform;
          2. the failure by the Servicer to comply with any Transaction Document or any applicable Requirement of Law with respect to any Receivable, Account or related Charge Account Agreement;
          3. any failure by the Servicer to perform its duties or obligation in accordance with the provisions of any Transaction Document, including any failure to so perform in connection with servicing, administering or collecting any Receivable or Account;
          4. any commingling of Collections at any time with other funds (except as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement); or
          5. any Transaction Documents or the activities of the Trustee in connection herewith or therewith.

        Any Indemnified Amounts due hereunder shall be payable within fifteen (15) Business Days of submission of a claim by the Indemnified Party which describes in reasonable detail the basis for such claim. The rights of the Indemnified Parties under this Section 8.4 shall survive the collection of all Receivables, the termination of the Trust, the payment of all amounts otherwise due hereunder, the discharge of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

      5. The Servicer Not to Resign . The Servicer shall not resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except upon a determination by the Servicer that (i) the performance of its duties hereunder is no longer permissible under applicable law and (ii) there is no reasonable action which the Servicer could take to make the performance of its duties hereunder permissible under applicable law. Any such determination permitting the resignation of the Servicer shall be evidenced as to clause (i) above by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Trustee. No such resignation shall become effective until the Trustee or a Successor Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer in accordance with Section 10.2 hereof. The Trustee shall give prompt notice to each Rating Agency upon the appointment of a Successor Servicer. If the Trustee is unable within 120 days of the date of such determination to appoint a Successor Servicer, the Trustee shall serve as Successor Servicer hereunder.
      6. Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the Receivables . Subject to the terms of any Supplement, the Servicer shall provide to the Trustee access to the documentation regarding the Accounts and the Receivables in such cases where the Trustee is required in connection with the enforcement of the rights of the Investor Certificateholders or by applicable statutes or regulations, to review such documentation, such access being afforded without charge but only (i) upon reasonable request, (ii) during the Servicer's normal business hours, (iii) subject to the Servicer's normal security and confidentiality procedures and (iv) at offices designated by the Servicer. Nothing in this Section 8.6 shall derogate from the obligation of the Originator, the Transferor, the Trustee or the Servicer to observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors and the failure of the Servicer to provide access as provided in this Section 8.6 as a result of such obligations shall not constitute a breach of this Section 8.6 .
      7. Delegation of Duties . In the ordinary course of business, the Servicer may at any time delegate any duties hereunder to any Person who agrees to conduct such duties in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy. Any such delegations shall not relieve the Servicer of its liability and responsibility with respect to such duties, and shall not constitute a resignation within the meaning of Section 8.5 hereof.
      8. Examination of Records . The Servicer shall clearly and unambiguously identify each Account (including any Additional Account designated pursuant to Section 2.6 ) in its computer or other records to reflect that the Receivables arising in such Account have been Conveyed to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement. The Servicer shall, prior to the sale or transfer to a third party of any receivable held in its custody, examine its computer and other records to determine that such receivable is not a Receivable.


  10. EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS
      1. Early Amortization Events . If any one of the following events (each, a " Trust Early Amortization Event ") shall occur:
        1. the Transferor, the Originator, the Servicer (if an Affiliate of the Originator) the Trust or Stage Stores, Inc. shall consent to the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to all or substantially all of its property, or a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against the Transferor, the Originator, the Servicer (if an Affiliate of the Originator) the Trust or Stage Stores, Inc.; or the Transferor, the Originator, the Servicer (if an Affiliate of the Originator), the Trust or Stage Stores, Inc. shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, commence or have commenced against it (unless dismissed within thirty days) as a debtor a proceeding under any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations;
        2. the Originator shall become unable for any reason to Convey Receivables to SRLP pursuant to the Originator Purchase Agreement; SRLP shall become unable for any reason to Convey Receivables to the Transferor pursuant to the SRLP Purchase Agreement; or the Transferor shall become unable for any reason to Convey Receivables to the Trust in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
        3. the Trust at any time receives a final determination that the Trust will be treated as an "association" (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; or
        4. the Transferor or the Trust shall become subject to regulation by the Securities and Exchange Commission as an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act;

        then an Early Amortization Event with respect to all Series shall occur without any notice or other action on the part of the Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.

      2. Additional Rights Upon the Occurrence of Certain Events .
        1. Upon the occurrence of any event described in Section 9.1(a) with respect to the Originator or the Transferor (an " Insolvency Event "), the Transferor shall on the day of such Insolvency Event (the " Appointment Day ") immediately cease to transfer Principal Receivables to the Trust and shall promptly give written notice to the Trustee and the Rating Agencies of such Insolvency Event. Notwithstanding any cessation of the Conveyance to the Trust of additional Principal Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created, accrued in respect of Principal Receivables which have been Conveyed to the Trust shall continue to be a part of the Trust, and Collections with respect thereto shall continue to be allocated and paid in accordance with Article IV and any Supplement. Within 15 days of the Appointment Day, the Trustee shall (i) publish a notice in an Authorized Newspaper that an Insolvency Event has occurred and that the Trustee intends to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Receivables in a commercially reasonable manner and (ii) send written notice to each Investor Certificateholder describing the provisions of this Section 9.2 and requesting instructions from such Investor Certificateholders. Unless within 90 days from the day notice pursuant to clause (i) above is first published, the Trustee shall have received written instructions from the Requisite Certificateholders (determined without giving effect to Investor Certificates for such Series held by the Transferor or any of its Affiliates) for all Series, to the effect that such Investor Certificateholders disapprove of the liquidation of the Receivables and wish to continue having Principal Receivables Conveyed to the Trust as before such Insolvency Event, the Trustee shall use its best efforts to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Receivables in a commercially reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms and to maximize the proceeds of such disposition or other liquidation of the Receivables, which shall include the solicitation of competitive bids. The Trustee may obtain a prior determination from any such conservator, receiver or liquidator that the terms and manner of any proposed sale, disposition or liquidation are commercially reasonable. The provisions of Sections 9.1 and 9.2 shall not be deemed to be mutually exclusive.
        2. The proceeds from the sale, disposition or liquidation of the Receivables pursuant to Section (a) above shall be treated as Collections on the Receivables and shall be allocated and deposited in accordance with the provisions of Article IV and any Supplement; provided that the Trustee shall determine conclusively in its sole discretion the amount of such proceeds which are allocable to Finance Charge Receivables and the amount of such proceeds which are allocable to Principal Receivables. Unless the Trustee receives written instructions from Investor Certificateholders as provided in Section 9.2(a) above, on the day following the last Distribution Date in the Due Period during which such proceeds are distributed to the Investor Certificateholders of each Series, the Trust shall terminate.
        3. The Trustee may appoint an agent or agents to assist with its responsibilities pursuant to this Article IX with respect to competitive bids.


  11. SERVICER DEFAULTS
      1. Servicer Defaults . If any one of the following events (a " Servicer Default ") shall occur and be continuing:
        1. any failure by the Servicer to make any payment, transfer or deposit or to give instructions or notice to the Trustee pursuant to Article IV or to deliver any reports to the Trustee and the Certificateholders pursuant to Article V or to instruct the Trustee to make any required drawing, withdrawal, or payment under any Enhancement, in each case, within one Business Day after the date that such payment, transfer, deposit, withdrawal or drawing, such report or such instruction or notice is required to be made, delivered or given, as the case may be, under the terms of this Agreement or any Supplement;
        2. failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer set forth in this Agreement or any Supplement which continues unremedied for a period of sixty (60) days;
        3. any representation, warranty or certification made by the Servicer in this Agreement or any Supplement or in any certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered and continues to be incorrect for a period of sixty (60) days;
        4. the Servicer shall consent to the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to the Servicer or of or relating to all or substantially all of its property; or a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against the Servicer, and such decree or order shall have remained in force undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or the Servicer shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, commence or have commenced against it (unless dismissed within thirty days) as debtor a proceeding under any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make any assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations;
        5. the Servicer assigns any of its duties under this Agreement, except as permitted by the terms of this Agreement; or
        6. the Servicer fails to maintain a tangible net worth of at least $250,000;

        then, so long as such Servicer Default shall not have been remedied, either the Trustee, or the Requisite Certificateholders (determined without giving effect to Investor Certificates for such Series held by the Transferor or any of its Affiliates) for all Series, by notice then given in writing to the Servicer, (and to the Trustee if given by the Investor Certificateholders) (a " Servicer Termination Notice "), may terminate all of the rights and obligations of the Servicer as Servicer under this Agreement.

        After receipt by the Servicer of such Servicer Termination Notice, and on the date that a Successor Servicer shall have been appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.2 , all authority and power of the Servicer under this Agreement shall pass to and be vested in a Successor Servicer; and, without limitation, the Trustee is hereby authorized and empowered (upon the failure of the Servicer to cooperate) to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents and other instruments upon the failure of the Servicer to execute or deliver such documents or instruments, and to do and accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such transfer of servicing rights and obligations. The Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Trustee and such Successor Servicer in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Servicer to conduct servicing hereunder including, without limitation, the transfer to such Successor Servicer of all authority of the Servicer to service the Receivables provided for under this Agreement, including, without limitation, all authority over all Collections which shall on the date of transfer be held by the Servicer for deposit, or which have been deposited by the Servicer, in the Collection Account or any Series Account, or which shall thereafter be received with respect to the Receivables, and in assisting the Successor Servicer in enforcing all rights to Insurance Proceeds applicable to the Trust. The Servicer shall promptly transfer its electronic records or electronic copies thereof relating to the Receivables to the Successor Servicer in such electronic form as the Successor Servicer may reasonably request and shall promptly transfer to the Successor Servicer all other records, correspondence and documents necessary for the continued servicing of the Receivables in the manner and at such times as the Successor Servicer shall reasonably request. To the extent that compliance with this Section 10.1 shall require the Servicer to disclose to the Successor Servicer information of any kind which the Servicer reasonably deems to be confidential, the Successor Servicer shall be required to enter into such customary licensing and confidentiality agreements as the Servicer shall deem necessary to protect its interests. The Servicer shall, on the date of any servicing transfer, transfer all of its rights and obligations under any Enhancement with respect to any Series to the Successor Servicer.

      2. Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor .
        1. On and after the occurrence of a Servicer Default pursuant to Section 10.1 or a resignation of the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.5 , the Servicer shall continue to perform all servicing functions under this Agreement until the date of the appointment of a Successor Servicer hereunder. The Trustee shall notify each Rating Agency of such removal of the Servicer. The Trustee shall, as promptly as possible after the giving of a Servicer Termination Notice appoint a successor servicer (the " Successor Servicer "), and such Successor Servicer shall accept its appointment by a written assumption in a form acceptable to the Trustee. The Trustee may obtain bids from any potential successor servicer. If (i) the Trustee is unable to obtain any bids from any potential successor servicer, and (ii) the Servicer delivers to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate to the effect that it cannot in good faith cure the Servicer Default which gave rise to a transfer of servicing, and if the Trustee is legally unable to act as Successor Servicer, then the Trustee shall notify each Investor Certificateholder of the proposed sale of the Receivables and shall offer the Transferor the right of first refusal to purchase the Receivables on terms equivalent to the best purchase offer as determined by the Trustee, but in no event less than an amount equal to the Aggregate Investor Interest an the date of such purchase (including, with respect to any Series, any unreimbursed Loss Amounts allocated to such Series to the extent such amounts are required to be reimbursed pursuant to the related Supplement) plus all interest accrued but unpaid on all of the outstanding Investor Certificates determined in accordance with the applicable Supplement, and all fees and expenses under any Supplement due but unpaid through the date of such purchase. The proceeds of such sale shall be deposited in the Collection Account or any Series Account, as provided in the related Supplement, for distribution to the Investor Certificateholders of each outstanding Series pursuant to Section 12.3 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint as the Successor Servicer hereunder any established financial institution having, in the case of an entity that is subject to risk-based capital adequacy requirements, risk-based capital of at least $50,000,000 or, in the case of an entity that is not subject to risk-based capital requirements, a net worth of not less than $50,000,000, and whose regular business includes the servicing of credit card receivables. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any Supplement to the contrary, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for any Monthly Servicing Fee or for any differential in the amount of the Monthly Servicing Fee paid hereunder and the amount necessary to induce any Successor Servicer to act as Successor Servicer under this Agreement and the transactions set forth or provided for herein.
        2. Upon its appointment, the Successor Servicer shall be the successor in all respects to the Servicer with respect to servicing functions under this Agreement and shall be subject to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities relating thereto placed on the Servicer by the terms and provisions hereof, and all references in this Agreement to the Servicer shall be deemed to refer to the Successor Servicer. Any Successor Servicer, by its acceptance of its appointment, will automatically agree to be bound by the terms and provisions of each Supplement and Enhancement.
        3. In connection with such appointment and assumption, the Trustee shall be entitled to such compensation, or may make such arrangements for the compensation of the Successor Servicer out of Collections, as it and such Successor Servicer shall agree; provided , however , that no such compensation shall be in excess of the Monthly Servicing Fee permitted to the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.2 . The Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate agrees that if the Servicer is terminated hereunder, it will agree to deposit a portion of the Collections in respect of Finance Charge Receivables that it is entitled to receive pursuant to Article IV to pay its share of the compensation of the Successor Servicer.
        4. All authority and power granted to the Successor Servicer under this Agreement shall automatically cease and terminate upon termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.1 and shall pass to and be vested in the Transferor and, without limitation, the Transferor is hereby authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Successor Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents and other instruments, and to do and accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such transfer of servicing rights. The Successor Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Transferor in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Successor Servicer to conduct servicing on the Receivables. The Successor Servicer shall transfer its electronic records relating to the Receivables to the Transferor in such electronic form as the Transferor may reasonably request and shall transfer all other records, correspondence and documents to the Transferor in the manner and at such times as the Transferor shall reasonably request. To the extent that compliance with this Section 10.2 shall require the Successor Servicer to disclose to the Transferor information of any kind which the Successor Servicer deems to be confidential, the Transferor shall be required to enter into such customary licensing and confidentiality agreements as the Successor Servicer shall deem necessary to protect its interests.
      3. Notification of Servicer Default and Successor Servicer . Within two Business Days after the Servicer becomes aware of any Servicer Default, the Servicer shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Trustee and each Rating Agency. Upon any termination or appointment of a Successor Servicer pursuant to this Article X , the Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof to each Rating Agency.
      4. Waiver of Past Defaults . The Requisite Certificateholders of any Series outstanding (determined without giving effect to Investor Certificates for such Series held by the Transferor or any of its Affiliates), adversely affected by a default by the Servicer or the Transferor in the performance of its obligations hereunder may waive such default and its consequences on behalf of such Series, except a default in the failure to make any required deposits or payment of interest or principal relating to such Series pursuant to Article IV which default does not result from the failure of the Paying Agent to perform its obligations to make any required deposits or payments of interest and principal in accordance with Article IV . Upon any such waiver of a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of this Agreement. No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon except to the extent expressly so waived.


  12. THE TRUSTEE
      1. Duties of Trustee .
        1. The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of any Servicer Default of which it has actual knowledge and after the curing of all Servicer Defaults which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement and each Supplement. If a Responsible Officer has received written notice that a Servicer Default has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs.
        2. Subject to Section 11.1(a) , no provision of this Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct; provided , however , that:
              1. the Trustee shall not be personally liable for an error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be conclusively determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
              2. the Trustee shall not be personally liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Requisite Certificateholders (determined without giving effect to Investor Certificates for such Series held by the Transferor or any of its Affiliates) for all Series, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee in relation to the related Series, under this Agreement or any Supplement; and
              3. the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any failure by the Servicer referred to in Section 10.1 unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such failure or the Trustee receives written notice of such failure from the Servicer or any Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Trust Interests aggregating not less than 10% of the Investor Interest of any Series adversely affected thereby (determined without giving effect to Investor Certificates for such Series held by the Transferor or any of its Affiliates).
        3. The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties under this Agreement or any Supplement, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, unless indemnity (satisfactory to it) against such risk or liability is reasonably assured and provided to it, and none of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall in any event require the Trustee to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance of, any of the obligations of the Servicer under this Agreement or any Supplement except during such time, if any, as the Trustee shall be the successor to, and be vested with the rights, duties, powers and privileges of, the Servicer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or any Supplement.
        4. Except for actions expressly authorized by this Agreement and not prohibited by any Supplement, the Trustee shall take no action reasonably likely to impair the interests of the Trust in any Receivable now existing or hereafter created or to impair the value of any Receivable now existing or hereafter created.
        5. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement and each Supplement, the Trustee shall have no power to vary the corpus of the Trust including, without limitation, the power to (i) accept any substitute obligation for a Receivable initially assigned to the Trust under Section 2.1 or 2.6 hereof, (ii) add any other investment, obligation or security to the Trust, except for an addition permitted under Section 2.6 , (iii) withdraw from the Trust any Receivables, except for a withdrawal permitted under Section 2.7 , 9.2 , 10.2 , 12.1 or 12.2 or Article IV or Sections 2.4(d) or 2.4(e) , or (iv) Convey any interest in Receivables.
        6. In the event that the Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall fail to perform any obligation, duty or agreement in the manner or on the day required to be performed by the Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, as the case may be, under this Agreement, the Trustee shall be obligated promptly to perform such obligation, duty or agreement in the manner so required.
        7. If the Transferor has agreed to transfer any of its credit card receivables (other than the Receivables) to another Person, upon the written request of the Transferor, the Trustee shall enter into such intercreditor agreements with the transferee of such receivables as are customary and necessary to identify separately the rights, if any, of the Trust and such other Person in the Transferor's credit card receivables; provided , that the Trustee shall not be required to enter into any intercreditor agreement which could adversely affect the interests of the Certificateholders, and, upon the request of the Trustee, the Transferor shall deliver to it an Opinion of Counsel on any matters relating to such intercreditor agreement, reasonably requested by the Trustee.
      2. Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee . Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.1 or in any Supplement:
        1. the Trustee may conclusively rely on and shall be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, in accord with any written assignment of Receivables in Additional Accounts, the initial report, the Monthly Servicer Report, the annual Servicer's certificate, the Monthly Payment Instructions (as defined in the applicable Supplement), the monthly Certificateholder's statement, any resolution, Officer's Certificate, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, appraisal, bond or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented to it pursuant to this Agreement by the proper party or parties; provided , that if Specialty Retailers (TX) LP is not the Servicer at the time the Trustee receives any such paper or document, the Trustee shall provide a copy of such document to the Transferor;
        2. the Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice of or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice of or Opinion of Counsel;
        3. the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, any Supplement, the Certificate Purchase Agreement or any Enhancement, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation hereunder or in relation hereto, at the request, order or direction of any of the Investor Certificateholders unless such Investor Certificateholders shall have offered and provided to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby; nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Trustee of the obligations, upon the occurrence of any Servicer Default (which has not been cured), to exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement, any Supplement or the Certificate Purchase Agreement, and to use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of its own affairs;
        4. the Trustee shall not be personally liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Agreement, any Supplement or the Certificate Purchase Agreement;
        5. the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts of matters stated in any written assignment of Receivables in Additional Accounts, the initial report, the Monthly Servicer Report, the annual Servicer's certificate, the Monthly Payment Instructions (as defined in the applicable Supplement) and notification to the Trustee, the monthly Certificateholder's statement, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, entitlement, request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing so to do by the Requisite Certificateholders (determined without giving effect to Investor Certificates for such Series held by the Transferor or any of its Affiliates) for all Series;
        6. the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys or a custodian to the extent not otherwise prohibited by any Supplement, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent, attorney or custodian appointed with reasonable care by it hereunder;
        7. except as may be required by Section 11.1(a) , the Trustee shall not be required to make any initial or periodic examination of any documents or records related to the Receivables or the Accounts for the purpose of establishing the presence or absence of defects or the compliance by the Transferor with its representations and warranties or for any other purpose;
        8. the Trustee shall not be a trustee for or have any fiduciary obligations to any party hereto, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement, any Supplement or the Certificate Purchase Agreement against the Trustee;
        9. in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee which conform to the requirements of this Agreement, any Supplement or the Certificate Purchase Agreement;
        10. whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Agreement, any Supplement or the Certificate Purchase Agreement the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering any action to be taken hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officer's Certificate or certificates signed by one of each Holder's officers, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee and such certificate, in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under the provisions of this Agreement upon the faith thereof;
        11. the Trustee shall have no obligation to invest or reinvest any cash held in any account provided for herein, in any Supplement or in the Certificate Purchase Agreement in the absence of timely and specific written investment direction from the Servicer. In no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any investment prior to its stated maturity or the failure of the Servicer to provide timely written investment direction;
        12. the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Agreement, any Supplement and the Certificate Purchase Agreement and the Trustee shall take such action with respect to this Agreement, any Supplement and the Certificate Purchase Agreement as it shall be directed pursuant to Section 11.14 hereof, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in the Agreement, in any Supplement and in the Certificate Purchase Agreement and as specifically directed by the Servicer and the Certificateholders pursuant to Section 11.14 hereof;
        13. neither the Trustee nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for any action taken or omitted under this Agreement, any Supplement or the Certificate Purchase Agreement or in connection therewith except to the extent caused by the Trustee's gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, no longer subject to appeal or review;
        14. the parties each (for itself and any person or entity claiming through it) hereby releases, waives, discharges, exculpates and covenants not to sue the Trustee for any action taken or omitted under this Agreement, any Supplement or the Certificate Purchase Agreement except to the extent caused by the Trustee's gross negligence or willful misconduct; and
        15. anything in this Agreement, any Supplement or the Certificate Purchase Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
      3. Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Certificates . The Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained herein and in the Certificates (other than the certificate of authentication on the Certificates). Except as set forth in Section 11.15 , the Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or of the Certificates (other than the certificate of authentication on the Certificates) or of any Receivable or related document. The Trustee in its individual capacity shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Transferor of any of the Certificates or of the proceeds of such Certificates, or for the use or application of any funds paid to the Transferor in respect of the Receivables or deposited in or withdrawn from the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account or any Series Account (or any other account hereafter established to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the terms of this Agreement) by the Servicer.
      4. Trustee May Own Certificates . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Investor Certificates with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Trustee.
      5. The Servicer to Pay Trustee's Fees and Expenses . The Servicer covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to receive reasonable compensation (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) for all services rendered by it in the execution of the Trust hereby created and in the exercise and performance of any of the powers and duties hereunder of the Trustee, and the Servicer shall pay or reimburse the Trustee (without reimbursement from the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account, any Series Account or otherwise) upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other documents executed in connection herewith (including the reasonable compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its own gross negligence or willful misconduct and except as provided in the following sentence. If the Trustee is appointed Successor Servicer pursuant to Section 10.2 , the provisions of this Section 11.5 shall not apply to expenses, disbursements and advances made or incurred by the Trustee in its capacity as Successor Servicer.
      6. The obligations of the Servicer under this Section 11.5 shall survive the termination of the Trust and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

      7. Eligibility Requirements for Trustee . The Trustee hereunder (or, alternatively, a Person which is the direct or indirect parent corporation of the Trustee) shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least Baa3 by Moody's and BBB- by Standard & Poor's, having, in the case of an entity that is subject to risk-based capital adequacy requirements, risk-based capital of at least $50,000,000 or, in the case of an entity that is not subject to risk-based capital adequacy requirements, a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section 11.6 , the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.6 , the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 11.7 .
      8. Resignation or Removal of Trustee .
        1. The Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the Trust hereby created by giving written notice thereof to the Transferor, the Servicer and the Rating Agencies. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Servicer shall promptly appoint a successor trustee and release the resigning Trustee from its obligations hereunder by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee, upon notice to the Transferor and the Servicer, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee.
        2. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6 hereof and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Transferor, the Servicer, or if at any time the Trustee shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the Transferor or the Servicer may, but shall not be required to, upon 10 days' prior written notice to the others, remove the Trustee and then the Servicer shall promptly appoint a successor trustee and release the Trustee to be removed from its obligations hereunder by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee. Any such appointment shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Servicer.
        3. Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 11.7 shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 11.8 hereof and any liability of the Trustee arising hereunder shall survive such appointment of a successor trustee.
      9. Successor Trustee .
        1. Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 11.7 hereof shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Transferor, the Servicer and its predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with the like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein. The predecessor Trustee shall deliver to the successor trustee all documents and statements held by it hereunder, and the Transferor and the predecessor Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments required or contemplated hereunder or under any Supplement and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder and under each Supplement, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein and therein.
        2. No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 11.8 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 11.6 hereof.
        3. Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section 11.8 , such successor trustee shall mail notice of such succession hereunder to each Rating Agency and to all Investor Certificateholders at their addresses as shown in the Certificate Register.
      10. Merger or Consolidation of Trustee . Any Person into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 11.6 hereof without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto except where an instrument of transfer or assignment is required by law to effect such succession, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.
      11. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee .
        1. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or any Supplement, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust may at the time be located, the Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Trust, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders, such title to the Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 11.10 , such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 11.6 and no notice to Certificateholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 11.8 hereof.
        2. Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:
              1. all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any laws of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed (whether as Trustee hereunder or as successor to the Servicer hereunder), the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee;
              2. no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and
              3. the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.
        3. Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions of this Article XI . Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Servicer.
        4. Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect to this Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.
      12. Tax Return . The Servicer shall prepare or cause to be prepared any tax returns required to be filed by the Trust and, to the extent possible, shall file such returns at least five days before such returns are due to be filed. The Servicer shall also prepare or cause to be prepared all tax information required by law to be distributed to Certificateholders and shall deliver such information to the Trustee and the Certificateholders at least five days prior to the date it is required by law to be distributed to Certificateholders. The Trustee shall not be responsible for the preparation of any tax returns. In no event shall the Trustee or the Servicer be liable for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners arising under any tax law, including without limitation federal, state, local or foreign income or excise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or penalty with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith).
      13. Trustee May Enforce Claims without Possession of Certificates . All rights of action and claims under this Agreement or any Series may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Certificates or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee or agent. Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of any Series in respect of which such judgment has been obtained.
      14. Suits for Enforcement .
        1. If a Servicer Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee, in its discretion may, for the equal and ratable benefit of the Investor Certificateholders (in accordance with their Investor Interests), subject to the provisions of Sections 10.1 and 11.14 , proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Investor Certificateholders and Certificate Owners of any Series under this Agreement or any Supplement by a suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law or otherwise, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Supplement, or in aid of the execution of any power granted in this Agreement or any Supplement, or for the enforcement of any other legal, equitable or other remedy as the Trustee, being advised by counsel, shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of the rights of the Trustee, the Investor Certificateholders or Certificate Owners of any Series.
        2. If the FDIC, the RTC or any equivalent governmental agency or instrumentality or any designee of any of them shall have been appointed as receiver, conservator, assignee, trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or custodian with respect to the Originator or any other Person shall have been appointed as receiver, conservator, assignee, trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or custodian with respect to the Transferor (either with respect to the Originator or the Transferor, a "Receiver"), the Trustee shall, irrespective of whether the principal of any Series of Certificates shall then be due and payable:
              1. unless prohibited by applicable law or regulation or unless under FIRREA or other applicable law, the Receiver is required to participate in the process as a defendant or otherwise, promptly take or cause to be taken any and all necessary or advisable commercially reasonable action as a secured creditor on behalf of the Certificateholders to recover, repossess, collect or liquidate the Receivables or any other assets of the Trust on a "self-help" basis or otherwise and exercise any rights or remedies of a secured party under the applicable UCC and take any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Certificateholders;
              2. promptly, and in any case within any applicable claims bar period specified under FIRREA or other applicable law, file and prove a claim or claims under FIRREA or otherwise, by filing proofs of claim, protective proofs of claim or otherwise, for the whole amount of unpaid principal and interest in respect of the Certificates and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Certificateholders allowed in any judicial, administrative, corporate or other proceedings relating to the Originator, the Transferor or either of their creditors or property, including any actions relating to the preservation of deficiency claims or for the protection against loss of any claim in the event the Trustee's or the Certificateholders' status as secured creditors are successfully challenged; and
              3. collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and distribute all amounts with respect to the claims of the Certificateholders to the Certificateholders.
        3. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Certificateholder, Certificate Owner any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting any interests in the Receivables or the rights of any owner thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Certificateholder or Certificate Owner in any such proceeding.
      15. Rights of Investor Certificateholders to Direct Trustee .
        1. The Requisite Certificateholders for all Series, determined without giving effect to Investor Certificates by the Transferor or any of its Affiliates (or with respect to any remedy, trust or power that does not relate to all Series, the Requisite Certificateholders of the Investor Certificates of all Series to which such remedy, trust or power relates, determined without giving effect to Investor Certificates for such Series held by the Transferor or any of its Affiliates) shall have the right to direct the Trustee (i) with respect to the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, and (ii) to exercise any right, remedy or power provided to Investor Certificateholders of a Series pursuant to the related Supplement, and the Trustee shall so act; provided , however , that, subject to Section 11.1 , the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken, or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, determine that the proceedings so directed would be illegal or involve it in personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Investor Certificateholders not parties to such direction; and provided , further , that nothing in this Agreement shall impair the right of the Trustee to take any action deemed proper by the Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such direction of such Holders of Investor Certificates.
        2. In connection with any action taken by the Trustee pursuant to instructions given in accordance with paragraph (a) above, any legal counsel retained by the Trustee shall be acceptable to each Series.
      16. Representations and Warranties of the Trustee . The Trustee, in its individual capacity, represents and warrants that:
              1. the Trustee is a banking corporation authorized to engage in the business of banking under the laws of the State of New York;
              2. the Trustee has full power, authority and right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement; and
              3. this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Trustee.
      17. Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Trustee shall maintain at its expense in New York, New York or Philadelphia, Pennsylvania an office or offices, or agency or agencies, where notices and demands to or upon the Trustee in respect of the Certificates and this Agreement may be served. The Trustee initially appoints Bankers Trust Company, Four Albany Street, New York, New York, 10006, as its office for such purposes. The Trustee shall give prompt written notice to the Servicer and Certificateholders of any change in the location of the Certificate Register or any such office or agency.


  13. TERMINATION
      1. Termination of Trust .
        1. The Trust and the respective obligations and responsibilities of the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee created hereby (other than the obligation of the Trustee to make payments to Certificateholders as hereinafter set forth) shall terminate, except with respect to the duties described in Sections 7.4 , 8.4 and 11.5 and Section 12.3(b) , on the Trust Termination Date; provided , however , that the Trust shall not terminate on the date specified in clause (b)(i) of the definition of "Trust Termination Date" if each of the Servicer and the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate notify the Trustee in writing, not later than 5 Business Days preceding such date, that they desire that the Trust not terminate on such date, which notice (such notice, a " Trust Extension ") shall specify the date on which the Trust shall terminate (such date, the " Extended Trust Termination Date "); provided , however , that the Extended Trust Termination Date shall be not later than December 24, 2025. The Servicer and the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may, on any date following the Trust Extension, so long as no Series is outstanding, deliver a notice in writing to the Trustee changing the Extended Trust Termination Date.
        2. In the event that (i) the Trust has not terminated by the last Distribution Date occurring in the second month preceding the Trust Termination Date, and (ii) (A) the Investor Interest and, if applicable, the Enhancement Invested Amount of any Series (after giving effect to all transfers, withdrawals, deposits and drawings to occur on such date and the payment of principal on any Series of Certificates to be made on the related Distribution Date during such month pursuant to Article IV or any Supplement) are greater than zero or (B) Loss Amounts allocated to any Series to the extent such amounts can be reimbursed pursuant to the related Supplement remain unreimbursed, or (C) any party to a Supplement is owed accrued interest, fees or expenses, the Servicer shall sell within 30 days after such Distribution Date all the Receivables. The proceeds of any sale shall be treated as Collections on the Receivables and shall be allocated and deposited in accordance with Article IV and each Supplement. During such thirty day period, the Servicer shall continue to collect payments on the Receivables and allocate and deposit such payments in accordance with the provisions of Article IV .
        3. All principal, interest, fees and expenses with respect to any Series shall be due and payable no later than the applicable Series Termination Date. Unless otherwise provided in a Supplement, in the event that the Investor Interest and, if applicable, the Enhancement Invested Amount of any Series is greater than zero on its Series Termination Date (after giving effect to all transfers, withdrawals, deposits and drawings to occur on such date and the payment of principal, interest and fees to be made on such Series on such date), the Trustee will sell or cause to be sold, and pay the proceeds to all Certificateholders of such Series all pro rata in final payment of all principal of and accrued interest on such Series, and all accrued and unpaid fees and expenses and unreimbursed Loss Amounts (to the extent such amounts can be reimbursed pursuant to the related Supplement) under the related Supplement, an amount of Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables (or interests therein) up to 110% of the sum of the Investor Interest and the Enhancement Invested Amount, if any, of such Series at the close of business on such date; provided , that such amount shall include any unreimbursed Loss Amounts payable to such Certificateholders to the extent such amounts can be reimbursed pursuant to the related Supplement. The Transferor shall be permitted to purchase such Receivables in such case and shall have a right of first refusal with respect thereto. Any proceeds of such sale in excess of such principal, interest, fees and expenses and unreimbursed Loss Amounts paid, shall be paid to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate. Upon such Series Termination Date with respect to the applicable Series, final payment of all amounts allocable to any Investor Certificates or, if applicable, Enhancement Invested Amounts of such Series shall be made in the manner provided in Section 12.3 .
      2. Optional Purchase .
        1. If so provided in any Supplement, the Transferor may, but shall not be obligated to, cause a final distribution to be made in respect of the related Series on a Distribution Date specified in such Supplement by depositing into the Collection Account or the applicable Series Account, not later than such Distribution Date, for application in accordance with Section 12.3 , the amount specified in such Supplement.
        2. The amount deposited pursuant to Section 12.2(a) shall be paid on the related Distribution Date to the Investor Certificateholders of the related Series pursuant to Section 12.3 . All Certificates of a Series which are to be redeemed by the Trust pursuant to Section 12.2(a) shall be canceled by the Transfer Agent and Registrar and be disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee and the Transferor. The Investor Interest of each Series which is redeemed by the Trust pursuant to Section 12.2(a) , shall, for the purposes of the definition of "Transferor Interest," be deemed to be equal to zero on the Distribution Date following the making of the deposit, and the Transferor Interest shall thereupon be deemed to have been increased by the Investor Interest of such Series.
      3. Final Payment with Respect to Any Series .
        1. Written notice of any termination, specifying the Distribution Date upon which the Investor Certificateholders of any Series may surrender their Certificates for payment of the final distribution with respect to such Series and cancellation, shall be given (subject to at least two Business Days' prior notice from the Servicer to the Trustee) by the Trustee to Investor Certificateholders of such Series mailed not later than the fifth day of the month of such final distribution (or in the manner provided by the Supplement relating to such Series) specifying (i) the Distribution Date (which shall be the Distribution Date in the month (x) in which the deposit is made pursuant to Section 2.4(e) , 9.2(b) , 10.2(a) , or 12.2(a) of this Agreement or such other section as may be specified in the related Supplement, or (y) in which the related Series Termination Date occurs) upon which final payment of such Investor Certificates will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Investor Certificates at the office or offices therein designated, (ii) the amount of any such final payment and (iii) that the Record Date otherwise applicable to such Distribution Date is not applicable, payments being made only upon presentation and surrender of the Investor Certificates at the office or offices therein specified. The Trustee shall give such notice to the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Paying Agent at the time such notice is given to such Investor Certificateholders.
        2. Notwithstanding the termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.1(a) or the occurrence of the Series Termination Date with respect to any Series, all funds then on deposit in the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account or any Series Account applicable to the related Series shall continue to be held in trust for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders of the related Series, and the Paying Agent or the Trustee shall pay such funds to the Certificateholders of the related Series upon surrender of their Certificates. In the event that all of the Investor Certificateholders of any Series shall not surrender their Certificates for cancellation within six months after the date specified in the above-mentioned written notice, the Trustee shall give a second written notice to the remaining Investor Certificateholders of such Series upon receipt of the appropriate records from the Transfer Agent and Registrar to surrender their Certificates for cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect thereto. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Transferor upon written request any funds held by them for the payment of principal or interest which remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to the Transferor, Investor Certificateholders entitled to the such funds may seek recovery only from the Transferor as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.
        3. All Certificates surrendered for payment of the final distribution with respect to such Certificates and cancellation shall be canceled by the Transfer Agent and Registrar and be disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee and the Transferor.
      4. Termination of Rights of Holder of Exchangeable Transferor Certificate . Upon the termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.1 , and after payment of all amounts due hereunder on or prior to such termination and the surrender of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, the Trustee shall execute a written reconveyance substantially in the form of Exhibit J pursuant to which it shall reconvey to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate (without recourse, representation or warranty) all right, title and interest of the Trust in the Receivables, whether then existing or thereafter created, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all Collections, all Recoveries, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Trust with respect to the Receivables, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Trust under the Purchase Agreements and all proceeds of the foregoing, except for amounts held by the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.3(b) . The Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments of transfer and assignment, in each case without recourse, as shall be reasonably requested by the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate to vest in such Holder all right, title and interest which the Trust had in the Receivables.
      5. Defeasance . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any Supplement:
        1. The Transferor and any Affiliate of Transferor that is a Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may at Transferor's option be discharged from its obligations hereunder with respect to any Series or all outstanding Series (the " Defeased Series ") on the date the applicable conditions set forth in Section 12.5(c) are satisfied (a " Defeasance "); provided , however , that the following rights, obligations, powers, duties and immunities shall survive with respect to the Defeased Series until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (i) the rights of the Holders of Investor Certificates of the Defeased Series to receive, solely from the trust fund provided for in Section 12.5(c) , payments in respect of principal of and interest on such Investor Certificates when such payments are due; (ii) the Transferor's obligations with respect to such Certificates under Sections 6.3 and 6.4 ; (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, and immunities of the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar hereunder; and (iv) this Section 12.5 .
        2. Subject to Section 12.5(c) , the Transferor at its option may cause Collections allocated to the Defeased Series and available to purchase Principal Receivables to be applied to purchase Permitted Investments rather than Principal Receivables.
        3. The following shall be the conditions to Defeasance under Section 12.5(a) :
              1. The Transferor irrevocably shall have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (such deposit to be made from other than the Transferor's or any Affiliate of the Transferor's funds), under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, as trust funds in trust for making the payments described below, (A) Dollars in an amount, or (B) Permitted Investments which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof will provide, not later than the due date of payment thereon, money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, all remaining scheduled interest and principal payments on all outstanding Investor Certificates of the Defeased Series on the dates scheduled for such payments in this Agreement and the applicable Supplements;
              2. prior to its first exercise of its right pursuant to this Section 12.5 with respect to a Defeased Series to substitute money or Permitted Investments for Receivables, if any Series of Investor Certificates are outstanding that were characterized as debt at the time of their issuance, the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee a Tax Opinion with respect to such deposit and termination of obligations and (in any case) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such deposit and termination of obligations will not result in the Trust being required to register as an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act;
              3. the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate of the Transferor stating the Transferor reasonably believes that such deposit and termination of obligations will not, based on the facts known to such officer at the time of such certification, then cause an Early Amortization Event with respect to any Series or any event that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, would result in the occurrence of an Early Amortization Event with respect to any Series; and (iv) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied and the Transferor shall have delivered copies of such written notice to the Servicer and the Trustee.


  14. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
      1. Amendment .
        1. This Agreement or any Supplement may be amended in writing from time to time by the Servicer, the Transferor, the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and the Trustee, without the consent of any Investor Certificateholder; provided , that the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such amendment.
        2. This Agreement or any Supplement may also be amended in writing from time to time by the Servicer, the Transferor, the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and the Trustee, with the consent of the Requisite Certificateholders of each outstanding Series adversely affected by such amendment (determined without giving effect to Investor Certificates for any such Series held by the Transferor or any of its Affiliates) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or any Supplement or modifying in any manner the rights of Investor Certificateholders of any outstanding Series; provided , however , that no such amendment shall (i) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, distributions that are required to be made on any Investor Certificates of any such Series without the consent of each Investor Certificateholder of such Series affected thereby, (ii) change the definition of or the manner of calculating the Investor Interest, the Loss Amount or the Investor Percentage without the consent of each Investor Certificateholder of all Series adversely affected thereby, or (iii) reduce the aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of each Investor Certificateholder of each Series adversely affected thereby. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such Amendment which affects the Trustee's rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.
        3. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13.1 to the contrary, the Supplement with respect to any Series may be amended on the terms and in accordance with the procedures provided in such Supplement.
        4. Promptly after the execution of any amendment to this Agreement or any Supplement, the Servicer shall furnish notification of the substance of such amendment to each Investor Certificateholder of each Series adversely affected thereby and each Rating Agency.
        5. It shall not be necessary for the consent of Investor Certificateholders under this Section 13.1 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by Investor Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Trustee may prescribe.
        6. Any Supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.9 executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.18 , and any amendment to Schedule I in connection the addition to or removal of Receivables from the Trust as provided in Sections 2.4(d)(iii) , 2.6 and 2.7 , executed in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall not be considered amendments to this Agreement for the purpose of Sections 13.1(a) and (b) .
        7. In executing any amendment, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized and all conditions precedent have been met.
      2. Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Trust .
        1. The Servicer shall cause this Agreement, each Supplement, and all certificates of assignment, agreements and documents, and all amendments hereto and thereto and/or all financing statements and continuation statements and any other necessary documents covering the Trust's and the Certificateholders' right, title and interest to the property comprising the Trust to be promptly recorded, registered and filed, and at all times to be kept recorded, registered and filed, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve and protect the right, title and interest of the Certificateholders or the Trust, as the case may be, hereunder to all property comprising the Trust. The Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document recorded, registered or filed as provided above, as soon as available following such recording, registration or filing. The Transferor shall cooperate fully with the Servicer in connection with the obligations set forth above and shall execute any and all documents reasonably required to fulfill the intent of this Section 13.2(a) .
        2. Within 30 days after the Transferor or the Trustee makes any change in its name, identity or corporate structure which would make any financing statement or continuation statement filed in accordance with paragraph (a) above or any Supplement materially misleading within the meaning of Section 9-506 of the UCC, the Transferor or the Trustee, as applicable, shall give the Trustee or the Transferor, as applicable, notice of any such change and the Transferor shall file such financing statements or amendments as may be necessary to continue the perfection of the Trust's interest in the property comprising the Trust and the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 2.1 hereof.
        3. Each of the Transferor and the Servicer shall give the Trustee prompt written notice of any relocation of any office from which it services Receivables or keeps records concerning the Receivables or of its principal executive office and whether, as a result of such relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC would require the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation statement or of any new financing statement and shall file such financing statements or amendments as may be necessary to continue the perfection of the interests in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof. Each of the Transferor and the Servicer shall at all times maintain each office from which it services Receivables and its principal executive office within the United States of America.
      3. Limitation on Rights of Certificateholders .
        1. The death or incapacity of any Certificateholder shall not operate to terminate this Agreement or the Trust, nor shall such death or incapacity entitle such Certificateholders or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or commence any proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of the Trust, nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto or any of them.
        2. Except as set forth in this Agreement or any Supplement, no Certificateholder shall have any right to vote or in any manner otherwise control the operation and management of the Trust, or the obligations of the parties hereto, nor shall anything herein set forth, or contained in the terms of the Certificates, be construed so as to constitute the Certificateholders from time to time as partners or members of an association, nor shall any Certificateholder be under any liability to any third person by reason of any action taken by the parties to this Agreement or any Supplement pursuant to any provision hereof or thereof.
        3. No Investor Certificateholder shall have any right by virtue of any provisions of this Agreement or any Supplement to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Agreement or any Supplement, unless such Investor Certificateholder previously shall have made, and unless the Requisite Certificateholders for all Series, determined without giving effect to Investor Certificates held by the Transferor or any of its Affiliates (or, with respect to any such action, suit or proceeding that does not relate to all Series, the Requisite Certificateholders of all Series to which such action, suit or proceeding relates, determined without giving effect to Investor Certificates for such Series held by the Transferor or any of its Affiliates), shall have made, a request in writing to the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the Trustee, for 30 days after such request and offer of indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or proceeding; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by each Investor Certificateholder with every other Certificateholder and the Trustee, that no one or more Investor Certificateholders shall have the right in any manner whatever by virtue or by availing itself or themselves of any provisions of this Agreement or any Supplement to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Investor Certificateholders, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Investor Certificateholders, or to enforce any right under this Agreement or any Supplement, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Investor Certificateholders except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Supplement with respect to any Enhancement applicable to any Series. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section 13.3 , each and every Certificateholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.
      4. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.
      5. Notices . All demands, notices and communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered at, sent by facsimile to (upon receipt confirmed by telephone or electronic means), sent by courier at or mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, (a) in the case of the Transferor, to 10201 Main Street, Houston, TX, 77025, Attention: Bob Aronson, Phone (713) 663-9746, Fax (713) 660-3358, (b) in the case of the Servicer, to Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, 10201 Main Street, Houston, TX, 77025, Attention: Bob Aronson, Phone (713) 663-9746, Fax (713) 660-3358, (c) in the case of the Trustee, to the Corporate Trust Office or (d) in the case of the Rating Agency for a particular Series, to the address, if any, specified in the related Supplement. Unless otherwise provided with respect to any Series in the related Supplement, any notice required or permitted to be mailed to a Certificateholder shall be given by first class postage prepaid, at the address of such Certificateholder as shown in the Certificate Register . Any notice so mailed within the time prescribed in this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Certificateholder receives such notice.
      6. Severability of Provisions . If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall for any reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Certificates or rights of the Certificateholders thereof.
      7. Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except as provided in Section 8.2 , this Agreement may not be assigned by the Transferor or the Servicer without the prior written consent of the Requisite Certificateholders of each Series on a Series by Series basis, determined without giving effect to Investor Certificates held by the Transferor or any of its Affiliates.
      8. Certificates Non-Assessable and Fully Paid . It is the intention of the parties to this Agreement that the Certificateholders shall not be personally liable for obligations of the Trust, that the Undivided Trust Interests represented by the Certificates shall be non-assessable for any losses or expenses of the Trust or for any reason whatsoever, and that Certificates upon authentication thereof by the Trustee pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 6.2 are and shall be deemed fully paid.
      9. Further Assurances . The Transferor and the Servicer agree to do and perform, from time to time, any and all acts and to execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably requested by the Trustee more fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the execution of any financing statements or continuation statements relating to the Receivables for filing under the provisions of the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction.
      10. Non-petition Covenant . Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, the Servicer, any Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, the Trustee and (with respect to the Trust only) the Transferor, shall not, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the last day on which any Investor Certificate shall have been outstanding, acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Trust or the Transferor to invoke the process of any Governmental Authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Trust or the Transferor under any Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Trust or the Transferor or any substantial part of its property or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Trust or the Transferor.
      11. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, and privileges provided by law.
      12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      13. Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, the Certificateholders and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Article XIII , no other Person shall have any right or obligation hereunder.
      14. Actions by Certificateholders .
        1. Whenever in this Agreement a provision is made that an action may be taken or a notice, demand or instructions given by Investor Certificateholders, such action, notice or instruction may be taken or given by any Investor Certificateholder, unless such provision requires a specific percentage of Investor Certificateholders.
        2. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act by a Certificateholder shall bind such Certificateholder and every subsequent holder of such Certificate issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done or omitted to be done by the Trustee or the Servicer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Certificate.
      15. Rule 144A Information . For so long as any of the Investor Certificates of any Series are "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, each of the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee agree to cooperate with each other to provide to any Investor Certificateholders of such Series and to any prospective purchaser of Certificates designated by such an Investor Certificateholder upon the request of such Investor Certificateholder or prospective purchaser, any information in its possession required to be provided to such holder or prospective purchaser to satisfy the condition set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
      16. Merger and Integration . Except as specifically stated otherwise herein, this Agreement, together with each Supplement, sets forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings, written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, waived or supplemented except as provided herein.
      17. Headings . The headings herein are for purposes of reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision hereof.
      18. Inconsistent Provisions . To the extent that any provision in any Supplement or in any certificate or document delivered in connection with any Supplement is inconsistent with any provision under this Agreement, or in any circumstance in which it is unclear whether such Supplement or this Agreement shall control, the provisions contained in such Supplement (or such certificate or other document) shall control with respect to the related Series.
      19. No More Than 100 Holders . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained within this Agreement, in no event shall the aggregate number of beneficial owners of Certificates ever exceed one-hundred (100) (taking into account the attribution rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)). Any transfer, sale, assignment or other disposition of a Certificate that results in there being more than one-hundred (100) beneficial owners of Certificates (taking into account the attribution rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)) shall be null and void and shall be given no effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written.

STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP, as Transferor

By: Stage Receivable Mgmt LLC, its general partner

 

 

By:_________________________________

Name:

Title:

Address:

10201 Main Street

Houston, TX 77025

Attention: Bob Aronson

Facsimile: (713) 660-3358

Confirmation: (713) 663-9746

SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP, as

Servicer

By: SRI General Partner LLC, its general partner

 

 

By:_________________________________

Name:

Title:

Address:

10201 Main Street

Houston, TX 77025

Attention: Bob Aronson

Facsimile: (713) 660-3358

Confirmation: (713) 663-9746

 

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

 

By:_________________________________

Name:

Title:

Address: Four Albany Street, 10th Floor

New York New York 10006

Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency
Services - Structured Finance Group

Facsimile: (212) 250-6439

Confirmation: (212) 250-6137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M&S/31150-132/452245_1

Exhibit 10.9

STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP
Transferor

SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP
Servicer

and

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
Trustee on behalf of the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders

SERIES 2001-1-VFC SUPPLEMENT
Dated as of August 24, 2001

to

POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
Dated as of August 24, 2001

up to $200,000,000

STAGE STORES MASTER TRUST
SERIES 2001-1-VFC

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

SECTION 1. Designation. 1

SECTION 2. Definitions 1

SECTION 3. Servicing Compensation 15

SECTION 4. Variable Funding Mechanics. 15

SECTION 5. Optional Repurchase; Reassignment and Termination Provisions 17

SECTION 6. [Reserved.] 17

SECTION 7. Delivery and Payment for the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates. 17

SECTION 8. Article IV of Agreement 18

SECTION 9. Article V of the Agreement 28

SECTION 10. Series Early Amortization Events 29

SECTION 11. Series 2001-1-VFC Termination 33

SECTION 12. Ratification of Agreement 33

SECTION 13. Counterparts 33

SECTION 14. Governing Law 33

SECTION 15. No Petition. 33

SECTION 16. Amendments 34

 

EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A-l Form of Class A Certificate

EXHIBIT A-2 Form of Subordinated Transferor Certificate

EXHIBIT B Form of Optional Amortization Payment Instructions and Notification to the Trustee

EXHIBIT C Form of Monthly Payment Instructions and Notification to the Trustee

EXHIBIT D Form of Monthly Certificateholders' Statement

EXHIBIT E Form of Interest Rate Cap Agreement

EXHIBIT F Form of Daily Report

EXHIBIT G Form of Store Payment Allocation Report

SERIES 2001-1-VFC SUPPLEMENT, dated as of August 24, 2001 (this " Supplement "), is entered into by and among STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP, a Texas limited partnership, as Transferor (the " Transferor "), SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP, a Texas limited partnership, as Servicer (the " Servicer ") and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee (the " Trustee "), under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001 among the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee (as amended from time to time, the " Agreement ").

Section 6.9 of the Agreement provides, among other things, that the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into a supplement to the Agreement for the purpose of authorizing the delivery by the Trustee to the Transferor for the execution and redelivery to the Trustee for authentication of one or more Series of Certificates.

Pursuant to this Supplement, the Transferor and the Trustee shall create a new Series of Investor Certificates and shall specify the Principal Terms thereof.

    1. Designation .
      1. There is hereby created a Series of Investor Certificates to be issued in two classes pursuant to the Agreement and this Series Supplement and to be known together as the "Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates." The two classes shall be designated the Class A Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Series 2001-1-VFC (the " Class A Certificates "), and the Subordinated Transferor Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificates, Series 2001-1-VFC (the " Subordinated Transferor Certificates "). The Class A Certificates and the Subordinated Transferor Certificates shall be substantially in the form of Exhibits A-1 and A-2 , hereto, respectively.
      2. Series 2001-1-VFC shall be included in Group One. Series 2001-1-VFC shall not be subordinated to any other Series. The initial Distribution Date
    2. Definitions . In the event that any term or provision contained herein shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any provision contained in the Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Supplement shall govern with respect to this Series. All Article, Section or subsection references herein shall mean Article, Section or subsections of the Agreement, except as otherwise provided herein. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are defined in the Agreement. Each capitalized term defined herein shall relate only to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates and no other Series of Certificates issued by the Trust.
    3. " Amortization Period " shall mean the period commencing on the earlier of (i) the date on which an Early Amortization Event with respect to Series 2001-1-VFC is deemed to have occurred and (ii) the close of business on the last Business Day preceding the Scheduled Amortization Date or such earlier date as the Transferor may specify on 30 days' prior written notice to the Trustee and each Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholder, and ending on the Series 2001-1-VFC Termination Date.

      " Available Funds " shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, an amount equal to the sum (without duplication) of (i) all Collections of Finance Charge Receivables received during the related Due Period and allocated to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates (including, without limitation, interest (including reinvested interest) and investment earnings for the related Due Period on amounts deposited in the Excess Funding Account, as contemplated in Section 4.3(e) and interest (including reinvested interest) and investment earnings for the related Due Period on amounts deposited in the Conversion Funding Account, as contemplated in Section 4.17(b) ), (ii) the amount of any Cap Payment with respect to such Distribution Date and the amount of any payments due from the Cap Provider but not paid with respect to any prior date (to the extent received by the Trustee) and (iii) all Collections of Finance Charge Receivables to be applied as Available Funds pursuant to Section 4.5(a) .

      " Available Principal Collections " shall mean, (i) with respect to any Optional Amortization Date that is not also a Distribution Date, all Collections of Principal Receivables previously allocated to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 4.5(b)(ii) and (b)(iii) then on deposit in the Collection Account, and (ii) with respect to any Distribution Date, the sum of:

        1. the Principal Allocation Percentage of all Collections of Principal Receivables for the related Due Period, minus any such Collections of Principal Receivables used to make an Optional Amortization, minus any such Collections of Principal Receivables paid to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 4.5(b) , minus the amount of Reallocated Subordinated Transferor Principal Collections with respect to such Due Period, which pursuant to Section 4.12 are required to fund the Class A Required Amount; plus
        2. any Shared Principal Collections with respect to all other Series in Group One that are allocated to Series 2001-1-VFC in accordance with Section 4.15 for such Distribution Date; plus
        3. any other amounts which pursuant to in Section 4.9(a)(iv) , (v) , (ix) or (x) or Section 4.11 (to the extent allocable to pay amounts described in Section 4.9(a)(iv) , (v) , (ix) or (x) ) for such Due Period (other than such amounts paid from Reallocated Subordinated Transferor Principal Collections) are to be treated as Available Principal Collections for such Distribution Date; plus
        4. all Collections of Principal Receivables to be applied as Available Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.5(a) .

" Available Shared Principal Collections " shall mean, with respect to any date, the amount of Shared Principal Collections available for distribution in connection with an Optional Amortization.

" Base Rate " shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, twelve times the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Class A Monthly Interest and Fees and the Investor Monthly Servicing Fee for the related Due Period, and the denominator of which is the Weighted Average Invested Amount for the related Due Period.

" Cap Agreement " shall mean the interest rate cap agreement dated on or prior to the Closing Date between the Trust for the benefit of the Class A Certificateholders and the Cap Provider in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E , or any Replacement Interest Rate Cap therefor.

" Cap Payment " shall mean, with respect to a Distribution Date, the payment, if any, received from the Cap Provider on the day preceding such Distribution Date, as determined pursuant to the Cap Agreement.

" Cap Provider " shall mean the initial counterparty under the Cap Agreement, or any successor or assign thereto appointed as provided in the Cap Agreement, in its individual capacity pursuant to the Cap Agreement, or if any Replacement Interest Rate Cap is obtained therefor, such replacement cap provider, it being understood that the initial counterparty and any replacement cap provider shall be required to have short-term debt obligations which are rated at least A-l by Standard & Poor's and P-l by Moody's.

" Cap Rate " means 9%.

" Cap Replacement Event " shall mean (i) (x) any Cap Provider shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to the Cap Agreement and such failure shall continue for three Business Days, (y) the withdrawal of or reduction below A-l in the senior unsecured, unguaranteed, short-term debt rating of a Cap Provider by Standard & Poor's or a withdrawal of or reduction below P-l of the unsecured, unguaranteed, short-term debt rating of a Cap Provider by Moody's, or (z) any Cap Agreement shall terminate prior to its scheduled termination, as contemplated in Section 4.16(a) and (ii) the Servicer shall fail to enter into a Replacement Interest Rate Cap within 30 days of the occurrence of any event described in clause (i) hereof.

" Cap Requirement " shall mean, as of any date of determination, that (i) the Series 2001-VFC-1 Certificateholders shall have the benefits of Cap Agreements or Replacement Interest Rate Caps satisfying the requirements of Section 4.16 , and (ii) the unsecured, unguaranteed short-term debt ratings of the Cap Provider shall be at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's and P-1 by Moody's.

" Change of Control " shall mean, after the substantial consummation of the Plan of Reorganization, the occurrence of any of the following: (a) any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of Voting Interests of the Parent (or other securities convertible into such Voting Interests) representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of all Voting Interests of the Parent; or (b) during any period of up to 24 consecutive months, commencing after the Closing Date, Continuing Directors shall cease to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the Parent; or (c) any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or shall have entered into a contract or arrangement that, upon consummation, will result in its or their acquisition of the power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Parent; or (d) the Parent shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Interests in the Originator, SRLP or the Transferor.

" Class A Additional Amounts " shall have the meaning specified in the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement.

" Class A Certificate " shall mean any one of the certificates executed by the Transferor and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto.

" Class A Certificateholder " shall mean each Person in whose name a Class A Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

" Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement " shall mean the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificate Purchase Agreement among the Transferor, the Servicer, the Class A Conduit Purchasers, the Class A Committed Purchasers, the Managing Agents, the Program Agent and the Trustee, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. The Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement is hereby designated a " Transaction Document " for all purposes of the Agreement and this Supplement.

" Class A Committed Purchaser " shall have the meaning specified in the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement.

" Class A Conduit Purchaser " shall have the meaning specified in the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement.

" Class A Funded Amount " shall mean, with respect to any date of determination, an amount equal to the result of (a) the Class A Initial Invested Amount, plus (b) the aggregate amount of all Class A Incremental Funded Amounts occurring on or prior to such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of principal payments made on the Class A Certificates prior to such date. As applied to any particular Class A Certificate, the " Class A Funded Amount " means the portion of the overall Class A Funded Amount represented by that Certificate.

" Class A Incremental Funded Amount " shall mean the amount of the increase in the Class A Funded Amount occurring as a result of any Class A Incremental Funding, which amount shall equal the aggregate amount of the purchase price paid by the Class A Conduit Purchasers or the Class A Committed Purchasers, as the case may be, with respect to that Class A Incremental Funding pursuant to the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement and Section 4 hereof.

" Class A Incremental Funding " shall mean any increase in the Class A Funded Amount during the Revolving Period made pursuant to the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreements.

" Class A Initial Invested Amount " shall mean the aggregate initial principal amount of the Class A Certificates, which is $175,000,000.

" Class A Invested Amount " shall mean, on any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Class A Funded Amount on that date, minus (b) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 4.10(a) over Class A Investor Charge-Offs reimbursed pursuant to Section 4.9(a)(v) , 4.11 or 4.16 prior to such date of determination; provided that the Class A Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero.

" Class A Investor Charge-Off " shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.10(a) .

" Class A Investor Loss Amount " shall mean, with respect to each Distribution Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Investor Loss Amount for the related Due Period and (b) the Class A Percentage for the related Due Period.

" Class A Monthly Interest and Fees " shall have the meaning specified in the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement.

" Class A Monthly Principal " shall mean the monthly principal distributable in respect of the Class A Certificates as calculated in accordance with Section 4.7(a) .

" Class A Optional Amortization " is defined in Section 4(b) of this Supplement.

" Class A Optional Amortization Amount " is defined in Section 4(b) of this Supplement.

" Class A Percentage " shall mean, (a) with respect to any day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Invested Amount on such day and the denominator of which is the Invested Amount on such day, and (b) with respect to any Due Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Weighted Average Invested Amount for such Due Period and the denominator of which is the Weighted Average Invested Amount for such Due Period.

" Class A Purchasers " shall mean the Class A Conduit Purchasers and the Class A Committed Purchasers.

" Class A Required Amount " is defined in Section 4.8(a) .

" Class A Weighted Average Invested Amount " shall mean, for any Due Period, the quotient of (a) the sum of the Class A Invested Amount determined as of each day in that Due Period, divided by (b) the number of days in that Due Period.

" Closing Date " shall mean August 24, 2001.

" Continuing Directors " shall mean at any date a member of the Parent's board of directors who was either a member of such board on the Closing Date or was nominated to such board by at least-two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office.

" Controlling Certificateholders " shall mean on any date of determination on which the Class A Invested Amount is greater than zero, if there are two Purchaser Groups, each Managing Agent, and if there are more than two Purchaser Groups, the Managing Agents holding Class A Certificates evidencing more than 66 2/3% of the Class A Invested Amount, and thereafter, the Subordinated Transferor Certificateholder.

" Conversion Date " shall have the meaning specified in the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement.

" Conversion Funding Account " shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.17(a) .

" Conversion Funding Amount " shall mean, at any time, the amount then on deposit in the Conversion Funding Account, except that interest (including reinvested interest) and other investment income on funds on deposit in the Conversion Funding Account shall not be considered part of the Conversion Funding Amount for purposes of this Supplement.

" Cumulative Principal Shortfall " shall mean the sum of the Principal Shortfalls (as such term is defined in each of the related Supplements) for each Series in Group One that are Principal Sharing Series.

" Daily Report " shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.2(a) .

" Enhancement " shall mean with respect to the Class A Certificates, the subordination of the Subordinated Transferor Certificates.

" Enhancement Provider " shall mean the Subordinated Transferor Certificateholders.

" Enhancement Surplus " shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the excess, if any, of (a) the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount (after giving effect to any reductions made with respect to such date other than as the result of the existence of an Enhancement Surplus) over (b) the Required Enhancement Amount.

" Equity Interests " shall mean, with respect to any Person, shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or other acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or other acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including, without limitation, partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are authorized or otherwise existing on any date of determination.

" Expiration Date " shall have the meaning specified in the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement.

" Finance Charge Shortfall " shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.14(b) .

" Fixed Allocation Percentage " shall mean, with respect to any Due Period occurring during the Amortization Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the Invested Amount as of the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the date on which the Revolving Period ended and (b) the denominator of which is the greater of (i) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust determined as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Due Period and (ii) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages for allocations with respect to Principal Receivables for all outstanding Series on such date of determination; provided , that with respect to any Due Period in which a Reset Date occurs, (x) the denominator determined pursuant to subclause (b)(i) shall be (1) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the close of business on the later of the last day of the prior Due Period or the preceding Reset Date, for the period from and including the first day of the current Due Period or the preceding Reset Date, as applicable, to but excluding such Reset Date and (2) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the close of business on such Reset Date, for the period from and including such Reset Date to the later of the last day of such Due Period (in which case such period shall include such day) or the next succeeding Reset Date (in which case such period shall not include such succeeding Reset Date) and (y) the denominator determined pursuant to subclause (b)(ii) shall be (1) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages for allocations with respect to Principal Receivables for all outstanding Series as of the close of business on the later of the last day of the prior Due Period or the preceding Reset Date, for the period from and including the first day of the current Due Period or the preceding Reset Date, as applicable, to but excluding such Reset Date and (2) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages for allocations with respect to Principal Receivables for all outstanding Series as of the close of business on such Reset Date, for the period from and including such Reset Date to the earlier of the last day of such Due Period (in which case such period shall include such day) or the next succeeding Reset Date (in which case such period shall not include such succeeding Reset Date).

" Floating Allocation Percentage " shall mean, with respect to any Due Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction:

      1. the numerator of which is the Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Due Period; and
      2. the denominator of which is the greater of (i) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Due Period and (ii) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages for such Due Period allocations with respect to Finance Charge Receivables, Series Dilution Amounts, Principal Receivables or Loss Amounts, as applicable, for all outstanding Series on such date of determination in subclause (b)(i) :

provided that with respect to any Due Period in which a Reset Date occurs:

      1. if such Reset Date is the result of an Incremental Funding, the numerator determined pursuant to clause (a) shall be (1) the Invested Amount as of the close of business on the later of the last day of the preceding Due Period or the preceding Reset Date, for the period from and including the first day of the current Due Period or the preceding Reset Date, as applicable, to but excluding such Reset Date and (2) the Invested Amount as of the close of business on such Reset Date, for the period from and including such Reset Date to the earlier of the last day of such Due Period (in which case such period shall include such day) or the next succeeding Reset Date (in which case such period shall not include such succeeding Reset Date);
      2. the denominator determined pursuant to subclause (b)(i) shall be (1) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the close of business on the later of the last day of the preceding Due Period or the preceding Reset Date, for the period from and including the first day of the current Due Period or preceding Reset Date, as applicable, to but excluding such Reset Date and (2) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the close of business on such Reset Date, for the period from and including such Reset Date to the earlier of the last day of such Due Period (in which case such period shall include such day) or the next succeeding Reset Date (in which case such period shall not include such succeeding Reset Date); and
      3. the denominator determined pursuant to subclause (b)(ii) shall be (1) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages for all outstanding Series for allocations with respect to Finance Charge Receivables, Loss Amounts or Principal Receivables, as applicable, for all such Series as of the close of business on the later of the last day of the preceding Due Period or the preceding Reset Date, for the period from and including the first day of the current Due Period or preceding Reset Date, as applicable, to but excluding such Reset Date and (2) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages for all outstanding Series for allocations with respect to Finance Charge Receivables, Loss Amounts, Series Dilution Amounts or Principal Receivables, as applicable, for all such Series as the close of business on such Reset Date, for the period from and including such Reset Date to the earlier of the last day of such Due Period (in which case such period shall include such day) or the next succeeding Reset Date (in which case such period shall not include such succeeding Reset Date),

provided further that with respect to the first Due Period, the Closing Date shall be treated as the last day of the preceding Due Period.

" Group One " shall mean Series 2001-1-VFC and each other Series specified in the related Supplement to be included in Group One.

" Incremental Funding " shall mean a Class A Incremental Funding or a Subordinated Transferor Incremental Funding.

" Initial Invested Amount " shall mean the sum of the Class A Initial Invested Amount and the Subordinated Transferor Initial Invested Amount.

" Initial Investor Interest " shall mean the Initial Invested Amount.

" Interest Period " shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the period from and including the previous Distribution Date through the day preceding such Distribution Date, except that the initial Interest Period shall be the period from and including the Closing Date through the day preceding the initial Distribution Date.

" Invested Amount " shall mean, with respect to any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Invested Amount and (b) the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount on such date.

" Investor Interest " shall mean, with respect to any date of determination during the Revolving Period, the Invested Amount on such date, and with respect to any date of determination during the Amortization Period, the Invested Amount as of the close of business on the last day during the Revolving Period.

" Investor Loss Amount " shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the aggregate of the Loss Amounts for the related Due Period and (b) the Floating Allocation Percentage for such Due Period.

" Investor Monthly Servicing Fee " is defined in Section 3 of this Supplement.

" Investor Percentage " shall mean, with respect to Collections of Principal Receivables, the Principal Allocation Percentage, with respect to Collections of Finance Charge Receivables, the Floating Allocation Percentage, and with respect to Loss Amounts, the Weighted Average Investor Floating Allocation Percentage.

" LIBOR " shall mean for any Interest Period the interest rate per annum equal to "USD-LIBOR-BBA," as defined in the 2000 ISDA Definitions published by the International Swap Dealers Association, Inc., treating the first day of such Interest Period as the "Reset Date" for purposes of such definition and one month as the "Designated Maturity" for purposes of such definition.

" Managing Agent " shall mean any Person from time to time acting as agent for a Purchaser Group pursuant to the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement.

" Monthly Charge-Off Ratio " shall mean, for any Due Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction having as its numerator the product of (i) 12 times (ii) the aggregate of the Loss Amounts for such Due Period, and as its denominator, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust as of close of business on the last day of the prior Due Period; provided , however , that subject to the Program Agent's and each Managing Agent's prior approval, in their sole discretion, any portion of such Loss Amounts as a result of changes to generally accepted accounting principles or regulations to which Receivables are subject, where such changes are determined by the Program Agent and each Managing Agent, in their sole discretion, to constitute a one-time or extraordinary event not indicative of the credit quality of the Receivables, shall not be included in any calculation of the aggregate of the applicable Loss Amounts for purposes of computing the Monthly Charge-Off Ratio for any Due Period.

" Monthly Dilution Ratio " shall mean, for any Due Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction having as its numerator, the product of the Dilution Amount for such Due Period, and as its denominator, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust as of close of business on the last day of the prior Due Period.

" Monthly Excess Spread Percentage " shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the remainder (which may be a negative percentage) of the Portfolio Yield for the immediately preceding Due Period, minus the Base Rate for such Distribution Date.

" Monthly Payment Instructions " shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.9 .

" Monthly Payment Rate " shall mean, for any Due Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction having as its numerator, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Collections ( excluding all net interest and other investment earnings thereon) for such Due Period, and as its denominator, the aggregate amount of Receivables in the Trust as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Due Period.

" Optional Amortization " shall mean a Class A Optional Amortization or Subordinated Transferor Optional Amortization.

" Optional Amortization Date " is defined in Section 4(b) of this Supplement.

" Optional Amortization Notice " is defined in Section 4(b) of this Supplement.

" Originator " shall mean Granite National Bank, together with its successors and permitted assigns.

" Parent Undertaking Agreement " shall mean the Parent Undertaking Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001, between the Parent and the Trustee, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified.

" Portfolio Yield " shall mean, with respect to any Due Period, the annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is an amount equal to the Floating Allocation Percentage of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables for such Due Period calculated on a cash basis after subtracting the Investor Loss Amount for such Due Period, and the denominator of which is the Weighted Average Invested Amount for such Due Period.

" Principal Allocation Percentage " shall mean, (a) with respect to any Due Period (including any day within such Due Period) occurring during the Revolving Period, the Floating Allocation Percentage for such Due Period, and (b) with respect to any Due Period (including any day within such Due Period) occurring during the Amortization Period, the Fixed Allocation Percentage for such Due Period.

" Principal Shortfall " shall mean on any Distribution Date with respect to the Amortization Period, the amount by which the sum of the Invested Amount exceeds the Available Principal Collections for such Distribution Date (excluding any portion thereof attributable to Shared Principal Collections).

" Program Agent " shall mean Citicorp North America, Inc., together with its successors and permitted assigns.

" Purchaser Group " has the meaning specified in the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement.

" Quarterly Charge-Off Ratio " shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the arithmetic average of the Monthly Charge-Off Ratio for the most recently ended Due Period and the Monthly Charge-Off Ratios for each of the two preceding Due Periods; provided , however , that the Quarterly Charge-Off Ratio for the first Distribution Date shall be the Monthly Charge-Off Ratio for the most recently ended Due Period and the Quarterly Charge-Off Ratio for the second Distribution Date shall be the arithmetic average of the Monthly Charge-Off Ratios for the most recently ended Due Period and the preceding Due Period.

" Quarterly Dilution Ratio " shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the arithmetic average of the Monthly Dilution Ratio for the most recently ended Due Period and the Monthly Dilution Ratios for each of the two preceding Due Periods; provided , however , that the Quarterly Dilution Ratio for the first Distribution Date shall be the Monthly Dilution Ratio for the most recently ended Due Period and the Quarterly Dilution Ratio for the second Distribution Date shall be the arithmetic average of the Monthly Dilution Ratios for the most recently ended Due Period and the preceding Due Period.

" Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage " shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the arithmetic average of the Monthly Excess Spread Percentage for such Distribution Date and the Monthly Excess Spread Percentages for each of the two preceding Distribution Dates; provided , however , that the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage for the first Distribution Date shall be the Monthly Excess Spread Percentage for such Distribution Date and the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage for the second Distribution Date shall be the arithmetic average of the Monthly Excess Spread Percentage for such Distribution Date and the Monthly Excess Spread Percentage for the preceding Distribution Date.

" Quarterly Payment Rate " shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the arithmetic average of the Monthly Payment Rate for the most recently ended Due Period and the Monthly Payment Rates for each of the two preceding Due Periods; provided , however , that the Quarterly Payment Rate for the first Distribution Date shall be the Monthly Payment Rate for the most recently ended Due Period and the Quarterly Payment Rate for the second Distribution Date shall be the arithmetic average of the Monthly Payment Rates for the most recently ended Due Period and the preceding Due Period.

" Rating Agency Condition " shall mean for purposes of this Series 2001-1-VFC, with respect to any action, the consent of the Managing Agents. In addition, each Managing Agent shall be deemed to be a "Rating Agency" for purposes of receiving notices of any proposed action that requires satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.

" Reallocated Subordinated Transferor Principal Collections " shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, Collections of Principal Receivables allocated to the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount applied in accordance with Section 4.12 in an amount not to exceed the amount described in Section 4.5(b)(ii) during the Revolving Period and Section 4.5(c)(ii) during the Amortization Period; provided , however , that such amount shall not exceed the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount after giving effect to any Subordinated Transferor Investor Charge-Offs for such Distribution Date.

" Record Date " shall mean, for purposes of Series 2001-1-VFC with respect to any Distribution Date or Optional Amortization Date, the date falling five Business Days prior to such date.

" Replacement Interest Rate Cap " shall mean any replacement interest cap that has substantially similar terms and conditions as the Cap Agreement that it replaces and a Cap Provider that has an unsecured, unguaranteed short-term debt rating of at least A-1 from Standard & Poor's and of P-1 from Moody's and that otherwise satisfies the conditions set forth in Section 4.17 .

" Required Enhancement Amount " shall mean, with respect to any date of determination, an amount equal to (x) 17% (or such lower percentage as may be agreed in writing among the Transferor, all of the Managing Agents and the Program Agent) times (y) the Invested Amount on such date.

" Required Subordinated Transferor Incremental Funded Amount " shall mean in connection with any Subordinated Transferor Incremental Funding, the excess, if any, of the Required Enhancement Amount determined after giving effect to the related Class A Incremental Funding, over the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount determined before giving effect to such Class A Incremental Funding.

" Requisite Certificateholders " shall mean the Controlling Certificateholders.

" Reset Date " shall mean the occurrence of (a) any Addition Date, (b) any Removal Date, (c) a date on which an Incremental Funding occurs, (d) any Optional Amortization Date or (e) any date on which a new Series is issued.

" Revolving Period " shall mean the period from and including the Closing Date to, but not including, the day the Amortization Period commences.

" Scheduled Amortization Date " shall mean August 23, 2004.

" Series Early Amortization Event " shall have the meaning specified in Section 10 of this Supplement.

" Series Investor Interest " shall mean, on any date of determination, the Investor Interest on such date.

" Series Servicing Fee Percentage " shall mean 2.0%.

" Series 2001-1-VFC " shall mean the Series of the Stage Stores Master Trust represented by the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates.

" Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholder " shall mean the Holder of record of any Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates.

" Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates " shall mean the Class A and the Subordinated Transferor Certificates.

" Series 2001-1-VFC Termination Date " shall mean the earliest to occur of (a) the first date following the end of the Revolving Period on which the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates are paid in full and (b) the date of termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.1 .

" Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections " shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, as the context requires, either (a) the aggregate amount of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates but available to cover Finance Charge Shortfalls for other Series in Group One, if any, or (b) the aggregate amount of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and other amounts allocable to other Series in Group One in excess of the amounts necessary to make required payments with respect to such Series, if any, and available to cover any Finance Charge Shortfall with respect to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates as described in Section 4.14 .

" Shared Principal Collections " shall mean, as the context requires, either (a) the amount allocated to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates which may be applied to cover Principal Shortfalls with respect to other outstanding Series in Group One, or (b) the amounts allocated to the Investor Certificates of other Series in Group One that the applicable Supplements for such Series specify are to be treated as "Shared Principal Collections" and which may be applied to cover Principal Shortfalls with respect to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates pursuant to Section 4.15 .

" Store Payment Allocation " shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.2(a) .

" Subordinated Transferor Certificate " shall mean any of the certificates executed by the Transferor and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto.

" Subordinated Transferor Certificateholder " shall mean each Person in whose name a Subordinated Transferor Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register.

" Subordinated Transferor Funded Amount " shall mean, with respect to any date of determination, an amount equal to the result of (a) the Subordinated Transferor Initial Invested Amount, plus (b) the aggregate amount of all increases in the Subordinated Transferor Funded Amount pursuant to all Subordinated Transferor Incremental Fundings occurring on or prior to such date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Subordinated Transferor Certificateholders prior to such date. As applied to any particular Subordinated Transferor Certificate, the " Subordinated Transferor Funded Amount " means the portion of the overall Subordinated Transferor Funded Amount represented by that Subordinated Transferor Certificate.

" Subordinated Transferor Incremental Funding " shall mean any increase in the Subordinated Transferor Funded Amount made in connection with any Class A Incremental Funding.

" Subordinated Transferor Initial Invested Amount " shall mean the aggregate initial principal amount of the Subordinated Transferor Certificates, which is $35,843,373.49.

" Subordinated Transferor Investor Charge-Off " shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.10(b) .

" Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount " shall mean, on any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Subordinated Transferor Funded Amount on such date, minus (b) the aggregate amount of Subordinated Transferor Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates pursuant to Section 4.10(b) , minus (c) the aggregate amount of Reallocated Subordinated Transferor Principal Collections allocated pursuant to Section 4.12 on all prior Distribution Dates, minus (d) an amount equal to the amount by which the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount has been reduced on all prior Distribution Dates pursuant to Section 4.10(a) , and plus (e) the aggregate amount of Available Funds and Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated and available on all prior Distribution Dates pursuant to Sections 4.9 and 4.11 for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (b), (c) and (d); provided , however , that the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero.

" Subordinated Transferor Investor Loss Amount " shall mean, with respect to each Distribution Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Investor Loss Amount for the related Due Period and (b) the Weighted Average Subordinated Transferor Floating Allocation Percentage applicable for the related Due Period.

" Subordinated Transferor Monthly Principal " shall mean the monthly principal distributable in respect of the Subordinated Transferor Certificates as calculated in accordance with Section 4.7(b) .

" Subordinated Transferor Optional Amortization " is defined in Section 4(d) of this Supplement.

" Subordinated Transferor Optional Amortization Amount " is defined in Section 4(d) of this Supplement.

" Subordinated Transferor Percentage " shall mean, (a) with respect to any day, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount on such day and the denominator of which is the Invested Amount on such day, and (b) with respect to any Due Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Subordinated Transferor Weighted Average Invested Amount for such Due Period and the denominator of which is the Weighted Average Invested Amount for such Due Period.

" Subordinated Transferor Weighted Average Invested Amount " shall mean, for any Due Period, the quotient of (a) the sum of the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount determined as of each day in that Due Period, divided by (b) the number of days in that Due Period.

" Voting Interests " shall mean shares of capital stock issued by a corporation, or equivalent Equity Interests in any other Person, the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even if the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.

" Weighted Average Investor Floating Allocation Percentage " shall mean, for any Due Period, the quotient of (a) the sum of the Floating Allocation Percentages determined as of each day in that Due Period, divided by (b) the number of days in that Due Period.

" Weighted Average Invested Amount " shall mean, for any Due Period, the quotient of (a) the sum of the Invested Amount determined as of each day in that Due Period, divided by (b) the number of days in that Due Period.

    1. Servicing Compensation . The share of the Monthly Servicing Fee allocable to Series 2001-1-VFC with respect to any Due Period (the " Investor Monthly Servicing Fee ") shall be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i) the Series Servicing Fee Percentage and (ii) the Weighted Average Invested Amount for such Due Period. The share of the Monthly Servicing Fee allocable to the Transferor or the Certificateholders of other Series shall be paid from the cash flows of the Trust allocated to the Transferor or Certificateholders of other Series, and in no other event shall the Trust, the Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders be liable therefor. The Investor Monthly Servicing Fee shall be payable to the Servicer solely to the extent amounts are available for distribution in respect thereof pursuant to Sections 4.9(a)(iii) , 4.9(a)(vii) , 4.11 and 4.12 .
    2. Variable Funding Mechanics .
      1. Class A Incremental Fundings . From time to time during the Revolving Period, prior to the occurrence of the Expiration Date, and in any case, subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement, the Transferor may request and the Class A Conduit Purchasers may, in their sole discretion, and to the extent that any Class A Conduit Purchaser declines to do so, the related Class A Committed Purchasers will make Class A Incremental Fundings. Upon the occurrence of any Class A Incremental Funding, the Class A Invested Amount, the Floating Allocation Percentage, the Class A Percentage, the Subordinated Transferor Percentage, the Invested Amount and the Class A Funded Amount shall increase as provided herein.
      2. Class A Optional Amortization . On any Business Day in the Revolving Period, the Transferor may cause the Servicer to provide written notice to the Trustee and the affected Holders (an " Optional Amortization Notice ") at least three Business Days prior to any Business Day (the " Optional Amortization Date ") stating its intention to cause a full or partial amortization of the Class A Certificates (a " Class A Optional Amortization ") with Available Principal Collections and/or Available Shared Principal Collections on the Optional Amortization Date, in an amount (the " Class A Optional Amortization Amount ") of not less than $1,000,000 or an integral multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof, except that the Class A Optional Amortization Amount may equal the entire Class A Funded Amount. The Optional Amortization Notice shall state the Optional Amortization Date and the Class A Optional Amortization Amount. The Class A Optional Amortization Amount shall be paid from Available Principal Collections and/or Available Shared Principal Collections. Accrued interest and any Class A Additional Amounts in respect of any Class A Optional Amortization Amount shall be payable on the related Optional Amortization Date if it is a Distribution Date, and otherwise on the next succeeding Distribution Date. On the Business Day prior to each Optional Amortization Date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee in writing (which writing shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto) to withdraw Available Principal Collections and/or Available Shared Principal Collections from the Collection Account in an aggregate amount sufficient to pay the Class A Optional Amortization Amount on that Optional Amortization Date and the Trustee, acting in accordance with such instructions, shall on such Optional Amortization Date distribute such Class A Optional Amortization Amount to the Class A Certificateholders pursuant to Section 5.1 , or if the Conversion Date has occurred, deposit such Class A Optional Amortization Amount in the Conversion Funding Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Class A Optional Amortization shall be made during any Due Period if the effect of such Class A Optional Amortization would be to cause any portion of the Class A Required Amount to remain unfunded on the related Distribution Date after giving effect to all applications of funds on such Distribution Date.
      3. Subordinated Transferor Incremental Fundings . If, in connection with any Class A Incremental Funding requested by the Transferor pursuant to this Supplement and the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement, any Required Subordinated Transferor Incremental Funded Amount shall arise, the Transferor, in its capacity as the Subordinated Transferor Certificateholder, shall confirm its agreement to a commensurate increase in the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount by delivery to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Program Agent and each Managing Agent of a completed confirmation in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto, specifying the amount of such Required Subordinated Transferor Incremental Funded Amount and the date thereof, which shall be the date of the applicable Class A Incremental Funding. Any such confirmation shall be irrevocable, and the applicable increase in the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount shall occur without further action simultaneously with the applicable Class A Incremental Funding. Upon the occurrence of any such increase in Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount, the Class A Percentage, the Subordinated Transferor Percentage, the Floating Allocation Percentage, the Subordinated Transferor Funded Amount and the Invested Amount shall increase as provided herein.
      4. Subordinated Transferor Optional Amortization . If on any Optional Amortization Date, the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount (after giving effect to any Class A Optional Amortization to occur on such date) will be greater than the Required Enhancement Amount, if so specified in any Optional Amortization Notice delivered to the Trustee pursuant to paragraph (b) above, the Transferor may cause a full or partial amortization of the Subordinated Transferor Certificates (a " Subordinated Transferor Optional Amortization ") up to (but not in excess of) the amount of such Enhancement Surplus with Available Principal Collections and/or Available Shared Principal Collections on the Optional Amortization Date (the " Subordinated Transferor Optional Amortization Amount "). The Optional Amortization Notice shall state the Optional Amortization Date and the Subordinated Transferor Optional Amortization Amount. The Subordinated Transferor Optional Amortization Amount shall be paid from Available Principal Collections and/or Available Shared Principal Collections. Accrued interest and any Subordinated Transferor Additional Amounts shall be payable on the first Distribution Date on or after the related Optional Amortization Date. On the Business Day prior to each Optional Amortization Date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee in writing (which writing shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto) to withdraw Available Principal Collections and/or Available Shared Principal Collections from the Collection Account in an aggregate amount sufficient to pay the Subordinated Transferor Optional Amortization Amount on that Optional Amortization Date and the Trustee, acting in accordance with such instructions, shall on such Optional Amortization Date distribute such Subordinated Transferor Optional Amortization Amount to the Subordinated Transferor Certificateholders pursuant to Section 5.1 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Subordinated Transferor Optional Amortization shall be made during any Due Period if the effect of such Subordinated Transferor Optional Amortization would be to cause any portion of the Class A Required Amount to remain unfunded on the related Distribution Date after giving effect to all applications of funds on such Distribution Date.
    3. Optional Repurchase; Reassignment and Termination Provisions . The Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates shall be subject to transfer to the Transferor at its option on any Distribution Date, on or after the Distribution Date on which the Invested Amount is permanently reduced to an amount less than or equal to 10% of the sum of the highest Class A Funded Amount plus the highest Subordinated Transferor Funded Amount outstanding during the Revolving Period by deposit into the Collection Account of a final distribution for application in accordance with Section 12.3 in an amount which shall be equal to the sum of:
      1. the Invested Amount; plus
      2. accrued and unpaid interest on the Class A Certificates through the day preceding the Distribution Date on which the purchase occurs; plus
      3. any accrued and unpaid Class A Additional Amounts in respect of the Class A Certificates through the day preceding the Distribution Date on which the repurchase occurs;

      Upon the tender of the outstanding Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates by the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders, the Trustee shall distribute the amounts, to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders on the next Distribution Date in repayment of the principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts owing to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders. Following payment of the aggregate purchase price as provided above, the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders shall have no further rights with respect to the Receivables. In the event that the Servicer fails for any reason to deposit in the Collection Account the aggregate purchase price for the Investor Certificates, payments shall continue to be made to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and this Supplement. The Servicer shall not be permitted to effect an optional repurchase pursuant to this Section 5 unless, after payment of the amount specified above, the Class A Funded Amount shall have been paid in full.

    4. [Reserved.]
    5. Delivery and Payment for the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates .
      1. The Transferor shall execute and deliver the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates (in definitive, fully registered form) to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with Section 6.1 . The Trustee shall deliver the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates when authenticated in accordance with Section 6.2 . The Certificates shall be delivered as Definitive Certificates as provided in Sections 6.2 .
      2. The Program Agent shall record on the schedule attached to each Class A Certificate, the date and amount of each Class A Incremental Funding made under such Class A Certificate and each repayment thereof. The Class A Funded Amount so recorded shall be rebuttable presumptive evidence of the principal amount owing and unpaid on such Class A Certificate. The failure to so record any such amount or any error in so recording any such amount shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Trust hereunder or under such Class A Certificate to repay the Class A Invested Amount evidenced by such Class A Certificate together with all interest and other amounts payable thereunder in accordance with the terms of this Supplement.
    6. Article IV of Agreement . Sections 4.1 , 4.2 and 4.3 of the Agreement shall be read in their entirety as provided in the Agreement. Article IV of the Agreement (except for Sections 4.1 , 4.2 and 4.3 thereof) shall read in its entirety as follows and shall be applicable only to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates.


        1. RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

SECTION 4.4. Rights of Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders . The Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates shall represent undivided interests in the Trust, consisting of the right to receive, to the extent necessary to make the required payments with respect to such Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates at the times and in the amounts specified in this Agreement, (a) the Floating Allocation Percentage and Principal Allocation Percentage (as applicable from time to time) of Collections received with respect to the Receivables and (b) funds on deposit in the Collection Account allocated to Series 2001-1-VFC. The Subordinated Transferor Certificates shall be subordinated to the Class A Certificates. The Exchangeable Transferor Certificate shall not represent any interest in the Collection Account except as specifically provided in this Article IV .

SECTION 4.5. Allocations .

            1. Payments to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate . The Servicer may apply amounts allocated to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate in accordance with Section 4.3(c) unless as a result thereof the Transferor Interest would be less than the Aggregate Minimum Transferor Interest, in which case such amounts shall be deposited in the Excess Funding Account to the extent necessary to cause the Transferor Interest to at least equal the Aggregate Minimum Transferor Interest (such deposits into the Excess Funding Account to be made first, from such amounts constituting Collections of Principal Receivables, and second, from such amounts constituting Collections of Finance Charge Receivables); provided , however , that to the extent that on any day on which any Collections are deposited in the Collection Account, an event described in clause (i) of the definition of Cap Replacement Event shall have occurred and a Replacement Interest Rate Cap shall not have been entered into, the Servicer shall retain in the Collection Account an amount equal to the product of (x) the Series Percentage, (y) the Transferor Percentage and (z) the aggregate amount of Collections allocated to Principal Receivables and to Finance Charge Receivables on such date for application (i) to the payment of any amount required to be paid to the provider of such Replacement Interest Rate Cap in connection with the implementation thereof (such retained collections of Finance Charge Receivables to be so applied first followed by such retained Collections of Principal Receivables) until paid in full and (ii) on each Distribution Date with respect to the Amortization Period as Available Funds (in the case of any such retained Collections of Finance Charge Receivables) and as Available Principal Collections (in the case of any such retained Collections of Principal Receivables). Upon the implementation of a Replacement Interest Rate Cap any such retained funds shall be released to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate.
            2. Allocations During the Revolving Period . During the Revolving Period, the Servicer shall direct the Trustee in the form of the Daily Report to, prior to the close of business on any day on which any Collections are deposited in the Collection Account, allocate the following amounts as set forth below:
              1. allocate to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders an amount equal to (A) the Floating Allocation Percentage on such date times (B) the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables on such date, to be retained in the Collection Account for application in accordance with Section 4.9(a) ;
              2. allocate to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders an amount equal to the product of (A) the Subordinated Transferor Percentage on such date, times (B) the Investor Percentage on such date, times (C) the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of Principal Receivables on such date, to be retained in the Collection Account for application on the related Distribution Date (to the extent not previously used to make an Optional Amortization Payment pursuant to Section 4(b) or Section 4(d) of the Supplement) first, in accordance with Section 4.12 and then, in accordance with Section 4.9(b) ; and
              3. allocate to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders an amount equal to the product of (A) the Class A Percentage on such date, times (B) the Investor Percentage on such date, times (C) the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of Principal Receivables on such date, to be applied as provided below in this Section 4.5(b) and otherwise to be retained in the Collection Account for application on the related Distribution Date (to the extent not previously used to make an Optional Amortization Payment pursuant to Section 4(b) or Section 4(d) of the Supplement) in accordance with Section 4.9(b) .

              During the Revolving Period on any day on which Collections processed in respect of Principal Receivables are deposited in the Collection Account, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw and the Trustee shall withdraw on such date and distribute to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the amount allocated pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(iii) on such date and (y) the excess, if any, of the Transferor Interest on such date over the Aggregate Minimum Transferor Interest on such date (determined by reference to the Daily Report for such date after giving effect to all payments and deposits on such date); provided , however , that for purposes of the determination described in clause (y), the balance of the Excess Funding Account shall be deemed to be zero.

            3. Allocations During the Amortization Period . During the Amortization Period, the Servicer shall direct the Trustee in the form of the Daily Report to, prior to the close of business on any day on which any Collections are deposited in the Collection Account, allocate the following amounts as set forth below:
              1. allocate to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders an amount equal to (A) the Fixed Allocation Percentage on such date times (B) the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables on such date, to be applied in accordance with Section 4.9(a) ;
              2. allocate to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders an amount equal to the product of (A) the Subordinated Transferor Percentage on such date times (B) the Investor Percentage on such date times (C) the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of Principal Receivables on such date, to be applied first in accordance with Section 4.12 and then in accordance with Section 4.9(c) ; and
              3. allocate to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders an amount equal to the product of (A) the Class A Percentage on such date, (B) the Investor Percentage on such date and (C) the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of Principal Receivables on such date, to be applied in accordance with Section 4.9(c) .

SECTION 4.6. Determination of Class A Monthly Interest and Fees . Class A Monthly Interest and Fees shall be determined as provided in the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement.

SECTION 4.7. Determination of Monthly Principal .

            1. The amount of monthly principal distributable from the Collection Account with respect to the Class A Certificates on each Distribution Date (the " Class A Monthly Principal "), beginning with the Distribution Date in the month following the month in which the Amortization Period begins, shall be equal to the lesser of (i) the Available Principal Collections with respect to such Distribution Date and (ii) the Class A Invested Amount on such Distribution Date (after taking into account any adjustments to be made on such Distribution Date pursuant to Section 4.10 ), plus, in the case of the first Distribution Date with respect to the Amortization Period, the Conversion Funding Amount on such Distribution Date before giving effect to the withdrawal from the Conversion Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.17(e) .
            1. The amount of monthly principal distributable from the Collection Account with respect to the Subordinated Transferor Certificates on each Distribution Date (the " Subordinated Transferor Monthly Principal ") shall be (i) during the Revolving Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the amount of any Enhancement Surplus or such lesser amount as designated by the Servicer on the related Determination Date and (2) the Available Principal Collections not required for any Class A Optional Amortization on such Distribution Date, (ii) during the Amortization Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount on such Distribution Date (after taking into account any adjustments to be made on such Distribution Date pursuant to Section 4.10 and Section 4.12 ) and (ii) the Available Principal Collections remaining after any application pursuant to Section 4.7(a) and Section 4.9(c)(i) .

SECTION 4.8. Coverage of Class A Required Amount .

            1. On or before each Distribution Date, Servicer shall determine the amount (the " Class A Required Amount "), if any, by which the sum of:
              1. the Class A Monthly Interest and Fees for such Distribution Date; plus
              2. the Class A Investor Loss Amount, if any, for the prior Due Period; plus
              3. the Investor Monthly Servicing Fee for the prior Due Period to the extent payable pursuant to Section 4.9(a)(iii) ; plus
              4. any Class A Monthly Interest and Fees and Investor Monthly Servicing Fee (to the extent payable pursuant to Section 4.09(a)(iii) ) included in the Class A Required Amount for any prior Distribution Date but not yet paid,

exceeds the Available Funds for the related Due Period.

            1. If the Class A Required Amount for any Distribution Date is greater than zero, (i) the Servicer shall give written notice to the Trustee of such positive Class A Required Amount on or before such Distribution Date and (ii) all or a portion of any Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections shall be distributed from the Collection Account on such Distribution Date pursuant to Sections 4.9 and 4.11 . If the Class A Required Amount for such Distribution Date exceeds the amount so allocated pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the Subordinated Transferor Certificates with respect to the prior Due Period shall be applied as specified in Section 4.12 .

SECTION 4.9. Monthly Payments . On each Determination Date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee in writing (which writing shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C, the " Monthly Payment Instructions ") to withdraw and the Trustee shall withdraw on the Distribution Date, to the extent of available funds, the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Collection Account as follows:

            1. An amount equal to the Available Funds for the related Due Period will be distributed on each Distribution Date, to the extent available, in the following priority:
              1. an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the unpaid fees and expenses of the Trustee (including fees and expenses of its counsel and agents) incurred in its capacity as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar (but not as a Successor Servicer) and (y) the excess of $500,000 over all amounts previously paid to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 4.9(a)(i) , shall be distributed to the Trustee;
              2. an amount equal to the unpaid Class A Monthly Interest and Fees shall be distributed to the Class A Certificateholders in accordance with Section 5.1 ;
              3. an amount equal to the Investor Monthly Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date, plus any Investor Monthly Servicing Fee due but not paid to the Servicer on any prior Distribution Date Period, shall be distributed to the Servicer, if the Servicer is not SRLP or an Affiliate thereof;
              4. an amount equal to the Class A Investor Loss Amount, if any, for the related Due Period shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections on such Distribution Date;
              5. an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Class A Investor Charge-Offs which have not been previously reimbursed will be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections on such Distribution Date;
              6. an amount equal to the fees and expenses of the Trustee (including fees and expenses of its counsel and agents) incurred in its capacity as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar (but not as a Successor Servicer) remaining unpaid after giving effect to Section 4.9(a)(i) , shall be distributed to the Trustee;
              7. an amount equal to the Investor Monthly Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date, plus any Investor Monthly Servicing Fee due but not paid to the Servicer on any prior Distribution Date Period, shall be distributed to the Servicer, if the Servicer is SRLP or an Affiliate thereof;
              8. an amount equal to the unpaid Class A Additional Amounts shall be distributed to the Class A Certificateholders in accordance with Section 5.1 ;
              9. an amount equal to the Subordinated Transferor Investor Loss Amount, if any, for the related Due Period shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections on such Distribution Date;
              10. an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount has been reduced for reasons other than the payment of principal to the Subordinated Transferor Certificateholders (but not in excess of the aggregate amount of such reductions which have not been previously reimbursed) will be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections on such Distribution Date; and
              11. the balance, if any, after giving effect to the payments made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (i) through (x) shall constitute " Excess Finance Charge Collections " to be applied with respect to other Series in accordance with Section 4.3 .
            1. During the Revolving Period, an amount equal to the Available Principal Collections for the related Due Period will be distributed on each Distribution Date, to the extent available, in the following priority:
              1. an amount equal to the Subordinated Transferor Monthly Principal for such Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Subordinated Transferor Certificateholders;
              2. an amount equal to the lesser of (A) Available Principal Collections for such Distribution Date after giving effect to the application specified in Section 4.9(b)(i) above, and (B) the product of (1) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to such Available Principal Collections and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of the Available Principal Collections available for sharing as specified in the related Supplement for each Series (including this Series 2001-1-VFC) in Group One that are Principal Sharing Series and (2) the Cumulative Principal Shortfall, shall be treated as Shared Principal Collections and applied to Series in Group One that are Principal Sharing Series other than this Series 2001-1-VFC; and
              3. an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the excess, if any, of the Available Principal Collections for such Distribution Date over the applications specified in Sections 4.9(b)(i) and (ii) above and (B) the excess, if any, of the Transferor Interest on such Distribution Date over Aggregate Minimum Transferor Interest on such Distribution Date (determined after giving effect to all payments and deposits on such Distribution Date), shall be paid to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate; and
              4. any remaining Available Principal Collections shall be deposited in the Excess Funding Account.
            1. During the Amortization Period, an amount equal to the Available Principal Collections for the related Due Period plus any amounts in the Excess Funding Account allocable to Series 2001-1-VFC in accordance with Section 4.3(e) will be distributed on each Distribution Date, to the extent available, in the following priority:
              1. an amount equal to the Class A Monthly Principal for such Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Class A Certificateholders in accordance with Section 5.1(a) ;
              2. an amount equal to Subordinated Transferor Monthly Principal shall be distributed to the Subordinated Transferor Certificateholders in accordance with Section 5.1(b) ;
              3. an amount equal to the lesser of (A) Available Principal Collections for such Distribution Date after giving effect to the application specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above and (B) the product of (1) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to such Available Principal Collections and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of the Available Principal Collections available for sharing as specified in the related Supplement or Receivables Purchase Agreement for each Series (including this Series 2001-1-VFC) in Group One which is a Principal Sharing Series and (2) the Cumulative Principal Shortfall, shall be treated as Shared Principal Collections and applied to Series in Group One which are Principal Sharing Series other than this Series 2001-1-VFC; and
              4. an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the excess, if any, of the Available Principal Collections for such Distribution Date over the applications specified in Sections 4.9(c)(i) through (iii) above and (B) the excess, if any, of the Transferor Interest on such Distribution Date over the Aggregate Minimum Transferor Interest on such Distribution Date (determined after giving effect to all payments and deposits on such Distribution Date), shall be paid to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate; and
              5. any remaining Available Principal Collections shall be deposited in the Excess Funding Account.

SECTION 4.10. Investor Charge-Offs .

            1. On or before each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall calculate the Class A Investor Loss Amount. If on any Distribution Date, the Class A Investor Loss Amount for the prior Due Period exceeds the sum of the amounts allocated with respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.9(a)(iv) , Section 4.11 and Section 4.12 with respect to such Due Period, the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount (after giving effect to reductions for any Subordinated Transferor Investor Charge-Offs and any Reallocated Subordinated Transferor Principal Collections on such Distribution Date) will be reduced by the amount of such excess. In the event that such reduction would cause the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount to be a negative number, the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, the Class A Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by which the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero, but not by more than the Class A Investor Loss Amount for such Distribution Date (a " Class A Investor Charge-Off "). If the Class A Invested Amount has been reduced by the amount of any Class A Investor Charge-Offs, it will be reimbursed on any Distribution Date (but not by an amount in excess of the aggregate Class A Investor Charge-Offs) by the amount of Available Funds allocated and available for such purpose pursuant to Sections 4.9(a)(iv) and 4.11 .
            2. On or before each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall calculate the Subordinated Transferor Investor Loss Amount. If on any Distribution Date, the Subordinated Transferor Investor Loss Amount for the prior Due Period exceeds the amounts allocated with respect thereto pursuant to Sections 4.9(a)(ix) and 4.11 with respect to such Due Period, the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount (after giving effect to any Reallocated Subordinated Transferor Principal Collections on such Distribution Date) will be reduced by the amount of such excess (a " Subordinated Transferor Investor Charge-Off "). The Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount will also be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Subordinated Transferor Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.12 and the amount of any portion of the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount allocated to the Class A Certificates to avoid a reduction in the Class A Invested Amount pursuant to Sections 4.10(a) and 4.11 . The Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount will thereafter be reimbursed (but not in excess of the aggregate amount of such reductions which have not been previously reimbursed) on any Distribution Date by the amount of Available Funds allocated and available for that purpose as described under Section 4.9(a)(x) .

SECTION 4.11. Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections Allocated to Series 2001-1-VFC . To the extent that on any Distribution Date funds are required to be distributed pursuant to any of Section 4.9(a)(i) through Section 4.9(a)(x) , and the full amount to be distributed pursuant to any such section is not paid in full after the application of Available Funds for such Distribution Date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee in writing (in the form of the Monthly Payment Instructions) to apply Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated to Series 2001-1-VFC as provided in Section 4.14(b) with respect to the related Due Period in the manner and priority specified for application of Available Funds in Section 4.9(a)(i) through Section 4.9(a)(x) .

SECTION 4.12. Reallocated Subordinated Transferor Principal Collections . On or before each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee in writing (which writing shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto) to apply Reallocated Subordinated Transferor Principal Collections in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the Class A Required Amount, if any, with respect to such Distribution Date over (ii) the sum of the amount of Available Funds and Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated to Series 2001-1-VFC with respect to the related Due Period, in accordance with, and in the priority set forth in, Sections 4.9(a)(i) through (viii) .

On each Distribution Date, the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount shall be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Subordinated Transferor Principal Collections for such Distribution Date.

SECTION 4.13. Transferor's or Servicer's Failure to Make a Deposit or Payment . If the Servicer or the Transferor fails to make, or give instructions to make, any payment or deposit required to be made or given by the Servicer or Transferor, respectively, at the time specified in the Agreement (including applicable grace periods), the Trustee shall make and shall be fully protected in making such payment or deposit from the applicable account without instruction from the Servicer or Transferor. Such funds or the proceeds of such withdrawal shall be applied by the Trustee. The Trustee only shall be required to make any such payment, deposit or withdrawal hereunder only to the extent that the Trustee has sufficient information to allow it to determine the amount thereof and only to the extent amounts on deposit in any applicable account are sufficient to make such payment, deposit or withdrawal. The Servicer shall, upon request of the Trustee, promptly provide the Trustee with all information necessary to allow the Trustee to make such payment, deposit or withdrawal.

SECTION 4.14. Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections .

            1. The balance of any Available Funds on deposit in the Collection Account after giving effect to Sections 4.9(a)(i) through (x) will constitute a portion of Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections and will be available for allocation to other Series in Group One or to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate as described in Section 4.3(g) .
            2. Series 2001-1-VFC shall be included in Group One. Subject to Section 4.3(g) , Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections with respect to the Series in Group One for any Distribution Date will be allocated to Series 2001-1-VFC in an amount equal to the product of (x) the aggregate amount of Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections with respect to all Series in Group One for such Distribution Date and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Finance Charge Shortfall for Series 2001-1-VFC for such Distribution Date and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Finance Charge Shortfalls for all Series in Group One for such Distribution Date. The "Finance Charge Shortfall" for Series 2001-1-VFC for any Distribution Date will be equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the full amount required to be paid, without duplication, pursuant to Sections 4.9(a)(i) through (x) on such Distribution Date over (b) the Available Funds for such Distribution Date.

SECTION 4.15. Shared Principal Collections . Subject to Section 4.3(f) of the Agreement, Shared Principal Collections for any Distribution Date will be allocated to Series 2001-1-VFC in an amount equal to the product of (x) the aggregate amount of Shared Principal Collections with respect to all Series in Group One that are Principal Sharing Series for such Distribution Date and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Principal Shortfall for Series 2001-1-VFC for such Distribution Date and the denominator of which is the Cumulative Principal Shortfall for such Distribution Date.

SECTION 4.16. Interest Rate Cap .

            1. The Transferor shall obtain Cap Agreements in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Class A Certificateholders with aggregate notional amounts at any time at least equal to the Class A Funded Amount then outstanding; provided , however , that the minimum aggregate notional amount of the Cap Agreements on the first Distribution Date during the Amortization Period shall equal the Class A Funded Amount on the last day of the Revolving Period and thereafter during the Amortization Period such minimum aggregate notional amount shall reduce on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to 1/6 th of such the minimum aggregate notional amount on the first Distribution Date during the Amortization Period. Each Cap Agreement shall provide that (i) the Transferor shall not be required to make any payments thereunder, (ii) the Cap Agreement shall terminate on any date on which the notional amount is reduced to zero and (iii) the Trustee, on behalf of the Class A Certificateholders, shall be entitled to receive Cap Payments from the applicable Cap Provider on the Business Day immediately preceding each Distribution Date if LIBOR for any Interest Period exceeds the Cap Rate. Each Cap Payment and any payments upon early termination of a Cap Agreement shall be deposited into the Collection Account as Available Funds. Payments received by the Trustee from a Cap Provider upon the early termination of a Cap Agreement shall be applied to the purchase of a Replacement Interest Rate Cap (as defined below), or if no Replacement Interest Rate Cap is obtained, shall be applied in accordance with Section 4.05 .
            2. The Servicer hereby represents that the Transferor has obtained and assigned to the Trust the Cap Agreement in favor of the Trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders. The Cap Agreement shall entitle the Trust to receive monthly the Cap Payment, if any, as set forth in the Cap Agreement.
            3. Upon the effectiveness of any Replacement Interest Rate Cap, the Cap Agreement being replaced shall terminate and the applicable Cap Provider shall be released of all future obligations thereunder, provided that such Cap Agreement shall not be released from any obligations which have previously accrued thereunder and shall continue to be obligated to perform such obligations.
            4. The Trustee hereby appoints the Servicer to act as calculation agent under the Cap Agreement and the Servicer accepts such appointment.

SECTION 4.17. Conversion Funding Account .

            1. On or before the Conversion Date, the Servicer shall direct the Trustee in writing, for the benefit of the Class A Certificateholders, to establish and maintain or cause to be established and maintained in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Class A Certificateholders, an Eligible Deposit Account (the " Conversion Funding Account "), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Class A Certificateholders. The Transferor does hereby transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Trustee for the benefit of the Class A Certificateholders, without recourse, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Conversion Funding Account, any Permitted Investments on deposit therein and any proceeds of the foregoing. The Conversion Funding Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Class A Certificateholders. If, at any time, the Conversion Funding Account ceases to be an Eligible Deposit Account, the Servicer shall direct the Trustee to establish within ten Business Days a new Conversion Funding Account meeting the conditions specified above, transfer any cash and/or any investments from the old Conversion Funding Account to such new Conversion Funding Account and from the date such new Conversion Funding Account is established, it shall be the "Conversion Funding Account." The Trustee, at the written direction of the Servicer, shall make deposits to and withdrawals and payments from the Conversion Funding Account from time to time for the purposes set forth in this Supplement.
            2. The Trustee shall on the Conversion Date deposit into the Conversion Funding Account the Initial Conversion Funding Amount from the proceeds of the Conversion Funding made pursuant to the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement. On the Business Day preceding each Determination Date, the Trustee, acting in accordance with written instructions from the Servicer, shall withdraw from the Conversion Funding Account and deposit into the Collection Account all interest and other investment income on the Conversion Funding Amount with respect to the prior Due Period. Such investment income shall be deemed to be Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to Series 2001-1-VFC.
            3. Funds on deposit in the Conversion Funding Account shall be invested in Permitted Investments by the Trustee (or, at the direction of the Trustee, by the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee) selected at the written direction of the Servicer. Funds on deposit in the Conversion Funding Account on the Conversion Date and thereafter shall be invested in Permitted Investments that will mature so that such funds will be available for withdrawal on the next succeeding Business Day.
            4. On the date of each Class A Incremental Funding made pursuant to the terms of this Supplement and the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement at any time on or after the Conversion Date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw from the Conversion Funding Account and pay to the Transferor on the date of such Class A Incremental Funding, an amount equal to the Class A Incremental Funded Amount with respect to such Class A Incremental Funding.
            5. In the event that the Conversion Funding Amount exceeds zero at the end of the Revolving Period, on the first Distribution Date on or after the last day of the Revolving Period the Servicer shall apply or shall cause the Trustee to apply the Conversion Funding Amount as Available Principal Collections.
    1. Article V of the Agreement . Article V of the Agreement shall read in its entirety as follows and shall be applicable only to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificates:


        1. DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO INVESTOR CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

SECTION 5.1. Distributions .

            1. On each Distribution Date, the Trustee shall distribute (in accordance with the Monthly Payment Instructions) to each Certificateholder of record on the immediately preceding Record Date (other than as provided in Section 12.3 respecting a final distribution) such Certificateholder's share of the amounts allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay amounts owing to such Certificateholder pursuant to Section 4.9 in immediately available funds (at such Certificateholder's address as it appears in the Certificate Register); provided , however , that (i) with respect to amounts to be distributed in respect of Class A Monthly Interest and Fees and Class A Additional Amounts, the Trustee shall distribute such amounts on each Distribution Date to each Class A Certificateholder based on the amounts calculated pursuant to the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement; and (ii) with respect to Class A Monthly Interest and Fees or Class A Additional Amounts, if the aggregate amount available for distribution to the Class A Certificateholders with respect to such amounts on any Distribution Date is less than such amounts, then each Class A Certificateholder will be paid its share thereof determined in accordance with the terms of the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement.
            2. On each Distribution Date, the Trustee shall distribute to each Subordinated Transferor Certificateholder of record on the immediately preceding Record Date (other than as provided in Section 12.3 respecting a final distribution) such Certificateholder's share of the amounts allocated and available on such Distribution Date to pay amounts owing to such Certificateholder pursuant to Section 4.9 in immediately available funds to each Subordinated Transferor Certificateholder (at such Certificateholder's address as it appears in the Certificate Register).
            3. On each Optional Amortization Date, the Trustee shall distribute (in accordance with the instructions delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.2 ) to each Class A Certificateholder of record and each Subordinated Transferor Certificateholder of record, as appropriate, on the immediately preceding Record Date, such Certificateholder's share of the amounts allocated and available on such Optional Amortization Date to pay the Class A Optional Amortization Amount and the Subordinated Transferor Optional Amortization Amount, as appropriate, to be distributed on such date.
            4. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Transferor and the Servicer if it does not receive a payment under the Cap Agreement on the date on which such payment is due pursuant to the terms thereof.
            5. SECTION 5.2. Reports and Records .

            6. On each Business Day, the Servicer shall prepare and forward to the Trustee and each Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholder (i) a report (the " Daily Report ") substantially in the form of Exhibit F to this Supplement and (ii) a report (the " Store Payment Allocation ") substantially in the form of Exhibit G to this Supplement.
            7. On or before each Determination Date, the Trustee shall forward to each Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholder a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit D to this Supplement prepared by the Servicer.
            8. On or before January 31 of each calendar year, beginning with calendar year 2002, the Trustee shall distribute to each Person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was a Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholder, a statement prepared by the Servicer containing the information required to be contained in the regular monthly report to Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders pursuant to Section 5.2(a) , aggregated for such calendar year or the applicable portion thereof during which such Person was a Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholder, together with such other customary information (consistent with the treatment of the Class A Certificates and the Subordinated Transferor Certificates as debt) as the Servicer deems necessary or desirable to enable the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders to prepare their tax returns. The Servicer will provide such information to the Trustee as soon as possible after January 1 of each calendar year. Such obligations of the Trustee shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided by the Trustee pursuant to any requirements of the Code as from time to time in effect.
    1. Series Early Amortization Events . If any one of the following events shall occur with respect to the Investor Certificates:
            1. failure on the part of the Transferor, the Originator, SRLP or the Parent (i) to make any payment or deposit required by the terms of the Agreement, this Supplement, the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement, any Purchase Agreement or the Parent Undertaking Agreement, on or before the date occurring two days after the date such payment or deposit is required to be made herein or (ii) to duly to observe or perform any covenant or agreement of the Transferor, SRLP, the Originator or the Parent, as applicable, set forth in the Agreement, this Supplement, the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement, any Purchase Agreement or the Parent Undertaking Agreement, which continues unremedied for a period of 15 days; or
            2. any representation or warranty made by the Transferor, SRLP, the Originator or the Parent in the Agreement, this Supplement, the Class A Certificate Purchase Agreement, any Purchase Agreement or the Parent Undertaking Agreement, or any information contained in a computer file required to be delivered by the Transferor pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.6 of the Agreement or by SRLP or the Originator pursuant to any parallel section of the applicable Purchase Agreement, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or when delivered; provided , however , that a Series Early Amortization Event pursuant to this Section 10(b) of this Supplement shall not be deemed to have occurred hereunder if the Transferor has accepted reassignment of the related Receivable, or all of such Receivables, if applicable, during such period in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement; or
            3. a Servicer Default shall occur or the Servicer shall have resigned and shall not have been replaced pursuant to the Agreement; or
            4. the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage for any Distribution Date shall be lower than 1.00%; or
            5. the Quarterly Payment Rate for any Distribution Date shall be lower than 8.00%; or
            6. a Change of Control shall occur; or
            7. the Quarterly Dilution Ratio for any Due Period shall exceed 5.00%; or
            8. the Quarterly Charge-Off Ratio for any Due Period shall exceed 15.00%; or
            9. there shall have occurred any event which materially and adversely affects the collectibility of the Receivables or the ability of the Transferor to perform its duties and obligations under this Supplement or any other Transaction Document; or
            10. the "Purchase Termination Date" (as defined therein) shall have occurred under the SRLP Purchase Agreement, or any Purchase Agreement shall for any reason otherwise cease to be in full force and effect; or
            11. the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount shall be less than the Required Enhancement Amount at any time, unless at such time the Transferor shall have given an Optional Amortization Notice pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Supplement specifying a Class A Optional Amortization Amount sufficient to cure such deficiency and such Class A Optional Amortization occurs no later than the third Business Day after the date of such Optional Amortization Notice; or
            12. a Cap Replacement Event shall have occurred or the Cap Requirement shall otherwise not be satisfied at any time (except solely to the extent that an event described in clause (i) of the definition of Cap Replacement Event shall have occurred and the 30-day period described in clause (ii) of such definition shall not have elapsed); or
            13. the Receivables Shortfall Trigger Date shall occur;; or
            14. (i) any purchase of any Receivables or other Trust Assets by the Transferor under any Purchase Agreement shall cease to create a valid sale, transfer and assignment to the Transferor of all right, title and interest of the Originator or SRLP, as applicable, in and to such Trust Assets and the proceeds thereof, or (ii) any Conveyance of any Trust Asset on any date shall for any reason cease to create a valid and perfected first priority sale and assignment to the Trust of all right, title and interest of the Transferor in and to such Trust Assets and the proceeds thereof or, if such Conveyance does not constitute such a sale and assignment, cease to create a valid and perfected first priority security interest in such Trust Assets and the proceeds thereof, or (iii) the Investor Certificates delivered hereunder shall for any reason (other than due to the acts or omissions of the Investor Certificateholders) cease to evidence the transfer to the Investor Certificateholders of, or the Investor Certificateholders shall otherwise cease to have, a beneficial interest in a trust owning, or the Trustee on behalf of the Trust having a perfected first priority security interest in, the Trust Assets now existing and hereafter arising and the proceeds thereof to the extent of their respective Undivided Trust Interests; or
            15. any of the Parent, the Originator, SRLP or the Transferor shall fail to pay principal in respect of any Indebtedness of the Parent, the Originator, SRLP or the Transferor, as the case may be, that is outstanding (i) in a principal amount, either individually or in the aggregate, of at least $2,500,000, (ii) in the case of the Transferor, in any amount or (iii) in the case of any Indebtedness of the Parent under the Credit Agreement, in any amount, when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise); or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to such Indebtedness, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness to accelerate, the maturity of such Indebtedness or otherwise to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness to cause, such Indebtedness to mature; or such Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable or required to be prepaid or redeemed (other than by regularly scheduled required prepayment or redemption) or purchased or defeased, or an offer to prepay, redeem, purchase or defease such Indebtedness shall be required to be made, in each case, prior to the stated maturity thereof; or
            16. the Transferor Interest shall be less than the Aggregate Minimum Transferor Interest at any time; or
            17. the amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account shall at any time exceed an amount equal to 5% of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust at such time; or
            18. the Transferor shall fail to comply with the following financial covenants (for the purposes of this clause (r) only, defined terms shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Annex A to this Supplement):

(i) Capital Expenditures . Make, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make, any Capital Expenditures that would cause the aggregate of all such Capital Expenditures made by the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in any period set forth below to exceed the amount set forth below for such period:

Period

Amount

Fiscal Year 2001

$30,000,000

Fiscal Year 2002

$25,000,000

Fiscal Year 2003

$25,000,000

provided, however, that if, for any Fiscal Year set forth above, the amount specified above for such Fiscal Year exceeds the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made by the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries during such Fiscal Year (the amount of such excess being the " Excess Amount "), the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries shall be entitled to make additional Capital Expenditures in the immediately succeeding Fiscal Year in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Excess Amount and (ii) 50% of the amount specified above for such immediately preceding Fiscal Year.

(ii) Leverage Ratio . Maintain at the end of each Fiscal Quarter a Leverage Ratio of not more than the amount set forth below for each period set forth below:

Quarter Ending

Ratio

Each Fiscal Quarter end

 

3.20:1.0

provided , that, for the purpose of determining compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (i) during the Cumulative Period, (A) cash taxes, interest expense (including interest expense associated with the Securitization Program and in each case, other than in reference to the determination of EBITDA) and principal payments, shall be determined on a cumulative basis commencing on the date of the Closing Date through the date that such calculation is made, (B) EBITDA, operating rent and Capital Expenditures shall each be calculated for the twelve-month period ending on the date for determination thereof and (ii) thereafter, cash taxes, interest expense (including interest expense associated with the Securitization Program), principal payments, EBITDA, operating rent and Capital Expenditures shall be calculated for the twelve-month period ending on the date of determination thereof.

(iii) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Maintain at the end of each Fiscal Quarter a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than the amount set forth below for each period set forth below:

Quarter Ending

Ratio

Each Fiscal Quarter end

 

1.20:1.0

provided that, for the purpose of determining compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (i) during the Cumulative Period, (A) cash taxes, interest expense (including interest expense associated with the Securitization Program and in each case, other than in reference to the determination of EBITDA) and principal payments, shall be determined on a cumulative basis commencing on the date of the Closing Date through the date that such calculation is made, (B) EBITDA, operating rent and Capital Expenditures shall each be calculated for the twelve-month period ending on the date for determination thereof and (ii) thereafter, cash taxes, interest expense (including interest expense associated with the Securitization Program), principal payments, EBITDA, operating rent and Capital Expenditures shall be calculated for the twelve-month period ending on the date of determination thereof.

(iv) Tangible Net Worth . Maintain at all times an excess of Consolidated tangible assets over Consolidated total liabilities, in each case, of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries of not less than the amount set forth below for each period set forth below:

Quarter Ending

Tangible Net Worth

October 2001

$270,000,000

January 2002

$290,000,000

April 2002 through April 2003

$300,000,000

July 2003 through January 2004

$310,000,000

April 2004 through July 2004

$320,000,000

 

then, following any applicable grace period set forth in such subparagraphs, either the Trustee, any Managing Agent or the Controlling Certificateholders by notice then given in writing to the Transferor and the Servicer (and to the Trustee if given by the Certificateholders) may declare that an early amortization event (a " Series Early Amortization Event ") has occurred as of the date of such notice;

(s) The Transferor shall fail to deliver a fully executed blocked account agreement or standing daily wire transfer instruction with each of the Depository Banks on the Closing Date, provided , however , that with regard to certain of the Store Accounts only, the Transferor shall not be in breach of this clause (s) if the requisite documentation is executed and delivered within 30 days of the Closing Date; or

(t) Any court of competent jurisdiction shall enter any order amending, supplementing or otherwise modifying the Plan of Reorganization, or any reversal, vacation, modification or stay pending appeal of the Confirmation Order shall occur or any application or motion shall be filed or served on SRLP, the Parent or any of their Affiliates seeking a stay pending appeal of the Confirmation Order.

SECTION 11. Series 2001-1-VFC Termination . The right of the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholders to receive payments from the Trust will terminate on the first Business Day following the Series 2001-1-VFC Termination Date.

SECTION 12. Ratification of Agreement . As supplemented by this Supplement, the Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Agreement as so supplemented by this Supplement shall be read, taken, and construed as one and the same instrument

SECTION 13. Counterparts . This Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 14. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

SECTION 15. No Petition .

            1. The Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee, by entering into this Supplement, and each Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholder, by accepting a Series 2001-1-VFC Certificate, hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute against the Trust or SRLP, or join in any institution against the Trust or SRLP of, any bankruptcy proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Investor Certificates, the Agreement or this Supplement.
            2. The Servicer and the Trustee, by entering into this Supplement, and each Series 2001-1-VFC Certificateholder, by accepting a Series 2001-1-VFC Certificate, hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute against the Transferor, or join in any institution against the Transferor of, any bankruptcy proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Investor Certificates, the Agreement or this Supplement.

SECTION 16. Amendments . No amendment may be made to this Supplement without satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee have caused this Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written.

STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP, as Transferor

By Stage Receivable Mgmt LLC, as its general partner

 

 

By:______________________________

Name:

Title:

SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP, as Servicer

By SRI General Partner LLC, as its general partner

 

 

By:______________________________

Name:

Title:

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,

not in its individual capacity but solely as the Trustee for Stage Stores Master Trust

 

 

By:______________________________

Name:

Title:

M&S/31150-132/452246_1

ANNEX A

FINANCIAL COVENANT DEFINITIONS

" Administrative Agent " means Citicorp USA, Inc.

" Agreement Value " means, for each Hedge Agreement, on any date of determination, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent equal to: (a) in the case of a Hedge Agreement documented pursuant to the Master Agreement (Multicurrency-Cross Border) published by the International Swap and Derivatives Association, Inc. (the "Master Agreement"), the amount, if any, that would be payable by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to its counterparty to such Hedge Agreement, as if (i) such Hedge Agreement was being terminated early on such date of determination, (ii) such Loan Party or Subsidiary was the sole "Affected Party", and (iii) the Administrative Agent was the sole party determining such payment amount (with the Administrative Agent making such determination pursuant to the provisions of the form of Master Agreement); or (b) in the case of a Hedge Agreement traded on an exchange, the mark-to-market value of such Hedge Agreement, which will be the unrealized loss on such Hedge Agreement to the Loan Party or Subsidiary of a Loan Party party to such Hedge Agreement determined by the Administrative Agent based on the settlement price of such Hedge Agreement on such date of determination, or (c) in all other cases, the mark-to-market value of such Hedge Agreement, which will be the unrealized loss on such Hedge Agreement to the Loan Party or Subsidiary of a Loan Party party to such Hedge Agreement determined by the Administrative Agent as the amount, if any, by which (i) the present value of the future cash flows to be paid by such Loan Party or Subsidiary exceeds (ii) the present value of the future cash flows to be received by such Loan Party or Subsidiary pursuant to such Hedge Agreement; capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this definition shall have the respective meanings set forth in the above described Master Agreement.

" Borrower " means Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, a Texas limited partnership.

" Capital Expenditures " means, for any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (a) all expenditures made, directly or indirectly, by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries during such period for equipment, fixed assets, real property or improvements, or for replacements or substitutions therefor or additions thereto, that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, reflected as additions to property, plant or equipment on a Consolidated balance sheet of such Person plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of all Debt (including Obligations under Capitalized Leases) assumed or incurred in connection with any such expenditures. For purposes of this definition, the purchase price of equipment that is purchased simultaneously with the trade-in of existing equipment or with insurance proceeds shall be included in Capital Expenditures only to the extent of the gross amount of such purchase price less the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time or the amount of such proceeds, as the case may be.

" Capitalized Leases " means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.

" Consolidated " refers to the consolidation of accounts in accordance with GAAP.

" Contingent Obligation " means, with respect to any Person, any Obligation or arrangement of such Person to guarantee or intended to guarantee any Debt, leases, dividends or other payment Obligations ("primary obligations") of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, (a) the direct or indirect guarantee, endorsement (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the Obligation of a primary obligor, (b) the Obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments, if required, regardless of nonperformance by any other party or parties to an agreement or (c) any Obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, assets, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made (or, if less, the maximum amount of such primary obligation for which such Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument evidencing such Contingent Obligation) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder), as determined by such Person in good faith.

" Cumulative Period " means the time period commencing on August 24, 2001 through the end of the Fiscal Quarter ending on August 3, 2002.

" Credit Agreement " means that certain credit agreement among Borrower, Parent Guarantor, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Bank and the Administrative Agent dated as of August 24, 2001 (as amended, supplemented, modified, restated, replaced or refinanced from time to time, with the same or a different group of lenders, issuing banks or bank agents).

" Debt " of any Person means, without duplication for purposes of calculating financial ratios, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all Obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables on terms of 90 days or less incurred in the ordinary course of such Person's business)], (c) all Obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all Obligations of such Person created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Obligations of such Person as lessee under Capitalized Leases, (f) all Obligations of such Person under acceptance, letter of credit or similar facilities, (g) all Obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any capital stock of or other ownership or profit interest in such Person or any other Person or purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any warrants, rights or options to acquire such capital stock, valued, in the case of Redeemable Preferred Stock, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends, (h) all Obligations of such Person in respect of Hedge Agreements, valued at the Agreement Value thereof, (i) all Contingent Obligations of such Person and (j) all indebtedness and other payment Obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (i) above of another Person secured by (or for which the holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness or other payment Obligations.

" Debt for Borrowed Money " of any Person means all items that, in accordance with GAAP, would be classified as indebtedness on Consolidated balance sheet of such Person.

" EBITDA " means, at any date for the determination thereof, the sum, determined on a Consolidated basis for the last twelve-month period, of (a) net income (or net loss), (b) interest expense (including interest expense associated with the Securitization Program), (c) income tax expense, (d) depreciation expense, (e) amortization expense, (f) non-recurring, transactional or unusual losses deducted in calculating net income less non-recurring, transactional or unusual gains added in calculating net income, (g) any non-cash expenses, non-cash losses or other non-cash charges resulting from the writedown in the valuation of any assets in each case of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP for such period, and (h) any non-cash charges associated with any stock compensation plans.

" Equity Interests " means, with respect to any Person, shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or other acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or other acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including, without limitation, partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are authorized or otherwise existing on any date of determination.

" Fiscal Month " means any fiscal month of the Parent Guarantor and its Consolidated Subsidiaries.

" Fiscal Quarter " means any Fiscal Quarter of the Parent Guarantor and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, which is the three-month period ending on the last day each third Fiscal Month.

" Fiscal Year " means a fiscal year of the Parent Guarantor and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, which is the 52 or 53 week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31 of the following calendar year.

" Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio " means, at any date of determination, the ratio of (a)(i) EBITDA plus (ii) rent expense under leases of real, personal or mixed property minus (iii) cash taxes minus (iv) Capital Expenditures to (b) the sum of (i) interest expense (including interest expense associated with the Securitization Program) excluding amortization of debt discount and debt issue costs in respect of, all Debt for Borrowed Money plus (ii) rent expense under leases of real, personal or mixed property plus (iii) scheduled principal amounts of all Debt for Borrowed Money payable, in each case, of or by the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries during the Measurement Period most recently ended for which financial statements are required to be delivered to the Lender Parties pursuant to Section 5.03(b) or (c), as the case may be.

" GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principals.

" GNB " means Granite National Bank

" Guarantors " means the Parent Guarantor and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

" Hedge Agreements " means interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts, currency swap agreements, currency future or option contracts and other hedging agreements.

" Issuing Bank " means Citibank, N.A. and its permitted successors and assigns under the Credit Agreement.

" Lender Party " means any Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Bank.

" Lenders " means the financial institutions from time to time party to the Credit Agreement as Lenders.

" Letters of Credit " means the letters of credit issued from time to time pursuant to the Credit Agreement by the Issuing Bank.

" Leverage Ratio " means, at any date of determination, the ratio of (i)(A) Debt for Borrowed Money (including Debt incurred in connection with the Securitization Program) less (B) cash of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis to (ii) EBITDA, in each case, of the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the Measurement Period most recently ended of the Parent Guarantor for which annual or quarterly financial statements are available.

" Lien " means any lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any kind, or any other type of preferential arrangement, including, without limitation, the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor and any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property.

" Loan Documents " means the documents entered into pursuant to or in connection with the Credit Agreement.

" Loan Parties " means the Borrower and the Guarantors.

" Measurement Period " means, at any time, (a) on or prior to August 4, 2002, the period beginning on August 24, 2001 through the end of the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended and (b) thereafter, the four Fiscal Quarters most recently ended.

" Obligation " means, with respect to any Person, any payment, performance or other obligation of such Person of any kind, including, without limitation, any liability of such Person on any claim, whether or not the right of any creditor to payment in respect of such claim is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured, and whether or not such claim is discharged, stayed or otherwise affected by any insolvency proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents include (a) the obligation to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit commissions, charges, expenses, cash management and other fees, attorneys' fees and disbursements, indemnities and other amounts payable by such Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of such Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender Party, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party.

" Parent Guarantor " means Stage Stores, Inc., a Nevada corporation.

" Person " means an individual, partnership, limited partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

" Redeemable " means, with respect to any Equity Interest, any Debt or any other right or Obligation, any such Equity Interest, Debt, right or Obligation that (a) the issuer has undertaken to redeem at a fixed or determinable date or dates, whether by operation of a sinking fund or otherwise, or upon the occurrence of a condition not solely within the control of the issuer or (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder.

" Securitization Program " means the receivables securitization program conducted by the Borrower, the Securitization Program Subsidiaries and any other special purpose receivables Subsidiary that may be formed or become a Subsidiary in the future pursuant to the Securitization Program Documents as in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

" Securitization Program Documents " means the documents entered into in connection with the Securitization Program and all other documentation, agreements and instruments entered into in connection therewith or pursuant to any other receivables financing program created in the future, as the same may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the provision thereof and hereof.

" Securitization Program Subsidiary " means (i) GNB, (ii) Stage Receivable Funding LP, a Texas limited partnership, or (iii) Stage Receivable Mgmt LLC, a Texas limited liability company, or (iv) any Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor whose sole business is to implement and to facilitate the Securitization Program on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

" Subsidiary " of any Person means any corporation, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or estate of which (or in which) more than 50% of (a) the issued and outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency), (b) the interest in the capital or profits of such partnership, joint venture or limited liability company or (c) the beneficial interest in such trust or estate is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person's other Subsidiaries.

" Subsidiary Guarantors " means all Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor (other than the Securitization Program Subsidiaries.

" Swing Line Bank " means Citibank, N.A..

Exhibit 10.10

SERIES 2001-1-VFC CERTIFICATE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Dated August 24, 2001

among

STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP
as Transferor ,

SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP
as Servicer ,

CORPORATE RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, BLUE KEEL FUNDING, LLC and THE OTHER COMMERCIAL PAPER CONDUITS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

as Conduit Purchasers ,

CITIBANK, N.A., FLEET NATIONAL BANK and THE OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,

as Committed Purchasers ,

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC., FLEET SECURITIES, INC. and THE OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

as Managing Agents

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.

as Program Agent for the Purchasers

and

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY ,

as Trustee

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions 1

Section 1.02. Other Definitional Provisions. 10

ARTICLE II

THE PURCHASE; INCREASES

Section 2.01. The Purchase. 10

Section 2.02. Increases. 11

Section 2.03. Class A Certificates 12

Section 2.04. Reductions to the Series 2001-1-VFC Class A Purchase Limit 12

Section 2.05. Procedures for Making the Purchase and Increases. 12

Section 2.06. Interest, Fees, Expenses, Etc. 13

Section 2.07. Computation of Interest. 16

Section 2.08. Extension of Term; Conversion Funding. 18

ARTICLE III

FEES AND YIELD PROTECTION

Section 3.01. Fees 19

Section 3.02. Increased Costs. 19

Section 3.03. Taxes. 21

Section 3.04. Cost and Expenses. 23

Section 3.05. Sharing of Payments, Etc 24

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE PURCHASE AND ALL INCREASES

Section 4.01. Conditions Precedent to Initial Purchase 25

Section 4.02. Conditions Precedent to the Purchase, All Increases and the Conversion Fundings 28

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

Section 5.01. Representations and Warranties of the Transferor 30

Section 5.02. Representations and Warranties of the Servicer 30

Section 5.03. Additional Covenant of the Servicer 30

ARTICLE VI

THE PROGRAM AGENT; THE MANAGING AGENTS

Section 6.01. Authorization and Action of the Program Agent 31

Section 6.02. The Program Agent's Reliance, Etc 31

Section 6.03. The Program Agent and Affiliates 32

Section 6.04. Indemnification of the Program Agent 32

Section 6.05. Payments by the Program Agent 32

Section 6.06. Authorization and Action of Managing Agent. 33

Section 6.07. Managing Agent's Reliance, Etc 34

Section 6.08. The Managing Agents and Affiliates 35

Section 6.09. Indemnification of the Managing Agent 35

Section 6.10. Purchaser Credit Decision 35

ARTICLE VII

ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS

Section 7.01. Assignment. 35

Section 7.02. Rights of Assignee 36

Section 7.03. Notice of Assignment 36

Section 7.04. Register 37

Section 7.05. Participations 37

Section 7.06. Restrictions on Assignments and Participations 37

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.01. Amendments, Etc 37

Section 8.02. Notices, Etc 38

Section 8.03. No Waiver; Remedies; Set-Off 38

Section 8.04. Binding Effect; Survival. 38

Section 8.05. No Proceedings 39

Section 8.06. Captions and Cross References 39

Section 8.07. Integration 39

Section 8.08. Replacement of Purchasers 39

Section 8.09. Confidentiality 40

Section 8.10. Limitation of Liability 40

Section 8.11. Governing Law 41

Section 8.12. Submission to Jurisdiction. 41

Section 8.13. Consent to Service of Process 41

Section 8.14. Execution in Counterparts 41

Section 8.15. Waiver of Jury Trial 41

Section 8.16. No Recourse 42

Section 8.17. Execution of the Intercreditor Agreement 42

 

SERIES 2001-1-VFC CERTIFICATE PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated August 24, 2001, among STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP, a Texas limited partnership, as the Transferor (the " Transferor "), SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP, a Texas limited partnership, as the Servicer (the " Servicer "), CORPORATE RECEIVABLES CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (" CRC "), BLUE KEEL FUNDING, LLC , a Delaware limited liability corporation (" Blue Keel ") and the other commercial paper conduits from time to time party hereto, as Conduit Purchasers, CITIBANK, N.A. , a national banking association (" Citibank "), FLEET NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (" Fleet ") and the other financial institutions from time to time party hereto, as Committed Purchasers, CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation (" CNAI "), FLEET SECURITIES, INC. , a New York corporation (" FSI ") and the other financial institutions from time to time party hereto, as Managing Agents, CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation, as Program Agent (the " Program Agent ") and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY , a New York banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee (the " Trustee ").

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

    1. The Stage Stores Master Trust formed under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (as such term and other terms used in these Preliminary Statements are hereinafter defined) may issue the Class A Certificates at the direction of the Transferor.
    2. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement, the Transferor may sell the Class A Certificates to the Managing Agents for the benefit of the Conduit Purchasers and the Committed Purchasers in the related Purchaser Group.
    3. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Conduit Purchasers may, and the Committed Purchasers shall, fund from time to time, Increases in the Class A Invested Amount.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


  1. DEFINITIONS
      1. Definitions . All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or in the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement (as defined below). In addition, the term "Agreement" shall mean this Series 2001-1-VFC Certificate Purchase Agreement, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
      2. " Adjusted Eurodollar Rate " means, for any Interest Period (or portion thereof), an interest rate per annum equal to the rate per annum obtained by dividing (i) an interest rate per annum equal to the London interbank offered rate for one-month United States dollar deposits that appears on page 3750 of the Bridge Telerate Service (or such other page as may replace that page on that service for the purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices) as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the second Business Day preceding the commencement of such Interest Period (or portion thereof) for a period most nearly approximating such Interest Period (or portion thereof) by (ii) a percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage (as defined below) for such period. " Eurodollar Reserve Percentage " means, for any period, the reserve percentage applicable two Business Days before the first day of such period under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) (or, if more than one such percentage shall be so applicable, the daily average of such percentages for those days in such period during which any such percentage shall so be applicable) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) applicable to liabilities or assets consisting of or including "eurocurrency liabilities" as that term is used in Regulation D, as in effect from time to time, of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or with respect to any other category of liabilities that includes deposits by reference to which the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate is determined) having a term equal to such period.

        " Affected Person " means any Conduit Purchaser, any partner therein or shareholder thereof, any Committed Purchaser and any Liquidity Provider (and, for purposes of Section 3.03, the Trust and the Trustee).

        " Alternate Base Rate " means, for any Interest Period (or portion thereof), a fluctuating interest rate per annum in effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the highest of:

        1. the rate of interest announced publicly by Citibank, N.A. in New York, New York from time to time as Citibank, N.A.'s base rate;
        2. the sum (adjusted to the nearest 1/16 th of 1% or, if there is no nearest 1/16 th of 1%, to the next higher 1/16 th of 1%) of (A) 1/2 of 1% per annum, plus (B) the rate obtained by dividing (1) the latest three-week moving average of secondary market morning offering rates in the United States for three-month certificates of deposit of major United States money market banks, such three-week moving average (adjusted to the basis of a year of 360 days) being determined weekly on each Monday (or, if such day is not a Business Day on the next succeeding Business Day) for the three week period ending on the previous Friday by Citibank, N.A. on the basis of such rates reported by certificate of deposit dealers to and published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, if such publication shall be suspended or terminated, on the basis of quotations for such rates received by Citibank, N.A. from three certificate of deposit dealers of recognized standing selected by Citibank, N.A., by (2) a percentage equal to 100% minus the average of the daily percentages specified during such three-week period by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, but not limited to, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for Citibank, N.A. with respect to liabilities consisting of or including (among other liabilities) three-month Dollar non-personal time deposits in the United States, plus (C) the average during such three-week period of the annual assessment rates estimated by Citibank, N.A. for determining the then current annual assessment payable by Citibank, N.A. to the FDIC (or any successor) for insuring Dollar deposits of Citibank, N.A. in the United States; and
        3. 1/2 of 1% per annum above the fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by Citibank, N.A. from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

        " Assignee Rate " means, for any Interest Period (or portion thereof), an interest rate per annum equal to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period (or portion thereof) plus 2.0%; provided , however , that, if (x) it shall become unlawful for any Committed Purchaser (or any Liquidity Provider with respect to such Committed Purchaser) to obtain funds in the London interbank market in order to purchase, fund or maintain its initial investment in the Class A Certificates or any Increase hereunder, or deposits in dollars (in the applicable amounts) are not being offered by such Committed Purchaser (or Liquidity Provider) in the London interbank market, (y) any Committed Purchaser (or any Liquidity Provider with respect to such Committed Purchaser) is unable to establish the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for any applicable period due to circumstances affecting the London interbank market generally, or (z) the Managing Agent for a Purchaser Group notifies the Transferor and the Program Agent of its determination that the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate will not adequately reflect the cost of funding or maintaining the Class A Funded Amount (until such Managing Agent shall have notified the Transferor and the Program Agent that such Managing Agent has determined that the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate will adequately reflect such cost), then, in each case, the Assignee Rate shall be the Alternate Base Rate in effect from time to time plus 1/2 of 1%; provided , further , that following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Early Amortization Event with respect to Series 2001-1-VFC, the "Assignee Rate" shall be the applicable interest rate per annum determined pursuant to the provisions set forth above plus an additional 1/2 of 1% per annum.

        " Assignment and Acceptance " means an assignment and acceptance in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto pursuant to which any Committed Purchaser assigns all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the terms of Section 7.01(b).

        " Blue Keel " has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

        " Class A Additional Amounts " means at any time, the sum of the outstanding Class A Commercial Paper Breakage Costs, the Class A Eurodollar Breakage Costs and the Class A Increased Costs, together with any unpaid interest such amounts accrued pursuant to Section 2.06(f).

        " Class A Commercial Paper Breakage Costs " has the meaning specified in Section 2.06(d).

        " Class A Eurodollar Breakage Costs " has the meaning specified in Section 2.06(e).

        " Class A Increased Costs " means at any time, all amounts then due and payable under Section 3.02 or 3.03.

        " Class A Interest Shortfall " has the meaning specified in Section 2.06(b).

        " Class A Monthly Interest and Fees " means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the sum of (i) interest on the Class A Funded Amount and the Conversion Funding Amount, if any, for the immediately preceding Interest Period computed pursuant to Section 2.06(a), plus (ii) the sum of the fees owing for the immediately preceding Interest Period computed pursuant to each Fee Letter for inclusion in Class A Monthly Interest and Fees, plus (iii) any Class A Interest Shortfall with respect to the previous Distribution Date, Plus (iv) interest on any past due Class A Additional Amounts accrued pursuant to Section 2.06(g), plus (v) accrued and unpaid interest on any Section 1446 Amount as contemplated by Section 3.03(g) hereof, plus (vi) interest, if any, accrued during such Interest Period on overdue payments of interest or fees (excluding, however, any Estimated Interest Adjustment for such Distribution Date) pursuant to Section 2.06(b), plus (vii) any Estimated Interest Adjustment with respect to the previous Distribution Date (which, as contemplated in Section 2.07(c), may be a positive or negative number).

        " Class A Rate Determination Date " means each Determination Date.

        " Change in Tax Law " means any amendment to, or change in, the laws (or any regulations thereunder) of the United States of America or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein affecting taxation or any amendment to, or change in, an interpretation or application of, such laws or regulations by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority (including the enactment of any legislation and the publication of any judicial decision or regulatory determination).

        " Commercial Paper " means, (i) with respect to each Conduit Purchaser other than Blue Keel and each such Conduit Purchaser's Conduit Assignees, the promissory notes issued by such Conduit Purchaser in the commercial paper market, (ii) with respect to Blue Keel or its Conduit Assignees, (i) either, (A) promissory notes issued in the commercial paper market by a multi-seller commercial paper conduit, the proceeds of which are loaned to such Conduit Purchaser or (B) the promissory notes issued by such Conduit Purchaser in the commercial paper market.

        " Commitment " means (i) with respect to each Committed Purchaser, the commitment of such Committed Purchaser to purchase an interest in a Class A Certificate on the Closing Date and to fund its Committed Percentage of its Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of Increases on any Increase Date in accordance herewith in an amount not to exceed the dollar amount set forth opposite such Committed Purchaser's name on Schedule 1 hereto under the heading "Commitment," as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.04 , minus the dollar amount of any Commitment or portion thereof assigned by such Committed Purchaser pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement plus the dollar amount of any increase to such Committed Purchaser's Commitment consented to by such Committed Purchaser prior to the time of determination, and (ii) with respect to any Person who becomes a Committed Purchaser hereunder pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement or a Joinder Agreement, the commitment of such Person to fund increases to the related Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of the Class A Funded Amount on any Increase Date in an amount not to exceed the dollar amount set forth in such Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Joinder Agreement (less the amount paid by such Person to purchase its interest in the Class A Funded Amount pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Joinder Agreement), as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.04 , minus the dollar amount of any Commitment or portion thereof assigned by such Person pursuant to a subsequent Assignment and Assumption Agreement prior to such time of determination plus the dollar amount of any increase to such Committed Purchaser's Commitment consented to by such Committed Purchaser prior to the time of determination.

        " Committed Percentage " means, for each Committed Purchaser within any Purchaser Group, with respect to any date of determination, a fraction (expressed as a percentage) having as its numerator the Commitment of such Committed Purchaser as of such date and as its denominator the sum of the Commitments of all Committed Purchasers within the related Purchaser Group as of such date.

        " Committed Purchasers " means, collectively, and " Committed Purchaser " shall mean, individually, each of (a) with respect to the Purchaser Group for which CNAI acts as Managing Agent, Citibank and its respective successors and assigns, (b) with respect to the Purchaser Group for which FSI acts as Managing Agent, Fleet and its respective successors and assigns and (c) with respect to any other Purchaser Group, the financial institutions specified as such in the applicable Joinder Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.

        " Conduit Assignee " means with respect to any Purchaser Group, a commercial paper conduit administered by the Managing Agent for such Purchaser Group and designated by the Managing Agent from time to time to accept an assignment from the related Purchaser.

        " Conduit Purchaser " means, individually, each of (a) with respect to the Purchaser Group for which CNAI is the Managing Agent, CRC and any related Conduit Assignee, (b) with respect to the Purchaser Group for which FSI is the Managing Agent, Blue Keel and any related Conduit Assignee and (c) with respect to any other Purchaser Group, the financial institutions specified as such in the Assignment and Assumption Agreement or Joinder Agreement pursuant to which such financial institutions became a party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns (including any related Conduit Assignee), and " Conduit Purchasers " shall mean, collectively, all of the foregoing.

        " Confidential Information " means any written information delivered or made available by or on behalf of the Parent (or its Affiliates or Subsidiaries), the Servicer, the Originator or the Transferor to any Person in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, other than information (i) which was publicly known, or otherwise known to such Person (other than from any party to a Transaction Document or any other Person not entitled to disclose the same free of any confidentiality requirements) at the time of disclosure or (ii) which subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Person.

        " Conversion Date " has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(b).

        " Conversion Funding " has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(c).

        " Conversion Funding Account " has the meaning specified in the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement.

        " Conversion Funding Amount " has the meaning specified in the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement.

        " Conversion Notice " has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(b).

        " CP Rate " means (a) with respect to the Conduit Purchasers that are members of the Purchaser Group for which CNAI is the Managing Agent, for any Interest Period (or portion thereof), the per annum rate equivalent to the weighted average of the per annum rates paid or payable by the Conduit Purchasers in such Purchaser Group from time to time as interest on or otherwise (by means of interest rate hedges or otherwise) in respect of the promissory notes issued by such Conduit Purchasers that are allocated, in whole or in part, by the Managing Agent (on behalf of such Conduit Purchasers) to fund or maintain its interest in the outstanding principal amount of such Conduit Purchasers' Invested Percentage of the Class A Funded Amount which such Conduit Purchaser has funded or maintained by issuing Commercial Paper during such Interest Period (or portion thereof), as determined by the Managing Agent (on behalf of such Conduit Purchasers), which rates shall reflect and give effect to the commissions of placement agents and dealers in respect of such promissory notes, to the extent that such commissions are allocated, in whole or in part, to such promissory notes by the Managing Agents (on behalf of such Conduit Purchasers); provided , however , that if any component of such rate is a discount rate, in calculating the " CP Rate " for such Interest Period (or portion thereof), the Managing Agent shall for such component use the rate resulting from converting such discount rate to an interest bearing equivalent rate per annum, (b) with respect to the Conduit Purchasers which are members of the Purchaser Group for which FSI is the Managing Agent, with respect to any Interest Period (or portion thereof), the per annum rate equivalent to the weighted average of the per annum rates which may be paid or payable by such Conduit Purchaser from time to time as interest on or otherwise (by means of Hedge Agreements or otherwise) in respect of those commercial paper notes issued by such Conduit Purchaser to fund or maintain Purchases during such Interest Period as determined by or on behalf of such Conduit Purchaser, which rates shall reflect and give effect to the commissions of placement agents and dealers in respect of such commercial paper notes and to net payments owed or received by such Conduit Purchaser under any Hedge Agreements entered into by such Conduit Purchaser in connection with such allocated commercial paper; provided , however , that if any component of such rate is a discount rate, in calculating the "CP Rate" for such Interest Period for the purposes of this clause (b) , the Conduit Purchaser shall for such component use the rate resulting from converting such discount rate into an interest bearing equivalent rate per annum, and (c) with respect to the Conduit Purchasers which are members of any Purchaser Group which becomes a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement or a Joinder Agreement, the rate defined as the "CP Rate" in such Assignment and Assumption or Joinder Agreement.

        " CNAI " has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

        " CRC " has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

        " Eligible Assignee " means (a) a Conduit Assignee or (b) a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank authorized under any such laws), (i) whose senior long-term unsecured debt obligations are rated at least (A) "A-" or better by Standard & Poor's, and (B) "A3" or better by Moody's, (ii) which is subject to regulation regarding fiduciary funds on deposit substantially similar to 12 C.F.R. Section 9.10(b), and (iii) which has a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000.

        " Expiration Date " means, at any time, the last day of the Term then in effect, or if such Term is extended pursuant to Section 2.06, the last day of the resulting Extension Term. The Expiration Date with respect to the Initial Term is August 22, 2002.

        " Extension Term " has the meaning specified in Section 2.06.

        " Fee Letter " shall mean, for each Purchaser Group, a letter between its Managing Agent and the Transferor setting out the applicable fees for such Purchaser Group.

        " Fleet " has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

        " FSI " has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

        " Hedge Agreements " means any financial futures contract, option, forward contract, warrant, swap, swaption, collar, floor, cap and other agreement, instrument and derivative and other transactions of a similar nature (whether currency linked, rate linked, index linked, insurance risk linked, credit risk linked or otherwise) entered into by a Conduit Purchaser.

        " Increase " has the meaning specified in Section 2.02.

        " Increase Amount " has the meaning specified in Section 2.02.

        " Initial Term " means, with respect to each Committed Purchaser's Commitment, the period which commences on the date hereof and ends on August 22, 2002.

        " Invested Percentage " means, for a Purchaser on any day, the percentage equivalent of (a) (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Purchase and all Increases funded by such Purchaser prior to such day, minus (ii) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to such Purchaser pursuant to the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement and this Agreement prior to such day, minus (iii) the portion, if any, of the Class A Funded Amount assigned by such Purchaser to an Assignee pursuant to an assignment executed and delivered pursuant to Section 7.01 of this Agreement, divided by (b) the aggregate Class A Funded Amount on such day.

        " Joinder Agreement " means a Joinder Agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto, executed by Transferor, Servicer, the Program Agent, each Person which becomes a party hereto as a member of a Purchaser Group (or Purchaser Groups) which is added hereto.

        " Liquidity Provider " means the Person or Persons which provide liquidity support to a Conduit Purchaser or a Committed Purchaser that issues Commercial Paper, pursuant to a Liquidity Provider Agreement.

        " Liquidity Provider Agreement " means an agreement between a Conduit Purchaser and a Liquidity Provider evidencing the obligation of such Liquidity Provider to provide liquidity support to such Conduit Purchaser in connection with the issuance by such Conduit Purchaser of Commercial Paper.

        " Managing Agents " means, (a) with respect to the Purchaser Group of which CRC is a member, CNAI, (b) with respect to the Purchaser Group of which Blue Keel is a member, FSI and (c) with respect to any other Purchaser Group, the financial institution or other Person identified as such in the Assignment and Acceptance Agreement or Joinder Agreement pursuant to which the members of such Purchaser Group became parties hereto.

        " Managing Agent's Account " means, (a) with respect to CNAI, that certain account at Citibank, N.A., ABA #: 0210-0008-9, Acct #: 40517805, Ref: CRC Redemption Account, Attn: Harrison, (b) with respect to FSI, that certain account at Fleet National Bank, ABA #: 011 000 138, Account #: 9405189033, Blue Keel Funding, LLC, Ref: Stage Stores and (c) with respect to any other Managing Agent, the account identified as such by such Managing Agent to the Transferor, the Servicer, the Trustee and the Program Agent.

        " Monthly Payment Instructions " means the Monthly Payment Instructions and Notification to the Trustee delivered to the Trustee by the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement.

        " Obligations " means all obligations of the Originator, the Transferor, the Servicer or the Parent to any one or more of the Trustee, the Trust, the Conduit Purchasers, the Committed Purchasers, each other Indemnified Party and its respective successors, permitted transferees and assigns, arising under or in connection with the Transaction Documents, howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter existing, or due or to become due.

        " Pooling and Servicing Agreement " means the Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001, among the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

        " Program Agent " means CNAI, together with its successors and assigns as agent for the Purchasers.

        " Pro Rata Share " means, for a Purchaser Group at any time of determination, a fraction (expressed as a percentage) having the Purchaser Group Limit for such Purchaser Group as its numerator and the Series 2001-1-VFC Class A Purchase Limit as its denominator; provided , however , that if any Purchaser fails to fund any amount as required hereunder, " Pro Rata Share " shall mean, for purposes of making all distributions hereunder, a fraction (express as a percentage) having the actual portion of the outstanding Class A Invested Amount funded by each Purchaser Group as its numerator and the outstanding Class A Invested Amount as its denominator.

        " Purchase " means the purchase under Section 2.01 of a Class A Certificate by each Managing Agent on behalf of the Purchasers in the related Purchaser Group.

        " Purchase Date " means the date on which the Purchase of the Class A Certificates occurs.

        " Purchase Price " means, with respect to the Class A Certificates, the price specified in the notice from the Transferor (substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto) delivered on or before the Purchase Date pursuant to Section 2.05(a).

        " Purchaser Group " means each group of Purchasers consisting of one or more Conduit Purchasers, the related Committed Purchasers, a Managing Agent and their respective assigns and participants.

        " Purchaser Group Limit " means, (a) with respect to the Purchaser Group for which CNAI acts as Managing Agent, $142,500,000, as such amount may be decreased pursuant to Section 2.04 hereof, or reduced by Assignment pursuant to Section 7.01 hereof, (b) with respect to the Purchaser Group for which FSI acts as Managing Agent, $57,500,000 , as such amount may be decreased pursuant to Section 2.04 hereof, or reduced by Assignment pursuant to Section 7.01 hereof, and (c) with respect to any other Purchaser Group, the amount indicated in the Assignment and Acceptance Agreement or Joinder Agreement by which the members of such Purchaser Group become parties to this Agreement, as such amount may be decreased pursuant to Section 2.04 hereof, or reduced by Assignment pursuant to Section 7.01 hereof.

        " Purchasers " means, collectively, the Conduit Purchasers and the Committed Purchasers.

        " Register " has the meaning specified in Section 7.04.

        " Section 1446 Amounts " has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(g).

        " Series 2001-1-VFC Class A Certificate Interest " means each interest in the Class A Certificates acquired by a Conduit Purchaser or a Committed Purchaser.

        " Series 2001-1-VFC Class A Purchase Limit " means, as of any date, $200,000,000 (or, if less, the aggregate amount of Commitments of all Committed Purchasers who as of such date are party to this Agreement) as such amount shall have been reduced pursuant to Section 2.04 hereof.

        " Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement " means the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement dated as of the date hereof among the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee.

        " Servicer " has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

        " SRLLC " shall mean Stage Receivable Mgmt LLC, a Texas limited liability company.

        " Term " means, with respect to each Commitment, the Initial Term and each Extension Term as provided in Section 2.06.

        " Transferor " has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

      3. Other Definitional Provisions .
        1. All accounting terms not defined in this Agreement, and accounting terms partly defined in this Agreement to the extent not completely defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP or regulatory accounting principles, as applicable and in effect from time to time. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms herein are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under GAAP or regulatory accounting principles, the definitions contained herein shall control.
        2. The words "hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references contained in this Agreement are references to Sections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; the term "including" means "including without limitation".
        3. Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word "from" shall mean "from and including" and the words "to" and "until" shall mean "to but excluding".
        4. The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms, and to the masculine as well as the feminine and neuter genders, of such terms.


  2. THE PURCHASE; INCREASES
      1. The Purchase .
        1. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement, and in reliance on the covenants, representations and agreements set forth herein and therein, (i) the Transferor agrees to sell, transfer and deliver to each Managing Agent on behalf of the Purchasers in the related Purchaser Group, and (ii) each Conduit Purchaser, acting through its Managing Agent, may, in its discretion, and each Committed Purchaser, acting through its Managing Agent, shall, if the related Conduit Purchaser determines not to so purchase, purchase, on the Closing Date, an interest in the Class A Certificate issued to its Managing Agent having an aggregate maximum face amount equal to the applicable Purchaser Group Limit. If the Purchase of an interest in the Class A Certificate for any Purchaser Group is made by the Committed Purchasers in such Purchaser Group, such Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of the Purchase Price for the Class A Certificates shall be allocated among the Committed Purchasers for such Purchaser Group based on their respective Committed Percentages. Without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, the obligation of any Purchaser to purchase an interest in an Investor Certificate is subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.01 hereof.
        2. Under no circumstances shall (i) any Purchaser make any purchase of Class A Certificates on any day if, as a result thereof, the related Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of the Class A Funded Invested Amount would exceed its Purchaser Group Limit or (ii) any Committed Purchaser fund any portion of a purchase to the extent that, after giving effect to such funding, such Committed Purchaser's Invested Percentage of the Class A Invested Amount would exceed its Commitment.
      2. Increases .
        1. So long as the Conversion Date has not occurred, the Conduit Purchasers in each Purchaser Group, through their respective Managing Agent, may (but are not committed to) at the request of the Transferor made no more frequently than once per week, and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Article IV, fund increases of the Class A Funded Amount (each such increase, an " Increase " and the amount thereof, the Increase Amount ") to the extent of such Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of the applicable Increase Amount, to be allocated among the Conduit Purchasers by their respective Managing Agents. If any Conduit Purchaser chooses at any time not to fund all or any portion of its portion of such Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of an Increase Amount when requested by Transferor, the related Committed Purchasers, through their respective Managing Agent, shall, if the date of such Increase occurs prior to the expiration of the current Term, and subject to the provisions of Section 3.02 hereof, fund such portion in amounts to be allocated among such Committed Purchasers based on their respective Committed Percentages. Each funding of a Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of an Increase shall be paid by the related Conduit Purchasers or Committed Purchasers, as applicable, shall be made in accordance with Section 2.05 hereof and shall represent the acquisition of Series 2001-1-VFC Class A Certificate Interests in an amount equal to the increase in such Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Class A Invested Amount. Each Managing Agent shall provide prompt notice to the Program Agent and the Program Agent shall provide prompt notice to the Transferor if the related Conduit Purchaser elects not to fund an Increase.
        2. Under no circumstances shall (i) any Purchaser fund any portion of an Increase (whether directly or pursuant to a withdrawal from the Conversion Funding Account) to the extent that, after giving effect to such funding, the related Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of the Class A Funded Amount would exceed its Purchaser Group Limit or (ii) any Committed Purchaser fund any portion of an Increase (whether directly or pursuant to a withdrawal from the Conversion Funding Account) to the extent that, after giving effect to such funding, such Committed Purchaser's Invested Percentage of the Class A Funded Amount would exceed its Commitment.
      3. Class A Certificates . On the Purchase Date, on each date on which an Increase in the Class A Funded Amount is funded hereunder and on each date on which each of the Class A Invested Amount and the Series 2001-1-VFC Class A Purchase Limit is reduced, a duly authorized officer or employee of the Program Agent and each Managing Agent shall make appropriate notations in its books and records of the Purchase Price or Increase Amount or the amount of such reduction, as applicable, and the allocation thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Each of the Servicer, the Transferor and the Trustee hereby authorizes each duly authorized officer and employee of the Program Agent and each Managing Agent to make such notations on the books and records as aforesaid and every such notation made in accordance with the foregoing authority shall be prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded and shall be binding on the Servicer, the Transferor and the Trustee absent manifest error.
      4. Reductions to the Series 2001-1-VFC Class A Purchase Limit . The Transferor may, from time to time, upon at least ten Business Days' prior written notice to the Program Agent, each Managing Agent and the Trustee, elect to reduce the Series 2001-1-VFC Class A Purchase Limit by an amount up to the difference between the Series 2001-1-VFC Class A Purchase Limit at such time and the Class A Funded Amount at such time. Any such reduction shall be permanent and shall reduce the Purchaser Group Limits of the Purchaser Groups ratably unless otherwise agreed by the Purchaser Groups . Any such reduction of the Purchaser Group Limit for any Purchaser Group shall reduce permanently the Commitments of the Committed Purchasers in such Purchaser Group ratably in accordance with the Committed Percentages of such Committed Purchasers immediately prior to such reduction.
      5. Procedures for Making the Purchase and Increases .
        1. Notice of the Purchase and Increases . The Purchase and each Increase shall occur on a Business Day and shall be made or funded on notice from the Transferor (substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, in the case of the Purchase, or Exhibit C hereto, in the case of an Increase) to the Program Agent, to be received by the Program Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on, in the case of the Purchase, the third Business Day (or such shorter time as may be agreed to by the Transferor and the Program Agent), immediately preceding the Purchase Date or, in the case of an Increase, on the second Business Day immediately preceding the date of such Increase (with a copy provided to each Managing Agent and the Trustee); provided, however , that if interest in respect of all or any portion of the Increase Amount for the initial Interest Period for the resulting Increase is the Assignee Rate to be calculated at a rate based on the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, then such notice must be received not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the third Business Day preceding the date of such Increase. Any notice with respect to the Purchase shall specify the Purchase Price for the Class A Certificates (which amount must be at least $2,000,000 or and integral multiple of $500,000 in excess of such amount, and shall be allocated among the Purchaser Groups based upon each Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount funded on the Purchase Date, and, to the extent applicable, among the Committed Purchasers for each Purchaser Group based upon their respective Committed Percentages) and the Purchase Date. Each notice with respect to an Increase shall specify the Increase Amount for such Increase (which Increase Amount shall be at least $2,000,000 or an integral multiple of $500,000 in excess of such amount, or if less, the entire undrawn Series 2001-1-VFC Purchase Limit, and shall be allocated among the Purchaser Groups based upon each Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of the Increase Amount, and, to the extent applicable, among the Committed Purchasers for each Purchaser Group based upon their respective Committed Percentages) and the date of the Increase.
        2. Delivery of the Class A Certificates . On the Purchase Date, the Transferor will deliver to each Managing Agent, on behalf of the Purchasers in the related Purchaser Group, a Class A Certificate dated the Purchase Date, duly executed by the Transferor, registered in the name of such Managing Agent, for the benefit of such Purchasers, and duly authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, against delivery by each Managing Agent, on behalf of the Purchasers in the related Purchaser Group, to the Transferor, of such Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of the Purchase Price for the Class A Certificates.
        3. Funding of the Purchase and Increases . On the Purchase Date and any date prior to the Conversion Date on which an Increase is funded, the Conduit Purchasers or the Committed Purchasers, as applicable, shall, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Article IV, deposit in the Transferor's Account, (i) in the case of the Conduit Purchaser, the applicable Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of the Purchase Price for the Class A Certificates or the applicable Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of the Increase Amount or (ii) in the case of each Committed Purchaser, its Committed Percentage of the applicable Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of the Purchase Price for the Class A Certificates or the applicable Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of the Increase Amount, in each case in same day funds. On any date on or after the Conversion Date on which an Increase is funded, subject to satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Article IV and Section 2.08, the applicable Increase Amount shall be withdrawn from the Conversion Funding Account and paid to the Transferor as contemplated in Section 4.17(e) of the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement, and each Committed Purchaser shall be deemed to have funded such Increase in an amount equal to its Committed Percentage of the applicable Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of the Increase Amount with respect to such Increase.
      6. Interest, Fees, Expenses, Etc.
        1. Interest shall accrue on the Class A Funded Amount and the Conversion Funding Amount during each Interest Period (or portion thereof) at the following rates:
          1. Except as otherwise provided in clause (ii) or (iii) below, each Conduit Purchaser's Invested Percentage of the daily average Class A Funded Amount during such Interest Period (or portion thereof) shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the applicable CP Rate for such Interest Period (or portion thereof).
          2. If and to the extent that a Conduit Purchaser at any time determines that it is unable to or is unwilling to raise funds through the issuance of Commercial Paper in the commercial paper market of the United States to finance its purchase or maintenance of its Invested Percentage of all or any portion of the daily average Class A Funded Amount during such Interest Period (or portion thereof), upon notice from the Conduit Purchaser to the Managing Agent for the applicable Purchaser Group, such portion of the Conduit Purchaser's Invested Percentage of the daily average Class A Funded Amount during such Interest Period (or portion thereof) shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Assignee Rate for such Interest Period (or portion thereof).
          3. From and after the earlier of the Conversion Date and the occurrence of an Early Amortization Event with respect to Series 2001-1-VFC, each Conduit Purchaser's Invested Percentage of the daily average Class A Funded Amount during any Interest Period (or portion thereof) shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Assignee Rate for such Interest Period (or portion thereof).
          4. Each Committed Purchaser's Invested Percentage of the daily average Class A Funded Amount during such Interest Period (or portion thereof) shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Assignee Rate for such Interest Period (or portion thereof).
          5. Each Committed Purchaser's Committed Percentage of its Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share of the daily average Conversion Funding Amount during such Interest Period (or portion thereof), shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Assignee Rate for such Interest Period (or portion thereof).
        2. For any Distribution Date, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of (A) accrued and unpaid interest on the Class A Funded Amount and the Conversion Funding Amount, if any, computed in accordance with clause (a) above, (B) the fees, computed in accordance with the Fee Letters, due on such Distribution Date, and (C) accrued and unpaid interest on any Class A Interest Shortfall for any prior Distribution Date computed in accordance with this Section 2.06(b), over (ii) the aggregate amount of funds allocated and available to pay such amounts on such Distribution Date in accordance with the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement, shall be the " Class A Interest Shortfall " for such Distribution Date. Any Class A Interest Shortfall shall accrue interest (after as well as before judgment) at the Alternate Base Rate from time to time in effect from and including the due date thereof to but excluding the date such Class A Interest Shortfall is actually paid.
        3. Each Managing Agent shall be entitled to be paid (as a portion of Class A Monthly Interest and Fees), for the account of the members of its Purchaser Group (to be allocated among such Purchaser Group members as separately agreed between such Managing Agent and the members of its Purchaser Group), the fees specified in the applicable Fee Letter to be included in Class A Monthly Interest and Fees. Such fees shall be payable on each Distribution Date for the most recently completed Interest Period (or portion thereof) and on the date of the termination of this Agreement.
        4. In the event that for any reason, (i) the basis for calculation of interest on a Conduit Purchaser's Invested Percentage of the Class A Funded Amount shall change from the applicable CP Rate to the Assignee Rate or (ii) a Conduit Purchaser receives any repayment of its share of the Class A Funded Amount, and the date of such change or of such repayment is not the maturity date for all Commercial Paper allocated by such Conduit Purchaser to funding its purchase or maintenance of the affected portion of its Invested Percentage of the Class A Funded Amount, then in any such case the Conduit Purchaser shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to any loss or reasonable out-of-pocket cost or expense suffered by such Conduit Purchaser as a result of such change or such repayment, including any loss or reasonable out-of-pocket cost or expense suffered by such Conduit Purchaser by reason of its issuance of Commercial Paper or its incurrence of other obligations allocated by such Conduit Purchaser to the funding of its affected share of the Class A Funded Amount, or redeploying funds prepaid or repaid, in amounts which correspond to its affected share of the Class A Funded Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Conduit Purchaser has received written notice from the Servicer of the maximum amount of an expected repayment of its share of the Class A Funded Amount and the expected date or dates of such repayment (which notice may state that such maximum amount is expected to be repaid in whole or in part on successive Distribution Dates from amounts available to pay principal on the Class A Certificates until such entire amount has been paid), the Conduit Purchaser shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence by reason of the repayment on any date specified in such notice of the share of the Class A Funded Amount specified therein (up to the maximum amount of the expected repayment specified in such notice with respect to such date) for costs or expenses attributable to Commercial Paper which are issued after the Business Day on which such notice was received by such Conduit Purchaser and which mature after such repayment date. All amounts payable to the Conduit Purchasers under this Section 2.06(d) shall be referred to as " Class A Commercial Paper Breakage Costs ." Class A Commercial Paper Breakage Costs shall be due and payable on the first Distribution Date following the date of delivery of the certificate described in Section 2.06(f) with respect to such Class A Commercial Paper Breakage Costs.
        5. In the event that for any reason (i) any Purchaser receives any repayment of its share of the Class A Funded Amount which bears interest computed by reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate and (ii) the Transferor has not given notice of the amount of such repayment to the Managing Agent with respect to such Purchaser by 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the second London Business Day prior to the date of such payment, then in any such case such Purchaser shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to any loss or reasonable out-of-pocket expense suffered by such Purchaser (or any applicable Liquidity Provider) as a result of such repayment, including any loss or reasonable out-of-pocket cost or expense suffered by such Purchaser (or any applicable Liquidity Provider) by reason of the incurrence by such Purchaser (or any applicable Liquidity Provider) of obligations allocated by such Purchaser to its funding or the maintenance of its funding of its affected share of the Class A Funded Amount, or redeploying by such Purchaser (or any applicable Liquidity Provider) of funds prepaid or repaid, in amounts which correspond to its affected share of the Class A Funded Amount. All amounts payable to the Purchasers under this Section 2.06(e) shall be referred to as " Class A Eurodollar Breakage Costs ". Class A Eurodollar Breakage Costs shall be due and payable on the first Distribution Date following the date of delivery of the certificate described in Section 2.06(f) with respect to such Class A Eurodollar Breakage Costs.
        6. A statement setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations of any Class A Commercial Paper Breakage Costs or Class A Eurodollar Breakage Costs payable pursuant to Section 2.06(d) or 2.06(e) submitted by a Managing Agent to the Transferor and the Servicer and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
        7. Any Class A Additional Amounts which are not paid on the due date thereof (without regard to any limitations set forth herein or in the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement on the sources from which such amount may be paid), including interest payable pursuant to this clause (g) in respect of such unpaid Class A Additional Amounts, shall accrue interest (after as well as before judgment) from and including the due date thereof to but excluding the date on which such amount is actually paid at the Alternate Base Rate, payable on demand and in any event on each Distribution Date.
      7. Computation of Interest .
        1. Interest calculated by reference to the CP Rate or the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Any interest calculated by reference to the Alternate Base Rate shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- or 366-day year, as applicable, for the actual days elapsed. Periodic fees or other periodic amounts payable hereunder shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and for the actual days elapsed. All payments due to the Conduit Purchasers are to be received by 11:00 a.m. (New York time). Any payments made after such time shall be deemed to be paid on the following Business Day and accrue interest until paid.
        2. On or before each Class A Rate Determination Date, each Managing Agent shall determine the CP Rate and the Assignee Rate applicable for the related Interest Period with respect to its Purchaser Group. Such determination of the applicable CP Rate may be based on the estimate of such CP Rate if the actual rate is not then known to such Managing Agent, and in such case, such Managing Agent shall, on the following Class A Rate Determination Date determine the amount of any variation between interest payable in respect of its Purchaser Group for the applicable Interest Period based on such estimate and interest which should have been payable for such Interest Period based on its final determination of the applicable CP Rate. The amount of any shortfall in interest based on such variation shall be deferred (without interest thereon) and be included in the portion of Class A Monthly Interest and Fees payable in respect of the applicable Purchaser Group for the following Interest Period, and the amount of any overpayment of interest based on such variation shall be credited (without interest thereon), dollar for dollar, against the portion of Class A Monthly Interest and Fees otherwise payable in respect of the applicable Purchaser Group for the following Interest Period. Each determination by a Managing Agent of the applicable CP Rate pursuant to this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Purchasers, the Program Agent, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in the absence of manifest error.
        3. Each Managing Agent shall notify the Servicer and the Trustee in writing on each Class A Rate Determination Date of the CP Rate and the Assignee Rate, as applicable, with respect to its Purchaser Group and the amount of Class A Monthly Interest and Fees for the related Interest Period payable with respect to its Purchaser Group. Any such notification from a Managing Agent may be based on the estimate of the CP Rate as described in Section 2.07(b) and upon estimates of the Class A Monthly Interest and Fees with respect to its Purchaser Group if the actual amount is not then known to such Managing Agent. In any such case, each Managing Agent shall notify the Servicer and the Trustee in writing on or before the following Class A Rate Determination Date of the amount of any variation, if any, between the estimated Class A Monthly Interest and Fees with respect to its Purchaser Group and the actual Class A Monthly Interest and Fees with respect to its Purchaser Group for the preceding Interest Period. The amount of any shortfall in interest based on such variation shall be a positive " Estimated Interest Adjustment " for such Interest Period, and the amount of any overpayment of interest based on such variation shall be a negative " Estimated Interest Adjustment " for such Interest Period. Subject to any Estimated Interest Adjustment, each determination of the Class A Monthly Interest and Fees with respect to its Purchaser Group by a Managing Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Purchasers, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in the absence of manifest error.
        4. On each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall direct the Trustee, pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement, to distribute, in accordance with the Monthly Payment Instructions, to each Managing Agent for remittance as contemplated in Section 6.06(b), the aggregate amount of Class A Monthly Interest and Fees payable to the members of the applicable Purchaser Group on such Distribution Date, each such amount to be determined by the Servicer on the basis of the information supplied to the Servicer for the applicable Interest Period pursuant to Section 2.07(c). In the event that the aggregate amount available to be distributed to the Managing Agents in respect of Class A Monthly Interest and Fees is less than the total amount of Class A Monthly Interest and Fees payable to all members of all Purchaser Groups on the applicable Distribution Date, such aggregate amount available shall be distributed to each Managing Agent ratably based upon the aggregate amount of Class A Monthly Interest and Fees payable to such Managing Agent on such Distribution Date for remittance in accordance with Section 6.06(b), assuming no such shortfall.
        5. On each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall direct the Trustee to distribute, in accordance with the Monthly Payment Instructions, to each Managing Agent for remittance as contemplated in Section 6.06(b), the aggregate amount of outstanding Class A Additional Amounts payable to the members of the applicable Purchaser Group on such Distribution Date, each such amount to be determined by the Servicer on the basis of any certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.06(f) or demand made pursuant to Section 3.02 or 3.03. In the event that the aggregate amount available to be distributed to the Managing Agents in respect of Class A Additional Amounts is less than the total amount of Class A Additional Amounts payable to all members of all Purchaser Groups on the applicable Distribution Date, such aggregate amount available shall be distributed to each Managing Agent ratably based upon the aggregate amount of Class A Additional Amounts payable to such Managing Agent on such Distribution Date for remittance in accordance with Section 6.06(b), assuming no such shortfall.
      8. Extension of Term; Conversion Funding .
        1. No earlier than 60 days, but no later than 30 days, prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Extension Term, the Transferor may request an extension of such Term (such extended period being an " Extension Term ") for a period of up to 364 days from the then effective Expiration Date by delivery to the Program Agent of an extension request specifying the last day with respect to the requested Extension Term, which request the Program Agent shall forward to each Managing Agent for delivery to the Committed Purchasers. Each Committed Purchaser may, in its sole and absolute discretion, extend its Commitment by delivering to the Program Agent, Trustee and the applicable Managing Agent a written notice of such Committed Purchaser's agreement to extend, which each Committed Purchaser shall deliver to the Program Agent and the applicable Managing Agent no later than 20 days after such Committed Purchaser receives any such request for extension; provided , however , that any such extension shall be ineffective if an Early Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing at the time of the proposed commencement of such Extension Term. Failure of a Committed Purchaser to deliver a notice of such Committed Purchaser's intent to grant an Extension Term shall be deemed to be an election by such Committed Purchaser not to grant an Extension Term. Unless otherwise agreed by the Program Agent and the applicable Managing Agents, if less than all of the Committed Purchasers have elected to grant an Extension Term and the Program Agent or the applicable Managing Agents have been unable to replace after reasonable efforts any Committed Purchaser which has declined to grant an Extension Term, such request for an Extension Term shall be withdrawn and the Program Agent will so notify the Managing Agents, the Committed Purchasers, the Trustee and the Transferor prior to the Expiration Date for the current Term. Upon the extension of any Term, the last day of the succeeding Extension Term as specified in the Transferor's extension request shall becomes the Expiration Date.
        2. If the Transferor has requested an Extension Term pursuant to Section 2.08(a), the Expiration Date of the requested Extension Term is no later than the Scheduled Amortization Date and such request is deemed to have been withdrawn as provided in Section 2.08(a) as a result of one or more Committed Purchaser's declining to agree to the requested extension, then, the Transferor may, upon written notice (such notice, a " Conversion Notice ") delivered not later than ten days before the then effective Expiration Date to the Servicer, the Trustee, the Program Agent and each Managing Agent (who shall promptly notify the Committed Purchasers in its respective Purchaser Group thereof), require each Committed Purchaser to make a Conversion Funding (as defined below). The Conversion Notice shall (i) expressly state the date on which such conversion shall occur (such date being the " Conversion Date "), which date shall be the then effective Expiration Date, or, if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day, (ii) be irrevocable once given and (iii) constitute a representation and warranty by the Transferor that the applicable conditions contained in Article IV and this Section 2.08 have been satisfied as of the date of such Conversion Notice and as of the Conversion Date. Upon delivery of such Conversion Notice, the Transferor's option to request extensions of the Expiration Date under Section 2.08(a) shall terminate.
        3. Following delivery of a Conversion Notice, but in any event prior to the Conversion Date, the Servicer shall direct the Trustee to establish the Conversion Funding Account, as contemplated in Section 4.17 of the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement. On the Conversion Date, subject to satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Article IV and this Section 2.08, each Committed Purchaser shall make an advance (each individually, a " Conversion Funding ") to be remitted to the Managing Agent for the applicable Purchaser Group, in an amount equal to such Committed Purchaser's Committed Percentage of the excess, if any of the Purchaser Group Limit of such Committed Purchaser's Purchaser Group over such Committed Purchaser's Invested Percentage of the outstanding Class A Funded Amount. Each Managing Agent, out of the aggregate proceeds of the Conversion Fundings for the related Purchaser Group, shall first, pay to the related Conduit Purchaser an amount equal to the such Conduit Purchaser's Invested Percentage of the outstanding Class A Funded Amount, and then deposit all remaining proceeds of such proceeds into the Conversion Funding Account. It shall be a condition precedent to any Conversion Funding that the Program Agent and each Managing Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to them of the establishment of the Conversion Funding Account as contemplated in Section 4.17 of the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement.


  3. FEES AND YIELD PROTECTION
      1. Fees . Without limitation to any amounts otherwise payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Transferor shall pay to each Managing Agent such fees for its own account and for the account of the Purchaser Groups in such amounts and at such times as set forth in their respective Fee Lette rs.
      2. Increased Costs .
        1. If, due to either (i) the introduction or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation (other than any change by way of imposition or increase of reserve requirements included in determining the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate) or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), in each case occurring after the Purchase Date, there shall be any increase in the cost, on an after-tax basis, to any Affected Person of any commitment to make the Purchase, to fund Increases, to make or maintain Conversion Fundings, to provide liquidity in connection with the Purchase or any such Increase or otherwise to maintain the investment in the Class A Certificates or Series 2001-1-VFC Certificate Interests (excluding for purposes of this Section 3.02 any such increased costs resulting from (A) Taxes or Other Taxes (as to which Section 3.03 will govern) and (B) changes in the basis of taxation of overall net income or overall gross income (and franchise taxes imposed in lieu thereof) by the United States or by the foreign jurisdiction or state (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such Affected Person is organized or in which it is otherwise doing business) then the Transferor shall from time to time, on or before the first Distribution Date following demand by such Affected Person (with a copy of such demand to the Program Agent and the applicable Managing Agent), pay to the applicable Managing Agent, for the account of such Affected Person (as a third party beneficiary), additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Affected Person for such increased cost. Such demand shall be accompanied by a reasonably detailed statement as to the amount of such compensation and include a summary of the basis for such demand. A certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Transferor and the Program Agent by such Affected Person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest effort.
        2. If (i) the introduction of or change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation, (ii) compliance with any law or regulation or any guideline or request from any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law), in each case occurring after the Purchase Date, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by any Affected Person, or any corporation controlling any Affected Person, and that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of such Affected Person's commitment to make the Purchase, to fund Increases, to make or maintain Conversion Fundings, to provide liquidity in connection with the Purchase or any such Increase or otherwise to maintain its investment in the Class A Certificates or Series 2001-1-VFC Class A Certificate Interests, then, on or before the first Distribution Date following demand to the Transferor by such Affected Person (with a copy of such demand to the Program Agent and the applicable Managing Agent) the Transferor shall pay to the applicable Managing Agent for the account of such Affected Person (as a third party beneficiary), from time to time as specified by such Affected Person, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Affected Person, in light of the circumstances, to the extent that such Affected Person reasonably determines such increase in capital to be allocable to the existence of such Affected Person's commitment to make the Purchase or fund Increases, to make or maintain Conversion Fundings or otherwise to maintain its investment in the Class A Certificates or Series 2001-1-VFC Class A Certificate Interests. Such demand shall be accompanied by a reasonably detailed statement as to the amount of such compensation and include a summary of the basis for such demand. A certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Transferor and the Program Agent by such Affected Person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
        3. Each Affected Person will promptly notify the Transferor, the Program Agent and the applicable Managing Agent of any event of which it has knowledge which is reasonably likely to entitle such Affected Person to compensation pursuant to this Section 3.02; provided , however , that no failure to give or delay in giving such notification shall adversely affect the rights of such Affected Person to such compensation.
      3. Taxes .
        1. Except as provided in subsection (g) below, any and all payments and deposits hereunder or under any other Transaction Document to or for the benefit of any Affected Person (including any payments or deposits made by the Servicer) shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction for, any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding , in the case of each Affected Person, taxes imposed on, or measured by reference to, its overall net income or net profits (and franchise taxes imposed in lieu thereof) by any of (i) the United States or any state thereof, (ii) the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Affected Person is organized or in which it is otherwise doing business or (iii) any political subdivision thereof (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities in respect of payments and deposits hereunder being hereinafter referred to as " Taxes "). In addition to, without duplication, the Transferor's indemnity obligations under Section 7.4 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, if the Transferor, the Parent, the Trust or the Trustee shall be required by law to deduct or pay any Taxes from or in respect of any sum required to be paid or deposited hereunder or under any other Transaction Document or any instrument delivered hereunder or thereunder, to or for the benefit of any Affected Person, except as provided in subsection (g) below, (i) the Transferor shall increase the sum payable by it, the Parent, the Trust or the Trustee, as the case may be, as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions or payments (including deductions or payments applicable to additional sums required to be paid or deposited under this Section 3.03) the amount received by the relevant Affected Person, or otherwise deposited hereunder or thereunder, shall be equal to the sum which would have been so received or deposited had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Transferor shall make such deductions or payments, or cause such deductions or payments to be made, and (iii) the Transferor shall pay or cause to be paid the full amount deducted or payable to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.
        2. In addition, the Transferor shall pay any present or future stamp, documentary, excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies that arise from any payment or deposit made under any Transaction Document or from the execution, delivery or registration of, performing under, or otherwise with respect to, any Transaction Document (hereinafter referred to as " Other Taxes ").
        3. The Transferor will indemnify each Affected Person for and hold it harmless against the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes as well as for the full amount of any net increase in taxes of any kind imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 3.03, imposed on or paid by such Affected Person (as the case may be) and any liability (including penalties, additions to tax, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or required to be paid with respect thereto. This indemnification shall be made on or before the first Distribution Date following the date such Affected Person makes written demand therefor to the Transferor (with a copy to the Program Agent and the applicable Managing Agent). A certificate as to the amount of such indemnification submitted to the Transferor, the Program Agent and the applicable Managing Agent by such Affected Person setting forth the calculation thereof in reasonable detail shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
        4. Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes, the Transferor or the Trustee (as the case may be) shall furnish to the Program Agent, at its address referred to in Section 8.02, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing such payment. In the case of any payment hereunder by or on behalf of the Transferor through an account or branch outside the United States or by or on behalf of the Transferor by a payor that is not a United States person, if the Transferor determines that no Taxes are payable in respect thereof, the Transferor shall furnish, or shall cause such payor to furnish, to the Program Agent, at such address, an Opinion of Counsel acceptable to the Program Agent stating that such payment is exempt from Taxes. For purposes of this Section 3.03(d) and Section 3.03(e), the terms " United States " and " United States Person " have the meanings specified in Section 7701 of the Code.
        5. Each Committed Purchaser that is not created or organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof shall deliver to the Transferor and the Program Agent on the Purchase Date or the date on which such Purchaser becomes a party hereto or such person otherwise becomes entitled to payments in connection with this Agreement a true and accurate certificate executed in duplicate by a duly authorized officer of such Committed Purchaser to the effect that such Committed Purchaser is eligible to receive distributions hereunder without deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax (A) under the provisions of an applicable tax treaty concluded by the United States (in which case the certificate shall be accompanied by two duly completed and executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN claiming treaty benefits (or any successor or substitute form or forms)), or (B) because its income from the Class A Certificates is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (in which case the certificate shall be accompanied by two duly completed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor or substitute form or forms)). If any form or document referred to in this subsection (f) requires the disclosure of information, other than information necessary to compute the tax payable and information required on the date hereof by IRS Forms W-8BEN or W-8ECI, that a Committed Purchaser reasonably considers to be confidential, such Committed Purchaser shall give notice thereof to the Transferor and the Program Agent and shall not be obligated to include in such form or document such confidential information.
        6. For any period with respect to which a Committed Purchaser has failed to provide the Transferor and the Program Agent with the appropriate form described in Section 3.03(e) above ( other than if such failure is due to a change in law occurring after the date on which a form originally was required to be provided by such Committed Purchaser or if such form otherwise is not required under Section 3.03(e) above), the Transferor shall not be required to make any additional payments under Section 3.03(a) above nor shall such Committed Purchaser be entitled to indemnification under Section 3.03(a) or Section 3.03(c) with respect to Taxes imposed by the United States; provided , however , that should a Committed Purchaser become subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form required hereunder, the Transferor shall take such steps as such Committed Purchaser shall reasonably request to assist such Committed Purchaser to recover such Taxes.
        7. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, following a final determination or Opinion of Counsel based on a Change in Tax Law that the Trust will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, the Transferor or the Trustee (at the written direction of the Transferor) shall be entitled to withhold any amounts required to be withheld with respect to an Affected Person under Section 1446 of the Code (" Section 1446 Amounts ") and to pay or cause such amounts to be paid to the relevant taxation authority as authorized in accordance with applicable law, and such amounts shall be deemed to have been paid to the Affected Person for all purposes of this Agreement, including Section 3.03(a). If a Section 1446 Amount is withheld with respect to an Affected Person for a taxable period other than one with respect to which such Affected Person as of the date of withholding has filed or was required to file a U.S. federal income tax return, the Transferor shall (i) promptly provide the Affected Person with appropriate written evidence reflecting the amount of and the basis for such withholding and (ii) pay to such Affected Person as a portion of Class A Monthly Interest and Fees such additional interest as may accrue on such Section 1446 Amount from the date such amount was deemed paid to the Affected Person hereunder through the due date of the first federal income tax return (treating any required payment of estimated tax as a United States federal income tax return for such purpose) on which such Affected Person is able to take into account or otherwise request a credit or refund of such Section 1446 Amount, at a rate equal to the interest rate that would otherwise be applicable to the principal amount of the relevant Class A Certificates.
      4. Cost and Expenses .
        1. In addition to the rights of indemnification granted to the Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section 7.4 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor agrees to pay on demand (i) all costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) of the Trustee, the Program Agent, the Managing Agents, the Purchasers and any general partner, limited partner or shareholder of the Purchasers in connection with the arrangement, preparation, execution, delivery, closing, administration, modification, amendment, extension or waiver of the Transaction Documents (including (A) all due diligence, collateral review, syndication, transportation, computer, duplication, appraisal, audit, insurance, consultant, search, filing and recording fees and expenses, (B) all costs relating to obtaining or maintaining Enhancement, if any, (C) the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for each Managing Agent with respect thereto (including with respect to advising each Managing Agent as to its rights and responsibilities, or the perfection, protection or preservation of rights or interests, under the Transaction Documents, with respect to negotiations with the Parent, the Transferor, the Servicer or the Originator or with other creditors of any such Person or any of its subsidiaries arising out of any Early Amortization Event or Servicer Default, or any event or circumstance that may give rise to an Early Amortization Event or Servicer Default and with respect to presenting claims in or otherwise participating in or monitoring any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceeding involving creditors' rights generally and any proceeding ancillary thereto) and (D) all other costs and expenses in connection therewith incurred by the Purchasers or any general or limited partner or shareholder of the Purchasers, including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel for the Purchasers or any counsel for any general or limited partner or shareholder of the Purchasers with respect to (1) advising the Purchasers or any general or limited partner or shareholder of the Purchasers as to its rights and remedies under the Transaction Documents or (2) advising the Purchasers or any general or limited partner or shareholder of the Purchasers as to matters relating to the Purchaser's operations with respect to the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Documents), (ii) all reasonable costs and expenses of the Trustee, the Program Agent, the Managing Agent, the Purchasers, any general partner, limited partner or shareholder of the Purchasers in connection with the enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of the Transaction Documents, whether in any action, suit or litigation, any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceeding affecting creditors' rights generally (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Trustee, the Program Agent, the Managing Agent, the Purchasers, any general partner, limited partner or shareholder of the Purchasers with respect thereto and (iii) all costs and expenses of the Trustee, the Program Agent, the Managing Agents, the Purchasers, and any general, limited partner or shareholder of the Purchasers incurred as a result of the delay in or omission to make any payment with respect to amounts due under clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) hereof.
        2. If the Parent, the Transferor, the Servicer or the Originator fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it under any Transaction Document, including fees and expenses of counsel and indemnities, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Person by the Program Agent, any Managing Agent or any Committed Purchaser, in its sole discretion.
      5. Sharing of Payments, Etc . If any Purchaser shall obtain at any time any payment or other recovery (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) (a) on account of any Obligation due and payable to such Purchaser hereunder (other than pursuant to Section 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04 of this Agreement) which is in excess of its pro rata share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations due and payable to such Purchaser at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of such Obligations due and payable to all Purchasers hereunder at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations due and payable to all Purchasers hereunder at such time obtained by all Liquidity Providers at such time or (b) on account of Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Purchaser hereunder at such time in excess of its pro rata share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations owing to such Purchaser at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of such Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Purchasers hereunder at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Purchasers hereunder at such time obtained by all Purchasers at such time, such Purchaser shall forthwith purchase from the other Purchasers such participations in the Obligations due and payable or owing to them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Purchaser to share the excess payment or other recovery ratably with each of them; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Purchaser, such purchase from each other Purchaser shall be rescinded and such other Purchaser shall repay to the purchasing Purchaser the purchase price to the extent of such Purchaser's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the purchase price paid to such Purchaser to (ii) the aggregate purchase price paid to all Purchasers) of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Purchaser's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such other Purchaser's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Purchaser) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Purchaser in respect of the total amount so recovered. The Transferor agrees that the Purchaser so purchasing a participation from another Purchaser pursuant to this Section 3.05 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Purchaser were the direct creditor of the Trust in the amount of such participation.


  4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE PURCHASE AND ALL INCREASES
      1. Conditions Precedent to Initial Purchase . The making of the Purchase hereunder is subject to the Program Agent having received on or before the Purchase Date the following, each dated such date (unless otherwise specified), in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Agents:
        1. certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Parent, SRLP, the Originator and the Transferor approving each Transaction Document to which it is or is to be a party, and of all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental and other third party approvals and consents, if any, with respect to each Transaction Document;
        2. a trustee's certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee certifying as to the due execution and delivery of each of the Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a party and the names and true signatures of the Responsible Officer signing such Transaction Documents, accompanied by a true and complete copy of an extract of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Trustee regarding signing authority of such Responsible Officer;
        3. a copy of the charter of the Parent, SRLP, SRLLC, the Originator and the Transferor and each amendment thereto, certified (as of a date reasonably near the Purchase Date) by the relevant official for its jurisdiction of organization as being a true and correct copy thereof;
        4. a copy of a certificate of the relevant official for its jurisdiction of its organization and the jurisdiction in which it maintains its principal place of business, dated reasonably near the Purchase Date, certifying that the Parent, SRLP, SRLLC, the Originator and the Transferor are in good standing under the laws of each such jurisdiction;
        5. a certificate of the Parent, SRLP, SRLLC, the Originator and the Transferor, signed on behalf of the Parent, SRLP, the Originator and the Transferor, respectively, by its President, Vice President or another appropriate officer acceptable to the Program Agent, dated the Purchase Date (the statements made in which certificate shall be true on and as of the Purchase Date), certifying as to (A) the absence of any amendments to its charter since the date of the certificate referred to in Section 4.01(c), (B) a true and correct copy of its bylaws (and all amendments thereto) as in effect on the Purchase Date, (C) its due organization and good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and the absence of any proceeding for its dissolution or liquidation, (D) the truth of its representations and warranties contained in the Transaction Documents as though made on and as of the Purchase Date and (E) the absence of any event occurring and continuing, or resulting from the Purchase, that constitutes, or with notice or the lapse of time would constitute, an Early Amortization Event;
        6. a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Parent, SRLP, SRLLC, the Originator and the Transferor certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of the Parent, SRLP, the Originator and the Transferor, respectively, authorized to sign the Transaction Documents to which such Person is a party and any other documents contemplated hereunder or thereunder, and appropriately evidencing the incumbency of such officers and such Secretary or Assistant Secretary;
        7. a certificate of the Trustee, signed on its behalf by its Director or a Vice President, Assistant Vice President or Associate, dated the Purchase Date (the statements made in which certificate shall be true on and as of the Purchase Date), certifying as to (A) a true and correct copy of its bylaws (and all amendments thereto) as in effect on the Purchase Date and (B) the due authentication of the Class A Certificates;
        8. a favorable opinion of McKinney & Stringer, counsel for the Parent, SRLP, the Originator and the Transferor, in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Agents which shall include, without limitation, opinions as to certain general corporate matters and securities laws;
        9. favorable opinions of Jenkens & Gilchrist, counsel for the Parent, SRLP, the Originator, the Transferor and SRLLC, in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Agents which, shall include (A) a "true sale" opinion with respect to the sales of Receivables from the Originator to SRLP and from SRLP to the Transferor, as the case may be, (B) an opinion relating to the likelihood of a substantive consolidation of the Parent, SRLP or the Originator with the Transferor or SRLLC, (C) an opinion as to enforceability and certain general corporate matters, (D) an opinion as to the perfection of the transfers under the Purchase Agreements and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (E) opinions regarding certain general limited liability company matters and bankruptcy-related matters regarding SRLLC and (F) an opinion regarding certain matters regarding the Plan of Reorganization;
        10. a favorable opinion of Jenkens & Gilchrist, counsel for the Parent, SRLP, the Originator and the Transferor in form and substance acceptable to the Managing Agents, that the Class A Certificates, when issued, should properly be characterized either as indebtedness of the Transferor for federal income tax purposes or, if not indebtedness, an interest in a partnership and not an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation;
        11. a favorable opinion of Seward & Kissell LLP, counsel for the Trustee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Agents;
        12. stamped-receipt copies or other evidence of filing of proper financing statements covering the Receivables or other similar instruments or documents, as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Program Agent, desirable under the UCC of any appropriate jurisdiction or other applicable law to perfect the respective interests of SRLP and the Transferor in the Receivables;
        13. stamped-receipt copies or other evidence of filing of proper financing statements covering the Receivables and the other assets in the Trust or other similar instruments or documents, as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Program Agent, desirable under the UCC of any appropriate jurisdiction or other applicable law to perfect the Trustee's interest in such assets;
        14. certified copies of completed requests for information or a similar search report certified by a party acceptable to the Program Agent dated a date reasonably near the Purchase Date, listing all effective financing statements which name as debtor the Originator, SRLP or the Transferor (under the Originator's, SRLP's or the Transferor's present name and any previous name) and which are filed in the jurisdictions in which filings were made pursuant to Sections 4.01(l) and 4.01(m) together with copies of such financing statements (none of which shall cover any property which may be Receivables or Collections);
        15. a fully executed blocked account agreement or standing daily wire transfer instruction with each of the Depository Banks, provided , however , that with regard to certain of the Store Accounts only, evidence that the Transferor has sent the requisite documentation to the appropriate Depository Bank, which documentation is to be executed within 30 days of the Closing Date, shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement of this clause (n);
        16. the Class A Certificates, delivered in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.05(b);
        17. evidence that all bank accounts required to be established and maintained under any Transaction Document shall have been established;
        18. each Transaction Document duly executed by each party thereto;
        19. the Credit Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement duly executed by each party thereto;
        20. evidence of payment of all related fees and expenses then due and payable in connection with the Transaction Documents;
        21. certificates of the Parent, SRLP, the Originator and the Transferor, signed on behalf of the Parent, SRLP, the Originator and the Transferor, respectively, by its President, Vice President or other officer acceptable to the Program Agent, dated the Purchase Date (the statements made in which certificate shall be true on and as of the Purchase Date), certifying as to (i) the accuracy of facts and assumptions contained in the legal opinions required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 4.01 and (ii) compliance by the Parent, SRLP, the Originator and the Transferor, as applicable, with all the covenants set forth in Sections 2.05 and 3.03(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement applicable to each of them;
        22. a certified copy of the Confirmation Order and evidence that the Plan of Reorganization shall have become effective in accordance with its terms and that it shall have been substantially consummated; and
        23. a certificate of the Parent certifying as to the substantial consummation of the Plan of Reorganization as of the Closing Date.
      2. Conditions Precedent to the Purchase, All Increases and the Conversion Fundings . The making of the Purchase hereunder, the funding of each Increase pursuant to Section 2.02 and the making of the Conversion Fundings pursuant to Section 2.08 are subject to the following conditions precedent:
        1. On the Purchase Date, the date of such Increase or the date of such Conversion Funding, the following statements shall be true (and the acceptance by the Transferor of the proceeds of such Purchase or Increase shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Transferor that on the Purchase Date, the date of such Increase or the date of such Conversion Funding such statements are true):
          1. no event or condition has occurred and is continuing that constitutes, or with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an Early Amortization Event or Servicer Default;
          2. the Expiration Date shall not have occurred, and the Revolving Period shall not have ended;
          3. after giving effect to such Purchase, Increase or Conversion Funding, the Transferor Interest shall equal or exceed the Aggregate Minimum Transferor Interest;
          4. after giving effect to such Purchase, Increase or Conversion Funding, the Subordinated Transferor Invested Amount shall equal or exceed the Required Enhancement Amount;
          5. no unreimbursed Class A Charge-Offs are outstanding;
          6. the representations and warranties made by the Parent, the Originator, the Transferor, SRLP and the Servicer in each Transaction Document to which it is a party shall be true and correct in all material respects as if repeated on such date (except only to the extent such representation or warranty is expressly limited to a specific date) with respect to the facts and circumstances then existing;
          7. the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement, Purchase Agreements, Parent Undertaking Agreement, Intercreditor Agreement and each other Transaction Document shall be in full force and effect;
          8. after making the Purchase, the funding such Increase or the making of such Conversion Funding, the sum of the Class A Funded Amount and the Conversion Funding Amount shall not exceed the Series 2001-1-VFC Class A Purchase Limit on such day;
        2. the Managing Agents shall have received by 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), on the Purchase Date, the date of such Increase or the date of such Conversion Funding the Daily Report (as defined in the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement), which shall be prepared on a pro forma, basis and shall show that the Transferor is in compliance with all of the Transaction Documents (after giving effect to the Purchase, such Increase or such Conversion Funding) to the extent a showing of such compliance is called for in the form thereof;
        3. each of the Originator and SRLP, to the extent applicable, shall have marked its master data processing and computer records relating to the Receivables which are the subject of each Conveyance through the date of such Purchase, Increase or Conversion Funding, and the Accounts under which such Receivables have arisen, with a legend, acceptable to the Program Agent, stating that such Receivables and Collections with respect thereto and other proceeds thereof, have been sold in accordance with the Transaction Documents;
        4. the Borrower shall have provided the Program Agent with copies of any and all reports, correspondence or other information from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency with respect to the Originator, provided, that the provision of such reports, correspondence or information shall not be prohibited by applicable laws, regulations and rules, and the Purchasers shall be satisfied that the Originator is in compliance with the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
        5. the Purchasers shall be satisfied with the status of the ongoing investigation of the Parent by the Securities Exchange Commission.
        6. the Confirmation Order shall be on terms reasonably acceptable to the Program Agent and shall not have been reversed, vacated, modified or stayed, no application or motion shall have been filed or served on the Parent or any of its affiliates seeking a stay pending appeal and the Plan of Reorganization shall not have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of the Program Agent.
        7. Stage Stores, Inc., a Delaware corporation, shall have been merged with and into the Parent, with the Parent as the surviving corporation of such merger, in accordance with the terms of the Plan of Reorganization.
        8. the Program Agent shall have received any other documentation and opinions required to be delivered with respect to the Transaction Documents and such other approvals, opinions or documents as reasonably requested by the Managing Agents with not less than three Business Days' prior written notice; and
        9. the Cap Requirement shall be satisfied after giving effect to such Purchase, Increase or Conversion Funding.


  5. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
      1. Representations and Warranties of the Transferor . The Transferor hereby agrees that each of the respective representations and warranties made by it in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement is deemed made hereunder as of the date hereof and as of the Purchase Date as a representation and warranty to the Program Agent, the Managing Agents and the Purchasers as if originally made under this Agreement.
      2. Representations and Warranties of the Servicer . The Servicer hereby agrees that each of the respective representations and warranties made by it in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement is deemed made hereunder as of the date hereof and as of the Purchase Date as a representation and warranty to the Program Agent, the Managing Agents and the Purchasers as if originally made under this Agreement.
      3. Additional Covenant of the Servicer . At any time and from time to time during the Servicer's regular business hours (but so long as an Amortization Event with respect to Series 2001-1-VFC shall not be outstanding, no more than twice during any period of twelve consecutive months), on reasonable prior notice and at the Servicer's expense, the Servicer shall permit the Trustee, any Managing Agent or their agents or representatives (which may be an independent accounting firm), (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all books, records and documents (including, without limitation, computer tapes, microfiche and disks) in the possession or under the control of the Servicer relating to the asset in the Trust, the Receivables and the Accounts and (ii) to visit the offices and properties of the Servicer for the purpose of examining such materials and to discuss matters relating to the assets in the Trust, the Receivables and the Accounts or the Servicer's performance under any Transaction Document with any of the officers or employees of the Servicer having knowledge thereof. SRLP hereby agrees to pay all reasonable expenses incurred by the Trustee and each Managing Agent in exercising its rights under this Section 5.03. The Servicer agrees that each Managing Agent will have the right to request reasonable changes in the annual servicing report furnished by the independent public accountants pursuant to Section 3.06 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement which are reasonably related to the assets in the Trust and the matters contemplated by the Transaction Documents, and the Servicer agrees to use good faith reasonable efforts to obtain the independent public accountants' agreement to such changes.
      4. Additional Covenant of SRLP . SRLP will not cancel or terminate the Credit Agreement or any related instrument or agreement or consent to or accept any cancellation or termination thereof, amend, modify or change in any manner any term or condition of the Credit Agreement or any related instrument or agreement or give any consent, waiver or approval thereunder, waive any default under or any breach of any term or condition of the Credit Agreement or any related instrument or agreement, agree in any manner to any other amendment, modification or change of any term or condition of the Credit Agreement or any related instrument or agreement or take any other action in connection with the Credit Agreement or any related instrument or agreement to the extent that such cancellation, termination, consent, acceptance, amendment, modification, change, waiver, approval, agreement or other action described herein could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined below), or permit any of its subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing. As used herein, " Material Adverse Effect " means a material adverse effect  on (i) the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of the Parent or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) the rights and remedies of the Trustee, any Investor Certificateholder or any Person holding an interest in an Investor Certificate, the Program Agent or any Managing Agent under any Transaction Document or (c) the ability of any the Transferor, SRLP (whether as the Servicer or otherwise), the Parent, the Originator, or any of their respective affiliates to perform its obligations under any Transaction Document to which it is or is to be a party.


  6. THE PROGRAM AGENT ; THE MANAGING AGENTS
      1. Authorization and Action of the Program Agent . Each Conduit
        Purchaser, Committed Purchaser and Managing Agent hereby appoints and authorizes the Program Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents as are delegated to the Program Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
      2. The Program Agent's Reliance, Etc . Neither the Program Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or the Program Agent under or in connection with the Transaction Documents, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Program Agent (a) may consult with independent legal counsel (including counsel for the Trustee, the Transferor, the Transferor or the Servicer), independent certified public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts, (b) makes no representation or warranty to the Parent, the Originator, the Transferor, the Transferor, the Servicer or any Beneficiary and shall not be responsible to the Parent, any Originator, the Transferor, the Transferor, the Servicer or any Beneficiary for any statements, representations or warranties made in or in connection with this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents, (c) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Transaction Documents on the part of the Trustee, the Transferor, the Transferor, the Originator, the Parent or the Servicer or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of the Trust, the Trustee, the Transferor, the Transferor, any Originator, the Parent or the Servicer, (d) shall not be responsible to the Parent, the Originator, the Transferor, the Transferor, the Servicer or any Beneficiary for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, the Class A Certificates or any other Transaction Document or the condition or value of any Trust Asset or the creation, perfection or priority of any interest therein created or purported to be created under or in connection with the Transaction Documents (except for the execution by the Program Agent of, and legality, validity and enforceability against the Program Agent of its obligations under, the Transaction Documents to which the Program Agent is a party), and (e) shall incur no liability under or in respect of the Transaction Documents by acting upon any notice (including notice by telephone), consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by facsimile or telex) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties; except in each case for gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Program Agent.
      3. The Program Agent and Affiliates . CNAI and its Affiliates (including Citibank) may generally engage in any kind of business with the Transferor, the Transferor, the Servicer, the Originator or the Parent, any of their respective Affiliates and any Person who may do business with or own securities of the Servicer, the Originator, the Parent or any of their respective Affiliates, all as if CNAI were not the Program Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Parent, the Originator, the Transferor, the Servicer or any Purchaser.
      4. Indemnification of the Program Agent . Each Managing Agent agrees to indemnify the Program Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by Transferor), ratably in accordance with its respective Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Program Agent (in its capacity as such) in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement and any of the Transaction Documents or such action taken or omitted by the Program Agent hereunder or thereunder, provided that such Committed Purchaser shall not be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Program Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Committed Purchaser agrees to reimburse the Program Agent, ratably in accordance with its respective Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share, promptly upon demand for any out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) incurred by the Program Agent in connection with the administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, to the extent that such expenses are incurred in the interests of or otherwise in respect of the Conduit Purchasers or the Committed Purchasers hereunder and/or thereunder and to the extent that the Program Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by the Transferor.
      5. Payments by the Program Agent . Unless specifically allocated to a Conduit Purchaser or a Committed Purchaser pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, any amounts received by the Program Agent on behalf of the Conduit Purchasers or Committed Purchasers shall be paid by the Program Agent to the applicable Managing Agent (at the account specified in writing to Program Agent) in accordance with the related Purchaser Group's Pro Rata Share on the Business Day received by the Program Agent, unless such amounts are received after 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on such Business Day, in which case the Program Agent shall use its reasonable efforts to pay such amounts to such Managing Agent, on behalf of the related Purchaser, on such Business Day, but, in any event, shall pay such amounts to such Managing Agent, on behalf of the related Purchaser, not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the following Business Day.
      6. Authorization and Action of Managing Agent .
        1. Each Conduit Purchaser and each Committed Purchaser of each Purchaser Group hereby appoints and authorizes the Managing Agent with respect to such Purchaser Group to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents as are delegated to the Managing Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. In furtherance, and without limiting the generality, of the foregoing, each Conduit Purchaser and each Committed Purchaser hereby appoints the related Managing Agent as its agent to execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and agrees to take all further action that the related Managing Agent may deem necessary or appropriate or that a Conduit Purchaser or a Committed Purchaser may reasonably request in order to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the interests transferred or to be transferred from time to time by Transferor hereunder, or to enable any of them to exercise or enforce any of their respective rights hereunder or under the related Certificate, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or appropriate for the purposes stated hereinabove. The Conduit Purchasers and Committed Purchasers may direct the related Managing Agent (i) to direct the Program Agent to take any action which is incidental to the actions specifically delegated to the Program Agent hereunder and (ii) not to take or to cease taking any action which is incidental to the actions specifically delegated to the Program Agent hereunder. With respect to actions which are incidental to the actions specifically delegated to a Managing Agent hereunder, a Managing Agent shall not be required to take any such incidental action hereunder, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting) upon the direction of the related Conduit Purchaser and Committed Purchaser; provided , however , that no Managing Agent shall be required to take any action hereunder if the taking of such action, in the reasonable determination of such Managing Agent, shall be in violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation or contrary to any provision of this Agreement or shall expose such Managing Agent to liability hereunder or otherwise. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Early Amortization Event, the Managing Agent shall take no action hereunder (other than ministerial actions or such actions as are specifically provided for herein) without the prior consent of the related Conduit Purchaser and Committed Purchaser. The Managing Agent shall not, without the prior written consent of the related Conduit Purchaser (if any interest is held by a Conduit Purchaser at such time) and Committed Purchaser, agree to (i) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Agreement in any way which would (A) reduce or impair Collections or the payment of fees payable hereunder to the Conduit Purchasers or Committed Purchasers or delay the scheduled dates for payment of such amounts, (B) increase the Servicing Fee (other than as permitted pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement), (C) modify any provisions of this Agreement or the Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to the timing of payments required to be made by Transferor or Servicer or the application of the proceeds of such payments, (D) permit the appointment of any Person (other than the Trustee) as Successor Servicer. In addition, each Managing Agent agrees that it shall not agree to any amendment of this Agreement not specifically described in the two preceding sentences without the consent of the related Conduit Purchaser and Committed Purchaser. In the event the Managing Agent requests a Person's consent pursuant to the foregoing provisions and the Managing Agent does not receive a response to such request (either positive or negative) from such Person within ten (10) Business Days of such Person's receipt of such request, then such Person (and its percentage interest hereunder) shall be disregarded in determining whether the Managing Agent shall have obtained sufficient consent hereunder.
      1. Without limiting the authorization of and delegation to any Managing Agent set forth in the foregoing Section 6.06(a), it is hereby acknowledged and agreed that all payments in respect of any Class A Certificate and in respect of fees and other amounts owing to the members of any Purchaser Group (or their assigns) under this Agreement shall, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, be remitted by the applicable payor to the Managing Agent for such Purchaser Group, and such Managing Agent shall distribute all such amounts, promptly following receipt thereof, to the applicable parties in interest according to their respective interests therein, determined by reference to the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement, this Agreement and such Managing Agent's books and records relating to the Class A Certificates, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement and this Agreement (it being agreed that the entries made in such books and records of such Managing Agent shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error).
      2. Each Managing Agent shall exercise such rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs.
      1. Managing Agent's Reliance, Etc. Neither any Managing Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable to any Conduit Purchaser or Committed Purchaser for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them as Managing Agent under or in connection with this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limiting the foregoing, the Managing Agent: (i) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for Transferor or Servicer), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (ii) makes no warranty or representation to any Conduit Purchaser or any Committed Purchaser and shall not be responsible to any Conduit Purchaser or any Committed Purchaser for any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement; (iii) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents on the part of the Originator, the Transferor, the Trustee, the Parent or the Servicer or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of the Originator, the Transferor, the Trustee, the Parent or the Servicer; (iv) shall not be responsible to any Conduit Purchaser or any Committed Purchaser for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, the Certificates or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; and (v) shall incur no liability to any Conduit Purchaser or Committed Purchaser under or in respect of this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents by acting upon any notice (including notice by telephone), consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telex) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.
      2. The Managing Agents and Affiliates . Each Managing Agent and its Affiliates may generally engage in any kind of business with the Transferor, the Servicer, the Originator or the Parent, any of their respective Affiliates and any Person who may do business with or own securities of the Servicer, the Originator, the Parent or any of their respective Affiliates, all as if such Managing Agent were not a Managing Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Parent, the Originator, the Transferor, the Servicer or any Purchaser.
      3. Indemnification of the Managing Agent . Each Committed Purchaser agrees to indemnify the Managing Agent for its Purchaser Group (to the extent not reimbursed by Transferor), ratably in accordance with its respective Committed Percentage, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Managing Agent (in its capacity as such) in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement and any of the Transaction Documents or such action taken or omitted by the Managing Agent hereunder or thereunder, provided that such Committed Purchaser shall not be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Managing Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Committed Purchaser agrees to reimburse the Managing Agent, ratably in accordance with its respective Committed Percentage, promptly upon demand for any out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) incurred by the Managing Agent in connection with the administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, to the extent that such expenses are incurred in the interests of or otherwise in respect of the Conduit Purchasers or the Committed Purchasers hereunder and/or thereunder and to the extent that the Managing Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by the Transferor
      4. Purchaser Credit Decision . Each Purchaser acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Program Agent, any Managing Agent or any other Purchaser and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Purchaser also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Program Agent, any Managing Agent or any other Purchaser and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement.


  1. ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS
      1. Assignment .
        1. At any time and from time to time, any Conduit Purchaser may, by notice and delivery to the Program Agent of a fully executed assignment and assumption agreement assign all or any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder (which portion shall in no event evidence less than $5,000,000 of the Class A Invested Amount then held by such Conduit Purchaser or, if less, the entire Class A Invested Amount so held by such Conduit Purchaser, except that any assignment to a Liquidity Provider under a Liquidity Provider Agreement may be in any amount) to (i) any Conduit Assignee or to any Purchaser or (ii) any other Person (including any Liquidity Provider), provided that , in the case of clause (ii), (A) such Person is either a Liquidity Provider or an Eligible Assignee and (B) such assignment shall comply with any applicable legal requirements including the Securities Act. The Program Agent shall, promptly upon its receipt of any such notice and assignment and assumption agreement, notify the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing of such assignment. The assignee shall, upon the effectiveness of such assignment and assumption agreement and delivery thereof and of such other requested documentation to the Program Agent, become entitled to the benefits hereof and subject to the obligations of assignor hereunder.
        2. At any time and from time to time, any Committed Purchaser may, by notice and delivery to the Program Agent of a fully executed Assignment and Acceptance, assign to any other Person, all or any portion of its Series 2001-1-VFC Class A Certificate Interest or its interest therein (which portion shall in no event evidence less than $5,000,000 of the Class A Invested Amount then held by such Committed Purchaser or, if less, the entire Class A Invested Amount so held by such Committed Purchaser); provided that (i) such assignee is an Eligible Assignee and (ii) such assignment shall comply with any applicable legal requirements including the Securities Act. Any Committed Purchaser making any such assignment shall provide notice to the Transferor and the Servicer thereof. The assignee shall, upon the effectiveness of such Assignment and Acceptance and delivery thereof and of such other requested documentation to the Program Agent, become entitled to the benefits hereof and subject to the obligations of the assignor hereunder.
        3. The Program Agent agrees to cooperate with the Transferor to effect any assignment under this Section 7.01, and the Transferor agrees to execute or obtain such other documentation as may be reasonably requested by any Purchaser in order to effectuate any assignment under this Section 7.01 ( provided that the Transferor shall not have any obligation to amend any Transaction Document in connection therewith), the costs of such documentation to be borne by the Transferor.
      2. Rights of Assignee . Upon any assignment in accordance with this Article VII, (a) the assignee receiving such assignment shall have all of the rights of such assignor hereunder with respect to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificate or interest therein (or portion thereof) or rights associated therewith being assigned and (b) all references to such assignor in the Transaction Documents shall be deemed to apply to such assignee to the extent of its interest therein and in the related Collections.
      3. Notice of Assignment . Each assignor shall provide notice to the Transferor, the Program Agent and the Trustee of any assignment of any Series 2001-1-VFC Certificate or interest therein (or portion thereof) or rights associated therewith by such assignor to any assignee.
      4. Register . The Program Agent shall maintain a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Purchasers and the Commitment of each Purchaser from time to time (the " Register "). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Transferor, the Program Agent, the Trustee and the Purchasers may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Purchaser hereunder for all purposes of the Transaction Documents. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Transferor, the Parent, the Trustee or any Purchaser at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
      5. Participations . At any time and from time to time any Purchaser may sell participations to one or more banks or other entities in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Series 2001-1-VFC Class A Certificates owned by it); provided, however , that (i) such Purchaser's obligations under this Agreement (including its Commitment if such Purchaser is a Committed Purchaser) shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Purchaser shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Transferor, the Program Agent and the Purchasers shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Purchaser in connection with the rights of such Purchaser and the obligations of such Purchaser under this Agreement.
      6. Restrictions on Assignments and Participations . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no Purchaser shall assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder to any Person that is not a United States Person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) unless such Person shall have provided the Transferor and the Program Agent with the forms described in Section 3.03(e). Notwithstanding Sections 7.01 and 7.05, no Purchaser shall be entitled to assign (or sell participations in) all or any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder to (i) a partnership, grantor trust or S corporation, as such terms are defined in the Internal Revenue Code or (ii) any Person if, following such assignment or sale to such other Person, any Purchaser Group would have more than fifteen (15) beneficial owners of Certificates (taking into account the attribution rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, each Conduit Purchaser shall be entitled to assign (or sell a participation in) its rights and obligations hereunder to a Committed Purchaser or other Eligible Assignee, provided that the Transferor receives evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that such sale or assignment will not cause any Purchaser Group to have more than fifteen (15) beneficial owners (taking into account the attribution rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)).


  2. MISCELLANEOUS
      1. Amendments, Etc . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Program Agent, the Managing Agents, the Conduit Purchasers and the Committed Purchasers. Any waiver or consent shall be effective only if signed by the party waiving any right, in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given, and any amendment affecting the rights, duties immunities or indemnities of the Trustee shall not be effective unless signed by the Trustee.
      2. Notices, Etc . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (including telex and facsimile communication) and shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, or overnight courier or facsimile, to the intended party at the address or facsimile number of such party set forth under its name on the signature pages hereof or at such other address or facsimile number as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and communications shall be effective (a) if personally delivered, when received, (b) if sent by certified mail, four Business Days after having been deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, (c) if sent by overnight courier, one Business Day after having been given to such courier, unless sooner received by the addressee and (d) if transmitted by facsimile, when sent, upon receipt confirmed by telephone or electronic means, except that notices and communications pursuant to Articles II and III shall not be effective until received. Notices and communications sent hereunder on a day that is not a Business Day shall be deemed to have been sent on the next following Business Day.
      3. No Waiver; Remedies; Set-Off . No failure on the part of any the Program Agent, any Managing Agent or any Affected Person to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. Without limiting the foregoing, the Program Agent, each Managing Agent and each Purchaser is hereby authorized by the Transferor at any time and from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Early Amortization Event, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set-off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by the Program Agent and each Purchaser to or for the credit or the account of the Transferor against any and all of the Obligations of the Transferor now or hereafter existing, to the Program Agent, any Managing Agent, any Purchaser, any Affected Person, or their respective successors and assigns, irrespective of whether such Person shall have made any demand under any Transaction Document and although such Obligations may be unmatured; provided, however , that no such Person shall exercise any such right of set-off without the prior written consent of the applicable Managing Agent and the Program Agent. Each set-off by any Purchaser under this Section 8.03 against the Class A Invested Amount shall reduce the Class A Invested Amount accordingly.
      4. Binding Effect; Survival .
        1. This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and all Affected Persons and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however , that nothing in the foregoing shall be deemed to authorize any assignment not permitted by Section 7.01. This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligation of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, and shall remain in full force and effect until one year and one day after the earlier of the date on which all Obligations are indefeasibly paid in full or the date on which the Trust shall terminate in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The provisions of Article III as well as Sections 8.05 and 8.09 shall be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
        2. A Purchaser shall become a party hereto (i) by executing and delivering to the Program Agent a counterpart of the signature page to this Agreement or (ii) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article VII hereof. Thereupon, upon acceptance and recording by the Program Agent in the Register, such Purchaser shall become a party to this Agreement from and after the date of execution of such signature page. Purchasers may become parties hereto at different times and from time to time in accordance with the foregoing procedure.
      5. No Proceedings . Each of the Transferor (on its own behalf and on behalf of its Affiliates), the Trustee, the Program Agent, each Managing Agent and each Purchaser hereby agrees that it will not institute against any Conduit Purchaser, or join any other Person in instituting against any Conduit Purchaser, any case or proceeding of the type referred to in the definition of " Insolvency Event " so long as any Commercial Paper issued by such Conduit Purchaser shall be outstanding or there shall not have elapsed one year plus one day since the last day on which any such Commercial Paper shall have been outstanding. The foregoing shall not limit the right of the Transferor, the Trustee, the Program Agent, any Managing Agent or any Purchaser to file any claim in or otherwise take any action with respect to any such case or proceeding that was instituted against any Conduit Purchaser by any Person other than the Transferor, the Trustee, the Program Agent, any Managing Agent or any Purchaser.
      6. Captions and Cross References . The various captions (including the table of contents) in this Agreement are provided solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.
      7. Integration . This Agreement, together with the Fee Letters and the other Transaction Documents, contains a final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and, together with all the other Transaction Documents, shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all prior oral or written understandings.
      8. Replacement of Purchasers . So long as any securitization company administered by any Managing Agent or any of its Affiliates is a Purchaser, such Managing Agent shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the rights and obligations of any or all Committed Purchasers in its Purchaser Group to make the Purchase, fund Increases or make Conversion Fundings in the event that the applicable rating of such Committed Purchaser shall be downgraded below that described in the definition of "Eligible Assignee". Such termination shall be effective upon written notice to such effect delivered by such Managing Agent to such Committed Purchaser and the Program Agent, whereupon the Term of such Committed Purchaser's Commitment shall terminate. Upon such termination, so long as the Conversion Date has not occurred, such Committed Purchaser shall cease to have any rights or obligations with respect to future Increases under this Agreement but shall continue to have the rights and obligations of a Committed Purchaser with respect to any Purchase, Increases or Conversion Fundings funded by it under this Agreement prior to such termination and with respect to Increases funded out of the Conversion Funding Account to the extent that the Conversion Date shall have occurred prior to such termination. The applicable Managing Agent shall use reasonable efforts to replace any Purchaser removed pursuant to this Section 8.08.
      9. Confidentiality . Each of the Trustee, the Program Agent, each Managing Agent and each Purchaser agrees, and shall cause their agents or representatives, to hold in confidence all Confidential Information; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee or any Purchaser from delivering copies of any financial statements and other documents constituting Confidential Information, or disclosing any other Confidential Information, to (i) the Trustee or such Purchaser's directors, officers, employees, agents and professional consultants, (ii) any other Purchaser or any rating agency then rating the Commercial Paper of any Certificateholder, (iii) any Person to which such Purchaser offers to sell or assign or sells or assigns a Class A Certificate or any part thereof or any rights associated therewith or participation therein, provided that such Person shall have agreed to hold in confidence all Confidential Information as set forth herein, (iv) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (v) the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization, (vi) any state, federal or foreign authority or examiner regulating banks or banking, (vii) to any affiliate, independent or internal auditor, agent, employee or attorney having a need to know the same, provided that such Person is advised of the confidential nature of the information being disclosed and each such recipient agrees to be bound by the terms of this Section, (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (a) in compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to the Trustee or such Purchaser, (b) in response to any subpoena or other legal process or (c) in connection with any litigation to which the Trustee or such Purchaser is a party or (ix) any liquidity provider, enhancement provider and prospective liquidity provider and enhancement provider, in each case with respect to a Conduit Purchaser, including in its capacity as a Committed Purchaser.
      10. Limitation of Liability . It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that, except as otherwise expressly provided in any Transaction Document, (a) this Agreement is executed and delivered by Bankers Trust Company, not individually or personally but solely as Trustee of the Trust, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it, (b) the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Trust are made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by Bankers Trust Company, but are made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Trust, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on Bankers Trust Company, individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties who are signatories to this Agreement and by any person claiming by, through or under such parties, and (d) under no circumstances shall Bankers Trust Company be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Trust or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Trust under this Agreement, except to the extent provided in this Agreement.
      11. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
      12. Submission to Jurisdiction .
        1. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents in the courts of any jurisdiction.
        2. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party in any New York State or federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
      13. Consent to Service of Process . Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process by personal delivery, certified mail, postage prepaid or overnight courier. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
      14. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
      15. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party to this Agreement waives any right to a trial by jury in any action or proceeding to enforce or defend any rights under or relating to this Agreement, any other Transaction Document, or any amendment, instrument, document or agreement delivered or which may in the future be delivered in connection herewith or therewith or arising from any course of conduct, course of dealing, statements (whether oral or written), actions of any of the parties hereto and the Purchasers or any other relationship existing in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, and agrees that any such action or proceeding shall be tried before a court and not before a jur y.
      16. No Recourse . No recourse under or with respect to any obligation, covenant or agreement (including, without limitation the payment of any fees or any other obligations) of any Conduit Purchaser as contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or instrument or documents entered into by it pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall be had against any administrator of any of them or any incorporator, affiliate, stockholder, officer, employee, member, manager or director of any of them or of any such administrator, as such, by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, by virtue of any statute or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and understood that the agreements of each Conduit Purchaser contained in this Agreement and all of the other agreements, instruments and documents entered into by it pursuant hereto or in connection herewith are, in each case, solely the corporate or limited liability company obligations of any such entity; provided that such liabilities shall be paid by any Conduit Purchaser only after the repayment in full of all of such Conduit Purchaser's Commercial Paper and all other liabilities contemplated in the Transaction Documents with respect to such Conduit Purchaser, and that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to or be incurred by any administrator of such Conduit Purchaser or of any such administrator, as such, or any of them, under or by reason of any of the obligations, covenants, or agreements or such Conduit Purchaser contained in this Agreement or in any other such instrument, document or agreement, or which are implied therefrom, and that any and all personal liability of every such administrator of such Conduit Purchaser and each incorporator, stockholder, affiliate, officer, employee, member, manager or director of such Conduit Purchaser or of any such administrator, or any of them, for breaches by such Conduit Purchaser of any such obligations, covenants or agreements, which liability may arise either at common law or in equity, by statute or constitution, or otherwise, is hereby expressly waived as a condition of, and in consideration for, the execution of this Agreement. The provisions of this Section 8.16 shall survive the termination of this Certificate Purchase Agreement.
      17. Execution of the Intercreditor Agreement . The Purchasers and the Managing Agents hereby authorize and direct the Program Agent to execute the Intercreditor Agreement.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Series 2001-1-VFC Certificate Purchase Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

      STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP,

      as Transferor

      By Stage Receivable Mgmt LLC,

      its general partner

       

      By:____________________________

      Name:

      Title:

      Address:

      10201 Main Street

      Houston, TX 77025

      Attn: Bob Aronson

      Tel: (713) 663-9746

      Fax: (713) 660-3358

      SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP,

      as Servicer

      By SRI General Partner LLC,

      its general partner

      By:____________________________

      Name:

      Title:

      Address:

      10201 Main Street

      Houston, TX 77025

      Attn: Bob Aronson

      Tel: (713) 663-9746

      Fax: (713) 660-3358

      CORPORATE RECEIVABLES CORPORATION,

      as Purchaser

      By: CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,

      as Attorney-in-Fact

       

      By:_____________________________
      Name:

      Title:

      Address:

      388 Greenwich Street - 19th Floor

      New York, New York 10003

      Attn: Susan Olsen
      Tel: (212) 816-0777

      Fax: (212) 816-0270

       

      BLUE KEEL FUNDING, LLC,

      as Purchaser

       

       

       

      By:____________________________

      Name:

      Title:

      Address:

      100 Federal Street

      MA DE 100 11 F

      Boston, MA 02110

      Attn: Asset Securitization

      Tel: 617-434-7353

      Fax: 617-434-1533

       

      CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,

      as Program Agent and as a Managing Agent

       

      By:____________________________

      Name: Susan Olsen

      Title: Vice President

      Address:

      388 Greenwich Street - 19th Floor

      New York, New York 10003

      Attn: Susan Olsen
      Tel: (212) 816-0777

      Fax: (212) 816-0270

       

      FLEET SECURITIES, INC.,

      as Managing Agent

       

      By:______________________________

      Name:

      Title:

      Address:

      100 Federal Street

      MA DE 100 11 F

      Boston, MA 02110

      Attn: Asset Securitization

      Tel: 617-434-7353

      Fax: 617-434-1533

       

      BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,

      not in its individual capacity

      but solely as Trustee on behalf of the Trust

       

      By:______________________________

      Name:

      Title:

      Address:

      Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee

      Four Albany Street

      New York, New York 10006

      Attn: Corporate Trust and Agency Services

      Structured Finance Team

      Tel: (212) 250-6137

      Fax: (212) 250-6439

      CITIBANK, N.A., as a Committed Purchaser

       

      By________________________________

      Name:

      Title:

      Address:

      388 Greenwich Street - 19th Floor

      New York, New York 10003

      Attn: Susan Olsen
      Tel: (212) 816-0777

      Fax: (212) 816-0270

       

      FLEET NATIONAL BANK,

      as Committed Purchaser

       

      By:______________________________

      Name:

      Title:

      Address:

      100 Federal Street

      MA DE 100 11 F

      Boston, MA 02110

      Attn: Asset Securitization
      Tel: 617-434-7353

      Fax: 617-434-1533

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

      M&S/31150-132/452247_1

      SCHEDULE I

      Commitments

      Managing Agent

      Committed Purchaser of Purchaser Group Commitment

      Citibank, N.A. Citicorp North America, Inc $142,500,000

       

      Fleet National Bank Fleet Securities, Inc. $57,500,000

       

      SCHEDULE II

       

      Citicorp North America, Inc.

      388 Greenwich Street, 19th Floor

      New York, NY 10003

      Attn: Susan Olsen

      Fascimile: (212) 816-0270

      Confirmation: (212) 816-0777

      Wire Information - Citibank, N.A.

      Acct: 4051-7805

      ABA: 021000089

      Acct Name: CRC Redemption Account

      Ref: Stage Stores

      Attn: Harrison

      Tax ID: 95-40300032

       

      Fleet Securities, Inc.

      100 Federal Street

      MADE 100 11F

      Boston, MA 02110

      Attn: Amy Baribeault

      Fascimile: (617) 434-5719

      Confirmation: (617) 434-2345

      Wire Information - Fleet National Bank

      Acct: 9405189033

      ABA: 011-000-138

      Acct. Name: Blue Keel Funding LLC

      Ref: Asset Securitization

      Attn: Blue Keel - Stage Stores

      Tax ID: 13-3971290

       

       

      Stage Receivable Funding LP

      10201 Main Street

      Houston, TX 77025

      Attn: Bob Aronson

      Fascimile: (713) 660-3358

      Confirmation: (713) 663-9746

      Wire Information - Citibank, N.A.

      Acct: 3043-0204

      ABA: 021000089

      Acct Name: CUSA FAO Specialty Retailers Concentration Account

      Ref: Stage Stores

      Attn: Elizabeth Zecha

      Tax ID: 74-0821900

      EXHIBIT A

      FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

      Reference is made to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificate Purchase Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the " Certificate Purchase Agreement ") STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP , a Texas limited partnership, as Transferor (the " Transferor "), SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP , a Texas limited partnership, as servicer (the " Servicer "), CORPORATE RECEIVABLES CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (" CRC "), BLUE KEEL FUNDING, LLC , a Delaware limited liability corporation (" Blue Keel ") and the other commercial paper conduits from time to time party hereto, each a Conduit Purchaser, CITIBANK, N.A. , a national banking association (" Citibank "), BLUE KEEL FUNDING, LLC , a Delaware limited liability corporation (" Blue Keel ") and the other financial institutions from time to time party hereto, as Committed Purchasers, CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation (" CNAI "), FLEET SECURITIES, INC , a New York corporation (" FSI ") and the other financial institutions from time to time party hereto, as Managing Agents, CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation, as Program Agent (the " Program Agent ") and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY , a New York banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee (the " Trustee "). Terms defined in the Certificate Purchase Agreement unless otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined therein.

      The "Assignor" and the "Assignee" referred to on Schedule 1 hereto agree as follows:

          1. As of the Effective Date (defined below), the Assignor hereby sells and assigns, without recourse, to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes, without recourse to or representation of any kind (except as set forth below) from Assignor, an interest in and to the Assignor's rights and obligations under the Certificate Purchase Agreement and under any other Transaction Document equal to the percentage interest specified on Schedule 1 hereto of all outstanding rights and obligations under the Certificate Purchase Agreement and any other Transaction Document, including the Assignor's Commitment, Committed Percentage, Series 2001-1-VFC Class A Certificate Interests and Class A Invested Amount (such rights and obligations assigned hereby being the " Assigned Interests "). After giving effect to such sale and assignment, the Assignee's Commitment and Committed Percentage will be as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto.
          2. The Assignor (i) represents and warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder free and clear of any Lien created by Assignor; (ii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Transaction Documents or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of, or the perfection or priority of any lien or security or ownership interest created or purported to be created under or in connection with, the Transaction Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto or the condition or value of any Trust Asset or any interest therein; and (iii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Transferor, any other Originator, the Servicer, the Parent or the Trustee or the performance or observance by any Person of any of its obligations under any Transaction Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto.
          3. The Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Certificate Purchase Agreement, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, together with copies of any financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 2.05(f) and 3.03(b)(vii) thereof and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Program Agent, the Assignor or any other Purchaser and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under any of the Transaction Documents; (iii) confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee; (iv) appoints and authorizes the Program Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Transaction Documents as are delegated to the Program Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; (v) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Transaction Documents are required to be performed by it as a Purchaser; (vi) confirms that the assignment hereunder complies with any applicable legal requirements including the Securities Act; (vii) confirms that such Assignee is a United States Person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) or that such Assignee shall have provided the Transferor with two Internal Revenue Service forms W-8 ETC or W-8 BEN (or a successor form) certifying that the income from the Class A Certificates is effectively connected with the conduct of such Person's trade or business in the United States or that such income is exempt from withholding under an applicable tax treaty; (viii) confirms that such Assignee is not a partnership, grantor trust or S corporation (as such terms are defined in the Internal Revenue Code); (ix) confirms that the assignment hereunder will not result in the Trust having more than 100 beneficial owners of Certificates (taking into account the attribution rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-2(h)); and (x) attaches any other U.S. Internal Revenue Service forms required under Section 3.03 of the Certificate Purchase Agreement.
          4. Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance, it will be delivered to the Program Agent for acceptance and recording by the Program Agent. The effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance (the " Effective Date ") shall be the date of acceptance hereof by the Program Agent, unless a later effective date is specified on Schedule 1 hereto.
          5. Upon such acceptance and recording by the Program Agent, as of the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to and bound by the provisions of the Certificate Purchase Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Liquidity Provider thereunder and under any other Transaction Document and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Certificate Purchase Agreement and under any other Transaction Document.
          6. Upon such acceptance and recording by the Program Agent, from and after the Effective Date, the Program Agent and Trustee shall make all payments under the Certificate Purchase Agreement and the Assigned Interests (including, without limitation, all payments of the Class A Invested Amount, interest and fees with respect thereto) to the Assignee. The Assignor and Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments under the Certificate Purchase Agreement and the Assigned Interests for periods prior to the Effective Date directly between themselves.
          7. This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
          8. This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Acceptance by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Acceptance.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Assignor and the Assignee have caused Schedule 1 to this Assignment and Acceptance to be executed by their officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date specified thereon.

SCHEDULE 1
to
ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

Commitment assigned: $________

Committed Percentage assigned: ________%

Assignor's Commitment
after assignment: $________

Assignor's Committed
Percentage after assignment: ________%

Effective Date (if later than date of acceptance by Program Agent):
__________ __, ____

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR], as Assignor

 

By:______________________________

Name:

Title:

Dated: __________ __, ____

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE], as Assignee

 

By:______________________________

Name:

Title:

Dated: __________ __, ____

Address for Notices:

Accepted this ____ day
of __________, ____

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,

as Program Agent

 

By_____________________________

Name:

Title:

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF SERIES 2001-1-VFC NOTICE OF PURCHASE

[Date]

Citicorp North America, Inc.
399 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10043
Fleet Securities, Inc.
100 Federal Street
Boston, MA 02110
Specialty Retailers (TX) LP
10201 Main Street
Houston, TX 77025
Attention: President
 

Reference is made to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificate Purchase Agreement dated August 24, 2001 (the " Series 2001-1-VFC Certificate Purchase Agreement ") STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP , a Texas limited partnership, as Transferor (the " Transferor "), SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP , a Texas limited partnership, as servicer (the " Servicer "), CORPORATE RECEIVABLES CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (" CRC "), BLUE KEEL FUNDING, LLC , a Delaware limited liability corporation (" Blue Keel ") and the other commercial paper conduits from time to time party hereto, each a Conduit Purchaser, CITIBANK, N.A. , a national banking association (" Citibank "), FLEET NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (" Fleet ") and the other financial institutions from time to time party hereto, as Committed Purchasers, CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation (" CNAI "), FLEET SECURITIES, INC. , a New York corporation (" FSI ") and the other financial institutions from time to time party hereto, as Managing Agents, CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation, as Program Agent (the " Program Agent ") and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY , a New York banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee (the " Trustee "). Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meaning specified in the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificate Purchase Agreement.

Transferor, as of the date hereof (i) reaffirms all representations and warranties made in the Certificate Purchase Agreement are true and correct (except insofar as such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date), (ii) certifies that no Early Amortization Event or Series Early Amortization Event (or event which would, with the giving of notice or passing of time be a Early Amortization Event or Series Early Amortization Event) has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of the requested Purchase and (iii) certifies that all conditions precedent to the requested Purchase have been satisfied.

Notice is hereby given that the undersigned requests the making of the Purchase on __________ __, ____ in the amount of $_______ on __________ __, ____, of which $________, representing [ %] of the total amount shall be allocated to the Purchaser Group for which CNAI acts as Managing Agent, and $_______, representing [ %] of the total amount shall be allocated to the Purchaser Group for which FSI acts as Managing Agent.

Wire Instructions :

CUSA FAO Specialty Retailers Concentration Account,

Acct. # 30430204, ABA # 021000089, Attn: Elizabeth Zecha

STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP

By: Stage Receivable Mgmt LLC,

its general partner

 

By:___________________________________

Name:

Title:

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF NOTICE OF INCREASE

[Date]

Citicorp North America, Inc.
399 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10043
Fleet Securities, Inc.
100 Federal Street
Boston, MA 02110
Specialty Retailers (TX) LP
10201 Main Street
Houston, TX 77025
Attention: President
 

Reference is made to the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificate Purchase Agreement dated August 24, 2001 (the " Series 2001-1-VFC Certificate Purchase Agreement ") among STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP , a Texas limited partnership, as Transferor (the " Transferor "), SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP , a Texas limited partnership, as servicer (the " Servicer "), CORPORATE RECEIVABLES CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (" CRC "), BLUE KEEL FUNDING, LLC , a Delaware limited liability corporation (" Blue Keel ") and the other commercial paper conduits from time to time party hereto, each a Conduit Purchaser, CITIBANK, N.A. , a national banking association (" Citibank "), FLEET NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (" Fleet ") and the other financial institutions from time to time party hereto, as Committed Purchasers, CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation (" CNAI "), FLEET SECURITIES, INC. , a New York corporation (" FSI ") and the other financial institutions from time to time party hereto, as Managing Agents, CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation, as Program Agent (the " Program Agent ") and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY , a New York banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee (the " Trustee "). Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meaning specified in the Series 2001-1-VFC Certificate Purchase Agreement.

Transferor, as of the date hereof (i) reaffirms all representations and warranties made in the Certificate Purchase Agreement are true and correct (except insofar as such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date), (ii) certifies that no Early Amortization Event or Series Early Amortization Event (or event which would, with the giving of notice or passing of time be a Early Amortization Event or Series Early Amortization Event) has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of the requested Increase and (iii) certifies that all conditions precedent to the requested Increase have been satisfied.

Notice is hereby given that the undersigned requests the funding of an Increase in the amount of $_______ on __________ __, ____, of which $________, representing [ %] of the total amount shall be allocated to the Purchaser Group for which CNAI acts as Managing Agent, and $_______, representing [ %] of the total amount shall be allocated to the Purchaser Group for which FSI acts as Managing Agent.

Wire Instructions :

CUSA FAO Specialty Retailers Concentration Account,

Acct. # 30430204, ABA # 021000089, Attn: Elizabeth Zecha

 

 

 

 

 

STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP

By: Stage Receivable Mgmt LLC,

its general partner

 

By:___________________________________

Name:

Title:

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

Reference is made to the Certificate Purchase Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the " Agreement "), among STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP , a Texas limited partnership, as Transferor (the " Transferor "), SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP , a Texas limited partnership, as servicer (the " Servicer "), CORPORATE RECEIVABLES CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (" CRC "), BLUE KEEL FUNDING, LLC , a Delaware limited liability corporation (" Blue Keel ") and the other commercial paper conduits from time to time party hereto, each a Conduit Purchaser, CITIBANK, N.A. , a national banking association (" Citibank "), FLEET NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (" Fleet ") and the other financial institutions from time to time party hereto, as Committed Purchasers, CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation (" CNAI "), FLEET SECURITIES, INC. , a New York corporation (" FSI ") and the other financial institutions from time to time party hereto, as Managing Agents, CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. , a Delaware corporation, as Program Agent (the " Program Agent ") and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY , a New York banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee (the " Trustee "). To the extent not defined herein, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.

__________________ (the " New Managing Agent "), __________________ (the " New Conduit Purchaser(s) "), __________________ (the " New Committed Purchaser(s) "; and together with the New Managing Agent and New Conduit Purchaser, the " New Purchaser Group "), Transferor, Servicer and the Program Agent agree as follows:

1. Pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Agreement, Transferor has requested, in connection with an increase to the Series 2001-1-VFC Invested Amount, that the New Purchaser Group agree to become a "Purchaser Group" under the Agreement.

2. The effective date (the " Effective Date ") of this Joinder Agreement shall be the later of (i) the date on which a fully executed copy of this Joinder Agreement is delivered to the Program Agent and (ii) the date of this Joinder Agreement.

3. By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement, each of the New Managing Agent, the New Conduit Purchaser(s) and the New Committed Purchaser(s) confirms to and agrees with each other party to the Agreement that (i) it has received a copy of the Agreement, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Joinder Agreement; (ii) it will, independently and without reliance upon the Program Agent or any of its Affiliates, the other Managing Agents or any of their Affiliates, or the other Purchaser and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Agreement or any Transaction Documents; (iii) it appoints and authorizes the Program Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Agreement, the Transaction Documents and any other instrument or document pursuant thereto as are delegated to the Program Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto and to enforce its respective rights and interests in and under the Agreement, the Transaction Documents and the Trust Assets; (iv) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Agreement and the Transaction Documents are required to be performed by it as a Managing Agent, a Conduit Purchaser, a Committed Purchaser, respectively; (v) its address for notices shall be the office set forth beneath its name on the signature pages of this Joinder Agreement; and (vi) it is duly authorized to enter into this Joinder Agreement.

4. On the Effective Date of this Joinder Agreement, each of the New Managing Agent, the New Conduit Purchaser(s) and the New Committed Purchaser(s) shall join in and be a party to the Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Joinder Agreement, shall have the rights and obligations of a Managing Agent, a Conduit Purchaser and a Committed Purchaser, respectively, under the Agreement .

5. This Joinder Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

6. This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Joinder Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written, such execution being made on Schedule I hereto.

Schedule I

to

Joinder Agreement

Dated ______ __, 20__

Section 1.

The "CP Rate" with respect to any Commercial Paper issued by the New Conduit Purchaser(s) to fund its Pro Rata Share of the Class A Funded Amount, is [_____________________].

Section 2 .

The "Permitted Conduit Assignees for the New Purchaser Group are [____________________]

Section 3.

The "Purchaser Group Limit" for the New Purchaser Group is $[______________]

 

NEW CONDUIT PURCHASER: [NEW CONDUIT PURCHASER]

 

By:_______________________

Name:

Title:

Address for notices:

[Address]

NEW COMMITTED PURCHASER: [NEW COMMITTED PURCHASER]

 

By:_______________________

Name:

Title:

Address for notices:

[Address]

 

NEW MANAGING AGENT: [NEW MANAGING AGENT]

 

By:_______________________

Name:

Title:

Address for notices:

[Address]

Consented to this ___ day of ___________, ____ by:

STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP

By: Stage Receivable Mgmt LLC,

its general partner

 

By:_______________________

Name:

Title:

 

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.

 

By:_______________________

Name:

Title:

 

Exhibit 10.11

______________________________________________________________________________

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

dated August 24, 2001

among

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. ,

as Program Agent ,

STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP ,

as Transferor ,

SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP ,

as Borrower and Servicer ,

GRANITE NATIONAL BANK,

STAGE STORES, INC.,

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY ,

as Trustee ,

and

CITICORP USA, INC. ,

as Bank Agent

 

 

 

______________________________________________________________________________

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms 2

SECTION 1.02. References to Terms Defined in the Purchaser Documents and the Bank Loan Documents 7

ARTICLE II

INTERCREDITOR PROVISIONS

SECTION 2.01. Priorities of Purchased Property 7

SECTION 2.02. Respective Interests in Purchased Property and Collateral 8

SECTION 2.03. Distribution of Proceeds 8

SECTION 2.04. Depository Accounts 8

SECTION 2.05. Enforcement Actions 11

SECTION 2.06. Access to and Use of Collateral 12

SECTION 2.07. Notice of Defaults 12

SECTION 2.08. Agency for Perfection 13

SECTION 2.09. UCC Notices 13

SECTION 2.10. Independent Credit Investigations 13

SECTION 2.11. Limitation on Liability of Parties to Each Other 13

SECTION 2.12. Marshalling of Assets 13

SECTION 2.13. Relative Rights of Certificateholders and Lender Parties as Among Themselves 14

SECTION 2.14. Effect upon Bank Loan Documents and Purchaser Documents 14

SECTION 2.15. Accountings 14

SECTION 2.16. Further Assurances 15

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 3.01. Notices 15

SECTION 3.02. Agreement Absolute 16

SECTION 3.03. Successors and Assigns 17

SECTION 3.04. Third-Party Beneficiaries 17

SECTION 3.05. Amendments, Etc 17

SECTION 3.06. Section Titles 17

SECTION 3.07. Severability 17

SECTION 3.08. Execution in Counterparts 17

SECTION 3.09. Limitation of Liability 18

SECTION 3.10. Governing Law 18

SECTION 3.11. Submission to Jurisdiction 18

SECTION 3.12. Consent to Service of Process 18

SECTION 3.13. Waiver of Jury Trial 18

 

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of August 24, 2001, by and among CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. , as Program Agent (together with its successors and assigns, the " Program Agent ") (for itself and for and on behalf of CORPORATE RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (" CRC "); BLUE KEEL FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware corporation (" Blue Keel ") and the other financial institutions from time to time party to the Certificate Purchase Agreement referred to below as Conduit Purchasers (the " Conduit Purchasers "); CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (" Citibank "), FLEET NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (" Fleet ") and the financial institutions from time to time party to the Certificate Purchase Agreement referred to below as Committed Purchasers (the " Committed Purchasers "); CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC., a Delaware corporation (" CNAI "), FLEET SECURITIES, INC., a New York corporation (" FSI ") and the other financial institutions from time to time party thereto as Managing Agents (the " Managing Agents "); and any other Certificateholders (as hereinafter defined)); SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP , a Texas limited partnership (" SRLP "); STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP , a Texas limited partnership (the " Transferor "); GRANITE NATIONAL BANK , a national banking association (" Granite "); STAGE STORES, INC. , a Nevada corporation (" Parent "); BANKERS TRUST COMPANY , not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee (together with its successors and assigns, the " Trustee ") of the Stage Stores Master Trust (the " Trust "), and CITICORP USA, INC. , in its separate capacity as agent (the " Bank Agent "), for CITIBANK, N.A. , a national banking association, as Issuing Bank (the " Issuing Bank ") and as Swing Line Bank (the " Swing Line Bank "), and the other financial institutions from time to time party to the Credit Agreement referred to below (the " Lenders ").

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

1. Granite has agreed to sell, transfer and assign to SRLP, and SRLP has agreed to purchase from Granite, all of the right, title and interest of Granite in and to the Receivables (as hereinafter defined) pursuant to an Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the " Transfer Agreement "), between Granite and SRLP, and SRLP has agreed to sell, transfer and assign to the Transferor, and the Transferor has agreed to purchase from SRLP, all of the right, title and interest of SRLP in and to the Receivables (as hereinafter defined), pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2001 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the " SRLP Purchase Agreement ", and together with the Transfer Agreement, the " Purchase Agreements "), between SRLP and the Transferor.

2. The Transferor, SRLP, as servicer (the " Servicer "), and the Trustee are parties to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the " Pooling and Servicing Agreement "), pursuant to which the Transferor has agreed to transfer the Purchased Receivables to the Trustee on behalf of the Trust.

3. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement will be supplemented by the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement dated as of the date hereof (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the " Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement ") among the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee.

4. The Conduit Purchasers and/or the Committed Purchasers will purchase the Class A Certificates (as defined under the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement) issued under the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement, pursuant to a Series 2001-1 VFC Certificate Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the " Certificate Purchase Agreement "), among the Transferor, the Servicer, the Trustee, the Conduit Purchasers, the Committed Purchasers, the Managing Agents and the Program Agent.

5. The Purchase Agreements and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement provide for the filing of UCC (as hereinafter defined) financing statements in connection with obtaining the ownership and perfecting the security interests of the parties thereto in certain of the assets and properties constituting the Receivables;

6. SRLP, Parent, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Bank and the Bank Agent are parties to a Credit Agreement dated as of August 24, 2001 (as amended, supplemented, modified, restated, replaced or refinanced from time to time, with the same or a different group of lenders, issuing banks or bank agents, the " Credit Agreement ").

7. To secure certain obligations, SRLP and Parent have granted to the Bank Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Parties, a security interest in certain collateral, including but not limited to, the Purchased Receivables (as hereinafter defined) and proceeds thereof, pursuant to the Security Agreement (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement).

8. It is a condition precedent to the making of the Purchase (as defined in the Certificate Purchase Agreement), the issuance of the Certificates pursuant to the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement and the Initial Extension of Credit under the Credit Agreement that the parties hereto enter into this Agreement.

9. The parties hereto have agreed to enter into this Agreement to set forth provisions regarding the allocation of priorities in, and the enforcement of remedies with respect to, the Purchased Property (as hereinafter defined) and with respect to the Collateral (as hereinafter defined);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed as follows:


  1. DEFINITIONS
      1. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined). The term "Agreement" shall mean this Intercreditor Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
      2. " Account " shall mean each credit card account established pursuant to a Charge Account Agreement between Granite and any Person, which is identified by an account number.

        " Amortization Date " shall mean the date on which an Amortization Period commences.

        " Amortization Period " has the meaning specified in the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement.

        " Bank Claim " means all "Obligations" of any "Loan Party" (as such terms are defined in the Credit Agreement) under the Credit Agreement.

        " Bank Collateral " has the meaning specified for the term "Collateral" in the Credit Agreement.

        " Bank Collateral Documents " has the meaning specified for the term "Collateral Documents" in the Credit Agreement.

        " Bank Loan Documents " has the meaning specified for the term "Loan Documents" in the Credit Agreement.

        " Borrower " has the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

        " Business Day " means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday, any day which is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York or any other day on which banking institutions located in such state are required to be closed; provided , however , that when making reference to a Eurodollar Rate Advance (as defined in the Credit Agreement) (including the making, continuing, prepaying or repaying of any Eurodollar Rate Advance), the term "Business Day" shall also exclude any day in which banks are not open for dealings in deposits of United States dollars on the London interbank market.

        " Certificateholders " or " Holders " has the meaning specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        " Charge Account Agreement " shall mean the agreement between a Person and Granite, which may consist of more than one document, pursuant to which Granite agrees to make loans to a Person to enable such Person to pay for purchased merchandise or services or to obtain cash advances under a revolving credit plan that permits such Person to purchase merchandise and services or to obtain cash advances on credit, together with any finance charges and other charges related thereto, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

        " Claim " means the Bank Claim or the Purchaser Claim, as applicable.

        " Collateral " means all Bank Collateral which does not constitute Purchased Property.

        " Collection Account " has the meaning specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        " Collections " means, with respect to any Purchased Receivable, all cash collections and other cash proceeds of such Purchased Receivable excluding, (i) such collections and proceeds received by Granite with respect to the sale of the Purchased Receivables by Granite to SRLP and (ii) such collections and proceeds received by SRLP with respect to the sale of the Purchased Receivables by SRLP to the Transferor.

        " Company Claim " means all of the indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities of (i) the Transferor to SRLP and (ii) SRLP to Granite arising under, or in connection with, the Purchase Agreements, including, but not limited to, obligations evidenced by any Intercompany Balance, and all costs of collection or enforcement thereof.

        " Depository Accounts " shall have the meaning specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        " Depository Account Banks " shall have the meaning specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        " Early Amortization Event " has the meaning specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        " Enforcement " means, collectively or individually, for (i) the Program Agent on behalf of the Certificateholders or the Trustee to declare an "Early Amortization Event" under the Purchaser Documents or (ii) the Required Lenders or the Bank Agent to declare an Event of Default, to declare the "Commitment" (as defined in the Credit Agreement) of each Lender Party and the obligation of each Lender Party to make "Advances" (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and the Issuing Bank to issue "Letters of Credit" (as defined in the Credit Agreement) terminated, to demand payment in full of or accelerate the Bank Claim, and to commence the judicial or nonjudicial enforcement of any of the rights and remedies, under the Bank Loan Documents.

        " Enforcement Notice " means a written notice delivered in accordance with Section 2.05 hereof, which notice shall (i) if delivered by the Program Agent or the Trustee, state that an Early Amortization Event has occurred, specify the nature of such Early Amortization Event and announce that an Enforcement Period has commenced and (ii) if delivered by the Bank Agent, state that an Event of Default has occurred, specify the nature of such event and announce that an Enforcement Period has commenced.

        " Enforcement Period " means the period of time following the receipt by either the Bank Agent or the Trustee of an Enforcement Notice delivered by the other such Person until the earliest of the following: (i) the Purchaser Claim Termination Date, in the case of an Enforcement Notice delivered by the Program Agent or the Trustee; (ii) the date that the Bank Claim has been paid and satisfied in full in cash, in the case of an Enforcement Notice delivered by the Bank Agent; and (iii) the date specified by the parties hereto in writing.

        " Event of Default " has the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

        " Intercompany Balance " has the meaning specified in the SRLP Purchase Agreement.

        " Issuing Bank " has the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

        " Lender " has the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

        " Lender Party " means the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Bank.

        " Mail Payment Allocation " has the meaning specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        " Obligor " shall mean a Person obligated to make payments with respect to a receivable arising under an Account pursuant to a Charge Account Agreement.

        " Person " means an individual, corporation, trust (including a business trust), joint-stock company, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, association, partnership, joint venture, governmental authority or any other entity.

        " Purchased Property " means (i) the Purchased Receivables, (ii) the Collections related to such Purchased Receivables and (iii) each of the Collection Account, the Excess Funding Account (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) and each other account established pursuant to the Purchaser Documents.

        " Purchased Receivables " means all Receivables now owned or hereafter existing sold or purported to be sold, contributed or otherwise transferred by Granite to SRLP and from SRLP to the Transferor under and pursuant to the terms of any Purchase Agreement.

        " Purchaser Claim " means all obligations of Granite, SRLP (in its capacity as Servicer or otherwise) or of the Transferor to, or which have been assigned to or entered into in favor of, the Trustee, the Program Agent, or any Holder arising under any Purchaser Document and of any Obligor arising under any Purchased Receivable, including, but not limited to, all sums or increases now or hereafter advanced or made to or for the benefit of the Transferor thereunder, any interest thereon, any repayment obligations, indemnity payments, fees or expenses due thereunder, and any costs of collection or enforcement.

        " Purchaser Claim Termination Date " means any date on which (i) the Purchaser Claim has been paid and satisfied in full in cash or (ii) the Trust shall have been completely terminated, and the Trustee shall have distributed all Trust Assets, in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        " Purchaser Documents " means the Purchase Agreements, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement, the Certificate Purchase Agreement, the Parent Undertaking Agreement, the Fee Letters (as defined in the Certificate Purchase Agreement) and any other agreements, instruments or documents (i) executed by Granite or SRLP and delivered to the Transferor or (ii) executed by the Transferor and delivered to the Trustee, the Program Agent or any Managing Agent.

        " Receivable " shall mean any account or general intangible representing the indebtedness of an Obligor under a Charge Account Agreement arising in an Account from a sale of merchandise or services or a cash advance, and includes the right to payment of any interest or finance charges and other obligations of such Obligor with respect thereto. Each Receivable includes, without limitation, all rights of Granite under the applicable Charge Account Agreement.

        " Records " means all contracts and other documents, books, records and other information (including, without limitation, computer programs, tapes, disks, punch cards, data processing software and related property and rights) maintained with respect to the Receivables and the related Obligors.

        " Required Lenders " has the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

        " Returned Goods " means all right, title and interest of SRLP or the Transferor, as applicable, in and to returned, repossessed or foreclosed goods and/or merchandise the sale of which gave rise to a Purchased Receivable.

        " Returned Goods Lien " has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a) .

        " Series " has the meaning specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        " Shared Concentration Account " has the meaning specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        " Shared Concentration Account Bank " has the meaning specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        " Store Account " has the meaning specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        " Store Payment Allocation " has the meaning specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        " Swing Line Bank " has the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

        " Trust Assets " has the meaning specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

        " UCC " means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the applicable jurisdictions.

        " Unsold Receivables " means any Receivables other than Purchased Receivables.

      3. References to Terms Defined in the Purchaser Documents and the Bank Loan Documents . To the extent that any term in Section 1.01 is defined by reference to the meaning therfor specified in any of the Purchaser Documents or Bank Loan Documents, then, each of the parties hereto that is also a party to such Purchaser Documents or Bank Loan Documents, as the case may be, shall not agree to any amendment thereto modifying such definition incorporated by reference herein unless such amendment has been consented to in writing by all of the parties hereto.


  2. INTERCREDITOR PROVISIONS
      1. Priorities of Purchased Property . (a) Notwithstanding any provision of the UCC, any applicable law or decision or any of the Bank Loan Documents or Purchaser Documents, the Bank Agent hereby agrees that, upon the sale or other transfer of an interest in each Receivable by Granite to SRLP, and each Purchased Receivable by SRLP to the Transferor, any lien, claim, encumbrance, security interest or other interest acquired by the Bank Agent or any Lender Party in such Purchased Receivable and proceeds thereof (other than the proceeds of such sale or transfer by Granite to SRLP and by SRLP to the Transferor) and any other Trust Assets shall automatically and without further action cease and be released, and the Bank Agent and the Lender Parties shall have no lien, claim, encumbrance, security interest or other interest or right therein; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 2.01 shall be deemed to constitute a release by the Bank Agent of: (i) its lien on and security interest in the proceeds received by Granite from SRLP or by SRLP from the Transferor from the sale or other transfer of the Purchased Receivables (including, without limitation, cash payments made by the Transferor and any Deferred Payment made on account of any Intercompany Balance recorded in connection with such sale or other transfer in favor of SRLP); (ii) any lien on, security interest in or assignment of any Company Claim; (iii) any lien, claim, encumbrance, security interest or other interest or right the Bank Agent has in any Unsold Receivables and the proceeds thereof, including without limitation, Collections of Unsold Receivables which are at any time deposited in the Depository Accounts; (iv) any lien, claim, encumbrance, security interest or other interest or right the Bank Agent may have in any Intercompany Balance incurred by or in any capital stock issued by the Transferor; and (v) any lien, claim, encumbrance, security interest or other interest or right the Bank Agent may have in any interest of SRLP in Returned Goods (collectively, a " Returned Goods Lien "). The security interest of the Bank Agent in Purchased Receivables reassigned by the Trust to the Transferor, and from the Transferor to SRLP , pursuant to Section 2.04(e) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall reattach upon such transfer.
      2. (b) All interests of the Trustee in Returned Goods under the Purchaser Documents shall in all respects be junior and subordinate to any Returned Goods Lien in such Returned Goods, except that (i) during any period in which an Early Amortization Event shall have occurred and be continuing, such Returned Goods Lien shall be junior and subordinate to all interests of the Trustee in any Returned Goods under the Purchaser Documents which have not been commingled with Collateral and (ii) the Trustee shall have no interest in any Returned Goods the sale of which gave rise to a Receivable which shall have been paid in full. As among the Trustee and the Bank Agent, all proceeds of any Returned Goods shall be distributed first to the party whose position is designated as senior in the preceding sentence and second to the party whose position is designated as junior in the preceding sentence.

        (c) Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, the parties hereto hereby acknowledge that amounts payable in respect of any Intercompany Balance shall be payable only as provided in the Purchaser Documents.

      3. Respective Interests in Purchased Property and Collateral . Except for all rights of access to and use of Records granted to the Trustee, the Program Agent and any Enhancement Providers pursuant to the Purchaser Documents, each of the Trustee (on behalf of the Trust) and the Program Agent agrees that it does not have and shall not have any security interest in, lien upon or interest in the Collateral. Except as otherwise specified in Section 2.01 above, the Bank Agent agrees that it does not have and shall not have any security interest in, lien upon or interest in the Purchased Property other than an interest in the Store Accounts and the Shared Concentration Account for the benefit of itself and the Trustee.
      4. Distribution of Proceeds . At all times, all proceeds of Collateral and Purchased Property (including proceeds received in the Depository Accounts) shall be distributed in accordance with the following procedure:
      5. (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.04 or Section 2.01(b) , (i) all collections and proceeds of the Collateral shall be paid or delivered to the Bank Agent for application to the Bank Claim in accordance with the Bank Loan Documents and (ii) any remaining proceeds after the Bank Claim has been paid and satisfied in full in cash shall be paid to the Borrower or as otherwise required by applicable law.

        (b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.04 or Section 2.01(b) , (i) all Collections and other proceeds of the Purchased Property shall be paid or delivered to the Trustee on behalf of the Trust for application in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement and the Certificate Purchase Agreement against the Purchaser Claim until the Purchaser Claim Termination Date and (ii) any remaining Collections and proceeds shall be paid to the Transferor in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement and the Certificate Purchase Agreement or as otherwise required by applicable law; provided , however , that the Transferor and SRLP hereby agree that all such remaining Collections and proceeds which, pursuant to the Purchaser Documents, are to be paid by the Transferor to SRLP for application against an Intercompany Balance shall be paid directly on behalf of SRLP to the Bank Agent for application against the Bank Claim (and credit against an Intercompany Balance) before being paid to SRLP.

      6. Depository Accounts . (a) (i) The Trustee (on behalf of the Trust) and the Program Agent hereby acknowledge (A) that the Bank Agent shall be entitled to collections of Unsold Receivables and other Collateral which may be deposited in the Store Accounts, the Initial Depository Account or the Shared Concentration Account and (B) the interest of the Bank Agent and the Lender Parties in the Initial Depository Account, which is also held by the Trustee on behalf of the Trust and (ii) the Bank Agent, (on behalf of the Lender Parties) hereby acknowledges (A) that the Trustee shall be entitled to Collections of Receivables and any other collections which constitute the proceeds of Purchased Property which may be deposited in the Store Accounts, the Initial Depository Account or the Shared Concentration Account and (B) the interest of the Program Agent and the Trustee in the Store Accounts and Shared Concentration Account, which are also held by the Bank Agent on behalf of the Lender Parties.
      7. (b) Within two days after the deposit of any funds into the Store Accounts such funds shall be deposited into the Shared Concentration Account. On or before the date that any funds are deposited into the Shared Concentration Account, the Servicer shall deliver a Store Payment Allocation to the Program Agent, the Trustee and the Bank Agent indicating the respective amounts of such funds constituting (i) collections of Unsold Receivables or proceeds of other Collateral and (ii) Collections of Receivables or other proceeds of Purchased Property, whereupon the Bank Agent shall direct that such funds be transferred to the Bank Account and Collection Account pursuant to such allocation. If on any day the Servicer has not provided a Store Payment Allocation with respect to funds deposited in the Shared Concentration Account on such day, such funds shall remain on deposit in the Shared Concentration Account, until such time as (A) the applicable Store Payment Allocation with respect to such funds is provided by the Servicer or (B) the Trustee and the Bank Agent shall have agreed in writing upon an allocation of such funds, it being understood that if the Servicer shall have failed to deliver a Shared Payment Allocation for a period of three Business Days, the Bank Agent, the Trustee and the Program Agent shall cooperate to exercise their respect rights under the Bank Loan Documents and the Purchaser Documents to obtain the information necessary to allocate such funds on deposit in the Shared Concentration Account as collections of Unsold Receivables or proceeds of other Collateral or as Collections of Receivables or other proceeds of Purchased Property, and shall instruct the Bank Agent to allocate such funds accordingly.

        (c) Within two days after receipt, payments received by mail from obligors in respect of Purchased Receivables and Unsold Receivables shall be deposited into the Initial Depository Account, and such funds shall be subsequently transferred to the Collection Account on a daily basis as collected. On or before the date that any funds are deposited into the Collection Account from the Initial Depository Account, the Servicer shall deliver a Mail Payment Allocation to the Program Agent, the Trustee and the Bank Agent indicating the respective amounts of such funds constituting (i) collections of Unsold Receivables or proceeds of other Collateral and (ii) Collections of Receivables or other proceeds of Purchased Property, whereupon the Trustee shall transfer to the Bank Account the portion of such funds constituting collections of Unsold Receivables or proceeds of other Collateral. If on any day the Servicer has not provided a Mail Payment Allocation, with respect to funds deposited into the Collection Account from the Initial Depository Account on such day, such funds shall remain on deposit in the Collection Account, until such time as (A) the applicable Mail Payment Allocation with respect to such funds is provided by the Servicer or (B) the Trustee and the Bank Agent shall have agreed in writing upon an allocation of such funds, it being understood that if the Servicer shall have failed to deliver a Mail Payment Allocation for a period of three Business Days, the Bank Agent, the Trustee and the Program Agent shall cooperate to exercise their respect rights under the Bank Loan Documents and the Purchaser Documents to obtain the information necessary to allocate such funds on deposit in Collection Account from the Initial Depository Account as collections of Unsold Receivables or proceeds of other Collateral or as Collections of Receivables or other proceeds of Purchased Property, and the Trustee shall allocate such funds accordingly.

        (d) For purposes of determining whether specific collections have been received on account of Purchased Property or on account of Unsold Receivables, the parties hereto agree as follows:

        (i) All payments made by an Obligor which is obligated to make payments on Purchased Receivables but is not obligated to make any payments on Unsold Receivables shall be conclusively presumed to be payments on account of Purchased Receivables, and all payments made by an Obligor which is obligated to make payments on Unsold Receivables but is not obligated to make any payments on Purchased Receivables shall be conclusively presumed to be payments on account of Unsold Receivables.

        (ii) All payments made by an Obligor which is obligated to make payments with respect to both Purchased Receivables and Unsold Receivables shall be applied against the specific Receivables, if any, which are designated by such Obligor by reference to the applicable invoice as the Receivables with respect to which such payment is made, or, if no such designation is made, such payments shall be applied against the oldest outstanding Receivables or portion thereof owed by such Obligor to the extent such oldest Receivable or portion thereof is not in dispute.

        (e) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.04(d) , (i) the Trustee agrees that it shall transfer its ownership and control over the Depository Accounts (to the extent not previously transferred in the case of the Store Accounts or the Shared Concentration Account) to the Bank Agent upon receipt by the Trustee of a certificate of the Program Agent to the effect that Purchaser Claim Termination Date has occurred and (ii) the Bank Agent agrees that it shall transfer its ownership and control over the Depository Accounts (to the extent not previously transferred in the case of the Initial Depository Account) to the Trustee upon a determination by the Bank Agent that all Obligations owing to the Loan Parties (other than continuing indemnity obligations) have been paid in full in cash. Any such transfer shall be without representation, recourse or warranty of any kind on the part of the Trustee or the Bank Agent, as applicable. The Bank Agent and the Trustee agree that each will continue to act for the other with regard to any of the Shared Concentration Account or Store Accounts, in the case of the Bank Agent, and the Initial Depository Account, in the case of the Trustee, for the period of time required to transfer the ownership of such account.

        (f) In order to effect more fully the provisions of this Agreement, each of the Trustee and the Bank Agent hereby agrees that, from and after an Early Amortization Event or Event of Default: (i) to the extent that the Trustee has control over any of the Depository Accounts, the Trustee shall provide to the Bank Agent a copy of the latest monthly account statement related to such Depository Accounts during the Trustee's administration; (ii) to the extent that that the Bank Agent has control over any of the Depository Accounts, the Program Agent shall be entitled to review the Bank Agent's records of receipts of Collections and application of proceeds therefrom; (iii) in the event that the Bank Agent shall foreclose or otherwise dispose of any inventory described in Section 2.01(b) , the Program Agent shall be allowed to have a representative observe such foreclosure or disposition and the Bank Agent's application of proceeds received therefrom; (iv) in the event that the Trustee shall foreclose or otherwise dispose of any inventory described in Section 2.01(b) , the Bank Agent shall be allowed to have a representative observe such foreclosure or disposition and the Trustee's application of proceeds received therefrom; (v) none of the Bank Agent, the Trustee or the Program Agent shall, before the Purchaser Claim Termination Date, send any notices to any Obligor of any Receivable directing such Obligor to remit Collections of any Receivables other than to the Depository Accounts without the prior written consent of the other such parties; and (vi) none of the Bank Agent, the Trustee or the Program Agent shall, before the Purchaser Claim Termination Date, send any notices to any Depository Bank directing that payments be made to any account other than the Shared Concentration Account or the Initial Depository Account Accounts without the prior written consent of the other such parties.

        (g) The Trustee and Program Agent each further agree that they will not cause the Servicer to be replaced by a successor servicer unless (i) a "Servicer Default" has occurred under and as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; (ii) such successor servicer is a "Successor Servicer" under and as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; and (iii) such successor servicer has acknowledged the terms of this agreement and agreed to be bound hereby.

      8. Enforcement Actions . Each of the Bank Agent, the Trustee, and the Program Agent agrees to use reasonable efforts to give an Enforcement Notice to each other party hereto prior to commencement of Enforcement and further agrees that during the period, if any, between the giving of such Enforcement Notice and the commencement of Enforcement thereunder, each party receiving such notice shall have the right to the extent within its power (but not the obligation) to cure the Event of Default or Early Amortization Event which has occurred under the Bank Loan Documents or the Purchaser Documents, respectively, and to which such Enforcement Notice relates. Subject to the foregoing, the parties hereto agree that during an Enforcement Period:
      9. (a) Subject to any applicable restrictions in the Purchaser Documents, the Trustee may take any action to liquidate the Purchased Property or to foreclose or realize upon or enforce any of the rights of the Trust with respect to the Purchased Property without the prior written consent of any Lender Party or any other party hereto; provided , however , that to the extent that the Trustee's interest in any Returned Goods is subordinate to a Returned Goods Lien therein, the Trustee shall not take any action to foreclose or realize upon or to enforce any rights it may have with respect to such Returned Goods unless the Bank Agent shall have consented thereto in writing or the Bank Claim shall have been first paid and satisfied in full in cash. The Trustee shall in any event apply any proceeds of Returned Goods it may receive upon enforcement of its interest therein as provided in Section 2.01(b) above.

        (b) Subject to any applicable restrictions in the Bank Loan Documents, the Bank Agent may, at its option and without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, take any action to accelerate payment of the Bank Claim and to foreclose or realize upon or enforce any of its rights with respect to (i) the Collateral and (ii) any Purchased Property constituting Returned Goods; provided , however , that the Bank Agent shall not otherwise take any action to foreclose or realize upon or to enforce any rights it may have with respect to any of the Purchased Property constituting Returned Goods in which a Returned Goods Lien is then junior and subordinate to an interest of the Trustee in such Returned Goods (to the extent that such interest has been so identified to the Bank Agent with sufficient specificity so as to enable the Trustee to segregate such property) without the Program Agent's prior written consent (unless the Purchaser Claim Termination Date shall have occurred) and the Bank Agent shall apply proceeds of any Purchased Property consisting of Returned Goods as provided in Section 2.01(b) above.

      10. Access to and Use of Collateral . The Trustee, the Program Agent and the Bank Agent hereby agree that, notwithstanding the priorities set forth in this Agreement, the Trustee and the Bank Agent shall have the following rights of access to and use of the Purchased Property and the Collateral, respectively:
      11. (a) Subject to any applicable restrictions in the Purchaser Documents, each of the Trustee, the Program Agent and each Managing Agent may enter one or more premises of any of the Parent, Granite, SRLP or the Transferor, whether leased or owned, at any time during reasonable business hours, without force or process of law and without obligation to pay rent or compensation to any of the Parent, Granite, SRLP, the Transferor or the Bank Agent, whether before, during or after an Enforcement Period, and may have access to and use of all Records located thereon and may have access to and use of any other property to which such access and use are granted under the Purchaser Documents, in each case provided that such use is for any purpose permitted under the Purchaser Documents or for the purposes of enforcing the rights of the Trust with respect to the Purchased Property.

        (b) Subject to any applicable restrictions in the Bank Loan Documents, the Bank Agent may enter one or more premises of any of Granite, SRLP or the Transferor, whether leased or owned, at any time during reasonable business hours, without force or process of law and without obligation to pay rent or compensation to any of Granite, SRLP, the Transferor or the Trustee, whether before, during or after an Enforcement Period, and may have access to and use of all Records located thereon, provided that such use is for any purpose permitted under the Bank Loan Documents or for the purposes of enforcing the Bank Agent's rights (i) with respect to the Collateral and (ii) subject to the limits provided in Section 2.01 above, with respect to the Purchased Property.

      12. Notice of Defaults . The Bank Agent agrees to use reasonable efforts to give to the Trustee and the Program Agent copies of any notice sent to the Borrower with respect to the occurrence or existence of an Event of Default which continues for a period of ten (10) consecutive Business Days without there being in effect a waiver thereof or an agreement forbearing from the exercise of remedies duly executed by the parties required to do so under the applicable Bank Loan Documents. The Trustee agrees to use reasonable efforts to give to the Bank Agent copies of any notice sent to any of Granite, SRLP or the Transferor with respect to the occurrence or existence of an Early Amortization Event which continues for any period of ten (10) consecutive Business Days without there being in effect a waiver thereof or an agreement forbearing from the exercise of remedies duly executed by the parties required to do so under the applicable Purchaser Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure by any party hereto to give such notice shall not create a cause of action against any party failing to give such notice or create any claim or right on behalf of any third party. In each of the above cases, the party receiving such notice shall have the right to the extent within its power (but not the obligation) to cure the Event of Default or Early Amortization Event, as the case may be, which gave rise to the sending of such notice.
      13. Agency for Perfection . The Trustee and the Bank Agent hereby appoint each other as agent for purposes of perfecting by possession their respective security interests and ownership interests and liens on the Collateral and Purchased Property. In the event the Trustee, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer thereof, obtains possession of any of the Collateral, the Trustee shall notify the Bank Agent of such fact, shall hold such Collateral in trust and, subject to Section 2.01(b) , shall deliver such Collateral to the Bank Agent. In the event that the Bank Agent, to the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer thereof, obtains possession of any of the Purchased Property, the Bank Agent shall notify in writing the Trustee and the Program Agent of such fact, shall hold such Purchased Property in trust and, subject to Section 2.01(b) , shall deliver such Purchased Property to the Trustee.
      14. UCC Notices . In the event that any party hereto shall be required by the UCC or any other applicable law to give notice to the other of intended disposition of Purchased Property or Collateral, respectively, such notice shall be given in accordance with Section 3.01 hereof and ten (10) days' notice shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable.
      15. Independent Credit Investigations . None of the Trustee, the Program Agent or the Bank Agent or any of their respective directors, officers, agents or employees shall be responsible to the other or to any other Person for the solvency, financial condition or ability of Granite, SRLP or the Transferor to repay the Purchaser Claim or the Bank Claim, or for the value of the Purchased Property or the Collateral, or for statements of either Granite, SRLP or the Transferor, oral or written, or for the validity, sufficiency or enforceability of the Purchaser Claim, the Bank Claim, the Purchaser Documents, the Bank Loan Documents, the Trustee's interest on behalf of the Trust in the Purchased Property or the Bank Agent's interest in the Collateral or any other collateral. The Bank Agent and the Program Agent have entered into the Bank Loan Documents and the Purchaser Documents , respectively, based upon their own independent investigations. None of the Bank Agent, the Program Agent or the Trustee makes any warranty or representation to the other nor does it rely upon any representation of the other with respect to matters identified or referred to in this Section 2.10 .
      16. Limitation on Liability of Parties to Each Other . Except as provided in this Agreement, the Bank Agent shall have no liability to the Trustee or the Program Agent, and the Trustee and the Program Agent shall have no liability to the Bank Agent, except in each case for liability arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such party or its representatives. None of the Bank Agent, Trustee or Program Agent shall have any liability to any other party hereto in each case for consequential or exemplary damages.
      17. Marshalling of Assets . Nothing in this Agreement will be deemed to require either the Trustee or the Bank Agent (a) to proceed against certain property securing any or all of the Bank Claim or the Purchaser Claim prior to proceeding against other property securing any such Claim or (b) to marshal the Collateral or the Purchased Property (as applicable) upon the enforcement of the Bank Agent's or the Trustee's rights or remedies under the Bank Loan Documents or Purchaser Documents, as applicable.
      18. Relative Rights of Certificateholders and Lender Parties as Among Themselves . The relative rights of the Certificateholders and Managing Agents, each as against the other, with respect to the exercise of the rights and the receipt of the benefits granted by the Trustee and the Program Agent hereunder shall be determined by mutual agreement among such parties in accordance with the terms of the Purchaser Documents. Each of the parties hereto (other than the Trustee or the Program Agent, respectively) shall be entitled to rely on the power and authority of the Trustee and the Program Agent to act on behalf of all of the Certificateholders and Managing Agents. The relative rights of the Lender Parties, each as against the other, with respect to the exercise of the rights and the receipt of the benefits granted by the Bank Agent shall be determined by mutual agreement among them in accordance with the Bank Loan Documents. Each of the parties hereto (other than the Bank Agent) shall be entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of the Bank Agent to act on behalf of all of the Lender Parties.
      19. Effect upon Bank Loan Documents and Purchaser Documents . By executing this Agreement, Granite, SRLP and the Transferor agree to be bound by the provisions hereof (a) as they relate to the relative rights of the Bank Agent and the Trustee on behalf of the Trust with respect to the property of Granite and SRLP, and (b) as they relate to the relative rights of SRLP and the Trustee on behalf of the Trust as creditors of the Transferor. Each of Granite, SRLP and the Transferor acknowledges that the provisions of this Agreement shall not give Granite, SRLP or the Transferor any substantive rights as against any other Person and that nothing in this Agreement shall amend, modify, change or supersede the terms of (x) the Bank Loan Documents as between the Borrower, Parent, the Bank Agent and the Lender Parties or (y) the Purchaser Documents as among Granite, SRLP, the Transferor, the Trustee, the Conduit Purchasers, the Committed Purchasers, the Managing Agents and the Program Agent. The Bank Agent, individually and on behalf of the Lender Parties, hereby confirms that the Purchaser Documents in existence as of the date hereof have been furnished to it and the Lender Parties and that the Bank Loan Documents expressly permit the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby consents to the execution, delivery and performance by each of Granite, SRLP and the Transferor of such Purchaser Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank Agent, on the one hand, and the Trustee and the Program Agent, on the other hand, agree that, as between themselves, to the extent the terms and provisions of the Bank Loan Documents or the Purchaser Documents are inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall control.
      20. Accountings . To the extent not provided by Granite or SRLP, (a) the Bank Agent agrees to render accounts of the Bank Claim to the Program Agent upon request, including, but not limited to, giving effect to the application of proceeds of any Collateral as hereinbefore provided and (b) the Program Agent agrees to render statements to the Bank Agent upon request, which statements shall identify in reasonable detail the Purchased Receivables and shall render an account of the Purchaser Claim, giving effect to the application of proceeds of Purchased Property as hereinbefore provided.
      21. Changes in Instructions to Depository Account Banks . Each of the Bank Agent and the Trustee agrees that to the extent that either such party has the right to give instructions or notifications under any blocked or restricted account agreement or other control agreement with any Depository Account Bank under which the other such party is liable to indemnify such Depository Account Bank in respect of any loss, cost or expense relating to such Depository Account Bank's maintenance of the applicable Depository Account, such party having the right to give instructions or notifications under such agreement shall not exercise such right at any time after the date such agreement first goes into effect without the prior written consent of such other party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
      22. Further Assurances . Each of the parties hereto agrees to take such actions as may be reasonably requested by any other party, whether before, during or after an Enforcement Period, in order to effect the rules of distribution and allocation set forth above in this Article II.


  3. MISCELLANEOUS
      1. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (including telex and facsimile communication) and shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, or overnight courier or facsimile, to the intended party at the address or facsimile number of such party set forth below or at such other address or facsimile number as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and communications shall be effective (a) if personally delivered, when received, (b) if sent by certified mail, four Business Days after having been deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, (c) if sent by overnight courier, two Business Days after having been given to such courier, unless sooner received by the addressee and (d) if transmitted by facsimile, when sent, upon receipt confirmed by telephone or electronic means. Notices and communications sent hereunder on a day that is not a Business Day shall be deemed to have been sent on the following Business Day.
      2. If to the Program Agent:

        Citicorp North America, Inc.
        388 Greenwich Street
        19th Floor
        New York, New York 10013
        Facsimile No.: 212-816-0270
        Confirmation No.: 212-816-0777
        Attention: Susan Olsen

        If to the Transferor:

        Stage Receivable Funding LP

        10201 Main Street
        Houston, TX 77025
        Facsimile No.:
        Confirmation No.:
        Attention:

        If to Granite:

        Granite National Bank

        10201 Main Street
        Houston, TX 77025
        Facsimile No.: (903) 541-2741
        Confirmation No.: (903) 541-2799
        Attention: Ken Brumfeld

        If to SRLP:

        Specialty Retailers (TX) LP

        10201 Main Street
        Houston, TX 77025
        Facsimile No.: (713) 660-3358
        Confirmation No.: (713) 663-9746
        Attention: Robert Aronson

        If to the Trustee:

        Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee
        Four Albany Street
        10 th Floor
        New York, New York 10006
        Facsimile No.: 212-250-6439
        Confirmation No.: 212-250-6137
        Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Services, Structured Finance Team

        If to the Bank Agent:

        Citicorp USA, Inc.
        388 Greenwich Street
        New York, New York 10013
        Facsimile No.:
        Attention: Michael Schadt

        Except as otherwise expressly required by this Agreement, no notice shall be required to be given to any Lender Party under any Bank Loan Document, other than to the Bank Agent.

      3. Agreement Absolute . Each of the Program Agent and the Trustee shall be deemed to have entered into the Purchaser Documents in express reliance upon this Agreement. The Bank Agent and each Lender Party shall be deemed to have entered into the Bank Loan Documents in express reliance upon this Agreement. This Agreement shall be and remain absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances, and no acts or omissions on the part of any other party to this Agreement shall affect or impair the agreement of any party to this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by all of the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be applicable both before and after the filing of any petition by or against any of Granite, SRLP or the Transferor under the Bankruptcy Code and all references herein to any of Granite, SRLP or the Transferor shall be deemed to apply to a debtor-in-possession or trustee for such party and all allocations of payments among the parties hereto shall, subject to any court order to the contrary, continue to be made after the filing of such petition on the same basis that the payments were to be applied prior to the date of the petition.
      4. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. The successors and assigns for each of Granite, SRLP and the Transferor shall include a debtor-in-possession or trustee of or for such party. The successors and assigns for the Bank Agent, the Trustee or the Program Agent, as the case may be, shall include any successor Bank Agent, Trustee or Program Agent, as the case may be, appointed under the terms of the Bank Loan Documents or the Purchaser Documents, as applicable. Each of the Bank Agent, the Trustee and the Program Agent, as the case may be, agrees to not transfer any interest it may have in the Bank Loan Documents or the Purchaser Documents, as the case may be, unless such transferee has been notified of the existence of this Agreement and has agreed to be bound hereby.
      5. Third-Party Beneficiaries . The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be for the sole benefit of the parties hereto, the Managing Agents, the Conduit Purchasers, the Committed Purchasers and the Lender Parties and their respective successors and assigns and no other Person shall have any right, benefit or priority by reason of this Agreement.
      6. Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all the parties hereto, and any such amendment or waiver shall be effective only in the specific instance and or the specific purpose for which given.
      7. Section Titles . The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto.
      8. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or thereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
      9. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
      10. Limitation of Liability . It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereby that (a) this Agreement is executed and delivered by Bankers Trust Company, not individually or personally, but solely as Trustee of the Trust, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it, (b) any representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Trust are made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by Bankers Trust Company, but are made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Trust, and (c) under no circumstances shall Bankers Trust Company be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Trust or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Trust under this Agreement, except to the extent such breach or failure resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Trustee.
      11. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
      12. Submission to Jurisdiction . (i) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the Bank Loan Documents or Purchaser Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any of the Bank Loan Documents or Purchaser Documents shall affect any right that any party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any Bank Loan Documents or Purchaser Documents to which it is a party in the courts of any jurisdiction.
      13. (ii) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the Bank Loan Documents or Purchaser Documents to which it is a party in any New York State or federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

      14. Consent to Service of Process . Each part to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service or process by personal delivery, certified mail, postage prepaid or overnight courier. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
      15. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party to this Agreement waives any right to a trial by jury in any action or proceeding to enforce or defend any rights under or relating to this Agreement or any amendment, instrument, document or agreement delivered or which may in the future be delivered in connection herewith or therewith or arising from any course or conduct, course of dealing, statements (whether oral or written), actions of any of the parties hereto or any other relationship existing in connection with this Agreement, and agrees that any such action or proceeding shall be tried before a court and not before a jury.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. ,

as Program Agent

By:_________________________________
Name:
Title:

STAGE RECEIVABLE FUNDING LP ,
as Transferor

By Stage Receivable Mgmt LLC, its general partner

By:_________________________________
Name:
Title:

SPECIALTY RETAILERS (TX) LP ,
as Borrower, individually and as Servicer

By:_________________________________
Name:
Title:

GRANITE NATIONAL BANK

By:_________________________________
Name:
Title:

STAGE STORES MASTER TRUST

By: BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
not in its individual capacity,
but solely as Trustee on behalf of the Trust

By:_________________________________
Name:
Title:

CITICORP USA, INC. ,

as Bank Agent

 

By:_________________________________

Name:

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M&S/31150-132/452248_1

Exhibit 10.12

PARENT UNDERTAKING AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of August 24, 2001

 

among

 

STAGE STORES, INC.
as Parent

 

and

 

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
as Trustee

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

SECTION 1. Unconditional Guarantee 1

SECTION 2. Guaranty Absolute 2

SECTION 3. Waivers and Acknowledgments. 3

SECTION 4. Subrogation 3

SECTION 5. Representations and Warranties 4

SECTION 6. Covenants. 6

SECTION 7. Amendments, Etc. 9

SECTION 8. Addresses for Notices 9

SECTION 9. No Waiver; Remedies 10

SECTION 10. Indemnification 10

SECTION 11. Continuing Agreement 10

SECTION 12. Governing Law 11

SECTION 13. Submission to Jurisdiction. 11

SECTION 14. Consent to Service of Process 11

SECTION 15. Execution in Counterparts 11

SECTION 16. Waiver of Jury Trial 11

 

PARENT UNDERTAKING AGREEMENT (this " Agreement "), dated as of August 24, 2001, made by STAGE STORES, INC., a Nevada corporation (the " Parent "), in favor of BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, a New York banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement referred to below) on behalf of the Investor Certificateholders (as hereinafter defined).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

    1. Granite National Bank, a national banking association (" Granite ") and Specialty Retailers (TX) LP, a Texas limited partnership (" SRLP "), both indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Parent, have entered into an Amended and Restated Receivables Transfer Agreement dated as of the date hereof and, in turn, SRLP and Stage Receivable Funding LP, a Texas limited partnership (the " Transferor "), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent, have entered into a Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof.
    2. SRLP, as servicer, the Transferor and the Trustee have entered into a Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the " Pooling and Servicing Agreement "), as supplemented by the Series 2001-1-VFC Supplement dated as of the date hereof among the Transferor, SRLP, as Servicer and the Trustee (as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the " Supplement "). Terms defined the Supplement, or if not defined therein, in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement are used herein as therein defined.
    3. It is a condition precedent to the transfer of the Receivables to the Trust and the issuance of the Investor Certificates under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Supplement that the Parent shall have executed and delivered this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and the substantial direct and indirect benefits to the Parent from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Transaction Documents and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce the Investor Certificateholders to make purchases of Investor Certificates and to fund Incremental Fundings, the Parent hereby agrees as follows:

    1. Unconditional Undertaking to Cause Performance . The Parent hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to cause the punctual payment and performance when due by Granite, SRLP or the Transferor (Granite, SRLP and the Transferor, each, individually is, an " Obligated Party " and collectively are, the " Obligated Parties ") of all of such Obligated Party's respective covenants, agreements and undertakings now or hereafter existing under each Transaction Document to which such Obligated Party is a party (whether for Collections actually received or deemed to have been received, yield, repurchase or indemnity payments, fees, expenses or otherwise, such covenants, agreements, and other obligations being the " Supported Obligations "), and agrees to pay any and all reasonable expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee in enforcing any rights under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Parent's liability shall extend to all amounts which constitute part of the Supported Obligations and would be owed by an Obligated Party but for the fact that such Supported Obligation is unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving an Obligated Party. In the event that any Obligated Party shall fail in any manner whatsoever to perform or observe any of its Supported Obligations when the same shall be required to be performed, then the Parent will itself duly and punctually perform or observe, or cause to be duly and punctually performed and observed, such Supported Obligation, and it shall not be a condition to the accrual of the obligation of the Parent hereunder to perform or observe any Supported Obligation (or to cause the same to be performed or observed) that the Trustee shall have first made any request of or demand upon or given any notice to any Obligated Party or its respective successors or assigns, or have instituted any action or proceedings against any Obligated Party or its respective successors or assigns in respect thereof; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall affect any requirements set forth in any Transaction Document that notice be given or time elapse prior to the occurrence of an Early Amortization Event. For the avoidance of doubt, Supported Obligations do not include any obligations of Obligors with respect to any Accounts or Receivables or repayment of the Class A Certificates or any Conversion Funding Amount, except to the extent that a failure to pay any such obligation results from a failure of an Obligated Party to perform any of its obligations under the transactions Documents..
    2. Support Obligation Absolute . The Parent guarantees that the Supported Obligations will be paid and performed strictly in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents or any document delivered in connection therewith, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of the Trustee, any Investor Certificateholder or any Person holding an interest in an Investor Certificate, the Program Agent or any Managing Agent (any such Person being referred to hereinafter as a " Beneficiary ") with respect thereto. The obligations of the Parent under this Agreement are independent of the Supported Obligations and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against the Parent to enforce this Agreement, irrespective of whether any action is brought against any Obligated Party or whether any Obligated Party is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of the Parent under this Agreement shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and the Parent hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now or hereafter have in any way relating to, any or all of the following:
        1. any lack of validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;
        2. any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Supported Obligations under the Transaction Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Transaction Document;
        3. any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other guaranty, for all or any of the Supported Obligations;
        4. any manner of application of collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Supported Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any collateral for all or any of the Supported Obligations or any other obligations of any Obligated Party under the Transaction Documents;
        5. any change, restructuring or termination of the corporation structure or existence of any Obligated Party or any of its Subsidiaries;
        6. any failure of any Beneficiary to disclose to the Parent any information relating to the financial condition, operations, properties or prospects of any Obligated Party now or in the future known to any Beneficiary (the Parent waiving any duty on the part of any Beneficiary to disclose such information); or
        7. any other circumstance (including, without limitation, any statute of limitations) or any existence of or reliance on any representation by any Beneficiary that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Parent or any other guarantor or surety.

      This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time (x) any payment in connection with any of the Supported Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Trustee, or (y) any performance or satisfaction of any Supported Obligation is rescinded or otherwise invalidated, upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any party to any Transaction Document, all as though payment had not been made or as though such Supported Obligation had not been performed or satisfied.

    3. Waivers and Acknowledgments .
      1. The Parent hereby waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the Supported Obligations and this Agreement and any requirement that any Beneficiary protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Obligated Party or any other Person or any collateral.
      2. The Parent hereby waives any right to revoke this Agreement, and acknowledges that this Agreement is continuing in nature and applies to all Supported Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.
    4. Subrogation . The Parent will not exercise any rights that it may now or hereafter acquire against any Obligated Party that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Parent's obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Beneficiary against any Obligation Party or any collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from any Obligated Party, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until all amounts in connection with the Supported Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Agreement shall have been paid in full and the Trust shall have been terminated (except for any indemnification obligations that survive termination). If any amount shall be paid to the Parent in violation of the preceding sentence at any time prior to the later of (i) the payment in full of the Supported Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Agreement and (ii) termination of the Trust terminated (except for any indemnification obligations that survive termination), such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee to be credited and applied to the Supported Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents or to be held by the Trustee as collateral security for any Supported Obligations payable under this Agreement thereafter arising.
    5. Representations and Warranties . The Parent hereby represents and warrants as follows:
        1. Due Organization . The Parent (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, (ii) is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business requires it to so qualify or be licensed and when failure to so qualify or be licensed could be reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect  the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of the Parent or any of its subsidiaries, the rights and remedies of and "Beneficiary" (as defined below) under any Transaction Document or the ability of any the Parent or any Obligated Party to perform its obligations under any Transaction Document to which it is or is to be a party (" Material Adverse Effect ") and (iii) has all requisite corporate power and authority (including all governmental licenses, permits and other approvals) to own or lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted.
        2. Corporate Powers and No Conflicts . The Parent's execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, are within the Parent's corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not (i) contravene or violate any Requirement of Law, (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, any contract, loan agreement, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease or other instrument binding on or affecting the Parent or any of its properties or (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to its properties. The Parent is not in violation of any Requirement of Law or in breach of any such contract, loan agreement, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease or other instrument the violation or breach which could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
        3. No Consents . No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or any other third party is required by the Parent for (i) the due execution, delivery or performance by the Parent of this Agreement or the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby, or (ii) the exercise by the Trustee of its rights or remedies granted hereunder.
        4. Enforceability . This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Parent, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws). This Agreement is in full force and effect and is not subject to any specific dispute, offset, counterclaim or defense of the Parent.
        5. No Litigation . There is not action, suit, investigation, litigation, or proceeding affecting the Parent, pending or threatened, before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator that (i) could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or (iii) could adversely affect the income tax attributes of the Trust.
        6. Subsidiaries . All of the outstanding capital stock of each Obligated Party is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Parent.
        7. Accuracy of Information . Each certificate, information, exhibit, financial statement, document, book, record or report furnished by a Responsible Officer of the Parent to the Trustee in connection with this Agreement is accurate in all material respects as of its date and no such document contains any misstatement of material fact.
        8. Solvency . The Parent is, and after giving effect to its obligations under this Agreement will be, Solvent, as that term is defined in the Credit Agreement referred to in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
        9. Independent Credit Analysis . The Parent has, independently and without reliance upon any Beneficiary and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement, and the Parent has established adequate means of obtaining from each Obligated Party on a continuing basis information pertaining to, and is now and on a continuing basis will be familiar with, the financial condition, operations, properties and prospects of each Obligated Party.
        10. Financial Statements . The consolidated balance sheets of the Parent and its subsidiaries as at February 3, 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income and consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent and its subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, prepared by management of the Parent, and the consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Parent and its subsidiaries as at July 7, 2001, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income and consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent and its subsidiaries for the three months then ended, duly certified by the principal financial officer of the Parent, fairly present, subject, in the case of said balance sheet as at August 7, 2001, and said statements of income and cash flows for the three months then ended, to year-end audit adjustments, the consolidated and consolidating financial condition of the Parent and its subsidiaries as at such dates and the consolidated and consolidating results of operations of the Parent and its subsidiaries for the periods ended on such dates, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, and, except as disclosed to the Trustee and each of the Managing Agents in writing prior to the date hereof, since February 3, 2001, there has been no material adverse change in the business, operations or financial condition of the Parent and its subsidiaries.
        11. Conditions Satisfied . There are no conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement that have not been satisfied or waived.
    6. Covenants .
      1. So long as any obligation shall be owing to a Beneficiary, the Parent will:
          1. Compliance with Law . Comply, and cause each of its subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, such compliance to include, without limitation, compliance with ERISA and the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organization Chapter of the Organized Crime Control Act of 1970.
          2. Preservation of Legal Existence . Preserve and maintain its existence, legal structure, legal name, rights (charter and statutory), franchises, permits, licenses, approvals, and privileges in the jurisdiction of its formation, and qualify and remain qualified in each jurisdiction where the failure to maintain such qualification could materially and adversely affect the business, financial condition or operations of the Parent or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.
          3. Keeping of Books . Keep, and cause each of its subsidiaries to keep, proper books of record and account, which shall be maintained or caused to be maintained by the Parent and shall be separate and apart from those of any Affiliate of the Parent, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of the Parent and each such subsidiary in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
          4. Visitation Rights . At any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable notice, permit the Trustee, the Program Agent or any of the Investor Certificateholders, or any agents or representatives thereof, to examine and make copies of and abstracts from the records and books of account of, and to visit the properties of, the Parent and any of its subsidiaries and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Parent and any of its subsidiaries with any of their officers or directors and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Parent and any of its subsidiaries with their independent certified public accountants.
          5. Payment of Taxes, Etc. Pay promptly, and cause each of its subsidiaries to pay promptly when due all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its property or in respect of its income and profits therefrom, and any claims of any kind except that no such amount need be paid if the charge or levy is being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings and as to which adequate reserves are being maintained and no Lien with respect thereto has attached to its property and become enforceable against its creditors.
          6. Reporting Requirements .
            1. Within 30 days after the end of each fiscal month, deliver to the Trustee, the Program Agent and each Managing Agent the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its subsidiaries as of the end of such month and the consolidated and consolidating statements of income and a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent and its subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year ending as of the end of such month, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding month of the preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and duly certified by the principal officer or controller of the Parent.
            2. As soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the Parent and its consolidated subsidiaries for financial accounting purposes of each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal quarter ending August 4, 2001, deliver to the Trustee, the Program Agent and each Managing Agent the consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Parent and its subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and consolidated and consolidating statements of income and consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent and its subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal quarter and ending with the end of such fiscal quarter and consolidated and consolidating statements of income and a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent and its subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding period of the preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and duly certified (subject to year-end audit adjustments) by the principal financial officer of the Parent as having been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, together with a schedule in form satisfactory to the Program Agent of the computations used by the Parent in determining compliance that no Amortization Event with respect to Series 2001-1-VFC has occurred pursuant to Section 9(r) of the Supplement, provided that in the event of any change in generally accepted accounting principles used in the preparation of such financial statements, the Parent shall also provide, if necessary for the determination that no Early Amortization Event has occurred pursuant to Section 9(r) of the Supplement, a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to generally accepted accounting principles.
            3. As soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending February 3, 2001, deliver to the Trustee, the Program Agent and each Managing Agent a copy of the annual audit report for such year for the Parent and its subsidiaries, including therein consolidated balance sheets of the Parent and its subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and consolidated statements of income and a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent and its subsidiaries for such fiscal year, in each case accompanied by an opinion acceptable to the Program Agent and each Managing Agent of Deloitte & Touche or other independent public accountants of recognized standing acceptable to the Program Agent and each Managing Agent, together with consolidating balance sheets of the Parent and SRLP as of the end of such fiscal year and consolidating statements of income and cash flows of the Parent and SRLP for such fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and duly certified by the principal financial officer of the Parent as having been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles together with a schedule in form satisfactory to the Program Agent of the computations used by the Parent in determining compliance that no Amortization Event with respect to Series 2001-1-VFC has occurred pursuant to Section 9(r) of the Supplement, provided that in the event of any change in generally accepted accounting principles used in the preparation of such financial statements, the Parent shall also provide, if necessary for the determination that no Early Amortization Event has occurred pursuant to Section 9(r) of the Supplement, a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to generally accepted accounting principles.
            4. As soon as possible and in any event within one Business Day after the occurrence of an Early Amortization Event or Servicer Default or any event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Early Amortization Event or a Service Default, notify the Trustee in writing of such occurrence;
            5. As soon as possible and in any event (x) within two Business Days after the occurrence of an Early Amortization Event or Servicer Default, or any event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Early Amortization Event or Servicer Default, furnish to the Trustee, each Managing Agent and the Program Agent the written statement of an officer of the Parent setting forth details of such Early Amortization Event or Servicer Default or such event and the action which the Parent has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto, and (y) within three Business Days after an officer of the Parent makes a determination that any other event, development or information is reasonably likely, individually or in the aggregate, to materially and adversely affect the business, financial condition or operations of the Parent or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder, give written notice thereof to the Trustee, each Managing Agent and the Program Agent; and
            6. Promptly, from time to time, furnish to the Trustee such other information, documents, records or reports regarding the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Parent as the Trustee may from time to time reasonably request.
          7. Maintenance of Properties, Etc. Maintain and preserve, and cause each of its subsidiaries to maintain and preserve, all of its properties that are used or useful in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except to the extent that any failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not be reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect the business, financial condition or operations of the Parent or the Parent's ability to perform its obligations hereunder.
      2. The Parent covenants and agrees that so long as any obligation shall be owing to a Beneficiary, the Parent will not cancel or terminate the Credit Agreement or any related instrument or agreement or consent to or accept any cancellation or termination thereof, amend, modify or change in any manner any term or condition of the Credit Agreement or any related instrument or agreement or give any consent, waiver or approval thereunder, waive any default under or any breach of any term or condition of the Credit Agreement or any related instrument or agreement, agree in any manner to any other amendment, modification or change of any term or condition of the Credit Agreement or any related instrument or agreement or take any other action in connection with the Credit Agreement or any related instrument or agreement to the extent that such cancellation, termination, consent, acceptance, amendment, modification, change, waiver, approval, agreement or other action described herein could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, or permit any of its subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing.
      3. The Parent covenants and agrees that so long as any promissory notes issued by any Conduit Purchaser shall be outstanding or there shall not have elapsed one year plus one day since the last day on which any such notes shall have been outstanding, the Parent will not commence or institute, or join any other Person in commencing or instituting, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, against the Transferor or any Conduit Purchaser or any successor to the Transferor or any Conduit Purchaser which becomes a party to any of the Transaction Documents.
    7. Amendments, Etc.
      1. This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Parent and the Trustee, without the consent of any Investor Certificateholder, (i) to cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein or (iii) to add any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.
      2. This Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Parent and the Trustee, with the consent of a Majority in Interest of each adversely affected Series, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Certificateholders; provided , however , that no such amendment shall (i) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, any payment to be made hereunder without the consent of each such Certificateholder or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such amendment without the consent of each Investor Certificateholder. The Trustee may request an Officer's Certificate with respect to an amendment entered into pursuant to this clause (b) concerning compliance with the requirements of this Agreement.
      3. Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent (other than an amendment pursuant to clause (a)), the Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment to each Investor Certificateholder.
      4. It shall not be necessary for the consent of Investor Certificateholders to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by Investor Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Trustee may prescribe.
    8. Addresses for Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (including telex and facsimile communication) and shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, or overnight courier or facsimile, to the intended party at the address or facsimile number of such party set forth below or at such other address or facsimile number as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and communications shall be effective (a) if personally delivered, when received, (b) if sent by certified mail, four Business Days after having been deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, (c) if sent by overnight courier, two Business Days after having been given to such courier, unless sooner received by the addressee and (d) if transmitted by facsimile, when sent, upon receipt confirmed by telephone or electronic means. Notices and communications sent hereunder on a day that is not a Business Day shall be deemed to have been sent on the following Business Day.
    9. If to the Parent,

      Stage Stores, Inc.

      10201 Main Street

      Houston, Texas 77025

      Tel: (713) 663-9746

      Fax: (713) 660-3358

      Attn: Robert Aronson

      If to the Trustee,

      Bankers Trust Company

      4 Albany Street

      10 th Floor

      New York, New York 10006

      Tel: (212) 250-6137

      Fax: (212) 250-6439

      Attn: Structured Finance Team

    10. No Waiver; Remedies . No failure on the part of any Beneficiary to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
    11. Indemnification . Without limitation on any other obligations of the Parent or remedies of the Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders under this Agreement, the Parent shall, to the furthest extent permitted by law, indemnify, defined and save and hold harmless the Trustee and each Investor Certificateholder from and against, and shall pay on demand, any and all losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses and charges (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of the Trustee or such Investor Certificateholder's legal counsel) suffered or incurred by the Trustee or such Investor Certificateholder as a result of any failure of any Supported Obligations to be the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Parent enforceable against the Parent in accordance with their terms.
    12. Continuing Agreement . This Agreement is a continuing support agreement and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the earlier of (i) the payment in full in cash of the Supported Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and (ii) termination of the Trust, (b) be binding upon the Parent, its successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Trustee and its respective successors and permitted transferees and assigns.
    13. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
    14. Submission to Jurisdiction .
      1. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents in the courts of any jurisdiction.
      2. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party in any New York State or federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
    15. Consent to Service of Process . Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service or process by personal delivery, certified mail, postage prepaid or overnight courier. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
    16. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
    17. Waiver of Jury Trial . The Parent hereby irrevocably waives any right to a trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any amendment, instrument, document or agreement delivered or which may in the future be delivered in connection herewith or therewith or arising from any course of conduct, course of dealing, statements (whether verbal or written), actions of any of the parties hereto or any other relationship existing in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, and agrees that any such action or proceeding shall be tried before a court and not before a jury.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parent has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

STAGE STORES, INC.

 

 

By:________________________________

Name:

Title:

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY, not in

its individual capacity but solely

as Trustee

 

 

By:_______________________________

Name:

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M&S/31150-132/452249_1

Exhibit 10.13

 

October 17, 2001

 

Mr. Richard Stasyszen

Senior Vice President, Finance, Controller and Treasurer

Stage Stores, Inc.

10201 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77025

 

Dear Mr. Stasyszen:

You have requested PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to reissue our audit report on the consolidated financial statements of Stage Stores, Inc. (the "Company") as of January 29, 2000 and for each of the two years in the period ended January 29, 2000, for filing on Form 10 with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The purpose of this letter is to confirm our understanding of the terms under which we will agree to reissue our report as your former independent accountants.

Services and related report

Before we agree to reissue our audit report for the purposes of its inclusion in the filing of Form 10 with the Securities and Exchange Commission, we will obtain updating written representations covering the financial statements previously audited by us from certain members of management, a representation letter from the successor accountants, and perform the other subsequent events procedures required by paragraphs AU 508.71-.72 and AU 711.11 of the AICPA Professional Standards . If, for any reasons caused by you or relating to your affairs, we are unable to complete our procedures, we may decline to reissue our report as a result of this engagement.

Management's responsibilities

The financial statements referred to above are the responsibility of the management of the Company. Management also is responsible for making available to us, upon request, all of the Company's original accounting records and related information, and company personnel to whom we may direct inquiries.

Generally accepted auditing standards require that we read pertinent portions of the registration statement. In this connection, management agrees to (a) provide us with a draft document to read and, (b) obtain our approval for inclusion of our report in such document before it is finalized and distributed. To facilitate these matters, please advise us of any required due dates as soon as practicable, but no later than 10 business days

prior to such due dates. It is understood that we will need a reasonable amount of time (a minimum of five business days) to review the applicable documents.

Indemnification

The Company agrees to indemnify PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for the payment of all legal costs and expenses incurred in PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP's successful defense of any legal action or proceeding that arises as a result of inclusion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP's previous audit report on the Company's past financial statements in the filing of Form 10 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

However, this indemnification provision will be void, and any advanced funds will be returned to you, if a court, after adjudication, finds PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP liable for professional malpractice.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this engagement letter, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP acknowledges that such indemnification does not apply to any claims that arise as a result of the inclusion of such reports in any filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the date of the filing of the Form 10.

You should contact the SEC's Division of Corporation Finance regarding required disclosures of the general effect of this indemnification agreement.

Timing and fees

We have been requested to complete our consideration to reissue our report by early in the week of October 22, 2001. Completion of our consideration to reissue by this date is subject to, among other things, appropriate cooperation from the successor auditor and the Company's personnel including timely responses to our inquiries.

Our fees for this engagement will be based on the time required by the individuals assigned to the engagement at 100% of our Firm's standard hourly rates, plus out-of-pocket expenses.

Invoices rendered are due and payable upon receipt and prior to the reissuance of our reports as discussed above.

Other matters

Any additional services that you may request and we agree to provide will be the subject of separate written agreements.

In the event we are requested or authorized by you or required by government regulation, subpoena, or other legal process to produce our working papers or our personnel as witnesses with respect to our engagement for you, you will, so long as we are not a party to the proceeding in which the information is sought, reimburse us for our professional time and expenses, as well as the fees and expenses of our counsel, incurred in responding to such a request.

The Company agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly, agree to assign or transfer any claim against PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP arising out of this engagement to anyone.

This engagement letter reflects the entire agreement between us relating to the services covered by this letter. It replaces and supersedes any previous proposals, correspondence and understandings, whether written or oral. The agreements of the Company and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP contained in this engagement letter shall survive the completion or termination of this engagement.

If you have any questions, please call Richard Spears at (713) 356-4585. If the services outlined herein are in accordance with your requirements and if the above terms are acceptable to you, please have one copy of this letter signed in the space provided below and return it to us.

Very truly yours,

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

The services and terms as set forth in this letter are agreed to.

 

Stage Stores, Inc.

 

 

By:

 /s/Richard E. Stasyzen

 

 

 

Richard E. Stasyszen

 

 

Senior Vice President Finance and Controller

 

 

 

 

(Date)

Exhibit 16.1

January 11, 2001

Securities and Exchange Commission

450 Fifth Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20549

Commissioners:

We have read the statements made by Stage Stores, Inc. (copy attached), which we understand will be filed with the Commission, pursuant to Item 4 of Form 8-K, as part of the Company's Form 8-K report dated January 4, 2001. We agree with the statements concerning our Firm in such Form 8-K.

Very truly yours,

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31150-132/454388_1

Exhibit 16.2

January 11, 2001

Securities and Exchange Commission

Mail Stop 11-3

450 5 th Street, NW

Washington, DC 20549

Dear Sirs/Madams:

We have read and agree with the comments relating to Deloitte & Touche LLP in Item 4 of Form 8-K of Stage Stores, Inc. dated January 11, 2001.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31150-132/454390_1

Exhibit 21.1

List of Registrant's Subsidiaries

Name

State of Formation

Ownership

GNB Holding Co., Inc.

NV

100%

Granite National Bank

USA(1)

100%

Specialty Retailers, Inc.

TX

100%

Specialty Retailers (TX) LP

TX

100%

SRI General Partner LLC

NV

100%

SRI Limited Partner LLC

NV

100%

Stage Receivable Funding LP

TX

100%

Stage Receivable Mgmt LLC

TX

100%

SRI Receivables Purchase Co., Inc.

DE

100%

______________________

(1) A National Banking Association

Exhibit 99.1

CHARTER FOR THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

OF STAGE STORES, INC.

September 13, 2001

I. DESCRIPTION AND PURPOSE

The Audit Committee (the "Committee") is a standing committee of the Board of Directors (the "Board") of Stage Stores, Inc. (the "Company") whose primary function is to ensure the integrity of the Company's financial statements. The Committee shall assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities by reviewing the financial information which will be provided to the Board and others, the internal control structure, the audit process, and the adherence to applicable laws and regulations. Considering the size and complexity of the Company, the Committee shall apply reasonable materiality standards to all of its activities.

II. COMPOSITION/EXPERTISE REQUIREMENT OF AUDIT COMMITTEE MEMBERS

A. In General

1. The Committee shall consist of at least three members, comprised solely of Independent Directors, as that term is defined below.

2. Each member of the Committee must be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including the Company's balance sheet, income statement, and cash flow statement or must become able to do so within a reasonable period of time after his or her appointment to the Committee.

3. At least one member of the Committee must have past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or any other comparable experience or background which results in the individual's financial sophistication, including being or having been a chief executive officer, chief financial officer, or other senior officer with financial oversight responsibilities.

B. Independent Director

As used in this Charter, "Independent Director" means a person other than an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which, in the opinion of the Board, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. The following persons shall not be considered independent:

1. a director who is employed by the Company or any of its affiliates for the current year or any of the past three years;

2. a director who accepted any compensation from the Company or any of its affiliates in excess of $60,000 during the previous fiscal year, other than compensation for service on the Board, benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan, or non-discretionary compensation;

3. a director who is a member of the immediate family of an individual who is, or has been in any of the past three years, employed by the Company or any of its affiliates as an executive officer. Immediate family includes a person's spouse, parents, siblings, mother-in-law, father-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, and anyone who resides in the director's home;

4. a director who is a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an executive officer of, any for-profit business organization to which the Company made, or from which the Company received, payments (other than those arising solely from investments in the Company's securities) that exceed five percent (5%) of the Company's consolidated gross revenues for that year, or $200,000, whichever is more, in any of the past three years;

5. a director who is employed as an executive of another entity where any of the Company's executives serve on that entity's compensation committee.

C. Limited Exception to Independent Director Requirement .

Notwithstanding paragraph II.A., one director who is not independent, as defined in paragraph II.B., and is not a current employee or an immediate family member of an employee, may be appointed to the Committee, if the Board, under exceptional and limited circumstances, determines that membership on the Committee by that director is required by the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, and the Board discloses, in the next annual proxy statement subsequent to such determination, the nature of the relationship and the reasons for that determination.

III. MEETINGS

The Committee shall meet as frequently as circumstances require, but in any event on a quarterly basis. The Committee may ask members of management or others to attend meetings and may provide pertinent information to them as the Committee deems necessary. The Committee should meet privately in executive session at least annually with management, the director of the Company's internal auditing department, the independent auditors, and as a committee to discuss any matters that the Committee or any of those groups believe should be discussed. In addition, the Committee should communicate with management and the independent auditors quarterly to review the Company's financial statements and significant findings based upon the auditors' limited review procedures. Minutes shall be taken for each Committee meeting which shall then be approved at the next meeting of the Committee.

 

 

 

IV. RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES

The Committee's primary responsibilities and duties are as follows:

A. In General

1. Monitor the integrity of the Company's financial reporting process and systems of internal controls regarding finance, accounting, and legal compliance.

2. Monitor the independence and performance of the Company's independent auditors and the performance of the Company's internal auditing department.

3. Provide an avenue of communication between the independent auditors and the Company's internal auditing department.

4. Provide an avenue of communication among the independent auditors, management, the Company's internal auditing department, and the Board.

B. Review Procedures

1. Review and reassess the adequacy of this Charter on an annual basis. Submit the Charter to the Board for approval and have the document published at least every three years in accordance with SEC regulations and the rules of the stock exchange on which the Company's securities are traded.

2. Review the Company's annual audited financial statements prior to filing or distribution. Review should include discussion with management and independent auditors of significant issues regarding principals, practices, and judgments.

3. In conjunction with management, the independent auditors, and the Company's internal auditors, consider the integrity of the Company's financial reporting processes and controls. Discuss significant financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor, control and report such exposures. Review significant findings prepared by the independent auditors and the Company's internal auditing department together with management's responses.

4. Review with management and the independent auditors the Company's quarterly financial results prior to the release of earnings and/or the Company's quarterly financial statements prior to filing or distribution. Discuss any significant changes to the Company's accounting principals and any items required to be communicated by the independent auditors in accordance with SAS 61. The Chairman of the Committee may represent the entire Committee for purposes of this review.

5. Review with the independent auditor:

a. The Company's financial statements and related footnotes and the independent auditor's report thereon, including their report on the adequacy of the Company's internal controls and any significant recommendations they may offer to improve internal controls;

b. Any significant accruals, reserves or estimates which may have a material impact on the financial statements; and

c. Any difficulties or disputes with management encountered by the independent auditor during the course of the audit and any instances of second opinions sought by management.

6. Consider and review with the independent auditor:

a. The adequacy of the Company's internal controls and any significant findings during thc year and management's responses thereto; and

b. Any difficulties encountered in the course of the internal audits, including any restrictions on the scope of their work or access to required information.

7. Consider with management and the independent auditor the possible impact of any pending changes in accounting standards or rules as promulgated by the FASB or others.

8. Review with legal counsel any legal and regulatory matters that may have a material impact on the financial statements and any reports received from regulators, and any environmental compliance and reserves.

9. Report Committee actions to the Board with such recommendations as the Committee may deem appropriate.

C. Independent Auditors

1. The independent auditors are ultimately accountable to the Committee and the Board. The Committee and the Board have the ultimate authority and responsibility to select, evaluate and, where appropriate, replace the independent auditor (or to nominate the independent auditor to be proposed for shareholder approval in any proxy statement).

2. The Committee is responsible for ensuring that the independent auditor submits on a periodic basis to the Committee a formal written statement delineating all relationships between the independent auditor and the Company, consistent with Independence Standards Board Standard 1, and the Committee is responsible for actively engaging in a dialogue with the independent auditor with respect to any disclosed relationships or services that may impact the objectivity and independence of the independent auditor and for taking, or recommending that the Board take appropriate action to oversee the independence of the independent auditor. The Committee shall review the independence and the performance of the auditors and annually recommend to the Board the appointment of the independent auditors or approve any discharge of auditors when circumstances warrant. To ensure independence, on an annual basis, the Committee shall review and discuss with the independent auditors all significant relationships they have with the Company that could impair the auditors' independence.

3. Review the independent auditors' audit plan - discuss scope, staffing, locations, reliance upon management, and internal audit and general audit approach to ensure completeness of coverage, reduction in redundant efforts, and the effective use of audit resources.

4. Approve the fees and other significant compensation to be paid to the independent auditors.

V. INVESTIGATIONS

The Committee has the authority to conduct any investigation appropriate to fulfilling its responsibilities and duties and it has direct access to the independent auditors as well as anyone in the Company. The Committee has the ability to retain, at the Company's expense, special legal, accounting, or other consultants or experts it deems necessary to fulfill its responsibilities and duties.

VI. WRITTEN AFFIRMATION

Once each year the Committee shall provide the Company through the Board, and the Company shall provide to the stock exchange on which the Company's securities are traded, written confirmation regarding:

1. Any determination that the Board has made regarding the independence of directors who are members of the Committee pursuant to this Charter;

2. The financial literacy of the Committee members;

3. The determination that at least one of the Committee members has accounting or related financial management expertise; and

4. The annual review and reassessment of this Charter.